Full text of "A lexicon to Xenophon's Anabasis .."

See other formats

























- s ainsinsksskaminabaabeed Lod —_— - all anak 
= aod nm Te et he ot 8 - ps 
SAT icbstehil te hetotekstehopeeetete hetetodeh tess = ZSRES=z Sees bot = 
ved be | = = = = =a h 
ae on Goa) oo BY RaDsSsssZesesseas = Sot bs Gt Be pais 1S; Se os he See et Sas = 
we fekcetneihn ps Pepe popes hey. begs pepe bod fate Pepe £5 hd Sh Sham BSESSBScssis roted er 
aueedaaiiiineemmmen ine ee 3 Be cone cace oetrerm pete ceed Meare: 
Ae a tous ~— nam ae 
SEUSS hy eres se ESSESESSSISSESsseeces aa 
SA et SEER EE EEE ELT ee SRESSEEREEES ERE Sekt ae 
Says veye bal th sarasota tebe BSSESsb 8 dna Waal ant ometatatiend an me =8 cS 
-topete et ent er ee ~— ~ x, ~ 
SaSSs! SSSSSesssisss=s = e. = — it " 
ren an ee rer eee Vogedetetehetepeg 2 preiaganyes = a 
I yapeaneh Ni deepened pepe areAnpegie | ~~ = ‘ fa * 
Semen re Sao essen ssss = ae Oe oe £ : : 
Nhe ap tepepe dete be bode be Tene he & | Ress SSH s4 SS 
ca on wae oe Ory SSech rarerarerrrstersrscdsctase ~ ser Woreotce le! = 
a gen oe ee Les en com ore aa ee ey em eh Soe oak mat eh ee a oa et ~ x . ee: ‘ -¥ 
Sioa ogewssasasaycssess 33 Sscsnasssse - 
a eh ea ee Seen ap oe am Soe ek ee . = : — _ = 
RBSSSSiRSSSSscSsascssssS Ketek ripe Hae ee 
wena be hades Ron cnccibeeatsta su ied ampsated crtnta neem tae pier amram oer = - i : | peieedecbeLodecd-iinatenaine 
=. : , ; ; = 
papermete @ teypehepepe-pesheue peyerhe pape pono Sees S= oy . jane A : 
: : SS oan ne oe oe Aon eh et ee ee prepuonesteny 5 aig eed : 
papaketon B novraheen me pepeprpeteteiejetw bapeyr peut pyar price ne keg ngs partutorbe ter te he Lede prmpypelm yeah eetaiey SBSnsaesnais Rascaf o aa Fe 
oe Cn eel Re ee ae eee on nt Oe eS Nn a Yo SA a SoS eo seen ben poninie ees tae colle tet ap oan vam nck nea men - Ricca tel —— == = 
Necandeennenpegt eahohedepe-pehebedehecke pevetetetedare peter! SA me eee ee oe tae eee ah ek ky, hh AS RE a elf a ; 
feocfeechasspe hod havtenbeshea penta fekte-o-perperne toy nespartwafocbaat pote fe Lesh penpere tonecpen men DS en Ae el — 
Nestea tanbackeaidnech SERS Re ee SE ee re eee et he cor! bs 
Nona pe chore she drocbeelnenjpeedpentoetpentvoctuenten tus tre tnengapeeatun feonpees fe har panies ees oahurrgun fond capoehenyerkmnhensambanpeabenperforsyeeeiurta- Lode trontponyen fed —— Sx 
maw Lao Bee ee ee ee ee ee ee een on ae a ee ao eed ; : ; 
Saco cacdish tovece cnicerachee sy te eoomeaeaoe ener wmtarracnen ee! DSSBSS=5== Saeed een os poe oat sotaiecernete oes aso — 
Renieeclnodennte I he tathehaparonten te fe hoaine === SlSnlSSS=== 2s SESSLSSSEER5 SSSSSSSSSSSSsSs= ES ae c = 
he henheenhe~ caeeoner hove, tard arnt om = 
Repent -anie css SSSCRSSelSSSRSsSSSSSS= Saracen bem neti warren Anefanieoniort ia p=) j= 
— Sa ee ee ery an na -~ a a —s ay a | nam wma é a : 
aN teense hen ber nena une SRRBSSST ESS SSS eae fue ore beodsheeductendertectacbactentertontaciankoad ==. = = : 
ERS Ppa ease ase we : : s 


iH 





See tee SS 





2 
{orenpe veh ‘ om : corer’ 3 —< . te . ee ——— Se : ee 
=3 SSscsc ike == SSS SHES LL eS ES j SSE 
nn ae mt ote a ae os ae a tay ae ee a a : : . - ‘ ae ons = ae + ==> 
x prnese 3a nos oes, “ y . ‘ a — 
ay . ‘ . = 
—— 
= were 








es 











h mr —— 

: SSS: = 
Siebel — Y> 
Coren oyu ae wend . mee => 
a ee A ot ee 


— 








t) 
t 
ie 





init 


ay’: 


recacens foo 
enn ee lee vans Se em = ; 
Serene SIL aN 
Se=34 [SRS noccaenaont 





wm enon tare Ct ate Wie ial ie” em he tO, i 
var hemes hen = Oe wee see . homie . _— - ae wre ===: 
ee eee lo a en oe ee + re ee eee ey a pe 
= —S—> A = rs ee, en pe ae we ee eens ao we an amas. cotem ae on. Eafe pansion nem eaten See SS Se * — oe wee 
mes em, Pa SSS SS STE DSS SSS SSS Son ype meirpee et peepee renee es om pon 
nad a ee ee . ee ae cee me oe - ste AO ee RR 
= nee en =e Oy F ‘ ! ee eo orn ee ee 
Seer ae pele ” = — . ae antetee oe ae nee aes = ee ee oe am ae re oe on ema lae 2o Fe ee ae wee awe He De 
i lacabne ' . we Se ee ee ee ee ee re rE re ee On ce eee emne ew wt OO ee a Oe ee ee ae ee ee TO NC ee al ng 
vo voutes ewes . ee ee ee noe ir a rn me ae ae oe a en ine Sermo een er faeier ee an ee serre! shee mars —ewentem ser ae ae a mee 
-=SSS E==S== SSS ee SS SES ee ee Se SS Se an SSS SSS TESTS SSL ==T= 
canta donee cme Sim ES nls Satin ie a ee ee a 
te nan Ae on oe eet ae am me ae ge ee Severe ee re ee en ee ee Fn eee 
Stee woe cohechortempechor ajuas we!ain soLnmeeysodenac onlon smpanpan ants Spoon) — 
pasipenpehorts Se erry eee ED ee a ae ae ee oe oom ee ae anewalant nated ps amt = 
s r we oo nae erenes ee Senne ae ee oe arene e awemencnrcarce bp cm af mma a 
“ oe ee a ee Se ORC OT SMS TET oe ee ae ay a eee 
eee pocdeadbacdieashandinesaeadhaetenahentinnaerdieednadiphdianahecnnanaeetionte aieeainainemeaheskedtieaiaicadmtedaemmanteadntentanb=ensiitiimateedeetaeios 
Se Sp ates ee eee ae eee ee ae ne Sone we cre Oe Se Le Ee ee ee En ee Oe ee cee ae = oe see ee embann, aataewemane ae Ay weejammnamdban on 
: Se ee ee 
Cate meee Roe ote cree rma es 



















> ’ 
pafonpenber gt ovohoven! : 4. nnn nae a a a a a en nm en en en oo} la 
: 4 ae ern we ae eae ae Be ee ee ee ee ce re ee eer ee ee ae ee a SN 

A fone) wwe = - 3 - oo ane = we oe Seren selnn cee oe ee eae AON ee ee ee a ee | 
ier : a Golet ‘meer ec tenuee ae =) = casee fie me at b= of tan we ae om ne mone meee we ene ae ge me ae Om re ee ee NED Om ee SOE REN Cee a ee ee ee eee ae ee pa ome 
vais wre Sen Sie ee ee wean wee mw Ae ae ee ee ee Sa ee ae en ae en ee ee re Se ane OS ae Sie cece oe ene panne eel ee cee on ow awn wt ee oe 
£ : é san my wee mene See we ss ess es a 2 ee = SS SS 
ea epee edhe etibetspeenthenah-oqiennontvandeecpesuaapaanar nav anpeegueatarghaaputianpeadiuodue hathout-enie-sbemsieae wespantunaj-ctneaxioutneyioanjestiras enabeapeetientpetiapipurdedin-aioncyadeaaiete: peinl (Anwee ol tee we me see momar ope Se Oe EN RN Re eR Oe Oe Oe ee te ee te me ee ee ewe me on ee wore oe orodieteedinnahasieatne dc deeieateaiineeniedtieda teeta 
me aoe Soe 0s te CR tn nee are nen gens megs eon pen ee me oe aes ee ee ee on ee en enlenen ton wee ten ten wer Se nee ee ae ae Se eee eee eee ed | eee ene gens fener ae a pe) meen eeenios eee encnenenne se a aeeaee soap ae ope om ee ae anaen ey amen on an at an Senaprembeni en aaa ee seheaen ee alee anne eran jenen 2 meme 
a See me Se Yee Om bene an Spon om aon eee tom Son eR ew eee wen Se eee ene eee pee en SOT ee RN en MLN Ne SE eee oe ae we onan oe ae eae ww b eens fee et 4 Spm puer [we holes eae eecampecoramae Selon we enpeerme/ae ee em att Seren = deen owen eaian imsegen woreas sol esha maven Srp eam wencaren ve aps oan aon ongemnone aocentamion' =o Bao, now we 
SSeS ee a nt ner eat ane ano eae tas re & Spa. wewes eee ~ eB hae eet | ee fo O51 om oe omen am on Oe. se ar en enw amet SN SN ST Se Co Ree ea ee ae oe ee ee oe an ae ae Saree am een Se eae ae OST SE One en anon ae eae ae = Samael ne 
fan ad oat ed sap ono aera eet epenietonpent earentenieetony mpaioesapaaeaporied-h-cteapepeateaakatepetopapaystersepnprabe sion risen ee eee ; im RRR SR SRS SRS DS SS DT SS RS Di Sa I SS SSS SSS 
ae Oe | Co Nm mee hon Nee Oe wom oe A EO A OL EE A OEE ON LE TLE NE EL EE ONS ee eae a ene ah ee Me en) Gees | Yer ee wee re ween Weewey as os) wale wen et om smiaeinn es ee seine ween am pn lae om ee an ona a= mann ae, ee De am Say ape aan wee epee aps ee mpIere: caw wer welee Se marines arses senomeemree-am o> | Soman emi 
Ldeebedhed dibuabashashtebeabrehockockeatiaemeatcdatetoetont mieieetectoete heater ee nt a ee arene abaituh tod l-ochonj-otpcmhothestoodeaslpnspotpeahodaberdeeaparhaahantesprepehenbedseaneseabetedeedbecbsteetncapuapaecaiolepaaien ab--alastonyodhachaap aponran-axpesteespeaneneah at pasate peapeas 
pelbondeadidleabeabnsapiabechrebrakertuateaeamehenhatedtntoabentehaaeneetieetiodh otemkabeeeiotio ene: eet ieee Te ne exmen | yt > Le Ree 0 wee ce ee en Oe ae ae ee ee eee on en SOR ee ee we ae ae Oe Oe ae ae a Ne CO ee ae Te OT OE OO oe on me oe oe ee ey eee eee eee ome 
So anne ee ae ee nee ae Soe ea a ee ee ee pene oe OTe oan ae Sena ee nee See NTT take sae ae eer Sees eee ee. fk we! eemee (eae = Be eee ae cron meine oo ap we aelee eee we oe oe on oe omen on ae ee eae mae oe anen ae on Sara Meee an aane en weus as tase ot eevee apes sames | mewn am me = 

se peccettes > tatu wat, pmaiuee era noel ee-ns eos aye japn ncn ton aye Ant pou aan annem, omyeu jaan, a ene oe Sy ee ee en ee me ee ee ene pee enn een ene ae ee ee Sine, MpEemS Se li SSSR SSS STS SSS Sse ae oe a npemlow ne oman, op eee saeeiow ae an even a ae ae ae 2 Pp namewlem an 
LL ET TL Le LS LE a LS LLL AF AI ae Se OR ENR EE NOR ER SOR CE NER Oe BE ND ERR ee BO ee eRe Nt bolt hoeacal —- Se Se Se ee Oe ee pe iaaiaientiendinadinetnandendinaiadietentenaiastinaltion deamtamtinede aiceainal nttednesieaean oN mt oe em ae ———— 
Scadjemnaperanboedl llb-oesh-suabeeesiouteenemanpcedvaseh-onthenepeaneadbes-cegnadeeainan venbuopussent a tenpaatentiectortealedeet)atierheajentel=maeaapeateaieadeaioal amteateasiontent eatoatbatady he | eel are om wen em | ee ee eben FS RS RR PR RN a SRS ee 
en ape eenten aeengaremreen maa ae noses weregeranponfns waheatme= asa on Sarengeenenaee~gatoncan salen aes we:een weahoepen meverhengenbeciessecpocienmenfastenerepete Le Stee wet ee ae Oo Oe nae Oe en Rete oO eRe TRO ee EE On on oe ow oe Oe Se ee Oe me An Oe Oe oe Oe ee Oe AO Fe ae ae Te oe Oe ee eee ae a SA eee no 
on Semeniaarill [onsen ara 'con wom tim, van Sve vostom nae bem pon eigen enreun Sesvaesr woaiinn fom tabs: tel pres Sl=atann weni=nalnesunn awe jeoerusreapa pensameepenn samen emepelamare camemmpnatanel ees gia eee ee bate en 3 DO, ae ote sees om own we Sn ee en eee re ae Cel ae ae ae opiaman Suan SO, ae oe SOfeP MeN ee, see ST CC NSN SAN ae Sees See em eran 
To a ote eek Uae SR oe Nee Se ne Oe Ee ee Se ee ER ee oe ee a eae oe ne oe oe oe a he ne wn ae on ee hae en oe Sy) em eee Fi, eee es ee ee ee ee ae ere re ee me ae wate we mn ee Ome ee oe ee a Oe te ee eS ae ae ee a no ae eles owe os 
Colpakeadeeilitcabsn aieabesheaitenbeabeahtabecheeieeiedioniodseteehech deetenbesionienio ne ait teeta teete ae ee ae ae res eo en on ee ee ee ne rere ae ee ae ee we oe oe we on oe te ae ene OD oe ae CE Le ORL a SE A ee ae ee | ta eee eh 
hespeanypnadperdd eecieve cit pouseochuns/gnappvacoas- b> anal ceniben Saotienemesonipnt a-mrenree' wend enpenponeensdevespunioatenaenaheetepnarckattententnes sapeaieadodsmupieapes eerremtenteed oxtvenmbere bert Raa bine 4 a £ ng nee > SU eaten en lee o-epesenecwu pa sa,catun a= an snark nena on, o8 <n aan ae SE See an, Selena eso oe own eareapem eto amare Ea om mae [pean wetenpemhe 
sciietalaaceiaedi nial aeieeliLeeieeiel aeenie tah tie aieegethstahontndoeaimadhataententoaterd entemhenteibenieateaioaiodeanadiaationionionioeionindoaeainnned ed 0 ee -~ ee tem ecinelpnticadisedipadieedbodiedeantadientiedindbadiadh adeatendnadhaninndandedhedienitedicisdhedkeditedhediadiedioni: dneitaiaaiee tara. tee ne ee 
Seaeudpnaecdiiliedsabenbenbsebenpedocebateriecbenedhomatdetede ie hear ieee te tte ee area oat hee Sarre. — Se oe ee RRR RS ANS RE Rae 
ann nan Sameer sean een laa een bom aomiaon See aa Son wae US IS LT cae wom oe SN oNere, eee wera wa omen we Noe, eat ww aaapewsearaen eeninmatonaostere encom ean, souveeaienarwen: seen ~iehcoa ts on. paiah emer > seppectested selenyan same /ameeen nen oaiye oaje> a> Bese ae ener eanam oo] sonamantan, sar eeraeienieninecaren'eatant aahiean <apeensearan.eyenes gpedenneckonter na 
ee Rn ee eS SS Se SS STi hae Iie ae Se see ona oe oe we ee oe came oe oe oe onan oe cereniae oe cnyae se ov oe aR Oe ae ae ee selene ene eee aw ee oe eS ae a 
ee AN Go Hee ee Oke tee Ion Ian See ee ew a oe oe oe eee ae Ee ae eee enon ae we a senna oe on ae oe ae we ee oem ee, Sa bwte ony, 0 ey s wn seeeetennenaetanion ethan wep mepeeeutemien onion oniyanatppapenmatay achton oc tpaee lentes maiee lan mpdaanatastiopenap. seteapmneabewteneet> a peer achat 
Saberdpateallineabetaeaeeeksehoopeetbeeeiebekceeseteticeder tie bite ee ee a = —— [pee re on meet ae ee ee meee me me oe ne ae ee ee oa ee we oe ee we meee ee Fe aes olen 20 an, eR ee ae ee te ae See ee aa tren ae eee 
SS ee et ne eo EE EE eee Bin deaeta So So eee eee so eS ee 
2 ee ha ee ew tan ak wae eae tom bee woe OR Won wee SNe ee OR Oe oe eae Sa eM Sas SSS aS we at oe ee ee ek wel « 2X fe ie SS 2 re re ee oo ere we eae on ta ae ae lee ae oe enon Snee an me ce ae ee an ce ae se Seem om ee ee en ee 
Leena tasasabdenhaaaeabaniesbiiebameohedereenahetikeerde hedeeniceionicnie mete ete mented ~ ty, Ti - — > Re eae a I A TO 
nme ae ee nn tee oon a ee Oe LN RS Le Ne ee el eee ee aan eee ee oe a a ah > ce ran om Oy raed wahedb€ cxiee Sememyonjen anon om am am am ae ealon maton aun imeem aw wo omnes uhape amram an amon =_——-——= 
ea on te a OS ee en ee ee a ee ee Sn nae On Oe eee ee ee ee een oe ee = eer = ee ne oe oe ae cere ee eminence Bn ee ae et oe oe a oe ne ee ee ===.- 
ee ee ee sy 0 ee re ee cee cere on cere on ee oe On ee oe ne oe ee ae ae ae oe ae oe ee oe et ee ee 
a nD Sr Sa TSS SST SSS SSS SSS asa u + pas - ES ae nee caper n= eaquelin pu an ecleegaion pa ue aa eniwe ae par cannon ays na an Salam apanrepemyeetitaaes © piel ampaaiwe eu a 
Sm ee ae Oe ce ee ee ae pa en fn cen ee a ee aoe a eee ate ee ee ee ee Sen eee ee oe eel Pee Fee oe an ae we en oe oS we Oe oe ee ee ee ee oe oe | lh ene ne oe ee oe Be on, vb ca ee SO faner ae Sace oe Sn an at ono emaw ae aman oe ae woe eden ecce oes ya aoe ae 
a eS en a oe a Ee NS Oe OE EE ee TSS EE SN Ee oe an we we on owe ae ae oe Sa vn eo we . . ar : -s Saag see RR ee SSS ne Slane oe =< 
Sijeen anges > incon ons 2 EN SS ee ee SNES SS Om Se we SRE E ROT Sea Se SS on ae Sn en Se nee Sa eae oy Se wwes Solan maNeE Sa onee Sapeen ee = Sar Dea Dba an engune bapa am eon eu enon Smee om am om ce amen on ae on oa nae Seer oo ve amen uae Aeaien mag? | om ae oe — 
a Se, oe ees ES Se EN TR SOR Ee _ SS A Le He A A A oe me koe = s ——— SOT, cee ce we oe me te te etre eee we 6O eee he ee ee on oe Om Re Oe oe oe me ee ee ee 
 nednatediiiemteationl —— dna cuhest-aniendeaaatetends dient amteniandindisiaiamine eden. aedadiods ea, a aoa teeter en ee 2 
oe eR ee mee we ee rn we ee we oe ee ee ae ne ee oe ee re ne oe We ae ae eee an oe an OT ee te eee nee ee 
ee ee ape ee en ae wee oe oe ae we oe ae oe owe ae ge ewe we oe cae ae een ee ee Lochonfinshpopnocpodheahadead wseeed-dpeainahiedd oaboapeapeapedilin-aieeeecinecaeais 
ee Re eee We ee ae Fe ee ee OR oe ow me Oe oe OR ene On ne we cee ae me om be ae Oe Ow te Ae ee eee oe Om on Ae ee ee ae ae eee oe oe taf we ee 
pees a een ee ee ao ae = ~ ~ Se US ON eae oe Oe Ree ee me we ae meen mee Oe me ee ene oe ee eae Cee ee ae oe we oe Oe Se oe te een en oe ae eae ee ae On ae Sos oma 
- ee . Wee oe eae ae oe eee Se et a ee ee oe oe oe ee cee ee eee See ee ee oe ee ne ne ee ee ener eee ee 
Dee me woe ant Mie oe So we On Beem on os ee on pe ee ee ee re nn On ene tee ee we cee ee nn a ee an oe on ea ane ee 





eo Gl Se Ste ee oe ee nel ee etn toes es ee 








: 


Tt ily 


ed Tor eee 








Cee 


pec Bur 











42 43 44 45 46 


BS SS 3 CRS SS BSE 8 SSS S50 SPREE SSR FREES RRS EDR REELS eee, . 


ee * LR ear . : { 
Ws NN \ rat yale 
») \ wie, Sor VN / Ze > 
Z| 





FY 8 PY 


if 

fl AS 

5 i 
bo | tes Ey Vy 

OPUS See 


Ri 





se ‘a eo 3 39 
ag! = 



















. 
= 


i 

I} 

I 
S 

5 

i 
\ 







i 
7] 





ee oe 


———— 


oe 
uv 
gifs 






(Mee 





Ww 
px 





——— 
DRESS aE 
& 
oo 


Tew etic: Re 


2c 





| 

| 
| 
i 
| 


i 


27 








27 28 2 i) 











mT ate © ee Ee 
tee 


sy 








31 32 33 34 35 36 


& 


38 



































NS MWS 


| 
sions 
























Rim o 












tHe ROUTE or 








9 10 20 30 40 50 190 Geo. Miles 
4 Lie Be 3 3 Parasangs 
es One days March - (Advance ) 
23] (Retreat) 


Unwalled Town orVillage( hiwur) 


| Crosby's Xenophon’s/Anabasis. 


i j 
THE TEN THOUSAND | iH 









































rs = oa Sle oo I Scr js os sa 





28 29 30 Si 












LEXICON TO XENOPHON’S ANABASIS, 


Adapted to all the common €Coditions. 


FOR THE USE BOTH OF BEGINNERS AND OF MORE 
. ADVANCED STUDENTS. 


BY 


ALPHEUS CROSBY, 


PROFESSOR EMERITUS OF THE GREEK LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE IN 
DARTMOUTH COLLEGE, 


TOGETHER WITH 


INTRODUCTION TO ANABASIS, NOTES ON THE 
SEVEN BOOKS, GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES, 


RECORDS OF MARCHES, 
nec... ETC, 


THE NOTES, ETC., EDITED FROM PROFESSOR CROSBY’S MSS. 
By J. A. SPENCER, 8.T.D., 


PROFESSOR OF GREEK IN THE COLLEGE OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK. 


Y3l4 I 
NEW YORK AND CHICAGO: 


POTTER, AINSWORTH, AND COMPANY. 
1875. 


. x PS ‘a, 
be 6 Oe NA 
| S ae 
Bat at 


THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON, 


With copious Notes, Introduction, Map of the Expedition, and Retreat of 
the Ten Thousand, and a full and complete Lexicon. For the use of 
Schools and Colleges. By ALPHEUS CRosBy, late Professor Emeritus 
of the Greek Language and Literature in Dartmouth College. Edited 
from Professor Crosby’s MSS., by J. A. SPENcER, S. T. D., Professor of 
the Greek Language and Literature in the College of the City of 
New York. 


For the convenience of students and teachers, Crosby's Anabasis is fur- 
nished to them as follows : — 
1. The Anabasis complete, Seven Books (as above). 1 vol. 12mo. Price, 
$ 2.25. 


2, The Anabasis, First Four Books, with Notes, Lexicon, etc. 1 vol. 
Price, $2.00. 

3. The Greek Text of the Seven Books, with Summary of Contents, Map, 
etc. lvol. Price, $1.25. 


4, The Lexicon to the Seven Books, the Notes, Introduction, Map, etc. 
1vol. Price, $1.25, 





CoPpyRIGHT, 1875. 
By MARTHA K. CROSBY. 


UNIvERsSITY Press: WeEtcH, BicELow, & Co., 
CAMBRIDGE. 


PREFACE. 


SHALL the student commence the reading of Greek with a general 
or a special lexicon? If the former is chosen, he must expect, 

1. Greater labor in finding words. The time required for finding 
a word in a lexicon is nearly in the direct ratio of the size of the book, 
and the number of words in its list. The larger the book, the more 
pages must be turned over, or the more matter scrutinized on a page, 
— commonly both ; and the longer its list, the more words must be 
looked at, before the right one catches the eye. This would seem 
quite too obvious for remark, were not its disregard so common, and 
so costly of time to the learner. 

2. More labor in finding the required signification. How much time 

is often painfully spent in looking through a long article, — where 
various meanings, illustrative examples, translations of these examples, 
references, and remarks are commingled, — before the eye lights upon 
an appropriate signification ; and even after this, not unfrequently, 
how much in addition, before the different admissible meanings can be 
brought together and compared for the selection of the best ! 

3. A difficulty in finding some words at all. This difficulty occurs 
in the Greek far more than in most languages, from the many euphonic 
and emphatic changes in its inflection, from crasis, and especially from 
the various forms of the augment and reduplication, which often render 
it uncertain even under what letter the search should be commenced. 
The considerations first presented have also a special application to the 
Greek, from the copiousness of its vocabulary, and from the variety of 
form and use which its words obtained through so many centuries, 
dialects, and kinds of literature. 

If relief from these disadvantages is sought in the use of an abridged 
general lexicon, then a more serious evil is often substituted, — the 
absence of what is needed, in the place of labor in finding it. 

The great use which is wisely made of Xenophon’s Anabasis in 
elementary study seems to entitle it to all the advantages which a 
special lexicon can confer. In more advanced reading, when com- 
paratively few words present themselves as strangers, and a more 
comprehensive view of the language is sought, there can, of course, 
be no adequate substitute for a good general lexicon. 


1V PREFACE. 


It must also be confessed that special lexicons, in their appropriate 
sphere, have not been free from objections. One of their most common 
faults has been a defect in the vocabulary. It is exceedingly difficult, 
in the first attempt, to make a complete list of the words used in a 
particular book ; and the words of most frequent occurrence are pre- 
cisely those which are most apt to pass the collector's eye without 
attracting notice. Yet it is none the less on this account a severe trial 
to the student’s patience to be “sent to April,” — to waste his time in" 
searching for that which is not to be found, simply because it does not 
exist. Another frequent defect has been the meagreness of information 
respecting the words presented, both as to form and meaning, and 
especially as to that connection and explanation of meanings which are 
so important to the learner. 

Some special lexicons have been rendered less useful to the student 
in quite a different way. Their authors, in seeking to make them 
commentaries upon the text, have so referred the different meanings 
to the passages in which they occur, as to leave little exercise for his 
own judgment in the choice, thus depriving him of one of the great 
benefits of linguistic study. 

An earnest effort has been made in the present work to avoid, so 
far as might be, these defects. The list of words in the Anabasis was 
already nearly complete through the labors of others. To guard 
against the omission of required forms and meanings, the text has 
been read again and again with pen in hand; and much pains has like- 
wise been taken in tracing back derived to primitive senses, while the - 
syntactic constructions found in the text have also been quite fully 
stated. The significations of words have been presented with much 
copiousness, and different modes of translation have been offered to 
the student’s choice ; but that choice has been left, for the most part, 
uninfluenced, so that he should have the fullest benefit of the inde- 
pendent exercise of his own judgment. At the same time, every word 
has been referred to one or more places where it occurs, preference 
being given to the earliest place, as that with which the word should 
usually be most closely associated in the student’s mind. 

An asterisk (*) has been attached to many words which occur in 
tables of irregular verbs, or in respect to whose form or use the student 
may profitably consult other parts of his grammar. This consultation 
he will readily make through familiarity with its pages, or the use of 
a full Greek Index. This general mode of reference has been adopted 
as saving room, and as applying alike to different grammars. Even in 
cases where reference has been made to a particular grammar, others 


PREFACE. Vv 


can be consulted through their indexes. The author has also aimed at 
impartiality towards different editions of the Anabasis, by presenting 
their various readings. 

Proper names are here treated with more fulness than has been usual 
in works of this kind; chiefly by giving such information as the 
student might desire in addition to that which the text itself furnishes. 
The modern identifications of ancient places are in part quite certain ; 
but there are some in respect to which the most painstaking and 
reliable travellers and geographers so differ, that it must simply be 
understood that that is here given which seemed most probable after 
the comparison of different authorities. A similar remark should be 
made respecting dates; in which there is this especial element of 
difference, that the Greek Olympic year was divided about equally 
between two years of our chronology. 

It has been a pleasure to the writer, that in preparing this work he 
brings himself into direct competition or comparison with no one. 
No Greek and English lexicon to the Anabasis, beyond the first three 
books, has ever been published. To those who have written such 
lexicons in Greek and German, — Marbach, Theiss, Kriiger, Matthia, 
Vollbrecht, Strack (as successor to Theiss), and Holtzmann (for the 
Anabasis with the Cyropzedia), — he gratefully acknowledges his obli- 
gations; as also to that thesaurus of Xenophontic learning, the Lexicon 
Xenophonteum, and to the lexicons in Greek and English which have 
been prepared for the first two or three books, by Professor Boise, whom 
we rejoice to claim as an American scholar, and more briefly by 
Isbister and Fergusson. In making these acknowledgments to other 
works, however, it ought perhaps to be said, that the present lexicon 
is not a translation or compilation from these, but has been for the 
most part prepared directly from the Anabasis itself, the pages of 
which have been. turned often enough, whatever may have been the 
success, to satisfy even the familiar precept of Horace, 


“Vos exemplaria Greeca 
Nocturna versate manu, versate diurna.” 


Would that the graceful words of another were no more needed here 
than where they were first written! “TI am not so sanguine as to hope 
that I have escaped errors. He would be a bold man, who, even after 
years of study, should suppose that he had eliminated all the chances of 
error in treating of a language which is so delicate, so exquisite, and so 
perfect a medium for the expression of thought, as the Greek language 
is felt to be by all who have studied it. Some critics may doubtless 


Vi PREFACE. 


regard as erroneous, views which I may have deliberately adopted, 
and which I believe I could adequately defend ; but independently of 
these I may doubtless have fallen into positive mistakes, 


‘quas aut incuria fudit, 
Aut humana parum cavit natura.’ 


For the correction of any such errors I shall be grateful.” 


Postscript. This work, announced a year and a half since, was all 
in type, with its preface, before the writer learned that another Greek and 
English Lexicon to’ the Anabasis was in preparation. He welcomes the 
attestation which is thus given to the need of such a work. — May, 1878. 


EXPLANATIONS AND DIRECTIONS. 


1. Words are to be here sought, as in other lexicons, under their THEMES; 
yet other forms have been placed in the alphabetic list, when direction to 
the theme seemed desirable. If an awqmented or reduplicated form begins 
with y (not beginning the theme), look first, unless otherwise directed, un- 
der a; with y, “under. at; with w, under o; with , under ov; with e before 
a consonant, under that consonant ; with a consonant before ¢, under the 
consonant following. Long a, 1, and v are commonly marked where they 
ight have been supposed short, except in familiar endings. 

Methods of INFLECTION are denoted in the usual way: viz., in NOUNS, 
ne showing the forms of the Nom. and Gen.; in ADJECTIVES, by showing 
the forms of the Nom., and in special cases of the Gen., the Compar. and 
Superl. being also noticed (often simply by c., s.), if they occur in the Anab- 
asis; In VERBS, by showing the forms of the Pres., Fut., and commonly 
Perf., and sometimes also of other tenses, especially the 2 Aor., if they oceur 
and require notice. The ‘‘ Attic Future” is commonly noted, if in use. 
The familiar method of indicating forms by their endings has been usually 
followed, where it seemed to be quite sufficient ; and some forms are marked 
as late or rare. Where a verb is compounded with a preposition, the forms 
added to the theme are commonly those of the simple verb; and in prefixing 
the preposition to these, there must be a careful regard to euphonic changes. 

3. The PART OF SPEECH to which a word belongs will appear from its 
inflection or use. Uninflected words, not marked as indeclinable, will be 
considered adverbs, unless otherwise stated or shown. The CENDES of nouns 
is marked in the usual way, except in Dec. 1, neuters of Dec. 2, and the 
names of persons, where the general rules render it needless, 

4. The composition of words is extensively indicated by hyphens sep- 
arating their parts ; and their DERIVATION, by obelisks pointing up (1) or 
flown (f+) to the source, — several successive derivatives being sometimes so 
referred, and a double obelisk (¢) showing that the word lies between a more 
immediate and a more remote source. Simples and primitives have been 
given in the usual manner, within parentheses, whenever there seemed to be 
need; and regularly translated, unless they also occur in the alphabetic 
list. A few words have been added to this list in brackets, simply for the 
sake of their derivatives or compounds. , 


EXPLANATIONS AND DIRECTIONS. Vil 


5. Such MEANINGS as would be chosen in translation are usually printed 
in Italics, and explanatory meanings or remarks in Roman letters, — the 
stricter meanings leading. When a form of translation is equivocal, the 
sense in which it is here used will be inferred from adjoining forms. The 
student will, it is hoped, select carefully from the forms given, and often 
seek for himself others, perhaps more idiomatic. Latin cognates or equiva- 
lents have been often added in Roman letters for comparison ; and a few 
have been drawn from other languages specially stated. Attention has been 
often called to English derivatives or cognates by printing them in small 
capitals ; even though some of them, it will be observed, come to us more 
immediately from the Latin. Proper names in -ev, g. -wvos, admit a double 
form in Latin: as, Mévwy, Menon or Meno. 

6. Much effort has been used so to state and arrange the MEANINGS that 
the student shall be aided in the work, which is earnestly commended to 
him, of constantly tracing derived from original senses ; of observing the 
force of each element of a compound, even when not distinctly translated ; 
and of discerning the distinction of words which may be translated alike. 
The prepositions, for example, give full range for each part of this work ; and, 
while they seem to be often translated without discrimination or not to need 
translation, their original distinctions should not be lost sight of, —that év, 
eis, €&, and 84 refer primarily to the interior, and are hence so greatly used 
with names of places ; a6 and ovdv to mere outward connection ; twapa to the 
side, and mpés to the front, whence they are so much used with the names 
of persons; &c. Other familiar illustrations are found in the distinctions 
between demonstrative pronouns in -tos and those in -8¢; between the sub- 
stantive verbs eipi and yiyvopar (be and become) ; between the negatives ov 
_and pq- the conjunctions kal, $é, and adda: Xe. 

7. The cCoNsTRUCTION of words, so far as presented in the Anabasis, is 
usually shown, after their translation, by small capitals or by particles ;— 
G. showing that the word is grammatically followed by the Gen.; p., by the 
Dat.; A., by the Acc. (AE. marking the Acc. of Effect); 1., by the Inf. 
(sometimes, in strict analysis, rather the subject), while 1. (4.) shows that 
this Inf. may have a subject Acc.; P., by a Participle; cp., by a Comple- 
mentary (in a few cases, Final) Clause ; ard, eis, ds, &c., by these particles. 
The sign A. sometimes occurs where the Acc. is only indicated by the use 
of the passive voice. Signs not separated by a comma indicate constructions 
that are found together. In the citations, some words which may be ex- 
pressed or omitted, or may take the place of others, are inclosed in paren- 
theses : see &pa, vvé, 6, dé. 

8. REFERENCES are made to the Anabasis by giving the book in Roman, 
and the chapter and section in Arabic numerals ; a period, according to the 
English system, separating the chapter from the section, and a comma sep- 
arating two sections of the same chapter. The interrogation-point here 
indicates a various reading, of more or less claim to regard. Special refer- 
ences to the writer’s Revised and Compendious Grammars are made by figures 
in the older style (as 238). The letter s is often added to a reference to 
signify and the following ; and rarely, a small? above the line, to show that 
the reference is to the Revised Grammar only. 

9. Parallels (||) are used to mark a PLACE in modern geography, which is 
believed to correspond closely or nearly with the ancient place spoken of in 
the paragraph (cf. page v.). It is well known how various is the orthography 
of modern names within the region of the Anabasis. In the pronunciation 
of these names as here printed, a is usually pronounced as in father, fast, or 
man, e as in féte or men, 7 as in marine or pin, o as in hope or hop, u like 00 
in cool or book, ch as in chin, and j asin jet. In the Turkish, these names 
have so little distinctive accent, that, like French names, they are apt to 


Vill EXPLANATIONS. ——- ABBREVIATIONS. 

impress the English ear as if accented upon the last syllable; and hence 
they are often so marked. Burun here signifies promontory, Chai or Irmak 
river, Dagh mountain, Dereh valley, Hissar castle, Keui or Koi village, Ovah 
plain, Shehr city, town, Su water, stream, Ak white, Eski old, Kara black, 
&c. Among the Greeks, there is now a strong tendency to preserve or revive 


the ancient names of places. 


10. A full List OF ABBREVIATIONS follows, though they are generally 
such as to require no explanation : — 


A., acc., accusative: 2 A.,|euphon., euphonic. 


two accusatives. 

A., a., act., active. 

a., aor., aorist. 

A. D., Anno Domini. 

abs., absolute. 

acc. to, according to. 

adj., adjective, -ly. 

adv., adverb, -ial, -ially. 

AE., accusative of effect. 

Aisch. Prom., Prometheus 
of Aischylus. 

Anab., Anabasis. 

apostr., apost.,apostrophe. 

art., article. 

Att., Attic. 

attr., attraction. 

aug., augment. 

B. C., betore Curist. 

bef., before. 

c., compar., comparative. 

cf., confer, compare, con- 

ch., chiefly. [sudt. 

cog., cogn., cognate. 

comm., commonly. 

complem.,complementary. 

compos., composition. 

conj., conjunction. 

constr., construction : 
const. preeg., constructio 
pregnans. 

contr., cont., contracted. 

cop., copulative. 

cP.,complementary clause. 

Cyr., Cyropeedia. 

D., d., dat., dative. 

Dan., Daniel. 

dec., declension. 

demonst., demonstrative. 

dep., deponent. 

der., derivative. 

dim., diminutive. 

Diod., Diodorus Siculus. 

Dor., Doric. 

e. g., exempli gratia, for 
example. 

encl., enclit., enclitic. 

Eng., English. 

Ep., Epic. 

esp., especially. 


exc., except. 
HKzek., Ezekiel. 


f., fut., future: f. pf., fut- | P 


ure perfect. 

fem., feminine. 

Fr., French. —fr., from. 

ft., feet. 

G., g., gen., genitive: 2c., 
two genitives. 

Gen., Genesis. 

Germ., German. 

Hdt., Herodotus. 

Heb., Hebrew. [ophon. 

Hel., Hellenica of Xen- 

Hom., Homer :— Apoll., 
Hymn to Apollo; I1., 
Iliad; Od., Odyssey. 

I., inf., infinitive : 1. (A.), 
infinitive with subject 
accusative. 

i. e., id est, that is. 

impers., impersonal, -ly. 

imv., imperative. 

in., inches. 

ind., indicative. 

indecl., indeclinable. 

indef., indefinite. 

interrog., interrogative. 

intrans., intransitive, -ly. 

Ton., Ionic. 

ipf., imperfect. - 

1., late. 

Lat., Latin. 

lbs., pounds. 

Lucr., Lucretius. 

M., m., mid., middle. 

masc., masculine. 

metath., metathesis. 

meton., metonymy. 

mss., manuscripts. 

Mt., Mount. 

neg., negative. 

Neh., Nehemiah. 

neut., neuter. 

nom., nominative. 

Numb., Numbers. 

om., omitted. 

opp., opposed. 

opt., optative. 


orig., originally. 

0z., ounces. 

P., pt., part., participle. 

-» D., Pass., passive. 

periphr., periphrasis. 

Pers., Persian. 

pers., person, -al, -ally. 

pf., perf., perfect. 

pl., plur., plural. 

pleon., pleonastically. 

plp., plup., pluperfect. 

poet., po., poetic. 

post-pos., post-positive. 

pr., pres., present. 

prep., preposition. 

pret., preteritive, -ly. 

prob., probably. 

pron., pronoun. 

prop., proper, -ly. 

q. V., quod vide, which see. 

Tu, TAbes alae 

r, Revised Grammar. 

redupl., reduplication. 

refl., reflex., reflexive, -ly. 

rel., relative. 

s, sequens, and the follow- 
ing. [tive. 

S., Sup., superl., superla- 

Sans., Sanskrit. 

sc., scilicet, namely,under- 
stand. 

sing., singular: 2sing., 2d 
person singular, &c. 

sp., specially. [tion. 

spec., specif., specifica- 

subj., subjunctive. 

subj. A., subject accusa- 
tive. 

subst., substantive, -ly. 

sync., syncopated. 

Thuc., Thucydides. 

trans., transitive, -ly. 

usu., usually. 


|v. 2, varia lectio, various 


reading. 

Virg. , Virgil: —_Ain., Aine- 
id; G., Georgie. 

voc., vocative. 

w., with. 

Xen., Xenophon. 


For the signs |, t, ¢, as here used, see 4 above; for ?, 8; for ||, 9; for *, page iv. 


LEXICON. 


ses = 


a- A. 


[a-,* an inseparable particle, com- 
monly denoting privation or negation, 
and then called a- privative (akin to 
dvev without, the Lat. m-, and the 
Eng. and Germ. un-, and having com- 
monly the fuller form &v- before a 
vowel); butsometimes denoting wnion, 
likeness, or intensity, and then called 
a- copulative (akin to dua together, and 
having also the form a-); 385 a. | 

&, G-tep, see bs, do-mep, 1. 2. 27. 

&-Bartos, ov, (Saivw) impassable (on 
foot, by fording, for a horse, &c.), in- 
accessible, not fordable, iii. 4.49: v. 6.9. 

"ABpofédpns, ov, Abrozelmes, inter- 
preter to Seuthes, vii. 6. 43? 

*ABpaxdpas, a, Abrocomas, satrap of 
Pheenicia, and commander of a fourth 
part of the army of Artaxerxes. On 
the approach of Cyrus, he appears to 
have considered the result doubtful, 
and to have pursued a course of selfish 
policy. As if a friend to Artaxerxes, 
he burned the boats for crossing the 
Kuphrates, and marched as to aid the 
king; but, as if no enemy to Cyrus, 
he nowhere opposed his march, and 
did not reach the king till five days 
after the battle of Cunaxa. i. 3. 20. 

"ABudos, ov, 7, Abydus, a city built 
by the Milesians upon the Asiatic side 
of the Hellespont, where the strait is 
narrowest. This spot, now Cape Na- 
gara, is famed for the bridge of Xerx- 
es, and the loves of Hero and Lean- 
der. i. 9. 

dydyw, &c., see dyw, i. 3. 5, 17. 

ayadds, m, év (akin to Germ. gut, our 
good, w ith a- intensive or euphonic); 


e. and s.* dueivwy, &pioros* Bedriwy, 
BédtioT 0s: KpeitTwy, KpaTicTos* gx, 
Awsros~ good, virtuous; good in war 


(eis w5deuoy i. 9. 145), brave, valiant ; 
beneficial, advantageous, useful, ser- 
viceable, desirable, valuable ; good for 


Epes AN) 


*Aynctiaos 


producing, fertile ; ii. 4.22; 6.19: 
4.9:—neut. subst., a good thing, ie 
benefit, advantage, blessing, service, 
favor ; also pl. goods, provisions, sup- 
plies, possessions ; ér aya0@ for one’s 
good = Me 1 122.3720 1. 120s 3.5. 1: 
v. 8.18. See xands. 

dydhw,* ade, to adorn: M. to take 
pride in, be proud of, glory in, D., 
émri, ll. 6. 26. 

dyapat,* dyaocoua Ep., a. p. as m. 
iyacOnv, to admire, A., i. 1. 9. 
ldyay adv., very, very much, exceed- 
imgly, vii. 6. 39. 
layatda, iow, Wydmnka, to love, treat 
wuh affection, A.; be content or well 
pleased, 6ru: 1. 9. 29: v. 5. 18. 
PAyactas, ov, Agasias, a lochage 
under Proxenus, from Stymphalus in 
Arcadia. He was one of the bravest 
and most enterprising of the Cyreans, 
and afirm friend of Xenophon. iii.1.31: 
iv. 1. 27.— 2. V. 1. for Bacias, vii. 8.10. 
ldyaortds, 7, dv, admirable, worthy 
of admiration, i. 9. 24. 

ayyeiov, ov, (&yyos vessel for con- 
taining) a vessel, receptacle, pail, jar, 
vi. 4. 23: vii. 4. 3. 

TdayyeAta, as, @ message, report, an- 
nouncement, i. 3. 19. 
TayyeAAa, ae HyeA«Ka, toannounce, 
TERR RAE Ds cde AS. tise. L9. 
dyyeXos, es 6 n, (dyw) & messenger, 
i 2,21: 0. 3.3. Der. ANGEL. 

dye, see dyw, ii. 2. 10. 

dyelpw,* a. wHyeipa, (dyw) to bring 
together, collect, assemble, A., 111.2.13. 

d-YEVvELos, ov, (yévetov, chin, beard) 
beardless, ii. 6. 28. 

Aynot-daos, ov, Agesilaéus, one of 
the most eminent of the kings of 
Sparta, succeeding his brother Agis, 
B. G2 398; to the exclusion of his 
nephew Leotychides, and reigning 
with great fame for military prowess, 


A 


"Aylas 


simplicity of manners, integrity, and 
patriotism, till his death in the win- 
ter of 8361-0, at the age of 80. He 
was lame, and insignificant in general 
appearance. He was sent into Asia 
Minor, B. c. 396, to prosecute the war 
against the Persians ; but was recalled 
from the plans and promise of great 
accomplishment, in 394, to sustain 
Sparta against the Thebans, Athenians, 
&c., over whom he gained the battle 
of Coronéa. Xenophon served under 
him in Asia, and returned with him 
to Greece. v. 3. 6. 

*Aylas, ov, Agias, a Cyrean general 
from Arcadia, slain through the treach- 
ery of Tissaphernes. He prob. com- 
manded troops left by Xenias or Pa- 
sion. 11. 5, 313 6.530. 

&ykos, eos, 76, a bend or hollow, 
valley, glen, dell, iv.1.7. Cf. Lat. 
uncus, angulus. 

l&ykvpa, as, ancora, an ANCHOR, 
Ti. Oe Le 

d-yvotw, ow, 7yvdnka, (yvo- in y- 
yvwookw) not to know or recognize, to be 
agnorant or in doubt, CP., iv. 5. 7: vi. 
5. 12: vii. 3. 38. 

Tayvopooivy, ns, want of sense ; pl. 
misunderstandings, ii. 5. 6. 
d-yvapwv, ov, g. ovos, (yrwun) de- 
void of sense, thoughtless, inconsiderate, 
ignorant, Vil. 6. 28, 38. 

dyopd, as, (dyelpw) an assembly ; 
place of assembly (Lat. forum), market- 
place (the same open place in a city 
being commonly used for both pur- 
poses); market, provisions or supplies 
forsale: 1. 2. 1033. 14:"v. (73 vi. 6; 
3: mapéxew ayopdy to afford or provide 
a market, offer provisions for sale, ii. 
3. 26s: of éx THs ayopas epevyov those 
in the market fled from it, or the mar- 
ket-men fled, 7O4a, 1. 2.18: ayopa 
wr Oovca, the time of full market, the 
middle of the forenoon, and from that 
time till noon, i. 8.1. See Kepayér. 

Ldyopd{a, dow, 7ydpaxa, to buy, pur- 
chase: M. to buy for one’s self: A.: 
ind. W4s%5. NOY ovile oO. 

| dyopa-vdpos, ov, 6, (véuw) a super- 
intendent or inspector of the market, 
market-director, market-master ; hav- 
ing the general care and direction in 
respect to order, fairness of dealing, 
the quality of the provisions, and often 
their price ; v. 7. 2, 23s. 


- 9° 











GOLKEw 


bayopetw, evow, iy5pevxa, (comm. f. 
€p®, pit. elpnxa, 2 a. eirov) to address 
an assembly, harangue, speak, intro- 
duce a subject, A. els, v. 6. 27. 

Tdypebw, evow, (dypa field-roaming, 
hunting) to hunt, take in the chase, 
ROS Nie Ou Oe 

Té&ypos, a, ov, living in the field, 
wild, 1.2.7; 5.2. Cf. agrestis: 

aypds, 08, 6, (cog. ager, Germ. acker, - 
our acre) field, land, country as opp. 
to city, v. 3. 9: vi. 2.8. 

Gyp-vTvew, ow, (dyp-vTvos sleep- 
hunting? sleepless) to lie awake, watch, 
mpd, vil. 6. 36. 

dyw,* diw, Axa, 2a. Hyayov, ago, 
to put in motion, to lead a person, 
army, animal, &c.; conduct, direct, 
bring, carry, convey; lead on, ad- 
vance ; A, eis, éml, SC; ay ae 
9. 27: 1v. 3. 53 8. 126 vile ee 
xiav or eipjvnv ayeww to lead a quiet or 
peaceful life, ili. 1.14: gépew xai 
dyew ferre et agere, to carry and lead 
off, to plunder, spoil, despoil, harry, 
by carrying off things and leading off 
cattle, A. (of booty taken or persons 
robbed), v. 5. 18: ii. 6. 5: aye (6%), 
dyere (64), come (now)! ii. 2.10: v. 4. 
9: d&ywy bringing, with, 674)b, v. 4. 
11: M. to bring one’s own things, A., 
is AhO, ie 

Layodyimos, ov, portable ; ra ayaa, 
the things to be carried, freight, v.1.16. 

ldyav, Svos, 6, a bringing together, 
gathering, assembly, especially to wit- 
ness a game or contest ; hence a game 
or games, contest, strife, encounter, 
struggle, 1.2.10; 7.4. Der. Agony. 

Layovltopar, icouar coduat, Wywriopat, 
to contend, strive, struggle, fight, A¥., 
mpos, wépl, 11. 5. 10; ii. Ue arene. 
27. Der. AGONIZE. 

ldywvo-Bérys, ov, (rlOnut) an insti- 
tutor, director, or judge of a contest, 
umpire, ii. 1. 21. 

&-Sevtrvos, ov, (detmvov q. V.) supper- 
less, 1. 10, 19% ive SaaS 

d-SeAdés, of, (a- cop., dehpus matrix) 
a brother, i. 3, 8: vil. 2. 25, 38. 

a-Seas adv., (déos fear) without fear, 
fearlessly, securely, i. 9.13: vi. 6. 1. 

&-8ydos, ov, wncertain, dowbtful, wn- 
known, D., Vv. 1. 103 ya 

a-5taBaros, ov, impassable, unford- 
able, ti. Ve Vi eee 

TaStKew, Yow, HOiKknKa, to be unjust, 





adukla 3 


act wyustly, do wrong, be in the wrong ; 


to treat wyustly, wrong, injure,harm ; 
Meth, i. 5, 10; 4:9;-6. 78: Vil. 
7.3: pr. as pf. to be guilty of doing 
wrong, to have wronged, 612, 1. 5.11: 
v. 7. 26, 29: udev a. to do no wrong, 
be guilty of no crime, i. 9. 13. 

Tdduxta, as, injustice, wrong-doing, 
ab. 18: 

&-Sikos, ov, s., (Sikn) unjust, guilty, 
criminal, wicked, unprincipled, mepl, 
i. 6.8; 9.18: li. 6. 20: 706 GéiKov in- 
justice, 1. 9. 16. 

Lddlkas, s.? unjustly, wrongfully, 
v. 7. 29: vii. 1. 16 (or adj.). 

a-5dres adv., (dddA0s guile, fraud) 
without guile or treachery, faithfully, 
Meee a 265. 11.2. 24. 

"ASpapirt[tjiov, see “Arpapwrriov. 

d-Svvatos, ov, impossible, impracti- 
cable ; unable, powerless, inefficient ; 
ioc. 1. 25:.y. 6.40: vil. 7. 24. 

ddw,* doouat, to sing, A., iv. 3. 27; 
i420: vi, 1. 6. 

del, less Att. atel, always, continu- 
ally ; at any time (esp. between the 

_art. and a pt., or after a rel. w. a), 
on each occasion, successively ; 1.9.19: 
Min ol, 55. iv. 7. 23: v. 4. 15. 

*aerds, less Att. aietds, of, 6, an 
eagle. This bird was regarded by the 
Greeks as sacred to Zeus, and as sent 
by him to give omens of the future. 
It gave to the Assyrians and Persians, 
as to some modern nations, a symbol of 
royalty or power. 1.10.12: vi. 1. 23. 

&-8z0s, ov, s., (Peds) godless, impious, 
li. 5. 39. Der. ATHEIST. 

[’A®nva, ds, Ath2?na, Pallas, or Mi- 
nerva; in Greek mythology the daugh- 
ter of Zeus, sprung from his head, the 
goddess of wisdom and warlike prow- 
ess, and the especial patroness of 
Athens. | 

LAOAvat, Gy, ai, Athens, the capital 
ot Attica, and the city in which Greek, 
indeed ancient civilization culminated 
(799), “‘ the eye of Greece.” Accord- 
ing to tradition, it was founded by 
Cecrops, named for the goddess Athé- 
na (who bestowed upon it the gift of 
the olive), and greatly enlarged by 
Theseus, who united the people of 
Attica as its citizens. At its zenith, 
it is supposed to have contained, with 
its harbor the Pirsus, about 200,000 
inhabitants, or about two fifths of the 








e 


Qu 


whole population of Attica. From 
the Persian wars, in which it acquired 
such glory at Marathon and Salamis, 
and was burned by Xerxes, to the 
Peloponnesian war, in which it was 
conquered by Sparta, it was the lead- 
ing state of Greece. In politics, it 
was the head of the democratic, as 
Sparta of the aristocratic interest. 
The latter war had closed, with the 
prostration of Athens and the exalta- 
tion of Sparta, B. c. 404, about three 
years before the expedition of Cyrus. 
Preserved from destruction through 
the desolations of so many centuries, 
it became, A. D. 1834, the capital of 
the new kingdom of Greece. iii. 1. 5. 

LA€nvaia,as, poet. for’ APnva, chosen 
as a password, from the kinship which 
Seuthes claimed to the Athenians, vii. 
3. 39? 

LV A€nvaios, ov, 6, an Athenian: e.g. 
Xenophon, Lycius, Polycrates, &c. 
No Athenian is mentioned in the Ana- 
basis dishonorably. i. 8.15: i111. 3. 20. 

PA@Hvyot or -yor, old d. pl. as adv., 
at Athens, 380¢, iv. 8. 4: vii. 7. 57. 

GOXov, ov, (4OAos contest) prize of a 
contest, i. 2.10. Der. ATHLETE. 

TaOpol{w, oicw, #Oporxa, to assemble, 
collect, muster, levy, esp. troops, A.: 
M., to assemble, muster, intrans.: i. 1. 
652 2 1: 10-5: i.e 1 

G-Opdos, a, ov, (d- cop., Apdos noise) 
rustling together, close or thick together, 
in a body, collected, assembled, esp. of 
persons, i. 10. 13: iv. 6.13: vii. 3. 9. 

Talupéw, ow, to be discowraged, dis- 
heartened, dispirited, or dejected ; to 
despond, want courage or heart; D., 
Wpos, évexa, OTe: ii. 2.18; 4.20: Vv. 
NO OMe UA sate 189: 

tdOvuuntéov (ecriv juiv) we must be 
disheartened [there is to be discourage- 
ment to us], 682, ili. 2. 23. 

taupla, as, discowragement, despond- 
ency, dejection, faintheartedness, iii. 2. 
8; 3. 1T. 

&-SvpLos, ov, c., (Auuds), Without spirit 
or courage, dispirited, discouraged, de- 
jected, desponding, fainthearted, spirit- 
less, disinclined, mpés, 1.4.9: 11.1. 36. 

lL abvpws despondingly, dejectedly, dis- 
piritedly, without heart: abipus Exew 
to be disheartened or dejected ; iii. 1. 3, 
40: vi. 4. 26. : 

ai, at, ais, see 6, 6s, 1.1.6: v. 4.33. 


atytadds 


aiyt-adds, 08, 6, (dicow to rush, ads 
sea) that over which the sea rushes, 
ser-shore, beach, vi. 4. 1, 4, 7. 

tAiytrrvos, a, ov, Hyyptian, 11.1.6: 
Aiytrruos subst., an Hgyptian, 1.4.2; 
8.9. The Egyptians mentioned in i. 
8. 9 may have entered the Persian ser- 
vice before the revolt stated below, or 
have been otherwise unaffected by it; 
or they may have been so called as 
descendants of the Egyptians settled 
in Asia by Cyrus the Elder. See Cyr. 
Cntlietb. 

Atyutrros, ov, 7, Egypt, the north- 
eastern country of Africa, on both 
sides of the Nile, so famed for its fer- 
tility in the basin of this river, its 
early and peculiar civilization, its va- 
ried history, and its wonderful remains 
so defying the hand of time. It was 
conquered by Cambyses, the son of 
the great Cyrus, B. c. 525, and made 
a Persian province. Its inhabitants, 
always impatient of the yoke (the more 
on account of the religious antagonism 
of the two nations), had succeeded un- 
der Amyrteus in asserting their in- 
dependence, B. c. 414. The Persians 
were chagrined at the loss of so im- 
portant a province, and eager for its 
reconquest, 11. 1.14; 5.13. This was 
at length effected in the reign of Arta- 
Xerxes I11., B.C. 346. Not long after, 
B. ©. 332, Egypt submitted to the 
arms of Alexander; and after his death 
became the kingdom of one of his gen- 
erals, Ptolemy. In the year 30 B.c., 
it became a Roman province. 

aidéomat, dooua, WOecual, a. nOeETOnDY, 
to respect, reverence, revere, regard, A., 
Oe Se 

Lat8qpmov, ov, g. ovos, s. ovésraros, 
respectful, modest, 1. 9. 5. 

Lai8otov, ov, private part, groin, iv. 
3. 12. 

_ Lat&ds,* dos, 7, respect, reverence, 
G., li. 6.-19. 

aiel, aierds, v. U. for del, derds. 

Aiftns, ov, d£étes, a king of the 
Phasians, regarded as a successor, in 
both sovereignty and name, to the fa- 
ther of Medea and keeper of the gol- 
den fleece which it was the object of 
the Argonautic expedition to recover, 
v. 6. 37. 

taidpta, as, (aiOnp ether) open air, 
clear sky, iv. 4.142 


4 aicxpds 


ai€w (in pr. & ipf.), ch. poet., to set 
on fire, kindle, burn, A., iv. 7. 20: 


Vi. 3. 19. 
aixife, oftener atxtfoper, icouac 
Lodmar, HKiouat, (aikia insult, abuse) 
to abuse, maltreat, insult, outrage, 
torture, mangle, A. AE., ll. 6. 29: iii. 
1-18 a 
aipa, aros, 76, blood, v. 8. 15. 
Aivetas or Aivéus, ov, 6, neas, a 
lochage from Stymphalus, iv. 7. 13. 
Aividy, dvos, 6,an 4inianian. The 
/Enianes were a tribe of southwestern 
Thessaly, occupying the upper valley 
of the river Sperchius (now the Hel- 
Jada). 4 9.°6: “view 
aif, aiyds, 7 6, (atcow to leap) a goat 
[leaper], iv. 5.25; 6. 17. Der aeas: 
AioXis, idos, 7, Aolis, a region in 
the northwest part of Asia Minor, 
colonized by Molians. Its cities 
(twelve especially) were united in a 
tribal bond, and had a common tem- 
ple and rites at Cyme ; but attained 
no great power or distinction. v. 6.24. 
Tatperéos, a, ov, to be taken, that must 
be taken, iv. 7. 3. 
Taiperés, 7, dv, chosen, selected: ot 
aiperol, the persons chosen, deputies, 
delegates, 1. 3. 21. 
aipéw,* jow, npnka, 2 a. efdov, a. p. 
npéOnv, to take, seize, catch, capture, 
A., 1. 4.8: iv. 2.13) A to dake tor 
one’s self, choose, elect, prefer, adopt, 
A., 2:A., 1. QvTl, Fd. Oy la enone 
6.6: iv.8.25: v.7.28: P. to be taken 
or chosen, 588, iii. 1. 46: v. 4. 26. See 
adtoxoua. Der. HERESY, HERETIC. 
aipw,* dpe, Apxa, a. jpa, to lift up, 
7aise, A., 1. 5. 3.) Vo 
aicOdvopatr,* Ojcouar, yoOnuat, 2 a. 
noOdunv, to perceive, notice, observe, 
learn, become aware of, hear, G., A. P., 
cp., i. 1.8 ; 2. 215-0: 2, Seen 
v. 7.19: vi. 1.31. Der. @STHETIC. 
LatocOnors, ews, 7, perception, means 
of or chance for discovery, iv. 6. 13. 
aicBopar r. for aicPdvouar ; v. l. ai- 
obecOat, li. 5. 4. 
aiotos, ov, (aica fate, luck) lucky, 
auspicious, ominous for good, Vi. 5. 2. 
Aioxivys, ov, Aschines, of Acarna- 
nia, a commander of targeteers, iv. 3. 
CLP Yo lio 
[atcxos, cos, 76, disgrace, shame. | 
Latoxpds, d, dv, c. alcxiwy, s. aloxe- 








M. to be on fire, blaze, burn, intrans., 


‘ 








aloxpas 


aros,* disgraceful, shameful, base, in- 
famous, mpés, i. 9.3: ii. 5. 20: v. 7. 
12: vil. 6. 21. 

jaioxpas disgracefully, with dis- 
honor, iii. 1. 48: vii. 1. 29. 
—laicxivn, ns, shame, disgrace, dis- 
honor: ote maow aicx’ynv eivar so 
that all were ashamed, li. 3.11: ai. 
adAHAwv a sense of shame before cach 
other, ili. 1. 10. 

laioxiva, tv, joxvyxa l., to shame, 
disgrace : M. to be or feel ashamed, 1., 
Peeters, 102 vi. 5. 4: vil. 6.21 : 
to be ashamed before, reverence, stand 
im awe of, A.1., OP., 1.7.4: il. 3. 22 
(a. p. as m. noxvvOnv); 5. 39; 6. 19. 

aitéo, jow, arya l., to ask for a 
thing, demand, A., 2 A., mapa, 1. 1. 
irest4.- 16% i: 1. 10: J. (more 
subjective, earnest, or humble) fo ask 
-as a favor to one’s self, entreat, beseech, 
beg ; to obtain by entreaty; A. L, 
mapa, Wo. 18s: v. 1.11: vi. 6.31. 

lairia, as, [ground of demand] cause; 
blame, reproach, censwre, charge, Vi. 6. 
15s: airiay (airias) éxew to ineur 
censure (reproaches), be blamed, wm, 
mieeteea so, 11, 15. 

Lairvdopat, droua, nriauat, dep.mid., 
to blame, accuse, convplain of, charge, 
Toprove, A. 1., Ore, i, 2.20: Wi. 1.7 ; 
gelise ve 5. 19%: vi. 2. 9. 

laittos, a, ov, causative, causing, 
productive ; hence, chargeable with, 
responsible, guilty, to blame : 6 ai. the 
author, T6 ai. the cause: G. (444 f), I. 
(eet. 4.152 i. 5.22: ive. 17: vi. 
6. 8: vii. 7. 48. 

aixp-ddwtos, ov, (aixun point of a 
spear, adicxouat) taken in war, cap- 
tured : oi ai. the prisoners of war, cap- 
tives: Ta ai. the things taken in war, 
prizes of war, including both prison- 
ers and booty: iii. 3.19: iv. 1.128; 
8.27: v.83. 4. 

[ax- pornt, a root appearing in dkuy, 
dkev dart, dxpos, aixun, d&0s, perh. 
axovw to point the ear; Lat. acus, 
acuo, acies; Sans. acan dart ; &c. } 

"Axapvay, dvos, 6, an Acarnanian. 
Acarnania was the most western prov- 
ince of Greece Proper, lying between 
AKtolia, the Ionian Sea, and the Am- 
bracian Gulf (now the Gulf of Arta) ; 
and was occupied by colonists of dif- 
ferent tribes, none of which attained 
much eminence or refinement. iv.8.18, 


5 











2 , 
QKOVO) 


&-Kavoros, ov, (kaiw) unburnt, iil. 
Seal ice 

G-Képaros, ov, (Kepavviur) wnmixed, 
undisturbed ; of troops, fresh, vi. 5. 9. 

a-KHpuKTes, ov, (Kypioow) without 
intercourse by heralds, without truce, 
implacable, iii. 3. 5. 

akivakns, ov, (fr. Pers.) a straight 
poniard, dagger, or short-sword, used 
by the Persians, and commonly at- 
tached to the girdle on the right side, 
LIS 2: O98 

a-KivSuvos, ov, without danger, safe, 
secure, Vi. 5. 29. 

LakivSives without danger, safely, 

securely, li. 6. 6. 

d-«Anpos, ov, (KAjpos lot, portion, 
estate) without estate, portionless, poor, 
in poverty, i. 2. 26 ? 

Taxpéto, dow, to be at the acme of 
life, in one’s fullest maturity and 
strength, I., iil. 1. 25. 

axun, 7s, (ax-) point, tip, ACME: 
dxkunv adv., in puncto temporis, on 
the point, in the act, just, even now, 
IV. 3; 26. 

d-KoAacros, ov, (KoAdf{w) wnchas- 
tisedy iv. 6. \9: 

TaxodAovdéw, 7rw, AxodovInxa, to ac- 

company, follow, D. or atv, vil. 5.3. 

d-KddovG0s, ov, (d- cop., Kédevfos 
road, way) going the same way, ac- 
companying, following, consistent, 11. 
4,19. Der. AN-ACOLUTHON. 

Tdxovtife, icw 1d, to throw, hurl, or 
fling a dart or javelin ; to shoot, hit, 
or pierce with a javelin, A.; i. 8. 27; 
NO ise WAG Saad 5 Wile A, Se 

axdvtiov, ov, (dx-; dim. of dkwy 
javelin, 371f) a javelin or dart, for 
throwing, smaller and lighter than the 
ddpu, iv. 2. 28. 

ldxdytiots, ews, 7, use of the dart, 
throwing the javelin, i. 9. 5. 

ldxovtieths, of, javelin-thrower, 
javelin-man, darter, iii. 3.7: iv. 3. 28. 

aKovw,* dxovcouat, dkjnKoa, a.7KoUcG, 
(ax- 2) to hear, hear of, listen to, learn 
by hearing ; to hear to, heed, obey ; 
G.,-A., P., 1. (w. subj. A.), CP., wapd, 
mept, —the gen. properly expressing 
the cause or source of the hearing or 
learning, whether person or thing 
(sometimes even the noise itself), 
while that which is heard or learned 
is comm. in the acc. or in a comple- 
mentary clause; i. 2.5, 21; 3. 20s; 


&kpa 


8: 16s. 5 156,26 + 4b G6 2 aye 7. 
24: «& dxovew bene audire, to be spoken 
well of, wd, 575 a, Vil. 7. 23: pr. as 
pf., dxovouey we hear=we have heard, 
are informed, 612, v. 1.18; 5. 8. 
Der. ACOUSTIC. 

dxpa, as, (fem. of xpos) arx, a 
Soriified summit, stronghold or for- 
tress on a height, citadel, v. 2. 17s. 

&-Kpatos, ov, (kepdvvtm) wnmixed, 
pure, strong. The use of wine with- 
out mixture was accounted barbaric 
by the ancient Greeks, who usually 
tempered it with a much larger por- 
tion of water. iv. 5. 27: v. 4. 29. 

d-Kpttos, ov, (kpivw) wnjudged, un- 
tried, without trial, v. 7. 28s. 
Tdkpo-BoArlfopar, fcouat, (BdAXw) to 
throw from a height or a distance, fight 
with missiles, skirmish, D., iii. 4. 18, 
33: v. 2. 10. 

taxpoBdrtots, ews, 7, a skirmish, 
skirmishing, ili. 4. 16, 18. 

Takpd-ToAts, ews, 7, (dds) the [top- 
most city] citadel, acropolis, i. 2.1, 8s. 

dxpos, a, ov, s., (dx-) at the point, 
tip, or top ; highest, topmost, extreme : 
TO dxpov the highest point, height, top, 
summit, eminence, peak ; often Ta dkpa 
the heights, summits, hills ; i. 2. 21: 
iii. 4. 49s: 7d dxpérarov the loftiest 
summit, v. 4.15. Der. ACRO-STIC. 
taxp-wvuxia, as, (dvvé claw, nail) 
nail-tip ; hence, extreme edge, sharp 
ridge or spur of a mountain, iii. 4. 37s. 

akTH, Fs, (dyvuue to break) where 
the sea breaks, promontory, headland, 
shore, vi. 2. 1. 

&-Kupos, ov, (kdpos authority) with- 
out authority or force, null, void, vi. 

28. 

d&kwv, ovoa, adkov, g. ovrTos, ovens, 
(a-, éxav) un-willing, reluctant, vil. 7. 
14: w. pt., involuntarily, uninten- 
tionally, iv. 8. 25: dkovros Kupov [C. 
being unwilling] against the will of 
C., or without his consent, i. 3. 17. 

GrAadalw, d&oua, a. 7AdAa~a, ch. 
poet., (daha war-cry) to raise the 
war-cry, shout for battle, D., iv. 2.7: 
v. 2.14? vi. 5. 26. 

GXeetvds, 7), dv, (dAda warmth) warm, 
iv. 4.112 

ahéEw,* ddreEjow Ep., f. m. dde&7- 
couat or adéEouat, a. m. HrAeEduUNY OF 
Hrcénodunv, (akin to a\Ky prowess) to 
ward or keep off: M. to keep off from 


6 GANG 


one’s self, defend one’s self, repel, re- 
quite, A., 1.3.63 9.11: ma. aes 

adérys, ov, (dd\éw to grind) a grind- 
er: as adj., 506f, dvos ahérns a [grind- 
er] mill-stone, i. 5. 5. 

ddevpov, ov, (ddéw to grind) flour, 

esp. wheat-flour, comm. pl., i. 5. 6. 

TddnVea, as, truth ; reality ; sincer- 
ity, uprightness ; ii. 6. 25; vi. 2. 10. 

TddnPevw, edow, to tell or speak the 
truth ; to speak, state, report, predict, 
or promise truly, A.; 1.7.18: iv. 4.15. 

a-AnOryjs, és, (AavOdvw or A7Ow) un- 

concealed, true, real, sincere : Tb adn- 
és [the true] truth, 5074: ii. 5. 24; 
6. 22°: vib. 2a 

LadrnOivds, 7, dv, truthful, trusty, 
genuine, i. 9. 17. 

dadnPas truly, in truth, iv. 7. 72 

GXueutikds, 7, dv, (adveUw to fish, fr. 
adAs sea) for fishing : a. wotoy fishing- 
boat, vii. 1. 20. 

‘adifo, a. p. HdlcOnv, (ads crowded) 
to collect or assemble (trans.): M. to 
collect or assemble (intrans.), rendez- 
vous: li. 4.3: vi. 3. 3. 

&-AvBos, ov, (AiBos) free from stones, 
not stony, vi. 4.5. 

ddts adv., in crowds, heaps, or 
abundance ; abundantly, sufficiently, 
enough : subst., G., v. 7. 12. 

Aurdpvy, ns, Halisarne, a small 
town in southwestern Mysia, not far 
from Pergamum, belonging to the 
principality of the descendants of the 
Spartan Damaratus, vii. 8. 17 ? 

GXioKkopar,* ddrwooun, édrwka & 
Hrwoxa, 2 a. éddwv & Hwy, (as pass. of 
aipéw) to be taken, captured, or caught, 
p.; to be taken prisoner ; i. 4.73 5.2: 
ii. 4. 8,. 1¥ 3 5.14 ae 

&AKuwos, ov, S., (AAK} prowess, cour- 
age) brave, valiant, warlike, iv. 3. 4. 

add’ 4 * exceptive conj., (fr. d\ka 
or dAdo %, cf. dda) other than, except, 
iv.6..41. > witngeaee 

addd,* sometimes adv., but comm. 
adversative conj., (4AAa neut. pl. of 
dAdos, w. accent changed) otherwise, 
on the other hand, on the contrary, but, 
yet, still, however, nay, but only ; 
often after a negation ; and often in 
transitions, to introduce questions, 
commands, exhortations, &c.; i. 1. 4; 
4,185; 6:3: i. 5. 286) aee eee 
a. (kat) but also, but even, ili. 2. 19; 
5.16: v.6.10; a. (uadddovr) but rather, 





a&AAaXxod 


7 


dpa 


iii. 1. 35: vii. 8.16: &. duas but yet, | ferent directions, iv.8.19: &ddos &\Xa 


yet nevertheless, i. 8.13: a. odd€ nay 
(or yet} not even, nor yet, 1. 3.3? 4. 8. 
A speaker, from reference to some- 
thing before expressed or mutually 
understood, often commences with 
a\Ad, which may then be frequently 
translated adverbially (well, well in- 
deed, indeed, for my part, &c.) or 
omitted in translation (sometimes, w. 
uév, seeming almost as if used prospec- 
tively, cf. dddos, 567), 1.8.17: 11.1. 4, 
10, 20: iii. 1. 45. See dé, yap, way. 
ddAaXod (4AXos, 380e) v. /. for dAXy, 
ii. 6. 4: so dAAax# or -9, Vil. 3. 47. 
GdAyq (dat. of dAdos, as adv., 380¢) 
im another place, direction, way, or 
manner ; elsewhere, otherwise ; i. 9. 
14? ii. 6. 42 iv. 2. 4,10: d. xaid. here 
and there, v. 2.29% See dddosc. 
ddAjAwv * g. pl., ous, acs, &c., recip- 
rocal pron., (@AXos) one another, each 
other, i. 2. 27. Der. PAR-ALLEL. 
&dAoVev (ddros) from another place 
or point, 1.10.13. See &ddosc. 
G&dAopar,* aroduar, a. PAdunv & Hro- 
pny, to leap, jump, iv. 2.17: vi. 1. 5. 
&dXos, * 7, 0, alius, other, another, else, 
remaining, rest, besides ; one, pl. some : 
(a) other than has been mentioned, i. 
1.7; 4.14; 8.9: &. orpdarevua another 
army, T6 &. orparevya the [remaining] 
rest of the army, 523{, 1.1.9; 2.25: 
Ta GAda or Tada [as to the rest] in 
other respects, 1.7.4: Ti xai &Xo bAns 
also [any thing else] any other kind 
of shrub, i. 5.1: TH GAXy, SC. Nuépa, 
the next day, ii. 1. 3: ob6€ &XO ovdev 
dévipor nor, besides, a single tree, 567€, 
i.5.5:— (b) other than is to be men- 
tioned, i. 3.3: 1.1.7: oddév GdXo F 
nothing else than, ili. 2.18: &dXo Te 
[sc. €orw] #; [is there aught else than 
this ?] is it not certain that? 5672, 
iv. 7.5: of & doe Kpjres the rest, the 
Cretans, 567¢e, v. 2.31: (b, a) &dXos 
&Xov ei dxe one drew up another (alius 
alium), v. 2. 15:—(c, repeated or 
joined with a der., 567d) different 
from each other, as &A\Ao GAdws alii 
aliter, [different persons in different 
ways] some in one way and others in 
another, 1.6.11: & dot GAXN0Pev some 
from one point and others from an- 
other, in various directions, i. 10. 13: 
Gos (4AXor) AAD One (Some) One Way 
and another (others) another, in dif- 


éyer one says one thing, another an- 
other, ii. 1. 15. 

l&ddote at another time, at other 
times, iv. 1.17: ad. kal d. at one time 
and at another, now and then, from 
time to time, li. 4. 26: v. 2. 292 

LadAStptos, a, ov, aliénus, belonging 
to another or others, another's, foreign, 
tHe 2.28 5) Sa be wee 2.33. 

l&dXws in another or any other man- 
ner or way, otherwise, differently ; on 
any other condition ; [otherwise than 
should be] at random ; i. 6.11 (see 
dAAos c): iii. 2.39: v. 1.7: vi. 6.10 
(pleon.): d: rws 4% in any other way 
than, iii. 1.20, 26: a&. éxew to be other- 
wise, lil. 2. 37: d. Te Kai both other- 
wise and in particular, especially, v. 
6.9. Cf. Lat. aliter. 

d-Adyioros, ov, (Aoyifoua) incon- 
siderate, unreasoning, li. 5. 21. 

diAcos, eos, 70, (d\daivw to make 
grow) & grove, esp. a sacred grove, V. 
3. Ls. 

“Anus, vos, 6, the Halys, the largest 
river of Asia Minor. It flows into the 
Euxine, and formerly separated the 
Lydian and Persian kingdoms (and 
afterwards Paphlagonia and Pontus). 
Croesus crossed this river, trusting to 
a deceptive oracle, and fought near it 
a great battle with Cyrus. v. 6. 9. 
|| The Kizil-Irmak, i. e. Red River. 

&Adtrov, ov, comm. in pl., groats, 
esp. barley-groats, barley-meal, 1.5.6. 

Ghotrekh, -7s, or -ls, (60s, 7, (d4Awmn& 
fox) a fox-skin, fox-skin cap, vil. 4. 4. 

GAO, Ghadcopar, see dNickouat,i. 4.7. 

laddotpos, ov, casy to take, liable to 
be taken, easily captured, v. 2. 3. 

dpa at the same time; at the same 
time with, together with, with, D.; 1. 
2.9: 11.4.9: dua (77) Nuépa at the 
same time with the day, at daybreak, 
at the dawn of day, iua nXiw dvioxovTe. 
or avaré\Xovre (dvvovTe or Svouevy) at 
sun-rise (-set), 1.7. 2: ii. 1. 2s; 2.13. 
It is often joined with the earlier of 
two words or clauses, when ace. to the 
Eng. idiom, it would rather be joined 
with the later ; or with both, instead 
of one only ; vii. 6. 20: iii. 4.19: so 
with a pt., rather than the verb, dua 
Tatr cima dvéotn [having said this, 
he at the same time rose] as soon as 
he had said this, he rose, 662, iii. 1. 47: 


"Apatov 


€udxovro dua mopevduevor, fought [at 
the same time] while marching, vi. 3. 5. 

"A-patav, dvos, 7, (uafds breast) an 
Amazon (so called as wanting a breast, 
the right breast having been removed 
for the better use of arms). The Ama- 
zons were fabled as a nation of female 
warriors, dwelling about the Therm6- 
don in the north part of Asia Minor, 
and having as their capital Themis- 
cyra (now Thermeh ?). iv. 4. 16. 

&paga, ys, (dua, dyw) a wagon, esp. 
for freight (cf. Gua); wagon-load ; i. 
Ga ss (220s ao: 

Lapagtatos, a, ov, large enough to load 
a wagon, each a wagon-load, iv. 2. 3. 

Japaé-wrds, dv, (irés, verbal of efuc) 
passable by wagons : 660s 4. & wagon- 
way, carriage-road, i. 2. 21. 

ALAPTAVH,” GUAPTHTOMAL, NuUdpTnKa, 
2a. Hmaptov, to fail of hitting, miss, 
G.; to fail or err in conduct, do wrong, 
sin against one, AE. mwepi; 1. 5. 12: 
ii. 2. 20; 4.15: puxpa ayaprnbdra 
small things done wrong, small errors 
or mistakes, v. 8. 20. 

d-paxel adv., (udyoua) without 
jighting, resistance, or a battle, 1.7.9: 
iv.6. 122 vi. 5.15 (vt: deaxl). 

jd-paxyrt = duaxel, iv. 2.15 (v. 1. 
auax rel). 

"ApBpaxtarys or’ Apmpaktarns, ov, 
an Ambraciot or Ambracian. Am- 
bracia (now Arta), the most celebrat- 
ed city in Epirus, was a colony of 
Corinth, about seven miles north of 
the Ambracian Gulf. Siding with 
Sparta in the Peloponnesian war, it 
suffered greatly. It was chosen by 
Pyrrhus for his capital, and won much 
fame by its brave and resolute defence 
against the siege of the Romans, B. c. 
189. The entrance of the gulf was 
the scene of the decisive victory of 
Augustus over Antony, B.c. 31. 1. 7. 
LS v6. 16: 

épetvav,* ov, as c. of dya0és, better, 
superior, braver: for emphasis, dmeivwv 
kal kpeittwy better and more efficient, 
nearly = far better: duewov as adv., 
ce. of ed, in a better way, better: i. 7. 
ened 20% im 1.121 23: 

Toapédrera, as, neglect, carelessness in 
guarding, G., iv. 6. 3. 

‘Tdpedéw, ow, iuéd\nKa, to be careless 
or negligent of, neglect, slight, G., 1. 
Soll coved. 152 vil, 22% 


8 


“Apopldnpos 


[a-medas, és, (uéder) careless, heed- 

less, negligent. | 
Lapedos carelessly, heedlessly, with- 
out caution, incautiously, v. 1. 6. 

Gi-weTpos, ov, (uérpov) mensureless, 
immense, 1mM-mMensus, ili. 2. 16. 

“Apevorkrcldns, see Navorxdetdns. 

G-BAXavos, ov, (unxavh) without 
means, resources, or expedients ; of 
persons, destitute of means or resources, 
resourceless, helpless ; of things, im- 
practicable, inyossible, insurmount- 
able, inextricable ; i. 2. 21: ii. 3.18; 
a. 21y : 

GprrAdopat, yooua,  nulhAnuac, 
(durXa strife, competition) to compete, 
contend ; w. émi or pos, to race for or 
towards, vie for the attainment of, 
struggle to. reach, iii. 4. 44, 46. 

&ptreXos, ov, 7, (dul éEhicow to twine 
round) a vine, i. 2. 22: vi. 4. 6. 

"Aptpakidtys, see’ AuBpaxarys. 

apuySdadtvos, 7, ov, (duvyéddy al- 
mond) of almonds, made from al- 
monds, iv. 4. 13. 

G-HU{w, see wUgw, iv. 5. 27? 

Gpive, duvvG, 1a. jpiva, (cf. mi- 
nio) to ward or keep off: M. to [keep 
off from one’s self] defend one’s self, 
act in self-defence, one means of which 
is retaliation ; hence to avenge one’s 
self upon, requite, punish, A.; ii. 3. 
23; 11, 1. 14, 29° mya 

audi prep., * (akin to du@w and Lat. 
ambo, amb-) on both sides of, hence 
on different sides of, about, around : 
(a) w. Acc. of place, 1. 2.3: of person 
(the person himself often included, 
527a), of audi Tisoadépyny [those 
about T.] 7. and those with him, iii. 
5. 1: of object of concern or relation, 
Ta a. Taéers [the things about] matiers 
relating to tactics, 1.1.7; a. evar or 
éxew to be busy about or oceupied wrth, 
il. 5.14: v. 2.26: of time or num- 
ber, about, i. 8.1; a. 7a eixoow about 
[the] twenty, 531d, iv. 7. 22 :—(b) 
w. GEN., poet. or r.: of object sought 
or cause, about, iv. 5. 17. In compos. 
as above. Cf. zrepi. 

dpdi-yvoew,* 7yow, ipf. jqupeyvdour 
or nudeyvoouy, (yvo- in yiyvwoxw) to 
think on both sides, to be puzzled, in 
doubt, or at a loss, to wonder, CP., li. 
5. 33. 

"Apoi-dSypos, ov, Amphidémus, an 
Athenian, father of Amphicratvs. 





*Audtkparns 


*Apdi-Kparns, eos, Amphicrates, a 
lochage from Athens, iv. 2. 13, 17. 

dudt-héyo,* AdEw, NEAexa L, to speak 
on both sides, to dispute or quarrel 
about, A., 1. 5. ah 

"Apdutodirns, ov, (Audi-rodus) an 
Amphipolite, i.10.7. Amphipolis was 
a city of western Thrace mostly sur- 
rounded by the Strymon near its 
mouth (whence its name), a greatly 

rized colony of the Athenians, for 
the loss of which in the Peloponnesian 
war the historian Thucydides was 
banished. || Neokhorio. 

dpdopeds, éws, 6, (shortened from 
dupt-popevs, a vessel carried on both 
sides, i. e. with two handles; ¢épw) 
amphora, a two-handled vessel (com- 
monly of clay and with a small neck), 
jar, v. 4. 28. 

Tdpdotepos, a, ov, both (taken or 
viewed together) ; from its significa-|D 
tion rarely in the sing.: of two in- 
dividuals, pl. or dual: dupdrepor both 
or the two persons or parties. With 
the article, it is placed acc. to the or- 
der of statement, as Tw mraide audo- 
tépw both the children, apporepa Ta 
ina bork cars,’ 523 b. 1.1.1; 4.4; 5. 
fel 1.4.10: iii. 1. 31; iv. 7. 14. 

fapdotépwbev from or on both sides, at 
both ends, G., mol: 9: 11.4229) 520: 

&pdo,* ou, both, ch. substantively, 
and of two persons, 11. 6.30: iv. 2. 21. 
dv* adv., a contingent particle 
which has no corresponding word in 
Eng. (though it may sometimes be ex- 
pressed by perhaps, or, if jomed with 


arel. pron. or adv., by -ever or -soever) ;| I 


but verbs with which it is connected 
are commonly translated by the poten- 
tial mode. It is post-positive, and is 
thus distinguished from dy if. i. 1. 
‘10. See 618s. 

av * conj., (contr. fr. édv q. v.) Zf, 
i. 3. 20 ; 7.4; 8.12: ity Ls Bye 

Gy-, see a- and a avd.. 


dva,* by apostr. av, prep. , Up, opp. |prepare to stwrt, iil. 4. 37: 


to kata: w. Acc. of place, up through, 
along, upon, ii. 5.16: of standard, 
ava xparos [up to one’s strength] at 
Jfull speed, 1.8.1; 10.15: of number 
(distributively), ava éxarév by the hun- 
dred, each a hundred, iii. 4. 21: v. 4.12: 
aa TévTE Tapacdyyas Tis Nuépas at 
the rate of 5 parasangs a day, iv. 6. 4. 
In compos., up, up again, again, back. 
LEX. AN. 1* 


d.valopuBéw 


ava-Balyw,* Bjcouar, BEBnxa, 2 a. 
éBnv, to go up, march up, climb up, 
ascend, mount, as a height, horse, ship, 
&c.; to go on board a vessel, embark ; 
often, to go wp from the coast of Asia 
into the interior ; é7i, &c.; 1.1.2; 2. 
225-8. ois) viel. 14. 

dva-Bdaddhw,* Bar, BEBrnKka, 2 a. 
éBarov, to throw up; to lift or put 
upon a horse, A. émi: iv. 4.4: v.2.5. 

ava-Bacts, ews, 7, (dva-Baivw) ascent, 
upward-march, expedition into the i in- 
terion 14 42 OO iv. ae, 10: 

ava-BuB ato, BiBdow BiBS, (BiBase 
to make go) to lead up, i. 10. 14. 

dva-Bodw, yooua, BeBinka, to raise 
a cry, call or shout aloud, v. 4. 31. 

dva-Body, js, (dva-Bdd\d\w) earth 
thrown up, rampart, Vion 
av-ayyéAAw,* eA, yyedka, a. Hy- 
eta, to bring back ‘word, re-port, A. 
oe 1. 5.9195 2A. 

ava-yuyvacka, * yaeooua, éyvwxa, 
2 a. éyvwr, [to know again, as persons 
or characters before seen ] to recognize, 
mete te 6.) 42 ais V5. WORE! 

tdvaykdto, dow, WvayKaka, to compel, 
Jorce, oblige, require, constrain, A.1., 
i. 16:13. 12 5 4..19, 49: 

TdvayKatos, a, ov, OF os, ov, necessary, 
indispensable, inevitable: avayKatoy Te 
some necessity : ot dvaykator [those con- 
nected by necessary ties] necessarii, 


kinsmen, relatives : i. 5.9: i. 4. 1. 
avayKy, ns, necessity, constraint, 


necessary cause: avayKn (éoTiv) there 
is a necessity, it is necessary, indis- 
pensable, or unavoidable, it must be, 
(AP ise tat ties 4261s Lye by 
dva-yvovs, see dva-yryveokw, i. 6. 4. 
dv-dyo,* déw, xa, 2a. Hyayovr, to 
lead up, bring or carry up, A., li. 3. 
21; 6.1: to bring upon the high sea ; 
M. to put out to sea, weigh anchor, set 
sail, Fis li 2 Vi. b. 33s. Ch xan ia 
ava-fevyvop,* fevéw, efevéa |., 
yoke up, harness up, break up the cam 
ave G21. 
ava-Oappéw, ow, rebdppnka, to be- 
come confident again, regain confidence 
or cowrage, vi. 4. 12. 
ava-Geivar, -Qels, see dva-ridnue. 
Ldvd-Onpa, aros, 74, a sacred gift or 
votive offering set up in a temple, as a 
statue, tripod, &c., G., v. 3. 5. 
ava-SopuBew, NT, refapi@nka: (05- 
puBos) to raise a shout or clamor, cry 
A 


avabpépas 


out, shout, cheer, applaud, ws: 
vi. 1. 30. 

dva-Opépas, see ava-Tpépy, iv. 5. 35. 

dv-aipéw,* jo, Wonka, 2 a. efor, to 
take up; sp. to take up a question for 
reply, hence, through an oracle or 
omen, fo respond, answer, signify, di- 
Teck, point out, A. D., 1, Wi 5s: 
vil. 6. 44: MW. to take or pick up for 
one’s self, undertake ; sp. to take up 
or carry off one’s dead for burial (to 
which the Greeks attached great im- 
portance, believing that the souls of 
the unburied dead were long debarred 
from repose ; so A. rarely, vi. 4. 9); 
Ast ew ll Ole. We Corky ee tes 

ava-katw & Att. kdw,* Katow, Ké- 
kauxa, to light up a fire, kindle, A., 
7 Gig es 

dva-Kaéw,* kadtéow Ka@, Kéx\jka, 
to call [with raised voice] aloud, A., 
vi. 6.7: M. to call back to one’s self, 
summon, sound a retreat, iv. 4. 22. 

dvd-KeLovy Or dva-Kkeloy, ov, (Ketuar) 
an upper floor, v. 4. 29% 

dva-kolvdw, wow, pf. m. Kexolywuat, 
to bring up from concealment in the 
breast and communicate to another ; 
to consult, asa god: M. to consult or 
confer with, as with a friend, to com- 
municate: D. A., wept: 11.1.5: v. 6. 
362 Wis. 22. 

dva-Kopifw, iow 1G, Kexduixa, to 
bring up: M. to lay up for one’s self, 
SMOKe, Ko AV, Catdy def 

ava-Kpaf{or., Kpdéw l., Kéxpaya, 2a. 
éxpayov, to raise a cry, cry out, cry 
aloud, exclaim, shout, AE., ws or 671, 
av..4. 20°: v. 8. 10, 12: vii. 3..338: 

dv-adahafw, d&oua, to raise the 
batile-shout, to shout the war-cry, iv. 
3. 19. 

dva-AapBdve, * AnWouat, etAnpa, 2a. 
éd\aBov, to take up, take with one or 
away, rescue, A., 1.10.6: iv. 7. 24. 

dva-dptrw,* Yw, Aéhauma, to blaze 
wp, burst into flames, v. 2. 24. 

dva-héyw,* AdEw, to gather up, re- 
count, relate, repeat, A., i. 1. 17? 

av-adiokw,* -d\wow, -7A\wKa, a. 
-hrwoa, (arioxw to take, A. as trans. 
not in use) to take up, wse up, expend, 
spend, consume, A., iv. 7. 5, 7, 10. 

dv-dAwtos, ov, (dNoKxouar) not to be 
taken, impregnable, v. 2. 20. 

dva-péve,* wevd, peudvnxa, to re- 
main, stay ; wait for, A.I., lil. 1. 14. 


vil 3: 


10 


cvapxia 


dvo-plyvupt,* puiéw, uducxa L, pf. 
p. pépcypat, to mix up, mingle, év, iv. 
8. 8. 

AVA-MLLVAOK,* pvjTWwW, a. Pp. Euyh- 
aOnv, to remind of, make mention of, 
2A., lii, 2.11: P. and M. to be re- 
minded of, call to mind, remember, re- 
miniscor, A.P., CP., Vis 1.-25 supe 

&v-avipos, ov, (dvjp) wun-manly, 
weak, cowardly, ii. 6. 25. 

"Avat(Bos, ov, Anaxibius, a Spar- 
tan admiral, false, corrupt, and cruel. 
He was afterwards sent out to oppose 
the Athenians on the Hellespont, and 
having been surprised by the Athenian 
general Iphicrates, died fighting like 
a Spartan, B. c. 3888. v.1.4: vil. 1.2s. 

dvatupises, (dwv, ai (fr. Pers.), trow- 
sers, such as the Persians wore, i. 5. 8. 

dva-ratve, tavow, mémavka, to re- 
fresh : M. to refresh or rest one’s self, 
take one’s rest, go to rest (as for the 
night), repose, rest, take breath ; to 
desist, G.; 1.10.16: 11.2.4: v.6.351? 

dva-el0w,* reicw, wémrerka, to bring 
over to another opinion, gain over, 
persuade, induce, A. 1., 1. 4. 11. 

dva-TeTavvupt OF -bw,* reTAow TreE- 
T@, (reravviju to spread out) to throw 
wide open again, A., Wil: Bes 

dva-Tynddw, joouat, mem nOnka, (r7- 
ddw to leap) to leap or spring up, spring 
upon or mount a horse, iii. 4.27? vii. 
2. 20. 

dva-Tvéw,* mvevcoual, TEMVEUKG, a. 
érvevoa, to breathe again, take or re- 
cover breath, iv. 1. 22. 

dva-mpdttw,* mpodiw, mémpaxa, to 
[make up] exact, A. D. wapd, vii. 6. 40. 

ava-TTve ow, * vEw, (rtvicow to fold) 
to fold back, swing back, wheel round, 

Ang 1. LOGS [v. 2. 24s ? 

av-atrTe,* ayw, to light wp, kindle, 

dva-TruvOdvopai,* mevoouat, mémv- 
oma, 2 a. dv-ervOsuny, to inquire again 
or closely, learn by close inquiry, A. P., 
mepl, v. 5. 25! (eede 

dy-apiOpnros, ov, (apiOuéw to num- 
ber, fr. apiOuss) in-numerable, count- 
less, i. 2. 13. 

dv-dpiotes, ov, (dpictov) without 
breakfast, i. 10.19: iv. 2. 4: vi. 5. 21. 

dy-aptdtw,”* dow or doouat, HpTaka, 
to snatch up, seize, carry-off, A.,1.3.14?- 
Vil. 4.15. 

dv-apxla, as, (apx7) want of gov- 
ernment, ANARCHY, ill, 2. 29 





> UJ 
avacKevalw 


ava-cKevdto, dow, to pack up, re- 
move, A., Vi. 2. 8. 
ava-ords, -oTivat, see dv-lornu. 
dva-cravpdw, wow, (staupds) to fix 
or exhibit on a stake or pole, A., iil. 
elie 
dva-ocré\do,* EXO, Zoradka, to send 
or drive back, keep back or in check, 
A., Vv. 4+ 23. [ me. 
dva-oTHoAs,-oTHoTopat, see dv-ioTn- 
ava-oTpépw,* éyw, éorpodpa |., 2 a. 
p. as m. éotpagyy, to turn back, re- 
treat, retire, turn or wheel round: M. 
to move round, carry one’s self ; face 
about, rally: i.4.5;10.8,12: 1.5.14. 
dvo.- -rxéo ar, soXopat, see ay- ue 
ava-TapdtTw,* déw, rerdpaxa l., 
stir up, confuse: pf. p. pt. neae 
been put] i disorder, i. 7. 20. 
dva-teivw,* Teva, Téraka, a. erewva, 
to stretch or lift up, hold up, raise, 
elevate, A.: ava-retapuévos, elevated, 
ace. to some with expanded wings : 
eit. 2) 91> vil. 4. 9 ? 
dva-TéAdw,* Ted, TéTAAKA, (TEALW 
to raise, rise) to rise up, ii .3. 1. 
ava-TlOnpr,* Ojow, TéGecka, a. €On- 
ka (00, &c.), to put up ; put, place, or 
lay upon: sp. to set up as a sacred 
gift, consecrate, deposit: A. émi, eis: 
feat Wied. 30: v. 3. 5s. 
dva-tpEpw,” Opéyw, rérpopa,, to [feed 
up] fatten, iv. 5. 35. 
ava-devyw,* devEoua, répevya, 2a. 
épuyor, to flee or escape up, émi, vi. 4.24. 
dva-dpovéw, now, meppdvnka, to be- 
come rational again, come to one’s 
senses, iv. 8. 21. 
ava-xdto,* (xdfw drive back, ch. 
poet.) J. to draw back, retire, retreat, 
ine lO: sso'A. iv. 1. 16, 
dva-xwpéw, now, Kexwenka, to go 
back, retreat, retire, withdraw, return, 
tes. 1d: iv. 3.6: vi. 4. 10. 
ava-xwpl{o, iow 1, toseparateagaii, 
draw off, A., V. Be ds 
avbpa, -ds, &c., see avnp, i. 1. 6. 
favdp-ayabia, as, (dyads) virtus, 
manly excellence, esp. valor, v. 2. 11. 
ldvdpa-todov, ov, (zovs) ‘Ta man’s 
footstool, as the captive often fell at 
the feet of the conqueror, and the foot 
of the latter was sometimes placed on 
his neck] @ slave, esp. one made in 
War, a captive, i, 2.27: i. 4.27. 
| dv8petos, a, ov, manly, brave, val- 
aunt, vi. 5. 24. 


11 


dvip 
jav8pedrys, 770s, 7, virtus, manii- 
NESS, bravery, valor, vi. 5. 14. 
ldvipita, iow, to make one aman: 
M. to make one’s self a man, to act 
the man, act manfully, display one’s 
valor, iv. 3. 84: v. 8. 15. 
av-€Byyv, see ava-Baivw, i. 1. 2. 
dv-eyeipw, * évep&, eyiyepxa |., a. p. ° 
nyvépOnv, to wake wp another, rouse; 
P. to be aroused, to awake, iii. 1. 12s. 
dv-etAXoyv, see av-aipéw, iii. 1. 6. 
dv-elvat, see av-inut, vii. 6. 30 ? 
av-emetv, 2 a. inf. (see edzetv), to 
[speak up] proclaim, announce, I. (A.), 
Ort, Iie at Q0er vi 2k 18: 
dv-ek-TiprAnpe,* mrAjow, wérAnka, 
o|\to fill out again, fill wp, A., ili. 4. 22? 
av-ehéo Oat, see av-aipéw, iv. 1. 19. 
&vepos, ov, 0, (akin to Lat. animus, 
anima) wind, iv. 5. 38. 
dv-eTtAHTrws, (é7i-hauBdvw) in a 
way not to be taken hold of, blameless- 





i. |Zy, without blame or censure, vii. 6. 37. 


Gv-epeifa, iow 1H, ApéOixa, (épéw 
irrito, to provoke) to stir up, excite, in- 
flame, instigate, A., vi. 6. 9. 

dv-epwtaw,* épwrjcw & épijcouat, 
npwrnka, to ask [up] directly and as 
one who has a right to know, demand, 
question, inquire of, A. CP., li. 3.4: 
iv. 5. 34. 

dy- éornv, see av- lor nit, Wat.225 1; 

av-erTpadyy, sce ava-crpépu. 

dvev adv. as prep., without, & 
dish Se a6. On 18, 

dv-evploKw,* evpjow, etpnka or ni- 
pnxa, to find again, discover, find, A., 
vii. 4. 14. 

dv-éxw and dv-loxw,* gw and cx7- 
ow, éoxnka, 2a. €cxov, to hold or lift 
up ; of the sun, éo [lift itself up] rise, 
dt 133, a0, (pf. w. double aug - Tpel- 
ixounv, 2 a. av-ecxdunr, oftener jrecyd- 
mnv, 282 b) to hold up under, sustain, 
endure, bear, tolerate, hold firm ie 
restrawm or ‘control one’s self, A., 'G.. 
(668-b); Pi ds 7.458. 14, 26 ; ii, 2.1. 

alae o0, 6, @ cousin, kinsman 
(in , Byzantine law, NEPHEW), vii. 8.9. 

dv HYAYOV, -NYHEVos, see ay-dyw. 

dv- nyéepOny, see av-eyeipw, iii. 1. 12. 

dy-KerTos, ov, (axéouar to heal) in- 
curable, irremediable, irreparable, li. 
5.5: vii. 1. 18. 

av- “HK, néw, to [come up to] reach, 
extend, eis, vi. 4. 3, 

avnp,* avdpds, vir, a man in dis- 


Gey hp 





avnpatev 


12 


*Avrtitéov 


tinction from a woman or child (as Aanes the way up, upward march, 


dvOpwros is a man in distinction from 
a higher or a lower being, as from a 
god or a beast); hence a man em- 
phatically, as a husband, a warrior or 
soldier (though hostile, or even cow- 
ardly, vi. 6. 24), a brave man, a man 
of full age, a man to be honored. A 
more specific name with adjective force 
is often joined with it (esp. in address, 
where dvdpes is the term of respect in 
addressing a company of men), and it 
need not “then be always translated. 
BG 1 Dy 20 Sos ike ae ee oad 

Gv-npoTwy, see av-epwrdw, ii. 3. 4. 

av-nXOny, see av-dyw, ii. 6. 1. 

avd’, by apostr. for avi, i. 3. 4. 

avGéprov, ov, (dvOos flower) a flower, 
jigure of a flower, pattern of flowers, 
v. 4. 32. 

av0-lornpi,* orjow, éotnxa, to set 
against: M. to stand against, with- 
stand, resist, vil. 3. 11. 
tavOpamuvos, 7, ov, human, ii. 5. 8. 

&vOpwios, ov, 6 7, homo, a man 
(one of the race, see avnp), human 
being, person, fellow; pl. men, per- 
sons, people, mankind ; 1.3.15; 5.9; 
6.6. In the expression of respect, 
avnp is the rather used ; of contempt, 
advOpwros, i. 7. 4: iii. 1. 27, 30; and 
in speaking of one’s self, it is more 
modest to use dv@pwios, vi. 1. 26. 
Yet, without special expression, dv- 
O@pwios is often used as a more general 
and unemphatic term, where avip 
might have been used, as in speak- 
ing of soldiers, i. 8.9; with a more 
specific name, vi. 4.23; &c. Der. PHIL- 
ANTHROPY. See ® 

avidw, dow, jvidca 1., (dvia grief, 
distress) to annoy, trouble, A.: M. to 
be grieved, troubled, or distressed : 1 
Bele, oe LOR Vs 20: 

av-inpr,* How, efka, a. Axa (@, &c.) 
to [let one get up] Jet go or escape, A. 
P., Vil. 6. 30? 

Gv-tpdw, (judas leathern strap used 
in drawing) to draw up, A., iv. 2. 8. 

av-lornp,* orjow, eornka, 1 a. 
éornoa, 2a. ésrny, to raise, rouse, or 
start up another, A.: M., w. pf. and 
2a. act., to raise one’s self up, stand 
up, get up, rise (sp. for speaking): i. 
3s 13:5 3b: 3.3 6.10) av. R58, 19; 2. 

av-(oxw, see av-éxw, ii. 1.3: v.7. 6. 

&v-od0s, ov, 7, (avd, 666s), = avd- 


ascent, ii. 1. 1. 

dy- oB0s, ov, (a-, 606s) pathless, in- 
accessible, or difficult of access, iv.8.10. 

G-vdynTos, ov, .(vodw) senseless, de- 
mented, Foolish, 0s! de 13. 

Gv-olyw,* av-oi&w, av-éwyxa, ipf. av- 
Ewyov, (olyw to open) to [open up or 
again | open, A., v. 5. 20: vil. 1. 16. 

avoula, as, (d-vojuns) lawlessness, Vv. 
7. 3358. 

dv-opolws, (av-duoros wn-like) dif- 
Jerently: a. éxew to be differently 
situated or esteemed, vii. 7. 49. 

&-vopos, ov, (ious) lawless, vi. 6.13. 

avr or av0’ » by apostr. for dvi. 

dvr-ayopate, dow, wyopaxa, to buy 
or purchase in return, A «5 1502, 58 

Gvt-aKote,* axovcoua, axhKoa, to 
hear in return, listen in turn, 11. 5. 16. 

“Avravépos, ov, 7, Antandros, an old 
town of Troas, south of Mt. Ida and on 
the north shore of the Adramyttian 
Gulf, where Virgil makes Aineas build 
his fleet (Ain. 3. 6). It was later col- 
onized by Molians, and was sometimes 
under Greek, and sometimes under 
Persian power. vii. 8.7. || Avjilar. 

dvt-e-mlarAnpi,* rAjow, mémrdnKka, 
to fill in return, A. G., Iv. 5. 28. 

AvT-eryre€opat,* joouat, émipwepe- 
Anuat, to take heed or care in return, 
émws, ili. 1. 16. 

dvt-eu-Trovéw, ow, weroinka, to do 
well or a service in return, Vv. 5. 21; 
also written, through tmesis, avr e& 
Tovéw, 699 1. 

avtTi* prep., over against, against 
(behind, iv. 7. 6); instead of, in place 
of, im preference to, in return for ; G.: 
in compos., against, instead, im turn 
or return: 1.1. 4; 3.4. 2S Sse 

dv7i-Sidept, * ddow, rr a. €w- 
ka (00, &c.), to give instead or in Tre- 
turn, A., ili. 3. 19. 

dvr-Oéw,* Pevcouat, to run against, 
éri, iv. 8. 17? 

dvti-Kab-lornpt,* orjow, €ornKka, a. 
p.€oT dbny,toappoint instead, A.,i11.1.38. 

dvti-déyw,* A€Ew, to speak or say 
against or tn opposition, gainsay, op- 
pose, object, D. 1. (A.), WS, 11.3.25; 5. 29. 

°*Avti-Aéwv, ovros, Antileon, a Cyrean 
from Thurii, a flourishing Athenian 
colony in Italy, on the Tarentine Gulf. 
Among its colonists were the historian 
Herodotus and the orator Lysias. y.i.2. 


dvrtos 13 


avtlos, a, ov, (avri) set against ; 
opposite, fronting, over against; €Kk 
Tov aytiou [sc. uépous] from the oppo- 
site part, in front ; w. iéva, &c., as 
ady., against : opposed, contrary, dif- 
ferent (other than, %): D.: 1. 8. 17, 
23s? 10.10: iv. 3. 26: vi. 6. 34. 

dvtti-trapa-Géw,* Geviooun, to run 
[along against] sidewise to meet or op- 
posc, éwi, iv. 8.17? 

GyTi-Trapa-cKEVvaLopat,doouat, EoKEv- 
agua, to prepare in turn, make prep- 
aration against, 1. 2.5. 

GyTl-Tapa-TaTTopaL, Tdfoual, TéETA- 
yuat, to [array one’s self] draw up or 
form aginst, A. or xard, TWvies 9. 

avTi-Tap-cit,* ipf. jew, te march 
[along over against] abreast, iv. 3. 17. 

dyTi-Tdo Xo, * Teicouat, mémovla, 
to suffer in turn or return, Hiege tei 

avTt-Trépas or adyti-trépav, over 
against, on the other side of, G.,1.1.9: 
iv. 8. 3: see xat-avriépas. 

aVTL-TroLéw, Wow, memoinka, to do or 
act in return, retaliate, A., 111.3.7,12: 
M. to {make for or claim in opposition 
to another] contest, dispute, contend, 
or strive with one about or for ; to vie 
in, seek distinction for ; D. G., wept: 
meets. 203 IV. 7.122 yv. 2. 11. 

dvTt-topevopar, evooua, Xc., to 
march against, iv. 8.17? 

avti-topos, ov, ch. poet., 
to, over against, D., iv. 2. 18. 

avtt-cTacd{w, dow, to form a party 
against, to contest or contend with, D 
iv. 1. 27. 

GVTL-TTATLOTHS, ov, (TTATLWT NS par- 
tisan) one of an opposite party, op- 
ponent, adversary, antagonist, 1.1.10. 

avTt-cToLxéw, How, (cTOLxos Tow) to 


opposite 


a) 


other, D., v. 4. 12. 
avTl-oTpaToTedcvopat, evcoua, é- 
oTpatoTédevpat, to encamp or take the 
jicld against, vii. 7. 33. 
dvti-TatTe, * rdw, Térayxa, toarray 
against, draw up or marshal against, 


against, D.: pf. p. as 
been marshalled] stand in array or be 
drawn up against : 1.10.3: 11. 5.19: 
ili. 2.14: iv. Ors 

GVTL-TIpde, 700, TeTiunKa, to honor 
in return, A. avri, v. 5. 14. 
: dyri-rogedu, evow, to shoot in return, 
Bhoot back, iii. 3.15: v. 2. 32. 


13; 9.1, 29: 


able, to approve, A.; 
demand, ask, request, or desire, as fit, 
stand in opposite rows, front each) 








arayyéehriw 


avti-pudatrw,* diw, mepiaxa, to 
guard in turn; M. to be on one’s guard 
in turn, i. 5. 3. 
&vrpov, ov, antrum, cave, cavern, 
grot, ANTRE, i. 2. 8. (foie 
Layrpdons, es, (eldos) cavernous, iv. 
Tavuords, ov, practicable, possible, ic 
81. 
avio & Att. dvitw,* vow, HvuKa, to 
accomplish, effect ; M., for one’s own 
advantage, Ben Vile d= 24, 
dive, c. dvwrépw, s. -TdTw, adv., (ava) 
Up, upwards, high up, above, in the 
ascent ; into the air; up the country, 
from the sea-coast into the interior, in 
the interior: 6 &vw the upward, upper, 
inland : 76 dvw [sc. wépos] the part or 
division above : ot dvw those above: Ta 
dvw the [places above] high ground, 
Meghis Veeco ts Aaa Wie le o 
ANT? Iso. 3, 23,20 > 02058. 28: 
ldvé-yatoy, ov, or aveyewy, w, (yala 
= 7%) an upper floor, v. 4. 29? 
l&vabev, from above, from the in- 
Merion, WV, 1. 122 v.22. 23 vile 2 
' d&la, as, (fem. of dé&os) value, desert, 
due, Vi. 6. 33. Ebina 
déivn, ns, (ayviue to break ?) an axe, 
iELOS, a, ov, C., S., (ayw to bring or 
weigh) [bringing or weighing so much] 
worth, worthy, deserving, worth ones 


while, befitting, becoming, adequate, 
G. D., I.: moAdot &. worth much, valu- 


able, of great value : 1.3.12; 4.7; 7. 
Iie oh AR Se 25 wank Sede 
4 a€to-oTpatnyos, ov, c., worthy to be 
a general or to command, iii. 1. 24. 
Ldéidw, wow, 7éiwka, to deem worthy, 
A.G., I.; to deem fit, proper, or reason- 
hence to claim, 


proper, or reasonable, A., I. (A.); 1. 1. 
Siete Oat on edie oe (teva oe Loe 
Laglwpa, aros, 76, dignity, vi. 1. 28. 


‘Der. AXIOM. 


ti. 3:6. 
(dyw) axis, Germ. 


déw, f. of dy, 


li t 
GEwv, ovos, 6, 


_Achse, an AXLE, i. 8. 10. 
oppose to, A. D.: M. to array one’s self | 
pret. to [have 


&-oTos, ov, (d7 
unarined, i. 3.3: 
dar sab, by apostr. for d76, i. 7.18. 
dar-ayyé\ho, EO, Hyyerka, to bring 
,or carry word, a message, or tidings 
from a person or place; comm. fo 
bring or carry back word, a message, 
or tidings, to re-port, announce; A.D., 


Aov) without armor, 


| CP., mapa, wept, &c.; 1.4.12s; 10. 14s. 


Girayopeve 


G1r-ayopeva, evow, 77ydpevKa, (comm. 
f. épd, pf. eipnxa, 2 a. eirov) to [speak 
off from a thing, bid farewell to it] 
renounce, resign, give up; to give out, 
become exhausted or fatigued, tire, tad: 
also, fo [bid one away from a thing] 
forbid : am-eipnxa, as pret., Z [have 
become fatigued] am fatigued, tired, 
or eneary,. Ps Ab. Sf We 2 Og WA. 
2; 8.3. See dmeiror. 

dm-dyeo,* diw, ya, 2a. iTyayor, to 
lead, conduct, bring, or curry away ; 
comm. to lead, &c., back: M. to carry 
off one’s own: A. did, eds, &c.: 1.3.14; 
20: Gia... 20 5 we 28'S Wis Grae 

jam-aywyn, fis, a leading away, re- 
moval, vil. 6. 5. 

dads, és, (rdGos) free from suffer- 
ing, G.,. Vile 2.39, 

a- -raiSeuros, ov, (radedw) wnedu- 
cated, ignorant, stupid, ii. 6. 26. 

atr-aipw,* ap®, hpxa, a. Apa, to lift 
from its resting-place, as a vessel, &c. ; 
hence ¢o set sail, depart, vii. 6. 33 2 

dt-aitéw, yow, to ask from, de- 
mand, esp. one’s due, as the payment 
of a debt ; to ask back; 2 a.; 1.2.11: 
TORUS Se Slo ue a pBee-aue Usenet te Orme ble 

amr-ahAdtTe,* déw, #\\axa, 2 a. p. 
HAA (aAaTTw to change, fr. dos) 
to [change from or off] put away, get 
rid of, escape, A.: M. and P. to be rid 
or quit of, to be freed from, G.; to de- 
part from, leave, withdraw, até, €k : 
12 10.8) My 228 = Ave Sie 2) V2 Ostoe: 

amados, 7, dv, c., (dr7w) soft to the 
touch, éender, 1.5.2: v. 4. 32. 

dar-apelBopar, Yount, a. p. HuelpOny, 
ch. poet., esp. Ep., (apeiSw to inter- 
change) to [give back in exchange | re- 
UY, dsc. 10: 

GTr-avTaw, 4ow, Fvrynka, (avTdw to 
meet, fr. avri) to go or come from the 
other side in order to meet or to op- 
pose, to mect as a friend or foe, en- 
counter, go against, D., 11.3.17: iv.6.5. 

&trag once (after émel, édv, ws, as in 
Lat: ut semek), 1.°9..10% a1. 22) b2: 

d-Tapa-ckevacros Or d-Tapd-oKev- 
OS, OV, C., S., (TKEVaSw, TKEvOS) wWN- 
preporcd, 1.126 3. 5..9.i1. 3. 21. 

d-tas, doa, av, (ras strengthened 
by a- cop.) all together, all, the whole 
or entire: mediov adrav, all a plain, 
a level region throughout : 
CF | Seo I en aw: Ri (8 

am-avOnpeplia, isw 1&, (avOnuepsy) 


14 








i. 4.4, 15;/6. 10: 


are. 
to come back oy return on the same day, 
emi, Vik 

&r-eyvaxévat, see amro-yeyvioKw. 

am-edéunv, -wxa, see arro-didwus. 

&1r-é5pav, 2 a. of d7o-d.dpdcKw. 
a-éavov, 2a. of aro-Ovjoxw,i.8.27. 
ameCéw, yow, (a-reOjs disobedient, 
fr. meiBou.at) to be disobedient, disobey, 
Hy 6.4%: THN gai 
Tt darethéw, 70, to threaten, D. A., CP., 
Ws 52225 6. S4e 

amrewh, jis, a threat, vii. 7. 24. 

Gitr-eupu,* count, (eiief) absum, to be 
away or absent, to absent one’s self, D., 
i. 5. 34: Wi 6320 

ditr-eut * (often as f. of da-épxouar), 
ipf. yew or fa, (eiur) to go from or 
away, depart, withdraw, retire, re- 
treat, desert ; to go back, return ; AE. 
amd, éx, emi, eis, &c., 1. 8. 11; O29; 
i. 2. 4, 1083 Sav, 

dar-cimov, 2. a. associated with aza- 
yopevw q. V., to renounce, resign, A.; 
to forbid, D..1.3 Vide eee 

az-elpnka, pf. associated with ama- 
Yopevdw q. V., li. 2. 16. 

&i-treipos, ov, C., (aelpa) in-experi- 
enced, un-skilled, un-acquainted with, 
G., 1. 2.5: ii, 2: 16: a ae eee 

azr-ciXxov, see am-éxw, iii. 1. 2. 

am-€xTova, see.amo-xTeivw, ii. 1. 8. 

dar-eAatve, * éAdow EO, EA7AaKA, a. 
jraca, to drive off or away, dislodge, 
A. awé: to[drive a horse or army] ride 
or march off, away, or back, to retreat, 
eis, &c.: 1.4.55 82172 neem 

amr-eAOdv, see am-épxouat, i. 4. 7. 

 dtr-cpika,* véiw Ep., a. #pvéa, ch. 
poet., to keep of, A 5+ Ve Ge ae 

am-épxopat,* éAedoouat, EAjAvVOa, 2 
a. #\Oov, to come or go from or away, 
depart, withdraw, retire, retreat, de- 
sert ; to go back, return; mapa, éni, 
eis, wpds, &c.; 1. 1. 45 3. 175 9528 

dir-exPdvopat,* -exPjoouat, -7xOn- 
pat, 2 a. -nxGounp, (€x0os) to eneur 
one’s hate in return, displease, offend, 
D., li. 6. 19: v. 8. 25 > vil. 6. 34. 

dir-€X@, * * &w, oxnxa, 2 a. €xov, to 
[have one’s self away from] be of trom 
or distant, G. A. of extent, a7é: M. to 
hold or exclude one’s self from, refrain 
or abstain from, refrain from injuring, 
spare, decline, G.: 1. 3. 20: i. 4. 10; 
lil. 1. 22: iv,3 asa 


ar-hyayov, 2 a. of am-dyw, i. 10. 6. 
G1r-yetv, see dr-euue (elur), i, 9. 29. 








arndaca 


am-fAaca,-hAavyoy, see dm-eavvu. 

ar-FASov, 2 a.of am-épxouas, i. 9. 29. 

dr-nAdyny, seed am-adha77w, 1.10.8. 

am-Fpa, a. of az- aipw, vil. 6. 33 ? 

G1r-évat, -LOr, -.cv, -iouut, &c., see 
O1r-eLpt (eius), te ot dy 
tamortéw, 7ow, Arist nKa, to ees 
mistrust, suspect ; to disobey ; D 
5. 6, 15s; 6.19: vi. 6. 13. 
tamorta, as, want of faith ; distrust, 
mistrust ; faithlessness, perfidy, treach- 
ery, mpos; ii. 5. 4, 21: ili. 2. 4, 8. 

di-muoros, ov, void of faith ; void of 
credit, distrusted, D., li. 4.7: vil. 7. 238. 

air-utéov éoriv (d7-eyur) it is neces- 
sary to depart, 682; v. 3.1. 

G1r-lw, -av, &c., see dm-exe (ecu). 

d-tXeTos or &-TAGTOS, ov, (7eAdw to 
approach) {un-approachable | immense, 
vast, prodigious, iv. 4. 11. 

G-TAdos,* 67, dov, contr. ods, 7}, bv, 
simplex, simple, sincere ; 70 am)obv 
simplicity, sincerit} Ys 5O7 2% MM. 6. 22 : 
v. 8. 18. 

ad,* by apostr. am’ or a¢, prep., 
ab, from : w. GEN. of PLACE, from, 
away from, i.1.2; 2.5 (so of persons 
or things from which a separation 
takes place, 1.8.3, 28): of TIME, from 
(either before or after), 1.7.18: i. 6.5; 
ap ov [from the time when, 557 a] 
since, ill. 2. 14: of SOURCE (origin, 
cause, means, &c.), from, by means of, 
by, with, through, upon, 1. 1.9; 5.10: 
ii. 5.7. In compos., from, away, off, 
back (hence where something is due); 
sometimes strengthening, and some- 
times reversing the idea of the simple. 

atro-Balvw,* Byoouat, BEBnxa, 2 a. 
éBnv, to [step off from a vessel] dis- 
embark, eis, émi: to [come off | be ful- 
jilled or prove true: v.7.9: vil. 8. 22. 

atro-BdAdw,* Bar, BéBrAnKka, 2 a. 
€Badov, to throw away, lose, A., iv. 6. 
TO.) va. 1.21: vu..6.,31. 

atro-BiBd{o, BiBdow BiBG, (BiBatw 
to make go, causative of Baivw) to dis- 
embark or land another, A., i. 4. 5. 

atro-Brétrw, eYoua, BéBreda |., to 
look off to, as one does to a quarter 
from which help is expected ; hence 
to look expectantly or intently wpon, 
gaze at, watch, eis, 1.8.14: vii. 2. 33. 

a1ro-ytyvaorke,*. yyuicoua, &yywka, 
2a. éyvwv, to decide away from some- 
thing, i. e. to abandon or relinquish 


the idea of it, to renounce or give up| fice, A. D., ili. 2.12: 


15 


ray errs i bee 





aro8uw 
the thought or intention of, G., i. 7. 
ge 
d1ro-5éSpaxa, see d7o-dcdpdoKw,i. 4.8. 
dtro-Selxvupt,* deiEw, déderya, a. p. 
€deixOnv, to point off or out, show, di- 
Tet, aeclare, publish, A. D.,°l., CP. $ 
to de-signate, appoint, 2 A.; 1.1.2: 
ili. 2. 36: v. 8.7: M. to ex- 
press or show one’s opinion or feeling, 
ACBL CA.) OR ane Voc e9 % Dao 3 Oo Ole 
atro-Sépw, * dep&, 2a. p. €ddpny (dépw 
to skin) to take off the skin, to skin, 
poy, As, ta. 5.9. 
atro-Séxopat, défouat, dédeyuar, to 
receive from one, accept, vi. 1. 24. 
dtro-8ypéw, Yow, (amd-dnuos away 
from one’s people) to leave home, vii.8.4. 
aro-oidpdoKw,* Spdcoua, dédpaxa, 
2a. €dpay, to run off or away, flee, de- 
sert, withdraw, escupe, esp. by stealth, 
secretly, or unobserved (cf. gevya, 
atopevyw); to escape by concealment, 
slip away, hide one’s self ; A., eis, ék, 
Serie A Sel, 2013 5 be he vit Ano, 
atro-SiSap.,* dwcw, dédwxa, a. COwxa 
(60, &c.), to give back, restore or re- 
turn, give or deliver up; hence esp. 
to give or pay what has been borrowed 
Of 4s, due A, Ds, te is Ae Ubreave 
2.19, 23: MW. to [give up for one’s 
own profit] sed/, A., vii. 2. 3, 6; 8. 6. 
dro-SoKéw, * ds, to seem away 
from one’s interest ; only as impers., 
amodoxel, it does not seem good or cxpe- 
dient, it is decided not to, D. 1., 11.3. 9. 
éro-Sodvan, see ees 1 faD 
a1ro-Spainy, -Spavar, ee see a7ro- 
ddpdoke, tie 2 No: 
diro- Spapodpa, f. of diro- Tpexw. 
atro-Siw,* dicw, déduKa, 2 a. as m. 
éduv, to take off from or strip another, 
despoil, A.; M. to strip one’s self, take 
off one’s own clothes ; iv.3.17: v.8.23. 
aro-Sao, f. of amo-didwut, i. 4. 15. 
aro-Savety, -Qavey, see azo-bvijcKw. 
atro-Sappéw, jaw, to be confident, v. 
2.22? 
&roGev or darwQev, (ad) from a dis- 
tance, i. 8. 142 
ato-OyyoKw,* Oavoduat, TéOvyka, 
2a. €Oavov, to die off, die, fall in bat- 
tle ; as p. of amoxreivw, to be killed, 
slain, or put to death, tré: i. 6.11; 
Saea tals 20 6c. TL 289, 
atro-Oiw (v),* diow, TéOvKa, to sacri- 


fice in payment of a vow, pay a sacri- 


iv. 8. 25. 


3 ” 
QTFTOLKLG 


tdrovxia, as, a colony, iv. 8. 22. 

@m-ouKos, ov, transplanted from 
home, colonized : subst. 7 drocxos [sc. 
méXus| colony ; ot drrorxor colonists ; 
SO. LO: aye LL bane ae 

atro-Kaiw & Att. dtro-Kde,* Katvow, 
kéxavxa, to burn off; also of intense 
cold (ne frigus adtrat, Virg. G. 1. 92), 
to blast, freeze off, A., 1v.5.3: vii. 4. 8. 

atro-kahéw,* kahéow KadO, ex Ka, 
to call aside or apart, A., vil. 3. BD. 

amro-Kapve,* kawoduar, Kéxunka, 2a. 
€xamov, to fall off from work through 
fatigue, become fatigued, grow tired or 
weary, iv. 7. 2. 

aimd-Keipat,* Keicouat, to be laid 
away or laid up, to be reserved, stored, 
or kept in store, D., ti. 3.15; vil. 7. 462 

dtro-Kelw,* krelow, KéxAerka, to shut 
off or out, intercept, exclude, A. G.; to 
shut, AS Veo, 208: Nile Onoc vido: 24, 

a1ro- -KXive,* KNW, KéxAtxa 1., to 
turn aside, ii. 2. 16. 

GTro-KdTTH,* Kdpw, Kéxopa, 2a. p. 
ae to cut off, strike off, beat off, 

» lil. 4. 39: 1 v. 2. OF igs oye a, 

Grae cptvopa, Kpwovmat, KéKpl wat, 
a. éxpwauny (later am-expiOnv), to [de- 
cide back] reply, answer, D. AE., CP., 
mpos, 1.3.20; 4.14; 6.78: ii.1. 15,228. 

dro-KptTT, * KpvWw, Kéexpupa, to hide 
away, conceal, cover, A.: Mf. to conceal 
one’s own, hoard: 1. 9. 19? iv. 4. 11. 

dtro-Ktelvw,* krevO, 2 pf. Exrova, a. 
éxrewa, (P. supplied by amobvncKw) to 
kill off, kill, slay, put to death, A., 1. 
1. 3, 7; 2. 20: 1. 1. 8. 

curo- eleva ‘= amoxreiva, Wlloe oe 

Giro-KwoXtw (v), tow, KexwruKa, to 
hinder or prevent from, Ae Coiling UN, 
3.32 vi. 4. 24. 

dtro-hay.Bave,* AjPouat, e’Anga, 2a. 
EhaBov, a. p. EANPOnY, to take or receive 
back, re-take, recover ; to receive what 
is due; to take or cut off, intercept, 
ORTOSE PO NeaT, QU) ae Ore Wie ntee lef: 
Mula fie Valea Sam aad 

dtro-Nelirw,* Aeiw, 2 pf. Adora, 
2a. €durov, to leave behind, forsake, 
age quit, ‘fail ; to leave [out] a space; 

: P. and M. to be left behind, fall 

Seine. fail to observe, G.: 1.4.8: 11.6. 
12: iv.3.22: v. 4.20: vid. PAS Saal il 

dird-NekTos, ov, (Aéyw) picked out, 
select, choice, li. 3. 15. 

dtro-AynPOe, -Ajpopar, see a7ro-hak- 
Bavw, i. 4.8: . 4.17. 


16 








atTromhyvupe 
dr-d\ddpu,* dr\éow AO, OdA@deEKa, 
(d\AvL to destroy) to destroy {off or ut- 
terly], slay, A.; to lose, be deprived of, 


v.|A. vd: AL. (f. ddNotmat, 2 a. wrAduny) to 


perish, die, v5: 2 pf. as m. am-d\wha, 
peril, J have perished, I am lost or un- 
done: 1.2. 255 525 Tiby Ieee 
tity dy 2s 401s? vate 
"Atodayv,* wos, wt, wa and w, 


"AohAov, Apollo, son of Jupiter and 


Latona, and twin-brother of Diana, 
one of the chief divinities of the Greeks, 
and regarded as the patron of divina- 
lon, music, poetry, archery, &c. His 
oracles were numerous, and that at 
Delphi in Phocis was the most famous 
of all the Greek oracles. ‘‘ Apollo had ~ 
more influence upon the Greeks than 
any other god. It may safely be as- 
serted that the Greeks would never 
have become what they were, without 
the worship of Apollo: in him the 
brightest side of the Grecian mind is 
reflected.” Dr. Schmitz. 1. 2. 8. 
PAmodAovia, as, Apollonia, a small 
town of Mysia near Lydia, vil. 8. 15. 
VAmodXovidys, ov, Apollonides, a 
mean-spirited lochage, a Lydian by 
birth, but serving as a Greek in the 
division of Proxenus, ili. 1. 26. 
amro-hoyéopat, yoouar, -Aehoynuat, 
(Adyos) to plead off from a charge, 
speak or say in defence, APOLOGIZE, 
mepl, é7t, v. 6. 3. 
Gitro- Abo, * Niow, Aehika, to loose 
from, acquit, A. G4) Vip Gan 
dr-oh@deKa, see acon Neale li. 5. 39. 
“Gtro-paxopat,” xécouar xoOmat, me- 
paxnuat, to fight off, resist, refuse, Vi. 
20s 
dird-waXxos, ov, (udxn) Fr. hors de 
combat, kept from fighting, disabled, 
non-combatant, out of the ranks, iii. 4. 
Soc iy. Leitee 
diro-vertéw, now, (vboros a return) 
to return [back] home, ili. 5. 16. 
dro-TépTw,* méupyw, mérouda, to 
send off, away, or back ; to send what 
is due, re-mut ; A. D., ets, éml, &c.: 
M. to send away or back from one’s 
self, dismiss, Av: 1. 1 8,.Dy 05 ame. 
G1ro-méropar,* merjogomar, comm. 
rrnooual, 2 a. a értnv or érrav, to 
jy off or away, 1. 5. 3? 
G1ro-THYVvUpL,” myéw, wémrnxa 1., to 
form curds from a liquid: JZ. to cwr- 
die, become congealed, freeze, v. 8. 15. 


> , 
atom Saw 


aro-1n Saw, j7oowa, remndnka, (37- 
ddw to leap) to leap or spring off, 
away, or back, iii. 4. 27 ? 

Gtro-rhéw,* mAEevcouat or mrEevcod- 
Mat, wémevKa, a. érdevoa, to sail off, 
away, or back, to sail for home, ék, 
fee to. 14 = 4.7 = v1.6.9: vii. 1.38. 

| dad-moos, contr. ous, ov, 0, a voyage 
back or home, v. 6. 20. 

diro-TopEevop.at, EVTOMAL, TET OPEUMAL, 

to go away, depart, vii. 6. 33. 

Taropéw, now, 7rdpyka, to be without 
resource or means ; to be at a loss what 
to do, to be perplexed, puzzled, or in 
doubt, D. (M. in like sense, cP., I.); ¢o 
be destitute or in want, to want, lack, 
feettowe | (oo: Vi. 1.22? vii. 3. 29. 

tamopla, as, lack of resource or 
means; perplexity, embarrassment, 
distress ; difficulty, 1.; want, lack, 
woes to. 11. 5.9: ii. 1. 2, 11s, 

G-Tropos, ov, without way, resource, 
or means ; impracticable, impossible, 
dificult ; of places, impassable ; of 
persons, without resource, devoid of 
means, 1.; subst. dmropov something 
impassable, an tinswperable obstacle, 
_ pl. obstacles, difficulties, straits : il. 4. 
Apel ti 2-22; 3. 4: v. 6. 20. 

amd-p-pyTos, ov, (pe- to speak) [away 
from speaking] not to be spoken, for- 
bidden to be told, secret, 1.6.5: vii. 6. 
43. See moéw. 

Giro-p-pwe, Gyos, 6 7, ch. poét., 
(a1r0-p-pjyvuu: to break off) broken off, 
ab-rupt, steep, vi. 4. 3. 

atro-c7Tw,* ~w, 2 pf. asm. céonra, 
(onrw to rot) to rot off (trans.): WM. to 
rot off (intrans.), be mortified ; rovs 
daxTvdrous amoceonréres [mortified as 
to] having lost their toes, bad, iv. 5.12. 

aro-cKaTTw,* dyw, érxapa, (oKd- 
m7 to dig) to trench off, dig a trench 
to intercept, AE., ii. 4. 4. 

atro-cKeddvvupt,* oKxeddow oKedd, 
to scatter abroad (trans.): P. and WM. 
to be scattered or dispersed, scatter or 
disperse (intrans.), stray or straggle : 
ot dtrocKedavvipeva the stragglers : iv. 
AAS vu. 6. 29. 

amro-oKyVvéw, How, or -cKybW, bow, 
to encamp at a distance from, iii. 4. 35. 

aro-oTdw,* dow, éomdxa, a. p. 
éordcOny, to draw off, separate, A. 
amo: also intrans. to separate one’s 
self from, outstrip (or M.), 577¢: P. 
to be separated or removed from, G., 


LEX. AN. 


Ea 


aTropevyo 


amo: tb, ot 8) lo: ir 2712 © vik. 2; 
Pigs, 41, 
atro-otalny, -oTds, see ad-iornm. 
atro-cravpdw, wow, to stake or pali- 
sade off, A., vi. 5. 1. 
atro-oTéhAw,* oTeX@, Eotadka, to 
send away or back, A., li. 1. 5. 
amro-oTepéw,* ow, éorépynxa, to de- 
prive, rob, de-fraud, 2 A., vi. 6. 23. 
aro-oTfivar, see ad-iornut, i. 1. 7. 
atro-oTpatoTedevopat, evcoua, é- 
oTpatoTédevat, to encamp at a dis- 
page Ge Wis 4 k= ya. 7 
atro-oTpébw,* ww, éotpoda |., to 
turn back, recall, a. é&, ii. 6. 3. 
| daro-otpoon, 7s, a [turning aside or 
back] retreat, refuge, resort (place as 
well as act), 11. 4. 22: vii. 6. 34. 
atro-cvhdw, ow, (ciAdw to strip) to 
strip off, despoil, rob, 2 A., 1. 4. 8. 
dtro-o xX ety, -o Xa, seeam-exw,ii.2.12. 
atro-calw,* cwow, céowka, to lead 
or bring buck in safety, to restore safe, 
A eis, 11. 'S. 18. 
atro-tadpetw, evcw, (Tddppos) to 
trench off, complete a trench, vi. 5. 1. 
dro-telvw,* revO, téraxa, pf. p. Té- 
rapuat, to stretch off,ex-tend, eis, 1.8.10. 
atro-Texl{iw, iow 1@, TeTeixiKa, to 
wall off, build a wall to intercept, ii. 
4. 4, 
dtro-Téuve,* rend, Térunka, 2a. ere- 
ov, a. p. Er unOny, to cut off, intercept, 
A.: amoTtunbértes Tas kepanas beheaded, 
AST: 421081 2 ai: 6s Vieriiis PALT 4229. 
aro-TiOnp,* Onow, TéOerKka, a. EOnka 
(06, &c.), to put away, lay up, store, 
AG 135-1 ; 
dtro-tivw,* ticw, TéTika, (TWH to 
pay) to pay back, or what is due, A. D.: 
M. to get pay from, take vengeance, 
requite, punish, A.: iil. 2. 6: vil. 6.16. 
dtro-TunPels, see amro-Téuva, ii. 6. 1. 
ldarétropos, ov, cut sharp off, precip- 
HOUs, 19. WD. 7.2? 
dtro-tTpétw,* Ww, tTérpopa, 2 a. m. 
érpatéuny, to turn off or back, trans.: 
M. to turn off, aside, or back, intrans., 
We. eo bev wits oant gc G. Lb. 
aro-TpEXw,* Spauoduar, Sedpdunka, 
2a. €dpauov, to run off or back, re- 
treat, return, v. 2.6: vii. 6. 5. 
dtro-daive,* dave, mépayKa, a. 
épnva, to show off or forth: M. te 
show one’s self or one’s own ; appear ; 





expressy Ans 156.9 sys. F. 12. 
amro-tbevyw,* geviouar, mépevya, 


B 


amddpatis 


2a. épv'yor, to flee away, escape, esp. 
through speed (cf. dmro-didpdackw), €x, 
CS, Ae As MDa al a0 = Vee Ar. 
dmé@patis, ews, 7, (dmo-ppattw to 
Fence off, obstruct) obstruction, blockade, 
Gis ive 2. s2p'S: } 
GT0-Xapéw, ow OF Hooual, KeXwpn- 
xa, to go back, retreat, return, 1. 2. 9. 
atro-Wyplfopar, (couae covuar, éy7- 
giopat, to vote [off from] otherwise or 
against, i. 4. 15. 
a-mpdBupos, ov, not inclined, dis- 
anclined, un-willing, vi. 2.7. — 
a-mposSéKyTos, ov, (mpoo-doKdw) 
unexpected, sudden ; €& ampoodoxyrou 
ex improviso, of @ sudden, suddenly, 
unexpectedly, by surprise, iv. 1. 10. 
d-mpopagictas adv., (mpopacifo- 
par) without making excuses, prompt- 
ly, without hesitation, i. 6. 10. 
dtrTw,* dyw, to fasten, kindle: M. 
to fasten one’s self to, Zowch, engage in, 
Gi, 1.5.1: W. 6.5928. 
dtr-wdopnyv, see d7r-d\dtpu, i. 5. 5. 
aar-av, see di-exue (elut), ii. 5. 37. 
[dp-, to fit, suit, please, wnite. | 
{dpa * postpos. adv., a particle ex- 
pressing inference’ or relation, and 
often throwing force upon the pre- 
ceding word. It is variously trans- 
lated: accordingly, therefore, then, 
now, indeed, in truth ; wt seems ; per- 
haps (as w. el or édv); 1.7.18: il. 2. 
35 4.6: iv. 6.154 
{dpa * interrog.adv., (a stronger form 
of dpa) indeed? surely? often not ex- 
pressed in Eng., except by the mode 
of utterance. “Ap ov expects an af- 
firmative, and dpa uy a negative an- 
swer. il. 1. 18: vi. 5.18: vii. 6. 5. 
*ApaBia, as, (Apap Arab) Arabia, 
the great southwestern peninsula of 
Asia, so extensively desert, and most- 
ly oceupied in ancient as in modern 
times by nomadic and predatory tribes. 
Its limits on the north were not fixed, 
and Xenophon so extends them as to 
include a desert region beyond the 
Euphrates. i. 5. 1: vil. 8. 25. 
"Apadéns, ov, the Araxes, prob. the 
same with the XaBdpas, now Khabtr 
{the Chebar, the scene of the prophet 
Ezekiel’s sublime visions, Ezek. 1. 1), 
the largest affluent of the Euphrates 
above its junction with the Tigris, 
i. 4. 19. 
dpare, see alpw, v. 6. 33. 


18 


aphyo 


"ApBaxas, or’ ApBaxns, ov, Arbacas 
or -ces, satrap of Media, and command- 
er of a fourth part of the army of 
Artaxerxes, i. 7. 12: vii. 8. 25. 

*Apyetos, ov, 6, ("Apyos) an Argive. 
Argos was the chief city of Argolis, 
the most eastern province of Pelopon- 
nesus ; and according to tradition was 
the oldest city in Greece. Its early 
importance was such that its name is 
applied by Homer, not only to the 
surrounding district, of which Myce- 
nee was the Homeric capital, but even 
to the whole Peloponnese; and some- 
times the name ’Apyetoz, to the Greeks 
in general. Other cities afterwards 
so eclipsed and depressed it, that it 
played no great part either in Greek 
politics or civilization. In the Per- 
sian wars, it was inactive ; in domes- 
tic wars, as the Peloponnesian, it was 
generally inclined to side with the 
enemies of Sparta. It worshipped 
Héra (Juno) as its especial patroness. 
iv. 2. 13:17, 

dpyés, é6v, (contr. fr. d-epyds, fr. 
épyov) without work, at ease, idle, 
ill. 2. 25. 

tdpytpeos, a, ov, contr. apyupods, a, 
obv (772.¢), of silver, iv. 7. 27. 

Tapytptoy, ov, dim., sédver in small 
pieces for money, sz/ver-money, money, 
1.4.13: i.°6. 167 a ae 
tdpyupsd-trous, 6 7), g. -rodos, silver- 
footed, iv. 4. 21. 
[dpyupos, ov, 6, (apyés shining, white) 
silver. | 

*Apyd, dos, 7, the Argo, the vessel, 
small in size but great in mythic fame, 
in which Jason with his band of fifty 
heroes sailed from lolcos in Thessaly 
to Aa in Colchis, in quest of the gold- 
en fleece, about a generation before the 
Trojan war, vi. 2. 1. 

&pdnv adv., (aipw) [all taken up] 
altogether, wholly, quite, vil. 1. 12? 

&pSe (in Att. only pr. and ipf.) ¢o 
water, irrigate, A., li. 3. 18. 

dpéoke,* adpésw, (ap-) to please, 
satisfy, suit, D., il. 4. 2 

Ldperh, 7s, goodness, excellence, virtue, 
magnanimity ; good service, wept; esp. 
goodness in war (virtus), manhood, 
valor, prowess, courage ; 1. 4. 8s; 1. 
Pd 2scavede dt. 
dofye, 7£w, ch. poet., (akin to dpxéw) 


| to give aid or succor, esp. in war, i. 10.5. 





*Apntlov 


PApnéitev, wos, Arexion, a sooth- 
sayer in the Cyrean army, from Par- 
Thasia in Arcadia, vi. 4.13; 5. 2, 8. 

*Apwaios, ov, Ariwus, chief com- 
mander under Cyrus of the barbarian 
troops, but treacherous to the Greeks 
after the battle of Cunaxa. He is 
mentioned as in command at Sardis, 
Beewaos. 1 8.5; 9.31: n. 4. Ls. 

apvOpds, od, 6, number; numbering, 
enumeration ; summary, total, whole 
extent, THs 6600: 1.2.9; 7.10: 11.2.6. 
Der. ARITHMETIC. From dp-? 

*Apiot-apxos, ov, Aristarchus, Spar- 
tan harmost at Byzantium, corrupt 
and cruel, vii. 2. 5s, 12s. — 2. See 
*Apioréas. 

dpirtaw, yow, Apiornka, (dpiorov 
q. v.) to breakfast, take the first or 
morning meal, ili. 3. 6: iv. 3. 10. 

*Apiortéas, ov, Aristeas, of Chios, a 
brave and useful commander of light- 
armed troops, iv. 1. 28 (v. J. ‘Apiorap- 
xos); 6. 20. 

dpiotepds, d, dv, (fr. dpusros by eu- 
phemism ? cf. evwvupos) left in distinc- 
tion fr. right : 7 apusrepa xeip the left 
hand, the left (the art. and yelp oftener 
omitted): i1.3.11; 4. 28: iv. 8. 2. 

*Apiot-irtos, ov, Aristippus, of 
Larissa in Thessaly, one of the noble 
family of the Aleuade. Obtaining 
money from Cyrus, he enlisted troops 
to withstand an opposing party, and 
from these sent a force under his fa- 
vorite Menon to the service of Cyrus. 
elt 2. 12 i. 6.28. 

"apioroy, ov, 76, (cf. fpe early) the 
first of the two usual and regular 
Greek meals, the morning or forenoon 
meal, breakfast; not usually taken 
very early, and sometimes correspond- 
ing to our early dinner, or the English 
lunch (Lat. prandium) ; i. 10.19. 

ldpiorro-tovéw, now, to prepare break- 
Jast : M. to prepare one’s own break- 
Sast, get breakfast, ii. 3. 1, cf. 6. 

dpirtos, 7, ov, s. to ayalds, (ap-) 
most fitting, best, most useful or ad- 
vantageous (often coupled with xa)- 
huoros, li. 1. 9,17); best or first in 
rank, noblest, most eminent ; best in 
war, bravest: dpira ady. (s. to eb), 
in the best way, best, most successfully 
or advantageously: 1. 3.12; 5.7; 6. 
1,4; 9.5: ii.1.6. Der. ARISTO-cRAT. 
PAptetwy, wos, Ariston, an Athe- 


19 














“Appyvy 


nian sent by the Cyreans on an em- 
bassy to Sinope, v. 6. 14. 
fApiot-dvupos, ov, Aristonymus, 
a lochage from Methydrium in Arca- 
dia, one of the bravest and most ad- 
venturous of the Cyreans, iv. 1. 27. 

PApxasgysxds, 7, dv, Arcadian : rd’ Ap- 
Kadcxov [sc. orpdrevwa or mAFOos] the 
Arcadian force, iv. 8. 18. 

*Apkads, d6os,6,an Arcadian. Arcadia 
was the mountainous central province 
of the Peloponnese, inhabited by a 
brave and energetic but not wealthy 
people, many of whom, like the mod- 
ern Swiss, sold their services abroad 
for more liberal rewards than could 
be obtained at home. Their pastoral 
habits led to the especial worship of 
Pan and culture of music. Arcadia 
was the Greek province most largely 
represented in the army of Cyrus; and 
its modern inhabitants are said to be 
the bravest people in the Morea. i. 2. 
Liss yD 0: 

dpKéw, éow, to be sufficient or enough ; 
to suffice, content, satisfy: apxGvasad]j., 
sufficient, enough : D.,.mpés: ii. 6.20: 
VEO, bs 8. dS yi 43, 

dpxros, ov, 7, comm. epicene, a bear; 
the Northern Bear (Ursa Major), the 
north ; 1.7.6; 9.6. Der. ARCTIC. 

dipwa, aros, 76, (ap-) a yoked vehicle, 
a chariot, esp. for war, with two wheels, 
and open behind. Its use in battle 
(except as scythe-armed among bar- 
barian nations) belonged rather to the 
Homeric than to later times. i. 2.16; 
7, 10's, 203 8.3, 10. CE &uata & 

Lapp-épata, ns, a covered carriage, 
esp. for women and children, i. 2. 16. 

T Appevia, as, Armenia, an elevated 
region of Western Asia, containing the 
head-waters of the Euphrates, Tigris, 
and several other rivers. Here the 
garden of Eden seems to be most nat- 
urally located ; here the ark of Noah 
is comm. supposed to have rested ; 
and this region prefers strong claims 
to be regarded as an especial cradle 
of Caucasian civilization. The Cy- 
reans found its winter climate severe ; 
and its heights occupied by hardy and 
brave, but rude tribes. iii. 5. 17. 

"Appévios, a, ov, Armenian : of A. 
the Armenians : iv. 3. 4, 20; 5. 33. 

‘Appyvn, ns, Harméne, a village 
and harbor about five miles west of 


apwLooTnys 


Sindpe and belonging to it: v. J. ’Ap- 
pyvn: vi. 1.15,17. || Ak-Liman, 1. e. 
White Haven. 

appoortys, ov, (apudsw to regulate) 
a regulator, director, governor of a 
dependent state, harmost; a title esp. 
given to the officers who were sent by 
Sparta during her supremacy to regu- 
late and control the affairs of subject 
states, and whose arbitrary and cor- 
rupt conduct brought so much odium 
upon the Spartan rule ; v. 5. 19s. 

doveos, a, ov, (aavis lamb’s) of a 
lamb, lamb’s, iv. 5. 31. 

tapmrayn, js, seizwre, robbery, rapine, 
pillage, plunder ; xa@’ aprayny | with 
reference to] for plunder : iil. 5. 2. 
apTatw,* dow, oftener doouat, Hp- 
maka, pl. p. Wptacuat, rapio, to snatch 
up, seize, carry away, capture; to 
plunder, pillage, rob: ot dpwragovres 
the oullagers= Ane ne 225.427 2 10.3 s. 

“Aptraoos, ov, 6, the Harpasus, prob. 
the same river with the Acampsis (now 
Choruk-Su), flowing into the south- 
eastern Kuxine, iv. 7. 18. 

[’Apta-, great or honored, a common 
prefix in Persian names. ] 

*Apta-yépons, ov, Ariagerses, com- 
mander of the body-guard of Arta- 
xerxesiae (2 lls (8:24: 

*Apra-kéapas, a, Artacamas, satrap 
of Phrygia, vii. 8. 25. 

*Apta-ofos, ov, Artaozus, a follower 
of Cyrus, who made his submission to 
the king, il. 4.16; 5. 35. 

*Apta-fépEns, ov, (translated by 
Herodotus péyas apyios great warrior, 
6. 98, see BépEns) Artaxerxes I1., sur- 
named Mnemon from his great mem- 
ory, eldest son of Darius Nothus, and 
his successor upon the Persian throne, 
reigning B. c. 405-359. Before his 
accession, his name was Arsaces. Of 
natural mildness and easy temper, he 
was a weak king, yielding undue pow- 
er to his mother, the unprincipled and 
cruel Parysatis, and leaving the gov- 
ernment too much to slaves and eu- 
nuchs. His subjects were rebellious ; 
his arms had little suecess ; and his 
last years were embittered and short- 
ened by the quarrels and crimes of his 
sons. i. 1.1, 8s. 

*Apra-matnys or -as, ov or a, Arta- 
pates or -as, the personal attendant in 
whom Cyrus most confided, i. 6. 11. 








20 dépxw 


apTaw, yow, yrnka |., to fasten, 
hang, or suspend one thing to another, 
ADs TO: 

"Aptepis, cos, 161, w or da, t, Arte- 
mis or Diana, twin-sister of Apollo, 
the goddess of virginity and of the 
chase. She was greatly worshipped 
by the Greeks, and with especial honor 
at Ephesus and in Arcadia. i. 6. 7. 

Gpte adv., (ap-) exactly, just, just 
now, iv. 6. 1: vin 47 

“Apripas, a, Artimas, satrap of 
Lydia, vii. 8. 25. 

}doro-Kétos, ov, 6%, (kérrw) a [bread- 
beater] baker, iv. 4. 21: v. 1. dpro-motés, 
ob, (movéw) a bread-maker. 

dpros, ov, 6, a loaf of bread, esp. of 
wheat, bread, 1. 9. 26: ii. 4. 28. 

*Aprotxas, ov ora, Artichas, a com- 
mander of forces for the king, prob. a 
ruler of the Mardonii or Mardi, iy. 3. 4. 

*Aptotas, ov ora, Arystas, an Ar- 
eadian, a great eater, vu. 3. 23s: v. U. 
"Apioros, “Apvoros. 

TV Apx-aydpas, ov or a, Archagoras, 
a lochage, an exile from Argos, iv. 2.13. 

tdpxatos, a, ov, [in the beginning] 
old, ancient : Ktpos 6a. C. the Elder: 
TO apxaiov, as adv., of old, formerly : 
i. 1.6; 9. 1: iii, 1, foes 

Tapxn, 7s, beginning ; rule, command, 
dominion, sovereignty, G.; government, 
realm, empire, principality, satrapy, 
province: apxnv, as adv., in the first 
place, at all (followed by a negative) : 
1.1.28: 11,1. 17% Wags vee: 

Tapx-nyds, of, 6, (yw) a leader, com- 
mander, officer, 111. 1. 26 2 

Tdpxikds, 7, dv, fitted to command, 
qualified for command, i. 6. 8, 20. 

dpxo, dpEw, Fpxa r., to be foremost, 
take the lead ; in time, to begin or com- 
mence, esp. for others to follow, G., 1.; 
in rank or office, to lead, command, 
rule, govern, reign, G.; apxwv subst., 
a leader, commander, officer, ruler, 
governor, prince, chief: P. to be ruled, 
governed, or commanded, hence to sub- 
mit to authority, to obey or serve, bro: 
oi dpxdpevor those under command, the 
common soldiers, ‘‘the men’; mpos 
d)\Xous apyouévous amévat to go as sol- 
diers to other officers (ii. 6.12; v.1. dp- 
xovras, apfouevous, &c.): M.to begin or 
commence for one’s self, I., G.; W. a7é, 
to begin [from] at cr with (dmb bey 
with the gods, i.e. by consulting them, 





dpwpa 


ive 03)? 1.2, 85 3.1515; 4:10.15: 
feeiras G. 145,19: vi. 4. 1... Der. 
ARCH-, -ARCH, -ARCHY, in compounds. 


dpwpa, aros, Td, ai AROMATIC, | 


spice, 1. 5, 1. 
tdoéBaa, as, impiety, wngodliness, 
iii. 2. 4. 

d-oeBis, és, (c€Bouar to revere) ir- 
reverent, impious, ungodly, mpés, 1. 5. 
20> v. 7.32. 

Taclevéw, jow, to be sick, feeble, or in- 
wae rts 1: iv. 5. 19, 21. 
_ a-oevigs, és, (cOévos strength) weak, 
feeble, i. 5. 9. 

*"Acia, as, Asia, a name sometimes 
applied by the Greeks to Asia Minor 
(Anatolia) or the nearer part of it, 
and sometimes to all they knew of 
the grand division now bearing this 
name. The latter was sometimes di- 
vided into 4 xdtw’Acia Lower Asia, 
the part west of the Halys, and 74 dvw 
*Acia Upper Asia, the part east of this 
niver1a..o.6: Vil. 1: 1s; 2. 2. 

*Aoi8darys, ov, Asidates, a Persian 
of rank and wealth, vii. 8. 9,12, 21. 

*Acwvates, ov, 6,(’Acivy,a small town 
on the Laconian gulf, nearly south of 
Sparta) an Asinwan, v. 3. 4: vi. 4. 
11. || Passava ? 

d-cias ady., s. dowéorara, (d-cwr)s 
harmless, fr. civouat) without doing 
harm, without injury or depredation, 
harmlessly, ii. 3. 27: iii. 3. 3. 

G-otros, ov, (ciros) without or in 
want of food, fasting, ii.2.16: iv.5.11. 

aoKéw, jow, Foxnka, to practise, 
cultivate, observe, maintain, ii. 6. 25. 

aoxds, od, 6, a skin, esp. of a goat, 
a leathern bag, iii. 5. 9s: vi. 4. 23. 

Gopevos, 7, ov, (dw) well-pleased, 
glad ; always with a verb, and like 
an adv. in force, gladly, willingly, 
cheerfully, ii. 1.16: iii. 4. 24. 

aomrafopat, dcoua, (crdw) to [draw 
to one’s self] embrace ; to salute, greet, 
welcome, take leave of ; A.; vi. 8. 24. 

“Aotrévitos, ov, 0, (“Aozmevdos) an 
Aspendian. Aspendus was a city of 
Pamphylia on the Eurymedon (now 
Capri-Su), about six miles from the 
sea, an Argive colony. Here Thrasy- 
bulus, the deliverer of Athens from 
the tyranny of the Thirty, lost his life, 
B. c. 389. 1.2.12. || Balkésu. 

aowmis, tdos, 7, a shield ; here sp. ap- 
plied to the large oval shield of the 


21 


ardp 

Greek hoplites, comm. made of sev- 
eral thicknesses of stout leather 
strengthened by a metallic front and 
rim, and convex outwardly (so that 
it could even be used as a vessel to 
receive blood, il. 2. 9): as a collective 
noun, heavy-urmed infantry ; doris 
mupia 10,000 [shield] shield-men or 
hoplites (cf. ‘‘10,000 horse,” 1. e. horse- 
men): map domidas [by the shields] 
by or to the left, since the shield was 
carried on the left arm (while, ina 
posture of waiting in readiness for 
action, it was also supported in part 
by the bent knee, i. 5.13): 1.2.16; 7. 
10; 8. 9,18: iv. 3. 26. 

T Acovpla, as, Assyria (the kingdom 
of Asshur, Gen. 10. 11), a name ap- 
plied, with varying extent, to the 
famous country of which Nineveh 
was the capital ; in a narrower sense 
confined to the region between Media 
and the Tigris, but in a wider sense 
extending over Mesopotamia to the 
Euphrates. It was the seat of one of 
the greatest of the early empires, which 
was overthrown by the Medes and Bab- 
ylonians about 625 B. c. vil. 8. 25. 

"Acoipios, a, ov, Assyrian, per- 
taining to Assyria, vii. 8. 15. 

a-cradls, idos, 7, = oradis (d- eu- 
phon.) a dried grape, raisin, iv. 4. 9? 

aotpatte, dw l., (akin to dori 
star) to gleam, flash, glisten,i. 8. 8. 

Tarpdrea, as, safety, security, v. 7. 

10: vii. 6. 30. 
a-cdadns, és, c. éorepos, Ss. éoTaTos, 
(c¢dXw) not liable to fall, firm, safe, 
secure : €v acgpadet in a safe place or 
position, in safety : i. 8. 22: ili. 2.19. 
d&iodadtos, ov, 7, ASPHALT, bitumen, 
much used of old for mortar, ii. 4. 12. 
aodadws, c. dorepov, s. éoraTa, 
(a4oparrs) safely, securely, i.3.11, 19. 
aoxodla, as, (d-cxoAos without leis- 
ure, busy, fr. cxodn) occupation, en- 
gagement, vil. 5. 16. 
| taraxréw, now, to be disorderly or 
| owt of order, v. 8. 21. 
G-raKxtos, ov, (rdrTw) disarranged, 
out of order, in disorder or confusion, 
disorderly, i. 8.2: iti. 4.19: v. 4. 21. 
a-tagtia, as, (rdtTw) want of order 
or discipline, disorder, leaving the 
ranks, iWi.1. 38.5 2. 29+ v..8. 13. 
atao conj., but, yet, as in a ques- 
| tion expre sing objection, ri; iv.6.14. 








"Atapveds 


*Atapvets, dws, 6, Atarneus, a city 
in southwest Mysia, on the Agean, 
over against Lesbos, vii. 8. 8. || Di- 
keli-Koi. 

atracOadia, as, (darn infatuation) 
recklessness, wantonness, iv. 4. 14? 

&-Tados, ov, un-buried, vi. 5. 6. 

ate * (neut. pl. of the relative dare, 
used as an adv. of manner) just as, 
as ; W.P., expressing cause and = %n- 
asmuch as w. verb; iv. 2.13; 8. 27. 

aréXeva, as, (d-TeAns exempt from 
tax, fr. réXos) immunitas, exemption, 
immunity ; &AdAnv Twa a. Some exenp- 
tion from other service, iii. 3. 18. 
Tatipate, dow, Ariwaxa, to dishonor, 
disgrace, hold in dishonor, A., i. 1. 4. 
d-rTipos, ov, c., (run) without honor, 
dis-honored, in dis-honor, év, vii. 7. 24, 
46, 50. 

atpifta, (ow, (a7u0os vapor) to exhale 
or send up vapor, to steam, iv. 5. 15. 

*Atpapitrioyv, ov, Adramyttium, a 
city in Mysia, at the head of the gulf 
bearing its name, and called by Strabo 
an Athenian colony: v. 1.’ Adpapvrcor, 
"Arpaptrecov, &c.: vii. 8. 8. || Adra- 
miti or Edremit. 

d-TpBis, és, (TpiBy) without wear, 
un-worn, untrodden, non tritus, iv. 
PSs" Wii. 42: 

*Artikds, 7, dv, (ax7) Attic, Athe- 
nian, i. 5. 6. 

ad post-pos. adv., again, back, in 
respect either to time, or to the order 
or relations of the discourse (often w. 
dé: & ai); further, moreover, on the 
other hand, in turn; i.1.7,9s; 6.7; 
10. 5, 11: ii. 6. 7, 18. 

ataive, avav®, ch. poet. & Ion., 
(atw to dry) to dry, trans.: M. (ipf. 
avawipnnv & nivawsunv, 278d) to dry 
up, wither, intrans., li. 3. 16 2 

av€-alperos, ov, (avtds) self-chosen, 
se’f-elected, self-appointed, v. 7. 29. 

av0-nwepdv or adOjpepov adv., (av- 
rds, Nuepa) on the same day, iv.4.22s. 

ats adv., (ad) again, back; more- 
over, besides ; at another time, after- 
wards, hereafter ; 1.10.10: ii. 4. 5. 

avAéw, now, (avdds) to play on a 
flute or other wind instrument: J. to 
have the flute played» for one’s self, 
581, mpos: vi. 1.11: vii. 3. 32. 

atdlfopar, icowar, nUAuac l., a. nv- 
ALcdunvy in Thue., but yvrAicAny in 
Xen., (avA7y court) to lodge or be lodged, 





22 


avtés 


encamp. quarter, be quartered, take 
quarters, bivowac, li. 2.17: iv. 3. 1s. 
avdds, of, 6, (dw to blow) a flute, 
differing from that common with us, 
in having a mouthpiece and a fuller 
tone ; «@ pipe, oboe, clarinet ; vi. 1. 5. 
favrAov, vos, 6, a water-pipe, canal, 
ie STO: 
atpiov adv., to-morrow: % aipiov 
[sc. quépa] the morrow, the next day : 
li. 2.14 iv. 628 sae 
avornpdotys, 77 0s, 7, (avornpds harsh, 
AUSTERE, fr. atw to dry) harshness, 
roughness, strength, of wine, v. 4. 29. 
avTH, avrat, see odTos, i. 1. 7. 
tatrika at the very time, at once, 
immediately, forthwith, directly, speed- 
tly, presently, 1.8.2: ili. 2.328; 5.11. 
tavro0ey from the very spot, from 
this or that place, hence, thence, iv. 2. 
Ox ev, BHO: 
tavrd@ ibidem, in the very place, 
here, there, i. 4. 6: iv. 5.153 8. 20. 
Tavro-KéXevorros, ov, (KkeXevw) self- 
bidden, self-prompted, of one’s own tim- 
pulse, iil. 4. 5. 
tadro-Kpdtwp, opos, 6 %, (Kparéw) 
ruling by one’s self, sole, absolute (cf. 
AUTOCRAT), vi. 1. 21. 
taviré-patos, 7, ov, oF os, ov, (udouat 
to seek) self-moved, or prompted : a6 
or €x Tod avroudrou of one’s own Mo- 
tion or accord, of one’s self, spontane- 
ously, by chance; 1. 2.17; 3.138: iv. 
3.8: vi. 4.18. Der. AUTOMATON. 
tavro-podéw, now, nvToubAnKa, to de- 
sert : of avrouodobvtes, the deserters : 
mapa, mwpds, &c.: 1.7.13: 11.1.6; 2.7. 
tairé-podos, ov, (uodr- to go) [going 
off of one’s self | a deserter, i. 7. 2. 
tairé-vopes, ov, self-ruling, imde- 
pendent, vii. 8. 25. Der. AUTONOMY. 
airds,* 7, 6, (ad, old definitive 7és) 
very, same : (a) preceded by the art., 
6 atrés idem, the same, D.: Ta adTa 
ratra these same things, the same 
course : €k TOU a’Tod, é€v TH avTa, eis 
traits, from (in, into) the same place : 
i. 1.7; 8. 14: ii. 6. 225” (b) Wet pre- 
ceded by the art., it is either the 
common pron. of the 3d pers. (him, 
her, it, them, but only in the oblique 
cases, and not beginning a clause); 
or is used as an adjective or apposi- 
tive, with an emphatic or reflexive 
force, as in Lat. ipse, and in Eng. the 
compounds of self (myself, himself, 





eae 
QuTOCeE 


&c.), the adjectives very, own, &c. 
(sometimes expressed by alone, apart, 
simply, quite, close, directly, as xwpet 
avrés he goes [himself only] alone, iv. 
7.11; ém avroyv roy worapsyr to the very 
river, quite te the river, iv. 3.11): i. 
9s) 3.7s; 9.21: adrais rats tpv7- 
peot [with the triremes themselves] 
triremes and all, 467 ¢, 1. 3.17? queé- 
Tepos avTav our own, 498, vii. 1. 29. 
Distinguish carefully the adv. avroi, 
the forms of obros (atry, atrac), and 
those of the contr. reflexive avrod. 
Der. AUTO- in compounds. 
jadvréoe to the very place, thither, 
vi ey ay 
latrod adv., in the very place, in 
this or that place, here, there, often 
followed by a prepositional phrase 
defining the place, 1. 3. 11: iv. 3. 28. 
latrod contr. fr. é-avrod q. v., i. 3. 2. 
lairas or avtas, see woatrws,v. 6.9. 
aixqy, évos, 0, the neck ; neck of 
land, isthmus, vi. 4. 3. 
ad by apostr. for dé, before the 
rough breathing, ili. 2. 14. 
db-atpéw,* aipjow, Honka, 2 a. ef dor, 
a. p. npéOnv, to take from or away, de- 
tach, A.: oftener M. to take to one’s 
self from another, take away; to rescue 
from another; to deprive or rob an- 
other of ; 2 A., A. G., 485d: P. to be 
taken away or rescued ; to be deprived 
ae eet 3.4 tv. 4, 12: vi. 5211; 6. 
93, 26s: vii. 2. 22. 
d-pivijs, és, (paivw) not appearing, 
unseen, unobserved; out of sight, gone; 
secret, private, doubtful, little known; 
ieee 11-.6).28 = iv. 2.4. 
ldpavife, icw 1, Addvixa, to make 
invisible, hide from view, annihilate, 
ed 4, 8. 
ap-aotate,* dow or doouat, Horaka, 
to plunder from, pillage, A., i. 2. 27? 
apeSas, c. éorepov, s. éorara, (d- 
gecdys, fr. peldouar to spare) un-spar- 
ingly, without mercy, i. 9.13: vii. 4.6. 
ap-etka,, -ctpat, -etvat, -els, see db-inus. 
ddb-eddunv, -eAdv, see dd-arpéw. 
ap-éeo Bar, see d-eyw, il. 6. 10. 
Ad-ETTHKA, -EOTHKELY OF -CLO-THKELY, 
-eotn—w, see dd-iornm, 1.1.6: ii. 4.5. 
ip-nyeowar, Nyjcoua, Hynuar, to 
lead off in conversation, relate, tell, 
DOP. vil, 2: 26. 
a-How, -Fka, see dd-inut, v. 4. 7. 
TapGovia, as, abundance, i. 9. 15. 


23 








"Axatds 


&-bBovos, ov, c., (POdvos) without 
grudging, bownteous ; of land, fertile ; 
abundant, copious, plentiful; iii. 1. 
19: v. 6.25: & ap@dvas amid abun- 
dant supplies, in abundance, ii. 2. 25 ; 
év wacw apbdvas in [all things abun- 
dant] great abundance, iv. 5.29: & 
apbovwrépos [sc. mdAolos] in vessels 
more abundantly provided, or i @ 
more abundant supply or greater num- 
ber of them, v. 1. 10. 

a-(ypu,* tow, elka, a. Ha (G, &c.), 
pf. p. etuar, to send off, away, or back; 
to dismiss, let go, allow to depart, suf- 
Jer to escape ; to let loose, set free, re- 
lease, give up; to let flow, as water ; 
to let sink or drop, as anchors ; i. 8. 
N1Sicait 2,202 53.132 252 ia be 0: 

ap-tkvéopar,* (ouar, typar, 2 a. ixd- 
pny, (ixw), to arrive, reach, come to, or 
return to, from another place, D. eis, 
mpos, &c.,1.1.53; 2.4,125 5.4: iii.1.43. 

adp-irtetw, evow, (immos) to ride 
away or back, i. 5. 12. 

ap-lornp.,* orjow, Esrynka, 2 a. 
éornv, f. pf. éorjéw, to withdraw 
(trans.), alienate from, A. dé, Vi. 6. 
34: M., w. act. complete tenses and 
2a., to stand off or aloof, forsake, de- 
sert, revolt from, go over to another, 
withdraw or retire (intrans.), G., mpds, 
els: 1.1.68:-11.6.27. Der. APOSTATE. 

&d-o80s, ov, 7, (655s) a [way back 
or off] retreat, departure, iv. 2. 11. 

ahpovTiotéw, ow, (d-ppdvrioros 
heedless, fr. ppovrigw) to be heedless of 
or indifferent to, neglect, make light of, 
G., Vv. 4. 20: v. Ll. dpedéw. 

tabpocivyn, xs, folly, infatuation, 
want of consideration, v. 1. 14. 

&-ppwv, ov, g. ovos, (dpyv mind) 
without understanding, senseless, fool- 
ish, infatuated, delirious, iv. 8. 20. 

Tadviraktéw, jow,to be off one’s guard, 
vii. 8. 20. 

d-pidAakros, ov, (puddcow) wn- 

guarded, ii. 6. 24: v. 7. 14. 
ladvAdktos, unguardedly, v. 1. 6. 

"Axauds, of, an Achean, a man of 
Achaia, the hilly province on the 
north of the Peloponnese, along the 
Corinthian Gulf. In the early his- 
tory of Greece, .the Achzans were so 
dominant a race that the name most 
frequently applied by Homer to the 
Greeks in general is ’Ayatof. On the 
conquest of their old seats in the 


dx dpirros 


Peloponnese by the Dorians, many of 
the Acheans retired to the northern 
shore, expelling from it, it is said, 
Ionian settlers, and giving to it their 
own name. Here they formed a con- 
federacy of twelve cities, none of which 
attained any great power or distinc- 
tion. For a long time, the Acheans 
took little part in the general affairs 
of Greece, remaining for the most part 
neutral in the great contests, whether 
foreign or internal. In a later period 
of its history, the Achzean League be- 
came eminent. The Arcadians and 
Achzans constituted more than half 
of the Greek army of Cyrus. 1. 1. 11. 
d-xdpteros, ov, (xapifouar) without 
grace or thanks: of things, wnpleas- 
ang, disagrecable ; unrewarded: of 
persons, wngrateful, eis: éyers ovK 
axdpita you speak [things not with- 
out grace] quite rhetorically or enter- 
tainingly : 1.9.18: ii. 1.13? vil. 6. 23. 
laxapiotas adv., without thanks, 
gratitude, or reward; ungratefully ; 
13. 18> Vin. 7228. 
&-xapts, ¢, g. cros, or d-XaptTos, ov, 
(xapis) = axapioTos, il. 1. 13? 
"Axepovorras, ddos, 7, (Axépwr, a 
fabled river in Hades) as an adj., 
Acherusian. °A. Xeppovnoos the Ache- 
rusian Peninsula, a promontory near 
the Bithynian Heracléa, with a very 
-deep mephitic hole, fabled as the place 
of Hercules’ descent to Hades, vi. 2. 2. 
|| Baba-Burun. 
dx Popar,* axbdooua, AxOnuae |., 
a. p. nx0écOny, to be [burdened] vexed, 
displeased, offended, provoked, troubled, 
distressed, nettled, or chagrined, D., 
G. P., AE., To0TO (483 b), 67, éi, 1. 1. 
SiHie2. 20 pan bs biss 6S LO 
d-xpetos, ov, (xpeia use) use-less, 
unfit for use, unserviceable, iv. 6. 26. 
d-xpnoros, ov, (xpdouar) wse-less, 
inappropriate, i. 1.13% iii. 4. 26. 
&xpt (and, before a vowel, less Att. 
&xpts) adv., as far as, even to, els: 
conj., cll, wntil, dv w. subj.: li. 3. 2: 
v. 5.4. Akin to a&xpos: ef. wéxpe. 
GiplyO.ov, ov, wormwood, i. 5. 1. 


B. 


BaBvrav, avos, 7, Babylon, one of 
the greatest and most magnificent 


on 


BapBapikds 


cities of the ancient world, and the seat 
of successive empires. It was situated 
on both sides of the lower Euphrates, 
in a rich alluvial plain. According 
to Herodotus, it was square, with a 
circuit of more than 50 miles; and 
was surrounded by a wall more than - 
300 feet high and 80 broad, with 100 
brazen gates, and with a deep moat 
without. It was taken by Cyrus 
through a diversion of the river, B. C. 
538 ; and opened its gates to Alexan- 
der, after the battle of Arbéla, B.c. 331. 
It is now for the most part in utter 
ruin, the more from the perishable 
nature of its chief material, brick, and 
from the removal of this for the con- 
struction of other cities. i. 4. 11, 138: 
11..2..6:- vi 5242 9] eeeae 
{BaBvAdves, a, ov, Babylonian : 7 
BaBvrwvia [se. xeépa] Babylonia, the 
alluvial region around Babylon and 
west of the Tigris, comm. regarded as 
extending from the Wall of Media, 
which separated it from Mesopotamia, 
to the Persian Gulf. Watered by the 
overflowing of the Euphrates and Ti- 
gris, and by canals drawn from them, 





it had great fertility. 1.7.1: 11. 2.18. 
BaSyv adv., (Baivw) step by step, in 
regular step: B. Taxv in rapid step: 
iv. 6.2538. 28 payee 
LBaS8ige, tcouar cobuar, BeBddcxa, to 
walk,-march, set foot, go, v. 1. 2. 
tBabos, cos, 76, depih, i. 7. 14. 
Balts, fa, v, deep,i.7.14s: v. 2.3. 
Baive,* Bicouar, BEBnka, 2 a. EBnr, 
to step, go: pf. pret., J [have planted 
foot] stand, stand firm, ii. 2. 19. 
i Baxrnpia, as, baculum, a stag’, cane, 
i 3: 4le aye 
Bddavos, ov, 7, glans, an acorn or 
like fruit, nut, date, 1.5.10: 11.3. 15. 
Baddrw,* BadrG, BEBAnKa, 2 a. éBa- 
ov, to throw, cast, hurl; to throw at, 
hit with a missile, pelt (esp. w. stones), 
stone, A. D. of the missile: of €x xet- 
pos BddXovres [those throwing from 
the hand] the javelin-men or darters : 
i. 3..1: il. 85.15 2 vse 
Barrw,* Bdyw, to dip, A., il. 2. 9. 
Der. BAPTISM. 
tBapBapikds, 7, dv, BARBARIC, bar- 
barian, foreign ; here esp. Persian : 
7d BapBapixdv [sc. orpdrevua] the bar- 
barian force or army: 1.2.1; 5.68: 
iv. 538 p86 % 








BapBapikas 


tPapBapixas in the barbarian tongue, pels Ast. § 


in Persian, i. 8. 1. 

BapBapos, ov, s., BARBAROUS, bar- 
barian, rude : BépBapos subst., a bar- 
barian, foreigner. The Greeks so 
termed all other nations. i.1. 5: ii. 
Boao: y. 4.34; 5.16. 

Bapéws (Bapts heavy) heavily, with 
heavy heart: B. pépew graviter he 
to take ill, be smitten with grief: 

1. 4, 9. | 

Bactas, ov, Basias, an Arcadian in 
the army of Cyrus, iv. 1.18. —.2. A 
soothsayer from Elis, vii. 8. 10 ?. 
TBacrdrcia, as, kingdom, royal power, 
regal authority, sovereignty, 1. 1. 3. 
TBactreros, ov, royal, regal, kingly : 
Bacidevor [sc. eral oftener pl., [royal 
building or buildings] a royal rest- 
dence, a palace of a king or satrap: 
ae 7s, 20; HO: sl: i. 4 24, 

Bactheis, éws, a king, esp. applied 


29 








Boeukds 


to force back, A.; 
Reve, Wale Ow Ll. 

LBlatos, a, ov, violent : Biasdy re [sc. 
mpayua] any violent act or violence: 
ee BOL vis 6. J: 

LBratws, forcibly, violently, with great 


1IOaL 8 3 


JORGE, 18s Di. 


[BiBatw, BiBacw BiB, (causative of 
Baivw) to make go. | 

BiBros, ov, 7, the inner bark of the 
papyrus; hence, paper made from 
this ; a book: B.vyeypaypmévar (?) manu- 
scripts, vii. 5.14. Der. BIBLE. 

Bubvvds, 7, dv, Bithynian: Bibivds 
subst., a Bithynian. The Bithyni, 
driven by more powerful tribes, crossed. 
from Thrace into Asia, and gave their 
name to a region south of the Euxine 
and east of the Propontis (also called 
Asiatic Thrace). vi. 2.17; 5. 30. ' 

Bikos or Bikos, ov, 6, a large earthen 
vessel, esp. for wine; a jar, jflagon ; 


(often w. wéyas, and comm. without '1. 9. 25. 


the art.) to the Persian king: i.1.5s; 
2.8,12s: ili. 1.12. Der. BASILISK. 
LBactretw, evcw, to be king, to reign, 
G.: ws Baowdevoorre [as about to reign ] 
as the future king: 1.1.4; 4.18. 
LBactAuKkds, 7, dv, s., relating to or 
jit for a king, kingly, royal, the king’s, 
1.9.1: i. 2.12, 16. Der. BASILICA. 
Bactpos, ov, (Baive) passable (for a 
horse), iii. ch. 49, 
Bards, 7, dv, (Baivw) passable, D., 
4v..6. 17. 
BéBaros, a, ov, (Gaivw) standing firm, 
jirm, constant, 1. 9. 30. 





Bios, ov, 6, (cf. Lat. vivo) vita, life; 
a living, livelihood, subsistence ; 1. 1. 
1: v.5.1: vi4.8. Der. BIO-GRAPHY. 
LBroreva, evow, to live, pass one’s life, 
év, ili. 2. 25. 

Bicavéy, ys, Bisanthe, a pleasant 
town in Thrace, on the Propontis, 
founded by the Samians, vii. 2. 38; 
5. 8. || Rodosto. 

Biov or Bitev, wos, Bion or Biton, 
a Spartan envoy who brought money 
to the Cyreans, vii. 8. 6. 

BAGBn, ns, 4, or BAdBos, €0s, 76, 
(Br\arTw) harm, injury, detriment, 


1BeBardw, wow, to make firm, confirm, ii. 6.6: vii. hcg28: 


make good, fulfil, complete, A. D., Vii. 
G17. 


BeBykds, see Baivw, iii. 2. 19. 

Bédeous, vos, Belesys, satrap of 
Syria, i. 4.10: v. 2. BéXeots, cos. 

BéXos, cos, 7d, (BdAXW) a missile, 
tase lon iv: 3.6; 8.11. 

BeAtiwv,* ov, BEAtLCTos, 7, ov, (BEAT-, 
akin to Bédos 2) better, best, as c. and 
s. to aya0ds q.v.; braver, nobler, more 
expedient or advantageous, &c. ; 
ii. 2.1; 5. 41: iii. 3.5. 

Pips, aros, 76, (Baivw) a step, pace, 
LVek. LO. 

Bia, as, vis, force, violence : Big w. 
G., in spite of or ee i. 4.4: iil. 
eee wis Os 25: Vil..8.:.17. 


{Bragouar, doouat, BeBiacpat, to wse|oxen, an Otptewm, Vii. 5. 2,4: 
ae force one’s way; to force or com- | 


EO ANG 2 


| hurt, injure, 2 A., 


Braketw, evow, (BAdE lazy) to be 
lazy, loiter, shirk, yield to sloth, ii. 3. 
Te via. 1: 

BAatre,* dw, BéBrada, to harm, 
iW. Lis aioe Fe 

Prétra, éYoua, BéBreda 1., to look ; 
!of scythes, to be directed or ‘point to- 
| wards ; mpés, eis: i. 8.10: iii. 1. 36: 
iv. 1.20. See dpdw. 

Brooke, * woroduar, uéuBrwxa, 2 a. 


1.1.6:;)€wodov, ch. poet., to go, come, arrive, 


vil. 1. 33. 

Bodw,* yoouat, BeBdnxa 1., (8074) boo, 
to ery or call out or aloud, shout, D.1., 
Omtadteoe lah h Oe VV  2o.S: 

Boekds, 7, dv, (Bods) relating to 
oxen, of oxen; feiryos B. a yoke of 
vb 
Boikés, 


Bon 


Bon, js, a loud cry, shout, shouting, 
outery, iv. 7. 23. 

tPorGeva, as, help, assistance, succor, 
rescue ; auxiliary troops; li. 3.19: 
mi, 5. 4: 

LBonbew, Yow, BeBo7nOnxa, (Bon-Ods 
assisting, running to a cry for help, 
Boy, Géw) to run to the rescue, hasten 
to help, bring aid, go or come to the 
assistance of another ; to succor, help, 
assist, give assistance: D., émi, vép: 
Be ONG F425) 1 4 SES 6: 

BdOpos, ov, 6, (cf. Bad’s & Lat. pu- 
teus) a pit, iv. 5. 6: v. 8. 9. 

Botoos, ov, Boiscus, a Thessalian 
boxer, lazy and lawless, v. 8. 23. 

tBowwrla, as, Bestia, iii. 1. 31. 

tPowwrrd{w, dow, to resemble a Beo- 
tian, lili. 1. 26. 

Bowwtds, of, & Bovdtros, ov, 6, a 
Beotian. Beeotia, lying northwest 
of Attica, was a very fertile province, 
whose inhabitants were in general 
regarded by their neighbors as want- 
ing in spirit, vivacity, intellect, and 
refinement. It had, however, a short 
period of glory under Epaminondas 
and Pelopidas. Its chief city was 
Thebes ; and in Greek politics, except 
Plates, it was oftener opposed to 
Athens:'4, 101s v3. 6 3°6. 19: 

Bopéas,* ov, contr. Boppas, a, bo- 
reas, the north-wind, iv. 5.3: v. 7. 7. 

Booknpa, aos, 76, (Bdcxw to feed) 
a fed or pastured animal ; pl. catéle, 
my 5iS2. 

TBovreto, evcow, BeBovrevKa, to plan, 
plot, devise, counsel, A. D., il. 5. 16: 
M. to take counsel with one’s self, 

. deliberate, consider ; to consult togeth- 
er; to meditate, consult, concert, plan, 
devise, propose, purpose, resolve ; A., 
Ik, CP. wep, mpoés, &e:3 1.1.4.7 3°: 
HS Loss 10. S10, S20: 5 ane eee 

Bovdrh, fs, (Bovouar) will, plan, 
counsel, consideration, vi. 5. 13. 

BovAtpide, dow, (Bov-Amuia buliny, 
intense hunger, faintness from hunger, 
Bows, Atwds) to have or suffer from the 
bulimy, to be faint with hunger, iv. 
Bias 

BovAopar* (2 sing. BovdrAe, ili. 4. 
41s), Ajnoouat, BeBovrAnuat, volo, to 
will, be willing, wish, desire, choose, 
prefer, consent : 6 Bovduevos he or any 
one that wishes, whoever pleases: 1. 
(A.), often supplied from the context : 


26 





YyapLos 


1.1. 1, Tbs. 4s, 9: tee ee 
See €0édw. 

tBov-mépos, ov, (reipw to pierce) ox- 
piercing ; B. 6BeNioKos an ox-spit, Vii. 
8. 14. 


Bots,* Bods, 6%, bos, an ox, cow ; 
pl. oxen, kine, neat cattle: 4, an ox- 
hide: in compos., sometimes aug- 
mentative : 1. 1°6: av, See ees 

TBpadéws slowly, i. 8. 11. 

Bpadts, cia, ¥, s. Uraros, slow, Vii. 
3. 37. 

Bpaxvs, eta, v, Cc. vrepos, short: 
Bpaxv or émi Bpaxd [sc. xwpiov, or did- 
oTnpa distance] a short distance: Bpa- 
xvrepa a shorter distance: i. 5. 3: ii. 
3. 7,17. Cog. brevis, brief. 

Bpéxw,* BpcEw 1., a. p. EBpéxOny, to 
wet, A., 1. 4. 173 Ti 2a eee 

Bpovrn, fs, thunder, iii. 1. 11. 

Bpwrtds, 7, dv, (BiBpeéoxw to eat) eat- 
able, iv. 5. 5. 

{Butavriov, ov, Byzantium, a city 
founded by the Megarians, B. c. 657, 
in an admirable situation upon the 
Propontis at the entrance of the Thra- 
cian Bosphorus. The Athenians and 
Spartans contended repeatedly and 
earnestly for its control. The Cyreans 
found it, as so many Greek cities at 
this time, under the rule of a Spartan 
harmost. The Roman Emperor Con- 
stantine made it his capital, a. D. 330, 
and gave to it a new name from his 
own. vi. 4.2: vu. 1.3. || Constanti- 
nople or Stambal. 

Bu{dvtios, a, ov, (Bugas, avros, By- 
zas, the reputed founder of Byzan- 
tium) Byzantine: of Bugdvrio the By- 
zantines, vil. 1. 19, 39. 

Bwpds, 0d, 0, (Baivw) a raised place, 
esp. for sacrifice; an altar, whether 
of rude stones or earth, or of elaborate 
workmanship. Altars were common 
places of refuge. i. 6.7: iv. 8. 28. 


E: 


yohqvn, ns, (akin to yeddw 2) a 
[smile upon the sea ?] calm, v. 7. 8. 
Der. GALENA. 

Tyapéw,* yaud, yeydunka, to marry 
(of the man): MZ. to marry or be mar- 
ried (of the woman), iv. 5. 24. 

yapos, ov, 6, marriage, wedlock : 


éml yauw [on terms of marriage] in 








Tdvos 27 = ylyvopat 


yeAaw, dcouat, a. éyédaca, to laugh, 
smile, éwi, . 1.13: v. 4. 34. 

| yeXotos or yeAotos, a, ov, laughable, 
ridiculous, v. 6. 25: vi. 1. 30. 


marriage, as his wife, u.4.8. Der. 
POLY-GAMY. 

Tavos, ov, 7, Ganus, a small town | 
of Thrace, on the west shore of the} 
Propontis, vil. 5. 8. || Ganos. lyéXos, wros, 0, laughter, i. 2. 18. 

yap* post-pos. conj., (yé dpa at least} 1yeNwro-rotds, ob, 6, (rovéw), a laugh- 
in accordance with this) a particle|ter-maker, jester, bujfvon, vii. 3. 33. 
commonly marking the accordance; yépo, only in pr. and ipf., to be full 
between a fact, statement, &c., and of or stored with, G., iv. 6. 27. 
its ground or reason, explanation or| ‘yeved, Gs, (yev- in yiyvouat) birth: 
specification, confirmation, &c. It is| amo yeveds from birth, of age, ii. 6. 30. 
commonly translated for ; but some-; Der. GENEA-LOGY. 
times since, as, or because (asa causal} yeverdw, dow, (yévetov chin) to have 
conj.), that or namely (in specifica-| a beard or be bearded, ii. 6. 28. 
tion), indeed or certainly (in explana- yevér Bau, yevoipny, yevpropat, &c., 
tion or confirmation), then, now, &c.;| see yiyvouat, i. 6.8; 9.1: ii. 1. 138. 
meee = ti. 3.1; 5. 11.2 ii. eos Tyevvarorns, 770s, 7, (yevvatos of good 
It often occurs in elliptic construc- | bir th) nobleness, generosity, Vil. 7. 41. 
tion (as in gee O08 replies, &c.,i.6.| -yévos, eos, 70, (yev- in yiyvouar) ge- 
8; 7.9: ii.5. 40); and may frequent- nus, birth, descent, Trace, 1.6. V- 
ly be Baier explained as a conj. by| ‘yepads, d, dv, c. aitepos, (yep- in 
supplying an ellipsis, or as an adv. | yépwy) old, v. 7. 17. 
without doing so: d\\a ydp at enim,| ‘yepdvtiov, ov, 7d, (dim. fr. yépwr) 
but (enough, no more, not so, no, &c. ) a feeble old man, vi. 3. 22. 
for, or but indeed, yet indeed, iii. 2.| ‘yépspov, ov, an oblong shield of 
25s, 32: kal ydp etenim, and (this | wicker-work, comm. covered with ox- 
the rather, &c.,) because, or for indeed, |hide, and sometimes strengthened 
and indeed, for even, i. 1. 6, 8: ii. 2.| with metallic plates, much used by 
15: xai yap ofy and (this is apparent, | the Asiatics ; a@ wicker-shield, 11. 1. 6. 
for) therefore, and consequently, ac-| lyeppo-pédpos, ov, 6, (pPépw) a wicker- 
cordingly, i. 9. 8, 12, 17: i. 6. 13. shield-bearer, a soldier with a wicker- 

yaorTnp,* tépos, sync. rpds, 7, the) shield, i. 8. 9. 
belly, abdomen, paunch, stomach, ii.5.| ‘yépev, ovros, o, (cf. yipas) an old 
33: iv. 5.36. Der. GASTRIC. man, iv. 3.11: vii. 4. 24. 

yavAuKkds or yavAutiKds, 7, dv, (yat-| ‘yevw, yevow, to make one taste: M. 
Nos a round-built freighting vessel) gusto, to taste, G., 1. 9. 26: ii. 1. 3. 
pertaining to a yatAos: y. xpjuata| yépupa, as, a bridge, whether firm 
cargoes of freighting vessels, v. 8.1. | or floating, 1.2.5; 7.15: vi. 5. 22. 

Tavdirns, ov, Gaulites, an exile| tyeddys, es, (eid0s) earthy, vi. 4. 5. 
from Samos, faithful to Cyrus, 1.7.5.| yh, v7s, (contr. fr. yéa) earth, land, 

yé,* a post-pos. and encl. adv. giv-| country, ground, i. 1.7; 5.1; 8.10: 
ing emphasis or force, more frequent-| ili. 2.19. Der. GE-oLoGy, GEORGE. 
ly to the preceding word, or toa word| |-yftvos, ov, made of earth, earthen, 
or clause which this introduces, and_| vil. 8. 14. 
often with an associate idea of restric-| |yf-Aodos, ov, 6, (Adpos) an eleva- 
tion or limitation ; quidem, at least,|tion of earth, hill, eminence, height, 
indeed, even, surely, certainly; but|\i. 5.8; 10.12: iil. 4. 24s. 
often expressed in Eng. simply by yiipas, aos, 74, (cf. yépwv) old age, 
emphasis ; i. 3. 9, 21; 6.5: i. 5. 19:) advanced age, iii. 1. 48. 
yé 67 [surely now] indeed, iv. 6.3: yiyvopar, * Ton. or later yivopat, 
yé pevro., ye uv, certainly at least, |yevjooua, yeyévnuac & 2 pf. yéyova, 
and or but certainly, moreover, i. 9.|2 a. éyeviuny, (cf. gigno) to come to be 
14, 16, 20: ii. 3. 9. |(more briefly translated be or come), 

yeyévnpat, yéyova, see yiyvouat, i.| become, get (intrans.); to take place, 
6. 8. happen, occur, result (av €6 yévnrac if 
yelrov, ovos, 6 7, Cf a neighbor, \it come out well, if the result be fa- 
Moor t., W.o. 18: ii. 2. 4 uae i. 7.7); to come to be in a place, 




















yyvackew 


arrive, come, get, extend, (év éavr@ 
éyévero came to [be within] himself, i. 
5.17); to be ascertained, shown, or 
proved to be, to prove or show one’s self 
to be; D., did, ex, év, emi, xara, &e. 
It is variously translated according to 
the subject or other words with which 
it is connected, and sometimes by a 
pass. verb (as if supplying the pass. 
of mrovéw, &c.): of children, to be born 
or descended, G., awé6* of rain or snow, 
to fall ; of a ery, shout, laughter, tu- 
mult, war, &c., to arise ; of the day, 
to dawn ; of a road, to pass or lead ; 
of income, to accrue (Ta yryviueva the 
proceeds, vii. 6. 41); of numbers, to 
amount to; of acts, to be performed, 
br6* of meetings, to be held; of oaths 
or pledges, to be taken, given, or ex- 
changed ; of sacrifices, to [result as 
they should] take effect, be favorable 
or auspicious, I.; &c.; 1.1.1, 8; 6. 
5, 8; 8. 8, 23s: ii. 2. 3, 10: — w. dat. 
of possessor (459), Spduos eydvero Tots 
otTpariwracs [to the soldiers there came 
to be a running] the soldiers began to 
yun, 1.2.17; eyéveto cal “EXAM Kal 
BapBapw mopeverPa [it came to be, be- 
came possible to, &c.] both Greck and 
barbarian could go, 1.9.13; Thy hpeé- 
pav avrois éyévero occupied them through 
the day, iv. 1.10; &c. The aor. and 
complete tenses of yi7yyvowar sometimes 
seem to supply these tenses for edul. 
yyvaorke,* Jon. or later yivaorka, 
yvwocoua, eyvwKa, 2a. &yvwv, a. p. 
é€yvwoOnv, gnosco, to KNOW, recognize, 
understand, perceive, discern, judge, 
decide, think (pf. have recognized the 
qaet, reflec, iis 1 Ad): A. Py 8, SA): 
GP, 2 A.,. meph? 1, aes dose 2542 a: 
5.8) d53 i, d. 27, 45... .Séejepaw- 
Trois,* 08, of, ofv, of, Glus, an 
Egyptian, son of the admiral Tamos. 
He was a favorite officer of Cyrus ; 
and was afterwards taken into favor 
by Artaxerxes. He was probably ap- 
pointed to the command of the Per- 
sian fleet; but slain, after a victory 
over the Cyprians, as he was meditat- 
ing revolt, B.c.383. 1.4.16: ii. 4. 24. 
Dvio-vros, ov, Gnesippus, an Athe- 
nian lochage, vil. 3. 28. 
yvolynv, yvots, yvavat, yvooopat, 
&c., see yryvwokw, 1.7.4; 9. 20. 
lyvopn, ns, understanding, judg- 
ment, conviction, sentiment, thought, 


28 








Tupvids 


opinion, design, plan, expectation ; 
mind, disposition, inclination, pref- 
erence, favor, consent: Thy Yvon 
éxew to have one’s mind made up or 
Jixed, to be assured, inclined, disposed, 
or attached, D., mpds, ws Ww. P. abso- 
lute : yrwun on principle : 1. 3. 6,13; 
6. 9s; 7. 85-8. 10: ah, Sea 
vi. 6.12. Der. GNomIc. 

Toyytdos, ov, Gongylus, the name 
of a father and son sprung from Gon- 
gylus, an Eretrian who was banished 
for aiding the treason of Pausanias, 
but rewarded by Xerxes with four cities 
in western Asia Minor, vii. 8. 8, 17. 

yonTtevw, see kata-yonrevw, v. 7. 9? 

yovets, dws, 6, (yev- in yiyvouat) 
father : pl. parents, 11.1.3: v. 8. 18. 

yovv,* yovaros, 76, genu, the KNEE; 
a joint or knot in a plant; i. 5.138: 
iil. 2. 22: iv. 5. 3G: 

Topyias, ov, Gorgias, a celebrated 
sophist and rhetorician from Leontini 
in Sicily, who taught at Athens and 
elsewhere in Greece, for large price, 
dazzling his hearers by the ingenuity 
of his reasoning and the glitter of his 
declamation. He is introduced by 
Plato into a dialogue bearing his 
name. ii. 6. 16. 

Topylwv, wvros, Gorgion, a son of 
Gongylus and Hellas, vii. 8. 8. 

yotv adv., (yé ov) at least then, at 
any rate, at all events, certainly, as- 
suredly, iii. 2.17: v. 8. 23: vii. 1. 30. 

ypatStov, cont. ypddiov, ov, 76, 
(dim. fr. ypads old woman) a feeble old 
woman, vi. 3. 22. 

typdppa, aros, 76, litera, a letter ; 
pl. Jetters, an inscription, v. 3. 13. 
Der. GRAMMAR. 

ypade,* ypdww, yéypaga, pf. p. yé- 
Ypappat, to GRAVE, write, paint, A., 
cP., 1.6.3: vii. 8.1. Der. GRAPHIC: 

yupvdte, dow, yeyiuvaka, (yuuvds) 
to [train naked] train, exercise, A., 1. 
2.7. Der. GYMNASTIC. 

Yupvis, 770s, 6, Or yupvaTHs, ov, 
(yupvds) as adj., [naked] light-armed ; 
comm. subst., a light-armed soldier ; 
a term applied to all foot-soldiers ex- 
cept the hoplites, and with special 
propriety to archers and slingers (to 
slingers only, v. 2. 12): i. 2. 3: ili. 4. 
26s Iv. LaGy 28 

Tupvids, ddos, 7, Gymmnias, a large 
city of the Scythini in Armenia, iv. 





YUpViKos 


7.19: v. 7. Tupuvias or -vds. ||Gumish 
Kaneh ? — acc. to some, Erzrum, &c. 
Tyvpvikds, 7, ov, gymnastic, iv. 8. 25. 
yupvds, 7, dv, naked : less strictly, 
lightly clad, in one’s under-garment 
only ; exposed without defensive ar- 
mor, mpés: i. 10. 3: iv. 3. 6, 12. 
yuvn,* yuvackds, Voc. yUval,a woman, 
wife, i. 2.12. Der. MISO-GYNIST. - 
TeBpias, ov or a, Gobryas, com- 
mander of a fourth part of the army 
of Artaxerxes, i. 7. 12. 


A. 


8” by apostr. for dé, i. 1. 4s. 
Saxve,* Sjzouar, 5é6nxa lL, a. p. €07- 
xOnv, to bite, A., ili. 2. 18, 35. 
Saxpie, vow, deddxpixa l., (daxov a 
tear) to shed tears, weep, i. 3. 2. 
TSaxridtos, ov, 6, a finger-ring. 
Rings were greatly worn by the Greeks 
for use as seals, and also as ornaments 
or amulets. They were most worn on 
the fourth finger of the left hand, and 
were often embellished with stones cut 
with exquisite art. iv. 7. 27. 
Sdxrtvdcs, ov, 6, (cf. deixvipe and de- 
xouat) digitus, finger, toe (ra@v Today), 
Wen t2- vy. 8. 15. Der. DACTYL. 
Aap-dpartos, ov, Damaratus, a king 
of Sparta, deposed through the in- 
trigues of his colleague Cleomenes, 
B. Cc. 491, but kindly received by king 


Darius Hystaspis. He attended Xerx- | 


es in his invasion of Greece, and gave 
him wise counsel in vain. His ser- 
vice was however rewarded by the gift 
of a small principality in southwestern 
Mysia. ii. 1.3. V.l. Anudparos. 
Adva, 7s, 7, or Aava, wv, ra, Dana 
or Tyana, an important city in south- 
ern Cappadocia, at the northern foot 
of Mt. Taurus, on the way to the Ci- 
lician Pass. It was the native place 
of Apollonius, the Pythagorean thau- 
maturgist. 1.2.20: v.1. Osava. || Kiz- 
Hissar (Girls’ Castle), or Kilissa-Hissar. 
Satravdw, jou, Sedardvynka, (Sardavyn 
expense, akin to ddmrw) to expend, 
spend ; to live upon, consume (Ta €éav- 
tov daravartes at their own expense, 
v. 5. 20); A. ets, dudi: 1.1.8; 3.3. 
Sa-meSov, ov, (did, wédov ground) 
ch. poet., the ground, iv. 5. 6. 
[Sarrw, ddyw, poet., to devour. | 


29 


Ud 


Sacts 

Aapadak, axos, 6, see Adpdas, i.4.102 

Aapidaveds, éws, 0, (Adpdavos) a Dar- 
danian. Dardanus was an Holic town 
of Troas, on the southern part of the 
Hellespont. Its name remains in the 
modern Dardanelles. iii. 1. 47. 

Adp8as, aros, or Aapdns, 770s, 6, the 
Dardas or -es, supposed (with some 
dissent) to have been a short canal 
from the Euphrates to the princely 
residence of Belesys, where was after- 
wards the city Barbalissus (field of Be- 
lesys ; now Balis)i. 4.10: v. 1. Aapadaé. 

TSapekds, of, 6, [sc. craryp coin] a 
daric, a Persian gold coin stamped 
with the figure of a crowned archer, 
= about $5.00 by weight, but in ex- 
change with Attic silver coins, reck- 
oned at 20 drachme = about $4.00 
(3000 darics = 10 talents, 1. 7. 18). 
It was struck of great purity by Da- 
rius Hystaspis, and either named from 
him or from the Pers. dara, king; cf. 
the Eng. sovereign. 1.1.93; 3. 21. 

Aapeios, ov, Darius u1., king of 
Persia, natural son of Artaxerxes I. 
(Longimanus), and hence surnamed 
Nothus. This prince, whose previous 
name was Ochus, ascended the throne, 
B. C. 424, through the murder of his 
half-brother Sogdianus, who had him- 
self become king in a similar way. 
|He aided the Spartans in their war 
with Athens; and his weak reign was 
disturbed by various revolts, of which 
the most important and successful was 
that of Egypt. He was greatly under 
| the influence of his ambitious and im- 
perious wife Parysatis ; but, in oppo- 
sition to her wishes, appointed as his 
successor his eldest son Arsaces, rather 
than the younger Cyrus. He died, 
B. Cc. 405, leaving, according to Cte- 
sias, four children of thirteen born of 
Parysatis. Aapefos, like Zépéns and 
"Apraéépéns, seems to have been rather 
a title of dignity than a simple name, 
and to have signified controller or lord 
(eépéins Hdt. 6. 98; Pers. dara king). 
Ppienes 

T8dspevorts, ews, 7, division, distri- 
bution, vii. 1. 37. 

Sacpds, of, 6, (Saiouar to divide) a 
portion paid to a ruler, a tax, impost, 
tribute, revenue, i.1.8: iv. 5. 24. 

Sacts, eta, v, thick or dense with 
trees, shrubs, hair, &c.; bushy, shag- 





Aadvayopas 


30 


Aeddot 


‘gy, hairy, with the hair on: 7 dact| peril, danger, obstacle: i.9.19: ii 


the thicket <a. AL VA 2a 6is 822: 

Aagv-ayopas, ov, Daphnagoras, a 
guide sent by Hellas, vii. 8. 9. 

Sapidys, és, (Gdr7w) abundant, in 
abundance, plentiful, anrple, iv. 2. 22. 

S€ * distinctive conj. and adv., post- 
pos., but, and ; yet, however ; on the 
other hand, on the contrary; also, 
Jurther, moreover ; sometimes trans- 
lated while, for, or, then (as after a 
conditional clause, v. 6. 20), now, in- 
deed, even, or omitted in translation ; 
ag. easy avd. eeu HO sasOu6 
kai. . 6€ and [not only so, but] also, 
and indeed, and even, 1.1.2; 5.9; 
2: ode. . dé nor yet further, nor in- 
deed, nor even, 1. 8. 20. Aé (to which 
ev corresponds) is the common par- 
ticle of contradistinction, intermediate 
in its force between the copulative xai 
and, and the adversative dA\a but. 
Kai adds without implying distinc- 
tion ; while 6é implies some distinc- 
tion, and dé\Ad not only distinction, 
but even opposition. See méy, 6. 

[-8e* an inseparable encl. particle, 
denoting direction towards, affixed in 
demonstratives, and also as a prep. to 
accusatives to form adverbs of place. ] 

Sédia & SéSorka, see detdw : 1. 3. 10. 

Sédo0ypat, see doxéw, lil. 2. 39. 

SeSopar, see dw, i. 4. 9. 

Sen OAvar, Senoas, &c., see déw, 1.2.14. 

Set impers., see déw, i. 3. 5. 

SelSm * Ep., dedcouac Ep. & vii. 3. 
26? pret. Sona & 2 pf. Sébr0, a. 
@devoa, to fear, be afraid, A., wh, 1. 3. 
Ohi 0. Oe: Hai M2 sha hen 

Selkvupe & -tw,* deiEw, déderxa, in- 
dico, to point out, show, indicate, make 
SIGHS; Wy Dy, MCP 1Ve OmOom (aie 

Setkyn, 1s, afternoon, both early 
(rpwia) and late (6Wia); evening : del- 
Ans or THS deihns wm the afternoon, at 
evening : dui deirnv about the com- 
ing of afternoon, carly in the after- 
NOG KS. Oe. U2! 14 aed. lil 

SetAds, 7, dv, (eidw) timid, coward- 
ly, i. 4.7% ili. 2.385: vi. 6. 24. 

Setvds, 7, dv, (deidw) dreadful, fright- 
jul, fearful, terrible, perilous ; ouwt- 
rageous, intolerable, insufferable, griev- 
ous, severe ; strange, wondrous ; very 
powerful, able, skilful, clever, or 
adrott ; 1. (paryew devvds a terrible fel- 
low to cat, vil. 38. 23); dewdv subst., 








3. 13, 22; 5: 15% Gea aeons 

|8eavas terribly: etxov Savas they 
were [in a terrible condition] suffering 
severely, vi. 4. 23. 

TSemvéw, now, dedeimvynxa, to take 
the second or afternoon meal, to dine 
orvswp, i. 2. 4: 1. 5. 18 Gees 

Setirvov, ov, (akin to dda7w and Lat. 
daps, though it has been fancifully 
referred to de? rrovety, as the meal that 
must be worked for) ccena, the second 
of the two usual or regular Greek 
meals, the afternoon or evening meal, 
supper, often corresponding to our 


8. | later dinner; the meal for which most 


preparation was made, and to which 
guests were especially invited ; ii. 4. 
15: iv. 2::42 pi. ao aibise 
L8emvo-trovéw, yow, to prepare sup- 
per for another; but J/., for one’s 
self, vi. 3.14; 4. 26. 
Scio-ar, -oas, &c., see deldw, ili. 2. 5. 
Seto Bar, Setrar, &c., see déw, i. 1.10. 
Séxa indecl., fen, i. 2.10, 14. Der. 
DECADE. 
| 8exa-mévre indecl., fifteen, vii. 8. 26. 
tSexateva, evow, to take a tenth of, 
lithe, A., Vv. 3. 9. 
L8ékatos, 7, ov, tenth: 4 dexdrn [sc. 
poipa part] the tenth part, tithe: v. 3.4. 
Aédta, 76, indecl., the Delta, a part 
of Thrace between the Euxine and 
Propontis, so named from its shape, 
Vil, th, (Som O.ele 
SeAdls, ivos, 0, a dolphin, v. 4. 28. 
Acrool, Sv, oi, Delphi, a small city 
of Phocis, famed for the natural sub- 
limity and beauty of its situation 
overhung by the cliffs of Mt. Parnas- 
sus, and for its temple and oracle of 
Apollo, the most celebrated in_ the 
world. It was the seat of the Pythian 
games, and one of the two places for 
the meeting of the Amphictyonic 
council; and was accounted by the 
Greeks the central point of the earth. 
It abounded in consecrated gifts and 
works of the choicest and richest art ; 
and here several states, as the Athe- 
nians, Corinthians, &c., had sacred 
treasuries, esp. for the keeping of such 
cifts as should not stand in the open 
air. Its oracle was finally silenced by 
the emperor Theodosius in his general 
prohibition of Pagan worship, A.D.390. 
v. 3.5; vi. 1. 22. || Kastri. 


Sévdpov 3 

SévSpov, * ov, (dat. pl. dévdpors or d€v- 
dpeot, iv. 7.9; 8. 2), a tree, i. 2. 22. 

SeEac Oar, -opar, &c., see déxouar. 

TScErdopar, woouat, to give the right 
hand to another, welcome, greet, con- 
gratulate, vii. 4. 19. 

ScEtds, d, dv, (akin to déxyouar and 
Seixvipu, from the use of the right hand 
in taking and pointing) dexter, right 
in distinction fr. left, on the right (the 
auspicious side in Greek augury, as 
the left in Roman): 7 de&a [sc. xelp] 
the right hand, often used, as now, in 
greeting, and also in solemn assevera- 
tion; hence, a pledge or solemn as- 
surance, esp. of friendship or peace ; 
év deka, on the right (hand), G.: 76 
detdy [sc. Képas, uépos, &c.] the right 
(wing) of an army (a position of spe- 
cial honor), the right side or part (so 
ra deka), the right ; émi de&ta to or on 
terighh 1.2.15; 5.1; 6.6; 8. 4s, 
fae be tve3: Wie vi. 1. 235.4. 1. 

Aé-urtres, ov, Dexippus, a Laconi- 
an, prob. a lochage in the division of 
Clearchus, faithless and slanderous, 
mente Py: viet. 323-6. 5. 

Aepxud[A]iSas, ov, Dercyl[lidas, a 
Spartan general of great ability (sur- 
named Sisyphus from his varied re- 
sources), under whom as the successor 
of Thibron, the Cyreans, after their 
return, served against the Persians. 
He had previously commanded for the 
Spartans in the region of the Helles- 
pont (sent out B. c. 411). Plutarch 
informs us, that his generalship did 
not secure him from insult at Sparta 
for being unmarried. v. 6. 24. 

Séppa, aros, 7d, (dépw to flay) the 
skin stripped off, hide, i. 2.8: iv. 8. 26. 

{Seppdtivos, 7, ov, of skin, leathern ; 
depuativy (sc. domis or wéATy] a buck- 
ler of leather or skin, iv. 7. 26? 

Aépvys, ov or eos, Dernes, satrap of 
Arabia, vii. 8. 25. 

- T8erpeto, edow, to chain or tie up, 
WV. 8 24? 

Seopds, of, 6, (déw to bind) a band, 
strap, yoke-strap, ii. 5. 10. 

Seomotns, ov, (cf. Lat. potis) a mas- 
ter, lord, ii. 3.15. Der. DESPOT. 

Sedpo adv., hither, here, i. 3. 19. 

Sevtepos, a, ov, (c. form fr. dvo, 376c) 
second: Oevrepov or TO devTEpoY, as 
adv., the second time: 1.8.16: 1.2.4: 
iii. 4. 28. Der. DEUTERO-NOMY. 





4 
ae 


Sydow 
Séxopar,* déEouar, dédeyuat, to re- 
ceive, accept, take what is offered ; to 
recewve hospitably, admit, welcome (oé- 
kia déxecOax to receive [with] into one’s 
house, vil. 2. 6); to receive an enemy, 
to meet or await his charge or attack 
(els xelpas déxecOan to receive an enemy 
hand to hand, to meet him in close 
combat, iv.3.31); A. es, émi: 1. 8.17; 
TO 56, clalyefty. beta anci. Deo SyalOyS: 
Séw,* Snow, Sédexa, pf. p. dédeuar, 
to bind, tie, fasten, A., ill. 4. 35; 5. 
LOR AV Se8 35602) DercpisDuM: 
Séw,* dejow, dedénka, a. p. as m. ede7- 
Onv, to necd, want, lack, G. I.; as av- 
Tov ONiyou denoavTos KatahevoO7jvat 
when he had wanted litile [to be] of 
being stoned to death, had narrowly 
escaped or come near this, 1. 5. 14; 
moddov detv to lack much of, be far 
From, vii. 6.18:— WM. to need for one’s 
self, stand in need of, want, require, 
desire ; to beg, entreat, beseech, ask, 
request ; G. I. (A.), A. of neut. pron.; 
tok 10-2045 35 43 A Ast bmoGrop 
deta bar by want or poverty, li. 6.13. — 
Impers. Set (déy, déor, dety, Séov, f. de7- 
cet, a. €0€nce) there ts need of, G.; there 
is need that, it is necessary, due, or 
proper, it behooves (often translated. 
personally by must or ought, am 
obliged, &e.), 1. (A., ¥. D., Wi. 4. 35): 
ovdev (ri, Ti, 6 Te) Set, there is no (some, 
any, &c.) need (adv. ace. or of spec., 
need as to nothing, &c., ii. 4. 7: ii. 4. 
23): 70 déov the thing needed or prop- 
er: eis TO d€éov satisfactorily: ws dej- 
cov as it would be necessary (pt. abs., 
Vai oe WAZ, 3. iS; Sei, 2°98) 33.36. 
87 * post-pos. adv., (dé) indeed, 
truly, surely, forsooth, even, accord- 
ingly, of course, just, so, then, now, 
pray. It is also translated by other 
strengthening words, or sometimes by 
emphasis only. i.1.4; 2.38; 9.28s. 
SiAos, 7, ov, evident, manifest, plain, 
clear: Ojdov (éoriv) it is evident: by 
personal constr. for impers., 67\0s jv 
aviwevos it was manifest that he was 
grieved, or he was manifestly grieved 
(sojottentws-a. pts, 573, 1-2. 1l's.5, 9 
ef. v. 2.26): 57Xov dre parenthetically, 
also written dyXovdri as an adv., [it is 
evident that] evidently : 1. 3.9: ii. 3. 
1, 6: ii. 2. 26, 34. 
LbyAS@, wow, Sed7jrAwKka, to manifest, 
show, make evident ; to set forth, relate, 


Sypaywyéw 


declare; A., OP. D., mpos: 1.9. 28: ii. 
1.1; 2. 18 (€d7\woe TotTo this showed 
uself, became evident, 577¢; or he 
showed this); 5. 26: vii. 7. 35. 

Syp-aywyéew, Yow, (dnu-aywyds a 
DEMAGOGUE, Ojos, dyw) to play the 
demagogue or curry favor with, win 
by popular arts, A., vii. 6. 4. 

Anp-dpatos, ov, Demaratus, v. 1. for 
Aaudparos, ii. 1. 8: vii. 8. 17. 

Anpo-Kpartns, eos, Democrates, a 
Temenite, a trusty scout, iv. 4. 15. 

Anpoo-adys, v. 7. for Myndocdéns. 

[Sfpos, ov, 0, the people, the com- 
mons. Der. DEMO-CRACY. | 

L8ynpdoros, a, ov, belonging to the 
people, being public property : Ta 6n- 
poova the public money: iv. 6. 16. 

Syda, Wow, dednwxa 1., (Syios hostile) 
to ravage, lay waste, A., v. 5. 7. 

Sy-trov adv., doubtless, surely, cer- 
tainly, of cowrse, i. 1. 42; 2.15. 

Sioa, -cwas, -ow, see déw, to bind. 

SnxGels, see Sdxvw, iii. 2. 18. 

8.0, * by apostr. 6’, prep. w. G. and 
A., (akin to dvo and Lat. dis-) through : 
more literally, w. GEN. (of place, time, 
means, manner, &c.),i.2.5: i1.5.21s: 
iv. 6.22: dia raxéwy through quick 
measures, rapidly, 1.5.9: avtrots da 
girias iévac to go to them through the 
way of friendship, to seek their friend- 
ship, dia mavros Trod€mov avrois lévat 
to wage utter war with them, ii. 2. 8: 
dca Tédovs through the completion, 
throughout, vi. 6. 11: — w. Acc., cau- 
sal, through the influence, agency, or 
aid of; on account of, by reason of, for 
the sake of, for, through; 1.2.8; 7.5s: 
vii. 7.7,49s. Incompos., through (of 
place, time, completion, &c.); apart, 
asunder, about, abroad, denoting di- 
vision or distribution, cf. Lat. dis-. 

Ala, Aut, Auds, see Zevs, i. 7. 9. 

Sta-Balve,* Bycowar, BEBnka, 2 a. 
éBnv, to go or pass through, over, or 
across, to cross, A., dia: to step apart, 
stride, straddle: 1.2.6; 4.148: iv. 3.8. 

Sta-Badrw,* Bare, BEBAnka, 2 a. 
éBa)ov, to pierce with words like darts, 
to calumniate, traduce, slander, accuse 
or state falsely or maliciously, insinu- 
Ale, An. AB. pos, WS; te LBs vale DAS. 

T8udBacts, ews, 7, the act, means, or 
place of crossing; a crossing, passage ; 
Jord, bridge, ferry; temporary bridge ; 
25. 122-1. 3) 10. 


32 


Stafedyvupe 


tStaBaréos, a, ov, that must be crossed, 
to be crossed, 11. 4. 6: vi. 5. 12s. 

TStaBards, 7, ov, that may be crossed, 
passable, fordable, i. 4.18: ii. 5. 9. 

Sta-BeByka, -Bgds, -BAvat, -Ba, &c., 

see dta-Baivw, 1.2.6; 4.14, 16, 18. 
18ta-BiBd{w, BiBdow BiBG, (BiBdtw 
to make go, causative of Baivw) to carry 
or bring across or over, take or lead 
across, transport, A., ili. 5. 2, 8. 

StaBodn, 7s, (dua-BddAdr\w) calumny, 
slander, false accusation, ii. 5. 5. 

Si-ayyéAdo, AG, Hyyedxa, to carry 
word through, report, announce, com- 
municate, A. D., eis: M. to pass the 
word [through] one to another: i. 6.2: 
li. 8.73 Win4. SGsi miele 

Sta-yekdw, dooua, to make sport of 
among others, expose to ridicule, laugh 
at, jeer at, mock, A., li. 6. 26, 

Sta-ylyvopat, * yerjoouat, yeyevnuat 
& 2 pf. vyéyova, 2 a. éyevouny, to come 
or get through, subsist, continue, pass 
time, A. P., év, 1.5.6; 10.19: 1.6. 5. 

Si-ayKvAdopat, worouar, HyKUAwpat, 
(ayxvdy @ loop, the leathern thong of 
a javelin, fr. dyxos) to insert one’s fin- 
ger in the thong of a javelin, in im- 
mediate preparation for hurling it: 
dinyKvrAwuevoe with their fingers in the 
thongs. The ayxidn (Lat. amentum) 
was prob. fastened to the javelin at 
or near: the centre of gravity, and was 
so used in throwing as to give greater 
force or (through rotation) steadiness _ 
to the motion. iv.3. 28: v.2.12: v.10, 
dt-ayKuArlfouat, loouat, AyKvUAiopat. 

 Bt-dyw,* déw, Fra, 2a. Hyayov, to 

lead or carry through or across, bring 
over, transport, A.; to pass time, A.; 
without an acc. expressed, to pass the 
time, live, continue, be constantly, P.; 
i. 2. 11): 1 4. 28 : dae ES eee 

St-aywvlfopar, loomar vodmat, Wyw- 
viopat, to contend throughout or con- ~ 
stantly, mpos, iv. 7. 12. 

S.a-Séxopar, déFouar, Jédeyuar, to re- 
ceive one from another through a line, 
to relieve one another, succeed, i. 5. 2. 

Sta-diSwpt,* dwow, dédwKa, a. EdwKa, 
(5, Sotnv, &c.), to dis-tribute, A. D. 
I., 1.9.22; 10. 18: wisa0-avaieneee 

SidSoxos, ov, 6, (dia-déxouar) a sue- 
COSSOT, Di. Vil teens 

Sia-Levyvupu,* fevew, ffevxa l., pf. p. 
efevyuar, to wn-yoke, disunite, sepa- 
rate, A. dé, iv. 2. 10. 








ago ave2. 18s. 


Stabedopar 


Sia-Ocdopar, dooua, rePédua, to 


fook through, observe, consider, cP. G. 
of theme, iii. 1. 19. 


Si-arOprdtw, dow, (aiPpia) dis-sere- 
nasco, to be clearing up or away [the 


clouds dispersing, hence &d], iv. 4. 
10: v. l. cvv-acdpia fw. 


St-atpéw,* ow, Hpnka, 2a. efor, to 


take apart, and thus destroy or remove, 
Ae i, 4299: ¥..2. 21. 

Sid-Kewar, * xeicouat,to be arranged, 
dis-posed, or affected, ch. of the state 
of the mind, D., pds, ii. 5. 27; 6.12: 
iii. 1. 3: vii. 3. 17 (impers.; yet by 
some, of the gift, to be disposed of). 

Sta-KeAevopar, evcouat, to exhort or 
encourage through an undertaking, 
&c., to cheer on, D., ili. 4.45: iv. 7. 26. 

Sta-KivSuvetw, evow, to expose one’s 
self throughout, meet all dangers, in- 
cur all risks, hazard a battle, i. 8. 6. 

Sta-KAdw, kraow 1., (kAdw to break) 
to break in pieces, A., Vii. 3. 22. 

Staxovéw, jaw, dediaxdvyKa, (Sud-Kovos 
a waiter, one who goes through the 
dust, xkémus~ or akin to dkwxw) to wait 
upon, serve, iv. 5. 33. 

Sta-KdTTe,* Kd~w, Kéxopa, 2 a. p. 
éxdrny, to cut through or in pieces, 
break through, a., i. 8.10: iv. 8. 11. 

Svaxdovor, ar, a, (dis, éxardv) two 
hundred, i. 2. 9. 

Sta-Kpive,* xpivd, xéxpixa, to judge 
between, decide, vi. 1. 22. 

Sta-Aayx ava, * AjEouat, etAnxa, 2a. 
2raxov, to divide, assign, or take by lot, 
to allot, A., iv. 5. 23. 

Sta-AapBdve,* AjYoua, elAnda, 
2 a. é\aBov, to take apart, separate, 
divide ; to take severally, each his 
share 5 A.; tv..1. 23: v.3. 4. 

Sia-A€yopan, * AdLowar, ef eyma, Eé- 
xOnv, to share the talk, converse, con- 
Jer, or treat with, D., mpds, AE., Tepl, 
Der. DIALOGUE. 

Sta-Aeltrw,* AeiWw, AéAouTra, 2 a. Ede- 
mov, to leave an interval, to be or stand 
apart or at intervals, be distant, A. 
dm6: Td Otadetrov the interval : i. 7. 
tres 10 iv. 7.638. 12s. 

St-apaptdve,* duapricouar, judp- 
THKa, 2 a. Huaprov, to stray apart 
from, fail to find, miss, G., vil. 4. 17. 

Sta-paxopar,* xécouar Xotuat, pe- 
paxnuat, to fight [through] hard, con- 
tend or resist earnestly or obstinately, 
D., 1., wepl, v. 8.23; 6. 25? vii. 4. 10. 


tex AN, 2* 


33 


















Svapplare 


Sta-péve,* wevd, uev.evnka, to remain 
through, still remain, vii. 1.6: v. 4. 
222 

Sta-petpéw, ow, to distribute by 
measure, measure out, A. D., vii. 1. 
40s. 

St-aptrepés (for d:-ava-mepés fr. reipw 
to pierce) ch. Ep., quite through, adv., 
or as prep..w. A., iv. 1.18% vil. 8.14. 

Sta-véww, * veud, veveunka, a. éverwa, 
to distribute, apportion, A. D., vil. 5. 2. 

Sta-vogowat, 7oouar, vevonuat, a. évo- 
nOny, to dis-pose one’s thoughts, pro- 
pose, purpose, design, intend, 1., AE., 
..4, 1/7: Vv. 4. Lp vis 1.192 wale 7, 48.8; 

L8tdvora, as, a design, intent, purpose, 
project, v. 6. 31. 

Sta-ravTés ady., or Sa tavrtds, 
through everything, throughout, vii. 
roam 

Sta-méutre,* méupw, mérouda, to 
send about or round, A., 1. 9. 27. 

Sta-mepdw, dow, wemépaxa, to pass 
through, cross, A., iv. 3.21? 

Sta-mAéw,* mrevcouat, rémdevka, to 
saab across, «is, vil. 2. 95-3. 3.38. 1. 

Sta-Tohenéw, ow, memohéunka, to 
carry the war through, fight it out, D., 
iii. 3. 3. 

Sta-ropevw, evow, pf. m. memépev- 
pat, to carry or convey across or over, 
A.: M. to carry one’s self over, to 
cross, to march or pass through or over, 
pe tad 2. Whee 1S ad Sages VAL OD 

8t-aTropéw, ow, Hropynka, A. and M. 
to be at a loss or in doubt between two 
courses, vi. 1. 22. 

Sta-mpattw,* mpdéw, mémpaxa, pf. 
m. and p. rémpayyua, to work through, 
work out, effect, accomplish, obtain, 
gain; Swarpakac dws eicédOor to ob- 
tain for him [how he might enter] the 
privilege of entering: M. much as A., 
to work out for one’s self, effect one’s 
desire, accomplish one’s aim, obtain 
one’s request, gain one’s point; to 
negotiate, stipulate, make an agree- 
ment, arrange or settle affairs: A. D., 
I. (A.), CP., mapd, mpds, epi: 11. 3. 20, 
Doren DOs Ve Alo Ss Na B85 Dok 

Si-aprrd{w,* dcooua, jpmaxa, pf. p. 
Hpracuwat, di-ripio, to snatch apart, 
plunder, sack, seize, carry off, A., 1. 2. 
£9,265: 102 2,18: i..2. 16: 4.27. 

Sta-p-péo = v. 1. dud. . péw, v. 3. 8. 

Sta-6-plarte or piTrTéw,* pipw, eppt- 
ga, to throw about, scatter, A., v. 8.6. 

C 


= 


Sudppupis 


LSvappufis, ews, 7, a throwing about, 
scattering, v. 8. 

Sta-ocnpaive, avd, a. éonunva or ava, 
to signify or indicate a decision be- 
tween two courses, CP., ll. 1. 23. 

Sta-oKyvew (intrans.), 7ow, & Sva- 
oKynvow (trans.?), wow, to encamp 
apart, separate for quarters, KaTd, ets, 
iv. 4. 8, 10; 5. 29. 

L8va-cKyvyntéov éoriy, it is necessary 
to encanmyp apart, eis, iv. 4. 14. 

Sva-omdw,* ordow, éomdxa, pf. p. 
gomacua, a. p. éomdobyny, to draw 
apart, separate, scatter, disperse, A., 
i. 5.9: iii. 4. 20: iv. 8. 10, 17. 

Sta-ome(pa, * orep&, éorapxa l., pf. 
p. éormapuat, 2a. p. éomapny, to scatter, 
disperse, spread, trans.: MJ., intrans.: 
i. 8.25: ii. 4.3: vi. 3.19; 5. 28. 

Sta-ocTds, -oT Hvar, see du-ioT nm. 

Sta-cdevSovaw, yow, to sling or 
throw in all directions, iv. 2. 8. 

Sid-oXo, -cTXorpt, see di-Exw. 

Siad-TaLw, TwWow, céowKa, a. p. Eow- 
Onv, to preserve through danger, save, 
keep or bring safe: P. & M. to be 
saved or brought safe, save one’s self 
or one’s own, arrive safely: A. D., 
eis, mpose., Vide 5 55.135, 0018 ©. wit6..5. 

Sta-TatTw,* Tdéw, oe a. Dp. €TA- 
xXOnv, to arrange, draw up, or distrib- 
ute, in order of battle, a., i. 7. 1. 

Sta-telvw,* Teva, TéTaKa, a. éTEwa, 
to stretch out: M. to strain or exert 
one’s self; wav mpos tuas 0. to use every 
effort with you, vii. 6. 36. 

Sia-rehéw,* dow &, TeTédeKa, to fin- 
ash through or entirely, conuplete, A 
w. A. understood (476. 2) to finish the 
way, complete the distance ; to fill up 
the time, to continue, be continwally 
or constantly, DRO ere Wile eee 
tynowe 705, lk 

Sia-THKe,* THEW, 2 pf. TérnKa, to 
melt through, trans.: M. and 2 pf., 
intrans., iv. 5. 6. 

Sia-TlOnp, * Ojow, TEBerKa, a. €OnKa 
(86, &c.), dis-pono, to dis-pose in 
mind ; to dispose up Spare treat or 
Serve =X ied, pa .4: M. to dis- 
pose of for one’s own ‘profit sell, A.: 
Wan 621372 Vile. (2. 

ee, Opéww, Térpopa, 2 a. p. 
érpagnv, to feed through, nourish, 
sustain, A., 1V. 7. 17. 

+8.0-TpiByH, fis, delay, vi. 1. 1. 

Sta-TpiPw, tpilw, rérpipa, to rub 


34 











aliee Gee 





Stax wpéw 





waste, pass or 
spend time, A.; w. A. understood, fo 
spend the time, delay, tarry; 1.5.9: 
11.-33'9'2 1V. 16.9) wie 

Sva-patvw,* pavd, répayxa, to show 
through : M.to appear or shine through, 
v. 2,29: 2a. p. impers. duepdvy [it] 
the light shone through, vii. 8. 14. 

L8tabavas (diadav7s transparent) 
transparently, clearly, manifestly, vi. 
1. 24. 

{Siadepdvtas surpassingly, pre-emi- 
as peculiar Ly, lne at e 

S.a-hépa, * oicw, évijvoxa, a.#veyxa OF 
-ov, dif-fero, to DIF-FER from, surpass, 
excel, G. AE., #* impers. w. I., duépepev 
arégacba wt was different or easier to 
repel; or by pers. constr., drépepov 
aréfacba they were [different] better 
able, or found i easier to repel, 573 3 
li. 8.15: ii. 1. 37; 4.33 5 ef geranor 
diotcovow [v. l. dijoovow] the rivers 
will [carry us across] permit us to 
cross (acc. to some, will differ in size), 
ui. 2. 23: M. to differ with, quarrel, 
be at variance, audi, mpds, iv. 5. 17. 

Sta-dhevyw,* pevEouar, répevya, 2 a. 
épuyov, to flee through, get away, 
escape, A. €&, V.2.3: vi. 3. 4: vil. 3. 48. 

d.a-pbelpw,* Pepa, EpOapka, 2a. p. 
EpOapny, to spoil utterly, ruin, destroy; 
to corrupt, seduce, bribe ; A.: P. to be 
destroyed or ruined, go to ruin, waste 
away, &¢.: li. 3.15 9 Ty ees 

Stddopos, ov, s., (dta-pépw) at vari- 
ance: neut. subst., variance, disagree- 
ment, cause of differ ence OY dissension, 
vil. 6. 15. 

Sia-huy, 7s, (pun growth, fr. Pdw) 
growth between, a partition or divi- 
sion, v. 4. 29. 

Sta-pvrddtTw, déw, mwepidaxa, to 
guard throughout : J. to take care or 
exercise precaution throughout, AE. 
ws, Vil. 6. 22 ? 

Sta-xdlo,* (xafw to drive back, ch. 
Ep.) to draw apart, separate, intrans., 
iv. 8. 18 ? 

Sta-xepafo, dow, (xelua winter, fr. 
xéw to pour) to go through or pass the 
:| winter, to winter, vil. 6. 31. 

Sia-xerpl{a, iow 1, Kexelpixa, (xeElp) 
to pass through one’s hands, adminis- 
ter, manage, A., 1. 9. 17. 

Sia-xwpéw, ow, Kexwpnka, fo go or 
work through: impers. karw duex wper 
avrots they had a diarrhea, iv. 8. 20. 


SiSacKados 


t8iS8deKados, ov, 6, a teacher, ii. 6. 12. 
Si8aoKw,* déw, dedidaxu, to teach, 
anstruct, inform, A. CP., 1.: P. to be 
taught, learn: i. 7.4: i. 5. 6: iid. 3. 
#4. S25 vi. 5.18. Der. DIDACTIC. 
- $l8npw,* ch. Ep., a prolonged form 
of déw to bind, q. v.; v. 8. 24. 
SiSapr,* ddcw, dédwKa, a. Edwxa (0G, 
&e.), pf. p. dé6oua, a. p., €060ny, Lat. 
do, to give, grant, bestow, A. D., 1.1.6, 
8s; 2.12, 27: do0qvac ait@ cafew 
that it should be granted to him to 
save, the privilege of saving, 663 b, 
ti. 3. 25; cf. vii. 3.13. Der. DOSE. 
S.-€Barvoy, -éBnv, see dia-Bairw. 
Si-eyevopny, see dua-yiyvowat, il. 6. 5. 
S.-elpyw,* eipéw, to intercept (sc. av- 
Tous), wtervene, lil. 1. 2. 
Si-ctxov, see di-exw, 1. 8. 17. 
St-ehatvo,* éAdow EO, EA7jaKa, 
a. wAaca, to ride, drive, or charge, 
iromoh, 3..5.12);-10. 7: u. 3. 19. 
Si-ehOciv, -cAHAVOIa, see di-épx omar. 
St-eAay, see di-arpéw, ii. 4. 22. 
St-cE-epxopar,* élevoouat, éd7jdrvOa, 
2 a. HAOov, to come out through, eis, 
vi. 6. 38 ? 
Su-€pxop.at,* Edevcouar, EApAvOa, 2a. 
HrVov, to go or come through, pass or 
march through, cross, A., dia: of a 
rumor, to go abroad, spread: i. 4.7: 
Meretzredvets3.5;: 5.222 v. 4. 14. 
St-epwtdea, to appeal to, v. Ll. for épw- 
Taw, iv. 1. 26. 
Si-eomapOat, see dia-o7eipy, il. 4. 3. 
Si-éx@, * €£w, ox nKa, ipf. efyov, 2a. 
ésxov, [to have one’s self apart] to be 
apart, distant, or separated, to diverge, 
G., dmb: TO dtéxov, the intervening 
space, interval: i. 8.17: iii. 4. 22. 
Si-nyéopar, joouat, Hynuat, to lead 
through a story, ¢o relate or state in 
detail, narrate, A., iv. 3.8: vil. 4. 8. 
Si-ynraca, see di-e\avvw, i. 10. 6. 
S.-7AGov, see du-Epxouar, i. 4. 7. 
Si-(yp,* rw, eixa, a. Ka (@, &c.), 
to send through, per-mzt to go through, 
Wiepass, A. Od, Wi. 2:.23 2 iv. 1. 8. 
Si-lotypn,* or jow, €or ynKka,2a.éoTny, 
to station apart: M., w. pf. and 2 a. 
act., to stand apart, be stationed at in- 
tervals, open the ranks, 1.5.2; 8. 20. 
Slxavos, a, ov, c., S., (Sikyn) just, 
right, rightcous, upright, proper, rea- 
sonable, 1., 1.3.5: ii.1.37: 76 dixacoy 
justice, right, pl. rights ; ék rot 6txaiov 
[out of ] according ty justic:, in a just 


35 


Stopdw 


way,i.9.19: dixaa mocetv to do what is 
right,1.3.5; Ta dikaca KapBavew to take 
justice, vii. 7.17: obs éddxouv Sixatora- 
Tous eivar whom they deemed to be the 
most proper to invite, or the best en- 
titled to an tnvitation, = v. 1. ods éddxer 
dixardrarov evar whom wz seemed to be 
the most proper to invite, 573, vi. 1.3. 
L8iKatocvvn, 7s, justice (as a quality), 
uprightness, righteousness, i. 9. 16. 
L8ukatotns, ros, 7, = dtKacocvvn, 
i. 6. 26. 
L8uxalws justly, with reason, reason- 
ably, properly, deservedly, i. 3. 19. 
TSukacrys, 00, (ducdgw to judge) a 
judge, v. 7. 34. 

Sly, ns, justice or right ; just retri- 
bution either (1) to him who has suf- 
fered, or (2) to him who has done 
wrong (7 €oxar7n din the severest retri- 
bution or punishment, v. 6.15); also 
(3) sing. or pl., a process of justice, 
judicial proceedings, trial; Gc. Thus, 
(1,3) dixnv d:ddvar poenas dare, to give ret- 
ribution or satisfaction, make amends, 
pay the penalty, suffer punishment ; to 
render a judicial account of one’s con- 
duct; iat 6222-96629) 38a bk 0t- 
knv NauBdavew poenas sumere, to take 
satisfaction, obtain amends or justice, 
inflict punishment, v.8.17: dixny éxew 
to have satisfaction, vii. 4. 24:— (2, 3) 
dixknyv émiTibévat to inflict retribution, 
punishment, or just desert, D., i. 3.10, 
20: 11.2.8: THs dixns Tuxetv to receive 
one’s desert, vi. 6. 25: éxew rihv Oiknv 
to have one’s desert or due, receive the 
punishment due, 1. 5. 38, 41: bréxew 
dikny to undergo retribution, make 
amends, submit to an “investigation, 
trial, or punishment, render account, 
Dip.V) Onl, 18.2 vi.26s 15> ets Oikas Ka- 
Taothoat to present for trial, bring to 
trial, v. 7. 34. 

Si-potpla, as, (dis, wotpa portion) a 
double portion, twice as much, Vil. 
2. 36. 

Sivéw, jow, ch. poet., (divn a whirl) 
to whirl, trans.: M., intrans., vi. 1. 9. 

Sud ady. = d¢ 6, on accownt of which, 
wherefore, 1. 2. 21: v. 5.10: vii. 6.39. 

Sl-o80s, ov, 7, @ way or journey 
through, passage, v. 4. 9. 

St-olow, see dua-pépw, ili. 2. 23 ? 

St-opdw,* dYouar, édpaxa or édpdka, 
to see through, perceive, discover, A., 
Vgospas 


Stopirre 


$.-opirre, * 
through, A., vil. 8. 13s. 

Sidte* conj., (d¢ 6 71) on account of 
this that, because, ii. 2. 14. 

18(-mXvs, u, s — (wijxus) two cu- 
bits long, iv. 2. 2 

T8i-mAdoros, a, S (rX\aTTw to form) 
two-fold, double, twice as much or 
many : dtrddovov double the distance, 
twice as far, G.: Wi. 3.16: iv. 1. 13. 
TSt-mAeBpos, ov, (zAEOpov) two hun- 
dred feet long or wide, iv. 3. 1. 
T8t-mAdos, 67, dov, contr. S-1dots, 
7, odv, (-3oos, akin to 7)éxw) duplex, 
two-fold, double, vii. 6.7. Der. DI- 
PLOMA. 

[Sls adv., also in compos. 6-, (dvo) 
twice, dowbly. | 

{8ve-xtrAvor, ar, a, two thousand, i. 
1.10; 2.9. 

SipOépa, as, (Ségw to tan) a tanned 
or prepared skin, a leathern bag or 
pouch, 1.5.10: v. 2.12. Der. pipH- 
THERIA. 

L8ubGepivos, 7, ov, made of skins, 
leathern, ii. 4. 28. 

Si-dpos, ov, 6, (dis, pépw) a seat, 
originally for two, as in the old char- 
iot for the warrior and the driver, 
1.820% wii: 3.-29. 


Sixa adv., (dis) im two, asunder : 


dixa mrovetv to divide, vi. 4. 11. 
18xdfo, dow, to divide or separate, 
intrans., iv. 8. 18 ? 

Supdw (contr. -a, -7s, -7),* jow, dedi- 
wnka, (diva thirst) to thirst, be thirsty, 
Byer: 

| Stwktéos, a, ov, to be pursued: dw- 
Kréov éotiv ut is necessary to pursue, 
chase must be given, iil. 3. 8. 

StdKkw,* wew, oftener wEouar, dediw- 
xa, (diw to run away, flee) to make 
flee or run, pursue, chase, give chase, 
drive or follow as an enemy, A. eis, 
&c., 1.4.78; 5.28; 8.21: as intrans., 
to hasten or gallop off, vil. 2. 20. 

{Stwéts, ews, 7, act of pursuing, pur- 
suit, ili. 4. 5. 

+ Stapué, uxos, 7, (dt-optrTw) a canal, 
trench; Uxfidie. 1e-4.03, 17. 

T8dypa, aros, 76, a decree, ordinance, 
DOGMA, lii. 3.5: vi. 4.11; 6. 8, 27. 

So0Fvar, Soinv, see didwus, ii. 3. 25. 

Soxéw,* dEw, Seddxnxa poet., (1) of 
the action of the mind itself, to think, 
suppose, tmagine, expect, 1. (A.), i. 7. 
1; 8.2: dedoyuévos thought best, ap-|v 


36 





Soprrynords 


viw, dpwpvxa, to dig|proved, determined, resolved on, voted, 


iii. 2. 39: rovrous ri [sc. mwabety] do- 
kere; what do you think [these suf- 


fered] was the case with these? v.7. 26: 
— (2) of the action of au object upon 
the mind, fo seem, appear, Lat. vide- 
or; to seem good, best, expedient, right, 
proper; to be approved, determined, 
resolved on, adopted, or voted; both 
personally and impersonally, and with 
the former construction for the latter 
(the two combined, iii. 1. 112), 573; 
D. I. (A.; the inf. often supplied fr. 
the context); 1.2.4; a itis ieee: 
4. 7,15: ddfav rabra [se. roreiv fr. the 
context, or see 502] i having been 
voted to pursue this course, or this re- 
solved on, 675 a, iv. 1.13. With the 
uses 1 and 2, compare J think and me- 
thinks = me-seems = it seems to me. 
Aoxéw is much used for greater mod- 
esty or courtesy of expression, i. 3.12; 
7. 4 (aicxtvecOai por Sox@, me-thinks I 
am ashamed): iii. 1. 388; ef. 7om, 654. 

Soxipdatea, dow, (ddximos accepted on 
proof, fr. déxouat) to approve on ex- 
amination, ili. 3. 20. 

Sdédtos, a, ov, (dddos) deceitful, 
treacherous, perjidious, i. 4. 7 2 

SdAtxos, ov, 6, the long race, pro- 
tracted to several miles, by an exten- 
sion of the course, or a repetition of 
it, 1V28. BF 

SdXos, ov, 6, dolus, a wile, fraud, 
deceit, treachery, v. 6. 

Addo, OT 0S, 0, @ Dolopian. The Do- 
lopes were a rude but hardy tribe, 
living on both sides of the southern 
range of Mt. Pindus. i. 2. 6. 

T8dEa, ns, opinion, expectation; repu- 
tation, credit, glory, eis: 11.1.18: vi. 
1.21; 5.14. Der. onTHO-DOXY. 

tSoéate, dow, to commend, extol, A., 
vi. 1. 32? 

Sdéas, SdEw, see Joxéw, J. 3. 20; 4.15. 

Sopatiov, ov, 7d, (dim. of dépu) a 
short spear, of special use in carrying 
booty or baggage, yet also used as a 
weapon, vi. 4. 23. 

SopKds, ddos, 7, (dépxouar, pf. dédop- 
xa, to look keenly) a small, swift, and 
beautiful antelope, so named from the 
lustre of its eye, a gazelle, 1. 5.2: v. 
3.10. Hence prop. name Dorcas. 

Soptrynorés, ov, or Sépryoros, ov, 6, 
(Séprov supper) supper-time, i. 10.17: 

. lL, ddpmioros. 





Sdpu 


Sdpv,* Sdparos, 76, (cf. dpds oak) a 
beam or large stick, the shaft of a 
spear; hence comm. a spear, lance, 
pike, Lat. hasta. The common spear 
of the Greek hoplite consisted of a 
long wooden shaft, with a sharp steel 
point (aixu), and upon the reverse 
end an iron spike (savpwr%p) for thrust- 
ing the spear into the ground in time 
of rest. ‘Em dopu [spear-ward ] to the 
right, since the spear was carried in 
the right hand ; cf. rap domidas. i. 
See iin 9.7: iv. 3. 29; 7. 16. 

1 8opv-dp0s, ov, 6, (pépw) a spear- 
bearer, spear-man, a forager carrying 
a spear, v. 2.4: cf. Sopdrwov. 

TSovreta, as, slavery, servitude, bond- 
age, subjection, vii. 7. 32. 

TSovdetw, ecw, SedovrevKa, to be a 
slave, iv. 8. 4. 

SodXos, ov, 6, (5éw to bind) a slave, 
bondman, bond-servant; under an ab- 
solute government, a subject ; 1.9.15, 
28. 5. 02, 38 2 ii. 1. 17. 

Sodvat, Sovs, see didwus, i. 2. 12. 

TSovtréw,* now, 5é50uTra, ch. Ep., to 
make a din, to clash, D. of instrument, 
mpds, i. 8. 18. Onomatopoetic. 

Sotmos, ov, 6, ch. poet., a loud 
noise, din, uproar, hubbub, ii. 2. 19. 

Apakoyttos, ov, Dracontius, a Spar- 
tan exile, iv. 8. 25: vi. 6. 30. 

Spapouut, Spapotpar, see tpéxw. 

TSpetravy-ddpos, ov, (pépw) scythe- 
bearing, scythe-armed, i.7.10s; 8.10. 

Spétravov, ov, 7d, or poet.Speravy, 75, 
(dpémw to pluck) a scythe, sickle, 1.8.10. 

Apitar, ay, the Drile, a warlike 
people dwelling near Trebizond,v.2.1s. 

Spopos, ov, 0, (tTpéxw, pf. dédpoua) 
the act or place of running; a run, 
running, race; race-course: dpiuw 
upon the run, as in a race, at Sell 
speed, rapidly : Opomos éyévero Tots 
otparworats the soldiers began to run, 
456) paw 17; 8. 18 sx iv..8. 25s; 

Sivapat, * puede dedvvnuat, ipf. 
eduvdunv or Hnovvdunv, a. p. edvvnOny, 
HovvyAOnv, or r. éduvdcOny, to be able 
(can), have power, 1. (often under- 
stood); hence elliptically, to be strong 
or powerful; to be equal or equivalent 
ta, to, medn, Ady 401,45 5:65 7.5: 
ii. 2.12s: iv. 5.11s: of uéyoroyr (or 
wéytora) Suvdwevor [sc. rocety| the most 
powerful, ii. 6.21: od« eduvdunv Shy 
LI could not (consent to) live, vil. 2. 33. 


37 


Suctropla 


It is often used or to be supplied with 
a rel. and superl., 553¢: ws udduora 
édvvaTo émixpuTTouevos [concealing it 
as he best could] as secretly as possible, 
1.1.6; 7 éd0varo TaxLoTAa [as he could 
most rapidly] as rapidly as he could, 
1.2.4; ws dy dvvynrac mreiorovs as 
many as he could, i. 6. 3. 

{Sbvapis, ews, 7, ability, power, 
might, strength, force ; military force, 
forces, troops, army (so pl. 1. 5. 9): 
kara or eis dvvauww according to or to 
the extent of one’s ability: 1.1.6; 6. 
7: i. 3. 23: 11.2.9. Der. DYNAMIC. 

L8vvarrns, ov, a chief or powerful 
man, lord, nobleman, i. 2.20. Der. 
DYNASTY. 

{8uvards, 7, dv, c., S., actively, able, 
competent, powerful, strong, 1.3; pas- 
sively, possible, practicable, feasible, 
Dies WSO sO A Hal, Ce 8A Oe iv: 
1. 12, 24: é« rév dwaray from [the 
possibles] the means in their power, 
iv. 2. 23. It is often used or to be 
supplied with a rel. and superl., 553¢: 
H Suvarov uaduora [so as is possible, 
most implicitly] as inuplicitly as pos- 
sible, 1.3.15; 6re aT apacKkevacT OT aTov 
[according to what is possible, most 
unprepared | as unprepared as possible, 
8rt weiaTous as many as possible, 1.1. 
6; ws TaxLoTa TopeverOax to proceed as 
speedily as possible, 1. 3. 14. 

Svw,* dvcw, to make enter, put on: 
hence Siva & Svopar, S¥couat, SdvKa, 
2a. éduv, of the sun, to enter the 
western sea, to set, 1.10.15: 11. 2. 3. 

Sv0,* dvoly, or, w. plur. nouns, 
indeel duo; .1rwo,,-1...1. J): 1, 203%: 
Vii6, Las yu. 5..9< 6. 1.) Der: puAg 

[Svo--* inseparable particle, </, mis-, 
un-, DYS-, with difficulty. | 

Sic-Bartos, ov, difficult of access, 
v. 2,2: iv. 1. 25? 

Sve-idBatos, ov, difficult to pass, 
vi. 5.19? 

Svopn, 7s, (SUvw) usu. in pl., setting 
of the sun ; 7Atov ducpat sun-set ; Vi 
4.26; 5. 32: vil. 3. 34. 

Suo-mapitos, ov, (rdp-eyue to pass) 
hard or difficult to pass, iv.1.25: v.10. 
duomdpiatos (for dvompéoiros difficult 
of access ?) or d0cBaros. 

Suc-mdpevtos, ov, (ropedw) difficult 
of passage or to pass, D., 1. 5. 7. 

{8veopla, as, difficulty of crossing, 
difficult passage, G., iv. 3. 7. 


Sio7ropos 


38 


eyo 


Sio-topos, ov, difficult of passage, |& 2 pf. yéyova, to take place, be pro- 
hard to cross, 11. 5.9: v. 1. 13: vi. 5.12. | duced, or arise in, D., v. 8. 3. 


Sio-xpnoTos, ov, (xpdoua) hard to 
use or manage, of little use, unservice- 
able, ili. 4. 19. 


1&y-yovos, ou, 6, adescendant, iii.2.14 ? 
éyyvde,* jow, ayyinka, (éy-yin a 
pledge in hand, fr. yviov limb, hand) 


Suc-xopia, as, (xGpos) the rugged-;to put in hand, pledge: M. to pledge 
ness or difficulty of the country, diffi-| one’s self, engage, promise, I. (A)., Vii. 
4.13 


cult ground, ili. 5. 16. 
Sa, Sdow, see didaue, i. 7. 7. 
$0-Seka indecl., (dv0, déxa) twelve, 
oe TOR yee: 

TSapéopar, joouar, dedWpnuat, to make 
or give a present, to present, give, A. 
D., Vil. o 18,268 5°5.3 

TSwpo-Sokéw, How, (Séxouar) fo receive 
a gift, take a bribe, vii. 6. 17. 

Sapov, ov, (didwur) a gift, present, 
reward, i. 2.27; 9.14, 22: 11.1. 10. 


E. 


éq, éav, &c., see édw, ili. 3. 3. 
es 


téyyvGev adv., from nigh at hand, 
iv. 2. 27. 
éyyis* adv., c. & s. éyyurepor, 
TaTa, Or Tépw, TATW, near, nigh, close 
at hand, G.; nearly, closely: superl. 
w. art. the nearest, last: i. 8.8; 10. 
10: ii. 2.11, 16s; 4.1: iv. 2. 28. 
éyelpw,* éyepd, éyiryepxa 1., to wake 
another : 2 pf. pret. éyp7yopa to be or 
keep awake, keep watch, iv. 6. 22. 
éyevopyy, éytyvopny, see yiyvouat. 
éy-Kadéw,* Kkahéow Kad, KéxAnKa, 
to call upon as responsible, make a 
demand upon, charge, blame, throw 
the blame upon, find fault with, D. 


€dAwKa, eddy, see ddicxouas, iii.4.8.|}CP.; to call upon one for, demand, A.; 
éav,* (ef, dv) contr. qv or “ay, conj. | vii. 5. 7; 7. 33, 44, 47. 


followed by the subj., if perhaps, if 


haply, tf, in case that: éa py tf not, 
unless, except: édv Te. . édv Te [both 
if .. and if] whether .. or: i738. 14, 
ae ysycia Soe! Wy BRS pbs Mies ers es 
— fédv-rep, if indeed, if only, iv. 6.17? 
éapi{e, icw 1@,-(€ap ver, spring) to 
pass or spend the spring, iii. 5. 15. 
€-avtod,* 7s, contr. attod, 7js, refl. 
pron., (€ him, avdros) sui, of himself, 
herself, itself, ch. used when the reflex 
reference is emphatic or direct. 
the gen., it often supplies the place 
of a possessive pron. (suus): of €auvTod 
his own men, Ta éavtay their own 
affairs, interests, or possessions. 1. 1. 
5s 27, 15: a. te 6. Pie foreman: 
Tod or gavTod, 539d, vi. 6. 15: vii. 5. 
5: often for a’rod, or the converse. 
édw,* édow, efixa, ipf. eiwy, to per- 
mit, allow, suffer, let, A. 1.: to let be, 
let alone, leave, dismiss, have nothing 
to do with, A. D.: ovx éav to forbid, 
prohibit, protest, 6861: 1.4.7, 93; 9. 
LS vite. 274.91 O's) 20 2a: 
TéBSopqxovra indecl., seventy, iv.7.8. 
€BSopos, 7, ov, (Era) seventh, vi. 2.12. 
*EBotéApces or “EBokLéptos, ov, v. 7. 
for ’ABpofgéXuns, vii. 6. 43. 
éy-, the form which év takes in 
compos. before a palatal, 150. 
éy-ylyvopat,* yevyjcoua, yeyévynuat 


Int 


éy-KadtrTo, vw, Kexdduga l., (Ka- 
AUTTw to wrap, cover) to wrap up ina 
covering, A., iv. 5. 19. 

éy-Kepat,* xeicouat, to lie in or 
therein, iv. 5. 26. 

éy-KéXeveTos, ov, (kehevw) wrged on, 
instructed, incited, bidden, i. 3. 13. 

éy-Kéados, ov, 6, (xepadn) the brain; 
the brain, crown, or cabbage of the 
palm, a large cabbage-like bud at the 
top of the stalk, ii. 3. 16. 
éy-Kpatys, és, (kpdros) im power 
over, in possession of, master of, G., 1. 
yt ee fee oe 

¢yvaxa, tyvav, éyvacOyv, see yey- 
vookw, 1.3.2: i A, BA aie 

éypjyopa, -elv, see évyelpw, iv. 6. 22. 

éy-xadtvdo, wow, pf. p. Kexadtivw- 
pat, to put a bit in the mouth of, zo 
bridle, A., Vil. 2. 21; 7. 6. 

éy-xerpew, jow, éy-Kexelpnxa, (xelp) 
to take in hand, undertake, make an 
attempt, v. 1. 8. 

éy-xeipiiov, ov, 76, (xelp) @ hand- 
knife, dagger, iv. 3. 12. 

éy-xerpttw, low 1, Kexelpixa, (xelp) 
to put in the hands of another, commit, 
entrust, A. D., iil. 2. 8. 

éy-xéw,* f. xéw or xed, KéxuKa, (xéw 
to pour) to pour in wine for a libation, 
D., VSS 

éya,* éuod or mod, pl. quets, (the 





tywye 


forms beginning w. é- having comm. 
some emphasis, and those w. p- being 
enclitic) ego, mei, nos, J, we, 1. 3. 3, 
5s: mpds ue for mpds éué, 788 e, iii. 2. 
2: quads = éué, 1.7.7: e€yquac by cra- 
sis for éyw oiuat, I think, ili. 1. 35? 
Der. EGOTISM. 
léya-ye,* euod ye, Euovye, Eueve or 
eué ye, equidem, I at least, I for my 
part, I certainly, i. 4. 8: vii. 1. 30. 
er, eSeiro, see déw, 1.5.14: iv.1.138. 
evra, eSedolKerv, see deidw, 1. 10. 9. 
é57Soxa, see éciw, iv. 8. 20. 
éddxovv, ofa, see doxéw, i. 3. 20. 
epapov, see Tpéxw, iv. 3. 33. 
€wxa, Somayv, see didwur, i. 2. 27. 
elev, ef, see (dw, 1.5.5: v. 8. 10. 
TeBeAovTijs, ov, 6, a voluntecr; as adj. 
voluntary, willing, of one’s own accord, 
2070 iv. 1726's. 
TeXovri adv., willingly, iii. 3. 18 ? 
TéBeXotcros, a, ov, voluntary, of one’s 
own accord, iv. 6.19: vi. 5. 14. 
e0Zda,* eA now, HOEANKa, by ashorter 
but less frequent form 0éA, bed7ow, 
to be willing, consent, wish, desire, 
wil, choose, please, prefer, 1., TL: ovK 
€0éhw, LT am not willing, I will not, 
I refuse: €0é\wv w. adverbial force, 
wilmngly: 1.2.26; 3.6,8; 9.13s: 
iv. 4.5: vi. 2.6. “Hdé\w and BovAouar 
are nearly synonymous and may be 
often interchanged ; yet, in strict dis- 
tinction, €6é\w expresses the wish or 
wil more as a feeling, and Bovdouat 
more as a rational purpose or prefer- 
ence. Simple inclination, acquiescence, 
or desire is rather expressed by €0édw, 


39 


eipt 


whatever, 639, 1.5.1; 6.15 Kal ef Tus 
viow and a few perhaps by sickness, 
v.3.3: kai el, ef kai even tf, although, 
though, iii. 2. 22,24: vi.6.27:— eas 
complem., if, whether, whether not, 
1, 3.5; 10. 5:-iil. 2. 22; so elliptical- 
ly, to see or try tf, to ascertain whether, 
tn OS MO ae 
ela, cidora, see édw, 1.4.7; 9.13, 18. 
elSov, cide, ciSévar, cidas, &c., see 
opdw. Cf. video, Sans. vid, to wit. 
JetSos, cos, 76, appearance, form, 
beauty, ii. 3. 16. 
elnv, einoay or elev, see efui, i. 1. 5. 
eikafew,* dow, etkaxa l., pf. p. etka- 
(TMat or yKacuat, to make like, liken, 
A.; to think likely, conjecture, sup- 
ose, <estumate., Az, (x.), 1.6.00, il > 10; 
16: pf. p. to have been made like, to 
resemble, D., Vv. 3.12; 4.12:—2 pf. 
pret. gorxa, 2 plup. éaxev, to be like, 
resemble, seem like, D.; to seem; li. 1. 
155 25 18: 
jeixds, dros, (neut. pt. of eixa = Zorka) 
likely, probable, reasonable, proper, 
natural, w. frequent ellipsis of éo7i or 
v, 1. (A.): 76 eixds the likelihood, prob- 
CULiity, eA. 2. L9eoS. Gy ii, 12k, 
etkoot(v) indecl., twenty, 1. 2. 5, 8. 
eixdTws ady., (eixds) reasonably, nat- 
urally, with good reason, i. 2. 3. 
etAnoa, -ev, see AauBdvw, iv. 5. 35. 
etAnXa, -elv, See Aayxdvw, iv. 5. 24. 
eiAkoy, see €Axw, iv. 2. 28: v. 2.15. 
eihouny, etAov, see aipéw, 1.3.5; 9.9. 
eipi,* Coowar (3 sing. état), ipf. Fy, 
sum, to be, exist, the chief substantive 
verb, variously translated acc. to the 





and plan or determination by Bovt)o- 
par: ef vets E0€NeTE EFopuay, ErecBar 
Bovrouar tf you are willing to take the 
lead, I am resolved to follow, ili. 1. 25: 
Ow. os 20-7) 27s. 

eeuny, €OnKxa, see TiOnu, i. 5. 14. 

€Bvos, cos, 76, a nation, tribe: Kara 
€0vy or €Ovos, according to their nations 
or tribes, by nations or tribes: i. 8.9: 
lv. 5. 28: v. 5.5. Der. rTHNo-Loey. 

ei * conj. (becoming édy before the 
subj., 619 a), si, if, supposing, provid- 
ed, in case that, 1.2.2: ei wh nisi, if 
not, unless, except, 1.4.18: iv. 2.4: 
el 0€ wy but if not, otherwise, used even 
after negative sentences, ii. 2. 2: iv. 
3.6: et Tis if any, sometimes, as a 
more moderate form of expression, 
supplying the place of éc7ts whoever, 





context, 1.1.4: w. GEN., fo be of or 
one’s, belong to; be the property or part 
Oj ORAS a. AAO; 442, 14.1565 1A. 
4,9; dvTa Td efpos trEOpou being [of | 
a plethron in width, 1. 4.9: W. DAT., 
to be to or for (where have is frequent 
in translation, 459), i. 2. 7; 3. 21: w. 
a PART., often a stronger form of ex- 
pression for the simple verb, 679, il. 
2.13; 3.10: 7a dvra the things be- 
ing, facts, effects, possessions, iv. 4.15: 
vil.. 8. 22: r@ dvre in reality or fact, 
really, v. 4. 20. — Its IMPERS. -use 
(which may usu. be also explained 
personally, 571 f, h) is extensive : éo7t 
there is or it is, it ts possible, the part 
Opec (A) eS 2Sauaie I. Oly often: 
w. a neut. adj. sing. or pl., as d7X\ov 


ill. 3. 6, dBara ili. 4. 49: w. a relative, 


elt 


often forming a complex indefinite, |i 
559 a, as ore “8” éorus but there is who 
= but some one, 1. 8. 20, qv ots = some, 
i. 5. 7, €00 dre there is when = some- 
times, ii. 6.9; and negatively, ovx jv 
Bmou there was [not where] no place 
where, iv. 5.31 (cf. ii. 3. 23), odK éorw 
drws [there is not how] 7 cannot be 
that, ii. 4. 3 (ef. the personal use rodr 
éorw 8rws ; is this possible, how ? is 
at possible that? v. 7.7): 76 kata Tod- 
Tov elvat so far as regards him, 76 ae 
eivat for the present, 665 b, 1. 6. 9: ili 
2. 387. — For the accent of the oe 
ind., see 787 ©, 788 a, b, d, f. 

elt, * ipf. yew or fa, to go, come ; 
the pres. regularly used in the ind., 
and sometimes in other modes, as fut. 
(ctuc Lam going = I shall go, cf. épxo- 
Ma): imy. tc age, come/ AE., D. did, els, 
Ene, wer: i 21s Be eds ive 
6.12: vil. 2.26. For WZ, teuar, see tinue. 

eltra, ettrov, see Pyul, 1.3.7: ii. 1. 21. 

ei-trep 7f indeed, tf in fact or really, 
pee ies Uae: a re mod UL 

eitropyy, see Exouat, iil. 4. 18. 

elpyw or elpyw,* p&w, to bar, debar, 
, Shut im or out, hem in, exclude, keep 
off, prevent, A. amd, éxk: M. to shut 
one’s self out, get one’s self excluded: 
WAI 2s. 8.4 ON Wie SG. LG: 

elpyka, elpnpar, see pnul, 1. 2. 5. 

eipqvn, 7s, (cipw to join, or to talk) 
peace, | ft .6.°2, 62a 7s 

¢is,* sometimes é és, (€v-s,688 d) prep., 
w. Acc. of place, znto, more briefly to 
or in; at, on, or upon ; [to go into] 
for; sometimes for év by const. preg. 
704a;i1.1.2s; 2. 2s, 24: so of state 
or action, ii. 6.17: iii. 1. 48:— ofa col- 
lection of persons or things, amona, to, 
into the land of, against, 1.1.11; 6. 
7: ii. 2.20: v. 6. 27s: — of time, fin 
passing into] on or upon, in, at, i. 7. 
1: ii. 1.17: i. 1. 3:— of number or 
measure, up to, even to, to the number, 
extent, or depth of, 1.1.10: ii. 3. 23: 
vi 4.16; els dpOoviay [to] in abun- 
dance, abundantly, vii. 1. 33; els Sto 
two by two, il. 4.26; els éxrw eight deep, 
vii. 1. 23: —of aim, end, result, ob- 
ject of reference, &c., for, in respect 
to, concerning, 1. 1.9; 3.3; 9.5, 16, 23: 
ii. 6. 30. In compos., into, in, &c. 

eis,* pla, &v, g. évds, ads, one, a 
single one, an individual ; used more 
strictly as a numeral than one in Eng. ; 


40 


eloépw 


2.6; 9.22: Kad’ &a one by one, 
a , iv. 7.8: els Tes any single one, 
eis Exaoros cach individual, each sin- 
gly, i. 1s. 19°: vic GOLZ 20: 

clo-dyw,* diw, Fxa, 2a. Hyayov, a 
p. BxOnv, to lead or bring into or in, 
A. els, arpos, 1.6. 11? wakes 

ceis-akovTitw, low 1, to throw or 
hurl darts in, vii. 4. 15. 

eio-Balve,* Bicowar, BéBynxa, 2 a. 
éBnv, to go into a vessel, embark, eis, 

i anol? 

eio-BddAdAw,* Bard, BéBAnka, 2 a. 
€Bddov, to throw one’s self into, effect 
an entrance or make an irruption into, 
enter ; of streams, to empty into ; eis ; 
1. 2. 21 07.154 wae 

eis-BiBdto, BiBdow BiB, to put into 
or on board a vessel, A., v. 3. 1. 

eio-Bodn, js, (eio- “BddAw) irruption, 
entrance, pass, i. 2. 21: v. 6. 7. 

cio-Bdopat, * dvcoua, to enter or sink 
into, eis, iv. 5. 14. 

clo-épajiov, -Spapay, see ela-rpéxw. 

elo--erp,* ipf. yeu, (ius q. V. ) to go 
or come into or in, enter, eis, mapa: to 
enter one’s mind, occupy one’s thoughts, 
A. OP. 4s 7. 82 Wis EOE eee 

cio-ceAatve,* éd\dow €AG, €AjAaKa, 
a. Hraca, to ride tnto, enter, eis, 1.2.26. 

eio--eN ety, see ela-épyouar, i. 2. 21. 

eio-Epxopat,* edevtoua, éAjdvOa, 
2a. #\Oov, to come or go wto or in, 
to penetrate into, enter, ets, émi, 1. 2. 21: 
iv. 8: 13: vi. L2G 

clo-Telv, -Teway or -yoav, see eic- 
Cult, Ws hei Se 

eio-fAraca, see elc-eMavvw, 1. 2. 26. 

celo-nvexOnv, see eio-pépw, i. 6. 11? 

elo-HXOnv, see eio-dyuw, 1. 6. 11 ? 

elo-od0s, ov, 7, a way in, entrance, 
els, iV. 2. 32 Vie Dae 

eloopar, see opdw, 1. 4. 15. 

clo-Tyddw, Aooual, mer7idnKa, a. 
éryonaa, (nddw to leap) to leap into, 
eis, 12.5.8; 

cio-trlarre, * recotua, TéemTwKa, 2a. 
érecov, to fall into or upon, burst or 
rush into, eis, i. 10. 1: vu. 1. 275 29. 

cio-Téw,* mrevoouat, mémeuvKa, to 
satl into, eis, vi. 4. 1. 

clo--tropevouat, evoouat, meTopevpat, 
to march into, eis, iv. 7. 27 2 

eloryketv or ExTHKelv, See Lorne. 

elo-Tpéxw,* Opawotuar, dedpdunxa, 
2a. €Spapov, to run into or i, v. 2.16. 
clo--épw,* olow, evjvoxa, a. HveyKa 


eloopéw 


or -ov, a. p. WvéxOny, to bring or carry 
into or in, A. D., ets, 1.6.11? vii. 3. 21. 
elo-opéw, ow, mepipyxa, to bring 
into, A. eis, iv. 6. 1. 
ciow, sometimes tow, ady., (els or 
és) within, inside of, G., 1. 2.21; 4. 5. 
cio-w0éw,* dow, fo push into or in, 
trans.: WM. intrans., v. 2. 18? 
eita adv., (ei Ta if those things are, 
cf. #mecra) then, in that case, there- 
upon, after that, next, 1. 2. 16, 25. 
ei-Te . . ei-Te Si-ve .. 
.. and if, whether . . or, 1.1.14: iii. 
1.40; 2.7. See ei. 
elxov, eixduny, see Exw, i. 1. 6. 
eiw8a,* J [have accustomed myself] 
am wont or accustomed, 1.; intrans. 
2 pf. pret. of é0ifw, iow 1G, eiOcxa, to 
accustom : 2 plup. eiwOecv, vii. 8. 4. 
elwyv, elas, ela, see dw, i. 4. 9. 
éx, the form which the prep. éé takes 
before a consonant, 165, 1. 1. 6. 
téxaotaxdoe in each direction, ill. 5. 
17. 
éxaotos, 7, ov, (see éxdtepos) quis- 
que, each of more than two, every, 
each or every one; pl. several, respec- 
tive, cach body, all, or translated as 
sing. or like an adv. (severally). Its 
sing. is often joined, esp. through ap- 
position, with a plural. i.1.6; 2.15; 
econo it, 2. 17: v.-5. 5. 
léxaorote at cach time, uniformly, 
always, ii. 4. 10. 
€ka7epos, a, ov, (a compar. in form 
W. €xaoTos as sup., perhaps derived fr. 
eis, 376, d) uterque, each of two; pl. 
both, each party, or translated as sing. : 
Kad’ éxdrepa on each side, G.: 1. 8. 27: 
me Pe 2 v5 2556. 7: vie 1. 9. 
Léxatépw8ev from or on each or both 
eee. to. 22) Vi 4.3 5.5. 25. 
léxatépwoe to each side of two, in 
both directions, i. 8. 14 ? 
éxarov indecl., @ hundred, i. 2. 25. 
“Exat-avupos, ov, Hecatonymus, an 
envoy to the Cyreans from SinGpe, v. 
bod <b: 3. 
éx-Batva,* Bicouar, BéBnKa, 2 a. 
EB, to go out, forth, or aside, from a 
road, valley, river, vessel, &c.; to sally 
forth; to disembark ; eis, &c.; iv. 2.1, 
1, 25s; 3. 3, 23.2 v. 4 11. 
éx-BadrXw, * Bar, BEBAnKa, 2 a. EBa- 
ov, a. p. EBANOn, to throw or cast out 
or away (out of one’s hands, quiver, 
&c.); to drive out, banish, expel ; éé, 


41 


exkAnord{o 


Sgehe pe HAG yn 116: 
6. Cf. éx-rirrw = passive. 
éx-Baots, ews, 7, (€x-Baivw) egress, 
outlet, passage, pass, iv. 1.20; 2. 1s. 
*ExBatava, wy, ta, Ecbatana (also 
written Agbatana, and Achmetha, Ez- 
ra 6. 2) the capital of Media, favorably 
situated for coolness and good air, 
and containing the strongly fortified 
and magnificent summer residence of 
the Persian king, ii. 4. 25: ii. 5. 15. 


> 
€ 
5. 


si-ve, both if} || Hamadan. 


éx-BAnGetnyv, see €x-Bddrw, vii. 5. 6. 

éx-BonSéw, yow, BonOynxa, to rush or 
come forth to the rescue, €& vil. 8. 15. 

&«-yovos, ov, (yiyvouat) born from : 
ot éxyovo. the descendants: Ta Exyova 
the young of animals: iii. 2.14? iv. 
5. 25 ? 

éx-SeSpapnka, éx-Spapav, see éx-Tpé- 
yo; Vv. 24175 4.16, 

éx-Sépw,* dep, a. edepa, (dépw to 
skin) to take out of one’s skin, to flay, 
A., 1.2.8: v. l. éxdeipew. 

&x-SiSwpu,* ddow, dédwxa, pf. p. dé- 
douat, to give forth or up, A.: to give 


forth in marriage, settle with a hus- 


band, A. wapad: iv. 1. 24: vi. 6.10. 
éx-Stve,* Svcouar, déd0Ka, 2 a. ed0, 
to get out of one’s clothes, to strip 
one’s self, iv. 3. 12. 
éxet adv., there, in that place, yon- 
der, 1. 3. 20; 10.8: iv. 1. 24. 
léxetOev thence, from that place or 
region, v. 6. 24. 
léxetvos,* 7, 0, that, that one; often 
as a strong pers. pron., he, she, it ; i. 
1.4; 3.9; 7.18: 111.1.35. See éw-éxewa. 
léxetoe thither, to that place, there 
(= thither), vi. 1. 33; 6. 36. 
exnpvée, -vXx On, see kyptTTw, ii. 2. 21. 
€k-OXiBo,* iw, réOripa 1., (OAiBw 
to squeeze) to press or crowd out, A., lil. 
4. 19s. 
ex-kabaipw, “apa, pf. p. kexdOapuat, 
to cleanse from defilement, burnish ; 
or 
ék-kaduTTe, vw, pf. p. cexdduupar 
(xadvrrw to cover, veil) to un-cover, to 
take the shield out of the leather case 
(cdypa) in which it was commonly 
carried on the march to preserve its 
brightness ; i. 2. 16. 
éxkAnota, as, (€x-Kahéw to call forth) 
a convocation, assembly, 1. 3.2; 4.12. 
LéxkAn orate, * dow, to call an assem- 
bly, v. 6. 37. Der. ECCLESIASTIC. 


éexkAlyo 


eéx-KAtvo,* KAIVO, Kéxexa 1., (KNWw 
clino, to bend) to bend out of line, 
turn to flight, give way, i. 8.19. Cf. 
IN-CLINE. 

éx-kopife, iow w, Kexdpuxa, to bring 
or carry out, to lead out (of the Pon- 
tus, vi. 6. 386): JL. to carry out or off 
forjone:s self = “Al. 15578 suv. 

€k-KOTTH, * Kou, Kexoga, to cut trees 
out of a wood, cut down, fell; to lay 
waste or destroy by cutting down trees ; 
Ace. Aa WOl: tase 0: 

ek-kuBioTde@, jouw, to throw a somer- 
set, a feat often performed among the 
Greeks over swords pointing upwards, 
vi. 1.9. See xuBicrdw. 

éx-Kupatyo, avd, (kdua wave) to 
[wave out of line] bend out or swell 
Sorth like a wave, i. 8. 18. 

éx-Aéyw,* AdEw, eiAoxa, (A€yw lego, 
to LAY, gather) to lay or gather out, 
to pick or single out, select ; so M., more 
subjectively ; A.; ti. 3.11: i. 3. 19: 
v. 6. 20. Der. ECLECTIC. 

éx-deltrw,* Aelw, AéNowra, 2 a. Ede- 
mov, to leave (going out of), quit, 


abandon, desert, forsake, A. eis: of} 


snow, éo disappear: 1.2. 24: ii. 4. 8: 


ivesh. 8293. 9425. 15: Der. BELIPSE.| 


ék-pNptopat, vooua, (unpvoua to 
wind) to wind out; of an army, ¢o 
defile, vi. 5. 22. 

éx-Tréptrw, * réuww, wémouca, to send 
out, conduct forth: M. to send forth 
of one’s own company: A.: lil. 2. 24: 
W221. 

€K-TETATYPal, See Ex-TAITTW. 

ék-TeTTMKwS, See €x-TirTw, 1. 1. 7. 

éx-trepaive, ava, to finish out, fully 
accomplish, A. D., v. 1. 18. 

éx-Teo ov, see €xtimTu, V. 2. 31. 


42 


EKOV 


éx-Téw,* mrevoouat, wémrdevKa, to 
sail out, forth, or away, e. g. out of the 
Pontus, é&,. ti. 6..2': wae dee 

ék-tews, wy, (rréws* full) filled 
out, entirely full, complete, iii. 4. 22. 

€k-TAATTO,* TAREW, TérANYa, pl. p. 
mémAnYyual, 2a. p. ewryynv, but éé- 
erAdynv, to strike out of one’s self- 
possession ; to strike with surprise, 
astonishment, alarm, or terror ; to sur- 
prise, amaze, astonish, confound, con- 
fuse, alarm, terrify > A.g loo. lage 0. 

éx-roddv ady., (zovs) out of the way 
of the feet, owt of the way : €. moe?o Oat 
to put out of the way : 1.6.9: il. 5. 29. 

€k-Topevopat, eVooual, mMemopeuuat, 
to march or go out or forth, v. 1. 8. 

éx-Tropl{w, icw 1, memdpixa, to bring 
out, provide, procure, A. D., v. 6. 19? 

dk-Tapa, aTos, Td, (rivw) drinking- 
cup, beaker, iv. 3.25; 4.21: vil. 3. 18. 

éx-TaGe’s, see éx-Teivw, v. 1. 2. 

éxtaios, a, ov, (Exros) on the sixth 
day, vi. 6. 38. 

€k-T&TTH,* tdéw, réraxa, to draw 
out or wp in battle-order, trans.: J., 
intrans. or refl., v. 4. 122 vii. 1. 24. 

éx-telve,* rTevO, TéTaxa, a. ErTewa, 
a. p. erdOny, to stretch out, ex-tend, A., 
Vil Dien Seas 

éx-Tokedw, evow, to shoot forth ar- 
rows (out of a tower), vii. 8. 14. 

€xTos, 7, ov, (€&) sixth, vi. 2. 12. 

éx-Tpémw,* évw, térpoda, 2 a. mM. 
erpatrouny, to turn out or aside, trans. ; 
M., intrans., 1.5: Th: 

éx-Tpépw,* Opévw, térpopa, 2 a. p. 
érpagny, to bring up (out of child- 
hood), vii. 2. 32. 

€k-TPEXW, * Jpaoduat, dedpdunka, 2a. 
édpauov, to run out or forth, to sally 


éx-1rnSde, jooual, memndnxa, to leap) forth, v. 2.17; 4. 16. 


or spring out or forth, vii. 4. 16. 
éx-TiprAnpe,* m\jow, wérdynKa, to 
fill out or up, A., iil. 4. 22? 
éx-tive, * riowal, mémwKa, 2a. Erior, 
to drink [out] up, A., 1. 9. 25. 
éx-r(trTw,* mecoduat, wémTwKa, 2 a. 
érecov, to fall or be thrown out: out 
of one’s home, to be driven cut, ban- 
ished, or exiled ; ot éxmemTwxétes the 
exiles : of trees, out of their places, to 
fali down: out of the sea, to be thrown 
ashore or wrecked : to throw one’s self 


exTOpyY, See kTdouat, 1. 9. 19. 

éx-halvw,* pavd, répayxa, a. Epnva, 
to show forth, A.: wodeuwov Expaivew to 
make hostile demonstrations, iii. 1. 16. 

éx-hépa,* oicw, evqvoxa, a. HveyKa 
or -ov, to bring or carry out or forth ; 
to report :. é. mwédenov to make open 
war: A. eis, pds: 1.9.11: i. 2. 29. 

éx-hevyw,* pevioua:, wépevya, 2 a. 
épvyov, to flee out of danger, escape, 
A., G. OF 1.507 poss: le ieeuens Geena 

éxdv, odca, dv, g. dvTos, ovans, Will- 


out, rush or hurry out, tumble out :\iag; w. force of adv., willingly, vol- 
é£: 1.1.7: 3.3.10: v.2.17s: vii.5.12s. | wntarily, of free will or one’s own ac- 
éx-mAayels, see éx-rAjrTw, i. 8. 20. cord, 1.1.9; 9.9: i. 4.4: li. 2. 6. 





ehaBov 


traBov, see AauBav, is 2e2ei 
féhata & Att. éAda, as, oliva, an 
OLIVE ; 
gift of "Athena, and sacred to her: 
eae ew. 1.°37. 

éXaov, ov, oleum, OIL, esp. olive-oil, 
feta: v. 4.28: vi. 6. 1. 

eXarroy, * ov, EAAXLOTOS, 7, ov, c. &S. 
of ehaxvs Ep., usu. referred to pexpds 
small, little, or ddéiyos little, few: rov- 
AGhicr-or (=T6 én.) at least : i. 4218: 
meester ye 1. 8:.vis 2. 4s) vi. 1. 27. 

eLatve,* eldow EXO, EA7jAaKa, a. 
Praca, to drive, ride, A.; Intrans., or 
w. immov, &pua, eopleen &c., under- 
stood, to ride, drive, advance, march, | 
charge, AE. bud, Ree: sate Oy 2ochuye ES, | 
Se 10224: iv.7.24. Der. ELASTIC. 
Feddcperos, ov, of a deer: xpéa éhdpera 
deer’s meat, venison, 1. 5. 2. 

thados, ‘ov, 6%, (in Att. 7 as a ge-| 
neric term), @ deer, stag, v. 3. 10. 


LédXadpos, a, ov, [deer-like] light in } ‘EdAnvis, idos, (fem. adj. = 


sag or weight, nimble, agile, il. 3. | 
Oeeiv. 2: 27. 

facabsis lightly, nimbly, with agil- | 
ity, vi. 1.12: vil. 3. 33. 

eXaXLoTos, N, ov, See EAdTTWW, | Dt. 2:28: 

eAéyxo,* éyéw, pf. Pp. eAnACYMaL, a. 
p. HréyxOnv, to examine, question, or | 
inquire, closely ; to convict, prove; A. 
@P., P.; 1.5.27? ii. 5. 14 (A. byattr., 
474b): iv. 1. 28. 

éXeervds, 7), ov, (EXeos pity) piteous, | 
iv. 4. 11? 

éXetv, EXéo Oar, &c., see aipéw. 

€eAifw, iZw, (EXeAeH a war-cry) to 
raise the war-cry, to shout in battle, 
i. 8.18: v. 2.14? 

fheEa, EXEXOnv, see Aéyw, i. 4. 13. 
TédevBepia, as, freedom, liberty, in- 
dependence, 1.7.3: iii. 2.13: vii. 7. 32. 

éhevPepos, a, ov, (édevd-? see Epxo-| 
fat) going and coming at pleasure, | 
Sree, independent, ii. 5. 32: iv. 3. 4. 

€AHPOnv, see hap Baver, ay pel kee 

eGeiv, “OWL, -@, -dv, See Epxomae. 


*EXtodpvy, 7s, v. J. for ‘Aduodpvn, | 


vit G17. 

étko,* éEw, ipf. efrAxov, to draw, 
drag, pull, A., iv. 2.28; 5.32: v. 2.15. 
TEAXds, ddos, 7, Hellas, Greece 
originally, it is said, the name of a 
town or district in southern Thessaly, 
settled by Hellen. The name was 
afterwards so extended as to include 


-ali Greece except the Peloponnesus ; | 


43 


the olive-trec, fabled as the | 


épabov 


and yet further, so as to include not 
only this, but even all the Greek col- 
onies, wherever situated. 1.2.9; 4.7. 





ly to Xenophon, vii. 8. 8. 

"EXAnyv, nvos, 0, Hellen, a Greek ; 
originally, it is said, the name of a 
son of Deucalion, and the father of 
Kolus and Dorus, and grandfather of 
_Acheus and Ion. Passing to his pos- 
terity, it became the general name of 
all the Greeks (Hellénes), while their 
great divisions were named from his 
children and grandchildren. As an 
bead ju5t Grreeles tts Ve. 2. 5°25 4 18 105 7. 
| LeAnViLe, low, to speak Greek, vii. 
3. 25. Der. HELLENIST. 

i ‘EdAnvixds, n, ov, Hellenic, Grecian, 
Gy eck: 7 ‘E\Xnuxov [se. otpdrevpa] 
be Greck army or force : 1.1.6; 8.14s. 
| | EAAnveKes adv., in the Greek lan- 
guage, in Greek, 1. 8. a. 





“EXA7- 
PUN, 235) Grecian, Greek, iv. 8. 22. 
{EAAqveett adv. , (spoken) in Greek, 
vit. 6.8: 
ine EAn otrovtiaKds, 7) , OV, Hellespontic 
or Hellespontian, 1.1.9: v. 2. -uxds, -Los. 
“EAAno-trovros, ov, 6, [the sea of 
Helle, who was here drowned, accord- 
ing to fable, in endeavoring to escape 
‘through the air to Colchis, with her 
brother Phrixus, on the back of a 
golden-fleeced ram] the Hellespont, a 
strait about 40 miles long and from 
1 to 4 miles wide, connecting the 
Propontis and Agean, and separating 
Europe and Asia. It was bridged by 
Xerxes, and was the scene, in the Pelo- 
ponnesian war, of the great naval bat- 
tles of Cynosséma and Agospotami. 
‘The name was also applied to the re- 
gion lying about this strait. i. 1. 9. 
‘||The Dardanelles, or Strait of Gallipoli. 
€Roupe, -ofpny, -dpevos, See aipew. 
Tektite, iow 1, Hrmixa 1., to hope, 
expect, I. (A.), iv. 6.18: vi. 5. 17. 
éXtris, idos, 7, (EArw to give hope) 
hope, expectation : ehiridas Néywv speak- 
ing or expressing hopes: t&v pupiwv 
eAmtdwy wia one [of the 10,000 expec- 


| 





;| tations] chance in ten thousand : G., I. 


(eras Wer as TS195. 5212s i258. 
éX\@yv, see éXavvy, i. 8. 10. 
ép-, the form which the prep. é 
takes in compos. before a labial, 150. 


éualoy, see uavOdvw, v. 2. 25. 





épavTod 


ép.-auTod,* js, refl. pron., (éué, avrds) 
of myself: 4 euavrod apxy my own 
provinec : i. 3. TOS ii yor ZO S=, LO. 


ép-Batve,* Byoouat, péBnca, 2 ax Jire, & 


€Bny, to step or go into ; to go on board, 
embark ; cis, i. 8.17; 4:7: 11.3. 11. 
éu-Baddo,* Bad, BéEBAnKa, 2a. EBa- | 
dov, to throw or thrust in or upon, in-! 
sert ; to inflict blows ; to [thrust in]' 
give fodder to horses; A. D.; 1. 5. 11; 
9. 27: reflexively, to throw one’s self 
anto or upon, fall upon, attack, charge; 
to strike into, invade, enter; €u8dddeuw 
eis avrovs to [enter among them] 7n- 
vade their country; of a river, to empty 
C603 EIS ~ AGD8 378. D4: is Helos; 
ép.-Bas, -Bavrtes, see €u-Baiv, 1. 4. 7. 
ép-PiBdtw, BiBdow BiB, to put into 
or on board a vessel, make one embark, 
Meeiuivnsaled 718: ; 
ép-Bodn, js, (Eu-Baddr\w) an trrup- 
tion, invasion, inroad, entrance, iv. 1.4. 
ép.-BpdvtTytos, ov, (Bpovrdw to thun- 
der, fr. Bpovrn) thunder-struck ; hence, 
stupefied, insane, panic-struck : ill. 4. 
12. ; 
epee, see pve, ite 2. 6; KO; 
épew, * eueow éu@, €unmexa, vomo, 
tv VOMIT, iv. 8. 20. Der. EMETIC. 
eu-péver, * pevO, meuevnka, to remain 
or abide im, eve avid s Wik 
Tends, Thy Ov, MY, mine, i. 6. 6. 
€n.00, enol, eye (by apostr. é’), 
oblique cases of eva, 1. 3. 3, 6; 5. 16: 
ép-tradwy adv., on the return, back- 
wards, back, back again : SO seo 
Aw (by crasis for 7d Euradhw) & eis 
rovpmadw [to that which is on the re- 
tara) aets Wily 5.1S 2 we 1206: 
ép-Tred0w, wow, (rédov the ground) 
to fix in the ground, make firm ; 
hence, to hold fast or sacred, sacredly 
observe, A., iii. 2. 10. 
€p.-Trepos, ov, S., (7retpa) in acquaint- 
ance with, acquainted with, experi- 
enced in, familiar with, G., iv. 5.8: 
v. 6. 4,65 vu: 3..39. Der. EMPIRIC. 
lép-melpas adv., im acquaintance 
with, G.; euTreipws exew to be acquaint- 
ed with, 6.615 
au-mrérroKa, -TET wy, See Eu-TiTTY. 


44 





ép-Tivw,* miouat, mérwxa, to drink 
in, take a drink, vi. 1. 11 ? 

eu-mlardpt or -riprdnp,” rryjow, 
arétKa, a. p. ev-erAHTOn?, to fill into, 
fill up, cover with; to satisfy, content ; 
ALG. 5-Pi5 dT. 80. LO vile 6. 


ev 


ép-mritronpe or -mlnarpnet,* mpiocw, 
TéMpHKA, Aa. ev-€rp7noa., (riparpnu to 
burn) to put fire in, set fire to, set on 
-) iv. 4. 14: vos Se wee Se 
ep-1itrTe,* mecouat, rémTwKa, 2 a. 
éreoov, to fall into, upon, or among ; 
to throw one’s self into ; to attack ; to 
[fall into one’s mind] occur to; D., eis: 
Hi. 2..19:; 3. 18 2) 1 Se 
ep-tews, wr, (rAéws* full) filled in 
with, full of, abounding ia, G.,i. 2.22? 
Tép-roditw, (cw 1, im-pedio, to IM- 
PEDE, hinder, be in the way of, A., iv. 
3. 29. 
tép-1d8.0s, ov, in the way, presenting 
an obstacle, D., vii. 8. 3s. 
ép-rodav adv., (év roday 66@) in the 
way of the feet : éuodav eivax to be in 
the way, hinder, prevent, D. 1. (w. 76 
or Tov), 111. 1.13: iv. 8: 142 Foe 
ép.-Trovéw, How, memoinka, to create or 
produce in, inspire in, impress upon, 
D. A., CP., 11. 6:8, 19> ieee 
éu-Tokdew, Now, jumddnka, (akin to 
mwdéw) to obtain or realize from a sale, 
ws, va 5. A? 
Tépardptov, ov, a place of trade, EM- 
PORIUM, mart, 1. 4. 6. 
ép-Tropos, ov, 0, a person on a jour- 
ney for trade, a merchant, v. 6. 19. 
ép-tpoo ev adv., in front, before (in 
place or time), G., i. 8. 23: vil. 7. 36: 
6 €. the foregoing, preceding, or past, 


ii. 1. 1: of é. those in front, iv. 3.14: 
Ta &. the fore parts or places in front, 


v. 4. 32: vi. 3. 14. 
€p-Trohew, now, to sell, obtain by sale, 
A., vii. 5. 4? 
ép.-ayetv 2 aor. (ev-Epayor, El pay, 
out, &c.; see éoSiw, the pr. €v-erbia) 
not being in use), - take in food, eat 
a little or hastily, A., iv. 2.1; 5. 8. 
€p- davis, és, (patra) shining in, 
manifest: é€v T@ eupaver in public, 
publicly, openly, ii, Se. Doe 
ee ~paves openly, v. 4, 33. 
prep., Lat. im w. abl., IN: w. 
dae of place or persons, in, within, 
a ‘upon, at, among, 1-1. 6S; 5.456. 
1: iv.7.9; év BaBvAG [in the region 
of B. Jat or near B., v.5. 4:— of time, 
in, at, on; during, ‘within ; €v ToUT@ 
[se. xpove] in or during this time, 
meanwhile; év @ during which time, 
or [in the time when, 5574] while, 
whilst ; i. 2.20; 5. 1bs¢ 7. Leg etOn ee 
—of state, manner, means, instru- 





oo 


éy 


ment, &c., in, under, with, i. 3. 21; 
7. 20; 9.1: iv.3.7s. In compos. (ép- 
before a labial, and éy- bef. a palatal, 
150), in, into (698 d"), among, upon, at. 
év, évds, évi, see eis, i. 9.12: vii. 5. 4. 
év-ayKvAdo, 7ow, (dyKv\y, see duay- 
kuAdouar) to [pur in a] fit with a thong, 
iv. 2. 28. 
tévayTidopar, woouat, qvavTiwduat, to 
oppose, withstand, D. epi or G., vil. 6. 5. 
év-ayTios, a, ov, on the opposite side, 
opposite, opposed to, contrary, hostile 
to; im an opposite direction ; over 
against, against, in front of, before, in 
one’s face; often w. an adv. force: 
oi évavtioe the enemy: €x Tov évavtiov 
[from] on the opposite side: ravavria 
= Ta évaytia) in the opposite direc- 
tion, &e.: rovrou évayrioy in this man’s 
presence: D.,G., #:1.8.23? ili. 2.10: 
iv. 3. 28,32; 7.5: v. 8. 24: vii. 6. 23. 
év-aTTw, dww, to set on fire, set fire 
to, kindle, A., v. 2. 24s? 
évatos, later évvaros, 7, ov, (évvéa 
q. Vv.) ninth, iv. 5. 24. 
év-avArCfopar, icouat, nUAucwar L., a. 
p. nuricOnv, to en-camp, lodge for the 
night, vii. 7. 8. 
évSern, as, (€v-déw) need, want, pov- 
erty, lack of provisions, i. 10. 18. 
év-Selkvupn,* deiEw, Séderya, in-dico, 
to in-dicate, express; M. to show or ex- 
press one’s own feelings, A., vi. 1. 19. 
év-SéxaTos, 7, ov, (é-dexa eleven) 
eleventh, i. 7. 18. 
év-Séw,* dejow, dedénxa, to lack in 
anything : impers. év-det there is lack 
or need of, G. D.; éwpa mdelovos évdéov 
he saw there [being] was need of more 
expliciiness : M. to lack for one’s own 
supperh,.G.: vi. 1.31: vil.1.41; 3.3? 
éy-Sndos, ov, among evident things, 
evident, manifest, plain; used like 
OjXos w. a participle ; ii. 4. 2; 6. 18. 
év-8yp0s, ov, within a nation, at 
home ; Ta &vdnua the home revenues, 
vil. 1. 27. Der. ENDEMIC. 
év-Sidpros, ov, (Sidpos) sitting on the 
same seat, or at table, with another 
(the Thracians sitting at their meals): 
evdippros subst., a table-companion: 
Wile 2e 33,38: 
tévSo9ev adv., from within, v. 2. 22. 
évSov adv., (év) within, ii. 5. 32. 


ev-8o£0s, ov, (ddéa) in repute, honor-|. 


able, glorious, betokening honor, vi. 1. 
3. 


45 


évOey 


-éy-Siva & éy-BSiopar,* diicoua, dé- 
duka, 2 a. €dvy, (cf. in-duo) to put on 
one’s self, A.: plup. had put on, wore: 
1 Oc Spee, Ls 

év-e-: for augmented forms thus be- 
ginning, look under éy- before a pala- 
tal, and under éu- before a labial. 

év-€Badov, see éu-BdAdw, i. 5. 11. 

év-édpa,, as, (€dpa a scat) a seat with- 
in (in a hidden place), ambush, am- 
buscade, Lat. in-sidie, iv. 7. 22. 

Lévedpeva, evow, a. év-ndpevoa, to form 

or place an ambush, lie in wait, i. 6. 2. 

év-eup,* Ecouar, (etui) to be in or on, 
ev: to be [in a place] there: 1.5.18; 
6. 3: ii. 4. 21s, 27. See éu. 

évexa,* sometimes €vexev (esp. be- 
fore a vowel), adv., for the sake of, on 
account of, for the purpose of, for, G.; 
comm. following, but sometimes pre- 
ceding or dividing its complement: 
Tovrou évexa on this account: 1. 4.5,8: 
i. 3. 1, 203) o. LAs yA ees als. 

év-ekeipny, see éy-Keyuar, iv. 5. 26. 

évevykovTa indecl., (évvéa) ninety, 
15-05 ON hoe 

éveds (v. J. évveds), d, dv, deaf and 
dumb, iv. 5. 33. 

év-eTmAHOOnYV, See Eu-TimAnu. 

év-émpynoa, see éu-rimpyus, iv. 4. 14. 

év-erds, 7, dv, (inut) sent in, incited, 
prompted, wm, vii. 6. 41 ? 

év-exelptora, see éy-verpitw, ili. 2. 8. 

év-éxupov, ov, (éxupds) a pledge in 
hand, secwrity, vii. 6. 23. 

év-€x@ or év-loxo,* €&w or sx jouw, 
éoxnka, to hold fast in, catch or en- 
tangle in, A. D., Vii. 4. 17. 

év-fv, see év-equt, 1.5.1: ii. 4. 27. 

év0a adv. demonst., rel., and com- 
plem., (ev) of place, there, here, where: 
sometimes of time (esp. w. 6%), there- 
upon, then, when: i. 5.8; 8.158, 4: 
Weal teron Oo 2O rs vin tacks 

4év@a-Se (-de adding demonstr. force, 
cf. 252a) there, here: (-de signifying 
to, 688) thither, hither: ii. 1. 4; 3. 
BS Ont Va tO, 

L&vOa-mep in the very place where, just 
where, where, iv. 8. 25: vi. 4. 9. 

év-Qelnv, -Oguevos, &c., see év-riOnue. 

evOev adv., (év, cf. évOa) thence, hence, 
whence (sc. éxeice ii. 3. 6; sc. ravras 
ill. 5.13): @&Oev pwev. . &vOev 5é hinc 
. illine, hence . . thence, [from] on 
this side .. and on that: évOev kai év- 
Gey on each side, &.: 1.10. 1: ii. 4. 22. 


evOevde 


jév@év-Se (-de adding demonst. force) 
jrom this very spot, from this place, 
hence (for ad dudv, vii. 7.17): v.6.10. 
év-Gupéopar, rjoouar, ev-TeOdunuat, 


a. p. ev-eOunnOnv, (Ovuds) to have or | 


bear in mind, reflect, consider, ponder, 
ACP il) Ae On all, ten Ole aoe oe 
Lév-Odpnpa, aros, 76, a thought, con- 
sideration, conception, device, plan, 
iii. 5.12: vi.1.21. Der. ENTHYMEME. 
év-OQwpaki{w, iow, pf. p. TeOwpdxt- 
gua, to put in a cuirass or corselet, 
to clothe in mail, fully arm, A., Vil. 
4. 16. 
évi a prolonged poet. form for év in ; 
also used, even in prose, with the ac- 
cent drawn back (é), for év-eore or 
év-evot, fr. év-expt, 699 e, 785, v. 3. 11. 
évi, évds, see cfs, 1. 9. 12: iii. 2. 19. 
évi-auTds, of, 6, (evi, avrds, or fr. 
évos annus, year) a period returning 
into itself, a cycle, year; i. 6. 29: 
Tit, 2. 12 vit. 6.26. See Kana. 
év-.dav, see év-opdw, vii. 7. 45. 
€vu-ot, al, a, (eve ot there are who, 
E5Oe) Some, 1/0. Sg oto Mae tt, 
évi-ote (évu dre there is when, 559 a), 
sometimes, at times, 1. 5.2: ii. 6. 9. 
év-loxw, see év-éxw, vii. 4. 17 ? 
évvéa indecl., nine, i. 4.19. In its 
derivatives, €vva-, for eva-, is a less 
classic form. Der. ENNEA-GON. 
év-voéw, ow, vevinxa, A. & M. (w. 
a. p.) to have or bear in mind, consider, 
reflect, ponder, think, devise ; to take 
thought, be anxious or apprehensive, 
apprehend ; A. CP., wy: 11. 2.10; 4.5, 
VOM ees Ale oor tvayooles 
lévvoua, as, a thought, reflection, con- 
sideration, il. 1. 13. 
*Ev-odlas, ov, Hnodias, a lochage, 
vu. 4.18? 
év-oxéw, ow, @xnka, to dwell in, 
in-habit: oi évocxobvres the inhabitants ; 
teeta aaa Oe Ouse On aoe 
év-dvTwyv, see év-exut, li. 4. 22. 
év-dtrALos, ov, (7ov) in arms, mar- 
tial, adapted to movements in armor, 
Wao. oh) 
év-opdw,* dWouat, ewpaKka or €opaka, 
2a. eidov, to see or discern im a person 
OP ING Veg. oO. Loe Vil. . Oe 
évos, 7, ov, last year’s, v. 4. 27 ? 
év-oxdéw, How, jvwxdnka, (dxos) 
to crowd upon, disturb, annoy, imter- 
Jere With, Des Wid. Vos Wie 4 al 
év-TaTTe,* tdéw, Téraxa, to post 


46 


évopotla 


among other troops ; to enrol ; iii. 3. 
18 ? 

évratOa adv., (by metath. for Ion. 
év0-aira, fr. év0a & adros) in this or 
that very place, here, there ; sometimes 
hither, thither: of time, herewpon, 
upon this, thereupon, then: 1. 2.1, 6s; 
3. 21: 10. 1, 4, 12's; 16s see 

év-re(hac@at, see év-TéANomat. 





év-teivw,* tev, Téraxa, in-tendo, 
to stretch out upon, inflict wpon, A. D.; 
wAnyas evérewvov came to blows, ii. 4.11. 

év-rehijs, és, (rédos) at its end, com- 
plete, full, i. 4, 13: 

év-Té\Aopat,* Tedoduat, TéTahwa, 
a. érerddunv, (TedW to raise) to put 
upon, enjoin upon, charge, command, - 
Dil, Ve wawee 

évtepov, ov, (évrds) an intestine ; pl. 
intestines, ENTRAILS, bowels, 11. 5. 33. 

évredOey (fr. 2vOev, after the analogy 
of évradéa fr. év6a) from this or that 
very place or time, hence, thence ; af- 
ter this, afterwards, hereupon, there- 
upon; sometimes from or im conse- 

quence of this, therefore; 1. 2.7, 10: 
ii. 1. 31: iv. 4) 10 7 vie 

év-rlOnpu,* Onow, TéOerka, a. €OnKa 

(08, Oeinv, &c.) to put in, inspire in, 
A.D., vii. 4.1: IM. to put on board for 
one’s self, A., 1. 4.7% va @- ao 

éy-Tipos, ov, c., S., (Tuy) held in hon- 

or, honored, respected, v.6.32: vi. 3.18. 

lév-ripws a honor, ii. 1. 7. 

év-Tovas (évrovos strained, strenuous, 
fr. év-reivw) strenuously, vii. 5. 7. 

évtds adv., (ev) within, of place or 
‘time, G.: évtds adr Gv within their line: 
1.10.3; i... Teo een: 

év-ruyxave,* revéouar, TeTUXHKA, 
2a. érvxov, to happen or light upon, 
fall in or meet with, find, D., 1. 2. 27; 
$. 1,10: i 3. 10: 

*EvvudAtos, ov, (Eviw Bellona, god- 
dess of war) Enyalius (the warlike), 
another name for Mars (“Apys), the 
god of war ; a sonorous word specially 
used in the battle-cry; 1.8.18: v.2.14. 

év-Umvtov, ov, (Urvos) a thing seen 
in sleep, a dream, vii. 8.1: v. 1. ra 
évoixia the interior ; Toup conjectured 
Ta evamia the inner walls. 

t €v@p.oT-dpx7ys OF EvMPIT-apXOs, ov, 
(d4pxw) a leader of an évwuoria, enomo- 
tarch, Vil. 4. 21 s iv. d2 20. 

év-wpotla, as, (€v-cuoros sworn in, 





fr. duvuuc) a band of sworn soldiers, 








é 
an enomoty ; comm. of about 25 men, 
the fourth part of a \dxos ; ill. 4. 22. 

é€,* before a cons. é«, prep., out of: 
w. GEN. of place, owt of, forth from, 
rom ; éx Tav Tadxwyv from the land 
of the Taochi; é€& apiorepas [from] on 
the vefi; 7. 2.1,3, 7,18: iv. 7.17; 8.2: 
—of time, from, after, upon, often 
denoting not mere succession of time, 
but also consequence ; €x Tovrou from 
this time, wpon or after this, hereupon, 
in consequence of this ; x raider from 
boyhood ; 1. 2.17; ii. 5. 27; 6. 4: iv. 
6. 14, 21: €& of or drov from [what 
time] the time when, since, 5574, V. ie 
34: vii. 8. 4:— of source, cause, agent, 
means, manner, &c., from, of, i con- 
sequence of, on account of, by, by means 
of, with, wecording to, &c., 1.1.6; 9. 
16, 19, 28: iii. 1. 11s, 43: ék rovrww 
from this state of affairs, in these cir- 
cumstances, i. 3.11. In compos., out, 
forth, off, from ; sometimes implying 
completeness (cf. utterly). 
€€ indecl., sex, stx, 1.1.10: ii. 4. 27. 
éé-ayyédho, eG, Hyyedka, a. Hyyet- 
ha, to bring out word, report, repeat, 
state, A. D., CP., 1.6.5; 7.8: i. 4. 24. 
e-dyw,* déw, jxa, 2a. Hyayov, a. p. 
HxOnv, to lead out or forth ; to induce ; 
eee wen. moos, we.; 1. 6. 10; 8. 21. 
té§-alperos, ov, picked out, select, 
choice, vii. 8. 23: cf. Lat. eximius fr. 
ex-1mo. 
e-aipéw,* ow, Tonka, 2 a. etdov, 
a. p. ypéOny, to take out, remove, set 
apart, A. G., D.: M. to take out for 
one’s own benefit, select, choose, A., 
ence t. 9; 3.165 5.4, 20: v. 3. 4. 
e€-aitéw, jow, AT nKa 1., to de-mand: 
M. to beg off as a favor to one’s self, 
to rescue by entreaty: A.: 1.1.3: Vi. 
6. 11 (v. Ll. gnréw). 
e-al¢vys, softer but less Att. form 
écamrivys, (aipyns suddenly, fr. a- & 
gaivw) of a sudden, suddenly, unex- 
pectedly, 380 b, ili. 3.7: v. 6. 19s. 
eEaxro-x (Aron, ar, a, (EEdKis six times, 
fr. €&) six thousand, i. 7.11: ii. 2. 6. 
é€-aKovti{w, low 1, to shoot forth 
with darts, D. of instrument, v. 4. 25. 
eEaxdovor, ar, a, (&&, exardv) six 
hundred, i. 8. 6, 24. 
e€-ahatatw, déw, poet., (dr\ardsw 
to plunder) to sack, desolate, A.,vii.1.29. 
e€-dAdopar,* drodua, a. naunv & 
Drduny, to spring aside, Vil. 3. 33. 


47 


éemAdynv 


eE-apaptave,* ryoouar, udpTyKa, 
to err from the right, do wrong, offend, 
sin, AE. tepi: Toadra e€auaprdvovres 
[sinning such sins]so sinning or offend- 
ing, guilty of such misconduct, v.7.33. 

éf-ay-lornp,* orjow, Eornka, 2 a. 
éornv, to raise up out of one’s seat, 
&ec., A.: M., w. pf. & 2a. a., to stand, 
rise, or start up, iv. 5. 18: vi. 1.102 

té-amrardw, now, HrarnKa, (f. m. as 

p-, 5764, Vil. 3. 3) to deceive utterly or 
grossly, mislead, cheat, wmpose upon, 
Al AE. Gs, Wore, i> 6: 22-00. 7. 6s, 9. 

é-atrarn, 4s, (dadry deceit) gross 
decert, imposition, vil. 1. 25. 
é-d-1xXus, v, g. €0s, six cubits long, 
4.12: v. 1. €€-rnyxus. 
éEamlyns, see efaigvns, i. 3.7; 5. 2. 
e€-apkéw, éow, to suffice fully, vii. 7. 
54 2 

e-dpxw, dpiw, Fpxa, to lead of ; 
lead off in, take the lead in, G.; Vv. 4. 
has vie Glo: 

é-avaive, ave, to dry wp, trans.: 
M. to dry up, wither away or entirely, 


Vv. 








intrans., li. 3. 16? 
é€-avAftomar, (couar, nvAucpar 1., to 
leave or change one’s quarters, eis, Vil. 
8. 21. 
é£-e-: for augmented forms thus be- 
inning, look under ék-. 
€£-€Badov, -eBANOnv, see Ex-Bahrw. 
E-eupt,* Eoouwor, (efut) to be out of 
confinement or restraint, to be free or 
permitted ; only used impers., é£eo71, 
é£ein, e&nv, &c., wt is permitted or al- 
lowed, it is in one’s power, one may, 
D. I.; pt. abs. é€dy, it being permitted, 
when tt is or was permitted or in one’s 
power, when he may or might ; ii. 3. 
265Foy lS). 22is') 626,012) 28% ade 22, 
e&-euprt,* ipf. jew, (efue q. V.) to go or 
come out or forth, march out or forth, 
too ve, ke 8a le va. Oa ls: 
é£-chatve,* eddow EXO, EAjAaKa, to 
drive owt, expel, A. e&: intrans. or w. 
A. understood (see éAavvw), to drive or 
ride forth, advance, proceed, march, 
OU C1. 2 SR Awa Ve fale 
é€-chéyxo,* éyéw, to prove fully, 
convict, A. P., i. 5. 272 
e-ehnAvOa, -ceAOetv, see éF-epyouar. 
é€-éXutrov, see éx-Nelmw, i. 2. 24. 
é€-€Xoupt, -eMoluny, see éF-arpéw. 
é€-eveyKetv, see €x-pépw, iii. 2. 29. 
éEevio Bar, see fevifw, vii. 3. 8? 
é€-emAGynv, see €x-AHTTY, ii. 2. 18. 


e€érrAer 


é&-éder, see éx-méw, ii. 6. 2. 
é€-éptrw, Epww, (Epmw serpo, to creep) 
to creep out or forth, vil. 1. 8. 
e€-Epxopat,* edevcouat, €AndvOa, 
2a. HAOov, to come or go out or forth, 
depart, escape, €& : of time, to expire, 
elapse: i. 8.17: iii. 1.12: vii. 5. 4. 
¢€-eort, -€orar, see &f-expu (elu). 
é-era lw, dow, e€-7Taka, (€Teds true) 
to search out the truth of, examine, 
inspect: M. to present one’s self for in- 
spection, pass review, v. 4.12? 
jéef-éracis, ews, 7, inspection or re- 
view of troops, i. 2.9, 14; 7, 1s. 
é£-erpadyy, see der pews, Vii. 2. 32. 
é§-ev-tropit{w, iow 1, memdpixa, to 
provide well or Sully, v. 6.19? 
e-épynva, see éx-paivy, iil. 1. 16. 
é&- épvyov, see €x- pevyw, i. 3. 2. 
_E-nycopar, yooua, tynuat, to lead 
forth: to bring out to another, com- 
municate, impart; ayabdr Tu é. to ren- 
der some service, esp. by information 
or guidance: A. D., eis: iv. 5.28: vi. 
6. 34. Der. EXEGESIS. 
é-rev, -ryewav or Hoav, see 2&-exu. 
e€jxovra indecl., (2) sexaginta, sia- 
ils Wig2.06)2 ive (8. 27. 
é&-HKw, HEw, xa 1., to come or have 
come out; of time, to have run out, 
expired, or passed by, pr. as pf., 612, 
Vi. 3. 26. 
€£-7qAOov, see €&-Epyouat, 1. 6. 5. 
ef-fv, see @&-expu (eiut), vi. 6.2. 
e£-fveyKa, -ov, see ex-pépw, V. 6. 29. 
eé- AXOny, see €&-dyw, 1. 8. 21. 
éf- “Leva, “tv, see €£-eujt (eur), v. 1.8. 
é€-uxvéopat,* iouar, tyuat, to come 
out to; to fly or send far enough to 


hit, al reach, of both missiles and 
senders, G : to amount to, suffice, ets : 
1.8.19: oe S575 LD yl ise Vili eee 


eE-iornpi,* orjow, éornka, to place 
out of: M. to stand out of, withdraw 
from, é& i. 5. 14. 

¢E-o50s, ov, 7, a way out, outlet ; 
egress, departure, excursion, expedi- 
tion; v. 2.9: vii.4.17. Der. Exopus. 

€Eouev, Eonar, see éxw, 1. 3. 11. 

é&-dv, see €£-e1pe (edui), 11.5. 22; 6.6. 

e€-oTrAl{o, iow ., Omdika 1., to arm 
fully or completely :_M. so to arm or 
accoutre one’s self: é&wrdiouévos im 
full armor 2408.32 21.1.2: it. 1. 28. 


Lé-omduola, as, the arming, military 
equipment or array, i. 7. 10. 
e€-oppdw, jow, opunxa, to urge forth, 


48 


éravepx ope. 


incite, animate, A. éwi: A. & M. in- 
trans., to start or set owt or forth, go 
forth, éxt: i. 1. 2483 vy 2a 
€E-ovoia, as, (€&-eque fr. eft) per- 
MASSON, license, authority : é€ovciay 
moey to give license, D., v. 8. 22. 
e€-1XVS, UV U, g. €0S, = v. 1. €f-d-1nxXus. 
é€w adv., (€&) out, out of, without, 
outside, on ‘the outer side of, abroad ; 
beyond, beyond the reach of ; besides : 
TO &w the outer: G.; 1.4.48; 8.138: 
i. 2.43 6.3, 12: Tile NS seed as 
JéEwbev from without, outside of, iii. 
4, 21: v. (ee 

EouKa, see eid few, il. 2. dese 

édpaka or é@paka, see dpdw, ii. 1. 6. 

€opTH, 7s, (dpviue to stir, excite ?) a 
Jestival, feast, v. 3. 9s. 

é- or ép-, by apostr. for ézi,i. 2. 2. 

émr-ayyé\Aw, eA, Fyyedxa, to an- 
nounce to: M. to announce or declare 
one’s self, to promise, offer, consent, 
propose one’s self, D. 1., li. 1. 4: iv. 7. 
20: vii. 1. 33. 

étr-dyw,* d&w, Axa, to bring or pro- 
pose against, A. D. wept, vil. 7. 57. 

émaQov, see macxw, 1. 3.4; 9. 6. 

} émr-atvéw, * dow & ésouat,fvexa, (aivéw 
to speak) to speak. for or in favor of, 
applaud, approve, commend, praise ; 
to thank, acknowledge gratefully (even 
in civilly declining); a. éwi: i. 3. 7; 
4.16: ii. 6, 20: a ao eae 

étr-avos, ou, 6, (aivos speech) praise, 
commendation, applause, v. 7. 33. 
érr-aipw,* dp®, jpka, a. hpa, to raise 
to, stir up, excite, induce, influence, 
AT, Wis 1. Di vie 
ém-altios, ov, charged against, D.: 
érairvév Te[ something charged against ] 
a ground of accusation, ill. 1. 5? 
érr-akodovéw, yaw, to follow upon 
or after, pursue, D., iii. 2.35: iv.1.1. 
émr-akovw, * ovToUaL, AKNKOA, a. HKOU- 
oa, to listen to, overhear, A., vii. 1.14. 
érav or émrHy, (éret dv, 619b) rel. 
adv. or conj. w. subj., when-ever, when, 
after, aS soon as: eray TAXLOTA AS SOON 
as, 553b: 1.4.13: 4S? aoe 
ér-ava-relyw,* rev, TéTAKa, a. ETEL- 
va, to stretch up for another to strike, 
to present upstretched, A., vii. 4. 9? 
€T-AVA-Xwpew, How, KeXwpnka, to ZO 
back to, retreat, return, els, ii. 8. 10. 
émr-av-€pXopat,* eAevoouar, EAnAvda, 
2 a. HdOor, to go up or back to, return, 
els, vi. 5. 82: vil. 3. 48, 





er ava 


érr-dve, on the upper side, above: ra 
éxdvw the preceding narrative, vi. 3.1. 
éx-atrethéw, How, to threaten besides, 


add threats, vi. 2. 7. 


ém-ey-yehaw, dooua, to laugh at in 


one’s face, to insult, D., il. 4. 27. 


émr-eyelpw, * 


trans., iv. 3. 10. 
émr-cBény, ém-eBeray, see émi-TiOnue. 


émet rel. adv. or conj. (upon this 
that, éwi): of time, after, when, now 
as often as ; 


that, since; whenever, 
émel TAXLTTA AS soon as, 553b: causal, 
since, inasmuch as, for 
tainly or of course since : 1.1.1; 3.15, 
Seo, 8.20: ii. 1.31: vi. 3. 21. 

témevdav (€7rec-57) Gv) rel. adv. or conj. 
w. subj., whenever now or indeed, 


when indeed, when, after, as soon as : 


émweiday TaxicTa as soon as: i. 4.8: 
Mes ss eo? wi, 1.9. 
{éwe-5y rel. adv. or conj.: of time, 


when now or indeed, after, as soon as; 


causal, since now or indecd; éredy ye 
certainly since, inasmuch as: 1.1. 3? 
24g~ 7.46; 9.24 :.10.5.18:-vii.7.18: 
érr-eidov, see €d-opdw, vii. 6. 31. 
€7r-eupne, * 
over’, emi, i. Bowe 7 iD = ty, 4: 2. 
€m-erpt,* ipf. jew, (eiue q. v.) to go 
or come upon or against, advance 
against, attack, D.; to advance, pro- 
ceed, come up or forward : of time, to 
follow, succeed ; 7 ériovea Ews (nuépa, 


vor) the coming, following, or next | favorable for hearing: 


morning, &¢c.: 1.2.17; 7.18, 43 iv. 
ei ao 5 ge es V7. 12. 

érrel—rep conj., since indeed, inas- 
much as, ii. 2.10: 5. 38, 41: iv. 1. 8, 

émraca, éretoOny, see reidw, 1.2.26. 

€mr-erou(v), see Em-euue (etui), 1.7.15: 
see €m-exe (ius), v. 7. 12. 

emeta adv. (€rei rd when or since 
those things are, cf. eira; or fr. éwi and 
eira), thereupon, thereafter, then, after- 
wards, next ; then also, moreover, fur- 
ther: 0 €re:ta xpsvos the coming time: 
ae Ooo 24> 44°) 175 4.13: 5. 20. | 

brr-dnewen adv., (also. written én 
€xeiva) upon yonder side, beyond : 
Tod 2. from the region beyond, v. 4. 8. 


49 


ep@, ey7yepka l., a. Hyet- 


pa, to rouse to, awaken, wake up, 


s €mel Ye cer- 


Ezouat, (celui) to be wpon or 


él 


émr-c£-épyxopar,* éevocouat, éA7dvba, 
to come or sally out against, v. 2.7. 
émr-cEd8i0s, ov, (2&-o50s) relating to 
an expedition : émefsd.a [sc. iepd] sac- 
? ifices respecting an excursion, V1.5. 2: 
v. l. én €£ 50 (- odelg or -odig), bree sua. 
émeTa ny, see maouat, 1 13,92. 19: 
ém-Errerov, see €m- Tin Te, iv,4:.10; 
émeTpaypny, see TpaTTo, vii. 6. 32. 
emeTpaKev, See Timpackw, Vil. 2. 6. 
émr-€pxopar,* éevcouat, éAndvOa, 
2a. #AGov, to go to or upon, traverse, 
A., Vii. 8: 2b. 
ét-epwTtaw,* dpwrjcw & épjoopat, 
npwTnka, 2a. Hpbunv, to put a question 
to, inquire of, question, ask ; to ques- 
tion further, again to ask; A. CP.; ill. 
4.62 ¥. 8. 5: wit. 3.12.5: 4.10. 
érerov, see TiTTw, vi. Tb 4s 9: 
érr-éorny, -€oTyoa, -erTtadOnv, see 
ép-iornmt, 1.5.7: iil. 4. 21; 3. 20. 
émr-éoxov, see é7-exw, iii. 4. 36. 
émr-ereTaYPV, See éml-TdTTH, 11.3.6. 
émr-evxopat, edéoua, efyua or 70- 
yuat, to imprecate upon one’s self, ap- 


peal to the gods, v. 6. 3. 


érr-ehavyv, see éri-paivw, ii. 4. 24. 

émrededyetv, see pevyw, v. 4. 18. 

émr-éxw,* Ew or ox 7jow, toxnka, 2a. 
ésxov, to hold upon, hold back from, 
delay, refrain from, G., iii. 4.36. Der. 
EPOCH. 

émr-7jelv, -YJeoav or -yoav, see er-exput 
(ctu), i 2a Ont Le 10. 

€m-4KO00S, ov, (dKovw) listening to; 
eis ém7jxoov [Sc. 
xwplov] into a hearing place, within 
hearing distance (so év émnxdw), i. 5. 
38: ili. 3.1: vii. 6. 8. 

éw-7KTO, see ér-dyw, Vii. 7. 57. 

ern, see érdy, ii. 4. 3. 

émr-Fv, see ém-expe (ecut), 1. 2. 5. 

ém-yveray, see em -awew, gee rie 

én-7j pa, see ém- alpw, va. ACOA 

er-npopny, see €7r- EpwT aw, ill. 1. 6. 

éri* prep., by apost. ém or éq’, 
on, upon, or against (as in cases of 
resting, leaning, pressing, &c., on or 
against): (a) w. GEN. of place, on or 
wpon (the relation often closer than 


éx that indicated by the dat.), in, on 


board of ; on the bank or borders of a 


em-ex-Oiw,* Oevcouat, to run out|river or country; wpon a place as an 


against, sally out wpon, v. 2. 22. 
étr-éhitrov, see éi-delra, i. 5. 6. 


object of aim, for, towards; 1. 4.3; 
7.20: 11.1.3: iv. 3.6, 28:—of military 


émr-é-eipt,* ipf. yeu, to go out against, | or other support, and hence of associa- 


vi. 5.42 
LEX, AN. «3 





tion in place or time, by, with, 
D 


étrlacty 


aeep, at, in, in or at the time of ; éxi 
‘rs7Tdpwy upon four ranks as the sup- 
port of the line, four deep, i. 2.15; 
é€d évds one by one, v. 2.6; ep éauvTav 
by thenselves, 11. 4.10; émi padayyos 
an line of battle, iv. 6.6; é¢ judy in 
our time, i. 9.12:—(b) w. Dart. of 
place, on, upon, at, near, by, 1.2.8; 4. 
1. 4s:—of purpose, end, object, con- 
dition, terms, occasion, or cause, for, 
or account of, i respect to, on, at, in, 
v5. 156.10: 1.425% ai. 1. 274s eg 
@ on condition that, ép Gre in order 
thi, F515 57 Ws 1Vande 19): Vi 0, 2a — 
of persons or things on which one de- 
pends or exerts authority, in the power 
of (Lat. penes), dependent upon, sub- 
yect to; over, i charge or command 
of; 1.1.4; 4.2:—denoting succession, 
upon, after, in addition to, in reply to, 
ii. 2.4; 5.41: i. 2. 4: — (ec) w. Ace. 
of place or person, on or upon (im- 
plying motion), to, at, against ; émi 
Tov Maiavdpov [upon the bank of] to 
the Mceander (so often, where water is 
spoken of); 1.1.3; 2. 4s, 17, 22:— of 
extent in space, time, &c., to the ex- 
tent of, to, over, through, till, 1.7.15: 
vi. 6.36; émi modv (wdpTrodv, Bpaxr, 
méov, dcov, &c.) to or over a great or 
aide extent or distance, &c., 1. 8.8; 
éml av €\Oa would go to all lengths, 
resort to every expedient, i1i.1.18; émi 
ToAovs TeTaymevo. arranged to the 
depth of many ranks, drawn up many 
deep (where gen. more comm.), iv. 8. 
11 : — of the object to be reached, ob- 
tained, or affected, to, for, after, to ob- 
LGU le 2 O. LOS AVE oc all. ive ten Oe 
—-(d) in compos., on, upon, to, for, 
at, against, over, after, besides ; often 
rather strengthening the sense of the 
simple, than adding a new idea. 
émr-lactv, see d7r-exuc (eiut), i. 7. 4. 
émt-Baddo,* Bar, BéEBAnKa, to throw 
or put on, A.; 111.5.10: MW. pf. to have 
[put] one’s arrow on the string (pt. 
with one’s arrow on the string), ért, 
IVs, a. 20.5 We, 2e 40 2. 
étrt-BonPéw, ow, BeBonOnka, to come 
to the aid of, give support to, D., v1. 5. 9. 
tém-Bovrevo,ctcw, BeBovreuca, to plan 
or plot against, plot, conspire or intrigue 
against, form designs against or to get, 
De, Lego. lt coud Obese iv. Or i29: 
ém-Bovdh, fs, a design against, plot, 
D:, mpos; 1.1, 8 ssn; oO 2 W-.0e 20; 


50 





ETLKUTETO 


émt-ylyvopar,* yerjooua, yeyevnuat 
& 2 pf. yéyova, 2 a. éyeripny, to come or 
fall upon, attack, D., 1.4.25: vi. 4.26. 
émi-ypadow, dvw, yéypada, to write 
upon, inscribe, v.3.5. Der. EPIGRAM. 
émt-Selkvupr & Sexvia,* deiéw, dé- 
decxa, to point out, show, display, or 
exhibit to others: JL. to show, dis- 
play, or exhibit one’s self or in one’s 
self: A.D., CP.2 1 2145 sella o: 
7,10, 16: iv. 6.905 s eyeetemeee 
émr-vGety, -LSav, see €p-opaw, iii. 1. 13. 
ém-StdKkw, wéw, oftener wEouat, de- 
diwxa, to follow upon the steps of, 
pursue, give chase, i.10.11: iv. 1.16. 
émt-Spapetv, see émi-Tpéxw, iv. 3. 31. 
éme{ounv, see miefw, iii. 4. 48. 
émt-Qadatrios, ov, (Padarra) lying 
upon the sea, on the sea-coast, mari- 
time, V. 5. 23. 
ém-Cetvar, -00, -Oérbar, -Oopar, 
-Ooluny, -Oqow, &c., see émi-TiOnu. 
Léml-eots, ews, 7, an attack, assault, 
iv. 4.22: vil. 4. 28. 
ém-Oupéw, ow, -TreOvunxa, (Ovpds) 
to set one’s heart upon, to desire, long 
for, wish, covet, €., i, ote 
Lém-Gupta, as, desire, ii. 6. 16. 
émt-Kaiptos, ov, (kaipds) opportiinus, 
proper for the occasion, appropriate, 
suitable, important, chief, vii. 1. 6. 
émri-KapTTe,* kduyw, (Kkdumrrw to 
bend) to wheel [against] forward, bend 
one’s line of battle, i. 8. 23. 
émt-kaTa p-plarre or -piTrréw, * pivw, 
éppipa, to throw down upon, A., 1v.7.13. 
émt-kear,* Kelcouat, (cf. in-sto) to 
press upon, attack, assault, D., iv. 1. 
16; 3.7, 30: eae 
émt-klyduvos, ov, c., dangerous, per- 
ilous, D.: émexivduvov éotw there is 
danger: i: 3. 197 tis bees 
émrt-Koupew, How, (€7i-Koupos an aua- 
iliary, Kotpos young man) to assist, de- 
fend, protect against ; to relieve, avert; 
D.A., Va. 82 212 
Lém-Kovpnpa, aros, 76, a protection, 
defence, relief, G., iv. 5. 13. 
émt-Kparea, as, (et-Kparns in power 
over, Kpdros) power over, control, com- 
mand, mastery, vi. 4. 4: vil. 6. 42. 
émt-KpvTTH,* VWw, Kéxpupa, to throw 
a veil over, conceal : M. to conceal one’s 
self or one’s own doings, hence pt. 
secretly, 674 b, d, i. 1. 6. 
émi-Kitrre, Kipw, Kéxvpa, to bend or 
stoop to or over, iv. 5. 32? 





2 3 
eTLKUPOW 


@ri-Kips, wow, (kipos authority) to 
add authority, confirm, vote, iii. 2. 32. 
ém-xwrto v.1. = dro-KwdUw, 111. 3.3. 
émrt-LapPave, * AjWouat, el Anda, 2 a. 
@\a Bor, to reach or extend to, take in, A.: 
M. to seize wpon, lay hold of, G.: iv. 
7. 12s: vi. 5.5s. Der. EPI-LEPSY. 
ért-AavOdvopar, * A\joouat, AEANT UAL, 
2a. éhabsuny, to let a thing lie hid 
for or escape one’s self, to forget, G., 
m2. 25. 
ém-Azyw, é~w, to say in addition, 
say besides or also, A., i. 9. 26. Der. 
EPI-LOGUE. 
émt-heltrw,* AeiWw, AéNovtra, 2 a. EXe- 
mov, to leave behind ; of things, to faz, 
give out, be wanting; A.; 1.5.6; 8.18? 
éml-exTos, ov, (héyw to pick, choose) 
picked for service, select, chosen, iil. 4. 
43: vil. 4.11. 
€mt-papTupopat, Vpoduar |l., a. Ewap- 
Tupaunv, (udptus) to call to witness, 
appeal to, A., iv. 8. 7. 
érri-paxos, ov, s., (udxouar) that 
may be fought against, open to attack, 
assailable, v. 4. 14. 
tém-pArea, as, care bestowed upon, 
attention, diligence, thoughtfulness, 1. 
9. 24, 27. 
jém-pedys, és, c. éorepos, caring for, 
careful, attentive, vigilant, iii. 2. 30. 
émt-péAowar or -pedeowat,* weijco- 
par, meweAhnuat, a. p. EuedHOny, to care 
for, to take care or charge of, attend 
to, give attention to, take thought, ob- 
‘serve or watch carefully, G. CP., 1. 1. 
ween ets i. 1. 38; 2. 3%: 1v--3./30. 
émi-péve,* wer, wewevnka, a. Euewa, 
to wait for, wait, tarry; to remain 
over or in charge of, abide by, éri: v. 
ans wit, 2. 1, 
émt-plyvumr,* wigw, wéurxa l., (uiy- 
vuut misceo, to mix) A. or M. to min- 
gle or associate with, have intercourse 
or dealings with, mpés, ili. 5. 16. 
ériumAyy, see miuadnu, i. 5. 10. 
ém-votw, ow, vevdnka, (vos) to think 
upon or of, have in mind, intend, pur- 
pose, propose, A., I., li. 2.11; 5. 4. 
 TémLopKew, How, eriwpKyka, to perjure 
or forswear one’s self, commit perjury ; 
swear falsely by, A.: TO ém.opxely per- 
wun WA, > 5238, 41; 6.22% ied, 
22. 
témtopxia, as, perjury, falseswearing, 
mpos, W. 5. 212 mi. 2.-4, 8. 
émri-opkos, ov, (dpxos) against an 


51 


eriorapar 


oath, perjured, swearing falsely, ad- 
dicted to perjury, i. 6. 25. 

ému-map-et,* Eoouar, (eiul) to be 
present in addition, to be also at hand, 
ui. 4. 23 ? 

ém-trap-eur,” ipf. yew, (e{uc) to come 
up or march by the side or abreast (in 
addition to or in support of others, 
also or higher up), iii. 4. 23? 30. 

émi-trintw,* recovual, TéemTwKa, 2a. 
érecov, of snow, to fall wpon ; of men, 
to fall upon, make a descent upon, at- 
VOCED. 1822 2 ILA OS AS A ai 

émumoAv as adv., better written él 
oA, i. 8. 8: see Eri. 

émi-trovos, ov, c., for toil, toilsome, 
laborious; portending toil; 1.3.19: 
vi L. 23. 

ém-p-pirre or piTTéw,* piw, eppt- 
ga, to throw upow others, throw down, 
Ane oe aos 

ém(-p-puTos, ov, (péw) flowed upon, 
well-watered, 1. 2. 22. 

ém-catTTe, a. écaka, (cdtTw to pack) 
to put a pack on, to saddle, A., 111.4.35. 

*Em-obévys, eos, Hpisthenes, from 
Amphipolis in Thrace, a commander 
of targeteers, discreet and trustworthy, 
i. 10.7: iv. 6. 1.—2. An Olynthian 
lochage, noted for his love of hand- 
some boys, vii. 4. 7s. 

émt-citifopat, icouat todua, cecti- 
Tiopat, (ctros) to add to one’s stock of 
provisions, to collect, obtain, or lay in 
provisions ; to provision one’s self, pro- 
cure food, forage ; 1. 4.19; 5. 4. 

lém-citirpds, of, 0, obtaining pro- 

visions, provisioning ; a supply of pro- 
pisions ; 1..5. 9: vil. 1. 9. 

ém-OKETTOPLAL, COMM. TKOTEW,* TKE- 
Wouat, éoxeupat, to in-spect, review, A.; 
to ascertain by inspection, CP.; ll. 3. 
Beit, 3-18: 

émi-oKevalo, dow, to repair, keep in 
repair, Vv. 3. 13. 

émri-o KOTrEW, See Er L-TKETT OMat, 11.3.2. 

éti-oTdw,* ordow, éoraka, to draw 
to or upon; MW. to draw upon one’s 
self, drag along or after, A., iv. 7. 14. 

émt-orrotuny, see ep-érrouat, iv. 1.6. 

ém-lorapar,* éri-oTjoouat, ipf. A7re- 
oTduny, (é€mi, torauat, 167a) to stand 
upon a subject as mastering it, while 
in Eng. we say ‘‘to wnder-stand it,” 
as able to carry it in the mind; to 
understand, know, know about, be 
aware, be acquainted with, be asswred, 


eTLoTas 52 *Exrtata 


A. P., CP.; to know how, 1.; 1.3.12, 155\i. 2. 19: iii. 2. 81; 5.12: vi. 1. 81; 5. 
4.8,15: i1.2.23: vi.6.17. See dpdw. |11? vii. 7. 3, 8, 18. 
émi-orTds, -oTatnv, see ép-ior nt. €m-TPEXw,* Spauotua, Sedpdunxa, 
jéml-ctacts, ews, 4, a stopping, halt, | 2a. payor, to run upon a foe, to make 
li. 4. 26. a quick attack or rapid onset, iv. 3.31. 
jéem-oratéw, yow, (émi-ordrys one} ém-trvyxdve,* revEouar, TeTdxnKa, 
who stands over, in command or|2 a. érvyov, to happen or light upon, 
charge, tornuc) to act as commander, | fall in or meet with, find, D., i. 9. 25. 
command, take the charge, 11.3. 11. éem-halyw,* davd, wépayna, 2a. p. 
ém-oTéA\hw,* cred, eotadka, a.|as m. epdvnyv, to show to: M. to show 
orevha, fo send to, D. A., CP.; to com-|one’s self to, appear, make one’s ap- 
mand, enjoin, charge, D. 1.3 Vv. 3. 6: | pearance, come in view, be in sight, D., 
vai..2. 6; 6. 44. li. 4. 24: iii. 4. 13, 39s; 5. 2. 
ETLETHMOV, OY, &. ovos, (er-icTapat)| emi-hépw,* oicw, evivoxa, to bring 
acquainted or conversant with, skilled|upon: I. to bear one’s self onward, 
or versed in, G., ii. 1. 7. rush upon, 1. 9.6: v. 8. 20. 
émt-oTHoas, &c., see ép-laor nue. émri-pbéyyouar, eyfoua, Chbeypat, 
emirToAn, js, (émt-oTéANw) an EPIS- |to sound [onward] the charge, iv. 2. 7 ? 
TLB, etter, 1.6. 3 2) Til. 1.95. émrt-opéw, ow, Tepdpyxa l., to carry 
tém-orpare(fa, as, an expedition |or bring upon, A., ill. 5. 10. 
against, 11. 4. 1. éml(-Xapts, 1, 2. Tos, agrecable, pleas- 
émi-oTpatevw, evow, éoTpdrevka, to|ing, gracious, winning, in one’s man- 
march or make an expedition against, |ner, ii. 6. 12. 
make war upon, ii. 3. 19. €ml-XElpéw, How, émi-Kexelpnka, (xelp) 
émi-ohatte,* déw, to slay upon: M. | to lay hand to, undertake, attempt, try, 
to slay one’s self upon: A. D.: 1.8.29. | endeavor, 1., 1. 9.29: ii. 5.10; 6. 26. 
émi-TatTw,* rdéw, Téraxa, to lay| émt-yxéw,* yéw or xeG, xéxuca l., (xéw 
upon, command, enjoin, comimit, D.1.:|to pour) to pour upon or in, add by 
M. to station behind one’s own line, | pouring, A., iv. 5. 27. 

AS at, Br a. 5: OS va Go émt-ywopto, ow, Kexwpynka, to move 
émi-tedéw, dow ©, TeTéAEKa, to bring | wpon or against, to advance, i. 2. 17. 
to an end, complete, accomplish, con-| ém-~pyoita, tow 1d, éeyjdica, to put 
summate, A., iv. 3. 13. to vote, put the question, call the vote, 

émiTHdetos, a, ov, s., (emirndés to the |A.: M. to vote for, vote, A.: v. 1.14; 
purpose) suited to a purpose, suitable, |6. 85: vi. 1. 25: vil. 3.14; 6.14? 
appropriate, proper, fitting, fit, suited| €m-vdy, -révan, see Evreipr (eft), 1. 7. 2. 
to one’s needs, I., i. 8.18: ii. 3.11; 5.| rAevora, see mréw, 1. 9. 17. 

18: 7a émir7Hdeca (art. sometimes om.)| é€mAHyyv, See TARTTYW, V. 8. 2, 12. 

the things suited to the support of| €ém-ovkodopéw, ow, pf. p. @xoddun- 
life, the necessaries of life, provisions, | mat, to build upon, A. émé, ii. 4. 11. 

supplies, 1.8.11: iv. 4.17: of éwiry-| Emopar,* EYouas, ipf. elmrduny, 2 a. 
devor the suitable or proper persons ;|éomounv, sequor, to follow as a friend 
sometimes the persons suited to one, |or as an enemy ; to pursue; to attend, 
1. €. his friends; wii. 7. V3, 57: accompany ; D., vv, éwi: 1.3.6,175; 

ému-TiOnpr,* Ojow, TéOeuka, a. €Oyka| 4.138; 8.19: 1. 3.17; 6.18. 

(00, &c.) to put or place upon, inflict, ér-dpvup, * duotuar, duamoxa, a. Gpmo- 
A. D., i. 3.10, 20: vi. 4.9: I. to put|ca, to swear to a statement, add an 
one’s self upon, fall or press upon, at-|oath, vii. 5.5; 8. 2. 

tack, assail, D., li. 4.3. Der. EPITHET.| .émpdxOnv, see mpdrrw, il. 1. 1. 

émutrotroXv as adv., better written| émrd indecl., septem, SEVEN, 1. 2. 
éml TO TOAD, iil. 1. 42: see wodvs. 5s; 6.4. Der. HEPT-ARCHY. ; 

émt-Tpétra,* Tpeyw, TéeTpopa, to turn| lémra-Kat-Sexa indecl., also written 
or give over to, commit, entrust, confide |emta& Kar Séxa, seventecn, li. 2. 11. 
(€rcrpemduevar committed or committing| lémtaKooor, at, a, (éxaTdv) seven 
themselves to his charge, i. 9. 8), A. D. | hundred, i. 2.3% 4.3. 
1.; to permit, suffer, allow, direct, D.| “Emtagta, ys, Epyaxa, queen of the 
(or A.) 1.; to refer or leave it to, D. cPv.;| Cilicians, friendly to Cyrus, i. 2. 12, 




















érrvidpnv 


érrvOdpny, see ruvOdvouat, 1. 5. 15. 
épaw & IM. poet. tpapat,* a. p. as 77. 
HpdcOny, to love, desire ardently, long 
for, G., iii. 1. 29: iv.6.3. Cf. prréw. 
tépyafopoar,* dooua, elpyacuat, to 
work, labor, perform, do, 2A.; to work 
upon land, &c., ¢2/7 ; ii. 4.22: v. 6.11. 
¢pyov, ov, (Fepy-) WORK, deed, act, 
action ; operation, execution ; fact, 
event, result : Ta els TOv TWIAELOV Epya, 
military or warlike exercises: 1. 9. 5, 
S0ea8: Hi. 2. 32; 3. 12;°5.12. . Der. 
EN-ERGY. 
épe?, épeiv, &c., see pyui, i. 3. 5. 
épéo Par, see épwrdw, li. 3. 20. 
Bice, éws, 6, an LHretrian. 
Eretria, an Ionian city on the south- 
west shore of Eubcea (now Negropont), 
was, next to Chalcis, the chief city on 
the island. Jt was destroyed by the 
Persians, B. c. 490, but rebuilt on a 
new site (now Kastri). vii. 8. 8. 
- tépypla, as, solitude, loneliness, isola- 
tion, privacy, ii. 5.9: v. 4.34. Der. 
_EREMITE, HERMIT. 
pros, ov, or os, 7, ov, c., devoid of men, 
deserted, desert, desolate, uninhabited, 
unoccupied ; without inhabitants, oc- 
cupants, drivers, defenders, persons 
near or around, &c.; destitute or void 
of, deprived of, G.: cTabuds Epnuos a 
desert march, i. e. through a region 
without inhabitants: 1.3.6? 5.1.4s: 
ae tG: in. 4. 40: iv. 6. 11, 13. 
Lépnpda, wow, to make lonely or deso- 
late, deprive of company, A. G., 1. 3. 6? 
épife, iow l., Apexa l., (Epes strife) to 
contend or vie with, D., 1.2.8: iv.7.12. 
épidetos, ov, (Epipos kid) of a kid, 
-kids’, iv. 5. 31. 
éppnvets, dws, 6, (Houfs Mercury, 
the god of speech) an interpreter, i. 2. 
Ey: iv. 5. 10, 34. : 
Léppynvedo, evow, to interpret, v. 4. 4. 
Der. HERMENEUTIC. 
épotvra, -Tes, &c., see Pyut, ii. 5. 2. 
éppwpévos, 7,-0v, C. Eppwusvéorepos, 
(pf. pt.of pavvixgu to strengthen) strength- 
ened, strong, resolute; neut. subst., 
energy, resolution ; mpds: ii.6.11: iii. 
1, 42. 
Léppwpévws energetically, resolutely, 
vi. 3. 6. 
épixw ch. poet. & Ion., vé&m Ep., a. 
Hpvia, to keep or ward off, A. amd, iii. 
-1. 25: akin to 
épupa, aros, 7d, (épvoua to defend) 


53 





toXaros 


a defence, protection; fortification, for- 

tress, rampart A. (16: 1v.5.9.8 
*Hpd-paxos, see Hipv-uaxos, v. 6. 21. 
épupvdos, 7, dv, (Eptouat to defend) 


fortified, defensible, strong for defence : 


ra épuyvd the strongholds: i. 2.8: iil. 
2. 23s We DZ. 

€pxopar,* éAevcouat, EAjAvOa, 2 a. 
HAGor, to come, go, AE. , D. els, él, mapa, 
pos, Crp te Le 108 3.3..20 5a 42 AM: 
1. 6,18. For the pres. except in the 
ind., the ipf., and the fut., the Att. 
comm. used other verbs, esp. eis. 

épa, elpnka, see Pui, 1.4.8: 1.5.12. 

épavres, see épdw, ili. 1. 29. 

lépws, wros, 6, love, ardent desire or 

wish, % aS A. Or 64, ii..5422., Der. 
EROTIC. 

épwtda,* eépwrytw & épjoouat, npw- 
THKA, & Npwrnoa or 2a. m. Hpduny, to 
inquire, ask, question, interrogate (di- 
rectly or through another, v.4.2), 2 A., 
OPi15 3. 185 20-52 79 sive feb, 14e 

és = the more comm. eis, 688 d. 

éx0’ by apostr. for éort, fr. edul. 

éxOhs, jros, 7, (€vvipe to clothe) ves- 
tis, clothing, raiment, apparel, iil. 1. 
bhOvs av. &.. 25. 

éoOla,* f. Edouar, €dndoxa, 2 a. pa- 
yor, to eat, feed upon, A., G. partitive, 
1566e soa UG: ay. 8e20... Ch ene 

~ropar, eooluny, see edui, 1. 4. 11. 

eoTrerapyv, see omévdw, iv. 4. 6. 

tHowepirat, wv, oi, the Hesperite, 

or the inhabitants of western Armenia, 
subject to Tiribazus, iv. 4. 4: vii. 8. 25. 

tomepos, a, ov, of evening: subst. 
éoTépa, as, [sc. &pa| vespera, the even- 
ing; [sc. xwpa] the west, cf. Germ. 
Abend, = 11.1.3; 5.15: iv. 4.4; 7. 2%. 
Der. VESPER. 

torat, éoré, éotl(v), orrw, see eiul. 

éoradwevos, see oTéAXw, ill. 2. 7. 

torapev, -TE, -cav, -vat, see torn. 

to-re,* by apostr. ter’, adv., as far 
as, as long as, even, éri,iv.5.6: conj., 
unto this that, wntil, till ; while, 
whilst, as long as; i. 9.11: i. 3.9; 
5a 5 Web 196-35, 5: 

toTHka, -Kelv, EGTaS, toTHV, See 
iornet, 1s &. 23°5.°83"8..5% 

éotiypévos, see oTifw, v. 4. 32. 

éoTpapuévos, see orpépy, iv. 7. 15. 

toxatos,* 7, ov, (sup. fr. €&) extre- 
mus, last, farthest, frontier ; utter- 
most, utmost, extreme, severest, worst: 
to23 10,195 id: 245 ine 1. 18. 


éoXaTws 


54 


ev8us 


léoxates to the last degree, extremely, |ly, successfully, rightly ; kindly, bene- 


“31.6.4 
éoxov, see éxw, i. 8. 4. 
€ow ady., within, see elow. 
ESOTERIC. 
léow8ev adv., from within, on the 
inner side ; within, tnside: 76 éowbev 
the inner, 1. 4. 4. 
érwoa, see cwfw, i. 10. 3. 
tétaipa, as, a female companion, 
concubine, mistress, courtesan, 1v. 3. 19. 
étatpos, ov, 6, (akin to érns clans- 
man) a companion, comrade, associate, 
iv. 7. 115 8.272 vii. 3. 30. 
eraga, erdxOny, see TaTTw, i. 2. 15. 
*Ete6-vikos, ov, Hteonitcus, a Spartan 
officer, prob. the same that had been 
harmost in Thasos, and afterwards 
held this office in Aigina, vil. 1. 12. 
érepos,* a, ov, (a compar. form, cf. 
Lat. alter, Germ. ander, Eng. either, 
other) alter, the OTHER of two, one of 
two, the next, in this sense comm. 
taking the art., and used in the plur. 
with reference to two classes, parties, 
or sets; other than, different from, 
differently situated from, G.; other, 
much like &\Xos, but with a sense of 
difference ; besides: eis thy érépay ék 
THs ETEépas Toews to one city from the 
Net, Wo2 20: ABs avian Wak: 
vi.1.5; 4.8. See 0drepa & pndérepos. 
€TETILPNV, See Tiudw, 1.8. 29. 
€TETPOEYV, See TiTPWOKY, Il. 2. 14. 
éru adv., YET, still, further, still 
further; furthermore, moreover; hence- 
forth, hereafter, afterwards, any more 
or longer (w. neg. no more, no longer), 
in future; w.compar., intensive, stzd, 
even: %. V4s 3.9% 6.8; fs OO Os 
10, 410): iii. 1. 23; 2.2. 
€rounos, 7, ov, or os, ov, (prob. akin 
to éruuos & éreds real, & eit) readi th 
prepared ; ready to one’s hand; Ds; 
PAGeS SVG. wide wa dL De aS iL. 
léroipws readily, promptly, at once, 
Mes Ve 14 
ros, €0s, TO, @ Year : TpLdKovTAa ETH 
yeyovdres, or érwv Tpidxovta, 380 years 
old: ii. 3.12; 6.20. Der. ETESIAN. 
érpaTrop.ny, see Tpéw, il. 6. 5. 
érpadyy, see Tpépw, ill. 2. 13. 
érpwca, érpHOnv, see TiTPWoKW. 
éruxov, see TvyxXavw, 1. 5. 8. 
ed adv., (fr. neut. of Ep. éts good, 
but compared as if neut. of dyaGds) 
well, fortunately, happily, prosperous- 


Der. 











Jicially; easily; sometimes, in compos., 


very; 1.8.4; 7.5. Der. BU-Loee 
tev-Sarpovia, as, prosperity, happi- 
mess, ii. 5. 13. 
ted-Satpovl{o, low 1&, to call or estecie 
happy , congratulate, A.G. or dep, j 1.7.3. 
Tev-Sarpdves, c. vécrepov, 8. véoTara, 
happul, y, ii. 1. 43. 
ev-Salpwv, ov, g. ovos, c. ovecrepos, 
S. ovegTATOS, (Oaluwy demon, fortune) of 
good fortune, fortunate, happy ; pros- 
perous, flourishing, opulent, wealthy, 
rich ; i. 2. 683 5.7; 92 ieee 
ev-5ydos, ov, very clear, quite evi- 
dent, 101.2): ya Gar 
ev-8fa, as, (Zevs, Acds) when Zeus is 
kind, jine weather, a calm; hence, 
quiet, security ; v. 8. 19. 
ev-Sofos, ov, (dda) of good fame, 
portending glory, vi. 1. 23? 
ev-eidns, és, c. doTEpos, S. éoTaToS, 
(eidos) of good appearance, jine-look- 
ing, well-formed, handsome, ii. 3. 3. 
eJ-eATs, 4, g. Los, of good hope, 
hopeful, confident, ii. 1.18. 
ev-emrl-Qetos, ov, (€me-rtOnut) easy of 
attack, D.: everiBerov Hv (impers.) Tots 
monepioes it was easy for the enemy to 
make an attack, ili. 4. 20. 
tevepyerla, as, well-doing, good ser- 
vice, beneficence ; a benefit, kindness, 
javor } 11.5. 22; 10a 
TedepyeTéw, ow, evepyérnka or evnp- 
yérnxa, to do a favor, confer benefits, 
i, 0.917; 
ed-epyeTns, ov, (Zeyor) a well-doer, 
benefactor, 1.5.10: vil. 7. 23 (asadj.). 
eU-{eavos, ov, S., ({wvn) well-girt as 
for exercise, prepared for active move- 
ment, lightly equipped ; hence, active, 
agile, nimble: i11.3.6: iv. 2.7; 3.20. 
TedHGaa, as, simplicity, folly, stu- 
; | pedut Uy is oe: 
ev-70ns, €s, (700s disposition) well- 
dispositioned, guéleless ; simple, fool- 
ish, stupid ;.1. 3. 16. + 
eb0éas adv., (evOUs) straightway, im- 
mediately, iv. 7.7? 
tedOupéw, tow, to make cheerful: M. 
to be in good spirits, enjoy one’s self, 
iv. 5. 30. 
cv-Cuuos, ov, c., im good spirits, 
cheerful, iii. 1. 41. 
evOus, cla, U, straight, direct : hence 
adv. ev0us straightway, directly, forth- 
with, tnmediately ; at the outset ; 


evOdwpov 


sometimes joined with a part. instead 
of the leading verb, 662: ev@vs matdes 
évres immediately [being] while chil- 
dren, from their very childhood (= ev- 
Ods é€x maidwy iv. 6. 14): ev@ds éredy 
dvnyépOn immediately [when heawoke]} 
on his awaking, or as soon as he awoke : 
meses. £5 5-9. 4: ii. 1. 13; .5. 12. 

Lev0d-wpov adv., (Wpa ?) straight for- 

ward, right onward, ii. 2. 16. 
e¥-KAeLa, as, (k\éos) good fame, glo- 
ry, honor, vii. 6. 32s. 

LBv«dretdys, ov, Huclides, a sooth- 
sayer from Phlius in Peloponnesus, 
and a friend of Xenophon. Acc. to 
most mss., the same man or another 
of the same name was associated with 
Bi(t]on in his agency. vil. 8.1, 3,6? 

evkAeas (ev-KAens glorious, fr. x€éos) 
gloriously, with glory, vi. 3. 17. 

ev-wevys, és, c. éorepos, (uévos tem- 
per) well-disposed, kind, gentle, favor- 
while, FD., iv. 6. 12. 

ev-weTa-Xelpiorros, ov, (ueTa-xeELpi fw 
to handle, fr. xeip) easily handled, easy 
to manage or tinpose wpon, ii. 6. 20. 

tevvora, as, good-will towards, G.; 
affection, fidelity ; 1. 8. 29: iv. 7. 20. 

Tebvotxas with good-will, affectionate- 
ly: eb. €xew to be attached, D., i. 1. 5. 

eU-voos, ov, contr. edvous, ouy, Cc. 
ovorepos, well-minded, well-disposed, 
Sriendly, affectionate, attached, D., 1. 
20s = i. 4. 16: vii. 7. 30. 

evédpnyv, see evxouat, ili. 2. 9. 

ev-Eevos, Ion. e¥-Eervos, (Edvos) hos- 
pitable: Ilévros HvEavos the Huxine 
or Black Sea, a sea whose early navi- 
gation was attended with so many dan- 
gers that it was called ILévros “Ageuwvos, 
the inhospitable sea. The establish- 
ment of Greek, chiefly Milesian, col- 
onies upon its shores removing some 
of these dangers, its name was changed 
on this account, or for better omen 
(ef. e¥V@vumos), to Ildvtos Kvéewos, the 
hospitable sea. The Greeks carried on 
an extensive commerce with the Eux- 
ine, exchanging their manufactures, 
wine, oil, works of art, &c., for corn, 
honey, wax, timber, salt-fish, slaves, 
Meenty. 6222 3 V1. 1. 

| Hv-odets, éws, either a proper name, 
Euodeus; or a patrial, a Huodian, 
from the name of some place in Elis 
if the Hieronymus before mentioned 
is here meant; vii. 4.18: v. l.’ Evodias. 


55 











eVTOALOS 


e¥-o80s, ov, s., easy of travel or ac- 
cess, practicable, accessible, D.; impers. 
evodsv éotw the access is easy: iv. 2.9; 
8: 10.12" 

eU-oTrAos, ov, S., (Smov) well-armed, 


|e chorea 


ev-meTas adv., (ev-mer7ys falling 
well, of dice, &c., fr. rimtw) without 
trouble, easily, with ease, il. 5. 23. 
tev-mopia, as, case of passage, trai- 
sit, or provision; abundance, plenty 
of means, svfficiency ; v.1. 6? vii. 6. 37. 
e-tropos, ov, casily passable, easy of 
passage or to pass, casy, 11.5.9: 111.5.17. 
eU-TpaKTos, ov, C., (mpdTTw) easy to 
effect, practicable, ii. 3. 20. 
ev-mpeT 7s, és, (wpérw) well-looking, 
comely, handsome, iv. 1. 14. 
ev-™pda-0d0S, ov, S., casy of access, 
accessible, v. 4. 30. 
tevpypa, aros, 76, something found, 
an wnexpected good fortune, a god- 
send, windfall: etpnua éronoduny I 
esteemed it a piece of good fortune : il. 
3. 18: viu.'3. 18. 
ctplokw,* evpjow, etonka or nipynka, 
2.a. ebpov or nipov, to find, discover, 
invent, devise, A. P.: M. to find for 
one’s self, obtain, A. wapd: 1. 2. 25: 
ie Bee Sol tye lta wa TIO: 
Tedpos, eos, 76, width, breadth ; often 
in nom. with éoré understood, or to 
be supplied w. éo7i+ or in acc. of 
specif., both w. and without the art.; 
120 9598, Dore hl 410 SMe lass 
| Hips-doxos, ov, Hurylochus, a loch- 
age from Lusi in Arcadia, eminent for 
valor and enterprise, iv. 2. 21; 7. 11. 
} Hipt-paxos or’ Hpt-paxos, ov, E[2]- 
rymachus, a Dardanian, a messenger 
for Timasion, v. 6. 21. 
evpvs, ela, ¥, wide, broad, spacious, 
LV2 AO. QDs Viet De De 
LHip-étn, ns, Europe, a name in 
Hom. (Apoll. 251) for the main land 
north of the Peloponnesus, but in 
Hdt. and henceforth for the north- 
west division of the Old World, vii. 1. 
27; 6. 32. 
eU-TaKTos, ov, ¢., (TdTTw) well-or- 
dered, well-disciplined, well-behaved, 
orderly, ii. 6.14: iil. 2. 30. . 
led-taktTas in an orderly manner, tm 
good order, vi. 6. 35. 
ev-ragia, as, (rdtTw) good order, 
discipline, i. 5. 8: iii. 1. 38. 
eJ-ToApos, ov, (rdd\ua courage) of 


K 


EVTUX EW 5 
good courage, 
brave, 1. 7. 4. 
€0-TUXEW, How, EVTUXHKA OY NUTUXY- 

ka, (TUX) to be fortunate or successful, 
to succeed, AE., 1. 4.17: vi. 3. 6. 

Jev-TUXHpa, aros, Td, A success: Ev- 
Tuxew evTUXHUa to gain or obtain a 
success, Vi. 3. 6. 

Higparys, ov, the KHuphrates, a 
noted river of western Asia, linked 
with the very dawn of history, and 
with some of its greatest empires and 
most signal events. It rises by two 
great branches in the mountains of 
Armenia; and, after an estimated 
course of 1780 miles, enters the Per- 
sian Gulf, having formed with the Ti- 
gris a large alluvial tract, which is 
still rapidly increasing. The Cyreans 
forded the main river at Thapsacus, 
and the eastern branch not far from 
its source in Armenia. i.3.20; 4.11: 
iv. 5.2. ||Frat; below the junction 
of the Tigris, Shat-el-A'rab; the north- 
ern branch, Kard-Su (Black Water); 
the eastern and greater branch, J/u- 
rdd-Su (Water of Desire). 

Tebxh, 7s, praycr, wish, i. 9. 11. 
eVXopar, evEoua, etypae or noyuat, 
to pray, vow, make or offer one’s prayers 
or vows ; to express a wish, to wish ; 
I.(A.) D., A.: eUxovTo avTov evTUXToaL 
wished him success: 1. 4. 7,17; 9.11: 
a 2s OS bAaoetws3: 43 5 SHLOs 25. 
ev-d5ys, €s, (6fw, pf. ddwda, to smell) 
sweet-smelling, fragrant, odoriferous, 
Tops svi Ay Sy wi 4.29 

€v-vupos, ov, (dvoua) of good name 
or omen, /eft : 76 evwvupor (Képas) the 
left (wing) of an army. In the Greek 
system of augury (here unlike the Ro- 
man), indications from the left were 
deemed inauspicious. Hence, to avert 
any ill omen from mentioning this un- 
lucky quarter, the Greeks applied to 
it, by euphemism, the term evwrumos, 
just as they named the Furies Evpevi- 
des, the gracious goddesses ; cf. dptore- 
pos, Hvgéewos. 1.2.15; 8.48, 9, 13, 28. 

ev-wXéw, How, (Exw) to entertain or 
Seed another well or generously: M. to 
Seed one’s self or fare generously, to 
feast ved 80% ved. 11; [1. 4. 

Jev-wxla, as, feast, entertainment, Vi. 

ép by apost. for él, i. 2. 16. 

épayov, see écfiw, li. 3. 16. 

éhavyny, see daivw, i. 10. 19. 


courageous, spirited, 





6 éplorype 
tpacay, see Pyul, 1. 4. 12. 
tp-eSpos, ov, (dpa seat) sitting by: 
subst. éeSpes, ov, 6, an athlete sitting 
by when two were contending, ready 
to contest the prize with the con- 
queror; hence, successor in the contest, 
avenger, li. 5. 10: v. l. popes. 
écb-érropar,* Evouat, ipf. elrdunpy, 
2a. éorduny, to follow upon or after, 
accompany ; to pursue as a foe, press 
upon; D.; lis 2.12: mw. 1. Gs 3 6225. 
|’ E@éotos, a, ov, Lphesian, v. 3. 4, 6. 
"Ed@eoos, ov, 4, Lphesus, a famed 
city of Ionia in Asia Minor, at the 
mouth of the Cayster. It was special- 
ly devoted to the worship of Diana 
("Apreuts), Which attracted to it hosts 
of worshippers, and gave to it a kind 
of sacred character that brought it 
favor and saved it from many of the 
evils of war. Its great temple of the 
goddess was burned, for the sake of | 
notoriety, by Herostratus, on the night 
in which Alexander the Great was 
born ; but by the contributions of the 
Ionian and other cities it rose with 
more than its former splendor, and 
was then the largest of all the Greek 
temples, and accounted one of the 
wonders of the world. Ephesus was 
afterwards the seat of one of the most 
influential of the Christian churches, 
where Paul, Timothy, and John la- 
bored. It was a common landing- 
place for passengers on the way to 
Sardis, like the Cyrean Greeks ; and 
Xenophon here begins his computa- 
tion of the length of the march to 
Cunaxa. i. 4.2: ii, 2.6. ||Ayasaluk. 
ép-coTyKerayv, ép-cloTHKeray, or 
ép-éotacay, see ép-iorgu, 1. 4. 4. 
env, Epyola, hy, see Pyui, 1.6.7. 
EdOds, 7, dv, (vw) boiled, cooked, 
v. 4. 32. 
é-inpt,* jjow, etka, a. Hea (G, &c.), 
to send to: M. to yield one’s self to, 
permit, D. 1., Vi. 6. 31? 
é-lorypt,* orijcw, éornxa, 1 a. 
éoryoa, 2a. €oTnv, a. p. €oTaOnv, to 
bring to a stand, A.; hence, to stop or 
halt an army; to check a horse [sc. Tov 
immov, i.8.15]; to place, set, or appoint 
over, A. Dj I. 4.252. 1 1as oe, 
(w. pf., plp., & 2 a. act.) to stand upon, 
by, or over, émi > hence, to stop or halt, 
intrans.; to command, D.; 1.4.4; 5.7: 
ii, 4.26: iv.0. 9 ¢ Woe 








épddvov 


57 


feud 


é-d8t0v, ov, (600s) viaticum, pro-|vnv éxew to live in peace, évdndov é. to 


vision for the way or journey, travel- 
ling-money, vii. 3. 20; 8. 2 
éh-od0s, ov, 7, a way to or upon, 
access, approach, émi, 1.2.18: i11.4.41. 
é-opdw,* dpouar, Ewpaxa or édpaxa, 
2 a. eldov, to look upon, view, behold, 
witness ; to keep in view or charge, 
watch over, guard; A.; ili. 1,13: vi. 
3.14: vii. 1. 30; 6. 31. 
€p-oppéw, 77, to lie moored against, 
to blockade, vii. 6. 25. 
 €-opos, ov, 6, (Ep-opdw) an overseer, 
guardian ; an Ephor, a popular ma- 
gistrate in some of the Doric states. 
The Spartan Ephori, five in number, 
were elected annually from the whole 
body of citizens as their especial rep- 
resentatives, and as general overseers 
of the state.. During their brief term 
of office, they were endowed with great 
powers, administrative, judicial, and 
censorial, even above those of the 
fides it G6. 257 5. 10? 
 &pvyov, see gevyw, i. 2.18; 9. 31. 
ex és = xOes yesterday, vi. 4. 18 ? 
[€x 80s, eos, 76, hate, hatred. | 
téx@pa, as, inimicitia, enmity, hos- 
tility, animosity, il. 4. 11. 
LéxOpds,* a, dv, c. ExSiow & s. EX Ot- 


oros as fr. root éx@-, inimicus, inimi- |’ 


cal, hostile : subst. €x@pés, of, an enemy 
or foe, esp. @ private or personal ene- 
my, one cherishing feelings of person- 
al hatred or enmity; while wo\éuos 
(hostis) denotes rather a public enemy, 
one who is at war with another: oi 
éxOicra the bitterest foes, worst ene- 
mags Aj. 3. 12, 20: iti. 2. 3, 5. 
Ttéxupds, 4, dv, fit for holding, strong, 
Sortified, secure, i. 5. 7: ef. dxupés. 
txo & igya,* Ew & ox7}ow, Exxnka, 
ipf. etxov & ioxov, 2 a. Exxov (cx, 
oxoinv, cxés, &c.) to have or hold (have 
belonging rather to éxw, é&w, and hold 
to tcxw, oxjow; but the translation 
often varying according to the gram- 
matical object, while this object w. 
é€xw often forms a periphrasis for a 
corresponding verb), A.; hence, to jos- 
Sess, occupy, contain, obtain, retain ; 
to wear or carry ; to feel ; to detain, 
withstand, restrain, keep from, A. G.; 
to have the ability or ee [se. duva- 
puv], be able (can), 1.: éxov having, 
often where we use "with i Ie lA 
20,19 os 4. 6 5.8 y mi. 5. 11: elp7- 
TEX, AN. 3.* 


make evident, jovxiav &€. to remain 
quiet, keep still, 11. 6. 6,18: iv. 5. 18. 
"Exw is sometimes used w. a part., as 
a stronger form of expression than the ~ 
simple verb, 679b, 1. 3. 14: iv. 7. 1. 
"Exw refl. or intrans., to have one’s 
self, hence to be (w. an adv. comm. 
= elul w. an adj., 577d), be affected 
or related, be situated, stand, lie, fare ; 
woTrep eixey just as he {had himself ] 
was ; otTws Exet impers.., So it 28, thus 
the matter stands ; KAKOS or Kah@s € EXEL 
to be or go ill or well; évripws é. to be 
held in honor; 1.1.5; 3.95 5.16; 
iit, 17 3, 31, 40%. av. 1. 19; 5. 22. — P, 
to be occupied, held as prisoners, &c.; 
(év) avdyKn €xer Gar to be bound by. neces= 
sity; ii. 5. 21: iv. 6. 22. — M. éxouar 
to have or lay hold of, hold fast to, 
cling to, struggle for ; hence, to follow 
closely, conve or be next to, adjoin ; G.5 
i. 8. 4,9: vi. 3.17: vii. 6. 41. — See 
isxw. 

epntds, 7, dv, (yw) boiled, obtained 
by boiling, li. 3. 14. 

ebopar, see Exouat, 1. 3. 6. 

epa,* évijow, to boil, cook, ii. 1. 6. 

€w8ev adv., (ws) from dawn, at day- 
break, early in the norning, iv. 4. 8. 

éwkety, see elxd fw, iv. 8. 20. 

€wv, EOL, See Edw, V. 8. 22. 

Edpwv, ESpaxa, see dpdw, 1. 9. 14. 

€ws,* Ew, Ew, Ew (199. 3), 7, dawn, 
daybreak, early morning; the east ; 
1.7.1: it, 494 Yh. Si: Lecsave-3.-9: 

€ws adv. or conj., (és) as long a 
while, whilst, until, 1.8.11; 4.8 
1.2: ws 08 until the time when, 5 a 
iv. 8. 8? 


Z. 


ZaBaros or Zatraras, ov, 6, the Zaba- 
tus or Zapatas, a large affluent enter- 
ing the Tigris a little below the site 
of Nineveh. Its oriental name Zaba 
was sometimes translated by the Greeks 
into Av«cos, wolf. ii. 5.1: iil. 3. 6. 
|| The Great Zab. 

(aw * (faders (Hs, inf. f7v,&c., 120g), 
How, Enka, ipf. éfwy, to live: Fav liv- 
ing, alive: A. of extent, P. of means, 
amore 1.52 56.259. 01: ite2.25,39 : 
Wibod 

fed, ads, comm. pl., Lat. far, spelt, 
a kind of grain, v. 4. 27. 


feupa 


fepa, ds, a long overcoat or wrapper, 
worn by the Thracians, vil. 4. 4. 
TLevynAatéw, jow, to drive a team, 
Mil. Ss 
TLevy-nAdtns, ov, (eEAavvw) the driver 
of a team, a teamster, vi. 1. 8. 

Levyvupr,* fevéw, Efevxa 1., pf. p. 
efevyuat, to yoke, join, connect, fasten; 
to span, orm by the wnion of ; A. D. 
of means, mapd, mpds: 1.2.5: i. 4. 
133.24 s7i01..5- 10: .vi..1.8.. Ch jungo: 
l{etyos, eos, 7d, jugum, a yoke, span, 
or team, of oxen, horses, &c., iii. 2. 27. 

Zets,* Ards, Act, Aia, Zed, Zews or 
Jupiter (cf. Zed warep), son of Kronos 
(Saturn) and Rhea, king of gods and 
men, ruling especially over the heav- 
ens amd solid earth, i.7.9. His name 
appears in the Anabasis with the sur- 
names owryp, as protector from dan- 
ger, 1.8.16; Bacidevs, as king, and 
patron of kings, 111.1.12; gévos, as 
the god of hospitality and maintainer 
of its rights, i. 2. 4; meAiyeos, as 
gracious to those who propitiate him 
by offerings, vil. 8.4. Xenophon was 
directed by the Delphic oracle to Zevs 
Baovdevs for special guidance and pro- 
tection in his Asiatic journey; and 
was advised by Euclides to propitiate 
Zevds Merixuos, as a deity offended by: 
neglect. 

17, Liv, see (dw, 1.9.11: 11.1.1. 

HA-apxos, ov, Zelarchus, a director 
of the market, who was believed by 
the Cyreans to have wronged them, 
Vi wad 29. 

tnrords, 4, dv, (fnr\dw to envy, fr. 
(Hos ZEAL, emulation) enviable, to be 
envied ; of a person, an object of envy, 
Wet Ailes: 

{npide, wow, efnutwKa, (Kula loss, 
penalty) to punish, A. D. of penalty, 
vi. 4. 11. 

{ytéw, jow, E—nrnka, to seek, inquire 
or ask for, A., 1., i. 3. 2: v. 4. 33. 

{uptrys, ov, (Stun leaven, féw to bub- 
ble up) adj., leavened, vii. 3. 21: v. L. 
fuuns, Hros, or fumyT7s, ov. 

Lwypéw, jow, (fw5s, dypéw to catch) 
to take alive, to take captive or prison- 
CT WAS VDE nee 

Lav, Lavres, Lanv, see (dw, 11. 6. 29. 

{ovn, ns, ({wwviue to gird) a girdle, 
belt, ZONE. The girdle was important 
to the ancients for confining their 
loose dresses, and raising them when 


58 








Hyeopae 


too long for convenience (as in work); 
and also for sustaining weapons, 
pouches, &c. It was sometimes high- 
ly ornamented and costly; so that 
the Persian queens had the income 
of villages appropriated for their gir- 
dles (eis fwvnv for gérdle-money, cf. 
‘*pin-money’’). 1. 4.9; 6.10. 

{wds, 2, dv, (fdw) alive, living, iii. 
4.5. Der. zoDIAC, Z00-LOGY. 


H. 


%* alternative conj., aut, vel, or: 
}.. Hetther..or: wérepov. . 4, 1é- 
Tepa.. 7, or sometimes ed. . #, utrum 
.. an, whether .. OF? 1. aoe 
16. (= otherwise) 5 10. =e 
17:— comparative conj. (after com- 
paratives, and some other words of 
distinction, as G&\Aos, dws, dvTios, 
diapépw, mpdoGev), quam, than, i.1. 4s: 
ii. 2.13: ili. 1. 20; 4.33. See arn 7. 

4 * adv., indeed, truly, surely, cer- 
tainly, assuredly ; sometimes intro- 
ducing a direct question ; i. 6. 8: v. 
8.. 6: Wik 4. 9 Gene 

4, see 6. — H, ts, 7 (often as adv., 
where, which way), Hv, see os. — 4H, 
see eiui, 1. 3. 20. 

Pack, in pr. & ipf., (inceptive 
of 7Bdw to be of age, fr. Bn youthful 
prime) to become of age, come to man- 
hood, iv. 6.1: vii. 4. 7. 

Hyayov, see dyw, iv. 6. 21. 

yao Onv, see dyamas, i. 1. 9. 
HyyeAra, iyyedAov, see ayyéA\w. 
Hyyvewny, see eyyudw, vii. 4. 13. 

THyepovia, as, leadership, lead, fore- 

most place, precedence, G., iv. 7. 8. 

THyencouvos, ov, relating to guid- 

ance: tyeudoouva [se. tepa] thank-offer- 
ings for safe guidunce-or conduct, iv. 
8.25. 
tHyepav, dvos, 0, a leader ; a guide, 
conductor, whether human or divine 
(as Hercules for the Greeks, vi. 5. 24s); 
a leader in war, commander, chief; a 
superior or sovercign, applied to a con- 
trolling state; G.; 1. 3. 14, 16s; 6.2; 
7.142: Wi. 127s eae 

Hyéopar, yoouer, HWynuat, (dyw) to 
lead, go before ; to guide, conduct ; to 
take the lead or advance, lead the way, 
be in the advance or van; to lead in 
war, command; G., D., AE., ets, €ml, 


“Hyjcavipos 


&c.: mentally, to lead to a conclusion 
(ef. Lat. duco), think, consider, deem, 
suppose, believe, 1.(A.): 0 7ryovmevos the 
leader : 76 nyovmevov the leading divis- 
ton of an army, the van, advance, or 
Memmi, 45 4,2; 721; 9.31: 1. 
meee 8 3) 4. 5, 26: v. 4. 10, 20. 
L‘Hyfto-avipos, ov, Hegesander, one 
of the 10 commanders chosen by the 
Areadians and Achezans, vi. 3. 5. 
qe, Woerav, see dpdw, i. 8. 21. 
Hdéws adv., c. 7dtov, s. RdvcTa, (NdUs) 
agreeably, pleasantly, at ease; with 
pleasure, gladly, cheerfully, cordially ys 
c. more cheerfully, rather: #our av 
axovcayu I should most gladly hear, 
or be most glad to hear, i. 2.2; 4.9; 
Seen. 5. 15: vi: 5.17: vit. 7. 46. 
%-8n adv., (7 67 surely now) comm. 


referring to the present with the) 


recent past, or in strong distinction 
from the past ; but sometimes to the 
present with the immediate future, in 
distinction from a more distant fu- 
ture: jam, already, by this time, just 
now, now, recently, at length ; present- 
ly, forthwith : 76 75n Koda gew the im- 
mediate chastisement : 1.2.1; 3.1,11; 
Gamer svi. 1.17: vii. 1.4; 7. 24, 

Hdov4q, js, pleasure, delight, enjoy- 
ment ; an olject of pleasure, gratifica- 
tion ; delicious flavor ; ii. 3.16; 6.6: 
iv. 4.14. From 7éw 

Hovuvapyny, -7Onv, see S¥vauac. 

T9U-owvos, ov, producing sweet wine, 

vi. 4. 6. Z % 

Hdts, efa, U, c. Nétwy, s. HdirTos, (dw) 
sweet, delicious, pleasing, pleasant, 


agreeable, i. 5.33; 9.25: vi. 5. 24. 
Hoo, jow |., to please: P. & M. (Ff. 


nobjcoua, a. HoOnv) to be pleased, de- 
lighted, or gratified ; to delight in, be 
Sond of ; BPs t 218 > 4.16% 1.6.28. 

Te, Terav, or Yoav, see ctu. 

H8cXov, HOAnoa, see €0éhw, i. 8. 18. 

HKa, see Inu, iv. 5. 18. 

Fkiora, see 77Twy, 1. 9. 19. 

Hko, 7Ew, jxa l., to come; to come 
back, return ; often as pf., to have 
come or arrived (cf. I am come), be 
eee ois i. 2. 156 5°5. 12, 15 56. 32] 
i. 1.9, 15. Cf. otyoua. 

HAaoa, HAauvov, see €\atvy, i. 2. 23. 

HAeyxov, see ééyxw, iii. 5. 14. 

*HyXetos, ov; 6, (HAs) an Elean. 
Elis was the most western province of | 
Peloponnesas, containing a city of the | 


59 


Hprdaperkov - 


same name, and also Olympia, famed 
for the temple and great games in 
honor of Jupiter. It was hence re- 
garded as a sacred territory; and was 
thus mainly protected, even in its un- 
walled towns, from invasion and ray- 
age. Permitted and disposed to take- 
little part in the quarrels of Greece, 
it enjoyed a long period of quiet and 
prosperity. It was natural and wise 
in Xenophon to choose it for residence, 
on his withdrawal from military and 
eivil life. ii. 2. 20: i. 1. 34. 

HAektpov, ov, (EAn brightness) am- 
ber ; electrum, an alloy of about four 
parts gold to one of silver; i. 3. 15. 
Der. ELECTRICITY. 

HAGov, see Epyxouac, i. 2. 18. 
THAL-Batos, ov, poet., (Baivw) tnzc- 
cessible, precipitous, 1. 4. 4. 

[HALOa Ep. adv., (dAn wandering) m 
vain. | 
LHABLos, a, ov, foolish, silly, seise- 
less, stupid, stolid: ro 7ribcov folly, 
stupidity : ii. 5.21; 6.22: v. 7.10. 

HAckta, as, (7AtKos how old) time of 
life, age, i. 9, Giern os 14:2. 

{HALKLoTHs, ov, (v. L. ane, tKos) an 
‘equal in age, comrade, i. 9. 5. 

HAtos, ov, 6, (akin to €\7n brightness) 
sol, the sun, an object of religious 
worship among the Greeks, and still 
more among the Persians, i. 10.15: 
iv. 5.35. See dua. Der. HELIO-TROPE. 

HAmifov, see éArifw, vii. 6. 34. 

foxa, HAwyv, see ahicxouat, iv. 2.13. 

[Apo,* hoo, hoGat, &c., pret., to sit. | 

Hpets we, pl. of eye, 1. 3. 9s, 18. 

ApaAnpévas, (fr. pf. p. pt. of éuedéw) 
carelessly, incautiously, 1. 7. 19. 

FMEV, TE, Toray, see edu, vii. 6. 9. 

hHpspa, as, (as if from juepos, se. 
;@pa, the mild time) the day (w. the 
art. often om., 533d), a day, 1. 2.6; 
1.2, 14018 = 0.12255 6.7.) peeaue, 
etd. Der. EPH-EMERAL. 

- Hpepos, ov, mild, tame ; cultivated 
or garden (trees), v. 3. 12. 

Tpétepos, a, ov, (Huets) our: i) TMe- 
Tépa, SC. xwpa, our territory: Ta lee 
Tepa our affairs, sometimes by periphr. 
‘for juels PS. 9 SHI. DSS TV S8E Or 

Tjpt- in compos., semi-, half-, 
HEMI-. 

tpl-Bparos, ov, half-caten, 1. 9. 26. 

Tpr-Saperkdy, ov, (daperxis) a half 
daric, i. 3. 21. 











Tprders 


Hyet-Sers, és, (Séw to want) wanting 
halt, hal/-emptied, half-full, i. 9. 25. 
Fpe-cBodtov, ov, (d8odds) a half- 

obol, i. 5. 6? 

Tpt-odves, a, ov, (SAos) half as much 
again: neut. subst., the whole and a 
half, a half more, G., i. 3. 21. 

tHprovikds, 7, dv, of mules, vii. 5. 2. 

hpl-ovos, ov, o 4, a half-ass, a mule, 

Wass: 

Hpt-wreOpov, ov, a half-plethrum, 
about 50 feet, iv. 7. 6. 

Hpuos, eva, uv, (mut-) semis, half: 

70 tyucv [sc. wépos] the half Upart] 

neioea aptwv half-loaves of bread : 

Su 225) OF 26s) iv. 2. 92-3. hb: 
Hpr-oBddvov = Tuc-oBddor, i. 5. 6? 
4pouv, see eudw, iv. 8. 20. 
Hepeyvoovy, see dude-yvoew,i1. 5.33 ? 
Hv, contr. ir. edy, Y, 1.4; 4.15. 
qv, Hoa, iv, see eful, lil. 1. 27. 

iv, tv-7ep, see ds, b0-mep, ii. 2. 10. 

qvexepny, Hverxomyy, see dv-éxw. 

HvEXOn, see Hépw, iv. 7. 12. 

qvixa rel. adv., (ds) when, ch. w. 
ind., and more specific than dre, 53 ; 
i, 8. 1, 8, 17: ili. 5. 18 (G., see pa) ? 

qvl-oxos, ov, 6, (qvia rein, €xw) a rein- 

holder, driver of a chariot, i. 8. 20. 
4v-tep, contr. fr. éav-mep, if indeed, 

af only, ii. 4.17? iii. 2. 21: iv. 6.17 ? 

aetv, Heoumw, see jew, 1.7.1; 6. 3. 

imep Just as, Just where, see ae) 

|TioTapHV, see er-icrauat, v. 1.10. 
tHpdkvaa, as, Heracléa (city of 

Hercules), a prosperous commercial 

city on the Bithynian coast of the 

Euxine, a Megarian colony, v. 6. 10: 

vi. 2.1; 4.2. || Herakli, or Eregli. 

tHpakdelins, ov, Heraclides, from 

Maronéa in Thrace, an unprincipled 

and trickish agent of Seuthes, vii.3.16. 

t‘Hpakdedtys, ov, (a man of ‘Hpd- 

kera) a@ Heracleot or Heraclean, v. 6. 

TGs iw. dy 17s: 

T‘Hpakdearts, cdos, 7, (sc. y9) Hera- 
cledtis, the territory belonging to He- 
racléa, vi. 2. 19. 

“Hpa-kdijs,* ous, 7, da, evs, Heracles 
or Hercules, son of Jupiter and Alc- 
méne, the most celebrated of all the 
heroes of antiquity. The greatest of 
the twelve labors which he performed 
at the bidding of Eurystheus, was his 
descent into Hades and bringing 
thence the monster Cerberus, whom 
he showed to his taskmaster and then 


60 








4xOnv 


restored. Tradition connected this 
descent with various localities, most 
commonly with a cave near Cape 
Tznarum in Laconia. His exploits 
in removing the dangers of travel 
from wild beasts and robbers, led to 
his especial worship as a conductor 
in perilous joule (aryeuwv). iv. 8. 
2ht VR Qa 25 7d. 2 
jpacOny, see eae iv. 6. 3. 
peony, t NPAPAY, see aipéw, iti. 1. 47s. 
Tpphvevov, see Epunvedw, v. 4. 4. 
Tpgapqv, APXopny, see dpxw. 
TPSLHV, NpOTwy, HpoTyTa, see épw- 
rdw, i. 3.20; 6.78; 7. 9. 
iis, Ao-rrep, see 0s, do-ep, lil. 2. 21. 
gay, Ho0a, Horny, see eiui,i. 1. 6. 
Yoav or Terav, see ejut, iv. 4. 14, 
joOnpar, joOdpny, see aicOdvopar. 
Rony, see HOoua, i. 2. 18. 
jo Ovov, see eoOiw, il. 1. 6. 
Thovux ate, dow, to keep quiet or still, 
keep one 's place, v. 4. 16. 
Tyovxy or jovxq, quietly, stilly, 
noiselessly, 1. 8. 11. 
thovxla, as, case, quiet, rest, tran- 
quillity : xa’ hnovxiay at one’s ease, 
in quiet, quietly, peaceably, without 
molestation : il. 3. 8. See d&yw & éxw. 
Foruxos, ov, (uae?) stall, quiet, with- 
out clamor, vi. 5.11? [ 5. te? 
$Arvxws quietly , without clamor, vi. 
iT, Te, see elu, eiuc, 1. 5. 39. 
q™moa, YTotpyy, see airéw, il. 4. 2. 
HTpOV, ov, (7rop heart) the abdomen, 
esp. below the navel: méxpe Tod ifr pov 
as far as the groin, iv. 7. 15. 
TyTTéopaL, TT HooMaL, oftener p. 7T- 
THINTOMAL, ATTHMAL, a. HTTHOnr, to be 
inferior, surpassed, or worsted, G. P.; 
to be conquered, defeated, or vanquished, 
as pass. of vxaw and sometimes, like 
this, w. the pres. as pf., 612; 1. 2. 9: 
it, 3. 23:57 406, dee 6. 17: ii. 2. 39. 
fray, Heros, c. &s. (as fr. Ep. adv. 
Aika slightly, aspirated) referred te mu- 
kpos or xakds, less, least, or worse, 
worst: c. weaker, inferior, v. 6.18, 
32: neut. as adv., ec. #rrov less, the 
less, less likely or ably, ii. 4.2: vi.1. 
18: vii. 5.9; s. (otherwise rare) jKura 
least, the least, least of « all, 1. 9. 19. 
ikapqy, 718XSpqv, HipLrkoy, nupoy, 
nitixyca, see eUXOMAL, evploK, €UTU- 
xéw, 1.4.72 9.29? iv. 8. 25? vi. 3. 6? 
be aa HXPdpqy, see antes 
HXOny, see dyw, vi. 3. 1 








Q. 


0’ for ré, by apostr. before au aspi- 
rated vowel, i. 3. 9. 

QddXatrTa (-coa), ys (ds sal, salt 2) the 
sea, a general name for the great con- 
nected body of salt- or sea-water (often 
without the art. 533d): @d\arra peya- 
An & great or heavy sea, i. e. a great or 
violent rush of the sea (cf. magnum 
mare, bucr. 2. 553): 1.1.7; 2.22; 4. 
43 aw. 7.24: v. 8.20. Cf. révros. 

@adrros, cos, 76, warmth, heat ; pl. 
ealores, attacks of heat, heat, iii. 1. 23. 

Oapiva adv. aud (dua) often, 
Srequently, iv. 1. 16. 

Oavaros, ov, 6, (AvjcKw) death ; kind 
of death, mode of execution: émi dava- 
Tw for death, in token of death, as a 
sign of execution: 1.6.10: ii. 6. 29: 
ili. 1. 43. Der. EU-THANASY. 

l8avaréw, wow, to condemn to death, 
Ae it: 6:<4, 
OamTw,* Odyw, 2 a. p. érddny, to 
bury, qler, A., iv. 1. 19: v. 7. 20. 
TOapparéos, a, ov, c., courageous, 
bold, daring, confident, mpds, iii. 2. 16. 
tO0apparéws courageously, boldly, fear- 
lessly, confidently, with confidence, mpés: 
To éxew 8. to have one’s self confident- 
ly, a feeling of confidence, fearlessness : 
m 909: 16. 14: vii. 3. 29; 6. 29. 
TOappéw, ow, TeAapAnKa, to be cour- 
ageous or of good courage ; to be bold, 
fearless, or confident ; to take heart; 
to have no fear of, A.: pt. as adv., 
confidently, with confidence, without 
Year Oya ad: 1.3.8 > m1. 2. 205 4. 3. 

Qappos, eos, 7d, courage, confidence, 

va: 5. 17. (es 
LOappive, ivd, to encowrage, cheer, i. 

Capo- v. J. for Sapp- in Adppos, &c. 

Oaptmas, ov, Tharypas, a favorite 
of Menon, ii. 6. 28. 

O&itepov or Oarepov, &c., by crasis 
for 76 érepov, &c., 125b; pl. é« rob 
[sc. xwptou] él O&repa (sc. wépn], from 
[the region upon] the other or farther 
side, v. 4. 10. 

Oatrov, ov, c. of Taxus, i. 2.17. 

Oatpa, aros, 76, (A@doua to gaze 
upon) wonder or a subject of wonder, 
a marvel, vi. 3. 23. 

LOavpato, dooua, less Att. dow, Te- 
Gavpaka, a. COavuaca, to wonder, mar- 
vel, admire, be surprised or astonished, 


61 


Ocdtropzros 


CPs Aly Giyh72 6) 1... 2518's, 3. 2a Bh 
16; 10.16: vi. 2. 4. 

LOavpdoros, a, ov, s., wonderful, 
marvellous, admirable, G.? ii.3.15: tii. 
Ty 27. 

{Oavpaords, 7, dv, s., to be wondered 
at, wonderful, wondrous, strange, sur- 
TURE, D519; DAP Wo be l5e avy Ze Ee 

TOapaxnvds, of, 6, a Thapsacene, 
aman of Thapsacus, 1. 4. 18. 

Odpakos, ov, 7, Thapsacus (Tiph- 
sah, i. e. passage or ford, 1 Kings 4. 
24), a city near a much-frequented ford 
of the Euphrates, though the Thap- 
sacenes flattered Cyrus by saying that 
the river had never before been fordable 
at that point. Alexander here crossed 
by two bridges, doubtless of boats ; 
but Lucullus forded the stream with 
his army, and Ainsworth states that 
the depth of the water was reduced to 
20 inches in the autunmn of 1841. 1. 4. 
11. || Ruins near the Ford of the Anese- 
Beduins. 

Béa, as, (akin to Odouar to gaze upon) 
a sight, spectacle, iv. 8. 27. 

Oecd, Gs, (eds) a goddess, vi. 6. 17 
(elsewhere 7 0€6s, 174 b, v. 3. 6s, 13). 

1 @ea-yévns, eos, see Oceo-yér7ns. 
{Oéapa, atos, 76, a@ sight, spectacle, 
1.27. 

Oedouar, doouat, reOéauar, (Ada) to 
look on, gaze at, behold, observe, wit- 
ness, watch, perceive, sec, with sur- 
prise, wonder, or admiration often im- 
pled, .A. Piers, 1 SS iv. 7. 26% var 
5.16. Cf. épaw. Der. THEATRE. 

Octv to run, see Ow, i. 8. 18. 

Qetos, a, ov, (Beds) divine, by divine 
interposition, supernatural, miracu- 
lows, 1. 4. 18. 

0AXw to wish, will, see é6édw. 

Oéwevos, Oévres, &c., see TIOnm. 

t Gco-yévys, eos, Theogenes, a lochage 
from Loeris, vii. 4.18: v. 1. Oea-yév7ys. 

1 @ed-troptres, ov, Theopompus, an 
Athenian, only mentioned by some 
mss., ll. 1. 12. Other mss. have here 
Eevopay, and two have fevoday in the 
text, and @edmeumros in the margin. 
We cannot suppose that there was a 
general named Theopompus, and it is 
extremely improbable that a person 
of inferior rank, so quiet and insig- 
nificant as to be nowhere else men- 
tioned, should have interfered in an 
interview of the generals with the 


§eds 


king’s heralds. But Xenophon, who 
was with the army simply as the in- 
timate friend of Proxenus, and by the 
special invitation of Cyrus, held no 
position of inferiority. With entire 
propriety, he might be invited by 
Proxenus to attend him in the inter- 
view as a friend ; and might take part 
in the conversation to support him, 
if a fit occasion should arise. Com- 
pare 1. 8.15.2 1!\5. 37:~ Hence, also, 
Diodorus might naturally ascribe to 
Proxenus himself (xiv. 25) the words 
spoken by one who was present as 
his companion. How then could the 
change of name have arisen in some 
of the best mss.? Perhaps as follows : 
in view of the subsequent preservation 
of the army through Xenophon, . an 
enthusiastic reader may have written 
in the margin, by the side of his name, 
Oesrroutros, the heaven-sent (= 0¢d-Tep- 
aros, While in the marginal @ed7euzos 
the two forms seem blended); and, 
through a common mistake, a sub- 
sequent copyist may have understood 
as a correction what was simply meant 
as a comment, and have substituted 
it in the text. 

Qcés, 08, 6 7, deus, agod, deity, divinity, 
(} 065s goddess, ili. 2.12: v.3.6s): ovv 
Tots Deots with the help of the gods, or 
by their will or favor: wpos Dewy be- 
Jore or by the gods. The art. is often 
omitted w. Oeoi, 533.¢. The Anabasis 
abounds in appeal or reference to ‘‘the 
gods,” as a general expression for the 
Divine and Supreme Power (so 6 eds 
the Deity, vi. 3. 18); but makes com- 
paratively little mention of any par- 
ticular god, showing how far poly- 
theism had lost its hold upon the 
Greek mind. i. 4.8; 6.6: 11. 3. 22s: 
lili. 1.5s, 23s. Der. THEISM, ATHEIST. 

1 0co-céBeva, as, (céBw to revere) piety, 
religion, il. 6. 26. 

{Ospatreva, evow, TePepdmev«a, to take 
care of, provide for, cherish, court, A., 
1.9.20: ii.6.27. Der. THERAPEUTIC. 

Oepatrwv, ovros, 6, (Oépw to warn) 
an attendant, waiter, servant, 1.8.28? 

Bepltw, icw 1, (Pépos summer, fr. 
Gépw to warm) to spend or pass the 
summer, lil. 5. 15. 

Ocopacia, as, (Peouds warm, fr. Oépw 
to warm) warmth, v. 8. 15. 

Qcoud8wv, ovros, 6, the Thermédon, 


62 











©*Bq 

a river of Asia Minor, flowing into the 
Euxine. Its banks were the fabled 
abode of the Amazons. v. 6.9: vi. 2. 
1. || Thermeh-Chai. 

Cer bar, Ogee, see TiOnu, i. 6. 4. 

t @erradta (older GeccaNia), as, Thes- 
saly, a large, fertile, and populous, 
but rude province in the northeast of 
Greece. It consists mostly of the 
rich basin of the Penéus, surrounded 
by mountains, among which are the 
famed Olympus and Ossa (with the 
beauties of Tempe between), and Pe- 
lion. Its institutions were mostly 
oligarchic, a few noble families dom- 
ineering. Its rank was highest in the 
early history of Greece, when it con- 
tained the original Hellas, and sent 
Jason to the Argonautic adventure, 
and Achilles to Troy. i. 1. 10. 

@érrados (older Odccanos), ov, 6, a 
man of Thessaly, a Thessalian, i. 1.10. 

Qéw,* Oevoouat, ipf. eeov, (other 
tenses supplied by tpéyw) to run, dpd- 
bw, eis, él, mpdos, &c., 1. 8.18: ii. 2. 
14: iv. 3. 21, 29. 

Gcewpéw, How, TeDewpnKa, (Oewpds spec- 
tator, fr. Oedouar) to view, behold, ob- 
serve, witness ; to inspect or review an 
army; to attend games or rites as @ 
sacred deputy; A.; i. 2.10, 16: ii. 4. 
25s: v.3.7. Der. THEOREM, THEORY. 

OnfPaios, ov, 6, a man of Thebes, a 
Theban, ii. 1.10. Thebes (07 Gar) was 
the chief city of Beeotia, said to have 
been founded by the Pheenician Cad- 
mus and walled to the music of Am- 
phion. It was wonderfully rich in 
legendary story, e. g. as the birthplace 
of Bacchus and Hercules,and the scene 
of the tragic fortunes of Cidipus and 
Niobe. Jn the historical age, it com- 
monly held the rank of the third city 
in Greece; but, for a short period after 
the battle of Leuctra, of the first. 

OxnBn, ns, Thebe, a town of western 
Mysia (also assigned to Lydia, as early 
occupied by the Lydians), under Mt. 
Placus. According to Homier, An- 
dromache was the daughter of its 
king ; and the capture of the beauti- 
ful Chryséis, in connection with its 
sack by Achilles, gave occasion to the 
action of the Iliad. Perishing itself, 
it left its name to a fertile plain in 
the vicinity of Adramyttium. vil. 


Sr t 


Onp 

[OAp, Onpds, 6, fera, a wild beast ; cf. 
Germ. thier, Eng. deer.) 

LOqpa, as, a hunt or chase of wild 
beasts, v. 3. 8, 10. 

LOnpdo, dow, Ted ipaxa, to hunt, chase, 
or pursuc wild beasts ; to prey upon ; 
memes tv. 5. 24: v. 1. 9. 

LOnpevo, ecw, TeOjpevxa, to hunt or 
chase wild beasts ; to catch or take, as 
a hunter his prey; A.; 1. 2. 7, 13. 

LOnplov, ov, dim. of Oyp, but comm. 
used in prose for it, 371f; a wild 
ices or animal, 1.2.7; 5.2;-9. 6: 

Onoavpds, of, 6, (riOnue) thesaurus, 
a store laid up, TREASURE; treasury ; 
Wasco 4.27. 

Onxys, ov, Theches, a mountain 
from which the Cyreans obtained their 
first and transporting view of the Kux- 
ine, iv. 7.21. || Acc. to Strecker, Kolat- 
Dagh ; to others, Tekieh-Dagh, &c. 

OlBpev, wos, Thibron, a Spartan 
general who was sent in the winter of 
400 —399 B.c., to protect the Ionian 
cities from the Persians, and who took 
the returned Cyreans into his service. 
From want of efficiency and good dis- 
cipline, he was superseded, in about 
a year, by Dercyllidas. In a later 
command against the Persians, B. C. 
391, his carelessness cost him his life. 
vil. 6.1; 8.24: v. 2. OiuBpwr. 

6yqAcKw* (oftener dio-OvjcKw, exc. 
in the complete tenses), Oavoduat, ré- 
@vyka, 2a. €Bavov, 2 pf. pl. réOvaper, 
&c., inf. reOvavar, pt. reOvews, to die, 
Jall in batile ; as pass. of xreivw, to be 
slain : pf. pret., to (have died] be dead, 
pt. dead ; reOvavar éwnyyédXerOo he of- 
Jered or consented to be a dead man, 
i. e. to die or be put to death immedi- 
ately: i.6.11: ii.1.3: iv.1.19; 7.20. 

L9vynTds, 7, dv, mortal, liable or ex- 
posed to death, iii. 1. 23. 

Odava v. 1. for Adva, i. 2. 20. 

OdpuBos, ov, 6, (akin to Opéouar to 
ery, and Lat. turba) noise, outcry, up- 
roar, tumult, alarm, murmur, i. 8.16: 
tier: Tit, 35'S <- iv. 2.20. 

Ooiptos, ov, 6,a@ Thurian, a man of 
Thurii, a flourishing city founded by 
an Athenian colony, B. c. 443, near the 
ruins of Sybaris on the Tarentine Gulf 
in southern Italy. Among the colo- 
nists were the historian Herodotus and 
the orator Lysias. v. 1.2. || Ruins 
near Terra-Nuova. 


63 





Oupds 


pany, ns, (Opgé) Thrace, a rude 
country in southeastern Europe, north 
of the Aigean and Propontis. If this 
region was occupied early by more 
eivilized tribes, to which Orpheus, Mu- 
seus, Thamyris, &c., belonged, they 
prob. moved southward into Greece. 
v.1.15. || Rumelia.— 2. A neighbor- 
ing district in Asia, across the Bos- 
phorus, so called as occupied by Thra- 
clan tribes ; oftener called Bithynia, 
from the chief of these tribes; vi. 4. 1. 

t{@paxveyv, ov, Thraciwm, or the Thra- 
cian Area, in Byzantium, probably 
near the Thracian Gate, vii. 1. 24. 

LOpaxvos, a, ov, Thracian, vii.1.18. 

Opavipar v. 1. for Tpaviwac. 

Opak, Ovaicds, 6, a Thracian, a man 
of Thrace (in Europe or Asia); as adj., 
Thracian. The Thracians were not 
wanting in activity, energy, or cour- 
age; but, though claiming relation- 
ship to their Greek neighbors, they 
partook but scantily of the Greek cul- 
ture. Among their too prevalent char-. 
acteristics were ferocity, cruelty, in- 
temperance, and faithlessness. 1.1.9; 
POL NA Ay Dis vib. Lai. s act 
TOpacéws adv., boldly, iv. 3. 30. 

Opacds, cia, ¥, c. Urepos, (having the 
same stem w. 6pda0s = Odpaos or 04h p0s) 
bold, daring, spirited, v. 4.18; 8.19. 

Opafpopat, see Tpépw, vi. 5. 20. 

Opdvos, ov, 6, a seat, esp. the ele- 
vated seat of a ruler, @ THRONE, ii.1.4. 

Gvyarnp,* (répos) tpds, Tpi, Tépa, Bv- 
yatep, 7, Germ. tochter, @ DAUGHTER, 
li Ses ily 0.24: 

Gidakos, ov, 6, a sack, bag, vi. 4. 23. 

Gdpa, argos, 7d, (AUw) @ victim, -sacri- 
Jae, Vix A220): vai..8. 19. 

OipBorov, ov, Thymbrium, a city 
of Phrygia, now represented acc. to 
some by Akshehr (i. e. white city), and 
acc. to others by Ishakli; while the 
copious fountain Olu-Bunar (i. e. great 
fountain), between these towns, has 
been regarded by some as the famed 
spring of Midas. i. 2. 13. 

Tt Gvpo-adas, és, or Cipadns, es, c.érre- 
pos, (eidos) spirited, mettlesome, iv.5.36. 

TOvpdopar, dooua, TeOUuwyar, to be 
angry, provoked, tncensed, or enraged, 
Della. dos 

Bipds, of, 6, (O0w to rush) the rush 
of feeling, spirit, anger, passion, resents 
ment, vil. 1. 25 


Ovvol 


Ovvol, dy, oi, the Thyni, a Thracian 
tribe near Byzantium, especially for- 
midable in the night. <A part of this 
tribe crossed, like the Bithyni, into 
Asit. Wi. 2 22,02 5 4.01ae 

Qvpa, as, (cf. Lat. foris, Germ. thiir) 
@ DOOR, often in the plur., even when 
a single entrance is spoken of: pl. 
door or doors, gates, quarters, residence, 
court (cf. sublime porte): éri tats Ov- 
pats at the very door or gates, some- 
times used as a strong expression for 
nearness: 1.2.11; 9.3: i. 4.4; 5.31. 

L@dperpov, ov, a door, gate, v. 2. 17. 
TOvoia, as, a sacrifice, offering to a 
god, iv. 8. 2582 Ved Os evie a to: 

Oiw (v), Oiow, TébvKa, to sacrifice, 
offer to a god, D. A., AE.: Ta AUKaca 
eOvce offered the Lyceean sacrifices, 
celebrated the Lyceean rites or festival : 
i 2 JOY mm. 2. 9,12", to sacrifice 
for learning the will of the gods or 
future events, to take or consult the 
auspices, AE., D. (of the god, or of the 
person for whom), CP., I., éwi, mepl, 
vrép, ii. 2.3: v. 6.22, 27s: vil. 8. 4s. 

TOwpakifa, icw,to arn with a cuirass ; 
TEeOwpakioméevos equipped with a corselet, 
clad in armor: M. to put on one’s own 
cutrass or armor, arm one’s self: ii. 2. 
14; 5. 35: in, 4. 35. 

Qopags, axos, 0, a cwirass, corselet, 
breastplate. The Greek cuirass comm. 
consisted of two metallic plates, 
adapted to the shape of the body, one 
for the front, and the other for the 
back. These were ch. united by 
shoulder-pieces, the belt, and hinges 
or buckles at the sides. The cavalry 
cuirass was esp. heavy. Some nations 
wore corselets of thick, firm layers of 
flaxen cloth or felting. i. 8. 3, 26: il. 
4.48: iv. 7.15. Der. THORAX. 

Opa, axos, an officer from Beeotia, 
who often contended with Xenophon, 
V. GO. 1925035: 


I. 


idopar, dooua, iduac 1, to heal, 
cure, dress a wound, i. 8. 26. 

"Tac-dévios, a, ov, (Idowv Jason) Ja- 
sonian: “Iacovia axrn the Jasonian 
Shore, a promontory not far from Co- 
tydra, where Jason was supposed to 
have landed in the Argonautic Ex- 


64 





Une 


pedition, vi. 2. 1. || Yasun-Burun, or 
Cape Bona. 
iatpds, of, 6, (fdouac) a healer, sur- 
geon, physician, 1.8.26: ii. 4. 30. 
ietv, orp, Sw, iddv, see dpdy, i. 
2.18% 9. 13: 11. 1, 9) Wer mom 
"I8y, ns, Jda, a mountain-range in 
Mysia, south of Troy. Here, in the 
old myths, Paris awarded the prize to 
Venus, and the gods sat to watch the 
strife about Troy. Its highest point, 
Gargaron (now Kaz-Dagh), is about 
4650 feet high. vii. 8. 7. 
vtos, a, ov, One's own, private, per- 
sonal : eis To tdvov for one’s private or 
personal use or benefit, for one’s self : 
idia, as adv., privately, in private, 
personally, by one’s self, on one’s own 
account ; 1.8.3: v.6.27. Der. IDIOM. 
LidudTns, nros, H, peculiarity, 11. 3.16. 
Li&toTys, ov, a private or common 
person or soldier, a private, i. 3.11: 
vi. 1.31: vil. 7. 28. Der. anrem 
LiStwtiKds, 7, dv, relating to a private 
person, or denoting a private station, 
vi. 1. 23. 
iSpda,* wow, Wpwxa l., (ios sweat) 
sudo, to sweat, perspire, i. 8. 1. 
We, Sav, see dpdw, i. 2. 18. 
Yeo or Yepor, see imu, 1. 5. 8. 
tévat, Or, Vom, tw, tov, see efuc. 
Ttepetov, ov, a victim for sacrifice, an 
animal such as were used for sacrifice 
or food (since the two uses were so 
intimately united); pl. cadéle;. iv. 4. 
9: vi. 1. 4, 22; 5.15. 
t‘Iepdv dpos, 76, the Sacred Mountain 
(Mons Sacer), a mountain west of the 
Propontis, on the direct route from 
Byzantium to the Chersonese, vil. 1. 
14; 3.3. || Tekir-Dagh. 
tepds, a, ov, sacred, consecrated, holy, 
hallowed, &. 437: 76 iepor (se. dGua] 
the temple: ra tepd the sacred rites, 
sacrifices, auspices; from their esp. use 
in divination, the entratls[sacred parts] 
of the victim: Td tepa yiyverar the 
sacrifices take effect, are auspicious : 
i. 8. ID: Ui. 1.93 2. Se dvs. Sy eee 
v. 3.9s, 11,18. Der. HIERO-GLYPHIC. 
LTep-avupos, ov, Hieronymus, an 
Elean, the oldest lochage in the di- 
vision of Proxenus, and influential for 
good, iii. 1. 84: vi. 4. 10. 
inpt,* iow, efka, a. Hea (eiuer, @, 
elnv, &c.) to send, throw, hurl, shoot, 
let fly, A., D. of missile, KaTd, els, 1. 5 








inre 


12: iv.5.18. MM. tewac (v. 1. tewan, 
“referred to eciut, 45 p) to send one’s 
self, hasten, hurry on, rush, spring, 
fener... 1.5, 8 > 8. 26 > iv. 2. 7's, 20. 
inte, tO, see cius, Vil. 2. 26; 3. 4. 
ixavds, 7, ov, C., (ixw) reaching the 


desired end, sufficient, enough ; ade-| 


quate, required; able, capable, com- 
petent, qualified, adapted : ixavsy [sc. 


xwpiov] a sufficient distance : 1., D., 8s, | 


See a 1, 21s 3.65 7.7: WW. 
aoe 2 30; 6. 12, 30: vi. 4. 3. 
lixavas sufficiently, adequately, iv. 
2 
vu. . 
Tixetevo, eviow, to supplicate, entreat, 
besecch, A. 1., vii. 4. 7, 10, 22. 

ikérys, ov, (ikw) one who comes for 
ald, a suppliant, vii. 2. 33. 

*Ixdéviov, ov, Zcontum, an old city 
of Phrygia, near Lycaonia, in which 
it was afterwards included. Paul 


65 


lorie 


!and sides of the horse. From the 
‘mountainous character of their coun- 
try, however, and their habits of city 
life, the Greeks used cavalry very 
‘much less than the eastern nations. 
Lhe ip AES. Gy Bens Br re 
Tiwmukds, 7, dv, of or for cavalry: 
subst. immxdv [sc. orpdrevua or rdFj- 
| os] cavalry [force]: 1. 3.12; 9. 31. 
Ttwrmd-Spopos, ov, 6, @ race-course for 
‘horses, hippodrome, i. 8. 20. 
Urrtros, ov, 0 7, a& horse, mare: aro 
| trou [from a horse] on horseback: oi 
‘trot sometimes = oi immeis the horse, 
cavalry: i. 2.7; 8. 3,18: vii. 3. 39. 
Der. HIPPO-POTAMUS (river-horse). 
| *Ipts, cos or cdos, 6, the Iris, a con- 
siderable river in the northeast part 
|of Asia Minor, flowing into the Eux- 
line, v. 6.9: vi. 2.1. || The Yeshil- 
Irmak, i. e. Green River. 





visited the city more than once, and) tof, iopev, tore, tract, see dpdw. 
made many converts. Intheeleventh) ic@pds, vd, 6, (eius) the place to go 
century, it became the capital of a on, av ISTHMUS: asa prop. name, the 
powerful Seljuk sovereignty, which | Isthmus of Corinth, the neck of land 
gave it a prominent place in the his-| (about five miles across, where nar- 
-tory of the Crusades. It is still an rowest) connecting the Peloponnese w. 
important city, aud the capital of a the mainland of Greece, and separat- 
pashalic. i. 2.19. || Konieh. ing the Corinthian and Saronic Gulfs. 
[“tkw * poet., to come, arrive, reach, | Repeated attempts were made and 
akin to #xw, 114d. | abandoned, to connect these gulfs by 
“thes, wy, Att. contr. fr. “Ados, ov,|a canal. The famed Isthmian Games 
propitious, gracious, kind, vi. 6. 32. | were here celebrated in honor of Nep- 
“thy, ns, a troop, esp. of horse, often | tune. ii. 6. 3. 
set at 64 men, i. 2. 16: fr. e{Aw tocoil.| tiod-mhevpos, ov, (mdevpd) equal- 
ipds, dvros, 6, a leathern strap or sided, equi-lateral, iii. 4. 19. 
thong, iv. 5. 14. | toos, 7, ov, equal, D.: & iow on an 
“Tpatiov, ov, (vie to clothe) a gar- even line, with equal step: é& tcov from 
ment, vestment, esp. an outer garment; equal ground, on an equality or par: 
pl. clothes, clothing ; iv. 3. 11s. eis TO icov upon equal ground, to a 
tva* final conj., ix order that, so| level: isov xparetv to bear equal sway 
that, that, comm. w. subj. or opt., i. | or have equal power: i. 8.11: ii. 5.7: 
= 4155 4. 18: 10. 18. ili. 4. 47: iv. 6.18: v. 4. 32. Hence 
toupt, idvtos, tovTwy, &c., see efus. | 1SO- in many compounds. 
Timm-apxos, ou, 6, (dpxw) ahipparch,| lieo-xedhs, és, (xetdos lip, brim) 
commander of cavalry, master of horse, | level with or up to the bri, iv. 5. 26. 


iii. 3. 20. 
jimmacta, as, riding about, move- 
ments on horse, ii. 5. 33. 
timmeia, as, cavalry, v. 6. 8. : 
Timmets, ews, 6, horseman, knight ; | 


*Ioool, dy, oi, and "Ioads, 08, 7, 
Issus or Issi, an important city in the 
eastern part of Cilicia, at the head of 
a gulf bearing its name (now the Gulf 
of Scanderoon). Near it, B. c. 333, 


The| Alexander won a great victory over 
Greek horseman was comm. armed) Darius m1. i. 2. 24; 4.1. || Ruins near 
much like the hoplite ; exc. that he| the northeast extremity of the gulf. 
usually carried no shield, and hence; toe, see dpdw, i. 5. 16; 7. 3. 

wore a stouter cuirass. Metallicarmor| totypt,* orqow, éornxa (2 pf. éora- 
was also provided for the head, breast, | wer, &c., éordvat, éorws), plp. éor jew 


LEX. AN. E 


pl. cavalry, horse (collectively). | 


toTiov 


or eior7Kxew, 1 a. €ornoa, 2a. éorm, 
to set wp, STATION ; to make stand or 
halt, to stop (trans.); A.; 1.2.17; 10. 
14:—W., w. act. 2 a. and complete 
tenses (used preteritively), sto, to 
STAND, intrans.; to stand one’s ground, 
make a stand; but 1 a. m. to set up 
for one’s self, erect, A.; 1.3.2; 5.2,13; 
LOS, GAs TVG 2 275 e089: 

iottoy, ov, (dim. of iords web) a sail, 
1. 5, 3. 

tioyupds, d, dv, s., strong, mighty, 
powerful ; vehement, severe; 1.5.9: 
go P2232 avhs 205) 7. Db weBelA. 

tioxupas, c. drepor, strongly, forcibly, 
vigorously; energetically, strenwously, 
resolutely ; vehemently, severely ; ex- 
ceedingly, very ; 1.2.21; 5.11: 1.2.19. 

iox vs, vos, 7, (is vis, strength) strength, 

might, force; a force of soldiers, a 
strong force ; 1. 8. 22: ili. 1. 42. 

tox w.(strengthened form of é€xwq.v.) 
to hold, arrest, check, A., vi. 5.18: 
impers. icxero it was held or held it- 
self, the matter stuck, the negotiation 
was suspended, vi. 3. 9. 

tows ady., (icos) with equal chances, 
perhaps, probably ; sometimes, from 
Greek courtesy, where we might rather 
say doubtless ; ii. 2.12: iii. 1. 37. 

*IraBédros, ov, Ltabelius, a Persian 
commander, who went to the aid of 
Asidates, vii. 8.15: vl. “Irapévys, &c. 

iréov (fr. eiuc) éotly it ts necessary, 
proper, or best to go, one must or should 
go, 682, ili. 1. 7: vi. 5. 30. 

irus, vos, 7, @ rim, as of a shield ; 
a shield-rim ; iv. 7. 12. 

irwoay, see eiut, 1. 4. 8? 

ixOis, vos, 6, a fish, 1.4.9. Der. 
ICHTHYO-LOGY. The Syrian gods Da- 
gon and Derceto (who had also other 
names) were worshipped in a form 
human above, but fish-like below. 

ixvos, eos, 76, and dim. in form 
ixviov, ov, a track, trace, footstep, i. 6. 
77 NS aks SPAR: 

*Tavia, as, (“Iwves Ionians) Ionia, 
the central part of the western coast 
of Asia Minor, so named from its early 
colonization by the Ionians, whose 
descent was traced from Ion, grand- 
son of Deucalion. It was the favorite 
seat (with the adjacent islands) of early 
Greek letters and art, the home of 
Epic and Elegiac poetry, of Ionic archi- 
tecture, &c.; but unfortunately, from 


66 


Kadizea 


its position, could not maintain its in- 
dependence against the Lydians and 
afterwards the Persians. Assistance 
given to the lonians was a pretext 
with the Persians for invading Greece. 
1.4. S's ae es 

{’Iwvuxds, 7, ov, Ionian, pertaining 
to Ionia, i. 1. 6. 


K. 


«a- often in crasis for cai d- or kai é-. 

Kayabds, Kayo =Kal dyabss, cal éyo. 

xa’ by apostr. for card, before an 
aspirated vowel, i. 10. 4. 

xa8a rel. adv., (xa0’ &) according as, 
as, Vii. 8. 42 

KkaQaipa, ap, kexdbapka, a. ExdOnpa 
or éxd@apa, (xa@apds pure) to cleanse, 
purge; to purify in a religious sense ; 
MoS Yad eooe 

Kaddmep rel. adv., (ka@’ Grep) just 
according as, just as, even as, Vv. 4. 28. 

kaSappds, of, 6, (kalaipw) purifica- 
tion, v. 7. 35. 

xa0-€fopar,* f. xad-edoduar, ipf. éxa- 
Begounv, (Efouar to sit, poet.) to seat 
one’s self, sit down; to halt, rest; 1. 5. 
9: ii. 1. 332 v8) 

Ka§-aoryKev, see xab-ior nue. 

Ka0-€Xkw,* €\Ew, ipf. efAxov, to draw 
or haul down, as vessels into the sea, 
to launch, A., vil. 1. 19. 

xa0-éyTas, see kad-inus, vi. 5. 25. 

Ka0-cl8a,* evdjow, ipf. éxdGevdoy or 
kabnoddov, (eldw to sleep) to lie down 
and sleep, to sleep, repose, i. 3. 11. 

Ka0-nyéopat, yoouar, iynuat, to lead 
down: Tatra xaOnyetc@ar to conduct 
this enterprise, vii. 8. 9. 

kab-nSu-17abdw, jow, (ndvs, Tacx) 
to revel down, to spend, waste, or 
squander, in luxury or pleasure, A., 
iS. 3; 

Kae-fjKeo, fiw, xa 1., to come down 
to, to reach or extend down, eis, €mt, 
dm6: to appertain to, belong as a duty, 
D. L.: 1.4.4: 9.72 HL eee 

Ka0-ypat* pf. m. pret., f. pf. xaG7- 
couat l., plp. éxa@juny or Kabjunp, 
(f)uat to sit) to sit down, be seated, be 
in session, be encamped or stationed, i. 
3. 12:7. 20: iv. 20S eee 

KaSfipat or -Gpat, see xabaipw. 

Kab-({w,* Kadiow oO, KexdOcxa 1, a. 
éxdO:oa and xadioa, (ifw to seat, poet.) 








KaOinpe 


_to make sit down, seat, set, place, A. 
engi 421i, 5. 17. 
Kad-inp,* ow, eika, a. Ha (a, els, 
&c.), to let down, as a spear for action, 
- to lower, couch, A. eis, vi. 5. 25, 27. 
Kab-lornpe,* orjow, Eornxa, 1 a. 
éornoa, 2a. éorny, to fix or set down, 


settle, arrange, station, place, establish, | 


restore, bring, render, A.; to constitute 


67 





or appoint, 2 A., els, émi: 1.4.13; 10. 


complete tenses (used pret. ), ¢o station, 
set, place, fix, or establish one’s self, to take 
one’s place or station ; to be established, | 
set, settled, or placed; to result or eventu- 
ate; eis, éi (to set one’s self to, wnder- | 
take, vi. 1. 22): but 1 a. m. to station, 
set, or appoint for one’s self, A.: i. 1. 
meomeicis.a S, 6 2 1V. 5. 19,'21. 
KaQ-opdw,* dYoua, éwoaxa or édpa- | 
Ka, 2 a. eidov (idw, &c.), to look down | 
upon, view, tmnspect, descry, discern, 
perceive, see, A., 1. 8. 26; 10. 14. 
kat* conj. & adv., (akin to Lat. 
que) and ; often with a strengthened 
idea, which we express in Eng. by 
. adding an adverb, and also, and even, 
and indeed, and especially, and the 
rather, and therefore ; also, even (some- 
times translated by other adverbs of 
like force, further, moreover, really, 
indeed, yet, still, only, &c.); 1.1.18; 
3. 6,13,15; 6.10: iv.5.15: vi. 2.10:| 
kai 67 (kat) and now (eben), in suppo- | 
sition, v. 7.9: kal ei (or édv, &c.), ef 
kat even if, although (and so kat w. a' 
part., like xaizep q.v.), iii. 2. 10, 22, 
24: 7é.. Kal, kai .. kal, both .. and, 
1. 3.3; 8. 27; see é\Aws. Kat is often | 
used where in Eng. no connective, or 
one more specific would be preferred 
(as for, when, but, as, &e.), 702¢, 705, 
Mee sss iy. 6.22 -v; 4..21.- In| 
annexing several particulars, the Eng. 
more frequently uses the copulative | 
w. the last only; but the Greek w. | 
ali or none, i. 2. 22: iii. 1.3. The 
special relation of xaé to the word fol- | 
lowing (and not to the word preced- 
ing, as in the case of so many parti- 


10: i. 2. 1, 5:— AL, w. act. 2a. and! 


| 





cles) will not fail to be observed. For 
kal yap, kal yap otv, see yap. Cf. 6¢. 

Kédixos (7), ov, 6, the Caicus, a river 
in the southwest part of Mysia, flow- 


KAKOS 


Kawal, dv, ai, Cenew, a large city 
on the west bank of the Tigris (per- 
haps the Canneh of Ezek. 27. 23), ii. 
4.28. || Kaleh Sherghat, so interesting 


/in its remains, and believed by some 


to have been, for a long period, the 
capital of the Assyrian Kmpire. 
kal-trep adv., even indced, used w. 
a part. (as also cai even) to express 
concession, where the Eng. familiarly 
uses though or although with a verb, 
674 f: kataep eidsres even [indeed know- 
ing] though they knew, i. 6.10. Cf. ii. 
B 2Oe US 20 WV dso. Ve Bo lg's, 
Kalpds, ov, 0, occasion, opportunity, 
season, juncture, crisis, a fitting, prop- 


er, special, or particular time, 1.: Kac- 


pos éorw it ts the proper time, there is 
occasion ; hence, there is need, it ts 
Necessary OY proper: év Kaip@in season, 
opportunely, according to the occasion, 
to the purpose: mpoowrépw Tod Katpod 


farther than there was occasion, farther 


than was necessary or expedient: 1.7.9: 
i. 1.36, 39, 44: iv.3.34; 6.195. 

Kai=Tot conj., and indeed, and cer- 
tainly, and yet, however ; though, al- 
though ; 1.4.8: v. 7.10: vil. 7. 39. 

kalo & Att. Kdw,* kavow, KéxavKa, 
to burn (trans.), seé on fire, consume 
by fire; to kindle, maintain, or keep 
up a fire, keep a fire burning; of a 
surgeon, to cauterize; A.: M. or P., 
to burn, intrans.: i. 6. 1s: iii. 5. 8, 
5s: iv.5.58: v.8.18. Der. CAUSTIC. 

KaKEtvos = Ka! éxeivos, li. 6. 8 2 

Tkak6-vota, as, ill-will, rpds, vil. 7.45. 

TKaKd-voos, ov, contr. KaKd-vous, ov, 
evil-minded, ill-disposed, ill-affected, 
Mmiintical, Ds, 15: 16°27. 

TKako-tTrovéw, yw, to do evil to, treat 
ul, maltreat, A., ii. 5. 4? 

KaKOS, 7, dv, C. KAKiwy, S. KAKLOTOS, 
bad, evil, ill, wicked, vile, base, worth- 
less, D., wept: bad in war, cowardly : 
subst. kakov, of, an evil, harm, in- 


\jury, mischief: i. 3.18; 4.83; 9.15: 


li. 5. 5, 16, 89. Der. caco-PHONY. 
tkaxoupyéw, ow, to work evil to, to 
injure, harm, harass, annoy, A.,vi. 1.1. 
{kaxotpyos, ov, (€pyov) working evil, 
criminal : masc. subst., an evil-doer, 
malefactor : 1. 9. 138. 
{Kakdw, wow, pf. p. kexdxwuat, to in- 


ing near Pergamum and through a/jure, a., iv. 5. 35. 


fertile plain, vii. 8. 8,18? || The Ba- 
kir-Chai. 


{kak@s adv., c. Kdktov, s. KdxurTa, 
badly, ill; injuriously ; wretchedly, 


KAKWOLS 


miserably, uncomfortably ; 1.4.83 5. 
16:; 9. 10> ti. 43.2 ivi 4: 14.0 See 
EXW, TATXW, TOLEW, TPATTW. 
LKdkoors, ews, 7, wl-treatment, abuse, 
G, Iv. 6: 3. 
tkahdun, ns, straw, v. 4. 27. 
KdAapos, ov, 6, calamus, @ reed ; 
collectively, for plants of this kind ; 
1, 5.1 : av. 5. 26. Der. CALAMITY. 
Kadéw,* xadtéow Kah@, KexAnKa, a. 
éxdNeoa, a. p. ExAHOnr, calo, to CALL, 
summon, invite, A. éré: to call, name, 
2 A.: TO Mndias Kkadovmevoy Teixos the 
so-called wall of Media: sometimes | 
M., to call to or for one’s self, A.: 1.2. 
2,8: ii.4.12: ii.3.1: vii.3.15; 6.38. 
KeAtvSéopat in pr. & ipf., (akin to 
KuNww) to roll, intrans., v. 2. 31? 
TKadA-tepéw, How, Kexaddrépnka, (Lepdv) 
A. & M. to sacrifice favorably or with 
good omens, to obtain good auspices in 
sacrifice, v. 4. 22: vii. 1. 40; 8.5. 
tKodAl-paxos, ov, Callimachus, a 
brave and ambitious lochage from 
Parrhasia in Arcadia, iv. 1. 27; 7. 8. 


68 





TkadXlwv, KaAALOTOS, see Kahds. 
TKadXos, cos, 76, beauty, ii. 3. 15. 
Der. CALLI-STHENICS. 
tkadA-wmirpds, of, 6, (a face) fine 
appearance, ornament, adornment, i. 
9. 23. 

Kads,* 7, dv, C. KahAtwy, S. KEANE 
oros, beautiful (of ‘both physical and 
moral beauty, and also with reference 
to use or promise), beawteous, hand- 
some, fine, fair; honorable, noble ; 
favorable, propitious, auspicious ; ex- 
cellent, good ; 1.: 7d xaddv honorable 
conduct, honor: eis xadév for good, op- 
portunely : i. 2.22; 8.15: 11. 6.18s, 
28: iv. 7.3; 8.26. Aya@és refers 
more to the essential quality of an 
object, and xadés more to the impres- 
sion which it produces upon the eye 
or mind. See dpioros. 

Karn, 7s, Calpe, a place with a 
good harbor, on the Bithynian coast 
of the Euxine, where Xenophon evi- 
dently longed to found a city, vi. 2. 
13.55.24 5 4.40: Kirpel 

Kardxndovia, Karyndav, = Xadkn- 
dovia, Xadxndwv, 167 b, vi. 6. 38 ? 

Kaas adyv., c. Kad\Atov, s. KadNNLTTA, 
(xarés) beautifully, handsomely, jine- 





ly, honorably, properly ; favorably, 
prosperously, successfully, advanta-' 
geously, well: kad@s éxew or elvat to 


Kapow 


be, go, or result well, be right, proper, 
safe, i good condition, properly ar- 
ranged, &c.: 1.2.23; 8.133 SL17s, 23% 
ili. 1. 6s, 16, 43. See €yw, rpdrrw. 

Kae, Kauotuat, Kéxunka, 2 a. éxa- 
pov, to labor, toil; to be weary, fa- 
tigued, exhausted, disabled, sick: of 
kapvortes the sick or disabled: P.: ili. 
4, 47: iv. 5. 17 ss yoo. 

Kapol, kav, kav, KivTedOev, Kamera, 
by crasis for cal éuoi, kal dy, kai év, kal 
évyrevdev, kal recta, 1. 3. 20: 11.3.9. 

Kavbdus, vos, 6, an outer garment 
with large sleeves, worn by the Medes 
and Persians; an overcoat, robe ; 1.5.8. 

Kan etoy, ov, (kdmnos caupo, huck- 
ster) a huckster’s shop, an inn, i. 2. 24. 

Kkaml@n, 7s, a capithe, a Persian 
measure = 2 yotvixes, 1. 5. 6. 

Katvés, of, 6, smoke, ii. 2. 15, 18. 

Karmadoxla, as, Cappadocia, a 
mountainous region in the eastern part 
of Asia Minor, north of the Taurus, 
chiefly pastoral, and noted for its fine 
horses. Its men were reputed as of 
little worth. 1. 2.20; 9.7: vil. 8. 25. 

K&mpos, ov, 6, aper, a wild boar, ii.. 
2: 9: 

kapBatlyn, ns, a carbatine or brogue, 
a rude protection for the foot, resem- 
bling a low moccasin, and said to have 
been named from its Carian origin, iv. 
8: 1477722) 

kapdla, as, cor, the heart, ii. 5. 23. 
Der. CARDIAC. 

tKapSovxeos or Kapdotxtos, a, ov, 
Carduchian (Koordish), iv. 1. 2s. 

KapSotxes, ov, 6, a Carduchian. 
The Cardichi were a race of fierce, 
independent, and predatory moun- 
taineers, living east of the Tigris, from 
whom the modern Koords have de- 
rived their name, lineage, and charac- 
ter. ii.5.15: iv.1.8s. ||4 Koord, in 
Armenian Kordu, plur. Kordukh (to 
the plur. ending of which, the -xo in 
Kapdodyor seems analogous). 

Kdpkacos, ov, 6, Carcasus, a small 
and otherwise unknown stream, Vil. 
8.18: v. 1. Kadikos. 

trapmrata, as, the Carpeean or [Crop] 
Farm Dance, a mimic dance of. the 
Thessalians, vi. 1. 7. 

Kaptrds, ov, 0, the produce, fruits, 

or crops of the earth, ii. 5. 19. 
lkaptéa, wow, to bear fruit: M. to 
gather the fruits of, reap, A., lil. 2. 23. 





Kadpoos 


Kédpoos or Késoos, ov, 0, the Car- 
sus or Cersus, a small stream separat- 
ing Cilicia from Syria. i. 4. 4. || The 
Merkez. 

Kapvov, ov, a nut; in the Anab., 
the chestnut, which afterwards became 
so common an article of food in south- 
ern Europe, v. 4. 29, 32. fish 10: 

Kappy, 75, (kappw Ep., to dry) hay, 

actTwhds, od, 7, Castélus, a town 
of Lydia, which gave its name to one 
of the great muster-fields of the Per- 
sian army. Kiepert places this field 
at the junction of the Hermus and 
Cogamus, a few miles northeast of 
Sardis. 1.1.2; 9. 7. 

kata* prep., by apostr. Kat’ or 
xaQ’, down, opp. to ava: w. GEN. of 
place, down from, down, i. 5. 8: iv. 
2.17; xara ys [down from] under the 
earth, vii. 1. 30:—w. Acc. of place 
or person, down along, along, along 
side of ; also translated by, over, over 
against, against, opposite, wpon, in, 
at, about, near, to, throughout, &c.; 
1.5.10; 8.12,26; 10.9: iv.6. 23s: 
vii. 2.1,28; x. yqv (Od\arrav) by land 
(sea), 1.1.7; x. Thy yéptpay along or 
over the bridge, vi. 5.22; x. ratra 
along this shore, vii. 5.13 : — denoting 
conformity, connection, purpose, man- 
ner, according to, in respect to, as to, 
wor, wm, by, &e., ti. 2.8; 3.8: ii.5.2; 
kK. xwpay [according to place] in the 
proper places or order, i. 5.17: vi. 4. 
11; 70 x. TodTov eivar so far as regards 
him or he ts concerned, 665 b, i. 6. 9 ; 
k. TavTa according to the same method, 
in the same way, v. 4. 22; xad” avrov 
by himself, vi. 2.13: forming adv. 
phrases w. abstract nouns, see 7ovxia, 
kpdaros :—distributively, by, among, 
each or every, &c., w. sing. or plur., 
1.2.16; x. €6vn or 20vos, by nations, 
or nation by nation, i. 8.9: v. 5.5; 
Kal’ éva one by one, iv. 7.8; K. TeTpa- 
Kicxtdiovs 4000 at a time, iii. 5. 8; kK. 
eviavTiv each year, yearly, annually, 
lil. 2.12; «. rods ywpous in the differ- 
ent pluces, through the region, vii. 2. 3. 
—In compos., down, downwards, 
along, against; often strengthening 
the idea, or implying completeness 
(downright), or rendering the verb 
transitive. 

KiTa-Satve,* Bysovat, Bé8nxa, 2 a. 
€3nv, to go or come down, descend, as 


69 


kaTabedopat 


from the interior to the sea-coast, from 
a hill, horse, carriage, into the arena, 
&e.; to dismount ; to enter the lists ; 
els, pos, do: 1. 2.22s: 11. 2.14; 5. 22: 
iv. 2; 20; 8;.27. 

lxatd-Bacts, ews, 7, the way or pas- 
sage down, descent, eis, ex: return to 
the sea-coast ; 111. 4.37: v. 2.6; 5. 4. 

Kkata-Brakevo, evow, to treat negli- 
gently or siothfully, A., vil. 6. 22. 

KaT-ayayount, see KaT-dyw, i. 2. 2. 

Kat-cyyéAo, XO, Fyyedxa, to in- 
form against, expose, denounce, A., il. 
5. 38. 

KaTa-Yelos OF ~yatos, ov, (v7) under- 
ground, subterranean, iv. 5. 25. 

KaTa-yeAdw,* dooua, a. éyédaca, 
to laugh [against] at, jeer at, deride, 
ridicule, G.; to mock, exult, triumph ; 
i. 9.13: 11. 4.4; 6. 23, 30. 

Kat-dyvup.,* déw, 2 pf. pret. in- 
trans. éaya, a. @ata, (ayvupu to break) 
to break in pieces, crush, A., iv. 2. 20. 

KQaTA-yonTevwW OF yonTEevw, evow, 
(yons a wizard) to bewitch, spell-bind, 
As, Vf 

KaT-ayw,* déw, xa, 2a. Hyayor, to 
lead or bring down or back, restore, to 
bring [down from the high sea] ashore 
or into port, A.: sc. mola, &c., to put 
in, come ashore: M. to return, arrive, 
Gat 3 day se Oe ait, 4, Biecow aed ds 
vi. 6. 3. 

KatTa-Satravdae, iow, dedardyyKa, to 
expend to the bottom, wholly consume, 
irans., i: 24a 

Kata-SeArtdw, dow, (decdds) to cower 
down, shrink from through fear, A., 
vil. 6. 22. 

KaTa-SiKdto, dow, dedixaxa l., (6t- 
kag to judge, dixn) to give sentence 
against, condemn, pass judgment, G. 
LOT. Vie Bae Vis ee Ab 

KaTa-StaKe,* w&w or wiouat, dediw- 
xa, to chase or drive down or off, A., 
3V. 22.9: 

Kata-Sofdfw, dow, to judge to any 
one’s discredit, I. (A.), vii. 7. 30. 

kaTa-Spaucty, -dv, see Kara-Tpéxw. 

KaTa-d0w,* d’cw, déd0Ka, 1 a. educa, 
2 a. €duv, to sink down, drown, A., 1. 
3.17: M., w. pf. & 2 a. act., to sink 
or drown, intrans., xara, méxpt, iii. 5. 
1 av25--36 = Vii. 12: 

Kata-Gedopat, droua, TeOéduar, to 
look down upon, view or survey, take 
a view or survey, A., 1.8.14: vi. 5.30. 


‘ 


Karabéwevos 


kata-Oémevos, see KaTa-Tid nut. 

kaTa-léw,” evrouat, to run down, 
eis, éwi, vi. 3. 102 vu. 3. 44. 

Kara-QOie (v),* @vcw, TéOdKa, to lay 
down as an offering, to sacrifice, offer, | A 
AG Ds, ati 21s AVE Oe So ay toceioe 

KAT-aleXVVe, UG, to shame down, 
disgrace, dishonor, put to shame, prove 
unworthy of, A., ii. 1. 30; 2. 14. 

Kata-xalvo,* xav@, 2 pf. r. Kéxova 
or Kéxava, 2 a. €xavov, (kaivw = xreivw) 
to cut down, kill, slay, put to death, 

fOr 6st SO vans 6 SG: 

kata-Kalo & Att. -Kdo,* catow, Ké- 
kauxa, to burn down or, from a differ- 
ent form of conception, burn up ; to 
consume, burn, destroy or lay waste by 
ETO ALAA OLS eben acta dios 

KaTd-Kerpar,* Keicouat, to lie down, 
lie on the ground, lie inactive, lie, re- 
cline, rest, repose, év, 11. 1. 13s. 

KaTa-KeKOWer Gat, see KaTa-KdTTH. 

KQTA-KNPUTTH, VEwW, KeKHpUXA, lO ENn- 
join by proclamation, A., 11. 2. 20. 

KaTa-KAelw, Keiow, KéxNerka, pf. p. 
KéxAetmat OY -eromat, a. p. ExAelaOnr, to 
shut down or, from a different form of 
conception, to shut up, enclose, con- 
jine, A., ets, etow, 111. 3.7; 4. 26. 

KaT-aKovTl{a, iow 1, to shoot down 
or to death, vii. 4. 6. 

KaTA-KOTTH,* Kd~w, Kéxogpa, f. pf. 
exo Wouat, 2a. p. éxdmrny, to cut down, 
off, or to pieces, to slay, A., 1.2.25; 5.16. 

KATO-KTQOMAL, KTHTOMAL, KEKTNUAL, 
to win over, acquire, gain, A., Vil. 3. 
31? 

KaTa-KTelyo,* krev, 2 pf. exrova, 
la. éxrewa, 2 a. ch. poet. éxravovy, A., 
to cut down, kill, slay, i. 9. 6? iL. 5. 
HOM Y ESL BH: nA fi on 

KaTA-KwAtw (¥), Vow, KexddUKa, to 
hinder downright, detain, keep, stop, 
AL Ve Qu view 8: 

KaTa-haySdva,* Ajpoua, e’rAnga, 
2a. €haBov, pt. p. etAynuuat, a. p. EAH- 
POny, to take down, seize upon, seize, 
occupy, take possession of, take by sur- 
prise, overtake, catch, A.; to light upon, 
Jind, Apps. 13514518. 20 5° 10516,.18 : 
1G 22 2 1B VS Oise iver, 24, 30> 

kaTta-héya, * \éEw, to reckon or charge 
against one, accownt, A. drt, li. 6. 27. 

~ kara-helarw, * helper, 2 pf. AédAourra, 
2a. €durov, a. p. €eiPOnv, to leave 
down in its place, leave behind, leave, 
abandon, desert, A.: M. to remain be- 





70 





kaTaTaAdaw - 


hind: 1: 2.183 8. 25:71 eee. 1 7 
5D Swe Gales 

KaTa-Aevw, Aevow, a. p. edevaOnv, 
ie to stone) to stone [down] to rape 

, 1.5. 14 oy. 72a eee 

“kara-hirpopat, A706, see KaTa- 
AauBavw, 1.10. 16: iv. 7. 4. 

kaTa-Autrety, -\umreyv, see kaTa-helrw. 

Kkat-chddTTw,* d&w, #\axa, 2 a. p. 
Mrr\(4YynV, (a4\N\aTTwW to change, dos) 
to change to a settled or calm state, 
as from enmity to friendship, to rec- 
oncile: P. to be or become reconciled, 
1G 

kata-oylfopar, lrouar coduat, Nedd- 
yiouat, to set down to one’s account, 
compute, reckon, consider, A., v. 6.16. 

KaTa-Atw,* AJow, AéAVKa, to loose 
from under, wnyoke; hence, to halt, 
rest ; to dissolve, terminate, A.; to cease 
Jrom action or contest, make peace, 
mpos: 1.1.10; 8.15; WOSEOseyea tae 

KaTa-pavOdve,* uwabjcomal, pmeud- 
Onka, 2 a. Euabor, to learn thoroughly, 
observe well, understand, perceive, find, 
A. CP., P.,-159. 33 dis oe eee 

KaT-apehkéw, ow, uédnxa, to be 
quite negligent, v. 8. 1. 

KaTa-pévea,* werd, wewévynka, a. uet- 
va, to remain upon the spot, remain, 
stay behind, settle down, v. 6. 17, 19, 
27 > Na. CO. Deeee 

kata-pepito, iow od, to divide into 
portions, distribute, A. D., Vil. 5. 4. 

KATA-LAVIw, Vow, peurvuKa, to in- 
form against, expose, make known, A., 
li. 2. 20? 

KATA-piyvupe or -tw,* wiEw, (uiyru- 
ft misceo, to mix) to mingle down: 
M. intrans. xareuvyviovro eis Tas 1é- 
Aes they [mingled down into the cit- 
ies] settled in the cities, mingling with 
the inhabitants, vil. 2. 3. 

KATA-Vvoew, How, vevinxa, to observe, 
watch, or consider carefully, discern, 
reflect upon, A., 1.2.4: vil. 7. 43, 45. 

KaT-avTi-Tépas or -av (also written 
Kat avTurépas or -av) [along the region 
over against] over against, opposite, G., 
1/1 Os tive Si 3. 

KATA-TEUTO,* Téupw, mérouda, to 
send down, as fr. the interior to the 
sea-coast, A., 1. 9. 7. 

KATa-Teoety, -ay, see KaTa- witT. 

kareena wow, to stone [down] 
to death, A., 1. 3.2. 

KaTA-THSdaw, joouat, merHdyKa, a. 





KQTATiTTw 


71 


KGTEX@ 


érnjonoa, (rnddw to leap) to leap or|down or in pieces; cut or dig ditches; 


spring down, a3, 1. 8. 3, 28. 
' Kata-tittew,* mecotual, ménTwKa, 


Me cou 4. bo avs (2 26: 
Kata-TiOnpr,* Gjow, TéGecxa, 2 a. 


2 a. éxecov, to fall down or to the|m. €0éunrv, to put down: M. to put 

ground, fall off from a horse, ili. 2.19. | down or deposit one’s own or for one’s 
KaTa-TohenZo, jaw, Temo\eunKa, to |self, to lay or treasure un, reserve, 

war down, conquer in war, A., Vil.1.27. | secure, A. D., eis, €v, wapd, 1.3.3: 1. 
KaTa-TodTTw,* mpdéw, wémpaxa, to 15.8: v. 2.15: vii. 6. 34. 


accomplish, achieve, gain: M. to accon- 
plish, &2., for one’s self: A. D.: 1.2.2: 
viis7. 17, 27, 46. 

KAT-apdopat,* dooua, Hoduar, (apa- 
oua to pray) to pray against, invoke 
curses upon, execrate, curse, D., v.6.4: 
vil. 7. 48. 

kata-oPévvupr,* ocBéow, écBnxa, 
(cBévvine to quench) to extinguish or 
put out entirely, A., vi. 3. 21, 25. 

KaTA-oKedaYVUpL,* cKeddow oKxedd, 
A. or M. to sprinkle or throw down, 
as the wine remaining in one’s cup, 
A. G.? vii. 3. 32? 

KaTa-cKérropat,* oKxéyoua, ExKxeu- 
uat, to look down upon, inspect, ex- 
amine, A., 1. 5. 12. 

KaTa-oxevafw, dow, pf. p. éoxed- 
agua, to prepare fully or well, furnish, 
equip, improve, A. eis: M. to make 
arrangements : 1.9.19: 111.2.24; 3.19. 

KQTA-TKHVED, TW, OF -TKIVO®, Wow, 
to camp down, encamp, év, eis, i. 2.16: 
Mi. 4. 32s: vii. 4. 11. 

KaTa-cKOTH, 7s, (KaTa-cKéTToual) 
inspection, espionage, vii. 4. 13. 

KaTa-oTdw,* dow, €omaka, a. Pp. 
éorasOny, to drag or pull down, A., 1. 
B:'G: 

TKaTd-cracis, ews, 7, condition, con- 
stitution, v. 7. 26. 

~ KATA-CTHTOpAL, -ow, -cas, See Ka- 
lornut, 1.3.8; 4.13: iii. 2. 1; 

KaiTa-crpatotedevw, evow, to fix 
down in camp: J. to encamp, iii. 4. 
EB ayeoe 1: vi..3. 20: 

KaTa-oTpébw,* évw, éstpoda |., to 
bend down, overturn: MM. to subjugate 
to one’s self, subdue, conquer, A., 1. 9. 
mega eA = 7. 27: 

Kata-chatro,* diw, 2a. p. écda- 
ynv, to put to death, A., iv. 1. 23. 

KaTa-cyXeiv, see kaT-éxw, iv. 8. 12. 

Kata-oxifw, icw, to split or hew 
down, cut or burst through, A., vii. 1. 
16. 

Kata-telvw,* rev, Téraxa, to stretch 
tight, strain, urge, insist, ii. 5. 30. 

KaTa-Tépvw,* Teud, TéTUnKA, to cut 


KaTa-TLTPOTKw,* TpwWow, to wound 
severely, A., ill. 4. 26? iv. 1. 10. 

KQTA-TPEXw,* Jpapotuat, Jedpaunka, 
2a. €dpamov, to run down, v. 4. 23. 

Kat-avArl{fopat, icouar, nlAucuac 1., 
a. p. nvdic@ny, to camp down, encamp, 
év, vii. 5. 15. 

KaTa-oayetv, see kaT-eo9iw, iv.8.14. 

KaTa-pavis, és, (paivw) clearly seen, 
in plain view, conspicuous, visible, in 
sight, 1.8.8: Tis 393 5, 4:14. 

KaTa-pevyw,* devéouar, médevya, 
2a. €pvyov, to flee for refuge, take 
refuge, escape, eis, 1.5.13: i. 4. 11. 

KaTa-dpovéw, row, medpovnka, to 
think [down] inferior, despise, regard 
with contempt, ii. 4.2: v. 7.122 

Kata-xwpifw, icw 10, to [set down] 
station or arrange separately, assign 
distinct places to, place, A., vi. 5. 10. 

Kat-éafa, see KaT-dyvuut, iv. 2. 20. 

kat-éByv, see xata-Baivw. [1. 22. 

Kat-eyyudae v. 1. = map-eyyude, Vil. 

kat-eGéunv, see xara-TiPqut, 1. 3. 3. 

Kat-eldov, see xab-opdw, iv. 6. 6. 

kat-ethnda, -e(Anppas,* -eAqpOny, 
see kaTa-hauBdvw, i. 8. 20: iv. 1. 20s. 

KaT-ept,* ipf. pew, (elus) to go or 
come down, descend, v. 7. 13. 

Kat-etxov, see kat-éxw, iv. 2. 6. 

KaT-epyafopat,* dooua, eipyacuat, 
a. elpyacauny, to work out, accomplish, 
achieve, gain; A., 1. 9. 20: vi. 2. 10. 

KaT-épxopat,* éehevoouat, €AnAvVIa, 
2 a. AAOov, to yo or come down or back, 
return, vii. 2. 2. 

Kat-erBiw,* Edouar, €d7jdoxa, 2 a. 
epayov, to eat down or, from a differ- 
ent form of conception, eat up, devour, 
iv. 8. 14. 

KQT-ECTHY, -EOTHOA, see Kal-icT nM. 

KQT-€TETL INV, See KaTA-TEyW. 

KQT-ETPWOU, SCE KATA-TLTPWTKW. 

KaT-éxw,* €&w or oxjow, Exxnxa, 
ipf. eixov, 2 a. Exxov, to hold down or 
fast, retain, restrain, A.; to forbid, 
compel, A. 1.; to occupy, hold, possess, 
A.; to [have one’s self or one’s vessel] 
come from the high sea to the shore, 


KaTnyopEew 


to arrive by sea, land; ii. 6. 13: iii. 
Vi. 20: av. 255 82 viel aaa Vila Mois; 
KQT-NYopew, How, KaT-nySpynKa, (ayo- 
pevw) to speak against, accuse, charge, 
denownce, G. OP., wpds, V.7.4: vil.7.44. 
lKat-nyopla,as,an accusation, charge, 
Vin On/ Le 
Kat-npepl{a, iow iO, or KAT-npEpew, 
now, (npéua quietly) to quiet down, 
calm, tranquillize, A., vil. 1. 22, 24. 

KaT-Ldeiv, -lSoupt, -vday, see Kad-o- 
pdw, 1.10.14: iv. 3.11; 4. 9. 

KaT-tov, see Kd7-exut, Vv. 7. 18. 

KQT-OLKEW, How, HxnKka, to dwell asa 
settled resident, reside, év, v. 3. 7. 

KaT-oiKi{a, iow 1d, to found or build 
@ city, A.) v. 6. 1b: wi. 7. 

Kat-opvTTe, viw, dpwpuxa, a. p. wpv- 
xOnv, to sink by digging, bury, A., 
lv. 6: 20: v.89; 11. 

Katw adv., (kava) down, downwards, 
in the descent ; below, beneath: 76 xa- 
Tw [sc. wépos| the lower part: iv. 2.28; 
51255. 8. 20; 28. 

Kava, aos, 7d, (kaiw) burning heat, 
heat, 1. 7. 6. 

KaVoULOS, ov, (Kalw) combustible, vi. 
3. Dpto. 

Kaiorpov Ilediov, Caystri Campus, 
the Plain of Cayster, a town of Phry- 
gia, at the crossing of two great thor- 
oughfares, (not on the Cayster which 
flowed by Ephesus, and was noted for 
its swans), 1.2.11. || Near Bulavadin. 

kaw an Att. form for kalw, q. v. 

KéyX pos, ov, 6, milium (akin to pe- 
Ain q. v.), a kind of millet, a plant 
which bears abundantly a small grain 
valued in some countries for food ; or 
the grain itself; i. 2. 22. 

Kekpaya, see xkpdfw, vii. 8. 15. 

Ketpat,* xeicouar, ipf. éxeiuny, (cf. 
Lat. cubo) to lie ; to lie dead, or as if 
dead ; to rest; to be laid, placed, or 
situated, sometimes used as a pass. of 
TiOnue: év, émi, &e.: 1.8.27: 1.4.12: 
atk, Die 451 Om ase Dil., 

KEKTHPAL, See KTdomat, i. 7. 3. 

Kedawvat, dv, ai, Celene, a city of 
Phrygia, having a strong citadel and 
two palaces, i. 2. 7s. || Dinair. 

KeNevw, evow, KeKédeuKa, (KéAAW tO 
ampel, cf. Lat. cello, celer) to bid (to 
tell a person to do a thing, whether 
in the way of command, counsel, re- 


72 











quest, or permission); to command, 
order, direct, urge, advise, exhort, 


KeépBepos 


mequest, invite > A. Tay Ade eee 
3.8,16; 5.8; 6.28: 1.5.2: warmed: 

Kevos, 7, ov, empty, void, vacant, 
unoccupied, without, G.; groundless, 
idie; 1.8.20: 1.2. 212 ee 
| Kevo-Tagtov, ov, (Tapos) an empty 
tomb, CENOTAPH, vi. 4.9. The super- 
stition of the Greeks respecting the 
essential importance of burial rites, 
inclined them especially to pay this 
tribute to the unrecovered dead. 

Kevtéw, ow, to prick, goad, torture, 
A., li. 1. 29. Der. CENTRE. 

Kevtpirys, ov, Centrites, a branch 
of the Tigris, separating Armenia from 
the land of the Cardichi, iv. 3. 1. 
|| Bulhtan-Chai. 

Tkepdptoy, ov, an earthen jar; as 
a measure for liquids, the ceramium 
= about 6 gallons, estimated by Hus- 
sey at 5 gall. 7.577 pts.5 vi dope: 

KEpdystos, a, ov, (Képamos clay) made 
of clay, earthen, ili. 4. 7: v. 1. xepape- 
os (G, ody), Kepdperos, Kepamuvos. 

Kepapav “Ayopd, Forum Ceram6- 
rum, Market of the Ceramiais, a town 
of Phrygia near the confines of Mysia, 
i. 2.10. || Near Ushak. See p. 152. 

Kepdvvrpe,* xepdow 1., Kxexépaxa 1., 
a. €xépaca, a. p. expaOny or exepdobny, 
to mix, mingle, esp. wine W. water, A. 
p., 1.2.13: v. 4. 29. 

Képas,* xéparos Képws, TO, a horn of 
an animal; hence, as originally made 
from this, a horn for blowing or to 
drink from, a cornet, a drinking-cup or 
beaker ; asharp mountain peak (cf. the 
Swiss Schreck-horn, &c.); the [horn] 
wing of an army; a body of troops 
marching in column, a column of sol- 
diers (kara xépas in column, iv. 6. 6); 
i. 7.1: li. 2542 V. 80 
3. 24. Der. RHINO-cEROS. Cf. cornu. 

+t Kepacotvrios, ov, 0, a Cerasuntian, 
v. 5. 10; 7. 173 amanar 

Kepacois, oivros, 4, (abounding in 
cherries, fr. Kepacds cerasus, CHERRY- 
TREE, 375 f, 207) Cerasus, a city of 
Pontus, on -the Euxine, a Sinopean 
colony. The cherry was sent to Italy 
from this region by Lucullus, about 
70 Bc. v.38. 2. || Kerasun-Dereh. 

KEpaTLvos, 7, ov, (Képas) made of horn, 
horn, vi. 1. 4. ; 

KépBepos, ov, 6, Cerberus, the huge, 
fierce, many-headed watch-dog of Ha- 

des, vi. 2. 2. 





Kepdalyw 
peas, av®, xexépdnxa, to gain, 
pene G21. 

a Kepdadéos, a, ov, c. wrepos, gainful, 
profitable, lucrative, a 

kép80s, eos, Td, gain, profit, wages, 
may, i. 9.17; vi. 2. 10. 

Képoos, v. 1. = Kdpoos, i. 4. 4. 

Keptovds (9) or -dv, 00, Certénus 
or -wm, a town in southwest Mysia, 
vii. 8. 8: v. l. Keprwvov, Keprouor, 
Kurwvorv. || Aiwaly. 

txepar-adyis, és, (dAyos pain) apt to 
cause headache, ii. 3. 15s. 

Kepadn, jis, caput, the head, i. 8. 6; 
10.1. Der. CEPHALIC. 
Kex- in redupl. for yex-, 1594. 

TKyndepov, dvos, 6, a guardian, pro- 
tector, intercessor, iil, 1. 17. 

KnSopas * to care or provide for, G., 
vii. 6. 5. 

Knyptov, ov, (kypds beeswax, cf. Lat. 
céra) a honeycomb, iv. 8. 20. 

-t knptxerov or knpixvoy, ov, caduceus, 
a herald’s wand or staff, v. 7. 30. 

taqpv— or Kipv§, vxos, 6, a herald, 
whose office and person were sacred, 
mins 7.59 25 20. 

- Kypitta, véw, Kexnpixa, to proclaim, 
as a herald, or by a herald, D. I. (A.), 
AE., OP., ii. 2. 21: ill. 4. 36 (€xnpvée, 
sc. 6 kipvé, proclamation was made, 
Bye) iv. 1. 13°: vii. 1. 7, 36. 

Knoics-Swpos, ov, 6, Cephisodorus, 
a lochage from Athens, iv. 2. 13, 17; 
son of 

Kydico-payv, Svros, 6, Cephisophon, 
an Athenian, iv. 2. 13. 

KiBotiov, ov, (dim. of xiBwrds a 
wooden box) a chest, vil. 5. 14. 

TKudtxia, as, Cilicia, the southeast 
province of Asia Minor, occupying a 
narrow, but well-watered and fertile 
space between Mt. Taurus and the 
Mediterranean. Cicero was proconsul 
of Cilicia, B. c. 51; and here Pompey 
subdued the pirates, B. c.67. 1.2. 20s. 
Its name remains in the present [chili. 

Kiar, cxos, 6, a Cilician, i. 2.12: 
4, 4. — Feminine 

{Kittoowa, 7s, a@ Cilician woman (or 
queen), 1. 2. 12, 14. 

Tkvduvetw, evow, Kexwddvevka, to be 
au peril, incur or encounter danger, 
AE.; to be in danger of, to be likely, 
kwouvever aS impers., there is danger : 
De Mee ete: dears & hOrs vie 62 36, 

klySuves, ov, 6, danger, peril, risk : 


TOR SAN. 4 


73 


K\éo0s 


kivduves (éotwv) there is danger, I. (A.), 
eH: Todro kivduvos this is a danger, 
there is danger of this: 1.7.5: i1.5.17: 
ive 6 SoS 6: vE 7: St. 

Kivéw, jow, Kexivynxa, to move, stir, 
remove, keep in motion, trans.; but 
M., w. aor. p., intrans.; amd, é«: ili. 
4 28° aV, o: 1S Pov. 824152 Vivo: Os 

KLTTOS, 00, 0, the ivy, v. 4. 12. 

Knyte-aydpas, ov, Cleagoras, a painter 
who embellished the Lycéum at Athens 
with pictures of dreams, prob. from 
the old myths ; or, as some think, an 
author who wrote a book entitled 
‘*Dreams in the Lyceum”; vii. 8. 1: 
yet see évumrvov. 
~ Kye-alveros, ov, Clecenetus, a loch- 
age, Vv. 1. 17. 

” KXé-av8pos, ov, Cleander, a Spartan 
harmost at Byzantium, for a time prej- 
udiced against Xenophon, but after- 
wards his friend ; first disappointing 
the Cyreans, and then favoring them ; 
Wi 21S» Gods: wii ES ae. 

Kyrte-dvwp, opos, Clednor, of Orcho- 
menus in Arcadia, one of the oldest 
and most trusted of the Greek gen- 
erals ; prob. first commanding troops 
left by Xenias or Pasion, afterwards 
elected to succeed Agias ; ii. 1.10. 

Kyrte-dperos, ov, (dpe77) Clearetus, a 
lochage, quite unworthy of his name, 
v. 7. 14,16: v. 1. KXedparos. 

Knyrté-apxos, ov, Clearchus, a Spartan 
commander during the latter part of 
the Peloponnesian War, brave, skilful, 
and much trusted in battle, but ty- 
rannical as harmost of Byzantium. 
After the peace, his passion for war 
led him to disobey the Spartan gov- 
ernment, and he was sentenced to 
death. Escaping, he fled to Cyrus, 
was taken into his confidence, raised 
troops for his expedition, and was the 
general most honored and trusted by 
him. He loved war for its own sake, 
and this ruling passion threw its ma- 
lign influence over his whole character. 
Ll. Sip 2 Oats S211? GF 1. Weréap> 
xot Clearchuses [men like C.], iii. 2. 31. 

TKdetOpoy, ov, a bar or bolt, vil. 1.17. 
Older Att. KAjOpor. 
KAclo, eiow, xéxAecka, to shut, close, 


I.3|A., V.5.19: éxéxXewro were kept closed, 


599 ¢, vi. 2.8. Older Att. KrAyw. 
[KXéos, 74, fame, glory, an element 
in many proper names. } 


KAETTO 


KrérrTw,* évw, Kéxroga, to steal ; to 
seize, occupy, or keep, by stealth or 
secretly ; to steal by with, smuggle by ; 
A., G. partitive; iv. 1.14: 6.455. 

Knrtsc-vupes, ov, Cleonymus, a Spar- 
tan spoken well of, iv. 1. 18. 

tKAtpak&, axos, 7, a ladder, iv. 5. 25. 
Hence CLIMAX. 

TKAtvn, ns, a couch, bed, iv. 4. 21. 
_ [KXtve,* Ki, Kéxdtka 1., clino, to 
bend, in-CLINE, lean. | 

KAoTH, 7s, (kAémTw) theft, stealing, 
iv. 6. 14. 

tkAomedo or KAoTrevw, evow, to seize 
or intercept stealthily or by stealth, A., 
1 at! ag 

KAop, KAwrrds, 6, (kAérTw) a thief, 
plunderer, marauder, iv. 6. 17. 

kvédas, aos, Att. ous (224b), dark- 
ness, dark, dusk, iv. 5. 9. 

Kvynpls, Cdos, 7, (xvjun the leg between 
the knee and ankle) a greave or leggin, 
a defence for the lower leg, comm. 
metallic among the Greeks. The use 
of such greaves indicated completeness 
of armor, and hence, in Homer, the 
frequent use of évixcyjutdes, well-greaved, 
as an epithet for the Greeks. i. 2. 16. 

KOYXN, 7s, concha, a muscle or cockle, 
a kind of shell-fish, v.3.8. Der. coNCcH. 

LkoyxvAvaryns, ov, adj., shelly, con- 
taining petrified shells, iii. 4. 10. 

Kothos, 7, ov, hoilow, cut by deep 
valleys, v. 4. 31. Cf. ccelum. 

Koide, iow, (akin to Ketuar) to put 
to sleep: M., w. aor. p., to go to sleep 
or rest, to sleep, repose, ii. 1. 1. 

Kowvds, 7, ov, (Edv, cf. Lat. con-) 
comminis, common, joint, owned or 
shared in common, public, D.: TO Kot- 
viv the common stock, the public or gen- 
eral council or authority (so, w. art. 
om., dO Kowot): Kown as adv., in 
common, jointly, ctv, wera: ill. 1. 48, 
ABs 3. Oe) wet Oe AV Akl Ds his dlis: 

Lode, wow, to make common: M. 
to communicate, consult, D., v. 6. 27: 
vi. 2. 15. 

tkoiovéew, ow, KexowwrvynKa, to share 
in, have the common benefit of, G., Vil. 
6. 28. 

lkotvavds, of, 0, a sharer, partaker, 
partner, G., Vil. 2. 38. 

Koiparddns or -as, ov, Ceratades or 
-as, a Theban, who commanded Be- 
otian troops under Clearchus, when 
the latter was harmost at Byzantium, 


74 








KOTTO 


B.c.408. Taken prisoner by the Athe- 
nians, but afterwards escaping, he 
made himself ridiculous by wandering 
about Greece in search of military 
command. vii. 1. 33, 40. 

Koitro, wv, or Kotrar, ay, oi, the 
Ceti or -ce, perhaps another name for 
the Tdoyo, vii. 8. 25. 

Kodd{w, dow, A. & M. to chastise, 
punish, A., 1.5.13; 6.9: v. 8. 18. 

LkdAacts, ews, 7, chastisement, pun- 
ishment, vii. 7. 24. Cf. xddos clipped. 

Kodoocal, Gv, ai, Colosse, a city 
in southwest Phrygia, on the Lycus, 
a branch of the Meander. It was 
the seat of one of the early Christian 
churches, to which Paul wrote an 
epistle. i. 2. 6. || Ruins near Khonds. 

TKodxls, idos, 7, Colchis, a land 
southeast of the Euxine, watered by 
the Phasis and other rivers, whose 
golden sands, it has been thought, 
suggested the fable of the golden 
fleece, iv. 8. 23.. As fem. adj., Col- 
chian, v. 8. 2. 

Kodxos, ov, 0, a Colchian. The 
Colchi were thought by Hdt., from 
their complexion, language, practice 
of circumcision, linen manufactures, 
&c., to be of Egyptian descent, per- 
haps a colony remaining behind from 
the army of Sesostris. The Cyreans 
seem to have met with only a border 
and weaker tribe of this people. iv.. 
8. 8's, 24: vw. Qidk 

KoAwVES, 0b, 0, collis, a hill, mound, 

cairn, iv. 7. 25. 
- Kopavia, as, Comania, a castle or 
town in southwest Mysia, not far from 
Pergamum, vii. 8. 15. 

TKop.dy, js, conveyance, transport, 
viel anal 

Kopl{o, low 1, Kexdutka, (Kouéw to 
tend) to take care of; to convey, bring, 
carry: M. to convey, bring, take, or 
remove one’s own: A. émi, &¢.: ili. 2. 
26: iv. 5..225)6. die eee 

tovartés, 7, dv, (kovia plaster) plas- 
tered, cemented, iv. 2. 22. 

tKkovt-oprds, 08, 0, (dpvige to stir wp) 
a cloud or body of dust, i. 8. 8. 

[kovis, vos, Att. ews, 4, dust. ] 

KOTOS, ov, 0, (KdmTw) fatigue, weari- 
ness, V. 8. 3. 

KOTpos, ov, 7, dung, ordure, i. 6. 1. 

KoTTw, * KoWw, kéxopa, to strike, smite, 
cut, cut down, slaughter ; to beat or 





kd 
knock upon a door or gate for admis- 
pmeea = 11. 1. 6: Iv. 8. 2: vil: 1. 16; 

Képyn, 78, (k5pos boy, lad) «a girl, 
maiden, damsel, iv. 5. 9. 

Kopewrn, js, Corsdte, a large city 
on the north side of the Euphrates, 
which the Cyreans found deserted 
(perhaps only temporarily, on account 
of the approach of the army). The 
Mascas, which flowed around it, is 
supposed to have been a canal that 
still exists and makes with the Eu- 
phrates the island Werdi, on which 
are extensive ruins. i. 5. 4. 

Kopvndas, ov or a, Corylas, a prince 
of Paphlagonia, who aspired at in- 
dependence, and disobeyed the sum- 


15 


Kpjs 

Kpavos, eos, 76, (kd pa head) a helmet 
or casque ; among the Greeks, comm. 
of metal, with movable pieces for fuller 
protection, lined, and fastened under 
the chin; among some nations, of 
leather? 12°22) 1657 8262) we 4gd3. 

KpaTéw, How, KeKpaTnKa, (KpaTos) to 
have power over, to rule, control, be 
superior, be sovereign over ; to master, 
conquer, worst, vanquish, overcome ; 
to hold or maintain a military post ; 
i) Vaan Set oa | A ey ees A ey (oe 

KpaTHp, 7pos, 0, (Kepdvviu) a mixing- 
vessel, esp. for mixing wine and wa- 
ter; a large bowl, iv. 5. 26, 32. 
Kpaticros, KpaTLoTa, see KpEelTT WY. 
K0aTOS, €0s, 76, strength, might, power, 


mons of Artaxerxes to join him with| force: xara xpdaros [according to force] 


his army, of which the cavalry was 
especially excellent. v. 5.12; 6.11. 

Kopuy, 7s, (kdpus helmet) the top of 
the head, of a mountain, &c.; highest 
point, summit, peak ; iii. 4. 41. 

Kopaveaa, as, Coronza, an ancient 
city in the western part of Beotia. 
On the plain before it, the Beeotians 
won their independence by defeating 
the Athenians, B.c. 447; and here the 
Spartans under Agesilaus gained the 
victory in a hard-fought battle with 
the Beeotians, Athenians, and their 
allies, B. c. 394. v. 3. 62 || Ruins near 
Camari. 

TKoo pew, Yow, kexsounxa, to regulate, 
arrange, order, marshal ; to decorate, 
aren. So; i. 9, 23: i, 2-36: Der. 
COSMETIC. 

TtKoopLos, a, ov, orderly, well-disct- 
‘plined, vi. 6. 32. / 

KOT }L9S, ov, 0, (kouew to tend ?) order, 
equipment, ornament, decoration, gar- 
niture, D., 1.9.23? iiil.2.7. Der. cos- 
MICAL, MICRO-COSM. 

Kortwpa, wy, ra, Cotyora, a city on 
the southern shore of the Euxine, a 
Sinopean colony. Here the long and 
severe foot-march of the Cyreans was 
relieved by sailing. v. 5.3. ||Ordu. 

_ | Korvapirys, ov, a Cotyorite or Co- 
tyorian, v. 5. 6s, 19. 

Kovpos, 7, ov, light (not heavy): 
Xoptos Kovos [light] dry grass, hay, 
ie AOls wiz 4-12: 

Lxotdhes lightly, nimbly, vi. 1. 5. 

Kpa{w*r., adéw l., 2 pf. pret. céxpa- 
ya, to cry or call aloud, make outcry, 
vii. 8; 15. 


wih might and main, with vigor, by 


force of arms, 1.8.19: vii. 7.7. Der. 


AUTO-CRAT. See dvd. 

Kpavyn, 7s, (xpagw) a loud cry, out- 
cry, shout, shouting, noise, clamor, i. 
2A Ts) DAV 2eo Sd le: aad, Abe 

Kpéas, kpéaos, contr. kpéws, 75, caro, 
flesh: pl. xpéa picces of flesh, flesh, 
meat, esp. cooked, i: 5. 2s :nive 5731. 

Kpeittwv,* ov, Kpatioros, 7, ov, c. & 
s. of the Ep. xparus strong, but comm. 
referred to dyads, D., I.: ¢. better, 
superior ; stronger, more powerful ; 
more efficient, useful, serviceable, or 
palaable:? 1v2r26 a, 3) aii Aas: 
best, ablest, noblest, highest in rank ; 
most powerful, distinguished, eminent, 
useful, or valuable ; 1.5.8: 9.2, 20s: 
iii. 4. 41: — adv. kpatiora (as s. to 
ed, c. Kpetrtov) best; most stoutly, 
bravely, successfully, or advantageous- 
ly ; to the best advantage ; iii. 2. 6, 27. 

Kpépapat,* joouat, to hang (intrans.), 
be hung up, émi, brrép, i1i.2.19 : iv.1.2. 

Lkpepdvvupn,* kpeudow Kpeud, a. p. 
expeuacOnv, to hang up, suspend, A., 
12:8) Va. AVk?. 

Kpqvn, 7s, (kdpa, kdpnvov, head 2) a 
fountain, spring of water, 1. 2. 13. 

Kpytis, idos, 7, crépido, a founda- 
tion, base, ili. 4. 7, 10. 

Kos, Kpnrés, 6, a Cretan, a man 
of Kp7rn (Crete, now Candia), the large 
island south of the Mgean, prominent 
in the early history of Greek civiliza- 
tion ; where, according to fable, Zeus 
was born, where Minos reigned and 
gave laws, which Homer styles éxa- 
Topmokus hundred-citicd, and credits 


Kptoy 


76 


Kipeos 


with 80 vessels sent to the siege of| [kuBtorda, jow, (kiBos CUBE, dic, or 


Troy. Its soldiers had a high reputa- 
tion as light-armed troops, and 200 
Cretan bowmen rendered good service 
to the Cyreans. 1.2.9: iv.2.28; 8.27. 
Der. CRETACEOUS. 

KpvOn, fs, ch. pl., barley, 1. 2. 22. 

ixpi@i.vos, 7, ov, of barley: otvos x. 
[barley wine] beer : iv. 5. 26, 31. 

Kpive,” Kpiva, Kéxpixa, a. éxpiva, a. 
p. expiOnv, to distingwish, select; to 
judge, decide, be of opinion ; to try a 
personvaecused ; A. 1.5 42,5. Ue Oy 5, 
20, 28; 30: wii6, 16, 25.. Der. CRITIC. 

Kpids, 00, 6, (képas ?) a ram, 11.2.9. 

Kplots, ews, 7, (Kpww) trial, judg- 
ment, i. 6.5: vi. 6. 20. Der. cRISIS. 

KPOLPVOV OF KPOPVOV, OV, an Onion, 
Wil. L.is7. 

tkpotéw, jow, to strike together, A., 
vi. 1. 10? 

tkpdtos, ov, 6, clapping, applause, 
vi. 1. 18. 

Kpovw, ovcw, Kéxpovxa, to strike, 
clash, strike together, A., iv.5.18: vi. 
1.10 (v. 1. kporéw). 

KpvTro,* yw, Kéxpupa, to hide, con- 
C00. G2 Uk weed TDs OT 97 wa. Lal 8: 
Der. CRYPT. 

KewBtAOs or KpwBvAOs, ov, 6, a tuft 
of hair or leathern thongs, v. 4. 13. 

KTGOmaL,* KTHTOMaL, KEKTNUAL, tO aC- 
quire, procure, get, gain, win: Tode- 
pious Kk. to gain as enemies, to make 
enemies: pf. pret. to [have acquired] 
possess, enjoy: A.. 1.7.3; 9.19: 11.6. 
Is, 26: woxb.ck?. 

Ktelve, krevo, 2 pf. exrova, (usu. 
dmo-xreivw) to kill, slay, A., ii. 5. 32. 

TKTHpa, aTos,7d,a possession, vil. 7.41. 
TKTfvos, eos, 76, a domestic animal, 
as property once consisted chiefly of 
these (cf. cattle, orig. the same with 
chattel) ; pl. cattle ; 11.1.19: v. 2. 3. 
KTHoACOaL, KTHTOPAL, See KTdoUaL. 
i Kryoias, ov, Clesias, a celebrated 
physician and historian from Cnidus 
in Caria, who passed a number of years 
at the Persian court as the king’s phy- 
sician, and carefully availed himself 
of this peculiar opportunity of obtain- 
ing historic information. He was sur- 
geon to Artaxerxes at the battle of 
Cunaxa. i. 8. 26s. 

KuBepvqATysS, ov, (kuBepyvdw guberno, 
to steer) a steersman, helmsman, pilot, 
y. 8. 20. 











KUBn head) to throw one’s self down 
head foremost, or as dice are thrown ; 
while éx-xuBiordw is strictly to recover 
from this position. ] 

Kvos, ov, 6, the Cydnus, a river 
of Cilicia, rising in Mt. Taurus, and 
flowing through the capital Tarsus to 
the Mediterranean, . It was noted for 
the coldness of its water, which nearly 
cost Alexander his life. The luxurious 
state in which Cleopatra sailed up the 
Cydnus to meet and conquer Antony 
is depicted in Plutarch and Shakspeare. — 
i. 2. 23. || Mesarlyk-Chai. 

Tkuf{tKnves, of, 6, (sc. crarnp), a Cyzi- 
cene [stater], a widely current gold 
coin from the famed mint of Cyzicus, 
= 28 Att. drachme, or about $53, v. 
6. 23: vi. 2. 4: vil. 2.36. 

Kituos, ov, 7, Cyzicus, an old and 
important commercial city beautifully 
situated on an island, afterwards a 
peninsula, in the Propontis. It was 
colonized by the Milesians. vii. 2. 5. 
| Bal-Kiz (Iladaia Kvgcxos). 

KikAos, ov, 6, circulus, @ circle, 
ring, round, enclosure; acirele, group, 
or knot of men; a circular form or dis- 
position of troops, presenting shields 
on every side : kik in a cirele or cir- 
cuit, all around, around, round about 
(strengthened by wdvr7, as it is some- 
times used where the circle is not com- 
plete, ili. 1.2), wepl: 7 Kikhw xwpa the 
surrounding country: 1.5.4: 1ii.1.12; 
4.7: v. 7.2: vil. 8. 18. Derigyanee 

Levkd6a, Wow, kex’KAwKa, to surround, 
encircle, hem in, A.: M. to stand or 
gather around, wepi: 1.8.13: iv.2.15: 
vi. 4, 20. 4 

lkdKd@os, ews, 7, a surrounding, 
enclosing, 1. 8. 23. 

kvAlvdw or KvALvdéw, yow 1., (also 
KvAlw r. or 1.) to roll, roll down or off, 
trans.; but 1/., intrans.; iv. 2. 3s, 20; 
7.6; 8.28? Der. CYLINDER. 

Kuvickos, ov, a Spartan general, 
who carried on war from the Cherso- 
nese against the Thracians, vil. 1. 13. 

kuTaplrtivos, 7, ov, (KuTapicoos OF 
-ptTTOS, Cupressus, CYPRESS), made of 
cypress, V. 5. 12. 

KITT, KUYw, Kéxvda, (akin to Lat. 
cubo) to stoop down, bend forward, iv. 
hada? 

Kipevos or Kupetos, a, ov, (Kipos) 





KUptos 


Cyréan, of Cyrus, belonging to Cyrus, 
Beno. 1? i. 2. 17 (subst.) : vil. 2. 7. 
KUptos, a, ov, (KOpos authority) in- 
vested with authority, possessed of pow- 
CPi, Ve/. 27. 
_ Kipos, od, (Pers. Khur, sun) Cyrus 
the Great, or the Elder, son of Cam- 
byses, a Persian noble, and Mandane, 
daughter of Astyages, king of the 
Medes. He founded the Persian mon- 
archy by dethroning his tyrannical 
grandfather, B. c. 558; and enlarged 
it by conquering Cresus, king of 
Lydia, B. c. 554, and taking Babylon, 
B. C. 538. He was slain in battle with 
the Scythians, B. c. 529. Such, in 
general, is the account of Hdt., from 
which those of Ctesias and Xenophon 
vary. i.9.1.-—.2. Cyrus the Young- 
er, second son of Darius 11. and Pary- 
‘satis, born soon after his father’s ac- 
cession to the throne, while his elder 
brother Arsaces was born before this 
accession. As, therefore, the first-born 
of Darius the king, he was the heir to 
the throne, according to the peculiar 
principle of succession which gave the 
crown to Xerxes. Both the ambitious 
Cyrus and his fond mother seem to 
have hoped that this precedent would 
be regarded by Darius. Cyrus was so 
precocious in the qualities of com- 
mand, that he was appointed by his 
father, when a mere youth of seven- 
teen, B.C. 407, satrap of Lydia, Phryg- 
ia, and Cappadocia, and instructed 
to assist Sparta in her war against 
Athens. This he did so zealously and 
liberally, that the Spartans afterwards 
felt under obligation to render him aid 
in return. Desirous of making his 
governinent a mwnodel for order and se- 
curity, and perhaps more jealous for his 
authority than an older ruler would 
have been, he was not only lavish in 
rewarding faithful service, but also 
Tigorous in punishing the disobedient 
and criminal, — we should say, per- 
haps, too rigorous, but it was the Per- 
sian habit to be severe in punishment. 
The better to secure his dignity, he 
imprudently required in those who ap- 
proached him an etiquette which had 
been regarded as due only to royalty ; 
and when two of his cousins, sons of 
a sister of his father, refused to ob- 
serve it, he enforced the rule by put- 


77 


KwAtw 


ting them to death. On complaint of 
their parents, and apprehending the 
approach of death, Darius sent for the 
young prince, B. c. 405. Cyrus went 
to his father, taking with him, as if 
a friend, Tissaphernes, the wily ana 
| treacherous satrap of Caria, —in truth 
perhaps because he did not wish to 
leave him behind. Darius died soon 
after, and disappointed Cyrus by leay- 
ing the sceptre, ‘‘ which had glittered 
before his young imaginings,” to his 
elder brother. Hereupon Tissapher- 
nes, who doubtless hoped thus to add 
the rich province of Cyrus to his own, 
and who was capable of any deceit 
and calumny, brought against him the 
monstrous charge of designing the as- 
sassination of the new king during the 
very rites of coronation. Unfortu- 
nately this crime, which was so remote 
from the open and manly, even if ex- 
cessive, ambition of Cyrus, had pre- 
cedents in Persian history; and Arta- 
xerxes, either believing the charge or 
willing to make it a pretext, arrested 
his brother to put him to death. The 





young prince was only saved from 
speedy execution by the full power 
of his mother’s prayers and tears, and 
was sent back to his distant satrapy, 
burning with the sense of injustice, 
disgrace, and danger. There was no 
real reconciliation between the two 
brothers ; and Cyrus had reason to 
feel that his danger was only deferred, 
not past, especially with such a neigh- 





bor as Tissaphernes in the king’s con- 
fidence, and that he must either at 
length fall a sacrifice to the jealousy 
of Artaxerxes or reign in his stead. 
He was thus stimulated, with the en- 
couragement of his mother’s favor, to 
attempt the ill-fated expedition of 
which Xenophon wrote the history, 
— an expedition which certainly can- 
not be justified on Christian or even 
Socratic principles, but which was 
almost in the regular line of oriental 
histotyes ti.ts:3°9. 1: 

Kuraévov, ov, Cytoniwm, see Kep- 
Twvds, vil. 8. 8? 

Kvwv, Kuvds, 0 4, canis, dog, bitch, 
i11.2.35: v.7.26; 8.24: vi.2.2. Der. 
CYNIC. 

KoAtw (U), Vow, KexwdvKa, to hinder, 
|prevent, forbid, oppose : To kwdtov the 





KaLdpXns 


hindrance, obstacle: A.G.,1.: 1.2.21s; 
3.16; 6.2: iv. 5.20. Cf. xédos clipped. 
TkKop-apxys, ov, (dpxw) the ruler or 
head-man of a village, village-chief, 
BV... NON 24s 6s 
KOEN, ns, a village, comm. unforti- 
fied, 1.4.9: iv. 4.7. Der. comepy. 
Lkapytns, ov, a villager, iv. 5. 24. 
KotH, 7s, (cf. Lat. capio) the handle 
of an oar, &c.; an oar, vi. 4. 2. 


A. 


AaPetv, -orpr, -dv, see AauBavw. 

Aayxava,* Antouar, etAnxa, 2 a. 
édaxov, to draw or obtain by lot, to ob- 
tain perchance or by fate, a., iii. 1. 
dae ivi e 24: 

Aayas, ©, w wy or &, o, lepus, a 
hare, iv. 5. 24: v. 1. \ayés, @. 

Aabety, -dv, see AavOdvw, i. 3. 17. 

4AdGpa or AaOpg clam, secretly, with- 
out the knowledge of, G., 1.8.8. - 

tAaxkedatpovics, ov, 0, a Lacedcemo- 
nian, « Spartan, the most cominon 
term for the citizens of Sparta, i.1.9: 
li. 6. 2: iil. 2. 37. See Darapridrns. 

Aaxedaipewv, ovos, 4, Lacedemon, 
Sparta, v. 3.11. See Zwdpr7. 

Aadkkos, ov, 0, (cf. Lat. lacus) an 
underground cistern or cellar, such as 
are now frequent in-Kurdistan and 
Armenia, iv. 2. 22. 

Aaxtife, iow 1, (AdE with the foot) 
to kick, A., iil. 2.18. 

Adkev, wos, 0, a Laconian, an in- 
habitant of Laconia ; a term wider in 
extent than Aaxedaiudmos, but not un- 
frequently used in its place; ii. 1. 8, 
DEM oll (ch TIA Sele Se sy 5. 
See 2rdpryn, Uaapriarns. 

lAakovikds, 7, dv, Laconian: o Aa- 
kwvikos the Laconian: iv.1.18; 7.16: 
Vis 2. V9 RIS 38: 

AapBave,* AjWoua, etna, 2 a. 
é\aPor, a. p. EXnhOny, to take; to take 
captive or by force, as prisoners, prey, 
plunder, a military post, &c., to sezze, 
catch, capture; to take by gift, bar- 
-gain, or loan, to receive, obtain, pro- 
cure ; to take as instruments, arms, 
supplies, pledges, companions, military 
force, &c., to obtain, procure, enlist 
(AaBav having taken = with, 1.2.3); to 
overtake, come upon, catch, find, detect ; 
A. G., G. partitive, did, éx, eis, mapd, 


78 


AadhvpoTHrns 


&c.; 3. 1. 2,6, 95 2. 135.5 2s 
6.6s,10; 7.13; 10.18. See dixy; 
dixavos, metpa. Der. DI-LEMMA. 
tAapapds, a, dv, c., brilliant, illus- 
trious, glorious, vii. 7. 41. 
tAapmrpoTns, 7TOs,- 7, 
splendor, 1. 2. 18. 

Adprre, * Pw, \édAauzra,to make shine, 
light up: M. to shine, blaze, be in @ 
blaze: iii. 1. 11s. Der. LAMP. 

TAappaxnvds, of, 6, a Lampsacene, 
vii. 8. 3; a man of 

Adpapaxos, ov, 7, Lampsacus, a city 
of Mysia on the Hellespont, an Ionian - 
colony. On account of its good wine, 
Artaxerxes I. assigned it to Themisto- 
cles as a means of his support. It was 
the reputed birthplace of Priapus, and 
the especial seat of his worship. vii. 
8. 1. || Lamsaki. 

AavOdve &, ch. poet., ARPw,* Ajoo- 
fat, N€EANOa, 2 a. EXaOov, to escape the 
notice or knowledge or elude the obser- 
vation of any one, lie hid or be con- 
cealed from him, be unobserved by 
him, elude, A. W. a pt., it is often- 
er translated by an adv., adverbial 
phrase, or adj., and the pt. by a finite 
verb, 677f; as, Tpeddpevov édvOavev 
was [concealed in being maintained] 
secretly maintained, 1.1.98; adetv 
avrov dmeOwv to [elude him depart- 
ing] depart without his knowledge, i. 
3.17; é\abov éyyvs mpocedOdvtes they 
drew near unobserved, iv. 2.7; éXdav- 
Oavov abrovs yevduevor [were not ob- 
served by themselves in having come] 
came wnconsciously to themselves, un- 
awares, or unexpectedly, vi. 3.22. See, 
also, iv.6.11: ‘v..2029% Wis aoe 
3. 38, 48. Der. LETHE. Cf. lateo. 

Adpiooa, ys, Larissa, (anciently 
Calah, while some have traced the 
name to Resen, Gen. x. 11s) a part of 
the extensive ruins of ‘‘ great Nine- 
veh,” and abounding in the most in- 
teresting remains, which lay buried 
more than 2000 years to be recently 
brought to light and surprise the world, 
iii. 4. 7. || Nimriid. See Méomida. 

Adoros, a, ov, (akin to dacvs) bushy: 
Ta \dova the thickets: v.2.29: vi.4.26. 

Aadvpoy, ov, (AauBdvw) ch. pl., spo- 
lia, the spot/s of war, booty, vi. 6. 38 ? 

LAabvpo-twdréw, yw, to sell booty, Vi. 
6.382 [salesman of booty, vii. 7. 56. 


brilliancy, 


lAaupo-7aAns, ov, a booty-seller, 

















Aaxetv 


Aaxetv, Aaxav, see layxavw. 
\AdxXos, eos, 74, ch. poet., a portion, 
esp. by lot, share, part, division, v. 3. 
9: vi. 3.2? 

Aéyw,* AdEw, NéNexa 1., (classic eipn- 
ka), a. p. €XéxOny, to say, speak, tell, 
express, relate, report, state; to speak 
of, mention, name, account ; to bid, 
propose, advise: A. D., CP., I. (A.), 
mepi, mpos, eis, €v: i. 2.12, 21; 3. 8, 
Pa 19-4. 11: ii. 5.25. In the 
pass., the personal construction w. the 
inf., for the impers., is the more com- 
pees 79, 1. 2, 8: ii. 2. 6: -cf. 1. 8. 6: 
iv. 1. 3. Der. LEXICON, DIA-LECT. 

Acia, as, booty, plunder, spoils, vil; 
8, 17: vil. 4. 2. 

Actpdv, Gvos, 0, (eiBw to pour) a 
moist place, meudow, v. 3. 11. 

Aeios, a, ov, levis, smooth, gently 
sloping, of easy ascent, iv. 4. 1. 

Aclirw,* Pw, Wetec: 2 a. €Nurov, a 

p. €heipOny, f. pf. NeAeiWouas, linquo, 
to LEAVE, quit, forsake, abandon, de- 
sort ; to leave behind, spare ; A.; 1. 2. 
21: vii. 4.1:—P. to be left; hence, to 
remain, survive ; to be left behind, fall 
behind, be inferior, G. 405b: Nedetiperar 
will [have been left] remain: ii. 4. 5: 
Hii. 1.2: vii. 7.31. Der. EL-LIPsIs. 

* Nextéos, a, ov, (Aéyw) to be or that 
must be sxid or spoken, v. 6. 5. 

Aedelpouar, Nedoumrds, see Aeizrw. 

A€Ew, AzEov, Aare, see A¢ye, 1.3.18. 

Aeovrives, ov, 0, a Leontine, a man 
of Leontini (Acorrivon, now Lentini), 
a city of eastern Sicily, a Chalcidian 
colony, situated in a region of extraor- 
dinary fertility, and early prosperous, 
but overshadowed by its powerful Doric 
neighbor, Syracuse, ii. 6. 16. 

Trevxo-Odpae, dicos, 0 7, with a whiie 
corselet, doubtless of linen, i. 8.9. See 
Owpaé. 

hevxds, 7, ov, (akin to AeVoow to sce, 
LooK, and Lat. luceo) bright, white, 
Bs. 6: -V. 4. 32's. 

Aex Geis, AcxOFvar, see Ady, iii. 1.1. 

Anya, gw, (Aéyw to LAY) to allay ; 
comm. intrans., to abate, cease, end, 
close, come to an end, ili.1.9: iv. 5. 4. 


719 


a.|to consider, calcwlate, expect, A., 


Aoxpés 


Afjpos, ov, 0, nonsense, trumpery, a 
trifle, vii. 7. 41. 

tAyorteia, as, robbery, plunder, pil- 
lage, vii. 7. 9. 

AnorHs, of, (Apfoua) a robber, 
plunderer, pillager, vi. 1.8; 6. 28. 

Ajnow, see AavOdvw, vii. 3. 43. 

AnPbvar, Ajpopar, see AauBavw. 

Alav adv., very, exceedingly, Vi. 1. 28. 

TArALBivos, 7, ov, of stone, li. 4. 7, 9. 

AlBos, ov, 0, a stone, often such as 
are used for an attack: stone, the ma- 
terial :c6 5) 12 srs Bake 4e Ole 5. 
10: iv. 7. 4s. Der. LITHO-GRAPH. 

AupAv, evos, o, (akin to AeiBw to 
pour ?) a harbor, haven, port, vi. 2.13. 

Aipds, of, 0, (Aeirw) failure of food, 
hunger, famine, 1.5.5: 1.2.11; 5.19. 

Aivess, a, ov, contr. Atwots, 7, ob, 
(Nivov flax) flaxen, LINEN, iv. 7. 15. 

TrAoylfopat, icouat coduat, ee 
Sat. 
2.03) 2 1k. ale 20. 

Néyos, ov, 0, (Aéyw) @ word; speech, 
discourse ; conversation, discussion ; @ 
statement, narrative, report, rumor ; 
an argument, plea: pl. words, confer- 
ence, discussion, mpis: eis Syous Ep- 
xer0ar to enter into a conference or 
come to an interview with, D.: i. 4.7; 
Gabzsne teil 5: 4,416,275 6:45 Vis 18: 
vi.1.18. Der. LOGIC, -LOGY, -LOGUE. 

hSyx7, vs, (cf. Lat. lancea) the point 
or spike of a spear, the spear-head, 
carly made by the Greeks of bronze, 
but afterwards of iron; comm. fr. 6 in. 
to a foot in length: hence often, by 
synecdoche, @ spear or LANCE (esp., In 
the Anab., of those used by the bar- 
barians))s 14845 2a. 2. Oa. TGs sai. 

hevdsepéw, ijow, NeAodSpnica, (oldo- 
pos a railcr) to rail at, revile, abuse, 
reproach, reprove, A., lil. 4. 49. 

Aourds, 7, dv, (Aetw) re-liquus, left 
behind, remaining, the rest or remain- 
der of, D., iv. 2.138: Nord (éxTw) tt 
[is left] vematns, i. 2.29: riv Nourjy 
[sc. ods] the rest of the way, iii. 4. 46: 
TO dowdy the rest, G. partitive, ili. 4.6: 
Tov Nourod [sc. xpdvou], oftener 7d dor- 
médy, in or during the rest of the time, a7 


Antfopar, twouat, or Att. Ayfopar, | futwre, afterwards, henceforth, thence- 


Aygouar, NéAnopat, (ela) to plunder, | forth, 482 e, ii. 2.5: 


ravage, pillage, rob ; to scize as booty 
or spoil, take as prey or by force; A., 
Eee 6 2O6 V1, Os vied: 1? vind. 
31. 


Ii. 2 8isevel. 34. 

Aoxpés, of, 0, a Locrian, a man of 
Locris, a central region of Greece in 
three separate parts (two north of 
Beeotia and Phocis, and the third, the 


Aovoratys 


larger but ruder portion, west of Pho- 
cis). The eastern Locrians are credit- 
ed with 40 ships sent to the Trojan 
War under the lesser Ajax. vil. 4.18. 

Aovorarnys or -arys, ov, & Aovoreds, 
éws, 0, a Lusian, a man of Lusi (Aov- 
coi), a town in the north of Arcadia, 
having a celebrated temple of Artemis 
(Diana), which was revered through 
the Peloponnese as an inviolable asy- 
lum, iv. 2.21; 7.11s: vii.6.40. ||Su- 
dhena. 

Addos, ov, 0, (Aérw to rub off, peel) 
the neck of a horse or ox, as rubbed 
by the yoke; hence, in general, an 
elevation or crest; an eminence or ridge 
of land, a hill, height, = y%-dodos: 1. 
10. 13s (cf. 12): iii. 4. 39 (ef. 37). 

trAoxayéw, jow, to be a lochage or 
captain, vi. 1. 30. 

TAoxayla, as, the command of a Xé- 
xos, a captaincy, 1. 4.15: ii. 1. 30. 

TAox-ayds, 05, 0, (dyw) the leader of 
a Ndxos, a lochage, centurion, captain, 
who comm. received twice the pay of 
a private. The word has the Dor. 
form, as a term of war, in which the 
Doric race so excelled, 386c. i. 7.2: 
vi. 3. 6 (where the term is applied to 
the commander of a tenth of the Ar- 
cadian and Achean force, also termed 
oTparnyds): vii. 2. 36. 

TAoxitys, ov, a soldier belonging to 
a dxos, a menrber of a company, V1. 6. 
(fe Ve 

AdxXos, ov, 0, (Aéyw to collect) a com- 
pany or division of soldiers, not fixed 
in number, but usu. of about 100 men. 
For the subdivision of the common 
AOXOs, Seé ili. 4. 21s... 1.2. 25: iv: 8. 
15 Vi, o.e2) 462.5. 9s. 

tAvdsia, as, Lydia, a fertile province 
of Asia Minor, west of Phrygia, once 
a powerful kingdom. It was early 
distinguished for its industry, wealth, 
and progress in the arts; and exerted 
much influence in the development of 
Greek civilization. It reached its acme 
under Croesus, whose defeat by Cyrus 
made it a part of the Persian Empire. 
Its people, before warlike, were then 
forbidden the use of arms, and nat- 
urally became both effeminate them- 
selves and the teachers of effeminacy 
to their conquerors. i. 2.5; 9.7: vil. 
8. 7? 25. 

TAvdtos, a, ov, Lydian, i. 5. 6. 


80 


0TH 
Avdds, of, 06, a Lydian, a man of 
Lydia, ii. 1. 31. 

Adxavos or Avkates, a, ov, Lyccean, 
pertaining to Mt. Lyceus, a lofty 
height in southwestern Arcadia, pre- 
senting a view of a large part of the 
Peloponnese, and sacred to Zeus (hence 
surnamed Lycean) and Pan: ra Av- 
kava [sc. tepd], the Lyccean Rites or 
Festival, in honor of Lyczan Jove, 
celebrated by the Arcadians with sac- 
rifices and games, i. 2. 10. || Dioforti, 
4659 feet high. | 

} Avkaovia, as, an elevated region of 
Asia Minor, north of Cilicia, occupied 
by a rude, warlike, independent, and 
predatory race. It was an early scene 
of the missionary labors of the apostle 
Paul, who here found Timothy. i. 2. 
19: vii. 8. 25. 

Avkdwv, ovos, 0, a Lycaonian, iii. 
2. 23. 

Atxeov, ov, the LyckuM, the chief 
of the Athenian gymnasia, situated 
without the eastern wall, adorned with 
fine trees, covered walks, and other 
embellishments, and consecrated to 
Lycéan Apollo. Here Aristotle taught 
while walking, from which his philos- 
ophy was named Peripatetic (wepiura- 
téw to walk around). vil. 8. 1. ¢ 

Avxvos, ov, Lycius, a Syracusan, 
sent by Clearchus for observation, 1. 
10. 14. — 2. An Athenian, appointed 
commander of cavalry, and so render- 
ing good service, ili. 3. 20: iv. 3. 22. 

AvKos, ov, 0, lupus, @ wolf, the 
largest beast of prey in Greece, il. 2.9 
(prob. sacrificed on this occasion as 
sacred to Ahriman, the Persian god of 
evil). Der. LYCO-PODIUM. 

jt AdvKos, ov, 0, the Lycus or Wolf- 
River, a name given to several streams, 
seemingly from their destructive char- 
acter. A small river so named entered 
the Euxine near Heracléa, vi. 2. 3. 
| Kilij-Su, i. e. Sword Water. 

Avkov, wvos, Lycon, a factious 
Achean, v. 6. 27: vi. 2. 4, 9. 

Avpatvopar, Auuavotua, AEAVMAT MAL, 
(\dun outrage) to ruin, spoil, frustrate, 
Ay Dei 3G. 


truréw, How, NeAIwnKa, to pain, 


grieve, trouble, distress, annoy, nrolest, 
Av, le 3: 8: 11.9. 23.5.5, 14s ee 

hitrn, ns, pain, grief, sorrow, dis- 
tress, ili. 1. 3. 





AuTrnpds 


LAvInpés, 4, dv, c., painfui, grievous, 
distressing, troublesome, annoying, D., 
8,6. 13: vii. 7. 28. 

Avou-TeAéw, How, (hUw to pay, Tédos 
expense) to pay expenses, to be profita- 
ble, advantageous, or expedient, D. I., 
lii. 4. 36? [zy, v. 7. 26. 

Atooa or AUTTa, ys, madness, fren- 

Ado, * AZow, NéATKa, solvo, to LOOSE, 
let loose, release, set free; to undo, 
break, break down, destroy, remove, 
violate (a treaty or oath); A.; 11. 4.17, 
19s: iii. 1.21; 4.35: =v. 1. AvorTedEw, 
iii. 4.36: AeAupevos unbound, free from 
bonds, iv.6.2:— M. to ransom, redeem, 
A., vii. 8. 6. Der. ANA-LYSIS. 

Awto-dayos, ov, 0, (Awrds the lotus, 
dayeiv to cat) a lotus-cater. The Cy- 
renean lotus (now jujwbe) was a small 
sweet date-like fruit, so delicious that, 
according to the old fable (Hom. Od. 
t. 94), all who ate of it forgot their 
homes, and wished only to remain and 
feed upon it; while in Arab poetry it 
is the fruit of paradise. The Loto- 

hagi of Homer, upon whose shore 
Ulysses landed, have been located by 
most geographers upon the coast of 
Tripoli and Tunis in North Africa. 
i. 2. 25. 

Aodda, jow, NeAHPxa, (Adgos, as if 
to withdraw the neck from the yoke ?) 
to rest, cease, iv. 7. 6. 

Adwv,* contr. fr. c. Awtwv referred 
to aya0ds, more desirable, better, D. I., 
iii. 1.7: for emphasis, A@ov kal d&uervor 
more desirable and advantageous, pref- 
erable and better, vi. 2.15: vii. 6. 44. 


M. 


pa * by, an adv. of swearing, comm. 
negative, unless preceded by vat, A., 
© 428% v. 8.-6, 21. 

payasdts, vos, dat. (w) ¢, 218. 2, 4, (a 
foreign word) the magadis, a kind of 
harp with 20 strings arranged in oc- 
taves; or, acc. to some, a kind of flute ; 
vii. 2. 32. 

Mayvys, nros,o,a Magnesian, aman 
of Magnesia, a narrow mountainous re- 
gion occupying the east coast of Thes- 
saly, vi. 1.7. Cf. MAGNET. 

pabety, -w, -orpt, &c., see wavOdvw. 

Matav8pos, ov, 0, the Meander, the 
largest river entering the Agean from 


tex. AN, 47 


81 


pavOave 


Asia, so remarkable for its winding 
course through its rich alluvial plain, 
that it has given a name to the wind- 
ing of rivers. Its deposit has greatly 
extended and changed the coast at its 
mouth. i. 2.5,7s. || Mendere-Chai. 
patvopnar,* wavoduacr., 2 pf. uéunva, 
2a. p. €udvynv, to be mad, insane, or 
Frenzied, ii. 5. 10,12. Der. MANIAC. 

Matoddns, ov, Mesades, a Thracian 
prince, father of Seuthes, vii. 2. 32. 

paKkapife, iow 1&, (uaxdp happy) to 
count or esteem happy or fortunate, A., 
Wid 9: 

lpaxaptords, 7, dv, esteemed happy, 
envied or enviable, being an object of 
envy, D., 1. 9. 6. 

Maxiotios (or Makéorttos), ov, o, 
a Macistian, a man of Macistus (Md- 
kioros), an old town of Triphylia in 
Elis, vii. 4.16. || Heights of Khaiaffa. 

PaKpds, a, dv, c.,8., (uAKos length, 
cf. wéyas magnus) long, of both space 
and time: yuaxpdy (sc. 0d] a long way, 
a great distance, far (soc. & S.): pa- 
xporepov adv. , farther: waxpov hv it was 
a long distance, or too far: 1.5.7: ii. 
2. 1183 ii: 416's, 42, 

Makpev, wos, 0, a Macronian. 
The Macrones were a warlike tribe 
dwelling not far from Trebizond, ivy. 
he 2 SE LTE 

pada, by apostr. pad’, c. wadror, 
s. wdduora, adv. (much used with ad- 
jectives and adverbs to express degree, 
510), very, very much, greatly, exceed- 
ingly; very well, certainly; ii. 4.15; 
5.33; od udda not at all, by no means, 
i. 6.15; by exceptional arrangement, 
avtixa wdda very speedily, instantly, 
at once, ili. 5.11, €6 udda very easily, 
vi. 1. 1:—c. more, rather, more certain- 
ly, (sometimes joined w. another com- 
par. for clearness or emphasis, tv. 6. 
11) Fore. (asc.), 1.1. 4s, 8; 9.5, 24:— 
s. most, most of all, in the highest de- 
gree, best, especially ; most or very near- 
ly, about (w. numbers); 1.1.63; 9.22, 
29) 2) Winds SOV 222: 

parakifouar, f. p. wOjcouae |., (ua- 
Aaxds soft) to be self-indulgent, yicld 
to sloth, v. 8. 14. 

pavels, -évyTes, see uaivouat, 1. 5.10. 

pavOave,* uabjoomar, weudOnka, 2a. 
éuafor, to learn, ascertain, A., I., G. 
OP. pmupa,t, 9.42 11.5. 37 plies % Zoe 
iy.8.5:; v.2.25. Der. MATHEMATICS. 

F 


payreta 


- tpavreta, as, prophecy, oracle, iii. 1.7. 

[pavrevouat,evoouar,(udvris) to proph- 
esy, declare by oracle. | 

4 pavrevtds, 7, dv, declared or pointed 
out by an oracle, D. éx, vi. 1. 22. 

Maytwvets, dws, 0, a Mantinean, a 
man of Mantinéa (Mapriveia), an an- 
cient and, before the building of Me- 
galopolis, the largest city of Arcadia, 
situated in the eastern part. It was 
noted for the excellence of its political 
institutions, and for five important 
battles fought nearit. In one of these, 
B.C. 362, the Theban Epaminondas con- 
quered the Spartans and Athenians at 
the expense of his own life, and the 
two sons of Xenophon fought; the 
elder, Gryllus, falling after signal feats 
of valor, among which some reckoned 
the slaying of the Theban general. 
vi. 1. 11. || Paleopoli. 

pavTis, ews, 0 7, (uaivouar) one who 
speaks in a state of divine frenzy, a 
prophet, seer; a diviner, soothsayer, 
augur; 1.7.18. Der. NECRO-MANCY. 

Map8ovor or Map8ou, wy, the Mar- 
donit or Mardi, or -ians, a warlike 
people, prob. dwelling near the south- 
ern boundary of Armenia, iv. 3.4: v./. 
Mvyddro. 

Mapuavbvvol, dv,the Mariandyni or 
-ians, a people of Bithynia, dwelling 
around Heracléa, and at length sub- 
jected by this city, vi. 2, 1: v. 1. Ma- 
pravdnvoi, Mapvavdnvoi. 

papovmres Or papo-Tqos, ov, o, mar- 
supium, a bag, pouch, iv. 3. 11. Der. 
MARSUPIAL. 

Mapovas, ov, Marsyas, fabled as a 
Phrygian satyr or peasant who invent- 
ed the flute, and was most cruelly 
punished for his presumption in con- 
tending with Apollo, i. 2.8.— 2. The 
Marsyas, a small river of Phrygia, 
flowing into the Meander, and fabled 
to have risen from the tears shed by 
the shepherds and rural divinities of 
Phrygia for the cruel fate of their fa- 
vorite musician, i. 2. 8. 

Tpaptupéw, 7ow, uenapTupynka, to bear 
witness for or in favor of, testify in be- 
half of, D., tii. 8.12 : vil. 6./39. 

Tpaptipiov, ov, testimony, witness, 
oroof, iil. 2. 18. 

paprus, g. udprupos, d. pl. udpruct, 
0 7, @ witness, Vii.7.39. Der. MARTYR. 

Mapevelrns, ov, a Maronite, a man 


82 





peyaXompetras 


of Maronéa (Mapdvera), a town of the 
Cicones in Thrace on the Agean, after- 
wards colonized from Chios. I+ was 
noted for its excellent wine, which 
even Homer mentions (Od. ¢. 196s), 
and for the too free use of it by its 
inhabitants. vii. 3.16. {| Marogna. 

pac ds, of, 0, v. 1. for uaords, 1.4.17. 

Mackas,* a, or Mackas, a, the 
Mascas, a stream in Mesopotamia, 
prob. a short canal flowing from and 
re-entering the Euphrates, i. 5. 4. 

parted, evow, ch. poet., (udoua to 
seck) to seek, search out, eagerly desire, 
As, 1., lil. 1. 430) vii6) 2a ae 

Tpacrriycw, wrw,to whip,lash, scourge, 
iv. 6. 15. 

paorié, vyos,, a whip, lash, scourge, 
in. 4. 25: 

paords, of, 0, (udcow to squeeze) one 
of the breasts ; hence, a round hill, 
knoll, hillock ; i. 4.172 iv. 2. 6, 14s. 

pararos, a, ov, (udryy in vain) use- 
less, vain, idle, without avail, vii. 6. 
1G) As 

Tpaxaipa, as, a sword, esp. a short 
or curved sword in distinction from 
fidos, the longer, straight sword 
(though the distinction is not always 
made, vil. 4. 16); a sabre; a dagger, 
large knife ; 1.8.7: iv. 6.26: vii. 2. 30. 

tpaxatproy, ov, dim.,@ dagger, dirk, 
knife, iv. 7. 16. 

Tpaxn, ns, a battle, fight, encounter, 
combat: amd Tis waxns from the (place 
of the) battle, from the battle-ground : 
i. 2.9: ii. 2.6. Der. LoGo-MACHY. 

TPAXIpOoS, 7, ov, fit for fighting, war- 
like, vil. 8. 13. 

PAXOMAL, Max érouar waxoduar, meud- 
XNMAL, A. Euaxerdunp, to fight, give bat- 
tle ; withstand, contend; D., wepi,mpé, 
ovy: 1.5.9; 7.9, 17S: ae 

pé (p) me, pol, pod, see éyw,i. 3. 3. 

MeyaBvios, ov, Megabyzus, a gen- 
eral name borne by the keeper of the 
temple of Diana at Ephesus, accord- 
ing to custom a eunuch, v. 3. 6s. 

peyarn, -ov, &c., see wéyas, 1. 2. 6. 

Lpeyad-nyopéw, ow, (dyopedw) to 
talk big, speak boastfully, boast, vaunt, - 
vi. 3. 18. 

Lweyado-mpemis, és, (perm) befitting 
the great, magnificent, i. 4. 17? 

}peyado-mpetras, C. €oTEpov,sS.éoTaTa, 
magnificently, on a magnificent scale, 
with great liberality, i. 4. 172 





peyaiws 


‘Lpeyahws adv., greatly, grossly, iil. 
2. 22. 

Meyapeds, ¢ws, 0, (Méyapa, capital 
of Megaris) a Megarian. Megara was 
early included in Attica ; but was con- 
quered by the Dorians, and for « time 
was subject to Corinth. After it won 
its independence, its advantages for 
commerce gave it great prosperity, so 
that it established several flourishing 
colonies (Byzantium, &c.), and even 
vied with Athens in naval power. As 
an ally of Sparta, it suffered greatly in 
the Peloponnesian War. Though not 
distinguished for letters, it claimed 
the invention of comedy, and gave its 
name toa school of philosophy found- 
ed by Euclides, a disciple of Socrates. 
Peery 2010 

péyas,* weyady, méya, g. meyadou, 
-ns, ¢. welfwv, Ss. méyioros, Magnus, 
great, large, stately ; mighty, power- 
ful; of great moment or obligation, 
anmyportant ; of a sound, loud; i. 2. 4, 
moet 9se 1. 514: 11: 2.25: iv.7.23. 
The neut., sing. and pl., is much used 
as the acc. of effect or adv. acc., or as 
an appositive to the sentence or to a 
part of it: ra weydda ef raety [to do 
well the great acts] to confer great fa- 
vors, 1.9.24: wéya évnca or wPedjoat, 
Brayar peydda, to benefit or injure 
greatly, iii. 1. 38; 3.14: 76 wéyeoror 
as the chief reason, chiefly, 1. 3. 10. 

Meyadépvys, ov, a Persian of high 
rank, put to death by Cyrus, i. 2. 20. 

péyebos, eos, 7d, (uéyas) greatness, 
magnitude, size; of a river, width: 
iia vor iv. 1.2: 

peSuuvos, ov, 0, the medimnus, the 
common Attic corn-measure, = very 
nearly a bushel and a half, vi. 1. 15. 

ped” by apostr. for pera, before an 
aspirated vowel, ii. 2. 7. 

pe0-inps,* iow, eixa, to let go with 
or after, let go, give up, resign, A., 
vii. 4. 10. 

peO-lornp,* orjow, éornka, 1 a. 
éstnoa, 2a. ésrny, to place different- 
ly, remove: M., w. 2 a. and complete 
tenses act. , to change one’s own place, 
to withdraw ; bat 1 a. m. to place apart 
from one’s self, seé aside, A.; ii. 3. 8,21. 

MOv8orcts, éws, 0, a Methydrian, 
aman of Methydrium (Meé@-vdpcor), a 
. city of central Arcadia, so called from 
its situation betwee. two streams. Its 


83 


peadw 


inhabitants were removed to people 
Megalopolis. iv. 1.27; 7.12. . || Ru-. 
ins near Pyrgo. 
peOve,* vow 1., to be drunk or in- 
toxicated, iv. 8. 20: v. 8. 4. 
pel{wv, ov, greater, see péyas, i. 2. 4. 
petrdixtos, a, ov, (uerdicow to soothe) 
mild, gracious, vii. 8. 4: see Zevs. 
petvan, petvas, &c., see udvw, 1.5.13. 
pepakrov, ov, 7d, (in form dim. of 
petpas, 0 7, a youth) a youth, stripling, 
boy, in his teens, ii. 6. 16, 28. 
Tpelwopa, aros, Td, (uecdw to lessen) a 
deficiency, v. 8. 1. 
pelwv, ov, c. referred to pxpds or dXé- 
yos, less, in respect to size, power, 
number, &c.; smaller, weaker, fewer; 
i. 9.10: iv. 5. 36: petov éxew to have 
[less success] the worst, be worsted, i. 
10. 8: rodro petov éxew to have this as 
a disadvantage or a disadvantage in 
this, 111. 2.17. - The neut. uetov is some- 
times used as an indecl. subst. or adj. ; 
and also (as an adv.) with # omitted, 
though the gen. does not follow; 
507 6,525 Il 6) ve 629s vi. 43 24. 
Medavitrar, ay, the Melandite, a 
people of Thrace, vii. 2. 32: v. 7. Me- 
Navdémrat. 
Tpedavla, as, blackness, duskiness, i. 
8. 8. 
pédas,* awa, av, g. dvos, aivns, black, 
dark, iv.5.13,15. Der. MELAN-CHOLY. 
pedcTaw, ow, pweuedérnka, (uédr\w) 
to give attention to, practise, I., iii. 4. : 
IF: iv. 6: VAs 
LpeXernpds, a, dv, s., diligent or as- 
siduous in practising, G., 1. 9. 5. 
pedivn, ns, sing. and pl., panicum, 
panic, a kind of millet, cf. xéyypos: 
emi Tas medivas upon the panic ( fields): 
P2222) ee Ok? ie tS? vie A 36s 
| Medtvo-pdyou, wy, (payeiv) the [pan- 
ic-eaters| Melinophagt, a Thracian peo- 
ple near Salmydessus on the Euxine, 
perhaps Strabo’s ‘Aorot, vii. 5. 12. 
pedrw,* wedAjow, a. éuéAX\noa or 
nuéedrAnoa, to be about to or going to, be 
on the point of, intend ; also translated 
by will, would, shall, should, must, 
am. to, were to, &c., cf. 598a; to be 
only about to, to delay: 7d uédXov the 
fuera: Ts Be ls OF 28 2 sOALOs, 11: 
1. 2,8, 46s; 5.17: vi. 1. 21. 
per, wehow, meweAnKa, to concern, 
be a care to, D.: comm. impers., as éuol 
Meret tt concerns or is a care to me, it 


HEepvT poe 84 


is my care, I take care, I look ot see to 
at, dws: 1.4.16; 8.18: vi. 4. 20: 77 
GeQ wedjoe the goddess will see to it, 
by euphemism for the goddess will 
punish his neglect, v. 3. 13. 
PELVN PCL, -Yoopar, See MiuvATKYW. 
— péphopat, Youar, to blame, reproach, 
Jind fault with, A. eis, ii. 6. 30. 
pév post-pos. adv. or secondary 
conj. (66f), on the one hand, indeed, 
in the first place, first, but often omit- 
ted in translation. It is usu. a pro- 
spective particle of distinction, mark- 
ing the words with which it is con- 
nected as distinguished fr. others 
which follow, and with which a retro- 
spective particle, (comm. 6é, but some- 
times dAA\d, wévro, eita, ereta, Kal, 
&c.) is regularly joined. i. 1.18; 3. 
2, 10500. As 13 is ds 19 so5§ Phe gee: 
ular sequence is sometimes neglected, 
esp. after intervening clauses, i. 10. 
16: ii. 2.8. In some combinations 
of particles, wév has a force like that 
of the confirmative uy, indeed, truly : 
pev 64 now indeed, indeed, truly, so 
then, then, accordingly, 1.2.3: i11.1.10: 
ov pev 69 nor [now] yet indeed, yet 
surely not, 1.9.13: li. 2.3: éyw ev 
obv I [indeed] for my part then, ii. 4. 
7 (wév emphasizing éyw, cf. i.9. 1): 
GANG. . mev (or pévroc) but or well cer- 
tainly, vii.6.11, 39. The words upon 
which yuév throws its emphasis regu- 
larly precede it, either wholly or in 
art. If, as has been supposed, mév 
and 6é (of which uy and 67 are longer 
forms) are derived from the first and 
second numerals (cf. ia, dvo), then 
their original force would seem to have 
been, for one thing . . for another 
thing ; hence, on the one hand. . on 
the other hand, in the first place . . in 
the second place, first . . secondly, in- 
deed . . but or and, &c. See 6€, o. 
jpév-rot indeed truly, assuredly, 
really, indeed, withal, to be sure; yet, 
still, however, but ; 1. 3.10: ii. 3. 9s, 
22s: Kal. . wévroa and indeed, and 
certainly, and moreover, and yet, i. 9. 
6,29: iv. 6.16. See pév. 
pévo, wevO, weuévnka, a. Euewa, ma- 
neo, 40 REMAIN, wait, stay, tarry, con- 
tinue; to wait for, A.; 1. 2. 6,98; 3. 
V1. 3.. 24: ave 4. 19). 
Meéveyv, wos, Menon, a general from 
Pharsalus in Thessaly , whose character 











Méomida 


Xenophon depicts in aark colors. He 
was a favorite of Aristippus, who 
placed him, while yet a young man, 
in command of a mercenary force 
levied with money furnished by Cy- 
rus. From this he brought 1500 men 
to the Cyrean army. When the other 
generals who had been seized through 
the treachery of Tissaphernes were put 
to death, Menon was spared, prob. be- 
cause he claimed the merit of having 
aided that treachery, and through the 
intercession of his intimate Arius ; 
but he afterwards perished by linger- 
ing torture, prob. from having fallen 
into the hands of the vengeful Pary- 
satis, who thus punished him for his 
supposed treason. A dialogue of Plato 
bears his name. i. 2. 6: ii. 6. 28s. 

Tpepl{a, low .@, to divide, distribute, 
Ass Wel9 Ye, 

wépos, €0s, 7d, (welpomat to share) a 

share, part, portion, division, quota, 
detachment ; specimen: év T@ pmépet, 
Kata (7d) wépos in or according to one’s 
share, part, place, or turn: 1.5.8; 6.2: 
il. 4.23: v. 1.9: vi. 4. 23: vil. 6. 36. 

Tpeo-npBpla, as, (jucpa, 146 b) mid- 
day, noon ; the place of the sun at 
noon, the south ; i. 7.6: iii. 5, 15. 

Tpeod-yata or -yea, as, (y7) the in- 
land; interior, vi. 2.19; 3.10; 4. 5. 

péoos, 7, ov, (akin to werd) medius, 

MIDDLE, of space or time; central; the 
middle or midst of (in this use as an 
adj., not immediately preceded by the 
article, 508a, 523b); 1.2.7,17; 8.13: 
iv. 8. 8 (among or with): subst. pérov, 
ov, the middle, midst, or centre; the 
interval or space between; G.; 1.2.15; 
4.43; péoov hudpas midday, noon, i. 8. 
8; wécov TO EauTot his own centre, 1.8. 
13? (cf. 1. 8. 22,23); dua wéoou, év (TQ) 
péow, eis TO wéoov, through, in, or into 
the midst or the interval between, some- 
times = between, 1. 4.4; 5.14; 7.6: 
ii. 2.3; éx Tod wéoou out of [the space 
between] the way, i. 5.14. Der. MES- 
ENTERY. 

lperdw, wow, to form or be in the 
middle: pecotoa  hucpa midday, vi. 
ae 
Méomda, 7s or wy, 7 or Ta, (referred 
by some to the oriental ‘‘ mashpil,” 
desolate, and perhaps the origin of the 
name Mosul) Mespila, the ruins of 
Nineveh in its stricter sense. These 





peords 


85 


PeTEWPOS 


lie upon the east bank of the Tigris, |i. 3.5? mera ddcxias with, by means 


opposite Mosul; and include the great 
mounds of Koyunjik, containing the 
remains of the magnificent palaces of 
Sennacherib and his grandson, and 
Nebbi Yunas, sacred in Mohammedan 
tradition as the burial-place of the 
prophet Jonas. The name Nineveh, 
in its wider sense, seems to have ap- 
plied to a vast aggregation of palaces 
and towns (some specially walled and 
having also other names, cf. modern 
London) situated north of the junc- 
tion of the Tigris and Upper Zab, 
and together constituting the splen- 
did capital of the mighty Assyrian 
Empire. It is represented as ‘‘an 
exceeding great city of three days’ 
journey” (Jonah 3. 3.), having accord- 
ing to Diodorus (2. 3) a circuit of 480 
stadia (the longer sides 150 stadia, and 
the shorter 90). Mespila was in the 
northwest part of its wide-spread ru- 
ins, and Larissa (now Nimrud, where 
the wonderful remains of the palaces 
of Esarhaddon and others have been 
disinterred, ch. through the efforts of 
Layard) in the southwest. The dis- 
tance between them is set by Xen. at 
6 parasangs, and is now estimated to 
be about 18 miles. The other two 
corners of the immense quadrangle 
(which, like the enclosure of Baby- 
lon, was doubtless occupied in part 
by pleasure grounds and land for cul- 
ture) have been recognized at Khorsa- 
bad, where was the beautiful palace 
of Sargon, and at Keremles, giving an 
extent not greatly differing from the 
statement of Diodorus. Nineveh lost 
its glory in its capture and the over- 
throw of the Assyrian Empire by the 
Medes and Babylonians, B. c.625; but 
it is represented by Xen. as not whol- 
ly destroyed till the Medes were over- 
powered by the Persians (B. c. 558). 
ili. 4. 10. 

perros, 7, dv, full of, abounding in ; 
Jjilled, stored, or laden with; G.; 1. 4. 
eNO AS 2-5. 9. 

pera* prep., by apostr. per’ or ped’, 
@-MID, among (akin to péoos medius, 
and Germ. mit): (a) w. GEN., ch. of 
persons, among ; hence, with ; in the 
army or under the command of ; i. 2. 
20, 24; 7.10: ii. 2.7: we duav eivac 
to be associated with you, adhere to you, 


of, or through injustice, 11. 6. 18: — 
(b) w. Acc., after (orig., in order to 
be among or with), in respect to PLACE, 
RANK, or oftenest TIME; next after, 
nett OF AL32465. 722; 8.47 vila. 22: 
peta Tadra or TovTo after this, here- 
upon, thereupon, i. 4.9: iv. 6.4: pel” 
nuépay after the coming of day, hence 
by day, iv. 6. 12:— (c) in compos., 
among, after, often denoting distribu- 
tion or interchange among, and hence, 
in general, change. 

peta-BddAAw,* Bare, BéBAnKa, to 
throw to a different position: JZ. to 
throw or turn one’s shield behind, as 
in retreat, A., vi. 5. 16. 

HETA-YLYVATKW,” Yrwcoual, éyvwKa, 
2 a. éyvwr, to think differently, change 
one’s mind, li. 6. 3. 

peta-Sidapu,* dwow, dédwxa, a. €bw- 
ka (0@, doinv, &c.), to distribute, im- 
part to, share with, D. A., G., ili. 3.1: 
iv, 5.58: vit. 8.11; 

peTa-pérel, wedjoer, it repents one, 
or he repents, D. P., 1. 6. 7: vii. 1.34. 

perate adv., (uerd) in the midst, in 
the mean while, between, G.: perakd 
yiyvecbat to intervene, elapse: 1.7.15: 
is te 2's 4s Ot a Wi De L7: 

TpeTa-treutros, ov, sent for, having 

been sent for, i. 4. 3. 

peTa-Téptre,* méupw, mémrouda, to 
send one after or for another: MW. to 
send for to come to one’s self, swm- 
mon, A. awd, wpos, eis, 1.1.2; 2. 26; 
5: 85 4.5, Lb? wit, 4.3: 

PeTA-CTUS, -TTHTapEVOS, see pucl- 
ioTnpt, li. 3. 8, 21. 

peta-oTpéhw,* ew, éctpodal., to 
turn about or round, trans.; but I. 
intrans., vi. 1. 8. 

peTa-oxoumt, &c., see wet-exw. 

PETA-Xwpéw, tow, Kexwonka, to Te- 
move to another place, change one’s 
encampment, vil. 2. 18. 

pér-ept,* couar, to be with or shared 
among: obdevos juty pérecte there is 
to us a share of none, we share ix 
none, D. G. partitive, 421 a, iil. 1. 20. 

pet-EXw,* Ew, Exxnxa, ipf. ecixor, 
2a. €cxov, to have a share of, partake 
of, share with another, participate in, 
Gry Vd: Devise 2:14): vii. 6.28: 

peT-Ewpos, ov, (aipw) uplified, raised 
from the ground, i. 5. 8 (raising them 
from the ground). Der. METEOR. 


peTpéw 


Tpetpéw, ow, metior, to MEASURE, 
iv. 5.6. Der. GEO-METRY. 

Tt petptws adv., in due measure, mod- 
erutely, temperately, ir a conciliatory 
way, li. 8. 20. , 

BEéTpov, ov, a measure, iii. 2.21. Der. 
METRE, DIA-METER; Lat. metrum. 

pexpt* &, before a vowel, less Att. 
pexpts, (akin to waxpds) adv. of place or 
time with a prep. or another adv., but 
oftener w. G. as a prep., as far as, 
even to, up or down to, until: wéxpe 
ob to the region where or time when, 
Until, S57 a: ints, l= veda ey. 
1.1; 4.16; 5.4:— temporal conj., 
wntil, til, i. 4.13: ti. 3.7, 245 6.5? 

py * (a) the subjective neg. adv., 
used in expressing negation as desired, 
feared, or assumed, and-esp. w. the 
subj., imy., and intf., no, 686 (cf. ov); 
but often redundant w. the inf. after 
words implying some negation (so even 
the strengthened wy ov), 713d; i. 1. 
10. S028 % aS Tash 245 Grou y 
where not, except where, 1.5.9: ph 
mopicas [not] without having supplied, 
i. 3.5: wy od for uy with inf. after 
negative clauses, expressions of shame, 
&c., 713 f, i..3. 11:—(b) the neg. 
final conj., ch. w. subj. and opt., 624s, 
that not, lest, that (after words of fear- 
ing, 625 a), i. 3.17; 8.13: ili. 4. 1. — 
(c) It has similar uses in compos.; 
where it is often repeated without 
doubling the negation, 713, 1. 3. 14: 
vii. 1. 6. See ed, éav, ov. 

tpyd-ap4 or -apy adv., (4uq any- 
where) nowhere, vil. 6. 29 (713 d). 

Tpyd-apas adv., (duds in any way) 
in no way, vil. 7. 23. 


86 


pay 


Medes, which Xen. extends to the 
river Tigris, making the region spe- 
cially called Assyria a part of it. In 
amore limited sense, Media lay north- 
east of the valley of the Tigris, ex- 
tending from the Araxes to Persis, 
with great variety of climate, soil, and 
products (now the northwest part of 
Persia). To Myédias retyos the Median 
wall, a wall built at the head of the 
Babylonian plain, to prevent the in- 
cursions of the Medes (as ‘‘ the Picts’ 
Wall” in England means the wall 
against the Picts). 1.7.15: ii.4.12,27. 
— 2. The wife of the last Median king 
(acc. to the common account, Asty- 
ages), lll. 4. 11. — In the first sense, 
Mydia is to be preferred, and perhaps 
M7de.a in the second. 

MySoxos, ov, Medocus, a king of 
the Odrys, reigning at a distance 
from the Propontis, the most power- 
ful and, we might judge, the best of 
the Thracian princes of his time. He 
was claimed by Alcibiades as a friend. 
Wie 2732s Soke Goes 

Mijos, ou, 6, a Mede, iii.2.25; 4.7. 
The Medes were early a brave people, 
esp. skilled in the use of the bow and 
horse, and holding the kindred Per- 
sians subject. But after the conquest 
of Assyria, they became more luxuri- 
ous, and the sovereignty passed to the 
Persians, B. Cc. 558. 

Mrdooddns, ov, Medosades, chief 
minister of the Thracian prince Seu- 
thes, vil. 1.5; v. l. Anuooddns, &e. 

po for pare, before an aspirated 
vowel, ili. 2. 23. 

pen-K-ért, 165, not henceforth or in 


pyn-5é, by apostr. pyd’, conj., and) future, not again, no longer, no more, 


not, but not, nor, neither (cf. ure), 
li. 4.1; 5.29: ui. 2.17 :— emphatic 
adv., ne. . quidem, not even, neither, 
1S. 2A a2: DY vit CalSrs; 2s). Sor 
its compounds pndeis, &c., the strong- 
er forms p7éeé eis, &c., are also found. 

Lund-els, unde-uia, pnd-ev, not even 
one, NO onc, no, none: pydév subst., 
nothing ; as adyv., as to nothing, not 
at all, by no means : 1.3.15; 9.78. 

iuncé-core not even at any time, 
Lie Dee eae 


299798 


NVC ry 


12. 27-3245 26 16 

}-AKos, eos, 76, (akin to waxpéds) length, 
1.5. 9 (pl:): i) 4. 12 aye 

pv. confirmative adv. post-pos., 
(mév) vero, tndeed, in truth, surely, 
certainly ; yet, however; comm. at- 
tached to other particles: dda pj 
(. . ye) but surely (at least), and cer- 
tainly, yet further, 1.9.18: iii. 2.16: 
7} env (. . ye) indeed certainly (at least), 
most certainly, positively, assuredly, 
in swearing or strong asseveration, li. 


1un8-érep0s, a, ov, neither of two, vii. |3. 26s: vi. 1.31: Kai ua and indeed, 


4. 10. 


and yet, 1.7.5: iii.1.17: od pip (. . ye) 


MySia or MASea, as, (Mjd0s) Mc- | not indeed (at least), yet (certainly) not, 


dia (or MMedze\, the country of the 


|i. 10. 83,18. See yé 


BAY 
BAY, “nvds, 6, mensis, @ MONTH: 
Tov unvis (433f) or kara pava, by the 
month, a month, monthly. The Attic 
months were lunar, beginning with 
the new moon, and consisting alter- 
nately of 29 and 30 days. 1.1.10; 3. 
21; 9.17. Der. MENISCUS. 
Lprvo-adi, és, (eid0s) crescent-shaped, 
in the form of a crescent, v. 2.13% 
pQvio, vow, weunvixa, to disclose, 
make known, expose, A., ii. 2. 20. 
ph-tore n-unquam, 7-cver, i. 1. 4. 
ph-7e non-dum, not yet, ill. 2. 24. 
pnpos, ob, 6, the thigh, vil. 4. 4. 
pa-te* conj., by apostr. pyr or 
pd’, ne-que, and not, nor: ujre.. 
enre neither .. nor: pyre .. Te ne- 
que. . et, both not. . and, not only not 
. . but also. Myre is comm. doubled 
in whole or in part as above, and is 
thus distinguished fr. the conj. unde. 
Pee. 25°83 12.1) 30 :1v. 45-6. 
PATHP, * “nT pds, 7, Mater, @ MOTHER, 
1.1.38: i. 4.27. Der. MATERNAL. 
Luntpd-todts, ews, 7, mother-city, 
chief city, METROPOLIS, v. 2.3; 4.15. 
TPHXavdopaL, joouar, weunxdvnuat, 
machinor, to contrive, devise, scheme, 
seek or try by artifice, AE., I., ék, li. 
6. 27: iv. 7.10. Der. MACHINATION. 
BnXavn, 7s, (ujxos an expedient) 
machina, a contrivance, device, means, 
iv. 5.16. Der. MACHINE, MECHANISM. 
pia, see eis, ii. 1. 19. 
[plyvupe & ployo, uigw, uduxa l., 
misceo, fo MIX, MINGLE. | 
Midas, ov, Widas, a king of Phrygia, 
who had been a pupil of Orpheus, but 
became proverbial for his folly. Havy- 
ing caught the satyr Silénus by the 
sure trap of a fountain mingled with 
wine, he treated him with such kind- 
ness that he was permitted by Bacchus 
to fix his own reward. He chose the 
power of changing all he touched to 
gold, a fatal gift, from which he was 
relieved by bathing in the Pactdlus, 
whose sands were thenceforth golden. 
Appointed judge between Apollo and 
Pan, he awarded the prize for musical 
skill to the latter ; and the indignant 
god of the lyre punished him for his 
bad taste by changing his ears to those 
of an ass. i. 2. 13. 
Mu€piSarns, ov, Mithridates, a par- 
tisan of Cyrus, but one who, after C.’s 
death, dealt treacherously with the 


87 











proéo 


Greeks; according to vii. 8. 25, satrap 
of Lycaonia and Cappadocia. The 
name seems to mean a gift of or to 
Mithra (the Sun-God, — da, to give), 
and hence to have been common among 
his worshippers. 11.5.35: 11.3.1; 4.2: 
v. l. McOpadarns: 

pikpds,* a, dv, c. weiwy or éXdTTwY, 
s. €AdxuoTOs, q. V., little, small ; weak, 
insignificant ; short (of time or dis- 
tance), brief; 1.4.13: 111.2.10: pexpdv 
a little, a short distance, a short space 
only, (hence narrowly, 1.3.2), 11.1.6: 
Hii. 1.11: kara uexpdv or ptxpd accord- 
ing to small measure, i or into small 
parts or portions, v. 6. 82: vil. 3. 22: 
puxpa auapTrnbévra small things done 
wrong, small mistakes, trifling errors, 
v. 8. 20. Der. MICRO-SCOPE. 
tMtrAjoros, a, ov, Milesian, belong- 
ing to Milétus: subst. Mudqouos a 
Milesian man, Muryota a Milesian 
womans Ub otl 9. 9.4 40.3: 

Midytos, ov, 4, Milétus, an Ionian 
city with four harbors, situated on the 
northwestern coast of Caria, near the 
mouth of the Meander. It was re- 
markable for the extent of its com- 
merce, the number of its colonies, and 
the arts, wealth, and luxury of its in- 
habitants. It suffered greatly from 
its capture by the Persians, B. c. 494, 
after which it never regained its former 
importance. It is prominent in the 
early history of Greek philosophy as 
the birthplace of Thales, Anaximan- 
der, and Anaximenes. It was also the 
birthplace of the early historians Cad- 
mus and Hecatzeus, of Aspasia, &c. 1. 
1.6s; 4.2. || Ruins buried by the 
deposits of the Meander. 

MurroxtOns, ov, IMiltocythes, a Cy- 
rean officer from Thrace, who deserted 
to the king, ii. 2. 7. 

Pipzopar, yoouwar, meuiunuat, (utuos 
@ MIMIC) imitor, to tmitate, mimic, 
act as in a play, iii. 1. 36: vi. 1. 9. 

PLLVATKM,* UVITW, a. P. AS M. EUY7- 
anv, to remind: M. to remind one’s 
self, call to mind, make mention of, 
mention, suggest ; pf. pret. péurnuac, 
f. pf. weuyjocouar, memini, I have been 
reminded, re-MEMBER, mention ; G., 
Tee ORS fs. Md, Di OO is es OL Sans 

picéw, jow, weutonka, (uicos hatred) 
to hate, be angry or displeased with, 
A., Vi. 2.14. Der. MIS-ANTHROPE. 


prolodsoota 


Tpto0o-S0crla, as, (didwu) the pay- 
ment of wages, li. 5. 22. 
Tpic0o-Soréw, ow, to pay wages, give 
Tet. D., Vill. 1S, 
TptoBo-Sdrns, ov, (didwut) a paymas- 
ter, employer, D., i. 3. 9. 
proQds, ov, 6, wages, pay, hire, re- 
ward, recompense, G.: prcOov THs acga- 
elas pay for the security or preserva- 
tion: 1.12103 11:2.20 2 195.8" v.6230- 
Lpo8o-popa, ds, or proo-dopia, as, 
(pépw) the receipt of pay, service for 
pay, employment for wages, wages, Vv. 
Gf 25, oO Se Vi. 1S 1GST a. 
lpirBo-pdpos, ov, (pépw) receiving 
pay, serving for hire,mercenary : subst. 
proBodopot hired soldiers, mercenaries : 
4 Srv. 3. £2 Vid) 15: 
f{pirOde, wow, peuicOwxa, to let for 
hire, A.: M. to hire, a.: P. to be hired, 
598, embs de oo 1s Vi S18 svi Wok 
Pva,* ds, @ MINA = 100 drachme, or 
gy of a talent; asa weight, at Athens, 
=about 15.2 oz.; as a sum of money, 
=ADOUL p20 > 14. 1a. v. 8. 1: 
PvqpD, ns, (umurioKw) remembrance, 
memory, Vi. 5.24. [pyhpov mindful. } 
Lpvynpoveta, evow, €uvnudvevxa, to call 
to mind, recall, recount, reflect or dwell 
upon, G., iv. 3. 2. 

Lpyvnpovucds, 7, dv, s., having a good 
memory, vil. 6. 38. Der. MNEMONICS. 
pvyo0e, see wiuvjoKkw, vi. 4. 11. 
pvyot-Kakéw, 7ow, (KaKds) to remem- 
beraninjury, cherish resentment or bear 
ill-will towards a person for anything, 

pr Gs, 1. 4 1: 
ports & earlier pdyts, (u@ros & udyos, 
toil, cf. Lat. moles) with toil or diffi- 
culty, hardly, scarcely, iii. 4. 48. 
TpeAruBSls or portBSis, fdos, H, a 
leaden ball or bullet, iii. 3. 17. 
p-oAvBSos or wdAtBdos, ov, 6, plum- 
bum, dead, iii. 4. 17. 
podw, see BXwoxw, vii. 1. 33. 
pov-apxia, as, (udvos, dpxw) sole 
command, MONARCHY, vi. 1. 31. 
povayx or -xq adv., (udvos) by one 
way only, singly, only: jrep povaxF 
by which way only, iv. 4. 18. 
povn, 7s, 7, (uévw) mansio, a stay, 
staying, remaining, v.1.5; 6. 22,-27. 
Tpovo-edys, és, (eidos) uni-form, reg- 
ular, v. 2.132 
Tpovd-Evdos, ov, (EAov) made of a 
single log, hollowed from a single trunk, 
vers. Ih 


88 





Muods 


pvos, 7, ov, (uévw ?) remaining or 
left alone, alone, only, sole: povovadv., 
only, solely, alone: 1.4.15: 11.5.14,20. 
Der. MONO-, MON-, MONK, MONAD. 
pooovy or poovy, vvos, d. pl. uoo- 
cuvos, 225f, 6, (a foreign word) @ 
wooden tower, v. 4. 26. 
| Moo[c]ivoucor, wy, of, (oixéw) the 
[‘lower-dwellers] JZos[ s]yneci, a rude, 
piratical people on the southern coast 
of the Euxine, with singular customs, 
vy. 4..2).15; 27,30 
p-doxELos, ov, (udcxos calf) of a calf: 
Kpéa pwdooxera veal, iv. 5. 31. 
pox Béw, How, (udx os, akin to udyos, 
torl) to toil, labor, undergo toil or hard- 
ship, AE., mepi, vi. 6. 31. 
poxAds, od, 0, a bar, bolt, for fasten- 
ing gates, &e., vai, 1. 02y as: 
MvySdvior v. 7. for Mapddmior, iv. 3.4. 
pife* or a-pv{o, (3560p; uiw to 
close the mouth) to suck, iv. 5. 27. 
Muptavies or Muvupi-avipos, ov, 7, 
Myriandus or -drus, a commercial 
town, built by the Phcenicians on the 
Gulf of Issus. 1. 4. 6. || Between Is- 
candertin and Arsus. 
Tptptds, ddos, 7, @ MYRIAD, the num- 
ber of 10,000, 1.4.5; 7.10s. — 
piptos, a, ov, 10,000, the greatest 
number expressed in Greek by one 
word (comm. pl., exc. w. a collective 
noun, i. 7. 10); sometimes less defi- 
nitely for a very large number; 1.1.9; 
2.9: iis 1, 19 pallgaaek 
pupov, ov, (utpw to flow ?) a fragrant 
oil or unguent, precious ointment, iv. 
4.13. 
t{Mvola, as, Mysia, a province in the 
northwest of Asia Minor, south of the 
Propontis. The name was applied in 
a narrower sense to the southern in- 
land part of this province. vii. 8. 8. 
Micros, a, ov, Mysian, i. 2. 10. 
Mucds, 00, 6, a Mysian. The Mysi 
were arude people in Mysia, supposed 
to have emigrated from Thrace, who 
maintained a species of independence 
in their mountain fastnesses, and were 
troublesome to their neighbors by their 
predatory habits. From their low re- 
pute, Muc@v éoxaros became prover- 
bial as a term of reproach. i. 6. 7; 9. 
14.2. Mysus, the proper name of 
a Mysian, who was both useful and 
entertaining to his comrades, v. 2. 29: 
wa ds 9: ’ 





puXes 


PUXSs, 08, 6, (uvw to close) a recess, 
nook, iv. 1. 7. 
papos, a, ov, later pwpds, d, dy, s., 
morus, foolish, silly, stupid, iii. 2. 22. 
{padpws or pwpas foolishly, stupidly, 
Vii. 6. 21. 


N. 


vet * confirmative adv., ne, certain- 
ly: vat & vai pa w. A., certainly bu, 
yes by, by, v.8.6: vi.6.34: vii. 6.21. 
vads,* od, contr. veds, vew, 0, (vaiw 
to dwell) the dwelling of a god (ef. 
zdes), a temple, v. 3. 8s, 12s. 
vatrn, 7s, 7, & vatros, eos, 7, (vaw 
to flow 2) a woody vale, dell, glen, hol- 
low, ravine, iv. 5.15, 18: vi. 5. 12s. 
Tvav-apxéw, 7ow, to be admiral, com- 
mand the ficet, v.1. 4: vii. 2. 7. 
Tvav-apxos, ov, 6, (dpxw) a naval 
commander, admiral, esp. a Spartan 
high-admiral, j.4.2: vil.16: vii.2.5. 
Tvad-xAnpos, ov, 6, (KAZo0s allotment) 
@ ship-owner, ship-master, vil. 2. 12. 
Tvadros, of, 6, or vadAov, ov, nau- 
Jum, passage-money, fare, v. 1. 12. 
Tvav-TnyAotpos, ov, (r7yvie) fit for 
ship-building, vi. 4. 4. 
vais, * vews, vnt, vavv, 7, (akin to véw 
to swim) navis, a ship, esp. a war- 
vessel, with banks of rowers, i. 4. 2s: 
v. 4.10: vii. 5.12. Der. NAUTILUS, 
NAVY. Cf. rdofov, Tpijons. 
tNavor-KrkeSys, ov, Nausiclides, a 
Spartan envoy who brought money to 
the army, vil. 8.6: v. ld. "Apevockdet- 
Ons, dua EvxXeidns. 
|vave-t-rropos, ov, traversed by ships, 
navigable, 1: 2, 3. 
lvautikés, 7, dv, NAVAL, 
i. 3. 12. 
veayvieKos, ov, 6, (aim. in form, véos) 
a@ young man, sometimes applied even 
up to the age of 40, ii. 1.13: iv. 3.10. 
vetpa, see vee, vi. 6. 33. 
vexpés, 00, 0, a dead body, corpse : 
oi vexpoi the dead: d&vev 7o\\Gv vexp@v 
without the loss of many lives: iv. 2. 
18, 23: v. 2.9. Der. NECRO-MANCY. 
vewo,* veu@, vevéunka, a. éverua, to 
divide, distribute, portion out, award, 
assign, regulate ; to carve; to assign 
or occupy for pasture ; A. D.: véuerac 
aig uw is pastured with goats: M. of 
animals, to be at pasture, to graze: ii. 
2.15: iv. 6.17: vi. 6. 33: vii. 3.21. 


NAUTICAL, 


89 


VLKGw 


tved-Saoros, ov, (épw to skin) newly 
skinned or stripped : iv. 5. 14. 

VEOS, a, ov, C., S., NOVUS, NEW, fresh, 
young, 1.1. ¥ 2 av. 1.27.5 2.16.:.9; 4. 
27. See retxos. Der. NEO-PHYTE. 

veda, aros, Td, (vevw to nod) a nod, 
v. 8. 20 (where we should rather say 
wink). 

Tveupa, as, a string, esp. of a bow, 
bowstring, iv. 2. 28: v. 2. 12. 

vetpov, ov, nervus, @ string, cord, 
sinew, NERVE, iii. 4. 17. 

veéhy, ns, (véegos niibes, cloud) ne- 
bula, a cloud, mist, i. 8. 8: iil. 4. 8. 
Der. NEBULAR. 

véw, * " vEvooupat or vevoouat, vévevKa, 
no, nato, to swim, iv. 3.12? v. 7. 25. 

véw,* vnow, to pile up, heap together, 

Beye A BF: 

VEW-KOPOS, OV, 0,(vEews, Kopéw to sweep) 
a temple-sweeper, sexton, sacristan, 
keeper of a temple, ¥. 3. 6. 

Néwv, wvos, Neon, from Asine in 
Laconia, lieutenant and successor to 
Chirisophus, an ambitious and con- 
tentious man, v.3.4; 6.36: vi. 4.11. 

Tvedptoy, ov, (Spa care) a place for 
the care of ships, dock-yard, dock, vii. 
1. 27. 

vews, veov, see vais, i. 4. 3. 

veas,* w, see vads, v. 3. 8. 

vewoTi adv., (véos) newly, recently, 
lately, iv. 4, 12: 

vy * affirmative adv. of swearing, 
truly by, yes by, by, A. (oftenest Aia), 
Ie fz 92 2Ve¥. 22: 

vil, viajes, see vais, 1. 4. 2. 

vires, ov, 7, (véw to swim, as if 
Jloating land ?) insula, an island, isle, 
ii. 4. 22. Der. PoLY-NESIA. 

+ Nikx-av8pos, ov, Nicander, a Laco- 
nian, who slew the faithless and in- 
triguing Dexippus, v. 1. 15. 

+ Nlx-apxos, ov, Nicarchus, an Arca- 
dian, who was severely wounded, li. 
be 33. — 2. An Arcadian lochage, who 
deserted (doubtless a different person 
from the preceding, who could not 
have recovered so quickly), iii. 3. 5. 

Tvikdw, ow, veviknxa, to conquer, 
prevail over, overcome, defeat, surpass, 
excel, outdo ; to be victor or victorious 
over, hence in pres., to have conquered, 
612: 7a mavra v. to have [conquered 
the whole] gained a complete victory : 
éx THs uKwons [sc. ywwuns or dov] 
according to the [prevailing vote] vote 


viky 90 Eevopav 


of the majority: A., AE.: 1.2.8; 9.11;| 1vdyencl., xow, then, of inference, or 

10.4: 1.1.1, 4,8s: vi. 1.18; 5. 23. | sequence in discourse, vii. 2. 26 ? 

Der. Nico-Las. dvvuy-t (Ait. emphatic -1, 252d) just 
vixy, ys, victory, 1.5.8; 8. 16. now, even now, now certainly, v. 6.32: 

4 Nuxd-paxos, ov, Nicomachus, an| vil. 3. 3. 

Qitean, a commander of light-armed} wv, vuxrds, m, nox, Germ. Nacht, 

troops, iv. 6. 20. NIGHT: (79s) vuxrés in the night, by 
vee, ow, vevdnxa, (voos) to perceive, | night, ii. 2.1; 6.7: (riv) vixra through 

observe; to think, devise; A.; 111.4.44:)or during the night, 482e, iv. 2.1: 


v. 6. 28. Der. NoETIC. vi. 1.14: 61a vuxrds throughout the 
véGos, 7, ov, illegitimate, natural, | night, iv. 6.22: wéoar vixres the mid- 
bastard, ii. 4. 25. dle hours of the night, mzdnight, i. 7. 


vopyn, 7s, (véuw) pasture-ground,\1: iii. 1. 33. 
pasturage ; a herd (at pasture): ili. 5.} veroy, ov, the back, v. 4. 32. 
Dre Veron 0 
-Tvopifo, iow 6, vevdutxa, to observe 
or regard as a custom (P. Zo be ob- . 
served as a custom, to be customary, 
iv. 2. 23): hence, in general, to regard,| ‘GlavOi-KAAjs, ¢éovs, Xanthicles, an 
esteem, consider, believe, suppose, think, | Achean chosen general to succeed 
be assured, 2 A., 1. (Ac); P:, 1.1.8; 2.) Socrates, ii: 1. 4/75 wes alee 
27; 386,5105-4. $5, 16s viv 6.24. t&evla, as, a bond of hospitality : émi 
Tvdpupos, 7, ov, customary, according |fevia on terms of hospitality or as 
to law, appointed by law, D.1., iv.6.15. | guests: vi. 1.32 6.35: vil. 6.32 
v6pos, ov, 6, (vénw) an assignment| t'Eievlas, ov, Xenias, from Parrhasia 
or regulation, custom, rule, law; alaw\in Arcadia, the general (in the service 
for song, tune, strain ; 1.2.15: iv. 6.|of Cyrus) of whom mention is earliest 
14:.v. 4.17, 33. Der. ECO-NomMy. .|made, i. 1,2; 2.145 457 sgeteeeomes 
véos,* ov, contr. vods, vod, 6, mind, | tEevite, icw 1d, to receive or entertain 
antellect, NOUS (sportive): éxew év valas a quest, A., v. 5.25: vii. 3. 8; 6. 3. 
to have in mind, to purpose, intend:| t§evukés, 7, dv, of or relating to for- 
1.5.9: 11.4.2: 11.3.2. See rpocéxw. \eigners: Eevixdv (sc. orpdrevpa or TAF- 
tvoréw, now, vevionxa, to be sick or! 00s] a foreign force, 1. 2.1: i. 5. 22. 
diseased, to be tr a disordered state,| t&évves, a, ov, of or pertaining to hos- 





vii. 2. 32. pitality : Lets Enos Zeus the god of 
véeos, ou, 7, sickness, discase,v. 3.3:)| hospitality or protector of guesis: Ta 
vii. 2. 32. Der. Noso-LoGy. | Seven the gifts or rites of hospitality, 
vOTOS, ov, 6, notus, auster, the south | hospitable or friendly gifts or presents : 


wind, v. 7.7. émi Eeua to a friendly entertainment, 
vov-pyvia, as, contr. fr. veo-pyyla, | as guests: 11.2.4: iv.8. 23s: vil. 6.3? 
(vebs, wiv) the new moon, beginning of | tEevcopor, woouas, to become a guest, 
the month, v. 6. 23, 31. D., apd, Vil..8) 67ecneee 
vous, vov, va, see vios, 1. 5. 9. tévos, ov, 6, hospes, a person related 
tvuxrepeiw, evow, to pass the night,|by the ties of hospitality, a guest- 
to bivouac, iv. 4.11; 5.11: vi. 4. 27. | friend, a guest or host, G. or D.: @ for- 
vuktds, -(, -a, &c., see wé, i. 7.1. | eigner, foreign soldier, mercenary (&é- 
ivucro-idaék, axos, 6, a night-guard|voe foreign or hired troops, &c.): 1. 1. 
or sentinel, watchman, vil.2.18; 3.384.|10s; 3.3: il. 4.15: ii. 1. 4. 
Lvisrep ady., noctu, zor during the| {'Elevo-pav, Grros, (contr. fr. evo- 
night, by night, iii.4.35: iv.4.9; 6.12. | bdwv gzving light to guest-friends, paw 
viv, (véov, neut. of véos?) nunc, |lo give light) Xenophon, son of Gryl- 
Germ. nun, Now, at present, often in-|lus, an Athenian of the tribe Agéis, 
cluding the near past or future: 6 vdv|the demus Erchéa, and the order of 
x pévos (Bactreds) the presenttime(king):| Knights. There is strong evidence 
76 vov eivat for the present, 665 b: i. 4.|that he was not born till about 430 
14: 7.5: iii. 1. 40, 46; 2.12, 36s; 4.|B.c., though some prefer an earlier 
46: vi. 6. 13. — Softened it becomes |!date. He became early a pupil of 








levodav 


Socrates through the invitation of the 
sage, who was won by the attractive 
appearance of the youth; and also 
received instruction in oratory from 
Isocrates. He joined the Cyrean ex- 
pedition, which was then professedly 
against the Pisidians, not-as one of 
the army, but simply as the friend of 
Proxenus, and by the special request 
of Cyrus. After the treacherous seiz- 
ure of the generals, he roused the 
Greeks from their dejection ; 
having been chosen successor to Prox- 
enus, was the leading spirit of the 
famous retreat, though the nominal 
precedence belonged to Chirisophus 
as a Spartan, and an older man and 
general. When the Cyreans enlisted 
under the standard of Thibron, Xeno- 


phon appears to have returned to) 


Athens ; but not long after to have 
rejoined his old comrades in aiding 
the Spartans against the Persians. 
As a friend of Sparta and enemy of 
Persia, Xenophon was sentenced to 
exile from Athens, probably about the 
time when Athens took a position 
friendly to Persia and hostile to Spar- 
“ta; B. G2 395. 

On the recall of the Spartan king 
Agesilaus, the next year, to defend 
his native city, Xenophon returned 
with him; and thus was present at 
the battle of Coronéa, though it is 
not probable that he took part in it. 
He now withdrew from military and 
political life, making no attempt to 
obtain revenge for his banishment, 
but settling for a quiet, rural, literary, 
and, through his charge of a temple, 
sacred life, under Lacedemonian pro- 
tection, at Scillus in Triphylian Elis. 
At the same time, his vicinity to 
Olympia gave him signal advantages 
for renewing or forming acquaintance 
with persons from the whole Greek 
‘world. He was followed from Asia 
Minor by a wife, Philesia (perhaps a 
second wife, the first having died be- 


fore the Cyrean expedition), and two’! 
sons, Gryllus and Diodorus. The lat- | 


ter received: a military training at 
Sparta, and when Sparta and Athens 
were united against Thebes, so that 
there could be no conflict between 
regard for his native and for his pa- 
tron city, were sent by Xenophon to 


91 


and | 


Eepiys 


|serve in the Athenian army. In the 
battle of Mantinéa, B. c. 362, Gryllus 
fell fighting most bravely, and accord- 
|ing to some having slain the Theban 
commander Epaminondas. Xenophon 
resided at Scillus more than 20 years ; 
but was forced to leave this delightful 
retreat, When the Eleans took posses- 
sion of it, after the battle of Leuctra 
(B. c. 871). He retired to Lepreum 
and afterwards to Corinth, which 
seems from this time to have been his 
chief residence, and where he is stated 
to have died, well advanced in age 
(probably a few years after 357 B. C.). 
As his sentence of banishment was 
repealed, upon the motion, it is said, 
of its very proposer, Eubtilus, he may 
have spent a part of his old age in his 
native Athens. 

Besides his longer works, the Anab- 
asis, Cyropedia, Hellenica, and Me- 
moirs of Socrates, he wrote several 
shorter essays, or sketches. The Anab- 
asis appears to have been based upon 
a journal kept by him during the Ex- 
pedition, and to have been mainly 
completed for his own use and that 
of his friends soon after his return ; 
but not to have received its last 
touches till after his establishment at 
Scillus. Its publication seems, how- 
ever, to have been preceded by an 
abstract of it, or a work based upon 
it, put forth, doubtless with Xeno- 
phon’s consent, by Themistogenes, a 
Syracusan. The character of Xeno- 
phon was marked by energy, courage, 
sagacity, a keen sense of honor, at- 
tachment to friends, uprightness, and 
plety..ji58: Vhs 11.5537 : ait 1.485 47. 

Biépéns, ov, (Pers. kshérshé, king ; 
Hdt. translates by dpyios warrior, 6. 
98) Xerxes 1., king of Persia B. c. 486 
|— 465, the son of Darius 1. and Atos- 
sa, a daughter of Cyrus. Darius had 
older sons born before his accession to 
‘the throne; but, through the influ- 
ence of Atossa, appointed Xerxes his 
successor, as the first-born of Darius 
the king. The reign of Xerxes was 
most noted for his invasion of Greece 
in pursuance of his father’s plans, 
with a countless host, for his bridging 
|the Hellespont and cutting off Mt. 
| Athos, for the checks at Thermopyle 
and Artemisium, and the signal defeats 








Ecards 


of Salamis, Plate, and Mycale. The 
disasters, follies, and vices of his reign 
terminated in his assassination by two 
of his chief officers, the crown descend- 
ing to his son Artaxerxes I. i. 2.9: 
lil. 2.13. See Aapetos. 
t&eards, 7, dv, smoothed, polished, 
wrought, ui. 4. 10. 
[Eéw or Evo to scrape, shave, polish. | 
TEnpalve, avd, to dry, A., uu. 3. 15. 
Enpos, a, dv, dry, SERE, iv. 5. 33. 
Elceos, eos, 7d, (Ew ?) a sword, esp. 
a large, straight, pointed, and double- 
edged sword. ‘This was comm. car- 
ried by the Greeks in a sheath on the 
left side, by a belt from the right 
shoulder. 11. 2.9. Cf. udyarpa. 
Edavov, ov, (few) an image or statue, 
esp. one carved of wood, v. 3. 12. 
évy- older for ovy-, see Evv. 
Evnry, 7s, (EVw, see féw) a curved 
Spartan dagger, iv. 7.16: 8. 25. 
TEvAtLopar, icouatl., to gather or col- 
lect wood, ii. 4. 11. 


92 


6de 


cf. 1.9.6: 6 wer. . of 5€ he (indeed). . 
and the rest, ti. 2.53 cf. 3.10, 238: 6 
(n, ot, ai) dé but or and he (she, they), 
comm. w. a change of subject, 518, 
1,1.35,9; 2. 2,168: iv. 5.10: Ta pep 
. Ta dé, [as to some things. . as to 
others] partly . . partly, now . . now, 
iv.1.14: 77 mév [sc. x@pa or 664]. . 7H 
dé in this place .. in that place, here.. 
there, in one view or respect . . in an- 
other view or respect, iii. 1. 12? iv. 8. 
10. The art. is sometimes doubled, 
and sometimes omitted where it would 
be regularly used, 523a, j, 5335, 1.4.4. 
It is often used w. an ellipsis of its 
subject (which also explains its pro- 
nominal use), 527s: oi mapa (ovr, é, 
Mera, &c.), the men or those from (with, 
&c.), of é€xetvov his men, 1.1.5; 2.15, 
18: oi rére [the then men] those then 
living, oi évdov (€&w) those within (with- 
out), 526, li. 5. 11, 32: ra Kupov the 
[affairs] relation of Cyrus, Ta mapa Ba- 
o.héws the messages or communications 


tEvAwos, 7, ov, of wood, wooden,i. 8.9. | from the king, ra wept Ipoéévou the fate 


EvAov, ov, (Edw, see Eéw) a stick or 
log of wood, pole, i.10.12: comm. pl., 


wood, fuel, trees, i. 5.12: 11.1.6; 2.16: | forward, i. 10. 5: 


iv.5.5: vi.4.4s. Der. XYLO-GRAPHY. 

€vv * (in compos. also év-, gvy-, EvA-, 
Euu-, Evp-, Evo-) an older form for ctv 
cum, with, ii.3.19; 5.2. For all 
words in which it is found, see ovv and 
its compounds. Some editors now 
exclude it from the Anab., even in 
passages where it appears in the best 
mss. 


O. 


8 which, 6 t. whatever, see és, éoTLS, 
i. 3. 17, 19. — 0- prefixed to an indefi- 
nite or interrogative beginning with z, 
makes an indefinite relative. 

6, 4, T6,* the definite or prepositive 
article, the (often not translated, 520a); 
also as a demonstrative or personal 
pron. (after «ai, taking the orthotone 
forms 6s, 4, ot, al, 518f), that, this, he, 
She; 0 = 240s, 518s 2 41.17/185 8210s: 
6 pev .. 0 O€ this (on the one hand, in- 
deed) . . (on the other hand, but, and) 
that, the one. . the other, one. . an- 
other, &c., of wev.. of O€ these . . those, 
some .. others, the one party .. the 


of Proxenus, 1. 3. 9 WOSee yaa Se: 
eis TO mpdobev [to the region before] 
TO éri TovTw [as to 
that depending upon him] so far as 
depended upon him, vi. 6. 23. It is 
thus used in forming many adverbial 
phrases, 529: 76 mp@rov at first, Td 
mpoabev before, i.10.10. A noun, or 
a relative and verb, are often used in 
translating an art. and part., 678a: 
ot pevryovres (€xmremTwxéres) the exiles, 
6 HYnobuEvos Who will gwide, 1.1.7 : ii. 
4.5: Tov Bovdduevory [him that] any 
one that wished, i. 3.9. It often im- 
plies a possessive, genitive, or distrib- 
utive pronoun, 530e, 522b: mpos rdv 
ddedpdr to [the] his brother, T@ oTpa- 
riotn to each soldier, 1.1.33; 3. 21; 
ef. 8. 3: 

[dBedXds] & dim. éPedtoxos, ov, 0, 
(BéXos) a spit, vii. 8.14. Der. OBELISK. 

16Bords, 09, 6, (supposed to have 
been so named from its shape or stamp) 
obolus, az obol, = 4 drachma, or about 
34 cents, 1. 5. 6. 

+ éy8oqKovra indecl., octoginta, eighty, 
iv78. V5: 

dySo0s, 7, ov, (6x7) octavus, eighth, 
iv.c6s 1. 

5-5e, i-5e, 7d-5e,* demonstr. pron., 


other party, &c., 1.1.7; 10. 4: iii. 4.| (6, -de) hic, hic-ce, this, this one, the 
16: vii. 2. 2 (so w. Tis, 530b, iv. 3.38) :| following ; more deictic than odros, 


odevw 


and often referring to that which fol- 
lows, as ofros to that which precedes, 
while both are nearer in reference than 
€xeivos : THOE [Sc. xwpa or 66q] in this 
place or way, here, thus: 1.1.9; 5. 
e- 9,292 1.3.19; 5.41: vii. 2.13. 
ToSetw, edow, to pursue one’s way, 
travel, journey, Vii. 8. 8 ? 
TO8or-Tropéw,* jow, odot-remdpyka or 
wdot-rdpnKa, (wdpos) to journey, travel, 
esp. to proceed by land, v. 1. 14? 
t0$0-Tro1€w,* qow, w5o-7oinKa or -7e- 
moinxa, ipf. wdo-roiovwy, to make, pre- 
pare, or repair a road, D., AE., iii. 2. 
Bey. 8. 5: v.1..13s; 3.1. 
086s, of, 4, via, iter, a@ way, path, | 
road, highway, route; a way, method, | 
means ; length of the way, distance ; a 
journey, march, expedition ; i. 2. 18 ; | 
4.11: ii. 6. 22: iv. 3.16: often un-| 
derstood w. an adj. or art., iii. 5. 15: 
ivy. 2.9. Der. METH-OD, METH-ODIST. 
*Odptoys, ov, an Odrysian. The 
Odryse were a numerous and power- 
ful people of Thrace, whose special 
seat was about the Hebrus, but who) 
long bore sway from the Zgean to the | 
Euxine. Their earlier known kings | 
reigned as follows: 1. Teres, about) 
500 z. c.; 2. his son Sitalcas, who in- | 
vaded Macedonia with an army of 
150,000; and 3., was succeeded, B. c. 
424, by his nephew, Seuthes I., whose 
yearly revenue reached 400 talents, 
besides a larger amount in presents ; 
4. Medocus (already reigning, B. c. 
405) and Mesades, prob. sons of Seu- | 
thes. With this division of the sov- | 
ereignty was connected a decline of | 
the power of the Odryse. Mesades 
was soon driven from his kingdom, 
and died, leaving to his son, Seuthes_ 
11. (the prince whom the Cyreans as: 
sisted), only an empty title. vii. 2.32; 
7.11. Asadj., Odrysian, vii. 7. 2.— | 
2. Acc. to some, Odryses, from whom | 
the Odryse took their name, father, 
of Teres, vii. 5. 1. | 
*Odurcedis, dws, Ulysses, king of 
Ithaca, one of the most famous of the. 
besiegers of Troy, especially renowned | 
for prudence, skill, firmness, eloquence, | 
and cunning, and for his ten years’ 
wanderings in returning home, v. 1. 2. | 
89ev adv., (3s) unde, from which or 
what place, whence, from which or. 
whenee, from what source or quarter, | 








93 


olopar 


|i. 2.8; 3.17 (sc. éxeioe): ii. 3.14,16; 
5.26: 
{88ev-mep from which very place, 
whence indeed, whence, ii. 1. 3. 
oi the, see o. — ot who, see ds. — of 
they, see o, vii. 6. 4. — of enclit., to 
him, see ob, 1.1.8. — oi adv., (és) quo, 
whither, 1. 6. 10? 
etSa (0f8’) novi, ofo@a, see dpdw. 
ove 2 sing. of otouar, i. 7. 9. 
Totka-Se (-de, 2251) to one’s home, for 
home, home-ward, home: % otkade 065s 
the way home: i.2.2; 7.4: iii. 2.24s. 
| Toixetos, a, ov, s., familiaris, belong- 


ing to the house or family, domestic, 


akin, familiar, intimate: oi oixetor the 
members of a family, household, kin- 
dred, friends, relatives : D., G.: 1.6.28 : 
iii. 2.26, 39; 3. 4. 

toixelws in a familiar or friendly 
way, familiarly, kindly, vii. 5. 16. 
Toixérns, ov, a member of a family ; 
a domestic, servant ; 11.38.15: iv. 5.35. 
foikéw, yow, anKka, to inhabit, occu- 


py, Wwell or live (in), A., b1ép, avd, ev, 


él, wapd, &c., 1.1.9; 2.6; 4. 6,11: 
Mi a2o pea kGr: aye boas: 
tolknpa, aros, 7d, a dwelling, vii. 4. 
dhe: 
fotxyors, ews, 7, a residence, vii. 2.38. 
Toixia, as, a house, dwelling, ii. 2.16. 
Toikl{a, iow 1, @axal., to build a 
house or city ; to colonize or people a 
place ; to settle or establish in a resi- 
dence ; A.; v. 3.7; 6.17: vi.4.14; 6.3. 
Toixo-Sonéw, yow, wxodsunka, (déuw 
to build) to build, construct, erect, a 
house, wall, tower, &c., A., i. 2. 9. 
totxobev adv., from home, iii. 1. 4. 
Toixou adv., at home, in one’s own 
country : oi otko. those at home, one’s 


family or countrymen: Ta oto things 


ai home -A.A. 105. 22 Vee Ae 6220; 
Toixo-vduos, ov, 0, (véuw) a steward, 
manager, ECONOMIST, i. 9. 19. 
otkos, ov, 6, (akin to Lat. vicus, 
Eng. -wick, -wich, 139) a house, home, 
ii. 4. 8. 
oixtelpa, * €p&, (olkros pity, fr. ot oh /) 
to pity, commiserate, A., 1.4.7: 111.1.19. 
ctuat methinks, see otouat, i. 3. 6. 
otvos, ov, 0, vinum, WINE, 141, i. 2. 
1Secheieavr4e OD 305: 26. 
lotvo-xdos, ov, 0, (xéw to pour) a 
Wine-pourer, cup-bearer, iv. 4. 21. 
otopax * (nude 1 sing. ofua, ipf. 
guqv, more comm., esp. when the verk 


otos 


is parenthetic ; 2 s. ote), oljooua, 
@nuat, a. p. wnOny, to think, suppose, 
believe, expect; sometimes used not 
from doubt, but for modesty or irony ; 
Tu (As) SS. 6s 44,95 14 iS; 
17, 29 (parenthetic, methinks), 35. 
cios, * a, ov, rel. pron.of quality, some- 
times complem., (5s) qualis, of which or 
what kind,sort,or nature; suchas, what 
kind of, what (in quality), how great ; 
= 6rt Towbtros that such, 558: 1.3.13; 
7.4: 1.3.15; 6.8: [such as to] saié- 
able, proper, 1., 556¢, li. 3. 13: ofov 
xaXerwrarov such as is most difficult, 
of the most difficult kind, 556a, iv. 8. 
2: otov adv., as, as for instance, as 
af, iv. 1.14: vii. 3. 32: otds Te [such 
as to] competent, able, possible, (w. éori 
often understood) I., i. 3.17: ii. 4. 6, 
24: v. 4.9; ws ofdy re wddwoTa Te- 
gudayuevws [so as is possible, most 
guardedly] as guardedly as possible, 
li. 4. 24. 
lotos-mep, dep, ovmep, also written 
separately, = ofos strengthened, just 
such as, such indeed as, just such a 
one as, just as, &c.; 1. 3. 18; 8. 18. 

ot-mep, see dc-7ep, ili. 2. 10. 

ots, * olds, 4 0, Ovis, a sheep, iv. 5. 25. 

cio Ga, see dpdw, ii. 3. 21. 

téiords, contr. oiotds, of, 0, an ar- 
row, li. 1. 6. 

oicw, f. of dépw, ii. 1. 17. 

Oitaios, ov, an Gtcan, a man from 
the region of Mt. ta (now Katavo- 
thra, 7071 feet high), in the south of 
Thessaly, iv. 6. 20. 

ot-tives, see doris, i. 3. 18. 

olxopat,* ofx7jcoual, aynuar? pf. a. 
olxwxa or Bxwxa, to go, depart ; hence, 
to disappear, perish: pres. as pf., I 
have gone or departed, I am gone or 
absent, opposed to #xw I am come, 
612; and ipf. as both plp. and aor.: 
i. 4.8; 10.16: iv. 5.24; 35: omdler 
otxoiro [whencesoever.he was gone] 
where he was missing, ili. 1. 32. The 
part. of a verb of motion is often used 
with otyouas as a stronger form of ex- 
pression for the simple verb, 679d: 
as @xeTo dtedatvav he [departed rid- 
ing off] rode off, éxerTo Téwy he sailed 
away, U. 4. 24;°6.3 : ef. 11.3.5: 

- oiwvds, of, 0, (oios alone) a bird that 
flies alone, as an eagle, vulture, &c., 
esp. observed for auguries; hence, an 


augury,omen, presage, token, G., 11.2.9. | 


94 








*Odivores 


6KédXa, * a. dxetda, (kéArw to émpel) 
of a vessel, to rwn aground, strike, vii. 
Hee: 

OKAdLo, dow, (KAdw to break, bend) 
to bend the knee, sink on bended knee, 
kneel or crouch down, vi. 1. 10. 

Téxvéw, jow, to hesitate, be reluctant 
or apprehensive, fear, 1., wy, i. 8.17: 
ii. 3.9; 4. 22. 

Toxvypas adv., (éxvnpds reluctant) re- 
luctantly, vii. 1.7. - 

dKvos, ov, 6, reluctance, hesitation, 
backwardness, iv. 4. 11. 

Toxtakto-x (Avot, a, a, eight thou- 
sand, v..3. 33 5. 4. 

Téxtakdoto, at, a, (€xardv) octin- 
genti, eight hundred, 1. 2. 9. 

6xt® indecl., octo, Germ. acht, 
EIGHT, 1. 2.6; 8:27. Der oenawn: 

Léxtw-Kal-Sexa (or dxTd Kal Séxa) 
indecl., oct6-decim, eighteen, iii. 4. 5. 

édeOpos, ov, 0, (SATU to destroy) de- 
struction, loss, 1. 2. 26. 

éAtyos, 7, ov, c. EAdoowv & peiwr, 
s. dd\tycoTros, small, little ; of time or 
distance, short; pl. few, a few: édtyov 
adv., little, a little: ém@ édiywr few 
deep, kat 6Niyous [by few] in small 
parties: see éwi, xaTd, mapa: 1. 5.2? 
14: ili. 3.9: iv. 8.11: v. 8 PO (ene- 
yas, sc. wA7yas, too few blows): vii. 2. 
20; 6. 29. Der. OLIG-ARCHY. 

dALcPdva,* dicOjow 1., oric Anka L., 
2a. &ducOov, to slip, slide, ii. 5. 11. 

LddtoOnpds, a, dv, slippery, iv. 3. 6. 

odKds, ddos, 7, (EAxw) a vessel which 
is towed; hence, a ship of burden, 
merchantman, 1. 4. 6. Der. HULK. 
tddol-TpoXxos, ov, 6, (Tpoxds wheel, 
fr. tpéxw) a stone making an entire 
wheel, @ round stone, iv. 2. 3. 
todo-Kavtéw, ow, (kaiw) to burn 
whole, offer @ HOLOCAUST, A., Vil. 8. 4s. 
ddos, 7, ov, totus, WHOLE, entire, 
all, 12.17 > 113.062 mig 
11. Der. CATH-OLIC. 

"Odvurria, as, Olympia, a consecrat-_ 
ed spot on the north bank of the river 
Alphéus, near Pisa in Elis, noted for 
its temple of Jupiter Olympius, and 
the quadrennial celebration (about 
midsummer) of the great Olympic 
games, on which the Greek system of 
chronology was based. vy. 3. 7, ll. 
|| The vale of Andilalo. 

"Odiveus, ov, an Olynthian, a man 
of Olynthus ( OdvvGo0s), a flourishing 





opahys 
and powerful city on the northern 
coast of the Aigean, at the head of 
the Toronaic Gulf, a Chalcidian col- 
ony. Some of the most familiar ora- 
tions of Demosthenes were delivered 
for the preservation of this city from 
the machinations of Philip of Mace- 
don, but in vain. It was destroyed 
B. c. 347. i. 2. 6. || Aio Mamas. 
dpadts, és, & opadds, 7, dv, (ouds) 
even, level, smooth; sometimes w. xw- 
ptov ground, or odds way, understood ; 
i. 5. k: iv. 6.12. Der. AN-OMALOUS. 

Lowadas evenly, in-an even line, unt- 
formly, 1. 8. 14. 

Sp-npos, ov, o, (ou00, dp-) one who 
joins together, a@ surety, hostage, 1. 
fut. as gen., iii. 2.24: vil. 4.12s, 24. 

Spirkéw, now, wuidnxa, (dutdos a 
crowd, assembly) to associate or be in- 
timate with, D., i1i.2.25. Der. HOMILY. 

opixrn, 7s, a mist, fog, iv. 2. 7. 

dppa, aros, 7d, (d7r-, See opdw) a look, 
eye, Vil. 7. 46. 

Spvupe* & opvvw, duoiuar, duwpoxa, 
a. ®uoca, to swear, take an outh; to 
swear by, 472{; A. D., I. (A.), AE., 
émt: 11.2.8s: 11.2.4: vi.1.31; 6.17. 

TSpotos, a, ov, like, alike, similar, 
the same kind of ; in like condition or 
on an equality with ; D. G. (iv.1.17 2): 
at Sparta, of duovor the peers, those who 
had the full rights of citizenship, iv. 
6.14: évy Ta ouolw in a like position, 
on equal ground, iv.6.18: duoro joav 
Oavudtew or Oavudgforvres (or -ovaw) 
they seemed to be wondering, 657 j, iii. 
5.13: omoios cai 705¢, v. 4.21: duoa 
dep [things like to those which] the 
sume kind of things which, or just as, 
vy. 4.34. Der. HOM@O-PATHY. 

topotws in like or the same manner, 
alike, i. 3.12: vi. 5.31 (0. do7ep): 
vil. 6. 10. 

TOpo-Aoyéw, ow, Wuooynka, (Aéyw) 
to speak in agreement with another, 
to agree, agree upon, acknowledge, con- 
fess; to consent, promise ; A., I. (A.); 
meys; 91,14: 1. 6.7: vu. 4. 13: 

tdpo0-Aoyoupévas adv., (fr. pt. of pre- 
ceding) confessedly : 6. éx mavTwv [con- 
fessedly by all] by the acknowledgment, 
admission, or consent of all, ii. 6. 1. 


95 


omyvlka 


[opds, 7, dv, Ep., one and the same. 
Der. HOMO- in compounds. } 

dudoat, -cas, see duro, ii. 3. 27. 

Opdcre (ods) to the same place withthe 
enemy, or fo meet them; to the charge, 
to close quarters ; Nii. 4. 4: v. 4. 26. 

owo-TpatreLos, ov, (ouds, Tpdmefa) sit- 
ting at the same table: masc. subst., @ 
table-companion, partaker at the same 
table ; among the Persians, a courtier 
who was specially honored by admis- 
sion to the prince’s table: D.: 1.8.25: 
lil. 2. 4. So cuv-rpdzefos, i. 9. 31. 

opod adv., (éu3s) in the same place ; 
together,in union or combination; at the 
meeting of arms, in collision; at the 
same time; 1.10. 8: iv. 2. 22; 6. 24 
(D. or G. 450, 445¢): v.2.14: vii.1.28. 

op 3s, 00, 6, umbilicus, the navel, 
1v.<de 2. 

Spws adv., (ouds) at the same time, 
however, nevertheless, notwithstanding, 
yet, still; often w. a conj., as dé, a\Aq, 
&c.; 1.3.21 5 8.13, 23: -11.2.17; 4. 23. 

dv, see eiui. — 8v whom, see és. 

dvao,* 7d, Svetpos, 0, Or Sverpov, 74, 
g. dveipov or dveiparos, pl. dveipara or 
éverpa, adream, night-vision, ili. 1.11s: 
iv. 3. 8,13. Der. ONEIRO-MANCY. 

évivnpt,* dvicw, a. Gvnoa, a. Pp, WVI}- 
Onv, to benefit, do one a service, 2 A., 
M1. 12 38% v.52 23-620: 

dvopa, aos, 76, (yvo- in yeyywoKw) 
Lat. nomen (fr. nosco), what one is 
known by ; @ NAME; 7re-NOWN, repu- 
(ALOT On O34 Eb bs 4 Ges. 
Der. AN-ONYMOUS. (vii. 4. 15. 

lévopacri adv., by name, vi. 5. 24: 
dvos, ov, Oo 7, asinus, an ass: dvos 
dyptos onager, the wild ass: 6. adérns 
a grinding-jack, a mill-stone, esp. the 
upper one: 1. 5. 2,5: 1. 1. 6; 2..20. 

dyToOS, -t, -a, -es, &c., see efui, i. 1. 
11. Der. ONTO-LOGY. 

Td§os, eos, 76, Fr. vin-aigre, sour 
wine, vinegar, li. 3. 14. 

dfvs, cia, U, sharp, acid, sour, v. 4. 
29. Der. OXY-GEN. 

-trep, see do-rep, ili. 2. 29. 

$-a7y or 8-1y adv., wherever, where ; 
by or in whatever or what way, how, 
as; in whatever or what direction, 
whither (soever); 1.3.6; 4.8: 1.1.19: 


topo-pAtptos, a, ov, (uarnp) born of|iv. 2.12, 24: vi. 1. 21. 


the same mother, ili. 1. 17. 
topo-marptos, a, ov, (rarnp) by the 
same father, iii. 1. 17. 


o-Tyvika adv., (rnvika; at what 
point of time?), at whatever point of 
time, G., iii. 5.18 ? 


dmicbey 96 


dmc Gev adv., (akin to zouar) from 
behind, behind, in the rear: éx Tod 
dro bev from behind, eis tT ob ric Oev back- 
wards: oi dmicGev those behind or in 
the rear, the rear: Ta dmicbev the rear: 
Gri 7. 9s) 10.56, 9s Th sel Oe AO 
Iva IOs 225s. 
témirGo-pvdAakéw, ow, to form the 
rear-guard ; to guard, cover, bring up, 
or command the rear ; li. 3. 10. 





ser 
Opaw 


place to which; 1.9.18? ii, 4.198; 
MisfDa,o1¢. 

+ 6-rotos, a, ov, of whatever or what 
kind or nature, whatsoever, whatever 
or what (in quality); what kind or 
sort of; such as ; i 2.23 Gee ame 
1.13: v.2.3; 5.15; 6. 28 (550d). 

[8-mros an old rel. indef. pron., re- 
maining in ézov, én, &c. | 

16-mdeos, 7, ov, how much or great 


tomeo-pvdakia, as, the charge of|(soever), as much or large as: érdcor, 


the rear, iv. 6. 19. 

Lémurdo-pirak, axos, 6 4, guarding 
the rear, of the rear-guard : oi 6m. 8o- 
gvraxes subst., the rear-guard : ili. 3. 
Cie ALO y 3-3. 275) bel Gis eS: 

otiow adv., (akin to éropuar) behind, 
wai 8; 

TtoTmAl{a, iow 1, @Trdixa l., to arm, 
equip, A.: M. toarm one’s self: 1.8.6: 
is BRIA AG 2b iN Sol, 

tdmArots, ews, 7, warlike equipment, 
Tiel ve 

TomAtreva, evow, wrdiTtevKa, to serve 
as a hoplite, v. 8. 5. 

tomXitrys, ov, a heavy-armed foot-sol- 
dier, man-at-arms, hoplite. The om)i- 
Ta, encased in metal and well trained 
in the use of arms, were the chief 
dependence of a Greek army, and 
were among the best soldiers the 
world has ever known. They carried 
a helmet, cuirass, shield, greaves, 
spear, and sword. 1.1.2; 2. 3, 9. 

tomXttikds, 7, dv, relating to or con- 
sisting of hoplites: omXTiKédy, sc. oTpa- 
tevua, heavy-armed force, heavy im- 
fantry, hoplites, iv. 8.18: vii. 6. 26. 

TotmAo-paxla, as, (udxoua) the use 
of heavy arms, the art of fighting with 
them ; infantry-practice ; 11. 1. 7. 

étov, ov, an inuplement, esp. of war : 
pl. arms, esp. heavy arms; armor ; 
the arms as stacked or deposited in 
an encampment (comm. in front of the 
men’s quarters), the place of arms, or, 
in general, the camp: Ta dra by me- 
tonymy for of owNira the men at arms: 
€v (rots) dros ir or under arms, armed: 
Os: a, 2.4; 20.» 4s 15. ai Tas ¢ 
2. 28, 36; 3.7. Der. PAN-OPLY. 
t6-md0ev whencesoever, whence ; (el- 
liptically, 551f) anywhere whence, 
any place or source from which ; ili. 

hoG2 $5, Seek By 2. 

1$-ow whithersoever, whither, wher- 
ever, where ; (elliptically, 5511) any 





Sc. xwplov, as far as: ili. 2.21; 3.10: 
iv.4.17: pl. how many (soever), what- 
ever (in number), as many as, often 
preceded by the pl. of was, 550f, i. 1. 
63-2:15 8.273 yee 
fowdr-av or ond dv, = dmére av, 
w. the subj., 619b, 0. 3. 27: vigaee 
{o-wére whenever, when ; at whatever 
time, as soon as; at atime when, 550b; 
since : iv owére [there was when | some- 
times: owdre ye at least when, if in- 
deed, since: i. 2.73 6.72 1 Zeal, 
36: Iv. 2. 27: vil. Gale 
{6-méTepos, a, ov, whichsoever or 
which, of two persons, parties, courses, 
&ce., il. 1. 21, 42 3 4, 42 vege 
{8-trov wherever, where, to or in a 
place where : érov uy [where not] ex- 
cept where : ovx Fv dmov there was no 
place where: 1.3.6; 5.88: ii1.2.9,34: 
iy. 5. 30's 3-8. 26.) vane: 
oTTdw, jow, SrTyKa, (akin to éyw) 
to bake, roast, A., v. 4. 29. 
Lomrds, 7, dv, (shortened for drryrés) 
baked, burnt, as brick, ii. 4. 12. 
6-trws * adv., in whatever or what 
way, how, as; conj., in order that, so 
that, that; 1.1.4; 6 7G. eee 
5.30: ov« éorw dws [there is not how] 
it cannot be that, il. 4. 3: Gaws écecbe — 
[sc. dpGre] sce that you be, 626, 1.7.3: 
ovx dws not only not, 717 g, vii. 7. 8. 
Opdw,* SPouat, Ewpdka or édpaka, 
ipf. éwpwy, 2 a. eldov (idw, -omut, -é, 
-elv, -Wv), a. p. @POnr, to see (includ- 
ing both sensation and perception, real 
or imaginary, and even mere mental 
discernment, while BXé7w is rather to 
look, of the outward sense, Gedopac to 
gaze upon a spectacle, and cxoréw to 
look as a watchman or searcher), to be- 
hold, discern, perceive, A. (often by 
attraction from a dependent clause, 
474.b) P., OP., 1. 2. 183 io dod ee 
2. 8, 238,29: dpamevos seen, visible, iv. 
3.5:—2 pf. olf8a* (otdauev or ioper, 





opyt 


€l6&, eldeinv, icO1, eldévar, eds), 2 plp. 
noew, f. etcouat, [to have seen, hence 
to know (in general presenting this re- 
sult more simply than its synonymes, 
yiyyorkw, éristaua, &c.), to wnder- 
stand, be azyuainted with, be assured, 
A. (sometimes by attraction from a de- 
pendent clause, 474) p., cp., 1. 3. 5, 
temo. 1213; 5.13: ii. 5. 11: 
iv. 1. 22: ydpw eidévar to [know] rec- 
ognize or feel an obligation, D. G., 1 
4.15: vii. 6. 32: eidos knowing, from 
certain knowledge, with certainty, 1.7. 
4: éxastax doe eidévar [to be acquaint- 
ed] to know the country in every direc- 
tion, ili. 5. 17: oid’ 6re parenthetic, I 
know, 717, v.7.33. Der. PAN-ORAMA. 
opyn, 7s, anger, 1.5.8: ii. 6. 9. 
lopyitea, icw 1, to make angry, en- 
rage; M.w.a. p., to be ungry, wroth, 
or enraged, D., 1.2.26; 5.11: vi.1.30. 

Topyuid, ds, the extent of the out- 
Stretched arms, a futhom, about 6 feet 
(= 4 wyxes), i. 7. 14: iv. 5. 4. 

Optyw,* é&w, (akin to Lat. rego) to 
stretch or reach out, present, vil. 3. 29. 

Opevds, 7), dv, OF SpELos, a, ov, (dp0s) 
mountainous ; of the mountains, moun- 
tain: ot dpewoi the mountaineers: v. 
272: Vil. 4. 11, 21. 

TdpQos, a, ov, s., straight up, steep 
(cf. rpavys); 76 dpAcoy [sc. xwpiov] the 
steep ground ; dpOov idvac to go up a 
stezp ascent: of a military company, 
[straight up towards the enemy] in a 
column, i. e. with narrow front, and 
much greater depth (cf. pddayé): 1. 2. 
emi 275,11; 6:12; 8.12s. 

6p9ds, 7, dy, (akin to dpvijuc and Lat. 
orior) erect, upright, straight ; right ; 
li. 5. 23: vi. 6.38. Der. oRTHO-DOxX. 
1dp9p0s, ov, 6, the rising of the morn- 
ing lignt, dawn, daybreak, ii. 2. 21. 

1699@3 rightl up right, properly, cor- 
rectly, justly :-6. éxw 4, v. e to be prop- 
Cie e301. 2, 7; 

pli, iow 1, wp:Ka, ae a bound) 
to bound, separate ; to define, determine ; 
A.: M. to set up for one’s bound, A.: 
iv. 3.1: vil.5.13; 7.36. Der. HORIZON. 

Sproy, ov, (890s a bound) a boundary, 
bownd: ch. pl., borders, confines, fron- 
lig7, iv. 8. 8:.v. 4.2: vi: 2. 19. 

Spxos, ov, 6,(akin to elpyw to restrain) 
an onth : ot Gedy Spxor the oaths [of the 
gos as their keepers] by the gods: ii 
Sees: 11.1: 20, 22. 

BES ANS 5 


97 


*Opxopévios 


Sppaw, 7ow, wpunka, (opu7) to start 


|| quickly, rush, hurry, hasten, 1., ék, 


els, &C.: Opuay oddv to start on or com- 
mence an expedition: M. to start, set 
forth, make ineursions, amd, é&: i. 1. 
9; 2.5; 8.25: 10.1: iii.1.8; 4.33,44. 

oppiw, 77, (Spuos) to be moored, lic 
at anchor, i. 4. 3, 6. 

oppy, fs, (akin to dpvic) the start 
or point of starting ; motion, move- 
ment, tmpulse ; 11.1.8: i1.1.10; 2.9. 

Toppltea, icw .@, to moor or anchor 
(trans.), A.: MZ. to anchor (intrans.), 
come to anchor, moor one’s vessel, eis, 
wape > gi. ds LO< wi, Dodd 2s, 

[Sppos, ov, 06, (eipw to tie) a place 
where vessels are fastened, anchorage, 
haven. ] 

Tdpveov, ov, a bird, vi. 1. 23. 

Topvidetos, a, oO”, of a bird, bird's: 
Kpéa Gpyibeca fowl, iv. 5. 31. 

Spvis,* ios, acc. dp & dpvida, 6 7, 
(akin to dpviur) a bird, fowl, esp. do- 
mestic ; cock or hen; iv. 5. 25. Der. 
ORNITHO-LOGY. 

[Spvupt, dprw, dpwpa, to rouse, raise : 
M. orior, to rise. 

"Opdvras or Opsvrns, ov or a, Oron- 
tas or -es, a Persian nobleman of the 
royal family, condemned to death for 
treason against Cyrus, i. 6. 1, 3s. — 
2. Satrap of Armenia, married to 
Rhodogiine, daughter ‘of. the king, 
but afterwards discraced for miscon- 
duct in the war against Evagoras of 
Cyprus, i Ws 48's 1. 5. WY. 

dpos, eos (2. pl. dpéwy & dpav both 
found), 7d, (akin to dpviur) @ moun- 
tain, 1.2. 21s,24s. Der. oREAD. 

Spodos, ou, é, (€pépw to cover) a roof, 
vii. 4. 16. 

Tépuxtds, 7, dv, dug, dug out, exca- 
vated ; of a ditch, artificial ; 1.7.14: 
VVf925 20. 

ope * véw, i ee to dig, quar- 
TH! SA HieD os We On, Ds 

ophaves, 7, dv, orbus, bereft of par- 
ents, aS aN ORPHAN, Vil. 2. 32. 

dpxéopar, pees (6pxos row) to 
dance, v. 4. 34. Der. ORCHESTRA. 

lépxyois, ews, 7, a dance, dancing, 
vir 185 Ee 

Léexnerpls iSos, 7, a female dancer, 
Vieth. Bi: 

*Opxopévios, ov, an Orchomenian, 


.|a man of Orchomenus (’Opxouevés), an 
Der. EX-ORCISM. 


ancient city in eastern Arcadia, of 
G 


és 


early importance (arodvunros rich in 
Jlocks, Il. B. 605), 11. 5.37. || Kalpaki. 

és, Hj, ot, at, as forms of the art., 
see o: 1. 8.16: ili. 4. 47: vil. 6. 4. 
és, Hj, 8,* rel. pron., qui, who, which, 
what, that; otten referring to an ante- 
cedent understood or expressed in the 
same clause, often attracted in case to 
its antecedent, and sometimes used as 
complem., 551, 554, 503; 1.1.25 2. 
Ps) -204* 3) 16's.2°9. 25, 28: Hormsiof 
és are often used adverbially ; or an 
adv. or conj. may be used in trans- 
lating them: o& [sc. Téov or xwpiou] 
tu which place, where, to the place 
where (sc. éxetoe], 1. 2.22: 11.1.6: 7 
[se. 669 or xwpe] in what way, direc- 
tion, or place, as, where, on the route 
by which; 1.4.37: iv.5.34: 4 édv- 
vato Tax.oTa [what way he could most 
quickly] as rapidly as possible, with 
all possible speed (some translate, by 
the quickest route), 7 Suvvarov padiora 
as strictly as possible, 553¢, 1.2.4; 3. 
153; so 7 TdxtoTa Vi. 5.18: d¢ 6 on 
which account, wherefore, i. 2. 21: ob 
évexa on what account, why, vii. 4. 4. 
See dé, év, é&, émi, wéxpe> etul. 

Sotos, a, ov, pious, religious, con- 
scientious, 11. 6. 25: v. 8. 26. 

écos,* 7, ov, rel. pron. of quantity, 
also used as complem., 563, (ds) quan- 
tus, as much, great, or large as, how 
much or great; pl. comm. = quot, as 
many as, how many: often translated 
by the simpler who, which, that, what, 
esp. when preceded by wé@s or a nu- 
meral, 550d, f; sometimes by whoever 
or whatever, such as, so great that (& 
pers. pron.), &c.: 1.1.2; 2.1: m1. 
1,11,16: iii. 1.19: écov xpédvov what- 
ever time, as long as, ii. 4.26: 60@ w. 
compar., by how much, the, according 
as, 408, 1.5.9: iv. 7.23. The nent. 
dcov is greatly and variously used, 
often as an indecl. adj. or subst., or 
as an adv., 507e, 556, as much as, as 
large as, as far as, as many as ; hence, 
about (w. numerals and words of meas- 
ure, i. 8.6: iv. 5.10); enowgh (esp. w. 
infz, iv. 5: vil. 8. 22,:ef. 20); soyar 
that, as this that, as that, that ; 11. 1. 
455 3.05% av/8:12 vi. 3: 142 3vi. 3. 
9: w. superl., as. . as, e. g. doov edv- 
vavto wéy.orov as loud as they could, 
553¢, iv. 5.18: éf dcov over as much 


98 





ott 


non, as much only as not, only not, 
almost, vii. 2. 5. 
l8co0-aep, n7rep, ovrrep, strengthened 

fr. dos, just or even as much or many 
as, &c., 1.7.9: 1V.d2 2" vile Pores 

bo-tep, irep, rep, strengthened fr. 
és, who or which indeed, which very, 
just who or which ; otrep just where, 
qrep just as or where; &ec.; i. 4.5: 
ii. 3.21: iii-1.34; 2.10, 29: iv. 8. 26. 

domptov, ou, ch. pl. legumes, pulse, 
esp. beans, iv.4.9; 5.26: vi.4.6; 6.1. 
bo-T1s,* iris, 8 TL, (g. obTwos or Tov, 
d. @ru or éTw, g. pl. Gvrwwy or STwr, 
the shorter forms much prevailing 
in the Anab.) rel. indef. pron., also 
complem., whosoever, whoever, which- 
(so)ever, what(so)ever ; one or any one 
who, a man who, anything which ; 
who, which, what, that; sometimes 
referring to a definite antecedent, and 
often in the sing. referring to the pl., 
sol, 550, f 3 11.5 5 aay ee 
7:11. 5.39: ii.2,4: Gomis = thee he, 
558, ii. 5.12, 21: w. fut., denoting 
purpose, 558a, 1.3.14: érov 6 ma- 
peyyunoavros some one indeed [whoever 
it might have been] having suggested 
it, iv. 7. 25; cf. v. 2.24: 6 re édvvaro 
[whatever] as far as he could, vi. 1.32. 
See eiul, éé. 
loo-tis-otv, 7Tic0by, 6TLoby, whoever 
then, whatever then, &c.: und dvTwa- 
ody wo Odv not any pay whatever [then 
it might be], vii. 6. 27. 

éogpalvopar,* doppyjcoua, to per- 
ceive by smell, smell of, G., v. 8. 3. 
térav = 67’ dy or bre dv, w. subj., 
when, whenever, iii. 3.15; 4. 20. 

éte, by apostr. 7’ or 86’, adv. of 
time, (6s) quum, quando, when, while, 
1.2.9: i1.1.37: w. opt., when, when- 
ever, as soon or often as, li. 6. 12: iv. 
1.16. See elul. 

ét.* conj., (fr. neut. of doris, ef. 
quod) complem., that ; more positive, 
direct, or actual than @s, 702 a (some- 
times even used before direct quota- 
tion or the inf., 644, 659e, 1.6.8: ii. 
4.16: iii. 1.92): causal, because: 1. 
9.21; 3.7, 98: i 3.19: yee eee 





peated): — as an intensive adv., w. 
superl., = quam, 5536, as 67¢ amapa- 
oKevacTorarov(meloTous)as unprepared 
(many) as possible, i. 1.6: ef. iil. 4. 5. 
Words logically following 67: some- 


ground as, vi. 8.19: 8cov od tantum| times precede it for greater emphasis, 








as 


or through some attraction, 719 7, i. 
Bei, 2.20; vi... 11. 
$ Ti, Tov, tw, STwy, see doTis. 
ov* (before a smooth vowel ovk, 
before an aspirated vowel ovy, and 
sometimes prolonged to ovxi), not, the 
objective neg. adv., esp. denying fact, 
and ch. used with the ind., opt., and 
pt., 686 (sometimes by litotes, 686i), 
oeeeee i. 1.13; 5.21: mi. 1.13: 
mroia ox éxouev we have [not] no 
bouts, li. 2.23: ovk épacay lévac they 
said that they would not go, they re- 
fused to go, 662 b, 686i, i. 3. 1, ef. 8: 
ov uy in strong denial of the future, 
627, vi. 2.4. In introducing a ques- 
tion, ov, or dp ov, implies that an af- 
firmative answer is expected, 687, ii. 
1. 18, 29. Ov has similar uses in com- 
pos.; where it is often repeated with- 
out doubling the negation, i. 3.5; 8. 
20-9. 13: mi. 1. 38. See 7. 
ov whose ; as adv., where ; see és. 
ou, of, €* encl., sui, sibi, se, pl. 
odes, &c., of him or himself, of her 
or herself, &c.; 3d pers. pron., comm. 
reflexive, but ch. yielding its place to 
other pronouns, 539a, b,f. Of the 
sing., only the dat. occurs in the Anab. 
feo 28: 1. 516: ves. 18, 25. 
[todd-auds, 7, dv, (old duds = eis), 
== 0v6-eis.] Hence the adverbs, ov- 
Sapod nowhere, 1.10.16: od8apdbev 
from no place or quarter, ii. 4. 23: 
ovdauF or -py Nowhere, in no wise, iv. 
6.11? v.5.3: oddapot to no place, Vi. 
3.16? 
ov-5é, by apostr. 088’, conj., and not, 
but not, nor, neither, nor yet (cf. ove); 
used after a neg. clause, as xal ov after 
an aflirmative one; 1. 2.25; 6.11: 
ef.i. 4.7: v. 8. 25: — emphatic adv., 
ne .. quidem, not even or also, cer- 
tainly not, by no means, neither, i. 8. 
12, 21; 6.8: ov . . ovdé not by any 
means, i. 2.16. For its compounds 
ovdeis, &c., the stronger forms ov6é eis, 
&e., are also found, iii. 1. 2? vii. 6. 35. 
Lovd-els,* ovde-uia, od-év (eis) not 
even One, NO One, NO, none: OdSév subst., 
nothing ; as adv., as to nothing, by no 
MiggtS BOL Gb QL: jl. V. 3.5" 2, 22> 3. 
Maes 8, 202 11. 5.1: vas 2: 10. 
_ LovdSé-rote not even at any time, 
never, ii. 6. 13. 
Lovdé-rrw not yet indeed, not as yet, 
vii. 3. 24, cf. 6. 35. 


99 





a 
OUTOS 


ov’ by apostr. before an aspirated 
vowel, for ovre neither, nor, li. 5. 7. 
ovK, odX, odxl, not, see ov, 1. 4. 8. 
Lovx-ére no longer, no farther, no 
more, not now, 1. 8.17; 10. 1, 12, ef. 
toes 2. 02 (ue. pe Seeou): -vide 5. Ie 
tovx-ovy declarative, and ovx-oty 
interrog., not therefore, not then, cer- 
tainly not. This distinction of accent 
is not observed by all. In ovxoiv, 
neg. interrogation sometimes passes 
into assertion, therefore, then, 687 ¢. 
16: op ee WoO 5. OS wise, 
obtv * (post-pos. adv.), as contr. fr. 
the impers. pt. édv it being (fr. etut), 
may signify this being so, or this being 
as it may; hence comm., therefore, 
then, now, accordingly, in this state of 
things ; but sometimes, yet, however, 
be this as it may, however that might 
be, at any rate, certainly, esp. in 5 otv: 
de Ug Qe Oe iD) ths. 29.25 oe ose oe ke 
ov-trep as adv., just where, the very 
place where, iv. 8. 26; see da7ep. 
ov-rote n-unquam, 2-ever, i. 3. 5. 
ov-7w non-duim, not yet, not as yet, 
fete Se 5.7 9) Cor Ch, Vidco. oo. 
ov-7a-Trote (also written od TatroTe) 
not yet at any time, never before, 1.4.18. 
otpa, as, the tail: of an army, the 
rear, Wi. 4. 38, 42? vi. 5. 5s. 
tovp-ayla, as,therear-command, rear- 
guard, ili. 4..42: v. l. obpa. 
Lodp-ayds, 00, 6, (dyw) a rear-leader, 
the rearmost or last man in a file, who 
of course became the first when the 
direction of the file was reversed, iv. 
3. 26, 29. 
ovpavds, ov, 0, heaven, the heavens, 
sky, iv. 2.2. Der. URANUS. 
ots, * wrds, 76, auris, an ea7, lil. 1. 
31: vii. 4.3s. Der. PAR-OTID. 
ovs whom, which, see és, 1. 4. 9. 
otoa, otot(v), see eiut, 1.4.15; 5.9. 
ov-re conj., by apostr. ovr’ or ov@’, 
ne-que, and not, nor: otre . . ovre 
neither ..nor: otre.. Te neque. . et, 
both not .. and. Ovre is commonly 
thus doubled in whole or part, as both 
primary and secondary connective, 
and is thus distinguished from the 
conj. ovdé (yet mév ove. . O€, vi.3.16). 
te Gres. Vier i. . 47, Ch yer. 
ov-TLVOS, see doTus, 1. 4. 15. 
ov-To. certainly not, not by any 
means, vil. 6. 11: v. Ll. ovre not at all. 
ovTos, * airy, To0ro, demonst. pron., 


ovroal 


(0 avrds) hie, this, pl. these ; sometimes 
that, those; comm. referring to that 
which precedes or is contained in a 
subordinate clause (so oftws, TotovTos, 
&c., cf. dde, &c., 5438): as a pers. 
pron., he, she, tt, they: 1.1.78, 9, 11; 
3.78: Kal odro these also, and these 
or those too, kat tadra and that too, | 
54448, 1.1.11; 4.12: 1.5.21: rovrous 
those well known, 542), 1.5.8: tavra | 
here, 509 b, iii.-5. 9? therefore, 483 b, 
iv. 1.21: rodro éoTw so be tt! 1. 8. 17. 

Lobroo-i,* abryi, rouri, (paragogic -7, 
Att. & deietic, 252) hic-ce, Fr. celui- 
ci, this here, this. . here present, 1. 6. 


160 





Girwvils2. 2A. 

lovtws,* comm. ovtw before a con- 
sonant, 164, thus, so, in this way or 
manner, to such a degree, so much or 
very, on this condition or supposition, 
ae Ose Me GeasgIV.. hs OUTS oe 
doris so. . that he, 558, 11. 5.12: vii. 
1. 28. See obros, éxw. 

Lottac-t(v), in just this way, as fol- 
dows, vil. 6. 39: v. Ll. ob TH Ded. 

odx, odx!, not, see ov, iii. 1. 13. 

dgetrho,* Ajow, wHeiAnKa, 2a. Spe- 
ov, to owe: P. to be owed, be due: 
@hedov * ought, O that! would that / 
Pemogsies toes i. Laat wal. (e4. 

ddeXos,* 76, in nom. & acc., (6pehAw 
to further) advantage, profit, good, use, 
Grado. dl 1s on G80. 

éd0adpds, of, 0, (dr- in dYoua) an 
eye: &xew ev dpOarpots to have in or 
under eye, keep in sight : i. 8. 27: iv. 
5. 12s, 29. Der. OPHTHALMIC. 

émrAtoKava,* dor\jow, SPAnKAa, 2 a. 
Bdrov, (dpeiiw) to incur, be adjudged 
to pay, v. 8. 1. 

"Odpiviov, ov, Ophrynium, a small 
town of Troas, near the southern end 
of the Hellespont, with a grove sacred 
to Hector, vii. 8. 5. || Fren-Keui. 

Tdxerds, 03, 0, a conduit of water, 
duct, ditch, channel, ii. 4. 13. 








dxéw, How, (dxos carriage, fr. éxw) 


Tats 


trouble: ii. 5. 92 ail. 2. 27) SG 
4.26. Der. OCHLO-CRACY. 
dxupds, a, dv, (¢xw) fit for holding, 
tenable, strong, fortified, secure: yl. 
éxupa strong-holds: 1. 2. 22, 24: iv. 7. 
17: cf. éxupéds. 
éWé adv., (akin to €zrouac- contr. fr. 
émaGe 2) late : de qv (eyiyvero) it was 
(became) late: li. 2.16: iii. 4. 36. 
forpia, as, a late hour, evening, vi. 
5. 31-2 
<t vite, icw 1@, to be or come late, iv. 
Torpes, ews, 4, sight, appearance, spec- 
tacle, 11::3. 15 Avie eee 
Sonat, see opdw. Der. oPric. 


II. 


Tay-KpaTLov, ov, (7ay KpdTos) a con- 
test demanding the entire strength ; 
the pancratium, a severe ‘‘rough and 
tumble” exercise, in which wrestling 
and boxing were combined, iv. 8. 27. 

Way-XaAetros, ov, (wav) very hard 
or difficult, v. 2. 20? 

lmay-xahérws very hardly: m. eixov 
were very hard in their feelings, mpés, 
Vils0. G2 

mabeiv, See rdcxw, i. 8. 20; 9. 8. 

ladOnpa, aros, 76, calamity, suffer- 
ing, misery, Vii. 6. 30. 

laraQos, cos, 76, affliction, ill-treat- 
ment, affection, disease, 1.5.14: iv.5.7. 
Der. PATHOS, PATHETIC. 

matavitw, icw .@, (mady a PHAN, 

war-song) to sing or chant the peean or 
war-song, 1.8.17; 10.10: ii. 2.9? 

tradeta, as, education, training, dis- 
cipline, iv.6.15s. Der. CYCLO-PHDIA. 

tma.d-epaorys, of, (€pamar) a lover 
of boys, vil. 4. 7. 

{mwaevw, evow, memaidevxa, to bring 
up a child, train, educate, A., 1.9. 2s. 
trasuka, Ov, 7d, deliciz ; as sing., 
a darling, favorite, object of love ; ch. 


to carry, bear: P. to be borne, ride, | of a boy ; li. 6. 6, 28: v. 8. 4. 


éri, ill. 4. 47. 


{mavdiov, ov, 76, dim., @ little or 


1dxnpa, aros, 75, a vehicle, convey-| young child, iv. 7. 13. 


ance, support, ili. 2. 19. 


trardiokn, ys, dim., a young girl, 


3x9n, ns, (Exw) a high bank, esp. of | maiden, iv. 3. 11. 


a Tiveray. 3.3, 5,17, 23- 


mais, mavdds, 0 7, a@ child, whether 


8xos, ov, 6, (akin to vulgus, Germ. | son or daughter, boy or girl; a youth, 
Volk, Eng. folk) a crowd, throng, mul-| boy, lad ; hence, @ page, waiter, ser- 
‘titude, rabble, esp. the crowd or retinue | vant (cf. puer); 1.1.1; 9.2s: 1.6.12: 
of camp-followers ; hence, annoyance, \iv. 5. 33: see €€&. Der. PED-AGOGUE. 


4 








trate 


maiw,* maicw, wémacka, to strike, as 
w. the hand or anything in it, to smite, 
beat, wound ; often joined w. BddXw, 
in a sense clear:y distinct; A. AE.; 
meee 2os- 10.7: 1.1.29; 4.49: v. 7. 
aes 6. 12s, 16. 

Tratwvifa,icw ., = maravifw,ill.2.9 ? 

waka. ady., long ago, long since, 
long before ; formerly, previously ; 1 
aeeliaeive 5.5; 8. 14: vil. 6, 9, 37. 

larahatds, d, dv, c. wadairepos or ma- 

Aatstepos, old, ancient: 7d madadv 
anciently: iii. 4.7: iv. 4.9; 5. 365. 
Der. PALE-ONTO-LOGY. 

takai, aicw, temddarka |., to wres- 
tle, iv. 8.26. Der. PALESTRA. 

TAaAN, 7S, (TaArw to shake) wrestling, 
common in the Greek games, iv. 8. 27. 

wad adv., again, back again, back, 
1.1.3; 6.7s. Der. PALIN-ODE. 

wahdaxis, idos, 7, (rdA\aé a youth) 
@ concubine, mistress, 1. 10. 2. 

TANTOV, ov, (raw to brandish) a 
dart, javelin, or light spear, used by 
the Asiatics for both throwing and 
striking (like the modern jereed) ; 
whence two were often carried ; i. 5. 
Paesera, 2s. vi 4. 12, 25: 

Trap-TAyGAs, és, (wAHOOs) very nu- 
merous, vast, countless, iii. 2. 11. 

{ wéy.-trohvs, -7 5AM, -Todv, very much 
or great, very numerous, vast: pl. very 
many, a great many: 1. 4. 26: iil. 4. 
13: iv. 1.8; 6.26: vii. 5.12 (see ézé). 

{tap-tovnpos, ov, all-depraved: of 
aman, a perfect villain, the worst of 
men, Vi. 6. 25. 

wav neut. of mas; 1n compos., ray- 
before a palatal, and zau- before a la- 
bial ; iv. 2. 22. Der. PAN-ACEA. 

tmav-oupyla, as, (gpyov) knavery, vil- 
tangy, V5 A. 

laav-odpyos, ov, s., (contr. fr. rav- 
6-epyos, fr. épyov) ready for all work, 
unprincipled, knavish, crafty, perfidi- 
ous, treacherous, 1. 5. 39; 6. 26. 

i{awavt, before a rough breathing 
wav’, by apostr. for mdvra, see 7Gs. 

lwayTd-mraou(v) adv., all to all, all 
tn all, altogether, wholly, entirely, ab- 
smanely, Gall, 1. 2.1: i. 5. 18, 21. 

lravray f or -X qj, or TayTaxot, every- 
where, in any or all places, anywhere, 
Meee: G27 * Iv. 5.30. 

jaav-zeX@s (7é\os) quite to the end, 
completely, entirely, wholly, ii. 2. 11. 

dadvty or -7q everywhere, on all 


101 


TapayyeAho 


sides, throughout, i. 2.22: 11.3.3; 5. 
fires ties DE 
| wavro-Sa1és,7%, dv, (Sdmedov ground 2) 
of every region or kind, all kinds of, 
VUTIOUS, Vet Qe Lee: IVs 40:9:: Vi. AL 5: 
ladvroOev from every quarter, on all 
Sidesin. Ie 2s yi, 6. 3: 
laaytotos, a, ov, of all or various 
kinds, all or various kinds of, various, 
1g Spee eae eae EI Te 
ladvroce in all directions, every- 
where (= -whither), vii. 2. 23. 
dadvtas by all means ; at all, once ; 
vi. D. 21? vii. 7. 43 ? 
laavu adyv., wholly, altogether, very, 
very much ; at all; 1.5.7; 8.14: U1. 
5. 19, 27: vii. 6. 4. 
méopat * (ch. poet., pres. not in use), 
maoopal, Témauat, potior, to acquire : 
pf. pret. [to have acquired] to possess, 
have in possession, A., i. 9.19: ili. 3. 
1S wil av 62 48. 
mapa* prep., by apostr. tap’, be- 
side: (a) w. GEN., comm. of person, 
from beside, from the side or sphere 
of, from, often implying some action 
or influence; hence sometimes w. pass. 
verb, by 604" oO." 1. Wab Se 1667, 2 
9.1: 11.6.14: v. 2. 25:— (b) w. Dat., 
comm. of person, at or by the side of, be= 
side, near, about, with ; at the court 
of; in the house, service, care, or esteem 
Of PAN D2 2f = ooh. Dee oa tie 
vi. 2.2: ra map éuot the advantages 
im my service, 1.7.4:—(c) w. Acc. 
of person, to the side of, to, towards, i. 
2.12; 3.7; 6.3:— of place (sometimes 
of person, &c.) through the space be- 
side, along side of, along, beside, by, 
past, near, about, 1.2.13, 24; 8.5: 
iii. 1.32: iv.7.16: map ddéyor [along- 
side of a little] of little account, vi. 6. 
11: rapa mérov with drink, ii. 3.15 :— 
of words expressing obligation, opin- 
ion, &c., [along by or beside] beyond, 
contrary to, against, in violation of, 1. 
Oi Serine eS: so, Ales ty, Brel faye, 
36. Its uses in compos. are similar. 
tapa-Baive,* Bicouat, BEBnka, 2a. 
&Bnv, to go beyond, transqress, violate, 
brew, he Say tl 
tapa-Bonbéw, ow, BeBo7nOnxa, to 
hasten [by other troops] forward to 
give aid, iv. 7. 24. 
Tap-ayyéAhw, eho, HyyeAKa, a. Hy- 
yetha, to send word to or along, pass 
the word, and thus to direct, command, 


TAPAYYENTUS 


order, bid; to summon; to give out or 
issue a password; D. I.(A.), CP., A., 
els: KaTa Ta Tapnyyedpueva according 
to the instructions given : 1.1.6; 2.1; 
D.dds 8.38, Los 2 dt. 216,21: dna: 
ltmap-ayyeAots, ews, 7, a word of 
command, summons, iv. 1. 5. 
Tapa-yiyvopar, * yerjoouat, yeyevn- 
par & 2 pt. yéyova, 2 a. éyeviuny, to 
come to or newr, come, arrive, to pre- 
sent one’s self or be present, join, D., 
Cts, Gy, Ae hed dos 2. Say 2s veo es 
Tap-ayw,* dw, ixa, 2 a. Hyayor, 
to lead or conduct by or along, bring 
up or forward, A. eis, &c., iii. 4. 14, 
Pil AeiWVeub. 0 se Os 6 te Vil. uG. oy 
lmap-aywyh, js, conveyance 
the coast, transport, v. 1. 16. 
PARAGOGIC. 
mapadeoos, ov, 0, (fr. the Pers., 
first found in Xen.) a park, 1.2.7; 4. 
10: 11. 4.14. Der. PARADISE. 
Trapa-Sisape,* duow, dédwxa, a. €dw- 
Ka (6, doinv, dds, dodvat, dovs), tra-do, 
to give or deliver wp or over, give, 
grant, A. D.1.; 1.1. 8s, 12: iv. 5. 22. 
Tapa-Spaety, See Tapa-TpeXw. 
Tapa-Sappive or -Gapriva, vd, to 
cheer [along] on, encowrage, A., ui. 4. 
a Lacie tian eo 
mapa-Qeivat, see mapa-TlOnut. 
mapa-Séw,* Oevcoua, to run by or 
ast, A., iv. 7. 12. 
map-atvew,* ow, veka, (aivéw to 
commend) to recommend, advise, ea- 
fort, ABs, 1: 1.22 NV. 80% Vide 20. 
Tap-arTéopar, noouar, 7Tyuat, to beg 
from, intercede with, wepi, vi. 6. 29. 
Tapa-Kahéw,* Kahéow, KaN@, Kéxd7- 
ka, a. éxddeoa, a. p. exANOnv, to call 
[along] forward, summon, invite, ex- 
hort, urge, encourage, call to, call in, 
A: Tf, €ml, 1.6. 5s) ab. 1.3242 -v6. 19, 
mapa-kata-OyKny, 7s, (TiOnuL) @ de- 
posit with another, v. 3. 7. 
mTapa-Kepar,* Keicouat, to lie beside 
or near, D., Vil. 3. 22. 
Tapa-Kedevopat, Eevoouat, KeKéhev- 
cpa, to wrge along or forward, exhort, 
encourage, D. I., 1.7.9; 8. 11. 
lmapa-Kédevots, ews, 1, ercourage- 
ment, cheering on, G.? iv. 8. 28. 
Tap-aKodovléw, 7ow, 7KohovAnKka, to 
follow beside or near, accompany, at- 
tend, iii. 3. 4: iv. 4. 7. 
_ tmapa-AapBdave,* AnYoua, etAnpa, 
2a. aor, to take or receive from an- 


along 


Der. 


102 


TApAcKevata 


other, succeed to; to take to or with 
one’s self; A., mapa: v. 6. 36: vi. 4. 
LEG: Wal aay as nee 

tmapa-Aeltra,* Ww, 2 pf. NéAoura, 2 a. 
é\urrov, to leave on one side, leave, 
onvit, A.; Vi.,o. 19-5 Gnmnee 

Tapa-AvTew, ow, NeAUIrnKa, to an- 
noy {along side] by conwpetition or in- 
terference: ot mapandvumotvres trouble- 
some rivals, 11. 5. 29. 

Tape-Avw,* vow, AEAVKa, to loose 
from beside, take off, unship (M. for 
one’s own benefit), A., v. 1.11. Der. 
PARALYSIS, PALSY. | 

Trap-apetBo, ww, to interchange : 
M. to change one’s self or one’s own 
(army, line of battle, &c.), eds, i. 10. 
10 (ace. to some, to pass by). 

TAp-ApEedew, HOW, NuUeAnKa, tO Pass 
by in neglect, to neglect, treat with 
neglect, disregard, violate, G., ii. 5.7: 
vil. 8. 12. 

TAPA-HEVvo,”* wevO, meuevnka, to stay 
beside, stand by, remain steadfast, ii. 





G2 ee vice gkae 
Tapa-pnpld.os, ov, (unpds) along the 
thigh: neut. subst., a thigh-ptece, 
cuisse, 1. 8. 6. 
TapA-TéELTH,” Ww, wéroupa, to send 
by or along, despatch, A. eis, iv. 5. 20? 
TApA-TAEwW,* mAEvTOUaL, WéT)EUKA, 
a. érAevoa, to sail by or along, A., eis, 
é&, v..1. 11; 6. 10> yWRO2 bse oeeee 
TAOA-TANCTLOS, a, OV, OF OS, ov, near 
by, similar, like, D., 1. 3. 18; 5. 2 
TOPA-Tpo-TELTH,* Ww, Térouga, to 
send by to the front, iv. 5. 202 
Tapa-p-péw, * pevcouat, éppiyKa, 2 a. 
p. or a. Eppvyy, to flow by, to (melt and} 
run down beside, D., mapa, iv. 4. 11; 
Wap Ge 
Tapacdyyns, ov, a parasang (Pers. 
farsang), the comm. Persian road- 
measure, equal, acc. to Hdt. (2. 6) and 
Xen, (ii. 2. 6), to 30 stadia, = about a 
league or 3 geographical miles, or 
nearly 34 statute miles. It was usu. 
estimated, and of course variously acc. 
to the difficulty of the route and the 
time occupied. i. 2. 5s, 10s. 
Tapa-cKevdto, dow, pl. p. érKeva- 
cua, to put things side by side, to 
arrange, prepare, procure, A., ii. 6. 8: 
—ch. I, to prepare one’s self or one’s 
own ; to prepare, provide, or procure 
for one’s self or one’s own ; to make 





preparation, make ready ; A., I., P. 





TUPAC KET] 


(w. as), Omws, dare, dd, eri, ws eis: 
fees 10.6, 18: ii: 1.14, 36; 2. 24: 
vii. 3.35: mapackevdferOar Thy yro- 
pnv to make up one’s mind, vi. 3.17 : 
olkade mr. to _prepare Jor home (to go 
home), vii. 7. 57. 

Tapa-cKevi, qs, preparation, 1. 2. 4. 

Tapa-cKnven, now, to encamp by y or 
near, D., lil. 1. 28. 

Tapa-c-Xeiv, “TXATw, see map-éxw. 

tmapa-tatis, ews, 7, arrangement, 
line of battle, v. 2.13? 

Taoa-TaTT, TAs, TETAXA, to ar- 
range side by side, draw up in order 
of battle or 77 battle-arra y, A.: pip p. | 
pt. mapa-rerayuévos so drawn up, 1. 
1s tv.-3. 3,5; 6. 25. 

Tapa-telyw,” TEVa, TéTaKa, to stretch 
along, extend, A. éwi, mapd, &c., 1. 7. 
15: vii. 3. 48. 

Taoa-TiO nL,” Onow, TéHeka, a.€OnKa 
(06, &c.), to place beside or near, set 
before, A. D., iv. 5. 30s: M. to place 
by one’s side, lay aside, A., vi. 1. 8. 

Tapa-TpeX, * Spauoduat, dedpdunka, 
2a. 2dpauor, to run by, past, or along, 
A., eis, éwi, mapd, iv. 5.8; 7. 6s, 11. 

Tapa-xpfpa adv., with the affair, 
on the spot, forthwith, vil. 7. 24. 

T mrap-eyyuaw,* jow, 7yyUnKa, to pass 
from hand to hand, pass along, as a 
word of command or request ; hence, 
to give or pass the word of command, 
to command, order, charge, exhort, re- 
quest, propose, cheer on, 1. (A.), AE., 
ch: Ses Ve 7.248: Migs 122 yuk. 22. 

Tap-eyyun, js, (see éyyudw) a com- 
mand, charge, request, vi. 5. 13. 

Tap-eyevouny, see mapa-yiyvouat. 

Tap- -oray, see rapa-didwut. 

Tap-eupt,* Ecouar, (eiui, elny, elvar, 
av, &c.) to be by, near, at or on hand, 
with, or present (esp. as a friend or 
assistant) ; ; hence, to have come, to 
come, arrive, attend, be ready, D.; «is, 
émi, or wpds W. A., 704a; 1.1.18; 2. 
28% 1.1.46: vi. 4.15; 6.26: ra 
mapovTa (mpdyyata) the present state 
of affairs, present occurrences or cir- 
cumstances, 1.3.3: ili. 1.34; [sce. XPH- 
para | possessions, propert Y, estate, vil. 
7.36: év T@ mapdvte at the present 
time, in the present crisis, 11.5.8: wa- 
peor) i lmpers., if is present to one, 
i. e. in his power, possible, feasible, iv. 
5. 6 (abs. rapiv, v. 8. 3). Have may 
-be sometimes used in translating mdp- 





1C3 


Ildéprov 


eye as well as eli, 459, li. 3. 9: iii 
| 2. 18. 
| amdp-epr,* ipf. qew, (eiue) to go or 
come by or along, pass by, in, or 
through, to pass; to pass by to the 
front, come forward ; A., éwi, mapa : 
Mile. aos LV. 5. "a0 evi, 6. LBs Ws. 
Tap-etyov, -<Ew, see map-exw. 
Tap-exAjGnv, see mapa-Kahéw. 
Tap-ehavvw,* éldow EAB, éA7jpraxa, 
la. nraca, to ride or march ba y, past, or 
along, A., émi, &e. pp ae 2 16s Sets. 
TOP-€DX OAL, * eG EAnAVOA, 
2a. 7Oov, to come or go by, past, along, 
or through ; to pass by, over, through, 
\&e.; to pass in, enter ; to pass by to 





‘the front or place of speaking, cone 
forward; of time, to pass, elapse ; 


A 
leis: 1.4.48; 7. 16, 18 :.v.-5:41; 24 
TOp-Er Opa, TO, see Td p-Etjue. 
Tap-ETTHKA, -EOTHYV, See Tap-icT NUL. 
Tap-eTETATO, See Tapa-Teivw, 1.7.15. 
tmap-exw,* uw & oxjow, éoxnKa, 


| 2a. écxov, to have or hold by or near 
another ; 


hence, to hand to, offer, af- 
Jord, supply, furnish, provide, present, 
give, render ; to cause or make for a 
person, and hence, to produce, excite, 
or inspire in him ; fo give up, deliver 
up, surrender, yield ; AS Det, eis 2] 
EDD Aas 332225 26se 4 10s: vi: 
6.16520: A. ‘to render or make for 
one’s self ; to contribute or exhibit of 
one’s own ; A.; li. 6. 27: vi. 2: 10. 
TAP-NYyyUwv, see map-eyyuaw. 
Tap-netv, see ma p-ecjc (etc), iv.2.19. 
Tap-nAaca, see Tap-edavver, 1217. 
Tap- Gov, see map- Epxouat, 1, 7216: 
TAao-FV, -7, -Ho8a, see md p-eue. 

t TlapGéviov, ov, Parthenium, a small 
town in the southwest part. of ] Mysia, 
not far from Pergamum, vik, 8215>2%. 

tIIapGévios, ov, 6, the Parthenius, a 
river on the usual boundary between 
Bithynia and Paphlagonia, said to 
have been named from the virgin 
Diana’s bathing in it, v.6.9: vi. 2.1. 
|| The Bartan-Su. 

tmapQévos, ov, 7, a4 virgin, maiden, 
ili. 2. 25. Der. PARTHENON. 

IIapuavés, of, (IIdpuov) a Parian, a 
man of Parium, vil. 3. 16. 

Tap-tévan, -LdV, See Tap-ELut (ciut). 

Twrap-inpt,* jow, eika, a. HKa (G, einy, 
&c.) to send by, let pass, yield, allow, 
eT Ve Oss vil: BZ 

IIapvoy, ov, Parium, a commercial 








| 


Traplorype 


city near the southwest end of the} 
Propontis, an Ionian colony, vii. 2.7; | 
3. 20. || Kamares, or Kemer. | 

map-lornpt,* orjow, éornka, 2 a. 
éornv, to station near ; pf. aud 2a. to. 
stand near or by, v. 8.10, 21: la. m. | 
to place or station by one’s side, bring | 
forward, produce, A., vi. 1. 22: vii. | 
8. 3. 

T&P-000S, ov, 7, a way by, passage, | 
passa. AMA's 02 OS cave 

TAP-OLvEew,* WoW, TeTapwyyka, a. | 
érapuynoa, (oivos) to act the drunkard, | 
be abusive, v. 8. 4. 

tTap-olxopar,* ofx7joouar, @xnmar 2, 
to pass or have passed by: pt. past, i. | 
An. 

Tlagpacvos, ov, a Parrhasian, a 
man of Parrhasia (Ilappacia), a dis- | 
trict of southwest Arcadia, about Mt. 
ivewus a 1<2 svi. Ose 522. | 

Ilaptoartis, cos, di, w or céa, 2, 
Parysatis (= a Peri’s daughter 2), half- | 
sister and wife of Darius 1.,; and. 
mother of Artaxerxes 11. and Cyrus, 
an ambitious, daring, imperious, in- | 
triguing, and cruel woman, of great, 
influence over her husband and sons. | 


104 


aredlov 


pleasure) or suffer til (harm, injury, 
pain), to be well or ill treated, benefited 
or harmed: a. bré: 1.3. 483 8. 20: 
ill. 3. 7: 1v. 3. 2: 7a wev Exader he re- 
ceived some wounds, 1.9.6: que maby 
if anything should befall him, by eu- 
phemism for 77f he should lose his life, 
vy. 3. 6. Der. PASSIVE, PASSION. 
maTacow, aiw (ch. poet. exc. aor. 
émdraéa, see 50 TUTTw) to strike, smite, 


' pierce, iv. 8. 25: vil. 8. 14. 


Ilatyyias, ov or a, Pategyas, a Per- 
sian attendant of Cyrus, 1. 8.1: v. 0. 


| Ilarayvas. . 


TatHhp,* marpés, 6, Sans. pitar, Zend 
patar, Lat. pater, Germ. Vater, a 


| FATHER, i. 4.12. Der. PATERNAL. 


laatptos, a, ov, patrius, of or from 
one’s father or ancestors, paternal, an- 
cestral ; according to ancestral usage ; 
ii. 2. 16°? v4. 2729 vie 

lmatpls, tdos, 7, patria, one’s father- 
land, native land or city, country, 1. 
3.3, 6: il. I. Sisaaveneee 

laatp@os, a, ov, descending from 
one’s father, paternal, hereditary, i. 7. 
6: in. 1. 11; 2. 16 aaa 

tratrXa, ns, means of stopping, stop, 


Of the latter, Cyrus was her favorite, | stoppage, prevention, G., v. 7. 32. 


and she avenged his death cruelly. 


She even poisoned her daughter-in- | 


law, the queen Statira. 1.1.1,4; 4.9. 
TAP-Ov, -OVTA, -Gv, SCC Tap-Eyul. | 
Tas,* maga, wav, Y. TavTds, TAaONS, 

all, every, the whole; all kinds of, 

every kind of: sing. comm., without | 
the art., every ; but w. the art., whole 
or all; pl. comm. all (also translated | 
by every w. the sing.): i. 1. 2, 5: 11.| 

5.9: vi. 4. 6: duels of ravres you, the 

whole body, v. 7. 27, cf. 6. 7: subst. | 

wav cverything, all, ro wav the whole, 

mavra all things (or everything), 1. 9. 

2,16: vi. 2.12; émt ray épxecOat to} 

[come to everything] resort to every 

means, 1l1.1.18. See did, duarravrés, 

vxaw. Der. PAN-THEISM. Cf. omnis. 

Tlaciwv, wos, Pusion, a Megarian 
general in the service of Cyrus, who 
took offence and deserted, i.2.3; 4. 7s. 

TACXW,* meicouar, 2 pf. wémrovda, 
2a. aor, patior, to receive any efiect, 
whether good or evil (comm. the lat- 
ter, unless otherwise stated), to be 
treated or affected, suffer: ed or kak&s 

(ayaGov or kaxdv) 7. to receive for good 





or evil, to receive good (benefit, favor, 


watw,* mavow, wémravxa, to stop 
(trans.), make or cause to cease, put 
an end to, remove, relinquish, A. P., 
ii. 5. 2,13: iv. 8.10: MM. to stop (in- 
trans.), ceasc, desist, PAUSE, rest, leave 


loff, give up, end, finish, G., P., 1.2.25 


3.12: 6.6: 11.1. 192 vere eee 
tIIabdayovla, as, Paphlagonia, a 
country on the north coast of Asia 
Minor, between the Halys and Par- 
thenius, famed for its good horses and 
horsemen, vi. 1. 1s, 14. 
{Iladdayovikds, 1, ov, Paphlagoni- 
an: % Uaddayoury [se. yn] the Paph- 
lagonian country : v. 2.22: vi. 1. 15. 
TIaddayav, dvos, a Paphlagonian, 
aman of the Paphlagones, deseribed 
by the Greeks as a rude, ignorant, 
credulous, and superstitious people, 
i. 8. 5 (as adj.): v. 6. 3 (the king). 
tardxos, eos, 74, thickness, v. 4. 13. 
Taxus, ela, v, thick, large, stout, 
iv. 8.2: v. 4.25. Der. PACHY-DERM. 
médn, 7S, (rovs) pedica, @ FETTER, 
iv. 3. 8. 
tmeSivds, 7, ov, c., flat, devel, v. 5. 2. 
aeStov, ov, (rédov ground, akin to 
tovs) a plain, a flat or level region ; 





Trelevea 


sometimes used in naming cities (cf. 
emer) > 4. 1 2 2 It, Biss 5. 1: 
Tmefetw, evow, to march on foot, pro- 
ceed by land, v. 5. 4. 
ame{os, 7, dv, (rovs) on foot, of in- 
fantry, i. 3.12: vii. 3. 45: subst. 
mefos a foot-soldier, oi wegoi the in- 
fantry, foot, i. 10.12: i1.3.15: adv. 
mein on foot, by land, i. 4.18: v. 6.1. | 
Tme8-apxéw, 70, (4px7) to yield to| 
authority, obey, D., 1. 9. 17. 
mrelOw,* meicw, mérecxa, (2 pf. pret. 
mérowla to trust), a. érewa, to per- 
suade, induce, prevail upon; in pr. 
and ipf., to try to persuade, use per- 
suasion, advise, urge, 594; A.1., CP.; 
eeaeeneet. 6G. 2: vi. 1:19: P.& M. 
to be persuaded, believe, obey, submit, | 
yield or listen to, comply, follow one’s 
direction or advice, D. 1. (A.), 1.1.3; 
fee G15 > 4: 14s: vu.8.3: we-| 
Oduevos as adj., obedient, ii. 6. 27. 
mevaw * (des 7s, &c.), now, memei-| 
yyka, (metva hunger, akin to mévopa) 
to hunger, be hungry, i. 9. 27. 
teipa, as, trial, proof, experience, 
acquaintance, G. 6rt, ili. 2.16: év rei-| 
pa yevéo Gar to have been well acquaint: | 
ed with, i. 9..1 (ef. éumeipws): metpay 
AauBdavew to take or have experience, 
make trial, v. 8.15. Der. EM-PIRIC. 
lmepaio, dow, mereipaxa l., comm. | 
M., to try, endeavor, attempt ; to make 
trial or proof of, test; 1., G., dws: 
eee eens 14.2.3, 5083 5. 7.° Der. | 
PIRATE, EM-PIRICAL. 
teloas, tetoQeis, -O0, see reidw. | 
Tlactdys, see Ilicidns, i. 1. 11? | 
_ meloopat, f. m. of macxw & meldw, 
foes, 15: / 





105 


TTreVTE 


tainous parts, carried their vigor and 
bravery to a foreign market: 1.1. 6: 
vi. 2. 10. 

IleXotrdévvy@os, ov, 7, (IléAomos v7- 
cos, the island of Pelops), the Pelopon- 
nese or -ésus, so named from its being 
so nearly surrounded by water, and 
from the sovereignty exercised over it 
by Pelops, an ancient king of Pisa in 
Elis, who, with his family, formed 
the subject of many myths and trage- 
dies. i. 4. 2. || Moréa. 

TeATALw, dow, (ré\rn) to carry a 
target, serve as a targeteer, v. 8. 5. 

Il&rat, Gy, ai, Peltw, a city in the 
western part of Phrygia,i.2.10. ||On 
or near the plain Baklan-Ovah. 

treATacTHs, ot}, a targeteer, peltast. 


|The weXracrai not only carried a 


lighter shield (3éAry), but were in 
other respects more lightly armed 
than the omdtrac; and were therefore 
less adapted to the shock of arms, but 


| better fitted for rapid movements. i. 


Zane 7 i LO LO 7. 

trektactikds, 7, dv, relating to or 
consisting of peltasts : meXTacTtKér, SC. 
oTpatevua, light-armed force, light in- 


Santry, targeteers, 1. 8.5: vii. 3. 37. 


TéATH, 78, @ target, targe, or pelta, 
a small, light shield, often of cresceut 
shape, more used by the Thracians 
and other barbarians than by the 
Greeks. It had comm. a wooden 
(often wicker) frame, covered with 
leather, and sometimes strengthened 
by a thin metallic front. i. 10. 12 
(ace. to some, here = zaArév, which 
Rehdantz substitutes) : v. 2. 29. 
Tmepwratos, a, ov, on the fifth day, 


mevoteoy eotiv, (reiPouar) one (we, | five days dead, vi. 4. 9. 


they, &c.) must obey, 682, D.: ws Tr. 
ein KvXedpx that C. must be obeyed : 
ii. 6. 8: vi. 6. 14. 

TeAa{w,* meXdow med@, ch. poet., 
(rédas near) to come near, approach, 
D., i. 8. 15? iv. 2. 3. 

TledAnveis, éws, a Pellenian, aman 
of Pelléne (Ile\A\jv7), an ancient town 
of Achaia and the most easterly of 
its twelve cities, v. 2.15. || Tzerkovi 
near Zugra. 

t [LdAorovvjctos,a, ov, Peloponnesian: 
oi IleNorrovyjoro: subst., the Peloponne- 
sians, who were in general accounted 
the best soldiers in Greece, and who 
often, especially from the more moun- | 


ime AN. 5* 





wéprros, 7, ov, (révre) fifth, iii. 4. 
24: iv. 7. 21. 

Téptro,* Vw, rérouda, to send, D. 
A. P. (esp. fut. 598 b), eds, mapa, pds, 
ey 18 3. 8 14s al 17. © Der: 
pompa, POMP, POMPOUS. 

Tmévys, nos, 6, adj., poor: subst., 
@ poor man: vii. 7. 28. 

taevia, as, poverty, vii. 6.20. Cogn. 
peniria, penury. 

mévopar, in pr. and ipf., to toil for 
daily bread, be poor, live in poverty, 
iii. 2. 26. [hundred, i. 2. 3s, 6. 

twevrakdotor, at, a, (éxardv) five- 

mévte indecl., quinque, five, i. 2. 8 
Ii. Der. PENTA-GON. 


> 


amevrexaldeka 


- Larevre-kal-Sexa (or mévte kal Séxa) 
indecl., fif-teen, i. 4. 1: iv. 7. 16. 
lwevtqkovra indecl., fifty, i. 4.19; 
4.12: ii, 2. 6. Der. PENTECOST. 
lmevTynkovTnp, 7pos, 0, w commander 
of fifty, or of half a lochus, iii. 4. 21. 
laevtnK6vt-opos, ov, 7, (épérTw to 
row) a fifty-oared vessel [sc. vais], v. 
Be 5 WO. 5, ea2)S- 
lawevtykoortus, vos, 7, a body of fifty, 
or half a lochus: xara mw. by fifties, 
iii. 4. 22. 

mémapar, see mdouat, iii. 3. 18. 

métrovOa, see mdoxw, 11.2.8: vi.1.6. 

TETPAKA, -ATOMAL, See TiTpaTKY. 

TMEMTWOKA, Sce TiTTW, 1. 8. 28. 

mép * encl., (root or shorter form 
of mepi, cf. Lat. per) orig. through, 
throughout ; hence, altogether, just, 
very, even, mdeed, particularly, in 
particular ; often added to a relative 
or particle for strength or emphasis 
(comm. written as part of the same 
word, but sometimes separately) ; i. 3. 
18; 7.9; 8.18: see etrep, damp, &c. 

laépa adv., across, beyond ; of time, 
beyond, past, after, after this ; G., Vi. 
1928 55),9..0. 

lmepalva, ava, (répas an end) to fin- 
ish, convplete, accomplish, execute, A., 
di. 1. 47 5, 2..32.: wid. 18. 

Larepatdw, dow, to carry across: M. 
to go across, pass over, eis, Vil. 2. 12. 

\arépav adv., across, on the other side, 
G.: ro wépav the other side: 1.5.10: 
iii. 5. 2, 12: iv. 3. 29, 33. 

laepdw, dow, memépaxa, to Cross, A., 
iv. 3. 21: v. J. dtamrepdw. 

Tlépyapov or -os, ov, 76 or 7, Per- 
gamum or -us, the chief city of Teu- 
thrania in southwest Mysia, situated 
in the beautiful valley of the Caicus. 
It later became the capital of a king- 
dom, and renowned for its great libra- 
ry, giving its name to a material which 
was here brought into use, parchment 
(charta Pergaména). This was also 
the seat of one of the Apocalyptic 
churches. vii. 8. 8, 23. || Bergama, 
still a place of some consequence. 

amépdué, ixos, 6 4, perdix, @ PAR- 
DRLVGE, de Dio. 

aept* prep., (7ép per) through the 
circuit, around, about: (a) w. GEN. 
of theme (that which discourse, 
thought, or action is concerned about), 
about, concerning, respecting, im respect 


106 








Tepilorn Lt 


to, for, 1.2.8; 5.82656. 1. tees 
expressing valuation, as, w. moveto@at, 
mepi wayTds [concerning every interest] 
of all or the utmost concern or moment, 
all-important, wept m)elovos or mel- 
atov of more or the most account, 
value, or consequence, of greater (high- 
er) or the greatest (highest) importance, 
i. 9.7, 16: v. 6. 22: — Gh) eye ar, 
of a part of the body, around, about, 
1.5.8: vil. 4.4:— (ce) w. Acc., around, 
about ; sometimes translated with, 
among, towards, against, on the banks 
of, im respect to, in behalf of, &e.: of 
place, i.6.4: iv. 4.3; 5.8,36: of per- 
son, 1.2.12; 4.8; 5.78; of wepi Apt- 
atiov A. and those with him, ii. 4. 2, 
cf. dui, 527a, and iv. 5. 21: of time, 
i. 7. 1: of object of concern, relation, 
&c.; 11.2.20: v. 7.38% Wie Ooeleememmer 
mept to be busy about, ii. 5.7:— (d) in 
compos. as above, and also denoting 
superiority (the greater surrounding 
the less). Cf. audi. 
mept-Baddw,* Bar, BéBAnKa, 2 a. 
éBarov, to throw one’s arms around, 
embrace, A., iv. 7.25: M. to throw 
round one’s self or one’s self around, 
to surround, A., Vi. 3. 3: Vil. 4, 17. 
Tepi-ylyvowal,* yevyjooual, yeyevn- 
fat, 2 pt. yéyova, 2 a. éyvevouny, to be- 
come superior to, prevail over, over- 
come, conquer, G.; to come round, turn 
out, result, ore: 1.1.10; v. 8. 26. 
trep.-Séw,* Sjow, dédexa, to tie round, 
iv. 5. 86: v. 7. — 
aepi-ethéw,* ow, or tept-thda, (el- 
héw or eitéw to roll, wrap) to wrap or 
lie around, iv. 5. 36: v. l. wepwWeéew. 
mepi-eip,* eoouat, (efui) to be su- 
perior, excel, surpass, excced, prevail, 
G.,.1. 8. 13 5: 9. 24 snes 
mepi-eyp,* ipf. qew, (eiuc) to go 
round or about, A., iv.1.3: vu.1. 33. 
mept-Edkw,* €EdEw, ipf. efdAKov, to 
drag round or about, 2 A., vil. 6. 10 
(weptet he has robbed, Kd. C. H. Weise). 
Tept-Epxopar,* é€hevoouar, EhHjdrvoa, 
2a. AAOov, to go around, vi. 3. 14? 
Tepi-€xw,* éfw or oxHow, eoxnKa, 
2 a. écxov, to surround, encompass, 
protect, A., 1. 2. 22. 
Tept-iv, -Hoav, see mepl-erue (elt). 
mept-lact, -LovTes, see mepi-eyut (€lut). 
Tept-Oetv, see mept-opaw, vii. 7. 40. 
mepi-loTypt,* o77jow, €ornxa (2 pf. 
pt. €orws), 2a. ory, to station round ; 





TEPLKVKACW 


pf. and 2 a. to stand round, iv. 7.2: 
vi. 6. 6. 

TEPt-KVKAGW, Wow, KeKUKAWKA, LO EN- 
circle: M. to gather in a circle round, 
surround, A., vi. 3. 11. 

mept-AapPave,* AnYoua, elAnda, 
2a. 2a Bor, to throw one’s arms around, 
embrace, A., vu. 4. 10. 

Tept-pevo,* wevO, Meuevnka, a. Eec- 
va, to stay about, remain, wait; to 
wart for, awatt, A.; i. 1. 3,6; 4. 1. 

tIlepivO.os, ov, 6, w Perinthian, vii. 
2.8; a man of 

Tlépw0os, ov, 7, Perinthus, a flour- 
ishing city of Thrace on the north 
shore of the Propontis, a Samian col- 
ony, later renowned for its obstinate 
detence against Philip of Macedon, 
ii.6.2: vii. 2.8. || Eregli, from a later 
name ‘Hpd«deva. 

mépiE adv., (mepi) round about, 
around, G., No.5. 14%, vii. 8. 12. 

tmept-od0s, ov, 7, a Way round, cz7- 
cuit, ii. 4.7, 11. Der. PERIOD. 

Tept-orkew, Fow, wna, to dwell 
around, A., v. 6. 16. 

mepl-ouKos, ov, 6, & provincial, one 
of the Perieci, v.1.15: see Zadpry. 

Mept-opaw,* dWoua, éwpdna or €d- 
paixa, 2 a. eidov, to look about, see 
wih indifference, overlook, neglect, 
Gllow, A. P;, vu. 3.3; 7. 40,.46,.49. 

mept-Tatos, ov, 0, (raréw to walk) 
a walk round, walk (both the act and 
the place), 11. 4.15. Cogn. PERIPA- 
TETIC. 

qWepl-Tecety, See Tept-TimTw, 1. 8. 28. 

Tept-TETOPAL,* rT jooual, to fly about, 
Vi. 1; 23: v. d. wérouat. 

TEPL-THYVUEL,* mew, mémyxa l., to 
Freeze about, trans.: P. to be frozen 
about or on the feet, iv. 5. 14. 

tTepi-TitTw,* mecovuat, mérTwKa, 
2a. recov, to fall or throw one’s self 
about or upon, to full on and embrace ; 
to fall foul of ; D.; 1.8. 28: vil. 3. 38, 

Tept-Théw,* mrEeVcouat, mémevKa, 
to sail round, i. 2. 21: vii. 1. 20. 

Tept-Trovew, ow, weroinxa, A. & M. 
(as for one’s self), to work round, 
manage to procure, acyuire, gain, A. 
Dig V5 (60) 17. 

Tepi-Trrioccw, viw, to fold round, 
enfold, enclose, i. 10. 9. 

Tept-3-6€w,* pevtouar & pujcopat, 
€3i09«a, to flow round, encompass, A., 
io. 4; 2a. p. or G. wepi-esadnv to 


107 





Tlepouds 


drop off, as water flowing about an 
object, D., iv. 3.8; v. 1. — 

Tepi-p-pHyvopt, pytw, &spynxa l., 2a. 
p. éppayny, to break around, trans.; 
M., w. 2a. p., to break around, in- 
trans., iv. 3.8: v. l. wepippéw. 

TEpl-TTAUPSW, Wow, to fence or puli- 
sade about, A., vil. 4. 14. 

Tepiotepa, as, a dove, pigeon, held 
sacred by the Syrians from the tradi- 
tion that the great queen Semiramis 
was nourished as an infant by doves, 
and at death changed into a dove, i. 
4. 9. 

Tmepittevo or Tepicoevw, evow, to 
reach beyond, outflank, G., iv. 8. 11. 

MTEpLTTSS OF Teptoods, 7, dv, (7eEpi) 
over and above, superfluous, spare, il. 
2.38: vii. 6.31: of repirroi the men or 
forces beyond, iv. 8.11: To wepirrov the 
surplus, residue, v. 3. 13. 

TEPL-TVYXAVH,* TevEoual, TETUXNKA, 
2a. érvxov, to happen about, happen 
to be near, meet, vi. 6. 7. 

Tepi-pavas (repi-pavyjs seen around, 
fr. gaivw) conspicuously, evidently, 
mantfestly, iv. 5. 4. 

Trept-épw,* oicw, évivoxa, to carry 
round, A., Vii. 3.24. Der. PERIPHERY. 

tep(-poBos, ov, greatly alarmed, 
much terrified, in great alarm or ter- 
Tor) wae Le. 

Tlépons, ov, a Persian, one of a peo- 
ple early restricted to the country of 
Persis (IIepois, in its native form Par- 
sa, whence the modern /ars) north- 
east of the Persian Gulf and south of 
Media, but by successive conquests 
extending their power ‘‘from India 
even unto Ethiopia, over an hundred 
and seven and twenty provinces ” 
(Esther, 1. 1), an empire far greater 
than any before presented in history. 
In the time of Xen., the Persians had 
lost their early simplicity and vigor, 
and soon after fell an easy prey to the 
arms of Alexander. After their un- 
successful attempts to conquer Greece 
in the reigns of Darius and Xerxes, 
they interfered in Greek affairs chiefly 
by their money, which they employed 
in subsidizing states and corrupting 
public men. i. 2. 20 (as adj.); 5. 8. 

LTlepo ite, low 1, to speak Persian, 





iv. 5. 34. 
iIlepounés, 7, dv, Persian: 76 Iep- 
otxov [se. bpxnua] dpxetcOa to daice 


Tlepouorl 


the Persian [dance], also called éxXa- 
cua from the dancer’s often sinking 
tipon. the ‘knee: 11. 24275) 82402 mi. 
arb Aeris wa. d..10. 

iIlepovori adv., in the Persian lan- 
guage, in Persian, iv. 5. 10. 

TEPVT WSS, 7}, OV, (TepvoL A Year Ago) 
of the last year, last year’s, v. 4. 27% 
Teorey, -v, See mimTw, ili. 1. 11. 

méTaov, ov, (reravvum to expand) 
a leaf, v. 4.12. Der. PETAL. 

TETOMAL,* TeTITOMAL, USU. TTITO- 
par, 2 a. érriunv & érrauny, to fly, 
1. 5. 82 vi. 1. 23 (v. Ul. wepemérouar). 
t1rétpa, as, @ rock ; a mass of rock, 
large stone; 1.4.4: iv. 2.3, 20? 7.4, 
10214. Der. PETRI-FY, PETR-OLEUM. 
taretpo-BoAla, as, (Bd\X\w) the throw- 
ing of stones, stoning, vi. 6. 15. 

TETPOS, OV, 0, a Stone, iv. 2. 202 7. 
12: vil. 7.54. Der. PETER. 

amep- in redupl. for gep-, 159 a. 

Tmepvraypeves (fr. pf. p. pt. of du- 
AdTrw) guardedly, cautiously, ii. 4. 24. 

TH, TH, WH, or wy, also encl., (ds) 
in some or any way, by any means ; 
TH mev.. 17 O€, tn one view or respect 
. . mn another, on some accounts. . on 
others, partly . . partly: ii. 1.12? 
iv. 8.11: vi. 1. 20 (6 ad for 17 6é) ? 

THY, 7s, u fountain, spring, source, 
comm. in pl., 1.2.78; 4:10: iv. 13: 

THYVUpL,” wyéw, wémnxa l., (2 pf. 
wérnya am fixed), to make fast or 
solid, stiffen, freeze, benumb with cold, 
A., 1v.5.3: P. & M. to be frozen, 
Jreeze (intrans.), vii. 4. 3. 

a7daXtov, ov, (r7yddv an oar) a broad 
steering-oar or rudder (the Greek ves- 
sel comm. having two, one on each 
side of the stern, but often connected 
by a cross-bar), v. 1. 11. 

mndOs, 00, 6, mud, mire, 1.5.78: 
ses an li 

THXVS, ews, 0, a cubit, = 14 Greek 
feet, iv. 7. 16. 

Iliypys, nros, 6, Pigres, an inter- 
preter to Cyrus, prob. a Carian, i. 2. 
eae, 08: 12: 

melo, éow, to press, oppress, A.: P. 
to be hard pressed, pressed or crowded 
together, oppressed or weighed down, i. 
10's 1. 419, 27, 48: vv. 8. 13k 

amuxpos, a, dv, bitter, iv. 4. 18. 

aTriTAnpt,” wryjow, wéwAHKA, (7AEWS 
full) to fill, A. G., i. 5. 10. 


Tivw,* mlouat (t), wémwKa, 2 a. rior, 


108 


Thatovov 


poto, to drink, A., iv. 5. 82: vi. 1. 43 
4.11. Der. POTATION, SYM-POSIUM. 
TUTpAcKw,” wémpaka, f. pf. wempd- 
goual, (pr. a. comm. supplied by rw- 
Aéw, and f. and aor. by dmodécouar, 
amediunv) to sell, A. G. of price, vii. 1. 
36:3 2.16); 1 265 "Seis 
witTw,* Tecotmal, mémTwKa, 2 a. 
érecov, to fall, eis: to fall in battle, 
be slain: 1. 8. 28: ii. 3. 18: iii. 1. 11: 
iv. 5.7. Der. A-PTOTE, DI-PTOTE. 
ThoiSns or Ilacidys, ov, a Pi- 
sidian. The Piside were a race of 
bold, tameless robbers, occupying the 
western range of Mt. Taurus, where, 
in their mountain fastnesses, they 
long maintained their independence, 
and annoyed their neighbors by their 
ravages. The important but difficult 
work of their subjugation seemed a 
proper object for an expedition by 
Cyrus. The present occupants of this 
region have a marked resemblance to 
them... Lod. 3° 2. Se 
tmoretvo, evow, rericrevxa, to trust, 
believe, confide in, rely upon, D. 1. (A.), 
1, 2.2; 3. 165 9: S va 
miotis, ews, 7, (relOw) faith, con- 
jidence, trust ; good faith, fidelity ; a 
ground of confidence, az assurance, 
pledge ; i. 2.26; 6.3: iil. 2.8; 3 4. 
TieTOS, 7, OV, C., S., (weiOw) that 
may be trusted, trusty, trustworthy, 
faithful, devoted; trusted, confiden- 
tial, in one’s confidence ; D.: ot miarol, 
a special term for the trusty or con- 
Jidential attendants or officers of a Per- 
sian prince: 1.4.15; 5.15; 6.3: i1.5. 
22: mucrd subst., trustworthy things, 
tokens of good faith, pledges, assur- 
ances, solemn sanctions, I. (A.), 1. 6. 7: 
i. 3. 26 5°44 s"ivaeSeee 
lmuorétys, ros, 7, faithfulness, 
Jidelity, 1. 8. 29. 
mitus, vos, 7, pinus, @ pine-tree, 
pine, iv. 7. 6. 
twAdyLOS, a, ov, (wAdyos side) in a 
side direction, slanting, oblique: eis 
wraytov obliquely: eis Ta maya to 
or against the sides or flanks, to the 
right and left: i. 8.10: ill. 4. 14. 
mdaicov, ov, (akin to mAarvs) @ 
rectangle ; of troops, a sguare. This 
square, which could present a front to 
the enemy on each side, might be 
either hollow, or filled with troops, 
or, as was common on a harassed 





TAAVAOPAL 


march, occupied in the centre by the 


ae -followers and baggage. 1. 8.9: 
mm 2565 4..19, 43. 
EAcwiope, Hooual, wemAavnuar, 


(whavn a wandering) to wander about, 
petceoove taf. Der. PLANET. 
ahatos, €0s, Td, (rAaTUs) width, 
breadth, v. 4.32. Cog. PLAT, PLATE. 
whatTrw, mdow, wétdaka |., to 
mornld, shape : M. to fabricate, frame, 
invent, e. g. falsehoods, 582, A., il. 
64262. Der. PLASTIC, PLASTER. 
watts, ela, U, c. vTEpos, wide, 
broad, iii. 4.22. Der. PLATY-PUS. 
imheOptaios, a, ov, extending a hun- 
dred feet, i. 5. 45 7.15: iv. 6. 4. 
ahéOpov, ov, a “plethron or plethrum, 
a hundred feet (in our measure, about 
101 ft., 14 in.), i. 2.5, 23: i. 4. 9. 
mMelioy or WAéwv more, TAEioTos 
most, see modUs, 1. 1.63 3. 7. 

tEx@,* e&w, plecto, plico, to plait, 
braid, A., iil. 3.18. Der. COM-PLEX. 

TAEOV-EKTEW, 7TW, TETNEOVEKTHKA, 
(rdéov éxw) to have or get more, have 
the advantage, gain the ascendency, 
emmeroisrespeet, wie t37: v. 4.15. 

arevp, as, a rib (pl. side or sides); 
a side or flank of an army: 111.2.36s: 
mete 16). 4. > Der. PLEURISY. 

TAEw,* TevTouat or -coojmat, wém)ev- 
Ka, a. érdevoa, to sail, go by sea, €v, 
modsmaces, Ao. Vos OL 17-2 Ve 10. 

Théo, Théov, see moAvs, 1. 2. 11. 

Saha is, (wANTTO) plaga, a blow, 
i. 5.11: nu. 4. 11.- Der. PLAGUE. 

ienates, eos, TO, fulness, abundance, 
multitude ; great quantity, extent, or 
number ; amount, total, number or 
numbers ; the multitude, mass, main 
or common body; 1.5.9; 7.4; 8.18: 
Pili = ive: 8s Ve 5.4. 

wAHGw in pr. and ipf., (wAéws ful7) 
to be full, i. 8.1: li. 1. 7: see dyopd, 
TiuwAnut. Der. PLETHORIC. 

TAY * (rhéov more than) adv. as 
prep., except, save, G., 1.1.6; 8.6: 
—conj., except, but ; except that, save 
that; 1.-2. 24: 8. 20, 25 ; 9.29. 

TANpHS, €s, (wAéws full) plénus, 


109 





> 


Tovey 


adv. whyolov, near, nigh, close by, G., 
1.8.1: v. 2.11: also used w. the art. 
as an adj. (c. rAnovairepos, s. -aiTaros), 
near, neighboring, nearest, D., 1.10.5: 
ii. 4.16; iv. 8.13:—fr. wédas near. 
TAYTTO,* mrAHEw, 2 pf. wérrnya, 
2a. p. erry, to strike, sinite, wound, 
NE Vn Onc, Seles vi. 1 5 - (Stronger 
than waiw). Der. APO-PLEXY. 
taAtv@.vos, 7, ov, made or built of 
brick, ii. 4. 11. 
awAtvGos, ov, 7, & brick, whether 
baked by nie or dried in the sun, il. 
4.12: 11. 4.7. Der. PLINTH. 
aotov, ay (7wAEéw) a vessel, esp. & 
merchant or transport vessel, more 
oval in form than the ship of war 
(vats or Tptnpns) and chiefly propelled 
by sails ; @ ship of burden, transport ; 
a boat, (as for fishing, crossing or 
bridging a river, &c.), canoe ; 1. 2.55; 
AON] See fe Love 4. Le encpoy, 1 
a long vessel, 1. e. ship of war, in dis- 
tinction from the rounder ship of 
burden, v. 1. 11. 
més, ov, contr. rods, of, 6, exe) 
a voyage, sailing ; hence, sing. and pl., 
weather jor sailing: G., els, €&: v. 7. 
heme So stan 
[-trX00s -fold, akin to 3éxw, 240. 4. | 
TwAotvetos, a, ov, c., rich, wealthy, 
1 On E6I: vii. 3. 18; 12 28: 
tadovotes adv., in wealth, iii. 2. 26? 
TrAovtée, how, TeTAOUT Ka, to-be or 
oe rich, to possess or acquire wealth, 
Gre. 9s 19s 6. 21 vie 7. 9, 28, 42; 
trdoutife, icw 1, memdovrika, to 
make rich, enrich, A., vii. 6. 9. 
[wrhodros, ov, 0, Ganeos full) wealth, 
riches. Der. Piurvs. ] 
Trvetpa, atos, 76, wind, breath, iv. 
5.4: vi.l.14; 2.1. Der. PNEUMATICS, 
TVEW,* musinouce. mémrvevka, to blow, 
br eathe, Iv. 5. 3. Der. DYS-PN@A. 
avtyw,* Ew, to choke, drown, A., V. 
(he PAD 
mo-damrés, 7, dv, (wos; & Sdmedov 
ground, or amd) cujas? of what coun- 
try ? iv. 4. 17. 
Tiro8-Apys, es, (ap-) reaching to the 


full, com-plete, filled with, abounding | feet, 1. 8. 9. 


Pee. (a Oe Fe 32 Be OA ily 8. 
10: vil. 5.5; Cog. PLENARY, PLENTY. 
Trryovdt{o, dow, tem nolaka, to come 
or draw near, approach, D., 1.5.2: 
Iwoen6: 2 v15.. 26) 

[wAyolos, a, ov, poet., near :] hence 


Trodi{e, icw 1d, to fasten by the feet, 
fetter, i1i1..4. 35. 
Todds, Today, &c., see movs, 1. 2. 8. 
awoGev ; (és ;) unde, whence? v. 4.7. 
TroQev encl. , (rds) from any place or 
quarter, vi. 3. 15. 


< 


wrobew 


troWée, ow, werd0nxa 1., to long, 


110 


Two\XaTTAdgLos 


Totos, a, ov, interrog., (rds ;) qualis? 


earnestly desire, be anxious, I., Vi. 4.8.|0f what kind? what kind or state of ? 
moos, ov, 0, ford desire, longing for, |what? ii. 5. 7,13: iti. 1. 14. 


Gn To. 


T Todepéw, yow, remto\eunka, to war, 


mot encl., (rds) to some or any place, |make or carry on war, be at war, per- 
in any direction, some- or any-where|form in war, D. AE., wpés or éwi, i. 1. 


(= -whither), v. 1. 8: vi. 3. 10. 
Tow, ow, memoinxa, to MAKE 
or DO, but translated variously acc. 
to the connection: thus, to WAKE, 
Jorm, construct, erect, appotnt, ren- 
der, wnstitute, organize ; to cause, pro- 
duce, secure, give, induce, influence, 
enable (rw. wu to prevent); to make in 
fancy, suppose; A. D., 2 A. (or A. & 
aij.) I: (A:), mores a. 1. 2:56. 23-65 
ALG AVON 22 S71 Oey vat 48s 
am. exxAnoiav to call an assembly, 1. 4. 
12; dBov zx. to strike terror, 1. 8.18: 
—to DO, perform, accomplish, effect, 
execute; to do (good, evil, &c.), be- 
stow, inflict; to act, proceed; AR. 
(esp-sneut.jad)j.) Alc ps 124/114 5s 
7; 9.11: iv.2.23; w. ed, xaxds, &c., 
to treat, serve, do well or ill by, do 
good or evil to, benefit, injure, &c., A., 
13,85 16..9): M. to MAKE or DO 
for one’s self, make one’s own; in 
general like the act., but more sub- 
jective, and oftener used with an acc. 
as =.a verb cognate w. the acc. (é&é- 
Tacw moeicOac or moety to make a 
review, to review, 1. 2.9,14); A., 2 A.; 
POLO fF et 9-20: ave BLQE's 
orovdas roveiy to offer a libation, but 
orovddas moetcOae to offer a libation 
together, to make a treaty or truce, il. 
3. 8: iv. 3. 14: —to cause to be made, 
have or procure made, A., 581, v. 3. 
5:—to put, place, bring, set, station, 
form, ch. in expressing military posi- 
tion or arrangement, A., i. 6.9; 10. 
9: vi. 5. 5s, 18, 253; dp0iovs roretc@ar 
or moety to form in columns, iv. 8.10, 
12,148; rpix7q moetobar to form in 
three divisions, iv. 8. 15 (cf. dixa); év 
atoppyTw moeicbar to put under seal 
of secrecy, vii. 6. 43 : — in expressing 
value, to make to one’s self, make of 
account, esteem, regard, account, A., 
1. wept, mapa, 1.9. 7, 162118318: wa 
1.11; 6.11. Der. PoEM, PoET. 
Ltrointéos, a, ov, to be or that must be 
_ made or done (one must make or do), 
Di A). el bs aD ey Sb wade. 
toukidos, 7, ov, varicgated, many- 
colored, embroidered, tattooed, i. 5. 8. 





5, 883 3.4 61, 62 eee 

T ToAeLLKes, 7, ov, S., warlike, skilled 
or able in war, fitted for war, ii. 6.1, 
7: Ta w. warlike affairs, iii. 1. 38: 
onuaive TO mw. to give the signal for 
attack, sound the charge, iv. 3. 29: 
avexparye modeutkdv gave a war-shout, — 
vil. 3. 33. Der. POLEMICS. 

i twodepikas, s. rata, hostilely : 7. 
éxew to be hostile or on terms of hostil- 
Pema io Leos I 

Trod€pos, a, ov, c., s., relating to 
war; hostile, at war with ; belonging 
to an enemy, of enemies, the enemy's : 
subst. wodéptos an enemy, of m. the 
enemy,  twodenia [sc. xwpa] the ene- 
my’s country, ta ™. the affairs of war 
or military affairs: D., G.: 1. 2.19; 
4.5; 5.16; 6.1: iii. 3. 5: iv. 7. 19s. 

TdAEpOS, ov, 0, (Toew to haunt) bel- 
lum, war, warfare, mpés: Ta eis Tov 
w. €pya warlike exercises: 0 Bev mT. 
the hostility of the gods: 1.6.6; 9. 5, 
14: 0. 5: 7 pal. 258 Sa eee 

trokifte, icw .@, to build up into a 
city, colonize, A., vi. 6. 4. 

Trrodt-opkéw, jou, (cipyw) to hem in 
a city, besiege, invest, beleaguer, block- 
ade, A.,-1.1. 7; 4.22 18, 48 Sa 

TOALS, ews, 7, (akin to wodvs) a city, 
town, comm. fortified, and often dis- 
tinguished in the Anab. as inhabited 
or deserted (several cities on the route 
being in the latter condition from war 
or political changes); a body of citi- 
zens, state ; a citadel (the Acropolis at 
Athens being sp. so called); i.1.6,8s: 
ii, 6.13; vil. 1.27. Der. Na-PrEs: 

Lwddtopa, aros, 76, (wodigw) that 
which is built up like a city, a czty, 
town, usu. of the smaller size, iv.7.17. 

faoAtrevw, evow, to be a citizen, live 
or dwell as a citizen, ili. 2. 26. 

LaoXirys, ov, a citizen, v.3.9s. Der. 
POLITICS. 

TrodkAdkis many times, often, fre- 
quently, repeatedly, 1.2.11: vii. 3. 41. 

Tmodda-TAdcios, a, ov, (rhaTTw to 


form) mantfold, manifold more ; many 


times as much, many, or numerous: 
ToA\aTAdoLoe Yudy many times your 


TONAX Fj 


oun number: 1.7.3: iii. 2.14, 16: 
eis, nD. 21. 

trodkAax 7H or -Xq in many places or 
cases, often, vil. 3. 12. 

trohAaxod in many places, on many 
occasions, often, iv. 1. 28. 

}mohv-év9pwTros, ov, populous, 11. 4.13. 

tarodv-apxta, as, (épxw) @ command | a 
wested in many, multiplicity of com- 
mand, man y commanders, vi. 1. 18. 

+ IIodv- Kparys, cos, Polycrates,a trust- 
éd and useful lochage from Athens, iv. 
5. 24: v..1. TloduBarrys or -Barns. 

{ILoAv-vixos, ov, Polynicus, an en- 
voy to the Cyreans from the Spartan 
commander Thibron, vil. 6. 1, 39. 

tirodv-TpayLovew, 770, (anparypas) to 
be busy about many things, meddle, 
intrigue, AE.: 7. Te to cngage in some 
aminigue, Vv. 1.15. 

TOAVS,* mod}, Wodv, C. TAELwY OF 
Tréwy, S. TetaTos, (akin to wAéws full) 
much ; many or numerous, ch. in pl.; 
also, acc. to the subject, large, great, 
in great quantity or numbers, in abun- 
dance, abundant, plentiful, extensive, 
long, deep, loud, &c.; 1.1.6; 2.18; 
8. 2, 7,14; 7. 4: sometimes pleonas- 
tically used or followed by kai q. v., 
Foe, i 5: 9; 3.18: iv. 6.27 (ef. iii. 
5. 1): modX\oi many, of moddoi the 
many, the most, the majority, ii. 1. 3, 
10: moAd%, sc. 063s, a long way or 
journey, Vi. 3.16: of wretoror or THei- 
oTot (533) plurimi, the most (also 7. 
very many), 1.5.2,13:— wodd subst. 
or ady., much, a great part, greatly, 
very, & great distance, far, long ; so 
ToAU or ToA\N@ often w. the compar.; 
€x To\Xo, Sc. dcaorHuatos, from a dis- 
lances 1.5.28: U.5,32::. 11.3.9 : iv 
1.11: see dé&ios, éri: Td todd the 
much, the [great] greater part, the 
most, 1.4.13: vil. 7.36: ws émi TO 
mon as things are for the most part, 
commonly, 711, ii. 1. 42s? oda 
many things, much, often, dia mora 
for many reasons, 1.9.22: iv.3.2:— 
whetov or mAéov plus, subst. or adj. 
(often as indecl. 507e), or adv., more, 
1.2.11; 4.14 (by pleonasm): é« mhei- 
ovos from a greater distunce, sooner, i. 
10. 11 :— wheiorov or tActore subst. 
or adv., the most, farthest ; very much ; 
most or very plentifully ; i. 2.12: 
i. 2. 31: vii. 6.35; -7. 1. See:moéw. 
Der. POLY-GON, POLY-GLOT. 


111 











Tropitw 


1IIodt-etpatos, ov, Polystratus, an 
Athenian, father of Lycius, iii. 3. 20. 

laokv-teAns, és, (TéAos) expensive, 
Costly: Tich, 1. 5:8, 

TOA OF TAA, aTos, 7, (Tivw) a 
drink, iv. 5. 27. 
TOUTH, 7s, (réumw) a sending forth, 

a solemn procession, v.5.5. Der. POMP. 

tirovéw, now, memdvynka, to labor, toil, 
incur toil, undergo hardship ; to ob- 
tain by totl, A.: 1.4.14; 9.19: ii. 6. 
6: vu. 6. 10, 41. 

Ttrovnpos, 4, dv, causing toil or hard- 
ship (or in this sense zrévnpos) ; hence 
bad, evil, disastrous, mischievous, 
wretched, worthless, troublesome, dan- 
gerous ; base, vile, villanous, wicked, 
unprincipled, evil-disposed, mpds: li. 
badd, 4 1G Sc. wits bBo Ae, 

Trovypws or woynpas, with toil or 
difficulty, i, 4. 19. 

tTévos, ov, 6, (révouac) toil, labor, 
hardship, trouble, difficulty : ot nuére- 
po m. the fruits of our toil: 11. 5.18: 
li. 1.12: vii. 6.9. Der. GEO-PONICS 

TOVTOS, OV, 0, @ Sea or Sea- basin 
(while @dXarra signifies rather the 
water of the sea, or the body of sea- 
water); hence, even the region about 
@ sea, as its basin : 6 Ildvros the Pon- 
tus, sp. used for 6 Ilévros Hvéewos the 
Euxine or Black Sea, or its basin or 
surrounding region, iv. 8.22: v.1.1; 
6. 15s,19s. Der. Pontie. 

tmopela, as, &@ journey, march, pas- 
sage, course, route, way, mode of trav- 
elling : Thy 7m. ee nicirOan to make the 
march, pursue one’s journey, to march, 
YORE Aik 20 toil. 2. AM, ite, M55 
4, 36, 44: iv. 4.18: v. 6. 12. 

{mopevtéos, a, ov, necessary to be 
passed or crossed, which one must cross, 
D.: mopeuvtéov (é€ariv) it is necessary to 
march or proceed, one must, &c., AE.: 
dep LP Osc. Ov. Pees ob all 

TOPEVM, EVTW, a. P. aS ML. ErropEevOyny, 
(ropos) to make go, convey: M. to go, 
procecd, march, advance, set forth, 
journey, travel, esp. by land, AE., 
dud, é€mi, mapd, mpos, &c., 1.2.1, 4; 
fhe elise LAN. dad, Ae AG. We oe N 

TropViw, yow, TemrdpOnka, (1répOw to 
ravage) to ravage, lay waste, plunder, 
ca Nialesel Ane SAL, yk 

tropt{a, icw 1, memdpixa, to provide, 
supply, furnish, bestow, A. D., li. 3.5: 
il.3.20; 5.8:—W. to provide for one’s 


TOpos 


self, supply one’s self with, procure, 
AO 6 = ai. 1: 20. Der PORISM: 

TOpos, ov, 0, (7épa) a way across OY 
through, passage, ford ; hence, a re- 
source, provision, means, mpds: il. 5. 
200s iy: 3.13, 20... DersPorE. 

moppw (later for mpdcw, old Att. 
mopow, 104, 157) far from, G., 1.3.12. 

mopipsos, é€a, eov, contr. ods, a, 
obv, (woppipa the purple-fish) purpu- 
reus, purple, 1.5.8. Cog. PORPHYRY. 

[ards an old indef.and interrog. pron., 
remaining in ov, od, 774, 77, &c. | 

moat, see movs, i. 5. 3. 

TOoOS, 7, ov, interrog., (rds ;) quan- 
tus ? how much? how large or great ? 
ikea eve Sel tar exclam.. var. 
20: mécov ; how far? vii. 3. 12. 

TOTALS, ov, 6, (qords, as if drink- 
able water) a river, 1. 2. 5,78: see 
5221. Der. MESO-POTAMIA. 

mote encl. indef. adv., (ads) at some 
or any time, once, ever; sometimes 
strengthening a direct or indirect in- 
terrog., as émoc moré where in the 
world ; i. 5.7 (64 w., also written 67- 
more); 9.6: iii. 4.10 (cf. 7); 5. 13. 

TOTES, a, ov, (mds ;) which of two ? 
hence adv., worepov or mérepa in in- 
quiry between two suppositions (the 
second, which is connected by %, be- 
ing sometimes understood), whether, 
usu. expressed in Eng. in indirect 
question only (cf. Lat. utrum . . an), 
MMS 13 10, 2s 8. WF ev. 8. 

Larotépws in which way or on which 
supposition of two? e .. Hei, vii.7.30. 
tmorhptoy, ov, a drinking-cup, v1. 1.4. 

ToTSS, 7, ov, (7ro- in wivw) drinkable, 
POTABLE, to drink : subst. torév or -a 
drink: 1.10. 18: ii. 3. 27: iv. 5. 8? 

|aréres, ov, 6, a symposium or ban- 
quet, drinking, ii. 3.15: vil. 3. 26. 
Der. POTATION. 

wov interrog. adv., (més,;) ubi? 
where? 11. 4.15: v. 8..2. 

aov encl. indef. adv., (ads) some- 
where, anywhere ; hence, as a general 
indef., perhaps, I suppose; 1. 2. 27: 
li. 3. 6: iv. 8. 21 (of time)? v. 7. 13. 

movs,* odds, 6, pes, Sans. pad, a 
FOOT: émi wéda dvaxwpetv to retreat 
[stepping back upon the foot] faciny 
the foe or without turning. As a 


measure of length, the standard Greek 
foot (the Olympic) was about 4% of an 
inch longer, while the Roman was 


112 


T= peo pus 


about 4 of an inch shorter, than our 
own. 1.2: 8; 5.3:.iv. Gas 
Der. ANTI-PODES, TRI-POD, POLY-PUS. 

TPGYyLA, aTos, TO, (TpdTTw) a thing 
done, deed, affair, event, occurrence, 
circumstance, case, matter : pl. affatrs, 
state of affairs, business, troublesome 
business ; hence, trouble, annoyance, 
dificulty: 1.1. 113 sja soaker 
1.17: vi. 3. 6. Der. PRAGMATIC. 

larpaypatevopat, evcouat, trempayyud- 
Tevuat, to be busy about, labor to effect, 
Aey Vilo Ovieos 

TPAEwv, see mpdos, i. 4. 9. 

Tmpaviys, és, (pd) pronus, inclined 
forward, PRONE; sleep in descent: 
70 w. the steep, slope, place or ground 
below : 1.5. 8: il. 4.1252 See 

Tpatts, ews, 7, (rpaTTw) transaction, 
business, undertaking, enterprise, 1. 3. 
16, 18s: vii. 6.17. Der. PRAXIS. 

Tmpaos (Or Mpagos),* mpaela, mpaor, 
gentle, tame, 1. 4. 9. 

TpaTTw, mpdkw, mémpaxa, (mrepaw) 
to pass through an action, incident, 
or course of conduct or fortune; fo 
do, transact, PRACTISE, perform, effect ; 
to manage, bargain, negotiate ; to take 
or pursue a course; AE. dtd, epi, 
&e.; 1.6.6: i. 5. 2h ya 2p ee 
exact, DEMAND, require, 2 A., Vil. 6. 
17 :— to do for one’s self, fare, succeed, 
e§ or Kad@s, kaxWs, otTw, ayald, TA0E 
(as follows), &c., 1.9. 10 1 Gree 
6: vi. 38.2: & mpadtro how he was 
succeeding, vii. 4. 21. Ilovéw refers 
rather to the effect produced, and 
mpattw to the occupation through 
which it is produced; while zoéw 
refers more to the effect produced 
upon another than wpdttw. To ex- 
press definite acts, mocéw is more used ; 
but to express a cowrse of action or 
fortune, mpatTw. Der. PRACTICAL. 

mpaws or mpgws, (apaos) mildly, 
calmly, 1. 5. 14. 

tmpétrw, eyw, to suit, become, beseem, 
ch. impers., D., 1.51. 9. Ge Ae 

twperPela, as, an embassy, Vil. 3. 21. 
tapexBevtys, of, an ambassador, en- 
voy, vi. 3.10: v. Ll. mpecBirys. 
tmperRetw, evow, wempéoBevka, to be 
an ambassador or envoy, or to go, come, 
or act as one, D., mapd, ii. 1. 18; Vil. 
2. 23; 7. 6. 
ampéoBus,* ews, vy, v, pl. es, o (in 





sing. poet., 238 a), ¢. Urepos, Ss. UTaTOS, 





tmperBuTHS 


(rpérw ?) old ; as subst., (since old men 
were ch. so sent) an ambassador, en- 
woy, deputy : c. older, elder, elderly ; 
subst., an elder: s. oldest, eldest : 
oe 9 >: Tt. 1.10: im. 1.14, 28, 
34. Der. PRESBYTER, PRIEST. 

LapeoBirns, ov, an old man, Vi. 3.102 

mplac bau, &c., to buy, see avéouat. 

tapty * adv. or conj., prius, before, 
before that, ere, sooner than, until, 
even used after words already express- 
ing precedence (7picbev, POdvw, Xc.); 
comm. w. a finite mode after nega- 
tion, but otherwise 1.(A.), 703a; 1. 1. 
Mien Zo; 4.13,16; 8.19: n. 5. 
33: iv. 5. 1 (mpiv 7 2), 30. 

5* prep. w. gen., (cf. pre, pro) be- 
fore : local, before, in front of (to pro- 
tect, r. as a defence against, &c.), 1. 2. 
17; 4.4: vii.8.18 :— temporal, before, 
1.7.13 : — causal, &e., in behalf of, for, 
wi G227,50; ci.vi.1.8. - In compos., 
before, beforehand, previously, for- 
ward, forth, publicly, in behalf or de- 
Jence of. — Hence, c. & s. adjectives 
MpO-TE90S, (Tpd-aTos) MPATOS, q. V., 
262d; cf. pre, prior, primus, fore, 
former, foremost or first. Der. pRo- 
PHET, PRO-EM. 

Tpo-ayopeva, evrw, 7 Opevka, (comm. 
f. ép&, pf. eipnxa, 2 a. eirov) to say or 
announce before others, proclaim, pub- 
lish, communicate publicly, A.D., 671, 
eee i 2s 20: vil. 7.13: 

Tpo-ayw,* diw, Aya, 2 a. Hyavor, 
to lead or proceed forward, advance, 
Weeive 6: 21 -vi. 5, 6s, 11. 

MpO0-OLpew,* Yow, HonKa, 2 a. efor, 
to take before: M. to choose before, 
selech A., vi, 6. 19. 

Tpo-atcOavopar,” Ojcoual, YoOnuac, 
2 a. noOiuny, to perceive or dascover be- 
Jorchand, A. P., i. 1. 7. 

mpo-ay-anloxo,* -d\wow, -AdAwKa, 
to spend in advance, A., vi. 4. 8? 

mpo-aTro-rpér,* eww, TéTpoga, 2 a. 
m.éTpatouny, to turn back previously, 
Peis bot. 

Tpo-apxXopat, dpouar, Hpyuat, to be- 
gin first or before the rest, 1., 1. 8.17? 

tpo-Baive,* Bjcouat, BéBnka, 2a. 
éBnv, to step or go forth or forward, 
advance, proceed, ii. 1.13: iv. 2. 28? 

tpo-BddAhw*, Bard, BEBAnxa, 2 a. 
éBarov, to throw before: M. to throw 
before one’s self; to bring forward, 
propose ; A.; 7. Ta dda to throw for- 


LEX. AN. 


113 


i. | fore, mpd ° 


TPOEXw 


ward or hold forth one’s arms, to pre- 
sent arms ; mwpoBeBAnuévos, sc. TiHy 
aomida, having thrown his shield be- 
Tees ave 2. 2A yale 2 
2.6. Der. PRO-BLEM. 

{mpoPatvov, ov, dim., a small sheep, 
vi. 3. 22: v. 1. rpdBarov. 

tmpopatov, ov, (7po-Baivw) usu. pl., 
animals that go forth to pasture, cat- 
tle; ch. of small cattle, esp. sheep ; 
li. 4.27: ii. 5.9: vi. 3. 3,32? 4. 22. 

tpo-Bodn, 7s, (rpo-Badrw) the pre- 
sentation of arms, a charge, vi. 5. 25 ? 

tmpo-Bovretw, evow, BeBovdevKa, to 
plan in advance or behalf of another, 
lead in counsel, G., iii. 1. 37. 

T™pO-yovos, ov, 0, (yiyvouat) a fore- 
father, ancestor, iii. 2. 11, 13: vii. 2. 
22. Cog. PRO-GENITOR. 

tpo-dldepu,* dwow, dédwxa, a. ZwKka 
(6, &c.), to give forth, give up, sur- 
render, betray, desert, forsake, aban- 
Wifi. Ne Dil os Dt ii, bed. aed oe 

mpo-dioKke,* Ew or Fouat, dediwxa, to 
follow forth, advance in pursuit, iii. 3. 
10: v. 1. duwKe. 
tipo-SdTys, ov, a betrayer, traitor, 
I Di ad savie 6.1): 

mpo-Sotvat, -Sovs, see po- -i5eut. 

™po- Spapsy, see mpo-Tpéxw, 1. 5. 2. 

| rpo-Spopn, 7s, arunning forth, out- 
run, sally, iv. 7. 10. 

mpo-Sa, -Sao@, see mpo-didwpue. 

Tpo-etAdpunv, see mpo-atpéw, V1. 6. 19. 

Tpd-erpt,* ipf. jew, (eluc) to go for- 
ward or before, go on, advance, pro- 
ceed, precede, dé, eis, &c., 1. 2.17; 
ole VA Seon. 1 2) 6, 21 2°29: 

ampo-etmov, 2 a. to mpo-ayopedw or 
mpo-héyw, i. 2. 17. 

Tpo-aorHKelv, See mpo-loTnut,1. 2.1? 

tmpo-chatyw,* é\dow EXO, EANAaKa, 
to ride forward or before, push on or 
forward, advance, i.10.16: vi. 3.14. 

Tpo-EAHAVOA,-eAOdv, see mpo-epxouae. 

Tpo-epyafopwat,* dooua, eipyaouat, 
to work out or carn before or previous- 
hy, hs vas £24; 

Tpo-epxop.ar,* éAevoouat, éjAvOa, 
2a. 7\Gov, to go, come, or march for- 
ward or before, to advance, proceed, A. 
of extent, es, 11. 3.3: ll. 3. 63 4. 37. 

mpo-epu, f. to mpo-ayopevw or mpo- 
Neyo, wae 7.13): of 3: 

mpo-<o Oa, -Mevos, See mpo-inp. 

Tpo- eT HKELY, see mpo-loT nut, 1. 2. 1? 

Tpo-€xw, * &Ew, ox Ka, to have one’s 


H 


ae ae Ns We 


Tponyeopwar 


self before another, to surpass, have 
the advantage of, G. or r. A., ili. 2.19. 

TpO-nyeomar, yooual, Hynuat, to lead 
jorward, AE., vi. 5.10; yil.,3. 42? 

Tpo-yyopéew, ow, (mpo- “Yyopos an 
advocate, tr. dyopd) to speak in behalf 
of others, v. 5. 7. 

Tpo-wyeuv, See mpd-exut, i. 8. 14. 

a™po-7AGov, see mpo-epxouat, ii. 3. 3. 

mpo-béw,* Pevoouat, to run or hurry 

on before or forward, v. 7. 21? 8. 138. 

tmpo-Oupéopar, yooua, a. mpovduur- 
Onv, to be cager, carnest, zealous, very 
desirous, anxious ; to desire or seek 
earnestly or ardently, VED OM, TANG ie 
to be closely attentive, observe or watch 
closely, ei: 76 mpoOvmetcbat eagerness : 
Woe 24 2 add, fs 1. LOO yp 4, 222 

twpo-Sipla, as, readiness, good-will, 
alacrity, eagerness, zeal, mepi, 1.9.18: 
Wi Op lbs f4p, 

Tr 4-Gdj10s, ov, ¢., 8., having a for- 
ae mind, with good- will, willing qs 
Sorward, ready y, prompt, earnest, eager, 
zealous, i. 3.19; 4.15; eos il, 2.45, 

{mpo-Oipas, c. drepov, willingly, 
readily, earnestly, eagerly, zealously, 
ef AR WORSE ear 0 ice FARES Va ae 

mpo-Ovopar, vooua, to direct a sac- 
vifice, vi. 4.22: v. Ll. mpoOvpéomac. 
arpo-(Sous, -(S@par, see mpo-opdw. 

Tpo-Lévat, -Ldy, see mpd-euut, i. 3. 1. 

tpo-(npu,* ow, eixa, a. ja (@, &c.), 
to send forth, send or grunt to one, D. 
I., vil. 2.15? M. to give up one’s self 
or one’s own, surrender, commit, in- 
trust ; to bestow first or freely ; to give 
up, betray, desert, abandon; A.D., 1.9. 
DS Ze ce ak Aco MN, Oneal «Ad 

tmpo-lornm, * orjow, €or nKa, to place 
before : pf. pret., to stand or be at the 
head of or in command of, preside 
over, lead, rule, command, G., i. 2.1: 
Wied ere Oo 2 NGS, ds ele boat 

mpo-kalw & Att. Kdw,* Katow, Ké- 
kauxa, to burn or kindle before, A. wpé, 
vil. 2.18: v. 2. Kaiw. 

apo-Kahéw, * kahéow KAD, KeKAnKa, 
ch. M., to call forth to one’s self, A. 
eK, vii. 7.2: v. l. mpocxaréw. 

Tpo-KadvTTw,vWw,(Kadvrrwto cover) 
to place a covering before, cover, veil, 
Ay, lh. A. 8. 

mpo-Kata-Géw,* Oevooua, to [run 
along] make an excursion in advance, 
v. 1. xatabéw. 
tmpo-Kata-Kalw & Att. ndw,* kavow, 


114 


Tpoopaw 


xéxauka, to burn [down] or destroy im 
advance or before others, i. 6. 2. 
Tpo-kaTa-AapBave,* AjWoua, et-- 
Anpa, 2a. édaBov, pf. p. eiAnupa, a 
p. EAXRPOny, to seize or occupy in ad- 
vance or beforehand, or before or 
against others, to pre-occupy, secure, 
A. D., 1. 3. 14, 16: i. 5, 18: ai, Aas. 
™po- Keupa,” keloouat, to lie forth, 
jut out, év, vi. 4. 3. 
mpo-K.vdavete, evow, Kexwdbvevka, 
to incur danger [before] in defence or 
behalf of another, VIL. id. alle 
TIpo-«A‘js, gous, Proc’es, a descend- 
ant of the Spartan Damaratus, and 
prince of Teuthrania in Asia ‘Minor, 
who befriended the Cyreans, iV Ee Meee 
Tpo-Kpivw, * KpivG, Kéxpika,a. Dp. éxpt- 
Onv, to select before, prefer, A., vi. 1. 26. 
Tpo-Acya, * New, to tell, bid, or warn 
publicly, vii. 7.3. Der. PROLOGUE. 
TPO-HAXEaV, Gvos, 0, (udxXouat) pro- 
pugnaculum, a rampart, batilement, 
vil. 8.13: v. Ll. mpopaxuv. 
arpo-petamlSiov, ov, (uér-wmov fore- 
head, tr. @y eye) a covering for the © 
forehead, frontlet, head-piece, i. 8. 7. 
TpO-Lvaopar, a.€urynoduny, ipf.mpov- 
pvauny, (uvdouat* to sue) to solicit or 
plead for another, A&., vii. 3. 18. 
TMpo-voew, jaw, vevinxa, also M., to 
think or consider for, take thought or 
provide for or in behalf of, G. AE., Vii. 
1. doors 
ap6-voud, as, (vos) forethought, kind 
or provident care, vii. 7. 52. 
T™po-von.n, 7s, [an arranging forth] 
a regular foray or foraging party, Vv 
1.7: for obv w., v. Ll. cvpmpovopety. 
{ wpo-fevéw, How, mpovéévyka, to act as 
a mpdéevos in setting forth an enter- 
tainment ; hence, to set before, A. D. *s 


ivi. 5. 14. 


apd-fevos, ov, 0, a public quest-friend 
or agent, a citizen of one state, who 
acted as a patron or agent, and enter- 
tainer, for the citizens or ruler of an- 
other state, receiving privileges and 
honors in return, v. 4. 2; 6. 11. 

1 Tlodfevos, ov, Proxenus, a Cyrean 
general from Thebes in Beotia, and 
an intimate friend of Xenophon, who 
writes his eulogy without concealing 
his defects as a commander, i. 1. 113 
5. 14: id. 10); 6, Ge eee 

ampo-oluny, see mpo-inut, i. 9. 10. 
Tpo-opdw, * dWouat,ewpakaor é5paKa, 


TPOTreWITOD 


2 a. eldov, to sce in front or before one, 
perceive beforchand, see coming, i. 8. 
20: so M., vi. 1. 8? 

mpo-méwre,* réupw, remoupa,toserd 
before, forward, or forth ; to attenu, 
accompany, escort; A.; li.2.15: iv. 4. 
5: vi.1.23: — IL. to send forvard, as 
if intending to follow, A., vii. 2. 14. 

aTpo-Tive,* mioua (t), mémwxa, 2 a. 
ériov, to drink first, then passing the 
cup to another, the usual Greek meth- 
od of drinking his health ; hence, to 
drink to one, drink one’s health, A. D., 
Veo. vi. 2.23; 3. 26s. 

Tpo-Tovew, jow, weTdvyka, to labor 
in advance or behalf of another, lead 
in toil, G., iii. 1. 37. 

pds a (8 689i) prep., (a) w. 
GEN., in front of (esp. w. the idea of 
some action or influence proceeding 
from), in sight of, before, by, from, on 
the part of, i. 6. 6: il. 5. 20: hence to 
express agency, w. pass., &c., 1.9.20: 
li. 3.12? 18: in adjuration, as mp)s 
(ra@v) Beay by the gods, ii. 1.17: iii. 1. 
24:—in the direction fronting, 17 fhe 
direction of, on the side of, towards, 
iv. 3. 26; mpds tov rpdmov in [the di- 
rection of] accordance with tac char- 
acter, i. 2.11:— (b) w. Dart., in front 
of, on the frontier of, face to face with, 
near, by, at, beside ; besides, in addi- 
pomideet 2 10> 8.4.14: 1.8.4: ii 
2. 33: iv. 5. 9, 22:—w. dat. om., as 
adv., 703b, besides [this], moreover, 
Jurther, ili. 2.2:—(c) w. Acc. of 
PERSON (so esp. used), sometimes of 
PLACE, TIME, or THING, to the front 
of, towards, to, before, at, near, 
against, upon, with, (rpds w. ace. 
often = dat., esp. w. words of motion, 
of address, or of friendly or hostile 
aZetion. or relation), i. 1,3, 5s; 2.1; 
Batted ls 5s 75,13 5-9..22 > a. ry 
25; 6.12: iv. 5. 21:—hence, in gen- 
eral, of the object to or towards which 
anything is directed or related in view, 
thought, feeling, purpose, &c., in view 
of, in respect to, concerning, about, for, 
to, in comparison or accordance with, 
eo 10. 19; i. 3. 11s; 5,20, 29°: 
vii. 7. 41; mpos Tadra in view of or in 
reply to these things, in respect to this, 
to or upon this, thereupon, accordingly, 
ED. 19s; 1.3.21 ; rd aps oé, as to 
the things concerning you, towards 
you, vii. 7. 30: — (d) in compos., to, 


115 








TpoTehavva 


towards, against, besides. Der. PROS- 
ELYTE, PROS-oDY. See gidia. 
Tpog-ayw,* diw, Axa, 2a. Hyavyor, 
to lead to or against, bring forward, 
introduce, apply, wrge, A. els, mpds: 
w. acc. om., as intrans., to advance : 
i. BORO Ave le 2S: 5 Be W ews Med A 
TpoT-artéw, How, 77Ka1l., to ask in 
addition or besides, ask for more, 2 A., 
ipa ede yaa 3. Sh GB, 27. 
Tpoo-av-arloKw,* -dhwow, -7wKa, 
to expend besides, A., vi. 4. 8? 
Tpoo-ay-ertrety, as aor. of mpoc-av- 
ayopevw, evow, to [speak up] proclaim 
or annownce besides, CP., vil. 1. 11: 
see Ppt. 
tmpoo-Batve, * Byooua, BéBnxa, to 
step against or upon, mpés, iv. 2. 28% 
tTpoo-Badrw,* Bart, BEBAnKa, 2 a. 
€Barov, to throw or strike against, to 
[throw one’s self] advance against, 
assault, attack, make an attack, mpés, 
ved: 106.135 7220: 2) eave sey 
tpoo-Bards, 7), dv, (Baivw) accessible, 
Lvoadi2seS. 9 
tmpoo-Born, js, (B4A\w) an attack, 
assault, charge, 11. 4. 2: vi. 5. 25? 
Tpoo-yiyvopar,” yevrycouwar, yeyevy- 
par & 2 pt. yéyova, 2 a. éyeviuny, to be 
added, joined, or attached to, to join, 
esp. as-an ally, D., iv. 6.9: vii. 6. 29. 
Tpoo-Savei{w, ecicw, Seddverxa, (da- 
veig~w to lend) to lend in addition: M. 
to borrow an additional sum, 581, vii. 
De 
Tpoo-déw,* dejow, dedénxa, to need 
in addition : impers. tpoodet there is 
need besides, there is further or addi- 
tonal. need, .G., NL. 2. 34 3 ¥..6,122= 
M. to need or desire as an addition or 
beyond what one has, G., vi. 1. 24. 
Tpoo-SidSopt, * dvow, ddwxa, to give 


| besides or in addition, to add, Ac, sls 


oe: 
tTpoo-SoKdw, jow, deddxyxa l., (akin 
to doxéw, the simple doxdw not used) 
to think towards, expect, look or wait 
Jor, Bi, de (&.).\ 118, AS Ae Wane Ge 14, 
Tpoc-Spap.wv, see mpoo-tpéxw. 
Tpoc-eiAnoa, see Tpoo-hauBdve. 
Tpdo-ept,” ipf. pew, (eiue q. v.) to 
go or come to or towards, come up or 
on, come near, approach, advance, Di; 
eis, mpds, 1. 5. 14 3 howe Be Ll sag. OF 
Tpoc-ehavvw,* é\dow EXO, EXfAaKa, 
to ride or march to, towards, up, for- 
ward, or against, i. 5. 12; 7.16: ¥1,8.¥. 


TpocépXop.ae 


Tmpoo-epxopat,* éhevoouat, €A7AvVOa, 
2a. HAOov, to come or go to or towards, 
come wp or near, come on or forward, 
approach, advance, D., ets, 1.3.9; 8.1: 
iv. 4.5; 8. 2,4. Der. PROS-ELYTE. 

Tpoo-EeTUXOHV, See TpOT-TATTY. 

Tpog-evxopat, evEouar, etypac 
noyua, to pray to, D., vi. 3. 21. 

mpoo-éxw,* fw, ox nka, 2 a. Exxor, 
to [hold to] apply, A. D.: mpocéxew 
(rov vovv) to apply or direct the mind 
or attention, give thought or heed, give 
or pay attention, show regard, be in- 


or 


tent upon, 1.5: On, 452" v. 6522: 
Tpoo-zeLv, -yewav or -yoav, see 
™poba- eult, riyiro tig bi Drs Blk ee) 


Tpoo-nka, Ew, HKa l., to come, ex- 
tend, appertain, or belong to, be related 
to, D., émi, 1.6.1: li. 1. 31 (he has noth- 
ing to do with): iv. 3. 23 :—mpoo-jKe 
at belongs to, befits, becomes, behooves, is 
Jitting or proper, D.1.(A.), li. 2. 11, 
15's. oyu 7218. 

Tpoo-haca, See mpoo-ehatvw. 

Tpoo-Yoay or Tera, -FTE, see mpdo- 
CURE Be OO Le wil. OF Q4e 

apooev adv. of PLACE and oftener 
TIME, (7p0, mpds) before, in front of, 
previously, formerly, 1. 3.18; 6.1: 
mpoabev . . piv [previously . . before] 
before that, before, until, (w. neg.) 
TOG 1. 10 oo 1 BNAUES Sivek 
mpocbev . . 4 sooner than, before, ii. 1. 
10:—6rm. the previous, precedin i, fore- 
going, or former, 1.819 > i. ds. Ny 22): 
ol TT. [those in] who were in fr ont, v. 
S.162 ra mr. the [things in] front, the 
van, iii. 2. 86: eis 76 7. to the front, 
in advance, forward ; in front of, G.; 
1.10.5: ii. 1.33; 4. 38:—76 7. as 
adv., previously, before, i. 10. 108. 

tmpoo-Oec Oar, see mpoog-TiOnu,i.6.10. 

tTpoo-Oéw,* Pevcouat, to run to, to- 
wards, or up, v. 7. 21? vil. 1. 15. 

tmpoo-laci(v), -\av, see mpdg-erput, 1 
De aiv. Or es 

Tpoo-inzt,* How, efxa, to let go to, 
permit to approach, ad-mitt to, A. mpds, 
iv. 5.5:— MM. to let come to one’s self, 
receive, admit, permit, A., ili. 1. 30 
(cis ravrév to the same place, rank, or 
office, to companionship): iv. 2.12: v. 


aTpoo-Kahéw, * kadéow Keh@,Kéxyka, 
to call to, summon, invite, A., 1.9.28: 


— M. to call to one’s self, A. ék, vii. 7. 
2 (v. 1. mpoxadéw). 


116 


gain, profit, reditus ; 





mpoo-repviStov 


TPOT-KTAOPAL, Toouat, KEKTHMAL, to 
gain or acquire additional, A. D., v. 
6.15, 

Tpoo-Kuvew, How, -Kextynka l., (Ku- 
véw* to kiss) to kiss the hand to, 
salute, worship, adore, do homage or 
reverence to, bow down or (in oriental 
fashion) prostrate one’s self before, A., 
1.6.10 5°8. 21: SaBegraiee 

tTpco-AapBdve,* AjWoua, efAnda, 
2a. €\aBov, to take, receive, or obtain 
besides, in addition, or as an aid ; to 
take hold besides, take part ; A. mpés: 
i. 7.3: i. 3. 11 Sev Gye 

TPOC-HEVO,*~ Mev, HeMevnka, to watt 
for, await, A., vi. 6.1: v. Ll. dvapévw. 

mpoo-pcyvupie, * pigw, to mingle or 
join with, join or come up to, iv. 2.16. 

™pdo-cd0s, ov, 7, access, approach ; 
approach or procession for worship, act 
of worship, mwpés> tmcome, revenite, 
2. 9. OE tie 
vi 1. 112) vil eee 

TPOT-SpPVUpL,* duolual, dum@moxa, a. 
apuoca, to swear besides or in addition, 
pe) eer oe 

TPOT-Oohoyew, Yow, WuoddynKa, to 
come to terms, submit, surrender, vii. 
4, 24. 

TPOT-TEepovaw, 77, (Tepovn, a pin) 
to pin or skewer "tO, A. pos, Vil. a, 2. 

TpOo-TiTT, * TETOULAL, TENT WKA, 
to fall towards, rush to, D., vil. 1. 21. 

Tpoo-To1ew, yow, weToinka, to make 
over to: M. to make over to one’s self, 
to take to one’s self what does not so © 
belong, pretend, feign, make a feint, - 
make as tf one would, profess, 1., 1.3. 
14241. 1. 7 1N3. 208 

TpOo--TOAELEwW, Es reroNeaaned to 
war or prosecute a war against, A.? i. 
6. 6. 

Tpoo-TXAV, see mpoc-exw, Vii. 6. 5. 
tmpocrarete, evow, 10 manage, Use 
one’s influence, bring wt about, sie ; 

v.65 2 

trporTatéw, jow, to preside over, 
manage, G., iv. 8. 25. 

TporTarys, ov, (mpo-iornut) a lead- 
er, chief, manager, G., Vil. 7. 31. 

‘Tpoo-TaTTe, rite, TETAXA, A P. 
éraxOny, to appotat to or enjoin upon 
any one, command, A. D., 1. 6. 10. 

Tpoo-Tehéw, TENETW TENG, TETEEKA, 
to pay besides, A., vil. 6. 30. 

mpo-orepvidtoy, ov, (sr épvov) & breast- 
plate, breast-picce, for a horse, i. 8. 7. 





TmpooTlOne 


mpoo-TiOnpr, * Ojow, TéOeKa, 2a. mM. 
ébéunv, to add to: M. to add one’s 
self to, accede to, agree to, concur i, 
re. G. 10. 

Tpoo-TPEX, * Spauovuar, dedpaunka, 
2a. €dpapor, to run to, run up to, D., 
eee t= 3. 10: vi. 4. 7. 

mpoo-dépw,* oicw, évnvoxa, to bring 
to, apply, A., v.2.14:— M. to bear or 
conduct one’s self towards, to address 
one’s self or apply to, D., mpdos, V.5.19: 
wit 1. 6. 

Tpoo-Kwpew, Yow, Kexwpynka, to go 
or come to, surrender, submit, v. 4. 30. 

tmpda-xwpos (v. 1. mpd-xwpos), ov, 
neighboring, v. 3. 9. 

mTpdow adv., ¢. Tpocwrépw, S. -TATY, 
(ps, mpés) forward(s), forth ; forth 
from, far from, far off, at a distance, 
at the outposts, G.; far into, G., 420a; 
fee save 123; 3.28 :) yu: 3.42; rod 
mpoow (430a) or eis TO mpdow [for or 
to the region forward] forward, in ad- 
vance, farther, i. 3.1: v.4.30:—c. far- 
ther, farther off, iv. 3. 34: vii. 7.1:— 
érrot E0UvavTO TpoTwTaTw as far as they 
could, 553 ¢, vi. 6. 1. 

TpOT-awowa, see 7poo-duvvut, 11.2.8. 

Tpoc-wtrov, ov, (Ww) the face, coun- 
tenance, looks ; so plur., ii.6.11. Der. 
PROSOPO-PG@IA. 

Tpo-Tedéw, TeEA€TwW TEAW, TeETEEKA, 
to pay beforehand or in advance, A. D., 
Vii: 7. 25. 

Tmpotepaios, a, ov, preceding: TH T., 
sc. nudpa, on the day before, ii. 1. 3. 
mMpotepos, a, ov, (7pd q. V.) prior, 
former, oe previous ; withadv. 
force (509 a) a), or (70) pun as adv., 
before, sooner , previously, G.; 1. 2. 258: 
ALA; 7. 18: iv. 4.14: vii. 8. 22. 

Tpo-Tipaw, yow, TeTiunka, f. m. Te- 
pjooua (ch. as p., 5764), to honor be- 
fore or above others, prefer, select, 
esteem, 1. 4.14; 6. 5. 

TPO-TPEXW,* Jpauoduar, Sedpdunka, 
2a. €dpauor, to run forward or before, 
git. G., amo, 1.5. 2: Ivs4. 10: 
v. 2. 4. 

mpov- by crasis for mpo-e, v. 8. 9. 

Tpovoedaxety, See mpo-didwyun, 111.1.2. 

tpo-hatve,* dave, répayxa, to show 
before or forth: M. to appear before or 
beforehand ; to appear in front, in the 
distance, or ti prospect; to come in 
sight, make one’s appearance ; D.; 1.8. 
1: 11..5.13 (v. Ll. patvw). 


117 








IIv8ayépas 


{trpopacl{opar, (couar coduat,to plead 
or wrge as an excuse, A., Ti, E25: 
TPO-Hacis, ews, 7), (ons) a pre- -text, 
pre-tence, excuse, G., I., 1.1.7; 2.1: 
lied. 2h 3, Vil. 6.22. 
apo-pirak, axos, 6, a sentinel in 
Front, advanced or outer guard, out- 
guard, vedette ; pl. an outpost, picket, 
Rersawiseas: 4 ssa 20s vi Ae 26. 
TPO-KOPEW, FTW, KEXWPHKG, to Yo for- 
ward, advance, prosper, succeed ; to be 
favorable or useful, suit one’s conven- 
tence or be for his advantage ; D.; 1.9. 
132 wi..4221.: vi..3. 26. 
Tpvpva, 7s, (Ep. mpuuvds hindmost) 
the stern of a vessel, v. 8. 20. 
mpwt adv., c. mpwiaitepoy, contr. 
Tpw, mpwaitepov, (mpd) early in the 
morning, ii. 2.1: ii. 4. 1 (earlier than 
usual, very early, 514): vi. 5. 2. 
Tpapa, as, (pd) prora, the forepart 
of a vessel, PROW, bow, v. 8: 20. 
larpwpevs, éws, 0, the commander in 
the prow, prow- -officer, v. 8. 20. 
tmpwt-ayéds, ov, 0, a van-leader, ii. 2. 
16: v. l. wp&ros. 
Tmpwtevw, evow, wempwrevxa |., to be 
jirst, hold the first place, wapd, 11.6.26. 
TpOTOS, 7, ov, (7pd q. V.) primus, 
Jirst, in place, rank, or time, foremost, 
chief, earliest ; often w. adverbial force 
(509) ib 32 Ps 6.9% 1. 2, 1221626; 
17, 26 : — To mpa@tov subst. , the first ; 
amo or é€ml Tov mpwrovu from or at the 
Jirst, iv. 3. 9; (76) mp@rov as adv., or 
as an appositive to a sentence, jirst, 
at (the) jirst, in the first place, as the 
jerst thing, 1. 2216 ;9:.2,.5; 7; 10.10 
i. 5.7: ii: 2.1: vi. 3. 23, 25: so mpé- 
Ta, ili. 2.27? Der. PROTO-TYPE. 
TTalw, wraicw, émtacka, (akin to 
twimtw) to fall, strike, or dash against 


or upon, iv. 2.3: v. 1. waiw. 
Trapvupat,” 2 a. a. emrapov, to 


sneeze, ili. 2. 9. 

wrépvé, vyos, 7, (repay wing, fr. 
mwérouat) the wing of a bird; a flex- 
ible skirt or flap at the bottom of 
the Greek corselet, usu. of leather 
strengthened by metallic plates ; 1. 5. 
3: iv. 7. 15 (v. U. dim. rrepvyior). 

Tvypy, 7s, (wvé) pugnus, the fist ; 
boxing (rendered more severe among 
the Greeks by the use of the cestus), 
iv. 8..2/.. Der. PYGMY. 

Tiv8aydpas, ov, Pythagoras, a Spar- 
tan admiral, i. 4.2. The commander 


aTUKVOS 


of this flect is named Dados or Vamos 
in Hel. 3. 1.1; Diod. 14.19. 

auKves, 7, ov, (rvKa Closely, cf. rvé) 
close or near together, dense, thick, com- 
pact, firm, in close array: mukva adv., 
ten = WSs dt AV BOLT Na! Oe 

TOKTHS, ov, (wvE) pugil, a boxer, 
PUGILIST, v. 8. 23. 

TvAN, ys, one fold of a double gate: 
comm. pl., gate or gates; hence, en- 
trance, pass, passage, esp. a narrow 
entrance or pass into a country, some- 
times really barred by gates ; as wUAau 
THs Kidexias cal rs Dupias the Cates of 


118 


TOS 


at the base, erected doubtless as a 
sepulchral or religious inonument. 

ITtpapos, ov, 6, the Pyramus, the 
largest river of Cilicia, rising in Cata- 
onia, breaking through Mt. Taurus, 
and carryingsomuch alluvium through 
its fertile plain, that Strabo quotes an 
oracle that at length its deposits 
would unite Cyprus to the mainland, 
i.4.1. || The Jeihtin, about 160 miles 
long. 

tarupyo-paxéw, 7ow, (udxouas) to as- 

swult or storm a tower, vii. 8. 13. 

Tupyos, ov, 6, a tower, castle, vii. 


Cilicia and Syria, the Syro-Cilician | 8. 13 


Gates, a narrow pass between Mt. 
Amanus and the Gulf of Issus, barred 





by two walls with gates, of which 
those on the Syrian side are specially 
called ai Dvpiac wvdar; 1. 4. 48: Vv. 2. 
1G 23s SUG eh vin TE vial S's, 
Der. THERMO-PYLH, PYL-ORUS. So 

JIItdan, sc. ai BaBvAdyia, the [Ba- 
bylonian] Gates, Pyle, a pass into 
Babylonia, on the north side of the 
Euphrates and, as some think, through 
the Median Wall, i. 5. 5. — The Cili- 
cian Pass (rtdae Tis Kidexias), over 
Mt. Taurus into Cilicia, ‘‘ perhaps,” 
says Ainsworth, ‘‘one of the most re- 
markable and picturesque mountain- 
passes in the world,” while Chesney 
adds that it is one of the lougest and 
most difficult, is mentioned, i. 2. 21; 
now Golek-Boghaz. 

TuvOdvouat,* mevoouat, mémvopuat, 
2a. émvOiuny, to learn by inquiry, 
hear, ascertain ; to ask, inquire, t- 





guwire into; G. CP., A. P., I. (A.), epi: 
ie DMO te LON vo. Whats Vie Gol, 
awbé adv., with the fist, v. 8. 16. 
wTup,” mvpds, 7d, FIRE: pl., Dec. 2, 
mupd, -@v, -o:s, fires, esp. watch-fires : 
ne by TO Iv. a) Der. averr Re An. 
jarupa, as, a funeral PYRE or mound, 
vi. 4.9: om. by some. 
larvpapls, idos, 7, a flame-shaped 
structure, @ PYRAMID, ili. 4.9. One 
of the most prominent objects among 
the Ninevite ruins is the pyramid or 
conical mound here mentioned, situ- 
ated at the northwest corner of the 
great platform on which the wonder- 
ful palaces of Nimrud were erected, 
and still, after the wear of so many 
centuries, about 150 feet high. It 
was once a lofty tower 167 feet square | 








TupeTta, €&w, memvpexa, (muperds 
Sever, fr. wip) to have or be in a fever, 
vi. 4. 11. 

tariptvos, 7, ov, made of wheat, 
wheaten, iv. 5. 81. 

arupos, o0, 6, (ip, fr. the color 2) 
comm. pl., wheat, 152) 22201 eee 

IIvpptas, ov, Pyrrhias, an officer 
from Arcadia, vi. 5. 11. 

twuppixn, ns, (fr. Ivppcxos or Ivp- 
pos, the inventor 2) the Pyrrhic or war 
dance, in which armed dancers imi- 
tated the movements of attack and 
defence, keeping time with music, 
vi. i. 123 

Tupoevw, evow, (wupods torch, fr. 
wtp) to light torches, kindle beacon- 
jires, or make signals by them, vii. 
Sealid: 

we encl. adv., (orig. dat. of és: 
by any means) yet, up to this time, 
hitherto ; used w. a neg. (often writ- 
ten w. it as one word, cf. dum), not 
yet, never yet, &c.; 1. 2. 26; 5. 12. 

Todéw, jow, (wédw to be in business) 
to sell, A. D., 1.5. 5: Wave eee 
3; 7.56. Der. MONO-POLY. 

TAOS, ov, 6 7, & colt, filly, young 
horse, iv. 5. 24, 35. Cf. pullus, FOAL. 

II@dcs, ov, Polus, a Spartan ad- 
miral, successor to Anaxibius, vii. 2. 5. 

rapa, drink, see moua, iv. 5. 27 ? 

wo-rore ever yet, ever, at any time, 
stronger than woré: comm. w. a neg. 
(sometimes written w. it as one word, 
cf. unquam), 1.4.18; 9.18s: v. 4.6? 

aas interrog. adv., (ads ;) quomodo ? 
how? in what way, manner, or condi- 
tion? i. 7.2: i. 5. 20 nee 
40:—in exclamation, quam ! how / 
vil Del OM 

was encl. indef. adv., (wés) i some 








pad.os 


or any way or manner, by any means, 
somehow ; hence, for some reason, 
somewhere, neurly, perhaps: ®6€ ws 
somehow thus, to this effect: 1.7.9: 
feo: o. 25 6.3: tv. 1.85 8. 21? 
vi. 2.17. See dd\dws, TexKas. 


Fr: 


Padtos, a, ov, c. pdwy, Ss. paoros,* 
easy, I., li. 6. 24: iv. 6.12; 8. 13. 

{padios, c. pdov, s. paora, easily, 
qeodily, ii. 5. 9: iv. 6. 10: vi. 3.7. 

‘Pabivys, ov, Rhathines, a noiGell 
of the Bithynian satrap Pharnabazus, 
vi. 5.7. He afterwards made a suc- 
cessful attack on the cavalry of Agesi- 
laus, Hel. 3. 4. 13. 

Tpabupéw, jow, to live at ease, lead a 
life of ease or indolence, ii. 6. 6. 

tpgbupta, as, indolence, sloth, a life 
of ease, i. 6. 5. 

+ [6d-Bdpos, ov, of easy mind, indolent. | 
Paov, parrov, see paduos, iv. 6. 12. 
lpacravy, ns, love of ease, indolence, 

laziness, sluggishness, Vigtspl os 
pea, * pevoouae & pujncoua, éppvnka, 
2a. a. or p. éppuny, (cf. Tuo, rush) fluo, 
to flow, run (of water), dé, dua, &c., 
Pegi, 4.45 7.15% vi. 4. 4. Der. 
RHEUM, DIAR-RH@A. 
PHTPA, as, (pe- to say) a saying, pre- 
cept, ordinance, agreement, vi. 6. 28. 
ptyos, cos, 7d, frigus, 141, the cold, 
Frost, v. 8. 2. Cf. rigeo, rigidus. 
pitta & pimtéw,* pivw, éppida, 
éppuva, to throw, cast, hurl, throw off 
or down, throw over or about, A.D., eis, 
fae Wins. t 2 1V.7. 132 vu. 3.22? 
p's, piss, 7, the nose, vii. 4.3. Der. 
RHINO-CEROS. 
_ *Podres, a, ov, Rhodian: “Pdb.os 
subst., @ Rhodian, a man of Rhodes 
(Pé6os, from pddov rose ?), a large and 
important island near the southwest 
coast of Asia Minor, colonized by the 
Dorians, and having a city of the 
same name (built B. c. 408), at the 
entrance of whose harbor stood the 
famed Colossus. The Rhodians were 
famed as slingers. iii. 3. 16s; 5. 8. 
podéw, now or yooua, to sup wp, 
Suck, 1V..5. 32. 
: Av0pds, 00, 0, (cf. péw, & pu- to draw) 
RHYTHM, musical time,a regular move- 
ment or tune: év pvOu@ in time or 


119 


Ddptes 


rhythm, mpos: v. 4.14: vi. 1. 8,10s: 


Vii. 3. 32. 
pipa, aros, 74, (pu- to draw) a draw- « 
ing, shot: éx tdfov piyaros from the 


distance of a bow-shot, iii. 3. 15. 
Tpapun, ns, strength, a military force, 
ili. 3.14. Some compare Roma. 
[pavvup.,* poow 1., pf. p. spwuar, 
to strengthen ; see éppwpeévos. | 
‘Potapas, ov or a, Rhoparas, satrap 
of Babylonia, vil. 8. 25: perhaps the 
same with Gobryas, i. 7. 12. 


x. 


oa, see ods, vii. 7. 44. — oG or caa, 
see ods, v. 1. 16. 

odyapts, ews, 7, (fr. Pers.) a battle- 
axe, halberd, bill, iv. 4.16: v. 4. 18. 

cakiov or cakkloy, ov, (dim. of od- 
kos saccus, @ SACK) a small bag, a 
wrapper of sackcloth, iv. 5. 36. 

Zadhpvberods, of, 6, Salnydessus, 
the Thracian coast of the Euxine 
from the Bosphorus to the Thynian 
cape, dangerous from its shoals, lack 
of harbors, and predatory wreckers, 
and contributing largely to the early 
ill-repute of this sea, vi. 5.12. The 
name was also given to a town on 
this coast, now Midia. 

ToahmiykTys or cadmKrihs, of, a 

trumpeter, iv. 3. 29, 32: vii. 4. 19. 

oadmyé, vyyos, 7, tuba, a trumpet, 
trump, usu. of bronze and straight, 


a.|while the xépas (cornu, horn) was 


curved. It was greatly used in Greek 
armies to direct and inspirit their 
movements. iii.4.4: iv.2.7s: vii.3.32. 
loadmi{o,* cadtiow|., a. éoddrvyéa, 
to sound or blow with a trumpet, AE.: 
émel €oddmeyée, SC. O cadTLyKTHS, When 
the trumpeter blew, at the sound of the 
trumpet, 571 b: 1. 2. 17: vil. 3. 32. 
Zdptos, ov, 6, a Samian, a man of 
Samos (Zduos), one of the most im- 
portant islands in the Agéan, colo- 
nized by the Jonians, and early famed 
for its arts, commerce, and maritime 
power, standing with the neighboring 
Miletus and Ephesus at the head of 
the Ionian states. Its chief city and 
harbor had the same name. It was the 
birthplace of Pythagoras. Its patron 
deity was Héra (Jino), who had here 
her greatest temple. 1.7.5. ||Samo. 


Zapdodas 


- ZapdAas, ov or a, Samolas, a Cyre- 
an officer from Achaia, v. 6. 14. 
Dapdsers, ewv, ai, Sardes or Sardis, 
an ancient city on the Pactolus, the 
capital of Lydia,the luxurious resi- 
dence of Creesus, the chief city of the 


dominions of Cyrus the Younger, and. 


later the seat of one of the early 


120 


SAavds 


ZmAvPpla or ZnrvpBpia, as, Sely[i]- 
bria, a Megarian city on the north 
shore of the Propontis, vii. 2. 28 ; 5. 
15. || Selivri. 

oHpalva, ave, cecquayka l., a. éo%- 
Mnva or: -dva 152¢, (ojua sign) to make 
or give a sign or signal ; to indicate or 
show by an omen or other sign, signi- 


churches ; still showing, in its ruins, |fy, give notice ; often referring to 6 


traces of its former magnificence ; i. 
2 oS oO: 6 Salty AZ 8call Sack. 
Dapos v. 1. for Vadpos, i. 4. 1. 
toatpatrevw, evow, to be a satrap, to 
rule or govern as satrap, G., A., 4724, 
Leche Gis Mis A. OL. 
catpamns, ov, (fr. Pers.) @ SATRAP, 
a Persian viceroy or governor of a prov- 
ince, ruling at the pleasure of the 
king, but with largely discretionary 
power over life and property. Acc. to 
Hat. (3. 89), Darius 1.,the great organ- 
izer of the Persian Empire, divided 
it into 20 satrapies. 1.1.2; 9. 7. 
Latupos, ov, 6, a Satyr, a fabulous 
being combining the forms of a man 
and a goat, an attendant upon Bac- 
chus, and devoted to the pleasures of 
sense, 1. 2. 13. 
TavTod, -@, -dv, see ceauTod. 
cays, és, clear, plain, manifest, 
evident, ili. 1. 10. 
loadas clearly, plainly, manifestly, 
evidently, certainly, i. 4.18: i. 5. 4. 
oé te, thee, you, see ot, il. 5. 3s. 
loe-avTot,* 7s, contr. cavtod, 7s, 
refl. pron., of thyself or yourself ; in 
gen. often = tuus, your own: ) ceav- 
TOD, SC. xWpa, your own country: 1. 6. 
opie de NG vike DSi BW! Bo: cea: 
Zetvots, odvros, 6, (cédivov parsley) 
Selinus, the name of a small river 
flowing by the temple of Diana at 
Ephesus; and of another (now the 
Crestena) flowing through the grounds 
consecrated to her at Scillus; v. 38. 8. 
TéTwopat, see TwKw, V. 5. 8. 
LevOys, ov, Scuthes 11., a Thracian 
prince, son of Mesades and descendant 
of Teres, assisted by the Cyreans to 
recover his paternal dominion, but far 
better to promise than to bestow a 
recompense. He afterwards sent 500 


troops to aid Dercyllidas in Bithynia ; 
and had later, B. c. 390, a quarrel with 
his former patron Medocus, which 
Thrasybilus reconciled, bringing both 
into friendship with Athens. v.1.15. 











cahreyxrys implied, as éojunve [the 
trumpeter gave the signal] the signal 
was given, 571b; AE., D. I. (w. os), 
CP.; li. 1.25 2.4: mse ee 
32: vi.1. 24, 31 ; Sas) yee 
onpEtov, ov, (cjua sign) signum, & 

sign, mark, signal, standard, 1.10.12: 
li. 5. 82: vi. 2, 2. 

Tonodpivos, 7, ov, made from sesa- 
mé, iv. 4. 13. 

oHoaLov, ov, SESAME, oil-seed, sing. 
and pl., the seed of the sesamum, an 
oriental leguminous plant still much 
cultivated for the food and the excel- 
lent and abundant oil furnished by 
its seed, i. 2. 22: vi. 4. 6. 

Totya{w, dow, |. exc. in pres., fo try 
or endeavor to silence, A., vi. 1. 322 

Totydw, yooua, ceciynxa, to be or 
remain silent, keep silence, v. 6.27. 

aiyn, tis, silence, i. 8.11: ii. 2. 20. 

atyAos, ov, 0, (akin to Heb. shekel) 
a siglus, = 74 Attic oboli, or about 
25 cents, i. 5. 6. 

tovSypela, as, the working in iron, 
Viet. 

Toudhpeos, éa, cov, contr. ods, a, ovr, 
made of iron or steel, v. 4. 18. 

[oldnpos, ov, 6, ferrum, iron. | 

Zikvavios, ov, 6, a Sicyonian, a 
man of Sicyon (Zcxvwy), a very ancient 
city, with a small territory, on the 
northern coast of the Peloponnese, 
between Achaia and Corinth. It was 
conquered by the Dorians; but re- 
tained a large Ionian element, and 
varied in its political relations and 
form of government. It was famed for 
its schools of painting and sculpture ; 
and in general for the arts of peace, 
rather than for energy in war, or the 
maintenance of liberty. iii. 4. 47. 
|| Vasilika. 

Zrravds, of, Silanus, a soothsayer 
from Ambracia in Epirus, more shrewd 
than trustworthy, i. 7.18: v. 6. 16s. 
2. A vouthful trumpeter from Ma- 





lcistus in Triphylian Elis, vii. 4. 16. 








olyopar 


civopar,* Ion. cwjooua, to harm, 
do harm or damage, inflict injury, iii. 
4. 16. 

fXwerrets, éws, 6, a Sinopean, iv. 8. 
Beeevede2. 6. 1:-vi. 1.15: a man of 

Ziva7H, ns, Sindpe, a Milesian col- 
ony on the Paphlagonian coast, the 
most prosperous and powerful city on 
the shores of the Euxine. 
great commerce and valuable fisheries, 
and sent out itself several colonies. 
It was the birthplace of the Cynic 
Diogenes, and of Mithridates the Great. 
v.5.7: vi.1.15. ||Sinub, still of some 
consequence from its excellent harbor. 

Zuds Laconic for Oeds: Tw Zi the 
twin gods, Castor and Pollux, by 
whom, as natives of Lacedemon, the 
Spartans were wont to swear, Vi. 6. 34: 
vil. 6. 39? see obrwot. 

ott-aywyés, dv, (ciros, dyw) carry- 
ing corn, for the conveyance of grain, 
B7, 15: 

LiraKn, ys, see Lirraxn. 

Zit-ddkas, ov, the Sitalcas, a mar- 
tial song of the Thracians, prob. in 
honor of a prince Sitalcas, vi. 1. 6. 
See ‘Odpvcns. 

Totrevtés, 7, dv, (ciTevw to feed, fat- 
ten) made fat, very fat, v. 4. 32. 

{Toirnpéctov, ov, money for buying 
bread, provision-money, vi. 2. 4. 
foittov, ov, bread, food, i.10. 18: 
pl. provisions, supply of food, vi. 2. 4? 

@iros, ov, 0, corm or grain, esp. 
wheat, whether unground, simply 
ground, or cooked; hence, flour or 
meal, bread, and, in general, food ; i. 
4.19; 5.5s,10: ii. 1.6: iii.1.3:—pl. 
oita (Td, 220b) victuals, provisions, 
food, ii. 3.27: ii1. 2.28: —juédpas ciros 
a day's subsistence or supply of food, 
vii. 1. 41; so pl. vi. 2. 4 (v. Ll. ocria). 
Der. PARA-SITE. 

Lirraky, ns, Sittace, a large and 
populous city on the west bank of the 
Tigris, 11. 4.13: v. l. Zirdxy. || Near 
Akbara or, acc. to some, Sheriat-el- 
Beidha. 

C.wTaw, Aooual, cecwwTnKka, (cLwT7} 
stlence) to be or remain silent, keep st- 
dence, 1. 3.2: v. 8. 25. 

oKeddvvupr,* cxeddow oxedd, a. éoxé- 
daca, pf. p. éoxédacpuai, to scatter or 
disperse, trans., iii. 5. 2. 

oéXos, cos, 75, @ leg, iv. 2.20; 7.4: 
v. 8.10. Der. Iso-scELEs. 


ik SAN... -\0 





121 


It had a} 


=KrdAots 


oKéeTarpLa, aros, 76, (cxérn shelter) 
a covering, tent-cover, 1. 5.10? 

T oKeTTTEOS, a, ov, necessary to consider : 
oxemréov é€ori impers., one or we must 
consider, dws, 1. 3.11: iv. 6. 10. 

TKETTOLGL, COMM. TKOTrEw™ (-douar 
iv. 2. 20), oxévoua, eoxepwmat, a. Eoxe- 
| Yauny, specio, to look intently, observe 
closely, view, see, discern, examine, 
spy, reconnoitre, explore, ascertain ; to 
look out or for, look out for, keep a 
lookout, watch, provide ; to look or see 
to, consider, regard ; A., CP., mpés: i. 
OP 2. He, 4: 2A ans b. 135)2: 20's wed. 
9; 7.32. Der. SKEPTIC, MICRO-SCOPE. 

ToKkevatw, dow, to prepare, dress up, 
equip, vi. 1. 12. 

ToKevh, 7s, equipment, attire, dress, 
ive 1. AN 

oxetos, eos, 76, an article of furni- 
ture, equipment, or baggage, wtensil : 
pl. baggage, luggage, ili. 1. 30; 2. 28. 

toKevodopéw, ow, to carry baggage, 
be a porter, iil. 2. 28; 3.19. 

loKevo-dpos, ov, (pépw) carrying 
baggage : subst. -os a baggage-carrier, 
porter ; -oVv, SC. KTHvos, a common beast 
of burden; ra ocxevdipa the baggage- 
animals, baggage-train, baggage ; i. 3. 
fe AOl Ss: Lh, Wie DIB OU oe EO: 

ToKyvae, jow, = oxyvéw, v. 3.9? vii. 
4.122 

ToKnvéew, now, & oKyVvdw, dow, EoK7- 
vwoka, to pitch or to occupy a tent (the 
former sense belonging rather to oxy- 
vow, and the latter rather to oxnvéw), 
encamp or be encamped, quarter or be 
quartered, lodge, év, xara, &c., 1.4.9: 
rae. Bian Be BET ar Wa: ee ee ey Py 

oKnvy, fs, a tent: ai o. the tents, 
camp: 1.2.178; 4.3. Der. SCENE. 

loKynvdw, wow, see cxnvéw, iv. 5. 23. 

lokyvepa, aros, 76, a tent: pl. tents, 
quarters, encampment, ii. 2. 17. 

tokytrds, 00, 6, a thunderbolt, iii. 
dds 

ToKynTrotxos, ov, 6, (sKArrpov a staff, 
|SCEPTRE, éxw) @ sceptre-bearer, wand- 
bearer, usher, a Persian household- 
officer, comm. a eunuch, i. 6. 11. 

[oxyrro, nYw, to lean, fall, dart.]} 

ZktAdods, odvTos, 6, (cKiANa SQUILL), 
Scillus, once a city of Triphylian Elis, 
near Olympia. It joined Pisa, B.c. 572, 
in warring with the Eleans, but the 
latter conquered and destroyed both 
‘cities. Long after, the Spartans took 








oKlytrous 


the territory of Scillus under their 
control, and here gave Xenophon a 
delightful rural residence under their 
protection, about 393 B.c. This con- 
tinued till the Hleans regained posses- 
sion, after the battle of Leuctra (B. c. 
3871); and during this quiet period, 
the works of Xenophon were doubt- 
less for the most part written or re- 
vised. He spent his time, says La- 
értius, in hunting, entertaining his 
friends, and writing histories. The 
visit of Megabyzus to Olympia, prob. 
in the year 392 B. c., gave him a new 
object of interest. Pausanias, more 
than 500 years after, found the temple 
of Diana still at Scillus, and upon a 
tomb near it, a marble statue, which 
the inhabitants said was Xenophon’s. 
v. 3.7: see ZevopGv. || In the vale of 
Rasa. 

oxlw-movus, modos, 6, (ckilumrTw = 
ox7ymTw) a low couch, a litter, vi. 1. 4? 

oKdnpeés, a, dv, (cKédArw to dry) hard, 
rough, iv. 8. 26. Der. SCLEROTIC. 

LoKwAnpas in hardship, with difficulty, 
ili. 2. 26: v. 1. dxdrpous. 

oxo, oos, 6, a stake, pale, pali- 
SMUe, Vi. 2. Ds 

oKxoTéw in pr. & ipf., see cxérrouat. 

oKoTds, of, 0, (ckémTomat) a scout, 
spy, sentinel, 1i. 2.15: vi.3.11. Der. 
SCOPE. 

oKdpodoy, ov, garlic, pl. vil. 1. 37. 
toKxotatos, a, ov, in the dark, before 
morning or after nightfall, ii. 2.17: 
Wet oe LOS 

oK6Tos, eos, 74, darkness, the dark : 
éori or yiyverat ckéros it ts or becomes 
Capen (ie aero Ave ae lil. 

ZKbOns, cv, a Scythian, one of the 
nomadic barbarians who occupied the 
most northern known parts of eastern 
Europe and western Asia. From their 
skill as bowmen, their name was ap- 
plied by the Greeks to a kind of arch- 
ers armed and trained in Scythian 
fashion : DKvOat TofsTat, or BkvGo-To- 
E5rat, Scythian archers. iii. 4. 15 (as 
adj.): om. by some. 

LZxvOivol, av, of, the Scythini, or 
-inians, a mountain tribe, not far from 
the southeast shore of the Euxine, 
perhaps of Scythian origin, iv. 7. 18 ; 
8.1: v. Ll. ZKvOnvol, AxvOivor. 

| Zkv0o-rokdrys, ov, a Scythian arch- 
er, ll. 4.152 See ZKvOns. 


By eee 














oTdyLos 


oKvdebo, evsw, (TKOOY spoil) to de- 
spoil, strip off the arms of an enemy, 
Se WA Aen. 

oKtTahoy, ov, (Edw ? see Ew) a staff, 
club, cudgel, mace, vii. 4. 15. 

oKUTLVOS, 7, ov,( cKOTOs a hide) made 
of leather, lcathern, v. 4. 13. 

Op7Vvos, cos, 74, a bee-hive, a swarm 
of bees, iv. 8. 20. 

Zplkpys, yros, Smicres, an Arcadian 
commander, vi. 3. 4s. 

ZdAor, wv, oi, Soli, an important 
maritime city of Cilicia, built by Ar- 
gives and Rhodians; who at length 
spoke such bad Greek, from mingling 
with the native Cilicians, as to give 
rise to the term solecism (coNotkiop6s). 
It was the birthplace of the Stoic 
Chrysippus and the poet Aratus; and 
was later named Iloumniovrod\ts from 
Pompey the Great, who here settled a 
colony of reformed pirates. i. 2. 24. 
|| Eski-Shehr (i. e. old city) near Mezetli. 

ads, 07, cdr, (ov) thy, your: piria 
TH on love to you, 538d: ra cd your 
affairs or interests: vii. 7. 29, 44. 

Zotoa, wy, 7d, (Pers. susan, lily) 
Stsa (Shushan, Neh. 1. 1) chief city 
of the province of Susiana (Elam, Dan. 
8. 2), and one of the capitals of the 
Persian Empire, comm. occupied by 
the king, from its genial climate, in 
the winter or spring, i. 4. 25: iii. 5. 
15. || Extensive ruins at Sis, where 
the remains of the great palace of Da- 
rius I. have been lately disinterred. 

{Zod-alveros, ov, Sophenetus, from 
Stymphalus in Arcadia, one of the 
oldest of the Cyrean generals. As his 
name does not appear after the Cyre- 
ans reached the Bosphorus, it is prob- 
able that he took this opportunity of 
leaving the army, perhaps displeased 
with his fine or thinking his age too 
little respected, and that Phryniscus 
was appointed in his place. He may 
have written a history of the expedi- 
tion to justify himself, since we find a 
Sophenetus mentioned as the author 
of such a history. 1.1.11: v. 8.1. 

toopia, as, wisdom, skill, 1. 2. 8. 
Der. SOPHIA, PHILO-SOPHY. 

copes, 7, dv, wise, intelligent, clever, 
gifted, accomplished, i. 10. 2. 

tomavitw, iow @, to lack, want, be 
in want of, G., ii. 2. 12: vil. 7. 42. 

tommdyuos, a, ov, scarce, scanty,i. 9. 27. 


oTravis 


omrdvis, ews, 7, scarcity, scantiness, 
want, G., vi. 4. 8: vii. 2. 15. 
Lrapty, ys, Sparta (on the west 
bank of the Eurdtas, now the Iri), 
also called Aaxedaiuwv, the capital of 
Laconia, and that city of Greece in 
which its military spirit and prowess, 
and the subordination of the individ- 
ual to the state culminated. It was 
the especial residence of the Dorian 
conquerors of Laconia, a great mili- 
tary and land-holding aristocracy (ot 
duotoe the peers, iv. 6. 14), owning 
estates throughout the province, which 
were chiefly cultivated by the con- 
quered people reduced to a state of 
serfdom under the name of Helots. 
Still a third class, the Periceci (zept- 
oxot, dwelling around the capital in 
rural villages), were personally free, 
but without political power, neither 
serfs nor citizens. The trade and 
mechanic arts of the country were 
chiefly in the hands of these. The 
Spartan citizens were so few in com- 
parison with their slaves and subjects, 
that they could hope to maintain their 
ascendency only by a thorough sys- 
tem of military and political training. 
Hence they submitted to the rigid 
and peculiar laws of Lycurgus, ob- 
served great simplicity in their per- 
sonal habits, subordinated domestic 
to public life, accounted luxury, ease, 
and self-indulgence as crimes, dis- 
dained the protection of walls, and 
lived at Sparta asinacamp. At the 
head of the state were two kings and 
five ephors. In the government of 
their subject states, the Spartans were 
commonly disliked ; because they here 
eappled to so great an extent the arbi- 
trary, selfish, unconciliatory, and in- 
human principles, and the haughti- 
ness of manner, which were observed 
at home in the government of their 
helots ; sometimes combining with 
these a self-indulgence and deceit 
which at home they would not dare 
to practise, and covetousness, even to 
the taking of bribes. At the time of 
the Cyrean expedition, the Spartans, 
having so recently conquered their 
great rival, Athens, were the undis- 
puted masters of the Greek world, 
and exercised their power arrogantly, 
wantonly, and cruelly. ii.6.4. || New 


123 


OTASLOV 


Sparta (near Mistra), lately built to 
cherish the memory of ancient great- 
ness. 
| Zaraptiarns, ov, a Spartan, a man 
belonging by birth to the class of 
Spartan citizens, iv. 8. 25: vi. 6. 30. 
omdptoy, ou, (oretpa a twisted cord) 
a cord, rope, iv. 7. 15. 
oTdaw, dow, éomaxa, pf. p. oracpat, 
to draw: M. to draw one’s own, A.; 
éotmracpevor TH ihn with drawn swords ; 
1. 8..29: vii. 4.16. Der. sPAsM. 
otre(pw,* crep@, éorapkal., spargo, 
to scatter seed, sow, vi. 1. 8.- Der. 
SPERM. 
omévdw, * oreiow,éomerkal., a. éoret- 
oa, libo, to make or offer a libation, to 
pour, iv.3.13s:— WM. to make or agree 
to a treaty, peace, or truce (since in 
this mutual libations were common), 
D., wpos, éwi, 1.9.78: 1.5.16: iv.4.6. 
omevdu, crevow,éomevxal., to hasten, 
make haste, press on, be in haste, be 
eager, ¥. 5.4: 3s LAs’ 5. Oe vive Br 
LmOpsarns, ov, a general of the 
Bithynian satrap, Pharnabazus. He 
afterwards took offence, and left his 
service for that of Agesilaus, but left 
the latter again from a new offence. 
wate cae 
omo\ds or oToXds, ddos, 7, (sTéANw) 
a leathern waistcoat, worn under or 
instead of the metallic @apaé, iii. 3. 
20: iv. 1.18. The form ozodds ap- 
pears to be Dor., 168. 2: see Noxayds. 
orovony, js, (crévdw gq. v.) a liba- 
tion, drink-offering: pl. libations, 
hence comm., a treaty, truce, or arnvis- 
lice, peace, 1.9.8: ii. 3.48: iv. 8. 14. 
Tomovdatw, dcouat, éorovdaka, to be 
busy, zealous, or in earnest, to work 
zealously or hard, ii. 3. 12. 
Tomovdato-oyéw, ow, (cmovdatos 
earnest, Noyos) A. & M. to engage in 
earnest conversation, converse seriously, 
19s 28: 
orovdy, 7s, (crevdw) haste, speed, 
expedition, earnestness, 1.8.4: iv.1.17. 
Torasvoy, ov, pl. of ordduoe & Ta ord- 
dua, a stadium, stade, nearly a fur- 
long ; the [stopping-place] length of 
the footrace-course, which at Olympia 
(the comm. standard) was = 600 Greek, 
or 6062 Eng. feet: hence, the com- 
mon or short foot-race itself, as in o. 
aywviferbat to contend in the short race 
or course: 1. 4,1,43 8.17: iv. 8. 27. 


orabuds 


Torabuds, od, 6, statio, @ STATION or 
stopping-place, esp. at night; hence, 
a day’s journey or march (averaging 
in the Anab., acc. to vii. 8. 26, about 
54 parasangs, or 160 stadia), w stage ; 
IES 5 i odes 8 > LOS eae 2G: 

oTainv, oTds, see tornu, v. 2. 16. 

toTacidf{e, dow, éstaciaxa, to form 
a party or excite faction against, be fuc- 
tious or contentious, be at variance or 
divided into parties, contend or quar- 
Tél; Diy mpos, VW. 528%) yao se 295 (a2): 
Wil T0522. 

loraots, ews, 7, [the standing up 
against] faction, dissension, vi. 1. 29. 
Der. APO-STASY. 

loTao.eTnys, ov, an opposer, vi. 6. 6? 

loravupds, of, 6, a stake, pale, or 
palisade, usu. crossing others, v. 2. 21: 
Wierd LAS Mey 

[Loraupdw, wow, to palisade. | 

loratpopa, atos, Td, a paling, line 
of palisades, v. 2.15, 19, 27. [28. 

loréap, orédros, 76, tallow, fat, v. 4. 

Toréyaopa, aros, 7, (creyasw to 
cover) a covering, tent-cover, 1. 5.10? 

oréyn, 7S, (cTéyw tego, to cover, 
shelter) a roof, shelter under a roof, 
cover, covered house, cottage, iv. 4. 14. 

loreyvés, 7, dv, (créyw) covered, 

roofed, vil. 4. 12. 

ovrelBw (v.1. c7iBw), Ywl., (cf. stipo) 
to tread, beat, or press down, as a road, 
mattress, &c.; hence, to frequent a 
rowde was 9. 9: Na: 

oréAXo, * EAB, oradka, pf. p. €oTar- 
pat, to equip, accoutre, fit out, despatch, 
send, A. éri: M. to [send one’s self] 
set forth, proceed, journey, go, €mt, 
Kard? iii. 2.7: v.6.5. Der. APO-STLE. 

OTEVOS, 7, OV, C. WTEPOS OF STEPS, 
257b, narrow, strait: év T@ oTevg or 
Tois oTevois in angustils, in the nar- 
rows or defile, i the narrow space, 
road, or pass: 1. 4.4: ill. 4. 19, 22: 
iv.1.14; 4.18. Der. sTENO-GRAPHY. 

lorevo-xwpla, as, (yGpos) a narrow 

place, spot, road, or pass, i. 5. 7. 

otényw,* crépiw, 2 pf. lon. cropya, 
to love (in the higher sense), regard 
with affection, A., li. 6.28. Cf. piréw. 

orepéw & otepioka,”* cTEepjow, €oTE- 
pnxa, to deprive, A. G., li. 5. 10: — P. 
& M. orépopar (v.l. crepéouar), orepy- 
coma, éorépnuat, a. eorepiOnv, to be 
deprived of, lose, want, G.,1. 4.8; 9. 
Ss ail. VO ea 2 Sy OR ASe 


124: 








OoTPATEUpA bss 
orépvoy, ou, (crepeds or oreppds firm, 
whence STEREO-TYPE) the breast, 1. 8. 
26: vil. 4.4. Der. sTERNUM. 
oreppas (cr eppds firm) firmly, stead- 
Jastly, resolutely, iii. 1. 22. 
otépayos, ov, 0, (ctédw to encircle) 
@ crown, garland, wreath, common 
among the Greeks as a prize of vic- 
tory, as a mark of honor, and as a 
festal or sacred ornament, i. 7. 7: iv. 
5. 33: vi. 4.9. Der. STEPHEN. 
lorehavdw, wow, éorepdvwxa, pf. p. 
éoTepavwuat, tocrown, A.: M. to crown 
one’s self: iv. 3.17; 53a: yily aoe 
tormAn, ys, a pillar, post, v. 3.12: 
vii. 5. 13. 
oTiHVvaL, oTHoas, see loryme, 1. 2.15. 
TorTipds, ados, 7, a bed of straw or 
leaves, a mat, mattress, vi. 1. 4? 
toriBos, ov, 6, a trodden or beaten 
way or path, a track (made by many 
ixvn, or single footsteps), i. 6. 1. 
otiBw v. 1. for creiBw, i. 9. 13. 
otl{w, (Ew, pf. p. éoriyuat, (cf. Lat. 
in-stigo, Germ. stechen, Eng. stick, 
sting) to prick, tattoo, A. AE., v. 4.32. 
Der. STIGMA. 
oTidos, cos, 74, (cTeiBw) a throng, 
mass, dense or compact body, of men, 
1.8.13, 266 vino 2e: 
oteyyls, (50s, 7, a strigil, flesheomb, 
scraper, such as were used by bathers 
to cleanse the skin; or, as some think, 
an ornamental comb for the head, such 
as even men wore on some sacred oc- 
casions ; i. 2. 10. 
oToAds, see colds, ili. 3. 20? 
TTOAN, 7s, (TTEAAW) GN equipment, 
dress, garment, robe, i. 2.27: iv. 5. 
33; 7.137 -vi. i 2.) Derisniome 
oToAos, ov, 0, (cTéAKwW) AN equip- 
ment, preparation; an armament,e 
armed force, army; an expedition, 
march, journey, voyage; 1.2.5; 3.16: 
ii, 2. 10, 12: iii. 1. 9s; 2.11; 3.2. 
ordépa, aros, 74, the mouth of a per- 
son, river, sea, pit, &c.; the outlet or 
entrance; of an army, the front or 
van ; tii. 4. 42s: iv. 5. 25, 27: vi. 2. 
1; 4.1. Der. STOMACH. 
torpatela, as, a campaign, expedi- 
tion, ili. 1. 9: v. 4. 18. 
torparevpa, aros, 7d, a body led to 
war, an army, host ; a military force 
(whether larger or smaller, an entire 
army or a division of it), for which 
orpatevia is the most general term. 








2 


orparevw bi 
Of orpdrevua, orpatid, and otparés, 
the first is far the most used in the 
-Anab., and the last but once. i.1.7s; 
Be 14595, 5°5.. 11 93,.7. Lat.v.-6s 17. 
_ totpateiw, evow, €oTpdteva, to lead 
to war, make war, engaye mm war, 
make an expedition, march, ch. of 
leaders or commanders, ézi, eds, ii. 1. 
14; 3.20; 4.3; 6.29:—WJ. (oftener, 
and of both leaders and followers) to 
take the field, make or engage in war, 
make an expedition or take part in 
one, march, serve in arms or as @ sol- 
dier, éri, eis, cbv, &e., 1.1.11; 2. 2s; 
eas wa. b. 121i: 1.10: v. 4. 34. 
totpatnyéw, jow, to be general or 

commander ; to lead, command, di- 
rect, or manage, as general; to take 
command ; G. AE.: oTparyyetv dverpa- 
gato he obtained command of: orpa- 
Tryew oTpatnyiav to undertake a com- 
mand: TovTo buds WpBrov nuagy orpa- 
tHyjou that your first act in taking 
command of us should be this: i. 3. 
ese 203 3° 6.0282, ti. 227: 
vil. 6. 40. Der. STRATAGEM. 

_ totparnyia, as, generalship, military 
command ; mode of leading an army, 
plan of operations or management of 
a@ffasrs in war; i. 3.15: ii. 2.13: v. 
6. 25: vil. 1. 41. Der. STRATEGY. 

_ totpatny.ae, dow, (desiderative, 
378 d) to desire or seek military com- 
mand, vii. 1. 33. 

ToTpat-7yos, ov, 6, (dyw) a leader or 
commander of an army or of one of its 
larger divisions, a general ; the com- 
mander of the troops of a Persian prov- 
ince (also termed xdépavos), according 
to the theory of the empire a different 
person from the satrap for the sake 
of mutual restraint, but in practice 
often the same; G. In mercenary 
service, the pay of a general appears 
to have usu. been four times that of a 
Private. i)1.-2; 2.152 wits 6.7. 

torTpatid, ds, an army, host, comm. 
of an entire army, or of its mass in 
distinction fr. the officers or fr. an 
excepted part (hence 7 orparid = wav 
TO oTpadTevua, vi. 6. 2, 27); also used 

_as a collective, = orpariGrat soldiers ; 

ene 2713) 320 4, 5 > i213 vi 

- 2.30: v1.3.19; 6.26: see orpdrevua. 

totpatiatys, ov, a soldier, esp. a 

_ private or common soldier, 1.1.9; 2. 
Lippe Sy 2k: il, 2, 2 ovis 2.36, 








5 ovyyevs 
ttparo-«KAfs, éous, Stratocles, from 
Crete, the commander of a serviceable 
body of archers, iv. 2. 28. 
jotpato-Tedeiw, evow, éoTparoreé- 
devxa, to make a camp: comm. JM. to 
encamp, be encamped; pf. to lie in 
camp ; ava, év, eis, mapa, &c.: 1.3.7: 
Wy Qe 1d G41 10) yie4e dt 2vainGs 24. 
totpato-tedov, ov, (rédov ground) 
the ground occupied by an encamped 
army, a@ camp, encampment ; by meton. 
for the army encamped; i. 10.1, 5: 
iv. 8. 23: vi. 4. 27: so pl. vil. 3. 34. 
otpartés, o0, 0, (akin to orpavvuue 
sterno, STREW ? ef. stratus) a body of 
men encamped, hence, an army, host, 
= oTpaTid q.V., 1.5.7: see oTpareuua. 
otpadeis, see orpépw, i. 10. 6. 
totperros, 7, dv, twisted, wreathed : 
subst. otpetrds, sc. KvKdos, torquis, 
a wreath, necklace, collar, chain, 1. 2. 
Diy. OusOay eo) 
oTpépw,* évw, éorpoda 1., pf. p. 
éorpayyat, 2a. p. éorpadny, (TpéTw) 
to turn, twist, wreathe, braid, plait, 
A., iv. 7. 15:— A. intrans. & AZ, w. 
2a. p., of soldiers, to turn, wheel, face 
about, mpés, 1.10.6? i1.5.1: iv. 3. 26, 
32. Der. STROPHE, CATA-STROPHE. 
otpovbds, of, 6 7, a field-bird, esp. 
sparrow ; an ostrich (fully o. 6 wéyas 
the great bird), i. 5. 2, 3. 
TTPapLaTo-Seo pos OF -ov, ov, o or 7, 
(otp@ua bed) a bed-sack, in which the 
bed-clothes were carried or kept, v. 4. 
13. 
oTvyvds, 74, 6v, (ctuyéw to hate) hate- 
ful, repulsive, gloomy, stern: Td oTv- 
viv the gloom or sternness : 11.6.9, 11. 
LTuppartos, ov, 6, a Stymphalian, 
a man of Stymphalus, a city near a 
lake of the same name in northeastern 
Arcadia. It was one of the fabled la- 
bors of Hercules to destroy the mon- 
strous birds which haunted this lake. 
i.1.11. || Ruins in the vale of Zaraka. 
ov * (cob, coi, cé, encl.), pl. ‘dpeis, 
tu (tui, tibi, te), vos, THOU, YOU, 1. 
DOSE LO LOScatieck, 16sssyiluieo0'S. 
ovy- or Evy-, the form which ovv 
takes in compos. before a palatal, 150. 
Tovyyévera, as, relationship, kin, vil. 
3. 39. 
ovy-yevns, és, (yévos) joined by birth, 
of the same race, related, akin: pl. 
ovuyyevets subst., relatives, relations, 
kinsmen, kinsfolk : 1.6.10: vii. 2.31. 


ovyylyvopat 


ovy-ylyvopan, * yer jromar, yeyernuae 
& 2 pt. yéyova, 2 a. éyevdunry, to come 
to be with, have intercourse, acquaint- 
ance, or an interview with; to be with, 
associate or confer with, become ac- 
quainted with ; to be wnder one’s in- 
struction ; to come together, meet; D.; 
1b OS 2.12272 WoSe2 sw6t LK. 
ovy-Ka8-npat,* Kabjcoua:, to sit to- 
gether, v. 7. 21. | 
ovy-Kahéw,* kahéow Kah@, KéxAyka, 
a. €xadeoa, to call together, convoke, 
convene, assemble, A. eis, 1. 4. 83; 6. 4. 
ovy-KapTTe, Kduyw, (KdumrTw to 
bend) to bend together, to bend up, A., 
vy. 8.10: v. 1. cw-ava-Kdurro. 
ovy-Kata-Kaio & Att. -Kadw,* Kav- 
ow, Kéxavxa, to burn up with them, 
ASS TAD Ae: 
ovy-Kata-ckeddvyupt,*  oKeddow 
oxed@, A. or WM. to sprinkle or throw 
down with another, A. G.? vii. 8. 32? 
ovy-Kkata-oTpébw, * évw,éorpoda |. ; 


126 


oupPovaAy, - 


for the latter, had been done through 
compulsion. Syennesis appears to 
have been a common name of the Ci- 
lician kings. 1. 2. 12, 26s: vii. 8. 25. 
aikoy, ov, a fig, vi. 4.6; 6.1. Der. 
SYCA-MORE, SYCO-PHANT. 
ovd- or €vA-, the form which ovy 
takes in compos. before X, 150. 
ovdA-LapBave,* Anyoua, elAnda, 
2a. @\aBov, to take by bringing the 
hands together, seize, arrest, appre- 
hend, capture, A., 1.1.8; 4.8; 6.4: 
iti. 1. 2,35: iv. 4.16. Der. Svi-wARnE: 
ovd-éyo, * \dEw, ethoxa, pf. p. eiNe- 
yuat, 2 a. p. édéynv, (Aéyw lego, to 
LAY, gather) to gather together, collect, 
levy, assemble, convene, trans., A., 1. 1. 
7,9: 1.4.11: 11.1.39:—JL, w. 2a. 
p., to assemble, congregate, come or get 
together, collect, gather, convene, in- 
trans.; to be assembled, &c.; iv. 1.108; 


‘5. 1, 12508) 9's we FOS aes 


tovddoyn, 7s, an assembling, levy, 1. 


M. to assist in subduing or reducing, | 1. 6 


D., li. 1. 14: see xatra-orpégw. 
OVy-KaT-epyafopat,* dcouat, eipya- 
cual, a. elpyacduny, to assist in gain- 
ing, A.D., Vil. 7.25: v.l. karepyafouae. 
ovy-Kelpar,* Keloouat, (as pass. of 
cvv-TiOnuc) to be laid down mutually, 
to be agreed wpon: eis TO ovyKelmevor, 
sc. xwplov, to the place agreed upon, 
to the rendezvous, vi. 8.4: Ta ovyKel- 
peva the [things agreed on] agreement, 
Wile 2. ts 
ovy-KAclw, eiow, Kereta, to shut 
together (e. g. the two leaves of a 
double gate), to close, A., vil. 1. 12. 
ovy-Komifw, icw 1d, KekomKa, to 
bring together, collect : so M. (for one’s 
own benefit), A., vi. 6. 37 ? 


ocvy-KiTtTa, Kiyo, Kéxvga, to bend | 


together or towards each other, ap- 
proach, converge, iil. 4. 19, 21. 


TVY-Xopéw, ow, KeXwpnKka, to go, 


with, concur, assent, acquiesce, Vv. 2. 9. 


aoveos, a, ov, (cts) obtained from, 


swine, iv. 4.138: v. Ll. cvivos, &c. 
Lvévverts, cos, Syennesis, a king of 
Cilicia, who tried to pursue such a 
course that he should not lose his 
crown, whether Cyrus or Artaxerxes 
prevailed. Diodorus states (14. 20) 
that he secretly sent a son to the 
king to assure him of his fidelity, to 
report the doings of Cyrus, and to say 
that whatever he had himself done 





laovtAXoyos, ov, 6, a gathering, assem- 
bly, assemblage, meeting, v. 6.22; 7.2 
(not summoned, cf. éxxAnola). Der. 
SYLLOGISM. 

ovp- or Evp-, the form which ovv 
takes in compos. before a labial, 150. 

ovp-Balve,* Byoouar, BéBnKa, 2 a. 
éBnv, to come together, meet, occur, 
happen, result, ii. 1. 138. 

oup-Barro,* Bare, BéBrAnxa, 2 a. 
éBador, to cast, dash, or bring together, 
collect, A., iii. 4. 31:— MW. (of mutual 
or joint action) to contribute, give a 
suggestion or hint, agree upon, con- 
tract, A. D., wept, 1.1.9: iv.6.14: vi. 
3.8; 6.35. Der. SYMBOL. 

cup-Bodw, 7rouat, BeBdnxal., to call 
aloud or shout to each other, A., vi. 
auv6y 

ovu-Bonbéw, yow, BeBonPynka, to 
help together or in a body, join in as- 
sisting, hasten to add assistanee, €é, 
ive 2. De vy Seer 

oup-Bodrn, js, (cuu-Badrw) a dash- 


|ing together, encounter in arms, Vi. 5. 


32. 
tovp-Bovredo, evow, BeBovdevKa, to 
plan with, cownsel, advise, D. A., I. 
(a.), 16. 9: ai. 1. 17 ssa eee 
to consult or confer with, ask one’s ad- 
vice, D. CP., 1.1. 103.722). aa 
cvup-Bovdn, fs, consultation, counsel, 
advice, v. 6. 4, 11. 








oc bpPovdos 


jodpBovdos, ov, 6, a counsellor, ad- 
wiser, 1. 6. 5. 

oup-pavOdve,* pualjooua, peudbn- 
Ka, 2a. €uabov, to become familiar with 
or accustomed to, LV. D. 21. 

Touppaxéw, jow, (c¥umuaxos) to be or 
become an ally, form an alliance with, 
v. 4. 30. 

touppaxia, as, (c¥upmaxos) an aili- 
ance, offensive and defensive, v. 4. 3, 
8: vii. 3. 35. 

TUP-PAX OPAL,” uaxeroua uaxotuat, 
peuaxnuat, to fight together, with, or 
by one’s side, D., v. 4.10: vi. 1. 13. 

lodpuaxos, ov, fighting with, auxili- 
ary, allied, in alliance with ; Ta cbp- 
paxa the aids, advantages, or re- 
sources, in War: TUPLOA.XOS subst., 
an oe auxiliary: D., G., ert: ie 3, 
Oe 7%. 5 : li, 4. 685 5.11: v. 4. 9. 

“oup-per-exeo,” Bees: éErxnka,2a.éoxov, 
to partake or have a share in with 
others, G., vil. 8.17: v. 1. weréxw. 

CUP-Miyvopt or -ta,* witw, wéucxa l., 
to mingle or unite with (trans. er in- 
trans.), join, form a junction with, 
meet (as friends or enemies), join oa 
tle with, D. év, els, 11.1.2; 3.19: 

6. 24: vi. 3. 24: vii. 8. 24. 

Tvp-Tapa-cKevatw, dow,to co-operate 
by preparing, providing, or procuring, 
wo ve 2. 8,10 

oup-Trap-exo,* €fw, Erxnka, 2 a. 
écxov, to join in giving, producing, or 
procuring, A. D., vii. 4.19; 6. 30. 

cip-mds, doa, av, all together, the 
whole together, entire, in all: To oip- 
may adv., altogether, throughout : 1. 2. 
Peo 1. 3, 2:, Vil. 8: 26. 

cup-Tedde, now, (rédn) to fetter, 
confine, iv. 4.11: v. l. cup-rodi gw. 

* oup-TéwTre,* mwéupw, mérouda, to 
send or despatch with another, A.D. 
1.2. 20: iii. 4. 42s:-v. 5.15: 6.7 21. 

CUP-TEPL-TVYX AVE, * * reviouat, ore 
xn«a, to [fall in with round about] 
succeed tit surrounding, D., vii. 8. 22? 

oup-Tlarte,” Tecodmat Fae sies 2a. 
érecov, to fall together, fall in, col- 
lapse ; to meet in close conflict, grapple 
or close with ; 1.9.6: iv. 8.112 v. 2. 
24. Der. SYMPTOM. 

cbp-TAEwS, Ww, (Théws * full) [filled 
together] quite or very full of, filled 
with, abounding in, G., 1. 2.22: v. L. 
éu-Tews. 

ovp-Todl{w, fow 1G, (ous) to tie the 


127 


’ 
ouv 


feet together, confine, encumber, tm- 
pede, A., iv. 4.11: v. Ll. cup-meddw. 

Tup-Tohepew, 7ow, memodéunka, to 
war or make war with as an ally, as- 
sist in war, D. émi, mpds, 1. 4. 2. 

CTU[.-TOPEVOP.AL, EVTOMAL, TETOPEUULAL, 
to proceed or march with, take part in 
an expedition, 1.3.5; 4. 9. 

cuptrogl-apxos, ov, 0, (dpxw, oup- 
mocvov banquet, fr. mivw) rex convivii, 
the president of a banquet, a symposi- 
arch; an office for which Spartans 
were more rarely selected, from their 
lack of social vivacity ; vi. 1. 30. 

cup-tpatTw, diw, mémpaxa, to co- 
operate with, assist, aid; to assist in 
effecting or obtaining ; to Jom im ar- 
ranging, agree; D. AE. wept, Wore: 1. 
18 :0y: 4.95 5.23: val. 4. toon 8. 25. 

cup-mpée Bes, Ewy, Ob, (mpéoBus =) 
fellow-ambassadors, colleagues in an 
embassy, v. 5. 24. 

TUL-TEO- Oupéopar, NT O}LOL, ipf. mpov- 
Oupovuny, to join in urging, add one’s 
influence or efforts, 1. (A.), AE., d7rws, 
iat Leora, Valet 5; 2. 24. 

TUE-Tpo-vopew, How, (véuw) to forage 
. | together, v. 1.7: v. l. ody mpovoyais. 

cup-pépw,* olow, évjvoxa, a. qveyKa 
or -ov, pf. p. évjveypar, to bring to- 
gether, gather, collect, contribute; to 
contribute good, be advantageous, bene- 
ficial, suitable, or suited, sometimes 
impers.; to bear or share with ; A. D., 
EM, ampos, ii. 2: 2: Wi, 2s 27 5) 4aoles 
Wie 4. 9) Wille ow on 2 Oy 20 7 80 4 

ovp-dypt,* pow, to [say with an- 
other] assent to, acknowledge, A., v.8. 
Ss vals 2. 26. 

cuipdopos, ov, (cuu-pépw) advanta- 
geous, beneficial, useful, D., vil. 7. 21? 

oiv* prep., old Att. E¥v 170, cum, 
with, together with, at the same time 
with, in company or connection with, 
with the help or favor of, under the 
command of ; w. Dar. of person (com- 
panion, helper, counsellor, command- 
er, military force, &c.), instrument, 
dress, circumstance, feeling, means, 
manner sce. i til <= 2 ib 3.5s--8, 
Aree le bes Wis 1 23'5 a, Ls, tae «le 
compos. (cvy- before a palatal, cup- 
bef. a labial, ovA- bef. A, cup- bef. p, 
gu- or ava- bef. o, 150, 166), con-, 
with, at the same time, together, alto- 
gether, sometimes strengthening such 
an idea already in the simple verb. 


ovvayelpw 


ovy-ayelpw, pf. dyiyepka L., a. Hyeu- 
pa, to assenrble together, collect, a. D., 
Lore. 

cvy-dyw,* dw, Fra, 2a. Hyayov, to 
bring toyether, collect, assemble, con- 
vene ;. to bring together or join the 
edges of, close; A. €&: 1.3. 2,93 5. 
POM in De 4 i aS Oe vile, 

ovy-abiKéw, AoW, HOiKynKa, to commit 
injustice with another, join in wrong- 
doing, be an accomplice in evil deeds, 
Dey iy Oe a0. 

cvv-alpol{o, oicw, 7Oporxa, to gather 
together, collect, esp. troops, A., Vii. 2. 
8:— Wl. to flock toycther, vi. 5. 30. 

cvy-abpretw, dow, (alpia) to bivowac 
together in the open air, iv. 4. 10? 

ovv-atyew,* dow, (aivéw to speak) to 
agree with, promise, concede, grant, 
ACD. Vile fe, 3s 

Tvy-atpéw,* ow, Honka, 2a. efdov, 
to take together, com-prehend : ws ouv- 
eddvrt eimrety, sc. Adyw, to speak in 
comprehensive language, to say all in 
a word, ili. 1. 38: see wsf. 

Tvv-aKodovOle, jaw, AicodovOnka, to 
go in company with, follow closely, ac- 
company, D., li. 5. 80, 35: vii. 7. 11. 

ovv-aKove, * ovcouat, dxjKoa, to hear 
mutually, G., v. 4. 31. 

wvv-GXtfw, a. Hrica, a. p. NrAlcOyy, 
to gather together, collect, A., vil. 3. 48. 

ovv-ahdatTw,* d&w, #Akaxa, 2 a. p. 
PAALY NY, (aArAATTw to change, fr. ddXos) 
to change so as to bring together, 
reconcile: M., w. 2a. p., to become recon- 
ciled, come to an agreement, make 
pence, mpbs, i. 2.1. 

cvy-ava-Balve,* Bicoua, BéBnKa, 
2a. €Bny, to go up with, D., 1. 8. 18. 

Cvy-ava-KapTTa, Kduw, to bend wp 
tcgetnher, v. l. for cvy-Kdumrrw, v. 8.10. 

Tvy-ava-TpaTTw, déw, mémpayxa, to 
join in exacting or requiring what is 
due, A. wapd, vii. 7. 14. 

ovv-av-tornpr,” orjow, Eornka, 2a. 
éotny, to raise up with: M., w. pf. 
and 2a. act., to rise or stand up with, 
vii. 3. 35. 

CVV-AVvTaw, How, jvryka, (dvTdw to 
meet, fr. dvri) to meet [and speak with], 
a. Oho WiLL. 2. 3: 

ovy-aTr-eupit, * ipf. jew, (eur) to de- 
part or return with, ii. 2. 1. 

Tvv-atro-Aappdve,* AjnYoua, e’Ay- 
ga, to receive at the same time what is 
due, vii. 7. 40. 


128 





ouveAcka 


cuv-arTw, dyw, to fasten together; 
to join (battle), engage in, A. D., 1. 5. 


cvv-dpxo, dpéw, jpxa, to be associ- 
ated in command with, D., vi. I. 32.. 
ovv-Seitrvos, ov, 6, (delrvov) a table- 
companion, guest at table, il. 5. 27. 
cuv-dta-Batve,* Bicoua, BéByKa, 
2 a. €Bny, to cross with others, vii. 1. 4. 
cuv-Sia-mpattw, diw, mémpaxa, to 
accomplish with: M. to negotiate with, 
viép, iv. 8. 24. 
ovv-dSoKéw,* ddEw, to seem good in 
like manner, be likewise approved, D., 
Wi woul OF 
cvv-Spapotpat, see cuv-Tpéxw. 
ovv-dvo indecl., two together, two by 
two, V1.3. 2. 
ovv-e-: for augmented forms thus 
beginning, look under ovy- before a 
palatal, cup- bef. a labial, ovA-, ovp-, 
bef. A, p, and wv-(o) bef. o, 151, 166. 
Ouv-eyevopyv, See ovy-yiyvouat. 
ovy-cdpapov, see cuv-Tpéxm, V. 7. 4. 
ovy-cidoy, -cdSévatr, see cuv-opdw. 
ovv-elheypat, see cvA-Aéyu, lv. 3. 7. 
ocuv-clAnoa, -e(Anpyjsat, see gv\-Lap- 
Bave, iil. 1. 2, 35. 
ovv-ept,* Eoouat, (etul) to be with, 
associate with, D.: of cuvévTes associates 
or followers : ii. 6. 20, 23: vi. 6. 35. 
oy-erp,* jew, (elu) to go or come 
together, come or advance for an en- 
counter, P., 1.10. 10; in. 5. 72 
TVvy-eLTOUAV, See guv-Eouat, V. 2. 4. 
TuUy-cLo-Epxopar,* EeNevTouat, €A1- 
AvOa, 2a. HAGov, to enter together with, 
Mpos . .. €&S . -. CUP. IVa 
ouv-eo-TinTe, * TEecoUMaL, TETTWKA, 
2a. érecov, to fall, rush, or plunge 
into together with others, etow . . ov, — 
¥. 7. 25 2 vie hee 
ovv-ex-Balvw,* Bycouat, BéBnKa, 
go forth together with, émi, iv. 3. 22. 
cuy-ex-BiBatw, BiBdow BBO, to join 
in lifting out, assist in extricating, A., 
De he 
ovv-ek-KoTTe, Koy, Kéxopa, to join 
in cutting down, A., iv. 8. 8. 
Gvv-ek-Tive,* iowa (tC), WéTwKa, 
2a. ériov, to drink with another to the 
bottom of the cup, vil. 3. 32. 
ovy-ex-Topt{w, low 1, memdpiKa, to 
aid in procuring or supplying, A. D., 
v. 8. 25: v. l. cuveEevrropéw, &c. 
ovv-éXaPov, see cvA-LauBavw,i1i.2. 4. 
ovv-édefa, -cAéyny, see svA-héyw. 


to 











ocuvehnrvda 


owvv-edHAvOa, -eAOetv, see cuv-épxo- 
oe We PY): iz 1.-36. 

ovy-eXovTt, see cuv-aipéw, iii. 1. 38. 

ovy-EniEa, see oun-piyrope, li. 3. 19. 

TUV-EVEYKOV, -EVAVEYPOL, See TUL- 
pépw, il. 4. 31: vi. 4. 9. 

ovv-cb-EpXop.at, * éhevoouat, é€ANdv- 
6a, to go out with, join in an excur- 
son, D., vil. 8.-11. 

ovy-c-<v-Troplo, now, (rdpos) to aid 
in procuring relies, A. D., V. 8. 25? 

TVY-ETT-ALVEw, * éow, NVEKa, (awéw to 
speak) to join in approving, A., Vii. 3. 
36. 


_TVV-ETT-EVX OPAL, eVEouat, evymat OF 
noyyat, to vow moreover at the same 
time, I., lili. 2. 9. 

o-vy-errt-pedgopa, NO OMAL, MELEANUAL, 
to take or have the joint charge of, G., 
Vil S22: 

ouv-er-omréo Oat, see cuw-ep-errouat. 

ovy-ert-omEvdw, cUow, to assist im 
hastening forward, eg 5a) 

Cvy-eTrl-TptPw, rate, rérpipa, (Tpt- 
Bw to rub) to crush together, destroy ut- 
terly, ruin, Ae Ve 82 20i" 

ovy-erropar,* EYouat, ipf. eimdunr, 
to follow with or closely, follow, ac- 
company, attend, D., ra a ae ae Ue 

Tvy-eT-SKVUpL,* duotua, duwpoxa, 
to swear at the same time yet further, 
to add the further oath, 1., vii. 6. 19. 

ouv- -epyds, 6 ov, (Zpyor) working g with : 
ouvepyos subst., a co-worker, assistant, 
helper, coudjutor, DE Gd 9. 20s. 

Tvv-EPpUHV, -ENpuyKELV, See Tup-péw. 

ovv-epxopat,* eAevcouar, €A7jAvGa,, 
2a. HAGov, to go or come together, as- 
semble, convene, meet, mapd, ws P., il. 
Pee no. ol 5.3: 11,1. 33s. 

ovy-eo-: for most words thus be- 
ginning, look under ov-o-: e. g., 

ovy-éotrwv, see gu-oTdw, i. 5. 10. 

cuv-er7aOny, -OTYV, -EoTHKA, See 
ouv- lor nt, Hg be S'S Vie 5285.30: 

cvy-ep-é -Eropa,” Epouae, ipf. elmrd- 

pny, 2a. éorrouny, to follow close upon, 
follow closely, accompany, D., iii. 1. 2 
(v. 1. ovv-érrouat): iv. 8.18: vii. 4. 6. 

ovv-éxo,* Ew, éoxnxa, to hold or 
keep together, A., vii. 2. 8. 

ovy-ewpwv, see cvv-opdw, iv. 1. 11. 

Tvy-hyayov, see cuvv-dyw, 1. 3. 2. 

cvy-jdopat, f. p. noPjoouat, to rejoice 
with, con-gratulate, D. rt, v.5.8: vii. 
Das Bh, AY 

ovy-yerv, see oty-euus (elu), 1.10.10. 

LEX, AN. 6* 


129 


CUVTATTHO 


ovy-7AGov, see cuv-épxouar, li. 2. 8. 

ovvy-Gedopar, doouar, TeAédua, to 
join in inspecting, A., vi. 4. 15. 

ovy-Géuevos, -bér8at, see cur-TlOnut, 
it pao Ve A. Ee: 

Lobv-Onpa, aros, 76, an agreement or 
thing agreed upon, token, watchword, 
password, 1.8.16: iv. 6.20: vi. 5. 25. 

cvy-Onpdaw, dow, TeOnpaKa, to hunt 
with another, join in the chase, v.3.10. 

ovv-Qotro or -Qeiro, see cuv-TiOnu. 

ouv-tdely, see cuv-opdw, i. 5. 9. 

ouv-lnpe,* jow, efka, ipf. tn or ve, 
to put together, wnderstand, A., vii. 
6. 8. 

cuv-lornp.,* orjow, eornka, 2 a. 
éoTny, a. p. éordOny, to [bring together 
as friends] present or introduce to, A. D., 
fie t: Set va 195 7 We acta aso 
pt. (pret.), to stand together or in @ 
body ; to assemble, gather, collect, com- 
bine, unite, intrans.; to exist in @ 
body, be embodied or organized ; éni, 
Serve (2) WO vi. 2: SN se e238. 30 = 
vii. 6. 26. Der. SYSTEM. 

civ-od0s, ov, 7, a way or coming 
together, meeting, encounter, shock of 
arms, els, 1.10.7: vi.4.9. Der. SYNOD. 

ovv-ovba, see cuv-opdw, i. 3. 10. 

ovv-olow, see cuu-pépw, vii. 8. 4. 

Tvv-odorv{a, VEouar, (dAoAv~w ululo, 
HOWL) fo join in a loud cry, iv. 3. 19. 

Tvy-opodoyew, Yow, wuohdyn«xa, to 
agree upon with another, agree with 
or to, assent to, concert, A. D., iv. 2.19: 
We (be vale. TORE Ss os 

ovy-dvTay, see cUv-expt (€Efut), 11. 6.23. 

ovy-opde, * dYouar, Ewpaxa or édpa- 
ka, ipf. éwpwy, 2 a. eidov, to see at the 
same time, mutually, or in a compre- 
hensive view; to observe, keep an eye 
upon, or watch each other ; to per- 
ceive; A.,P.; 1.5.9: iv. 1.11:—2 pf. 
pret. otv-owa (inf. cuv-erdévar, &c.) 
conscius sum, to know or be cognizant 
with another, be consciors to one’s self, 
DEP,; ot onl On it os 7 Vil. OF Was! 

ovy-ovota, as, (efui) the being to- 
gether, an interview, conversation, con- 
Jerence, ii. 5. 6. 

Cvy-TAaTTH, Taw, TéTaxa, pf. p. TéE- 
Tayua, to arrange together, form or 
draw up in military order (esp. order 
of battle), array, marshal, A., 1.2.15: 
cuvretaypmevo. drawn up, in battle- 
array, 1.7.14: iv.2.7:—M., of a 
leader, to draw up his own troops, A.; 


I 


ouvrlOnpe 130 


of soldiers, to draw themselves up, ar- 
ray themselves, form in military order 
(intrans.), €&, ws eis: i. 8.14; 8.14; 
LO Togs We 4.as aves. 215 win eleto 
(= v. Ll. cvvrifewar). Der. SYNTAX. 
ovy-TlOnp,* O7ow, TéOecka, 2 a. Md. 
EOeunv (Geiuny or Ooiuny, OécOar, &c.), 
to put together: M. to put together 
mutually, arrange or agree with any 
one, agree upon, make an agreement 
or compact, A., D. I.(A.), 1.9.7: i. 5. 
8; iv.2.1s: vil.1.35? Der. SYNTHETIC. 
oUV-TOLOS, ov, S., (TEuvyw) con-cisus, 
cut so as to come closer together, con- 
cise, short, ii: 6. 22. 
Ovy-tpamefos, ov, = duo-Tpdresos 
Cs aes Oe 
Tvvy-TPEXW,* Spawotuar, Sedpdunka, 
2a. @dpauor, to run together, v. 7. 4. 
cvy-Tpipw, ivw, réTpipa, (TpiBw to 
rub) to rub or crush together: cuvte- 
Tpiymevor Ken Kal mdevpas with legs 
and ribs crushed or broken, iv. 7. 4. 
Tvy-TvyXava,* revEouar, TeTUX HKG, 
to happen or fall in with, happen upon, 
meet with, find, D., 1.10.8: vii. 8.222 
cvy-whehéw, jow, @PéAnka, to join 
in benefiting, AE. eis: o. odév to con- 
tribute no benefit or service, 11. 2. 27. 
Zuvpaxdoros, or LupaKovoros, ov, o, 
a Syracusan, aman of Syracuse (Zv- 
paxovcat), the greatest city of Sicily, 
founded upon the east coast by a Co- 
rinthian colony, B. c. 734, and having 
two excellent harbors. It was the 
birthplace of Theocritus and Archi- 
médes, and was famed for two sieges, 
in one of which it repelled the Athe- 
nians (B. C. 413), but in the other, 
after long, brave, and ingenious resist- 
ance, was taken by the Romans under 
Marcellus (B. c. 212). 1.2.9; 10.14. 
|| Siracusa. 
t2ivpta, as, Syria (Aram, Numb. 


23.7), a great country in Asia, of| 


remarkable interest in both sacred 
and profane history, lying east of the 
Mediterranean and north of Arabia, 
and in its early extent reaching even 
to the Tigris (later bounded by the 
Euphrates). It was chiefly inhabited 
by the Semitic race. 1.4.4: vil. 8. 25. 
tT Litptos, a, ov, Syrian, i. 4. 5. 
pos, ov, 6, a Syrian, i. 4. 9. 
Tup-péw,* pevotouar & pujoouat, éppv- 
nka, 2a. a. or p. éppiyy, (ctv) to flow, 
run, or flock together, els,iv.2.19: v.2.3. 





opayrov 


ois, oiés, or ds, ‘Yds, 6}, 139, 141, 
sus, @ SWINE, hog, boar, sow, v. 2.3; 
ae 10s $17. 24, 

ov-o- or fv-c-, the form which, in 
compos., the prep. ovv takes with x 
followed by a consonant, 166. 

ov-oKevatw, dow, to collect baggage : 
— WM. to collect one’s own baggage, pack 
up, make ready for a start, A.; some- 
times pf. or aor. pt., all packed up, 
ready for a start ; 1.3.14: ii.1.2; 2. 
4;.3. 29; ii. 4. 365 5) ee yee 

ot-oKnVvos, ov, 6, (rKnv}) con-tuber- 


nalis, a tent-companion, tentmate, com-— 


rade, v7.15: 8.58: 

oV-oTdw, dow, éomaxa, to draw to- 
gether, sew together, A., i. 5. 10. 

ov-o7Tepdw, dow, pf. p. éorelpauat, 
(cretpa a coil, SPIRE) to coil together, 
draw up in close order: suvecrepa- 
Mévos in close array, i. 8. 21. 

ocv-oTrovdate, dcouat, eomovdaxa, to 
join in earnest effort, ii. 3. 11. 

ov-oTds, see cuv-icTrnut, V. 7. 16. 

ouv-oTpatetw, eUow, éoTpatevxa, to 
join in making war : — M. to take the 
jield, march, campaign, carry on war, 
or serve as soldiers W1TH ; to join an 
expedition, take part in a campaign ; 
D., év,émi, ovv* 1.4.3: V.6.24: vii.3.14. 

TV-CTPATHYOS, ov, or -oTpaTHYés, 
ov, 0, a fellow-general, colleague in 
command, ii. 6. 29: v. l. erparnyds. 

TV-TTPATLOTHS, ov, 6, a fellow-sol- 
dier, comrade in war, i. 2. 26. 

ov-oTPATOTEdEvOMaL, EVToMal, EoTpa- 
Tomédevpat, to encamp together, ovy, ii. 
4, 9. 

cv-oTpépa,* évw, ~rtpopal., 2 a. 
p. €oTpadny, to turn together: M., w. 
2a. p., to turn to each other, rally, i. 
10.6: v. 1. oTpépw. 

TVUXVES, 7, ov, (TUy-ex7s continuous ? 
fr. éxw) considerable in quantity, 
length, number, &c., like wodvs, but 
less strong ; much, long: pl. many, 
not a few, quite a number of, quite 
NUMETOUS : GVKXVSY, SC. xXwpiov, at 
quite a distance, at considerable dis- 
tances or intervals: 1.8.8,10: v. 4.16. 


| todaydto, dow, A. & oftener I, to 


slay @ victim, to sacrifice, offer sacri- 
fice, D., els, Iv. 8.18 ; 524 ae 

jodayiov, ov, an animal sacrificed, 
victim : Ta opdyta the omens or indi- 
cations from victims (esp. fr. their mo- 
tions, while ra iepd refers rather to 





opatea 131 cadpovife 
act the omens fr. the entrails), the ap- 
ar pearance of the victims, i. 8.15: iv. 3. 
ee 2922 ¥1: 5. 8; 21. 


ly: i.6.9: iii. 4.27: iv.1.16: vi.1.9. 
Der. SCHOOL, SCHOLAR. 
T® Or T@ot, see ogs, li. 2. 21. 


coatw & later Att. rhatra,* déw, to 
cut the throat, esp. in sacrifice; hence, 
in general, to kill, slay, slaughter ; A. 
Gis = 2.9: By. 52165 7. 18: 
odaipo-edjs, és, (spaipa ball, 
SPHERE, cldos) ball-shaped, having a 
ball, G. of material ? v. 4. 12. 
ohadro,* ara, éoparka l., 2a. p. 
éodadnr, (cf. fallo, Eng. fall, fail) to 
trip up, throw down: P. & M. to be 
thrown down, fall, fail, meet with a 
reverse or mishap, AE., Vil. 7. 42. 
ohatra, see opdfw, iv. 7. 16. 
odes, chy, cpicr (encl.), oas, 
they, themselves, comm. reflex., pl. to 
eegev, 127.87 8.2: ii. 5.16: iv. 
eee we 4. a5 72182 vil. 2:16; 5:9: 
todevdovaw, now, to sling, use or 
discharge the sling, throw or hurl with 
a sling, D. of missile, iil. 3. 7, 15s. 
odevddvn, ys, funda, a@ sling ;: by 
meton., the missile of a sling (stone, 
leaden ball, &c.); ili. 3.16, 18; 4. 4. 
lodevdovaras, ov, funditor, @ sling- 
er, iii. 3. 68, 16, 20; 4.2,26.  - 
ooior(v) encl., see ogets, i. 7. 8. 
wohodpes, a, dv, vehement, exceeding, 
extreme, severe, pressing, i. 10. 18 : — 
oddpa (neut. pl. w. accent changed) 
adv., vehemently, exceedingly, extreme- 
ly, greatly, very much, very, implicit- 
ly, closely, ii. 3.16; 4.18; 6.11. 
To xedia, as, a temporary structure, 
esp. @ raft or float, 1.5.10: i. 4. 28. 
toxedcv adv., of distance, time, 
number, or degree, close at hand, 
nearly, almost, about, mostly, i. 8.25; 
e055 WH Ab ive]. G63 8: 15: 
oXElv, TXATw, see éxw, iii. 5. 11. 
toxétAtos, a, ov, holding out, wn- 
sparing, cruel, outrageous, vii. 6. 30. 
loxjpa, aros, 76, habitus, form, 
shape, figure, 1.10.10. Der. scHEME. 
oxi{e, low, pf. p. erxwpa, a. p. 
toxicOnv, scindo, to split, cleave, di- 
vide, A.,1.5.12: vi.3.1. Der. scHIsM. 
Toxord{w, dow, écxddaxa, to be at 
leisure, 11. 3.2. Der. SCHOLASTIC. 
ToxoAaios, a, ov, leisurely, slow, iv. 
1. 13. 
toxokalws, c. drepov, slowly, tardily, 
leisurely, 1. 5. 8s. 
TXOAH, Fs, (cxX- in éyw) leisure, 


Tora{w,* cHcw, céowxa, pf. p. céow- 
Cpat or cécwuat, a. p. €owOyy, to save, 
rescue, preserve, keep safe, conduct 
safely, A., 1.10.3: ili. 2. 4,10, 39 : — 
P.& M. to be saved, rescued, preserved, 
&c.; to save one’s self, escape, arrive 
or return safely; pt. to have been 
saved, to be safe ; eis, é&, émi, &.; ii. 
1, 19% 4.62 -191..205, PES vist ie; eo 

tZiw-Kpatys, eos, Socrates, an Athe- 
nian philosopher, eminent for wisdom 
and virtue, teacher of Xenophon, 
Plato, &e. He drank the fatal hem- 
lock, B. c. 399, a short time only be- 
fore the probable return of Xenophon 
from the Cyrean expedition. iii. 1, 5, 
7.—2. An Achzan general in the 
Cyrean army, of good repute, but not 
of great prominence, i.1.11: 1.6.30. 

Toapa, aros, 76, (cHfw, as that which 
is recovered of the slain, in Hom. 
corpse) the body ; atso translated per- 
son or life (c®pata avdpev by periphr. 
for dvdpas, iv. 6. 10); i. 9. 12, 23, 27. 

oas,* cGy, pl. o3, oG (contr. fr. od- 
0S, OV, ol, a), OF was, a, ov, salvus, 
SAREE, db 2 28 amd. 39 2owe 16: 
2-323 8:4: vitv 6: 32. 

LZe@crs, vos, or Swoias, ov, Sosis or 
Sosias, a Syracusan, who brought 300 
hoplites to Cyrus. In which division 
these were incorporated does not ap- 
pear, nor is his name again mentioned. 
1.2.9: v.l. ZwKpdrns, &e. 

Lowrnp, jjpos, 6, (c&fw) a preserver, 
savior, deliverer, a surname of Zevs 
Give 1G Ut Dy 9 i ive Be DS: 

lowrnpta, as, safety, preservation, 
deliverance, ii.1.19: iii.1.26; 2. 8s. 

L2e@rnpldSas or -ns, ov, Soteridas or 
-es, a Sicyonian, properly rebuked by 
Xen. and his own comrades, iii. 4. 47. 

Lowrnptos, ov, saving, salutary, prom- 
tsing or indicative of safety: cathpva, 
sc. lepd, thank-offerings for safety or 
deliverance: ii. 6.11: iii. 2.9; 3. 2. 

towdpovéw, ow, cecwPpdvyka, to be 
wise, prudent, or discreet, AE.: o. Ta 
mpos to perform discreetly one’s duties 
towards: v.8.24: vii.7.30(v.l. ppovéw). 

towdpovita, icw 12, to bring to rea- 
son, teach discretion, reform, correct, 
be effectual in correcting, A., vi. 1. 28: 


spire lime, 1.: 7XOAF at leisure, s’ow-| vii. 7. 24. 


cwodpooivyn 


132 TATTOO 


trwppoctvy, ns, practical wisdom, | file, ranks, line ; the post or proper 


discretion, self-control, i. 9. 8. 
[oa-dpwv, ov, g. ovos, (cas, Ppiv 
mind) of sound mind, discreet, wise. | 


10h 


tv’ or 8’, by apostr. for 7é, i. 3. 9. 

[t- the, that, a great pronominal 
root, of which the regular stem 74s is 
not found in use. | 

47a, Ta-5e (7dd°), Tats, Tato-Se, see 
O,y00e mie denG sis 45 13 216,79, 

ta- by crasis for ra d- or 7a é-: as 

Tayabd = Ta dyadd, iii. 2. 26. 

TaAAVTOV, ov, (Taa- in TAdw to bear 
up) talentum, @ TALENT, = 60 pwrai or 
6000 dpaxuai: acc. to the Att. stan- 
dard, as a weight, = about 57 lbs. 
avoirdupois ; as a sum of money, the 
value of this weight of silver (unless 
otherwise stated), = about $1200; c.; 
i. 7.18: ii. 2.20: vii. 1.27. 7. 53. 

TadAa or TAKA = Tad dANa,i. 8. 29. 

TapLevw, evow, (Tauias distributer, 
steward, fr. téuvw) to be a steward: 
Mf. to carve or divide off as a steward, 
parcel out, determine, A. or CP., li. 5. 
18. 

Tapds, @, or Tapas, &, an Egyptian 
from Memphis, who was, in the year 
412 B.c., governor of Ionia under 
Tissaphernes ; but afterwards went 
over to Cyrus, as did most of the 
Ionian cities, and was appointed his 
admiral. He returned from Cilicia, 
to take the charge, intrusted to him 
during the absence of Cyrus, of these 
cities and the neighboring coast ; but 
on the approach of Tissaphernes after 
the death of Cyrus, he put his treas- 
ures and his children except Glts into 
triremes, and sailed to Egypt, whose 
king Psammitichus was under obliga- 
tion to him. But the ungrateful king 
slew both him and his children, in 
order to obtain possession of the 
treaasure and fleet. i. 2. 21: ii. 1. 3. 

Tavavtia = Ta évayTia, iv. 8. 32. 

tragl-apxos, ov, 6, (4pxw) a com- 
mander of a division (rd&s), a taxt- 
G7, MMe Sie Nhe 28: 

TELS, ews, 7, (TATTW) arrangement, 
order, good order, discipline ; esp. 
military arrangement or order (pl. 
tactics, 11.1.7), battle-array, rank and 


place of a soldier; a rank or line of 
soldiers ; a division, corps, body, or 
band of troops, usu. larger than a 
Adxos: 1.2.16,18; 8.3, 8, 21: ii. 2.21: 
ili. 2.17, 38; v. 4.20. Der. syn-TAx. 

Téoxou, wr, (Tdo, Diod. 14. 29, the 
ending -xo. perhaps originating as in 
Kapdotxo q. v.) the T'aochi or -ians, 
a mountain tribe of Armenia, dwell- 
ing in strongholds, independent and 
warlike. Recent travellers in this 
region have recognized remains of 
their name and habits. iy. 4. 18. 

Tratreivds, 4, dv, lowly, humble, sub- 
missive, D., ll. 5. 13. 

ttatevow, wow, teratetvwxa |., to 
humble, abase, A., vi. 3. 18. 

TOMS, Los, or Tamis, (dos, 4, tapes, 
acarpet, rug, often elaborately wrought, 
vil. 3. 18, 27. Der. TAPESTRY. 

TaMTHOELA = Td émirHdea, ii. 3. 9. 

TapatTw, déw, terdpaxa |., pf. p. 
TETApayuaL, a. p. erapaxOnv, turbo, to 
disturb, disorder, trouble, make trou- 
ble, throw into disorder or confusion, 
A., AE., di. 4. 18 ¢ 1, 45 19% pe 

{rdapaxos, ov, 6, disturbance, agita- 
tion, 1.8.2. 

TAptxevw, evow, (Tdplxos preserved 
meat) to preserve by salting, smoking, 
drying, &c., to pickle, a., v. 4. 28. 

Tapool, dy, oi, or Tapods, of, 4, 
Tarsi or Tarsus, a city of very an- 
cient fame, the capital of Cilicia, 
situated on both sides of the Cydnus, 
in a fertile plain at the foot of Mt. 
Taurus. It became later a great seat 
of Greek learning and philosophy, 
vying with Athens and Alexandria ; 
and was much favored by the Roman 
emperors. It was the birthplace of 
not a few eminent men, the Apostle 
Paul at their head. i. 2.23. ||Tarstis. 

TaTTw,”* Taiw, Téraxa, pf. p. TérTa- 
yuat, a. p. érdxOny, to arrange, order, 
appoint, assign, place or station in or- 
der; esp. to arrange, draw up, form, 
post, or station in military order, to 
array, marshal; A. 1., él, eis, kata, 
po, &c.: TeTayuevoe drawn up, ap- 
pointed, in order, assigned to their 
places, &c.; Ta TeTaypéva the arrange- 
ments made: M. to station one’s self, 
take one’s station or post ; to arrange 
or station as one’s allies, A. émi: i. 2. 
15s; 5.73; 6.63 7.0; tiie 








act 


TAUpOS 


3. 18 (&v TQ TeTaypevy in the place as- 


ary Signed ; v. Ll. &vreraryuevy) : iv. 3. 30; 


be’ 


-© 


8.10s: v. 4. 22. Der. TAcTIcs. 

Tadpos, ov, 6, taurus, & bull, il. 2.9. 

Tatra, TAITAS, TAUTALs, TAUTHS, Kc., 
see otros, 1.2.4; 9. 14. 

TAUTA, TAUTS OF TAUTEY (199a), Tad- 
TO, = TH avTd, Td airs, TY aUTY, i. 5. 
2: ii. 1. 22s. Der. TAUTO-LOGY. 

ravry dat. of obros: as adv., sc. 659 
or x&pa, in this or that way, direc- 
tion, or respect, by this or that way or 
route, thus ; in this or that place, here, 
there; 1.10. 6% 11.6.7: iii. 2.32: Iv. 
Pees, 20: 5.36; 8, 12. 

Tadeinv, see OamTw, v. 7. 20. 
_Lrados, ov, 6, a grave, tomb, i. 6. 11. 
Der. EPI-TAPH. 

Lradpos, ov, 7, a ditch, trench, i. 7. 
14s: i. 8.10; 4. 13. 

Tax- in TaxOfvar, -els, see TATTW. 

traxa adv., quickly, forthwith, pres- 
ently, soon; perhaps; 1.8.8: v.2.17. 

traxéws, oftener tax, adv., c. 0ar- 
Tov, Ss. TaxLoTA, quickly, rupidly, speed- 
ily, suddenly, soon, i. 2. 4,17; 5. 3,9: 
iil. 4. 15,27 : — os TaXLoTa as soon as, 
as soon (quickly, &c.) as possible (so 
OTe TaxXLTTA), 553 b,c, 1. 8.14: iv. 2. 
1; 3.9, 29: 69 dvvawro TaxLoTA in 
whatever way they could most rapid- 
ly, as rapidly as possible, iv. 5.1: 
érel (€ray, érevdav) TaXLTTA, AS SOON 
sess D, wi. 1,9: 1v. 6.9: vi. 3. 21. 
See Bddny, ds, drt, ws. 

traxos, cos, 76, swiftness, speed, 11.5.7. 

TAXUS,* Ela, UV, C. OdrTwWY, S. TAXL- 
oTos, swift, rapid, speedy, quick: tiv 
taxtorny, sc. oddv, in the quickest 
way, as quickly or soon as possible, 
most speedily, tmmediately : i. 2. 20: 
li. 6.29: i11.3.15s: iv. 4.22. See dud. 

Té,* by apostr. t’ or 0’, post-pos. & 
encl. conj., (cf. et, -que) and, both: 
Te. . Té, and stronger Té. . Kal, both 

. and (stronger, and also, and even, 
&c.), as well .. as, not only. . but 
also (even, especially, &c.); but ré 
sometimes not translated (esp. where 
other connectives might have been 
mised 7O5, 1, $48.01. 1, 7)2:1/1.3 2 5; 
5.14: iv. 5.12; 8.13: 7ré followed by 
6é,v.5.8: vil.8.11. When joined with 
other words, 7é has in Att. its own 
connective force, except in dre, ofds 
Te, More, and wre, 389]. See kat, édv, 
elTe, TE, OUTE. 


133 





Tepevlrns 


ve0- in redupl. for 6€0-, 159 a. 

TEOV HKG, -VATOV, -VACL, -Vavat,-VvEds, 
see Ov7jicxw, 1.6.11: iv.1.19; 2.17. 

TtOpapwevos, see Tpépw, v. 4. 32. 

TéQp-ummov, ov, (rérrapes, immos) o 
four-horse chariot, iii. 2. 24. ; 

telvw,* Teva, éraka, tendo,fo stretch, 
push on, pursue one’s way, continue, 
IVto. 21. Der TONK, TONIC, TUNES 

Treax({o, iow 1, TerelxiKa, to wall, 
fortify, Vii. 2. 36. 

Teixos, cos, 76, (akin to refdxos) a 
wall, walls, esp. for defence ; a walled 
town, castle, fortress; 1.4.4: iii. 4. 
7,10: vii. 3.19: see Mydia. — Néov 
tetxos Neontichus (New-castle), a forti- 
fied harbor on the Thracian shore of 
the Propontis, vil. 5. 8. || Ainadsjik. 

TeKpalpowar, apodual, (réxuap sign) 
to infer from a sign, judge, conjecture, 
iv. 2. 4. 

|Texpnptov, ov, a sure sign, evidence, 
proof, i. 9. 29, 30; i. 2. 18. 

TEKVOV, ov, TO, (TEK- in TikTw to beget, 
bring forth; cf. bairn and bear) a 
child, V4 Bes IN. Oe 2S Ss 

{Ted€0w in pr. and ipf., poet., to arise, 
become, be, be favorable, iii. 2. 3 (v. 1. 
EhGety) : vi. 6. 36 (v. 1. €0€Nex yevéo Oat). 

treXeuTatos, a, ov, final, last, hind- 
most, rearmost : ot t. the rear: iv. 1. 
SylOs Qe al Geos 24: 

TrehevTdw, jow, TeTeNEUTHKA, to end, 
jimish; to finish life, dic: redevrar 
making an end, finally, at last: i. 1. 
3 Our eats lath, 4 say 5. Givi. Ss 

TredeutH, fs, the end, termination ; 
one’s end, death ; 1.1.1: i. 6. 29. 

tredéw, dow ,TeTéAEKa, to finish, com-. 
plete, fulfil; to fulfil an obligation, 
Boyes: Nae = “Wile ry neltG. say ldeell aise Dees 

téos, €0s, 76, (TEAAW to accomplish) 
the accomplishment, completion, ful- 
jilment, end, conclusion, close, result ; 
the completion of civic rank, authority, 
pl. by meton. the authorities, rulers (at 
Sparta, the Ephors): +r. éxew to have 
or come to an end, to close: téXos adv., 
at the end, at last, finally: i. 9.6; 
10s 13,187 6s 4 VoD O29 62 bev. 
5. 2; 6.11: see dud. Der. TELIC. 

TEAK OS, €0S, TO, (TEU) & Slice, ESP. 
of fish, v. 4. 28. 

Tewevitns, ov, a Temenite, a man 
of Temenus (Téuevos), a place in Sici- 
ly, afterwards included in Syracuse, 
iv. 4.15: changed by some editors to 


TELVO 


Typrirns, a man of THuvos, an Aolian}, 


town of Asia Minor, near the mouth 
of the Hermus ; and by others to T7- 
peviryns, a man of Tyudnov, a small 
town at the head of the Argolic Gulf. 

Tépve,® Teud, TéTUNKAa, 2 a. Erapov 
or érenov, to cut, v.8.18. Der. A-TOM. 

Tévayos, eos, 74, (Telvw 2) a shoal, Vii. 
5. 

tepeBivOivos or tepptvOivos, x, ov, 
(repéBwOos or TépuivOos the terebinth or 
turpentine tree) from the terebinth, of 
turpentine, iv. 4. 13. 

teoo- v. J. for later Att. rerr-. 

vet- in redupl. forms : as, iets. 
vos (Tdr7w), 1. 2.16; TérqKa (THKw), 
iv. 5. 15; TeTpappévos (rpémw), lil. 5. 
153 | TeTPwPEVOS (TiTpwoKw), I. 5. 33. 

tréraptos, 7, ov, fourth, iii. 4. 31. 
Trerpaxio-xtAton, a, a, (rer pies four 
times) four thousand, 1.1.10; 2. 3. 

Tretpaxdoior, at, a, (éxardv) four 
hundred ; so sing. w. doris, 2404; i. 
Andis £105 

{Tetpa-poipia, as, (uoipa share) a 
JSourfold portion, four times as much, 
vii. 2. 36; 6.1 

TTetpa-mAdos, 67, dor, contr. ods, 4, 
ov, quadruple, fourfold, vii. 6. 7. 

{terrapdkovta indecl., forty, i.5.18. 

TETTAPES,* pa, J. pwy, quatuor, four, 
1.2.12,15. See éwi. Der. TETR-ARCH. 

Tev€pavia, as, Teuthrania, a dis- 
trict in the southwest part of Mysia, 
about the Caicus, including a town 
of the same name. Its chief town, 
however, was Pergamum. ii. 1. 8. 

Tevgopat, see Tuyxdvw, 1.4.15: iil 
2.19. 

TEevXOS, €0s, 74, (TEVXW to make) a 
receptacle, vessel, pot, jar, chest, v. 4. 
28: vil. 5.14. Der. PENTA-TEUCH. 

Trexvato, dow, to use art, practise 
artifice or concealment, dissemble, de- 
ceive, vii. 6. 16. 

TEXVN, NS, (TEK- In TixTw to produce) 
art, device, means: maon Téxvyn Kal 
enxavyn by every art and device, by all 
means, iv. 5.16. Der. TECHNICAL. 

Lrexvxas artfully, skilfully : 7. res 
in @ certain artful way, quite artis- 
tically, vi. 1.5: 

téws adv., (r-) for a while, for some 
time ; up to this or that time, until 
then, previously ; iv. 2.12: vil. 5. 8, 13. 

TH, T75¢, dat., sometimes as adv.; 
see 0, dd¢: iv. 8. 10: vii. 2. 13. 


134 


TiO npt 


THK, * THEO, to melt, THAW, trans. ; 
but 2 pf. réryKa intrans., lv. Re 75. 

TndreBdas, ov or a, the Telebous, an 
Armenian affluent of the Eastern Eu- 
phrates, iv. 4. 3. {|The Kara-Su, in 
the district of Mish. 

Topevirys or Lypvirys, see Teueri- 
THs} Iv. 445. 

THhpepov adv., (t-, uépa) on this 
day, to-day : 7 Tipepov nuépa the pres- 
ent day: 1.9.25: iti. 1.14: iv. 6. 8s. 

THVLKadTa adv. , (ryvixa fr. 7-, adds) 
at that very time, just then, iv. 1. 5. 

‘Tapys, cos or ov, Teres, a king of — 
the Odryse about 500 8B. c., who made 
this kingdom powerful, and an ances- 
tor of Seuthes, vil. 2. 22; 5. 1 (here, 
acc. to some, a later prince). 

TnpiBatos, ov, see TyplBafos, iv. 4. 4. 

tl; tiencl., see ris, Tis, i. 6. 8. 

Tapa, as, tiara, the tiara, a Persian 
cap, erect and high as worn by the 
king, but flexible as worn by his sub- 
jects, 11. 5. 23. 

itiGpo-adas, és, (eidos) shaped like a 
tiara, v. 4. 13. 

TiBapyvol, av, the Tibaréni, a tribe 
inhabiting the coast of the Euxine 
about Cotyora. They were of milder 
spirit than most of the tribes found 
by the Cyreans, and were characterized 
as great laughers. v.5.1s: vii. 8.25. 

Tlypys, Tos, (also Tiypts, cdos) 6, 
the Tigris (i. e. the arrowy stream, 
from its swiftness; the Hiddekel, 
Dan. 10. 4), an important river. of 
western Asia, flowing by the sites of - 


.|the great cities of Nineveh, Seleucia, 


Ctesiphon, and Bagdad (the seats, 
through so many ages, of oriental em- 
pire), uniting with the Euphrates be- 
low Babylon, and discharging its wa- 
ters into the Persian Gulf after an 
estimated course of 1150 miles. I¢ 
was the guide of the Greeks through 
much of their retreat. i. 7. 15: ii. 2. 
3. || Dijleh. — In iv. 4. 3, an eastern 
branch of the Tigris is meant, now 
Biths-Su. 

TiOn pe, * Ojow, TéOerka, a. €OnKa (80, 
Geis, &c.), 2a. m. EO€uny, to “ place, 
set, institute, A., 1.2.10; 3:—WM. 


to place one’s own or upon te own : 
TidecOar Ta Ota to ground arms ; 
either, in line of battle, to rest the 
shield and spear upon the ground, 
ready to be instantly taken up for 








Tipaclov 
action (hence, to rest arms, stand in| 
arms, halt under arms, the commander | 
being sometimes said to - what he 
orders his men to do); 0 » for pur- 
poses of rest, to aes one’s arms 
upon the ground, as In a special part 
of the camp, &c. (hence, to stack or 
pile arms, to lay aside one’s arms): 
A., els, év, émt, xatd, &c.: 1.5.14,17; 
Gee 16: ii. 2.8, 21: iv. 2.16; 
3.17: vii. 3.23. Der. THEME, THESIS. 

TTipactov, wos, Timasion, an exile 
from Dardanus in Troas, chosen suc- 
cessor to Clearchus, and with Xeno- 
phon the youngest of the Cyrean gen- 
erals; a gallant officer, but not always 
consistent in his course of proceeding. 
He had served in Asia Minor, under 
Clearchus and Dercyllidas, before the 
Cyrean expedition. iii. 1. 47; 2. 37. 

TTipae, jow, TeTiunka,to honor ,esteem, 
value, prize ; to bestow honor, to favor, 
reward ; A. AE. or D. of the honor, 
did: 1.3.3; 9.14. Der. TImMo-THy. 

Tipq, js, (riw to pay, esp. honor) 
honor, reward, price, 1.9.29: 1.1.17; 
ae: Vil. Oo. 2; 8. 6. 

1 Tipyct-Geos, ov, Timesitheus, a Tra- 
pezuntian who befriended the Cyre- 
ans, v. 4. 2s. 

ltipios, a, ov, honorable, precious, 
honored, i. 2. 27; 3. 6. 

ITipwpéw, jow, TeTUMpyKa, (TYLwpds 
{taking pay] avenging, fr. ryu7 & aipw) 
to avenge: M. to avenge one’s self upon, 
take vengeance on, punish, A. G., birép, 
Mine 9, 13: vi. FT. 25; 4. 23:— P. 
to be punished, M.D: 27 3.6.29. 

{Tipepta, as, (see TLULWPEW) VENGeEaNce, 
punishment, i. 6. 14. 

Tivos encl., tlvos; see Tis, Tis. 

Tip(Batos, ov, Tiribazus, a satrap 
of western Armenia, and high in the 
favor of Artaxerxes 11. It was through 
his influence, acc. to Plutarch, that 
the king was induced to renounce his 
purpose of retreating before Cyrus into 
Persia, and to risk the battle of Cu- 
naxa. He was afterwards satrap in 
the west of Asia Minor, and greatly 
influential in- establishing the peace 
of Antalcidas. Accused by Orontes 
of misconduct in the war against Eva- 
goras of Cyprus, he was honorably ac- 
quitted. But enraged by Artaxerxes’ 
twice promising him a daughter in 
marriage, and twice marrying that 


135 


Tircapépyns 


daughter himself, he engaged with the 
young prince Darius in a plot against 
the king’ s life and thus lost his own. 
iv. 4. 4, ic DeNALS BBO Pat he Tgpipa sos. 

tis,* ri, g. twds or Tob, d. Twi or 
7@, indef. pron., post-pos. & encl., (ef. 
quis) some, any, a, a@ certuin, a sort 
of, so to speak, 1.2.20; 5.8; 8.8: ii 
eae yay 5: 20" subst., some 
or any one or person, a certain one, 
one, a person, each one, 1. 3.12; 5. 2, 
8s, 12;.8.18: i. 2. 4; sometimes in 
place of a definite expression, as for 
Kdpos, buets, or nuets, 1.4.12: i11.3.3; 
4.40:— i subst., something, any- 
thing, somewhat, some or any part, a 
certain part (the context often supply- 
ing or suggesting a more specific noun, 
as Urocxécba Ti to make any promise), 
i. 8.18; 9.7: iv.1.14,; often as adv. 
or acc. of spec., somewhat, at all, in 
any respect, lil. %. 23 (see d€éw) : iv. 8. 
26. With some adjectives or adverbs, 
tis has an indefinite force which may 
be variously translated, or rather felt 
than translated : ot wév ruves some few, 
of 6€ Twes some others, iil. 3.19: ii. 3. 
15: efs tus any single one, li. 1.19: 
moon Tis about how large, ii. 4. 21: 
orotéy Te whatever without exception, 
ul. 2.2; what kind of an omen, iii. 1. 
13: orotot rwes what sort of persons, 
v. 5. 15 (ef. vii. 6. 24): rowadry Tis 
somewhat like this, v.8.7: ddtyou Twés 
some few, but few, v.1.6? &xacrds Tis 
every individual, vi. 1.19% #rrév re 
at all the less, v. 8.11: ovd€v Ti not in 
the least, vil. 3. 35: o} mavu te by no 
means whatever, vi. 1.26: cxeddv Te 
pretty nearly, vi. 4. 20. 

itts,* ri, g. Tivos or Tod, interrog. 
pron. (always orthotone), quis ? who 2 
which? what? what kind of? ti as 
adv., [on account of what, or as to 
what] why? how? riydp; quid enim? 
what indeed? ri otv ; what then? i. 4. 
US's); HID P32 25 10 344.3: 5, tb, Qe UG; 
36 55. E45 vez 0 5. 8. Ties vis 64 

Tircadépyns,* (eos) ous, et, nv, 7, 
Tissaphernes, satrap of Caria, and 
commander of a fourth part of the 
king’s forces; one of the ablest of 
his officers, but wily, deceitful, and 
treacherous. From his first command 
in the west of Asia Minor, B. c. 414, 
he showed these qualities in his deal- 
ings with the Greeks; and no less 





TLTPOTKW 


afterwards in his conduct towards Cy- 
rus and the Cyreans, where he appears 
as the dcdBodos of the narrative. Af- 
ter his return to Asia Minor, invested 
with the authority which had before 
belonged to both Cyrus and him- 
self, he was engaged in war with the 
Spartans as friends of the Ionian ci- 
ties ; but with so little success that at 
length Artaxerxes, dissatisfied, and 
urged on by Parysatis, sent out Ti- 
thraustes to put him to death and 
succeed him in his government, B. c. 
395. He was slain in his bath, and 
his head sent to the king, a punish- 
ment deserved for his many crimes. 
Tithraustes was himself succeeded by 
Tinibazus, B.C. 393.! 4. 1.)2's, 6; 85/2. 
4s: u. 5. 3, 31. 

TLTPOTKY,* Tpwow, TéTpwKa l., pf. 
p. TETPWUAL, a. p. ETPWONY, to wound, 
hurt, inflict wounds,” A. dud, els, 1. 8. 
AGW S214 s 533% Mii s Ives 38s: 

TAYPoV, ov, g. ovos, (TAdw to bear) 
suffering, wretched, miserable, iii. 1. 29. 

T0, TO-S¢, TéV-SE, Tots, See 0, b-de. 

tol* adv. post-pos. & enel., (old 
form of coi, ethical dat., 462e) in 
truth, indced, truly, swrely, certainly, 
Ie LOG UA SH TLL Oo: 

{rov-yap-otv, for indeed therefore, 
therefore, accordingly, so for example, 
TOMO a ES 7 mi Ome a 

| rot-vuv post-pos., indeed now, there- 
Jore, then, now, accordingly ; more- 
oven, furthers UWols 22505) Alanya 
SOSs 227, SOV. 82 O: pV payors: 
[Totos, a, ov, demonst. pron. of qual- 
ity, (7-) talis, swch.] Hence, 

| rowdo-Se,* ade, dvde, usu. prospec- 
tive, such as follows, of this kind, the 
following, as follows, i. 8. 2,9; 7.2: 
v. 4. 31. — Much oftener, 

lrovotros,* To.avTn, ToLovToy or -TO, 
(av76s) usu. retrospective, referring to 
what has been already stated or im- 
plied, such, of this kind, the same or 
like in kind, as precedes, as above, 
thus; of such a character, such in 
rank, position, influence, conduct, &c., 
Mmeapasmeps + ld. P42 11.68): aie LaOr 
vii. 6. 38: els Ta ToLatra for such ser- 
vices or emergencies, iv. 1.28: év (r@) 
TowovTw tr such a situation or crisis, 
MP tOis Ve O20 

Totxos, ov, 6, (akin to retyos) the 
wall of a building, vil. 8. 14. 





136 











TOC OUTOS 


TOANAW, ow, TeTOAUNKA, (TddAua 
courage, fr. Thaw to bear) to dare, ven- 
twre, be bold enough, presume; to have 
the courage, boldness, heart, or hardi- 
hood ; Ii; i. 2:12:iv Ae: 

{Todrpldys, ov, Tolmides, an Elean, 
a herald of unsurpassed excellence, ii. 
2. 20): iil. 1. 46 ay as 

trd€evpa, aros, 76, that which is shot, 
an arrow, 1. 8.19: iii. 4. 4: iv. 2. 28. 

Trofetw, evow, to use the bow, shoot 
with a bow, shoot arrows, A., amo, dud, 
els: P. to be shot with an arrow: 1. 8. 
20: iii. 3.7, 10: iv. 1.18; 2. 12, 28. 

trogfuxds, 7, dv, relating to the bow: 
subst. roux, sc. réxvn, the use of the 
bow, bowmanship, archery, 1.9.5: [rokt- 
kov toxicum, poison, orig. for arrows, 
whence IN-TOXICATE, 1. e. to poison. } 

TOEov, ov, arcus, the bow, the comm. 
weapon of more distant warfare among 
the ancients, as the gun among the 
moderns ; but used more by the bar- 
barians than by the Greeks or Romans. 
Among the Greeks, the Cretans were 
the most famed for archery, and were 
fabled to have been taught the art by 
Apollo. ii. 3.15; 4.17; iv. 4 he 

Lroférys, ov, a bowman, archer. As 
archers had not the left hand at lib- 
erty to carry the shield, they were 
lightly armed for rapid advance and 
retreat, and were often covered by the 
heavy-armed. i. 2.9; 8.9: iil. 4. 2, 
15, 26. See XxvOns. 

TOToS, ov, 6, @ spot, place, district, . 
region, 1.5.1: iv. 2,19; Aaa seen 
7.16. Cf. x@pa. Der. ropic, U-ToPIA. 

topos, a, dv, (reipw to vex) sharp, 
smart, ready-tongued, vi. 6. 28 ? 

[rds the, that, not in use, see T-. | 

[|t600s, 7, ov, demonst. pron. of 
quantity, tantus, so much, so great ; 
pl. tot, so many.|] Hence, 

{rooda-Se,* de, dvde, more deictic, 
so much or great as you see; pl. so 
many as you see, so many only or so 


few, i. 4.4: vi. 5.19. — Much oftener, 


| rowotres,* TocavT7, ToToUTor OY -TO, 
(avrds) more emphatic (usu. retro- 
spective or explained by a dependent 
clause), just or only so nvuch, so much 
as above, so much, so great, so large, 
so long ; pl. so many ; dc0s, ws, wore, 
&c.; 1.9.11: n.d 6s Sasa 
5.7: iv. 1.20: —neut. torodro(y) so 
much, so much space, so great a dis- 





’ 
TOTE 


tance, so far, only so much or far as 


fas ios 14> 8.13 :-11..1. 45; 4..37 
(cf. iv. 8. 12): —towovtTw w. compar., 
by so much, so much the, the, i. 5. 9. 


Tore adv., (7-) tum, tune, at that 
time, then, 1.1.6; 3.2; 6.10: of rére 
the men of that time, i. 5. 11 :— with 
accent changed, toté uév . . Tote dé at 
and 


one time .. at another, now.. 
now, vi. 1. 9. 
tov- by crasis for To €- or TO 6-: 


TovAdxLTOY = Td EhdxLaTOV, V.7.8; 


' rotumrahw = To éurady, 1. 4.15; Tot- 


voud = TO dvoua, Vv. 2.29; Tovmicbev 
= 70 dmiobey, lil. 3. 10. 

TOD, TOUS, TOU-5e, TOVT-5e, see 6, J-de: 
TOTO, TOUTOV, TOUTW, TOUTW, TOUTWY, 
TovTov-t, TOVTOV-t,XC., See oT OS, oUTOT-L. 

Tpdynpa, aros, 76, (Tpay- in Tpwyw 
to eat without cooking) a dainty ; pl. 
dainties, dried fruit, dessert, sweet- 
meas, i. 3, 15: v.-3. 9. 

_ Tpdddets, ew, ai, Tralles, a strong 
and wealthy city in the south of Lydia 
(sometimes assigned to Caria), between 
Mt. Messdgis and the Meander, i. 4. 
8. || Ruins by the modern and flour- 
ishing town of Aidin. 

Tpavipat, ay, the Tranipse, a peo- 
ple in the eastern part of Thrace, per- 
haps the Neato. of Hdt. (4. 93), vil. 
2.32: v. 1. Opavipar. 

Tpatefa, ns, (réeTTapes, Wega foot) a 
table, as so often four-footed, iv. 5.31: 
vii. 2. 33; 3. 22s. Der. TRAPEZIUM. 

tTpatefotvvtios, ov, 6, a Trapezun- 
Higa, iy.8.23: v.1.15; 4.2: aman of 

1Tpatefots, ofvros, 7, Trapezus, an 
important commercial city (as even at 
the present time) on the southeast 
coast of the Euxine, a Sinopean col- 
ony. From 1204 to 1461 A.D., it was 
the capital of a fragment of the Greek 
Empire (called the Empire of Trebi- 
mamigy adv. 8. 22+. Vv. 2.28 ;. 5.14: 
|| Trebizond (or Tarabozan). 

tpatrotuny, see Tpérw, vii. 1. 18. 

Tpatpa,aros,7d,(TiTpwWoKW) a wound, 
fee to ivee: 10... . [5.8 :: vil. 4. 9. 

T?rpaxnros, ov, 6, the neck, throat, i. 

tTpaxus, cia, ¥, (akin to pyyvim to 
break) rough, harsh, ii. 6.9: iv. 3.6; 
6.12. Der. TRACHEA. 

tpeis,* pia, g. Tpi@v, tres, Sans. 
tri, Germ. drei, THREE, 1. 1. 10. 

Tpétrw,* éyw, Térpoda, pf. p. TéTpap- 
pa, a. p. érpépOny, verto, to turn, di- 


137 







tplirnXxus 


vert, change the direction of, direct, 
drive back, A. amd, mpés, ili. 1. 41; 5. 
15: v. 4. 23: 7. ets pvyjv in fugam 
vertere, to put to flight, 1. 8. 24 :— 
M., w. 2 a. é€rpamopnv, to turn (in- 
trans.), turn aside, betake one’s self, 
take to flight, resort, have recourse to, 
indulge in; w. 1 a. érpefapunry, to 
turn from one’s self, drive back, put 
to flight, rout, A.; eis, €&, émi, mpds- 
it 6,52 il. b2ios ivab. 502 8. 195 x, 
4.16: vi. 1. 13, 18. Cf. IN-TREPID. 

Tpépa,* Opéyw, térpopa, pf. p. Té- 
Opayuat, 2 a. p. erpadny, to nourish, 
nurture, rear, bring up, support, 
maintain, A. D., amd, €&, 1.1. 9s: iii. 
2.138: iv. 5. 25, 34: v,1.12:— MW. 
to feed one’s self, swbsist, D. of means, 
vi. 5. 20. 

TPEXW,* Spayodua, dedpdunxa, 2 a. 
édpauov, curro, to run, eis, émi, mepi, 
1.5, 2, 8,.1521¥.5,18 5 8.205 er. Gea, 
more frequent in pres. Der. TROCHEE. 

tpéw, éow, (cf. terreo, and rpéuw 
tremo, to tremble) ch. poet., to tremble 
at, be afraid of, shrink from, A., 1.9.6. 

tpia, Tpiav, Tptot, see Tpets, i. 4.1. 

ltptdxovta indecl., triginta, thirty, 
Ve Oe Wiles) AL ae Ne A: 
ltptakdvt-opos, ov, (€pérrw to row) 
thirty-oared: h T., sc. vats, thirty- 
oared galley, v. 1.16: vii. 2. 8. 
itptaxdorot, at, a, (Exardv) trecenti, 
three hundred, 1.1.2; 2. 9. 

tpLBh, 7s, (TpBH to rub) constant 


practice or exercise, v. 6. 15. 


TTpt-Hons, es, (dp-, or épérTw to row) 
triply fitted or rowed: h T., SC. vais, 
tri-rémis, the trireme, the chief war- 
vessel of the Greeks, a galley with 
three banks of oars, which gave it 
great swiftness, and made it, like the 
modern steamer, independent of the 
wind; while it could yet take ad- 
vantage of this by its sails. It had 
a sharp metallic-pointed beak, which 
was often driven with great force 
against other vessels and thus sunk 
them. Some vessels were also fitted 
as triremes for the rapid transport of 
troops or of military supplies. 1. 2. 
2h Oita: tN 2c LoS. 

ttpinptrys, ov, a ship-man, a mean 
belonging to a trireme, esp. as oars- 
man or soldier, vi. 6. 7. 

{tpt-mnyxvs, v, g. eos, three cubits 
lony, iv. 2. 28. 


TpiTAGC LOS 


trpt-maotos, a, ov, (whdtTw to form) 
three-fold, triple, thrice as great, vii. 4. 
Ail: 

{tpl-mAcBpos, ov, (7A€Opov) three ple- 
thra (800 ft.) long or wide, v. 6. 9. 

ttpl-ovus, ouv, g. modos, three-footed : 
masc. subst., @ TRIPOD, a three-footed 
table, stool, or vase, vii. 3. 21. 

tpls adv., (rpecs: also for tpe?s in 
compos.) ter, THRICE, three times; eis 
tpls to thrice, even to the third time, 
vi. 4. 16, 19. See 

{ Tpic-dopevos or Tpis dopevos, 7, ov, 
thrice happy, very glad, most gladly, 
ill. 2. 24. 

{rpic-Kal-Sexa indecl., or tpets kal 
Séka, thirteen, i. 5. 5. 

jrpto-piptor, at, a, thirty thousand, 
vii. 8. 26. 

LB ope pot at, a, three thousand, 
Ona (ck 

eure é ov, ow the third day, 
DAG, Baovies 

tpltos, 7, ov, (tpeis) third : rd tpl- 
Tov, as adv., the third time: 77H rpirn, 
sc. nuépa, on the third day: ért to 
TpiTw, sc. onucitw, on the third signal : 
TG B Fo AG 19 Ai, 2 Vy. S. 

tplxa or Tetxy adv., (zpels) in three 
parts or divisions, iv. 8.15: vi. 2. 16. 

tpixivos, 7, ov, (Apit,* g. Tpixds, 
hair) made of hair, hatr, iv. 8. 3. 

Tpi-xoivixos, 7, ov, (Tpls, yotvé) 
containing three chenices, three-quart, 
vii. 3. 23. 

Tpota, as, Troja, Troy, v. 1. for Tpw- 
as, and used in the same sense, vii. 8. 7. 

Trpdtratoy, ov, tropeum; @ TROPHY, 
a memorial of the defeat of an enemy, 
usu. made ch. of captured arms, G., 
1. 2.13: iv. 6.27: vi. 5.32: vil.6.36. 

TpoTH, 7s, (Tpémw) the turning or 
Slight of an enemy, defeat, rout, i. 8. 
25: iv. 8. 21. Der. TROPIC. 

TpOTTOS, ov, 6, (Tpémw) the turn, di- 
rection, way, manner, inethod, dispost- 
tion, temper, character, or habit of a 
person or thing ; often in the modal 
dat, ‘or adv. Aces 1. 1.9 s° 2011 "Gee 
awpos); 9.22: i1.2.17; 6.8: ék mar- 
Tos Tpbrov [from] by every way, at any 
rate, no matter how, iii. 1. 48: vii. 7. 
41: xara mavta tpdmov by all means, 
vi. 6. 30. Der. TROPE. 

tpobh, js, (tpépw) nourishment, 
support, sustenance, subsistence, 1.1.9: 
v. 6. 32; vil. 38.8. Der. A-TROPHY. 


138 


bBpito 
TPOXaLw, dow, (rpéxw) to run for- 
ward, vil. 3. 
TpuTAw, iow, (TpiTa a hole) to bore, 
A., lili. 1. 31. Der. TREPAN. 
Teds or Tpads, ddos, 4, (Tpola) 


Troas or the Troad, a district in the | 


northwest of Mysia, including the site 
of" Old“ Troy long | since perished, 
but immortal in verse,” v. 6. 23s. 

TPWKTOS, 7, dv, (Tpwyw to eat rar’) 
eatable, edible; as applied to trees, 
instead of their fruit, productive for 
eating or of edible fruat, v. 3. 12. 

TpwTes, 4, dv, (TiTpwaKw to wound) 
vulnerable, liable or exposed to wounds, 
Wi. 1:23: 

Tuyxavea,* revfouat, rerdxnka, 2 a. 
érvxov, to happen or chance upon, meet 
with, find, hit, obtain, attain, acquire, 
receive, 2G., A. (Tabra vi. 6.32), mapa, 
i. 4.15: 1 6. 29% in 2a 
7. 33: — oftener w. a pt., to happen, 
chance, the pt. being usu. translated 
by the inf., 658. 1 (wapav ériyxave 
happened to be present, i. 1. 2); or else 
by a finite verb, and rvyxavw by an 
adv. or adverbial phrase, as by chance, 
perchance, just ther or now, gust, then, 
now, 677e (érvyxavov Aéyov I was 
just saying, ii. 2.10, the idea of 


|chance being expressed far oftener 


in Greek than in Eng.); while the pt. 
is sometimes understood, ch. ay, 677d 
(éruyxavev chanced to be or to rest, 
iii. 1 1. 3); 1. 5. 8, 14: til: Vssee ee, 
17 : — pt. tuxév abs., it happening so, 


| hence, as adv., perchance, perhaps, Vi. 


1. 20. 

Tupatov, Tuptaiov, or Tuprdeoy, ov, 
Tyraum (-teum, -ta@wm) a town in 
the southeast of Phrygia (or in Lyca- 
onia), i. 2.14. {| ghin. 

Tupés, o0, 6, a cheese ; pl. 11. 4. 28. 

TUpats, Los, el, w, pl. evs, 218, 7, tur- 
ris, @ TOWER, castle, TURRET, iv. 4.2: 
Vi, Dero, eee vii. 2. 21; 8. 12s. 

Tuxely, -@v, -dv, see reyx ave, ii. 3. 2. 

{rdxn, 75, te fortune, luck, . 
chance, il. 2.13% v. 2. Bd: 

TH, TH, TH-5E, cava see 0, 6-de, ra. 
1s:—o#encl. = ul, see tls, i. 9. rE 


Mi 


tiPpita, low 16, "vBpiKa, to be insolent, 
wanton, audacious, abusive, or so to 





UBpts 


act or treat another ; 
maltreat, outrage; A. AE. ; 
Bev. 6. 1, 3, 22: vi. 4. 2. 
UBpis, ews, 7, (vrép? cf. super-bus) 
insolence, wantonness, abuse, ill. 1. 21. 
LiBprorjs, of, 6, as adj., insolent, 
wanton, audacious, abusive; c. & s. 
bBpicrérepos, UBpioTrdTaTos, 259 a (yet 
referred by some to a rare iSpioTos), 
v. 8. 3, 22. 
tytatve, ave, (iyijs sanus, healthy) 
to be healthy, sound, strong, in full 
vigor, or in good condition (of body), 
eyed. 18. 
typotys, 770s, 7, (iypds moist) moist- 
ure, suppleness, perspiration, v. 8.15. 
+ Bpodopéa, how, to carry water, iv. 
9 


to insult, abuse, 
ili. 1. 13, 


Tt8po-hdpos, ov, 6 7, (Pépw) a water- 
carrier, iv. 5. 10. 

Udwp,* daros, 74, (“Uw to rain) wa- 
ter: U. €& ovpavotd rain: 1.5.7, 10: 
iv. 2.2. Der. HYDRANT, HYDRO-GEN. 

7 biSéos, ov, contr. btS0%s, of, 6, (also 
vitdods or vidots) a son’s son, grandson, 
v. 6. 37: v. 1. vids. 

vids,* od, 6, filius, a son, iv. 6. 1. 

“vin, ns, (cf. silva) wood, a wood or 
forest, bushes, shrubbery, i.5.1: ii. 5. 
10s: v. 2. 31. 

‘upets, -Qv, -tv, -Gs, YOU, see ov. 

¥ vperepos, a, ov, your, yours: ot 
vuérepor your subjects or countrymen : 
Ta tyuerepa what belongs to you, your 
property, money, or affairs: 11.1.12s: 
v. 5.19: vii. 3.19; 6. 16, 18, 33. 

tr’ , oF, , by apostr. for vr, i. 3. 13. 

ém-é:ya, * d&w, Axa, to lead under 
the pressure of followers, keep out of 
the way of others, keep ahead, lead or 
press on (ace. to some, to lead on slow- 
ly), ili. 4. 48: iv. 2.16: — MW. to lead, 
urge, or suggest insidiously or craftily, 
me Aa t+. 18 5 4: 3. 

tm-alOpros, ov, (aifpia) wnder the 
sky, in the open air,v.5.21: vii. 6. 24. 

tm-aituos, ov, (airia) under blame : 
braittoy Te aground of censure, pds, 
iii. 1.5: v. l. ér-aircos. 

tTr-axotw,* o'couat, dxjKoa, to hear 
under the call of another, obey, pay 
attention, regard, listen, hearken, G., 
ay) 3-9): vii: 3. 7. 

trr-ava-telva,*revd,réraxa,to stretch 
wp [under] for the blow, A., vii. 4. 9? 

b-ava-xwpéw, qow, Kexwpnka, to 
retreat somewhat or slowly, is, tii. 5.13? 


139 


vtrepBalva 


tr-avTde, ow, Fvrnka, & tr-avTi~ 
alo, dow, (dvtdw & dyTidfw to meet, 
fr. dvri) to come to meet and sustain, 
come to assist, come to the relief, come 
up, iv. 3. 34: vi. 5. 27. 

Umr-apxos, ov, 6, (dpxw) a lieutenant 
either in the command of an army or 
of a satrapy, @ vice-satrap (ruling over 
a district, but under the satrap), pro- 
vincial governor, prefect, chief officer, 
i AR 20 8.65 21.42 = 

im-dpxw, dpéw, to begin beneath or as 
a foundation, take the initiative, com- 
mence, P.; hence, to be already a sup- 
port for, to support, favor, D.; to be on 
hand to begin with or rely upon (while 
eiui is simply to be), be or exist already, 
be present, exist, be (have, ef. eiui), D 
eis: €x TOV UTapxsvTwy from the means 
ab hand: 1.1. 4 tt. 2.11 + 3:23= vi £9. 

tT-aomirTHys, ov, (doris) a shield- 
bearer, armor-bearer, an attendant not 
only upon commanders, but also upon 
some privates ; cf. the esquire of me- 
dizeval chivalry ; iv. 2. 20. 

im-cixw, cifw, a. eifa, (eikw to yield) 
to submit to, D., vii. 7. 31. 

Um-ept,* écouat, ipf. Fv, to be or lie 
underneath, iii. 4. 7: v. l. eiwi, &e. 

tr-ehatve,* é\dow EXO, EX7jaka, a. 
jaca, to ride up to a superior, ws, 1. 
8.15: v. Ll. wedd fw. 

im-eAfdvba, see tr-epxouat, V. 2.30. 

imép,* prep., (akin to dd, both 
marking vertical relation, cf. altus, 
high, deep) super, Germ. dber, OVER: 
— (a) w. GEN., over in place, above, 
from above, i. 10. 12, 14 (b. Tot Adgou 
seen from above the hill, i. e. beyond 
it): li. 6.2: iv. 7.4: v. 4.13 (b. yo- 
vate not reaching below the knee) :— 
over to protect, in defence of, in behalf 
of, on account of, in the name of, for 
the sake of, for, i.3.4; 7.3? 8.27: 
iv. 8.24: v. 5.13; 6. 27s:— (b) w. 
Acc., [going over] beyond, above (= 
beyond), of place, oftener of number, 
measure, age, &c.,i.1.9 (v. U. b. "EAAY- 
exbyrdb): Wedel vi 22105! 5: Ee 
compos., as above. Der. HYPER-. 

bmep-GhAopat,* aoduat, to leap or 
jump over, A., Vii. & We 

tireg-ava-tetva,* TeEvd, TETAKG, to 
stretch Up over another, A., Vii: 4.97 

trep-Batvw,* Byocouat, BEBnxar, 2 a. 
&Bnv, to go or pass over, cross, A. ets, 
mapd, Vii. 1.17; 3. 4335 8.7. 


vTrepPahho 


trep-BddAw,* Bard, BéBAnKa, 2 a. 
@Badov, to throw one’s self over, to 
cross OY pass over, A., KaTd, ™pds, Iv. 
Mah Ske 20s wy, vs aval De YF ees Valle 

Limep-Bodn, 7s, a crossing, mountain 
passage or pass, G., eis, 1. 2.25: ii. 5. 
18: iv. 6.5s. Der. HYPERBOLE. 

tirep-SeEos, ov, over or above the 
right (hand, wing, &c.), iii. 4.37: i 
8. 2 (v. l. brép SeEtav): v. 7. 31. 
bmrep-epxopar,* éhevcouat, EA7jAvOa, 
A a. HAPov, to pass over or beyond, cross, 
», The Ge 


ee éxo,* &w, Sea to be, se 
or project above, D.; to overhang ; 1 
Byes Ve! Hie As 


brrep-hpiovs, eva, v, above half, vi. 
2.10: v. Ll. brép Hucov. 
vmepOev adv., (irép) from above, 
above, i. 4. 4. 
trep-KaOnpat * pf. m. pret., f. pf. 
noouatl., plp. éxa@junv or Kadjnunp, 
to be seated or posted above, G., éri, 
Wl O israel, 
ttrep-dptos, ov, or os, a, ov, (dpos a 
bound) beyond the boundaries, for- 
eign: €k THS UTEpopias, Sc. yHs, from 
our foreign territory or from abroad, 
Wally ls, it: 
tmrep-tiyndos, ov, exceeding high, very 
lofty, iii. 5. 7. 
tr-épxopar,* Edevoouat, €A7njAVOa, to 
go under pursuit, retreat, A. of dis- 
tance, v. 2. 30. 
brr-erXouny, see U7r- “lo XVEOMAL. 
brr-eXo, * &w, éoxnka, 2 a. Exxov, to 
have one’s self under, submit to, wn- 
dergo, A. D., v. 8.1, 18: see diKn. 
im-qKoos, ov, (vm-axovw) obedient, 
submissive, subject: masc. subst., a 
subject, vassal: D. G.: 1. 6.63 v. 4. 6. 
ta-fv, see Ur-equ, ii. 4.7: v. . Hp. 
{| br-npetéw, How, dr-npér na, to serve, 
do or render service, supply, D. AE., 
DOSES 251 46 a DS Bie. NIT eG. 
bm-npEeT ys, ov, (epérns rower, fr. épér- 
Tw to row) an under-rower; hence 
(among so commercial a people), in 
general, a servant, attendant, assistant, 
ile Oe dels 7A eran bn US ese eel Le 
tr-toxvéowar,* vro-cx7ooMaL, v7- 
éoxnuat, (exw or icxw) to hold one’s 
self under obligation, to promise, en- 
Gage, DA TAN LICR. » 1. 2526 ahaep, 
18+ 11:3:20< v.6.358: ‘viis2.25; 7.46. 
Utrvos, ov, 6, somnus, sleep, iii. 1.11. 
Der. HYPNOTIC. 


140 





vrokapPave 


iad * prep., by apostr. vm’ or td’, 
sub, wnder : (a) w. GEN., from under 
in place, from beneath, as trd audéns 
From under [a wagon] the yoke, vi. 4. 
22, 25 ;—usu., from under the effect 
or influence of, by (esp. w. pass. verbs, 
or equivalent verbs or phrases, 586d, 
575), by reason of, through the effect 


v.|of, through, from, of, with, 1.1.10; 


3.4,13; 5.48: i 1532 aera 
bd wacttywy under (the compulsion 
of) the scowrge, iil. 4. 25:— (b) w. 
Dat., under (of situation or of subjec- 
tion), beneath, 1.2.8; 8.10: vi. 4. 4: 


i. | Vil. 2. 2:— (c) w. Acc., under or be- 


neath, with the idea of motion or ex- 
tension, i. 8.27; 10. 1435 ams7e 
vii. 4. 5, 11; 8. 21: — (d) in compos., 
under, beneath ; sometimes expressing 
diminution, inferiority, privacy, se- 
crecy, or action under the pressure or 
influence of others, somewhat, a little, 
underhand, behind, &c. Der. HYPO-. 

tiro-5ens, és, (déw to want) somewhat 
wanting ; found in c. trodeéorepos in- 
jerior, lower in rank, i. 9. 5. 

trro-Selkvupt,* delEw, déderya, to 
show somewhat, begin to show, give in- 
dications, threaten, v. 7. 12. 

trro-Séxopar, défouar, dédeyuat, to 
receive under one’s roof or protection, 
welcome, A., 1,6. 3% Viz deme 

tro-Séw,* Siow, dédexa, to bind be- 
neath, shoe, A.: vmodedepevor with their 
shoes on, iv. 5. 14. 

{tard-5ypa, aros, 76, a protection for 

the foot, shoe, sandal, iv. 5. 14.. 

t1ro-{uyoy, ov, (Svydv jugum, YOKE, 
fr. ¢evyvupc) an animal under the yoke, 
beast of burden or draught ; pl. bag- 
gage cattle or animals, as oxen, asses, 
&c.; 1.3.15 7.209 nee 

tro-xata-Balve,* Bycouat, BéBnKa, 
2 a. €Bnv, to descend somewhat, go a 
little lower, vita 

tro-KpiTTa, vpw, KEKpupa, to hide 
under: M. to conceal one’s own, hoard, 
i. 9.19: v. l. dro-KpuTTw. 

tro-kitte, Kiyw, Kéxupa, to stoop 
under or before another, bow low, iv. 
5. 82: v. l. kbmrw or ért-KvTTw. 

tiro-Lap. Bava, * AjWouae, etna, 2a. 
é\aBov, to take wnder one’s protection, 
A.; sc. Tov Noyor, to take [under one’s 
direction] wp the discourse, reply, an- 
swer, retort: weragv v. to interrupt an- 
other in the midst: 1.1.7: iii. 1.27, 31. 





UtroXelrw 


trro-heltra,* Ww, AédAoura, 2 a. eu- 
mov, pi. p. hédeyupar, a. p. EdeipOny, 
to leave behind, a.: P. & M. to be left 
behind, fall or lag behind, remain be- 
Send.G-, 1. 2225: iv. 5.15: v. 4. 22. 
ttro-Adxayos, ov, 0, a sub-lochage, 
lieutenant, v. 2. 13 (cf. ii. 4. 21). 
trro-Atw, Vow, NéAi'Ka, to loosen be- 
low: M. to untie or take off one’s shoes 
or sandals, iv. 5. 13. 
tro-pakaxifopar, f. p. wOjcouae 1., 
(wadaxds soft) to soften under or some- 
what, stoop to or act a less manly part, 
curry favor, lose courage, ii. 1. 14. 
trro-péva,* wevd, weuevnka, a. Guewa, 
to remain behind or in place, halt, 
await an attack, make a stand, stand 
one’s ground ; to wait for, A.; ili. 4. 
ae av. © 16s,21; 4.21: vi. 5. 29. 
tmd-pvnpa, argos, 76, (utmioKw) a 
private or suggestive reminder or 
memorial, reminiscence, 1. 6. 3. 
{ b10-Teptros, ov, sent covertly or in- 
sidiously, ii. 3. 4 ? 
trro-Tréptre,* méupyw, mwérouda, to 
send covertly, artfully, or under a 
false pretext, A., li. 4. 22. 
ttro-Tivw,* mioua (ct), mémwKa, to 
drink somewhat freely, vii. 3.29: v. 1. 
tro-mintw to fall back or withdraw a 
little. 
tim-orteto, eicw, ipf. br-drrevoy, 
su-spicor, to suspect, apprehend, mis- 
trust, be suspicious or apprehensive, 
meee tt. Ls 8.1: 1.3. 135 
pea ie 1.5: iv. 2.15. 
_ -UTr-oTrTOS, ov, (Ud-opdw) suspicious, 
to be suspected, iil. 3. 4? 
ttro-oTfivat, -oTds, see Up-ior nM. 
Timo-octparnyéw, yow, to command 
under, be lieutenant-general to, D., Vv. 
6. 36. 
imo-oTpatnyos, ov, (v. 1. ds, 08) 4, 
a lieutenant-general, iii. 1. 32. 
btro-oTpédw,* é~w, érrpogda |., 2 a. 
p. éotpagny, to make an unobserved, 
adroit, or sudden turn, to avoid a 
snare, li. 1.18: vi. 6.38: so 2 a. p. as 
m., vii. 4. 18. 
ttro-axeiv, see Ur-éxw, v. 8. 1. 
tro-cxévGar, see br-wcxvéouat. 


141 





vplornpe 


trro-helSopar, peicouat, répeccpar |, 

(peldoua: to spare) to spare somewhat, 
et, Iv: 1,8: 

- btro-xelptos, ov, (xelp) wnder the 
hand or power of, in the hands of, 
subject to, D., i. 2. 3 > vil. 6: 43. 

Umr-oxos, ov, (€xw) held under, swé- 
gett tos D:, We ba. 

iro-xwpéw, ow, Kexwpnka, to go 
under the pressure of others, retire 

before, make way for, retreat, D., 1.4. 
US sef el fee dv abe 20: 

trr-ola, as, (ig-opdw) suspicion, 
mistrust, distrust, apprehension, 671, 
Lo. 2k AGI) 5, 1s) 5b site 120; 
“Ypxaveos, a, ov, (Tpxavoi the Hyr- 
cami) Hyrcanian, pertaining to Hyr- 
cania, a rude province of the Persian - 
Empire, southeast of the Caspian, 
whose men were excellent horsemen, 
vile 8. 15: 
Us, Uds, @ swine, see ais, v. 2. 3. 
tiorepaios, a, ov, following in time,. 
subsequent, next: often (esp. in dat.) R 
torepata, sc. nucpa, the following or 
monk days i2e 2a. 3525: he; bel Se 
ttorepéw, yow, vorépnxa, to be or 
come too late for, arrive after, G., i.7. 

12. 

ttorept{a, low 10, to be or arrive too 
late, be behindhand, vi. 1. 18. 

voreoos,* a, ov, (referred as c., with 
S. toraros last, to md) post-erior, 
later, behind, afterwards, after, subse- 
quently, 500, G., i. 5.14: iii. 4. 21: 
vi. 4. 9: — so neut. terepov as adv., 
Won 25 DSO 6.68: ive Bs 34: 

th by apostr. for id, before an 
aspirated vowel, i. 3. 10. 

to-eipar, -elunv, see Up-inut, Vi.6.31. 

Lidepévas subnrissively, humbly, 

softly, vii. 7. 16. 
tp-cEw, see bi-éxw, vi. 6. 15. 
th-nyéopar, joouar, Hynua, to lead 
forward moderately or with others close 

behind: Wale 7 2 vis 5A 25: 

th-inps,* jow, efxa, a. Fxa (4, &c.), 
2a. m. etunv, sub-mitto, to submit, 

admit, concede, give up, A.1., lii.5.5: 
— M. to submit or give up one’s self, 
submit or surrender (intrans.), yield, 


tmoupyds, dv, (irs, épyov) working | give way, be remiss or spiritless, D. I., 


under another, assisting, contributing, | 


or conducive to, D., v. 8. 15. 


trro-oalve,* pave, répayxa, to show 


a little, begin to dawn or appear, 
ean, 1. 2.1: iv. 2.7; 3.9. 


Wi eI at SW. 4026) vi. 6.31.2 
th-loryps,* orjow, eornka, 2 a. 
éstyy, to place under, station men 
covertly : — M. (w. pf., plp., and 2 a. 
act.) to stand up under an attack, 


tpopaw 


142 


Pacis 


responsibility, &c.; to withstand, D.;|the island Zacynthus (now Zante), in 
to under-take, A.; to volunteer ; to post | the service of Tissaphernes, ii. 1. 7. 


one’s self covertly, stand aside, év* iii. 
QUA et. 14526 Seva. 19. 
t-opdw,* dWouar, Ewpaxa or édpaxa, 
su-spicor, to look under lest some mis- 
chief be hidden, to suspect, A., 11. 4.10. 
tibynArds, 7, dv, s., high, lofty: 76 
bwnrov, sc. xwptov, the high ground, 
height: &ecbar wWyra to leap high 
(leaps): i. 2.22: i. 4. 24s: vi. 1. 5. 
infos, eos, 76, (ive on high, akin to 
trép) height, altitude, ii. 4. 12: iii. 4. 
7,98: cf. evpos. 


®. 


[ha-, Sans. bha-, Lat. fa-,¢o enlighten. | 

payety, 2a. of éo0iw, to eat, 1.3.16: 
iv. 5.8. Der. SARCO-PHAGUS. 

dardpes, a, dv, (pa-) bright, brightly 
shining, beaming, animating, cheering, 
Ww. 6.01. 

¢ainyv, see pypi to say, i. 3. 7. 

gaiva,* pavd, mépayxa, a. &pyva, 
2a. p. epavny, to bring to light, show, 
seveal, A., iv. 8. 138;— P. & M. to. be 
brought or come to light, appear, be 
seen, show or present one’s self, be in 
prospect or pretended, D., I., P., ev, &e. 
(the pt. here implying reality, but 
not the inf., 657k; as @aiverar elvar 
he appears to be, though he may not 
be; but av @. [being he so appears] 
he appears to be, as he really Is, he ts 
seen or shown to be, he evidently or 


manifestly is; while both eva: and | 


are often om., esp. before an adj. or 
appositive), i. 3.19; 6.1,11; 9.19: 
ii. We 24 Ao) yA. 29 2 yin GASK. 
Der. PHENOMENON, PHASE, FANCY. 
badayé, ayyos, 7, the line of battle, 
in which the front was extended, 
and the depth comm. small (of 4 men 
i. 2.15, of 8 men vii. 1. 23) ; a body 
of troops (esp. hoplites) so arranged, 
a line, main line or body, PHALANX 
(cf. xépas a body in column, dpécos) : 
éml daddayyos, kara or els padayya, 
in or into line of battle. In open or- 
der, it was usual to allow each hoplite 
a space 6 feet square; but in close 
array, as for a battle charge, only 
3 feet square. 1.2.17; 8.17s: 11.1.6; 
3.3: ili. 3.11: iv. 3. 26; 8. 9s. 
PaNivos, ov, Phalinus, a Greek from 


avels, -Fvat, -odpar, see daivw. 

Lavepos, d, ov, apparent, visible, 
conspicuous, manifest, evident, plain, 
1.7.17; 9.6: often in personal for 


impers. constr., w. a pt., 573, as 


oTépywy pavepos Hv (he was apparent 
loving] at was apparent that he loved, 
or he evidently loved, ii. 6. 23; cf.i. 6. 


8; 9.11,16; and d7A0s: év To pavepo © 


im public, openly, 1. 3.21: eis TO ¢. 
into a conspicuous position, Vii. 7. 22. 
Ldavepas openly, i. 9. 19. 

gapétpa, as, (pépw) pharetra, a 
quiver, comm. of leather, with a lid, 
and slung behind the shoulder or on 
the left side, iv. 4. 16. ; 

ddppakoy, ov, a drug, whether heal- 
ing or poisonous, medicine, vi. 4. 11. 
Der. PHARMACY. 

| ohappako-trocla, as, (rivw) the drink- 
ing of drugs, taking medicine or phys- 
ic, iv. 8. 21. 

PapvaBatos, ov, Pharnabazus, sa- 
trap of Bithynia and Lesser Phrygia, 
or of the northwest part of Asia Mi- 
nor (as early as B.C. 412), a man of 
far higher character than his neighbor 


Tissaphernes, and at length honored 


with the hand of Apama, the king’s 
daughter. He rendered valuable aid 
to the Spartans during the later years 
of the Peloponnesian War. After the 
Cyrean expedition, he was somewhat 
involved in the war with the Spartans, 
and was engaged in unsuccessful ex- 
peditions for the reconquest of Egypt, 
— the last B. c. 374. v. 6. 24. 
dacl(v), paré, pavar, see dnp. 
{Pacravol, ay, the Phasiant, or Pha- 
sians, a people dwelling about the 
river Phasis, iv. 6.5: v. 6. 36. 
Pacts, dos or tos, 6, the Phasis (now 
Pasin-Su, thought by some the Pison 


of Gen. 2.11), called in its lower course. 


the Araxes (now Aras), a river of Ar- 
menia, uniting with the Cyrus (now 
Kir) and flowing into the Caspian, iv. 
6. 4. — 2. A noted river of Colchis, 
anciently regarded as the boundary 
between Asia and Europe, now called 
Ridn or Faz. Xenophon seems to 
have regarded the Armenian Phasis 
as the upper part of this river, and 
calls the dwellers upon both bacravol. 
The name of the river was also given 





“ay Te 





oacke 


to a Milesian trading settlement near 
its mouth, and to the surrounding 
region. The pheasant is said to have 
been brought from this region by the 
Argonauts, and hence to have derived 
‘its name (dos Paowavis the Phasian 
ey G30; 7. 1, 7, 9. 
dicxo (a strengthened pres. for 
gnpt* q. v.) to say, state, declare, af- 
firm, allege, ch. used in the pt., L, 
iene, 2 iy. 4.21; 8.4: v. 8. 1. 
daddos, 7, ov, (cf. paulus) trifling, 
of small account, vi. 6. 11s. 
dhépw,* olcw, evjvoxa, a. HveyKa or 
-ov, a. p. vex Oqv, fero, to BEAR, carry, 
bring, endure, produce (of land), carry 
off (hence, receive as pay), A. D., éml, 
arpos, &¢., 1.2.22; 3.21: ii.1.17: i. 
1.23; 4.32: to carry one, hence of a 
road or entrance, to lead, émi, es, iil. 
5.15: 6 dépwyv the bearer, 1. 9. 26: 
xahera@s dépew egre ferre, to bear up 
with difficulty, to be dejected, deeply 
concerned or afflicted, or greatly ex- 
cited, D. 456, 1.3.3: see dyw, Bapéws: 
— P. or M. to be borne, carried, &c.; 
to be borne on, thrown, hurled, or sent, 
to rush, fly (of missiles) ; i. 8. 20: iil. 
3.16: iv. 7. 6s, 14: — ©. to bring in 
for one’s own use, A., Vi. 6.1: vii. 4. 3. 
Der. PERI-PHERY, META-PHOR. 
dhevya,* pevEouar & pevtoduar, 2 pf. 
mépevya, 2 a. épvyov, fugio, to fice, 
jy, take to flight, run away, retreat, 
A., dd, did, eis, €&, éwi, &c.; to flee 
one’s country, be or become an exile, 
go into exile, be banished: oi pevyovres 
the fugitives, exiles: 1.1.7; 2.18; 3. 
et. 2. 3D 5 3. 9, 195. 4. 35. 
@ziyo denotes rather an attempt to 
escape by open flight ; and S8pacKm 
(only in compounds), by secret de- 
parture or concealment. Cf. dzo- 
pevyw, amo-dibpaoKw. Der. FUGITIVE. 
pypt * (pres. encl., exc. 2 sing. pis 
or dys) & strengthened dace q. v., 
pnszw, ipf. pny (usu. as aor.; 2 sing. 
épysba), rarer a. épyoa, (ga-) to say, 
state, declare ; to affirm, assent, say 
yes, (cf. aio): w. od (which comm. 
modifies rather a dependent verb, 
662b), to say that. . not, say no, deny, 
refuse (see ov, and cf. nego): I. (A., 
sometimes without the inf., which may 
yet be understood), cp. (r., vii. 1. 5) ; 
but often placed parenthetically and 
sometimes pleonastic, 574 (cf. quoth): 


143 





burtta 


1.2.958° 3.1; 758,18; 6.6s: 01..1.9s; 
5. 24s: v. 8.5.—To nui are usu. 
referred the f. épa, pf. elpyxa, eipnpat, 
and 1 a. etma (ind. 2 sing., and imv. 
exc. 2 sing., esp. used), oftener (exc. 
as above) 2 a. etmov (eimw, -ouut, -é, 
-eiv, -wv); but these often correspond 
in their use more closely to Aéyw or 
dyopevw (hence also, to mention, tell, 
bid, advise, propose, &c.; and A. D., 
EP. 500.059). 1a 2 On oe Op age 
li. 1. 15, 21; 3.2: etpnro charge had 
been given, D. I., iii. 4.3s. Cf. far, 
fama, FAME. 
O0ave,* Pbdow & POjoouat, plaka, 
la. €b0aca, 2a. &pOnv, to anticipate, 
get the start of, be or get before an- 
other, arrive before, outstrip, surprise, 
A. P. (often translated by a finite verb, 
and @9dévw by such expressions as be- 
fore, first, previously, beforehand, soon- 
er, too soon, by anticipation or surprise, 
6771), mpiv: p. KatahaBorres to antici- 
pate in getting possession, or to yet pos- 
session first, 1.3.14: PO0dcac piv ma- 
ety to [get the start] act before suffer- 
ing, 1.5.5: POdcar mpGros to [out- 
strip, so as to] be foremost, 509 d, iil. 
4.20: apmrdcac dOdoavras to take by 
surprise, 677f, iv. 6.11: see, also, 
i. 4. 49: iv. 1.4, 20: v. 7. 16. 
Pbeyyouar, éyEoua, EpOeyuar, to ut- 
ter a@ sound (esp. a loud, clear sound), 
raise a cry, cry out, shout, scream, 
sound, make one’s self heard, D., i. 8. 
US ive D4 LS. wile Le 25.2, Vil Aan, 
Der. DI-PHTHONG, APO-PHTHEGM. 
PPelpw,* pAcp, ¢pOapxa, to destroy, 
lay waste, A., iv. 7. 20. 
PPovéw, jow, (pOdvos envy) to envy, 
Dey On AS, Ve Zs 10! 
piddy, 7s, patera, a broad, shallow 
cup or. bowl, saucer, for drinking or 
libation, iv. 7.27. Der. PHIAL, VIAL. 
ptratrepos c. of didos, i. 9. 29 2 
Torréw, jow, redidnka, to love, with 
a pure love, as of friendship; more 
emotional in sense than aya7dw, less 
passionate than épdw, and less strong 
than orépyw* A.; 1.1.43; 9. 25, 28. 
tPurAovos, ov, Philesius, an Ache- 
an, chosen as successor to Menon, and 
one of the oldest of the Cyrean gen- 
erals, but not one of the most promi- 
nent or highly esteemed, iii. 1. 47. 
Toitla, as, friendship, attachment, 
affection, love, G. or possessive pron., 


udtKkds 
both subjective and objective (cf. Jove 


144 


dowvixeos 


i prdotipéopat, yoouar,repidorlunuar, 


of), 444, 538d, i. 3.5: ii. 5. 8, 24:/a. Epiroriu7nOnr, (ptd6-Tiuos honor-lov- 
v. 6. 11: vil. 7. 29 (love to you): —|ing, ambitious, jealous, fr. riuH) to be 


aTpos prdrtav {in accordance with jealous, piqued, or resentful, to resent 
friendship] in a friendly manner, in| 1t, i. 4. 7. 

peace or friendship, i. 3.19 (or to a | dtdo-dpovéopat, Hoouat, a. éptdo- 
Friendly country, see pidwos). See dud. | dpovnoduny or -7O ny, (pthb-ppwv friend- 
Trikes, 7, dv, befitting a friend, of | ly-minded, fr. ppy» mind) to be kindly 

. a friendly natur e, friendly, iv. 1. 9 :| disposed, express good-will or Sriend- 


v. 5. 25 (v. Ll. érirjderos). See irios. 
tortkas in a friendly manner, on 
Friendly terms, as a friend, li. 5. 27: 
vi. 6. 35. 

toirtos, a, ov, of a friend or friends, 
JSriendly, in amity or at peace, esp. 
opposed to zoXéuos, and often applied 
to places (as gidcxds rather to acts, 
and @idos to persons), D.: dua pidlas 
THs xwpas through the country as 
Sriendly or in peace, 523 b: 1.3.14; 
6. 3 (of a person): 11. 3.26; 5.18: v. 
7.13s, 33: gtdia, sc. xwpa or YH, a 
Friendly country, region, or land, ii. 
3.27: vi. 6. 38: vii. 3.13. See giria. 
tirt-vw1os, ov, s., fond of horses, 
1.9.5. Der. PHILIP, PHILIPPIC. 
TAd-Onpos, ov, s., (Ijpa hunting) 
Sond of hunting or the chase, i. 9. 6. 


Trr0-Kepdéw, How, (keép00s) to love, | feared, D.1., mH, ii. 5. 9: 


seek, or be greedy of gain, 1. 9. 16. 
tdudo- kivdvvos, ov, s., fond of dan- 
ger, venturesome, adventurous, 1 Os G. 
tdido-pabys, és, Cc. €orepos, S. EoTa- 
Tos, (uavOdvw) fond of learning, eager 
to learn, i. 9. 5. Der. PHILOMATH. 


T diX\0- veto, as, (vetxos strife) love | fear ; 


of strife, rivalry, emulation, iv. 8.27: 
v. L. btdo-vixla, as, (vixn) eagerness for 
victory. 
1 BidX0-Eevos, ov, Philoxenus, a good: 
soldier from Pelléne in Achaia, v. 2.15. 
Tt dido-wdepos, ov, fond of war, war- 
loving, passionate for war, il. 6. 1, 6. 
otros, 7, ov, c. & s. pidatrepos or 
@idtepos, -Tatos,* amicus, friendly 
(cf. didwos), well-disposed, attached : 
subst. p{dos, ov, a friend, adherent, 
favorite: D. (as subst., also w. G.): 
ed oly SARC ag oe B/D 4,2 6.6; 7.68; 
9.10, 20's, 278, 29(c.), 31: iv. 4 4. 
Der. PHILO-, PHIL-. 
1didd-codos, ov, fond of wisdom: 
subst. dtAdcodos, ov, @ PHILOSOPHER, 
gt Da 3 
Ldido-orpati@rys, ov, a friend to 
the soldiers, the soldiers’ friend, vii. 6. 
4, 39. 


ship, show kindness or favor ; to cee 
or greet as a friend, A.; ii. 5. 27: 
5. 29, 32, 34. 

Pdidoros, ov, 6, @ Phliasian, aman 
of Phlius (@\tods), a city with a small 
territory in the northeast of the Pe- 
loponnese, on the Asdpus (now the 
St. George). It was commonly jealous 
of its neighbor Argos, and in alliance 
with Sparta. vii. 8.1. || Ruins near 
the village of St. George. 

Thrvaréw, How, (pdvipos) to talk 
nonsense, speak absurdly, ii. 1. 26, 29. 

odvapia, as, (= pdvapos babbling, 

fr. p\vw bullio, to bubble up) pl. nu- 
gee, wdle talk, absurdities, fooleries, 
mere trifling, nonsense, 1. 3. 18. 

thoBepds, d, dv, s., frightful, fearful, 
alarming, terrible, JSormidable, to be 
i, 45025: 
2 23 Pe ee 

+ oBéa, now, to frighten, terrify, 
scare, A., iv. 5.17 :— poPéopar, joouar, 
mepoBnuat, a. EpoBHOnv, to be fright- 
ened, terrified, alarmed, afraid, ap- 
prehensive, or under the influence of 
to fear; A. Mi, I .» Wepi, dia * TO 
poBeto bar riv Tyswpiay the fear of pun- 
ishment 5.1. 3. 17; B 1S ss ee eee 
5G. 141 Oe 5.7: Vii, 12F 8. 20. 

dos, ov, 6, (PéBouae to flee) fear, 

dread, fright alarm, panic, terror, 
G., I., C li. 2. 193 4542 5teeeeene 
vil. 4. L: pl. terrors, fearful threats, 
iv. 1. 23: tov ék rGv ‘EXAjvwr eis Tovs 
BapBdpous poBov the terror [struck from 
the Greeks as the source, into the bar- 
barians}] with which the Greeks struck 
the barbarians, i. 2.18; ef. vii. 2. 37. 
Der. HYDRO-PHOBIA. 

tdowvikeos, éa, cov, contr. hotvtkots, 
h, obv, purple-red, purple or crimson, 
a color early prepared by the Phee- 
nicians from the murex of the neigh- 
boring sea, and chosen by the Greeks 
for war-garments from its brilliant 
effect and its disguising blood, i. 2. 16: 


v. 1. powixds, powitktos, 


se ie al 4 





Po.viny 


145 


ovrakh 


TPowixn, ns, Phenicia or Phenice,a| |hpovynwa, aros, 7d, thought, spirit, 


narrow strip on the Syrian coast of 
the Mediterranean, peopled by a Se- 
mitic race, illustrious for their early 
commerce, arts, inventions, and colo- 
nies. They founded Carthage, ‘‘ Rome’s 
great rival,” and imparted letters to 
Wetee te 3 712: vil: 8. 25. 

TohowikiorHs, of, purpuratus, a pur- 
ple-wearer: p. Bacirercos a wearer of 
purple at the king’s court from his 
high rank, i. 2.20. Some translate 
(after Zonaras) a dyer of purple, or (as 
Larcher) a bearer of the purple stand- 
ard. 

Polvé or Boing, 7 tos, 6, Phenician : 
subst., a Phenician, i. 4.6. Hence, 
6 dolvié the date-palm, date-tree, palm, 
as bearing the Phenician frwit, since 
dates were brought in commerce from 
Pheenicia to Greece (yet some explain 
rather Powixn as the date-land), 1. 5. 
10. Of this tree, so great an orna- 
ment to the country where it grows, 
and so invaluable to the inhabitants, 
- Strabo says that a Persian poem sang 
the uses to the number of three hun- 
dred and sixty. Der. PH@NIX. 

Poddn, ys, 2 mountain range on 
the. boundary between Elis and Ar- 
cadia, fabled as the scene of a battle| 6 
of Hercules with the Centaurs, and 
as named by hin from one of them 
who was here buried, Pholus, v. 3.10. 
|| Mauro Bouni, or Xiria. 

hopéw, now, mepspynxa 1., (pépw) 
iterative, to carry habitually, wear ; 
to bring in successive loads; A.; i. 8. 
Bee v2, 26: vii. 4. 4: 

5908, ov, 0, (pépw) tribute, v. 5. 7. 

optiov, ov, (Pépw) a burden, ea 
Ware ots vii, 1. 37. 

ppate,* dow, wéppaxa, to TELL, 
bid, direct, state, declare, mention, D. 
Meerer 6 o° 1.3. 35 4: 182 iv 
5. 29, 34: vi. 6. 20. Der. PHRASE. 

1Poasias, ov, Phirasias, an officer 
from Athens, vi. 5. 11. 

mpéup, Ppédros, 74, a well, cistern, 
1V29.525 

hoovew, jrw, Teppsyynxa, (ppjy mind) 
to think, understand, perceive, discern, 
be wise or sagacious, A. of neut. adj., 
li. 2.5: péya ¢. to think [big] loftily, 
to be high-minded, elated, or proud, 
évi, iii. 1. 27: v.6.8: mdéov ¢. to be 
superior in wisdom, vi. 3. 18. 

LEX. AN.- 7 


confidence, lili. 1. 22; 2. 16. 
ldpsvipos, ov, thoughtful, prudent, 
discreet, sensible, judicious, sagacious, 
sel f-possessed, 1.10.7: ii. 5.16; 6. 7. 
Ldpovrife, icw 1, reppivtixa, (ppov- 
tis thought, solicitude) to take thought, 
be anxious or solicitous ; to consider, 
devise, contrive, dmws: li. 3. 25; 6. 8. 
“Tdpovto-apxos, ov, 6, the convmander 
or commandant of a garrison, 1. 1. 6. 
Thpovpéw, now, to guard, keep wnder 
guard, M., 1. 4. 8: ¥.'5. 20. 
tpodproy, ov, dim. in form only, 
a garrisoned post, fortress, gurrison, 
i. 4.15: v. 1. ppovpa, as, a garrison. 

dpovpss, od, 6, (3po-opdw, 159 g, h*) 
a watcher, guard, garrison-soldier, 
vii. 1. 20; 8. 15 (om. by some). 

dovyavoy, ov, (Ppvyw frigo, to parch) 
a dry stick, or twig; pl. firewood, fag- 
oI &ce., Iv. 3. 1A. 

Ppvyla, as, (Ppvé) Phrygia (Great, 
or Proper) a large inland country, the 
western part of the great table land 
of Asia Minor. It appears to have 
been the native region of the flute- 
music (which early vied with that of 
the lyre, see Mapovas), and of some of 
the rites of Bacchus and Cybele. i. 2. 

6s; 9.7.—2. Lesser Phrygia, a name 
given to the northern part of Mysia, 
extending along the coast of the Pro- 
pontis to the Hellespont, with the 
Troad sometimes included. This was 
part of the satrapy of Pharnabazus, 
while Great Phrygia was given to 
Cyrus, and afterwards to Tissaphernes. 
v. 6. 24. — See @pvé. 

Powicxos, ov, Phryniscus, an 
Achean, appointed general during the 
latter part of the retreat, prob. in 
place of Sopheenetus, vii. 2.1s; 5.10. 

@ové, vyds, 6, a Phrygian. The 
Phrygians were an ancient people, of 
quiet agricultural and pastoral habits, 
who, according to some, had crossed 
from Thrace into Asia Minor. i. 2.13. 

Tovyds, ddos, 6, @ FUGITIVE, exile, 
ee er. os 1V.!2,. Lo. 

tpvyn, fs, fuga, flight ; banishment, 
CLC: Bea Iv 2. Lo? Wil. ho Dita 

PvYw, -ost, -elv, -wov, see Pevyw. 

topvdakh, fs, watch (whether act, 
time, place, or persons engaged, 363 h), 
guard, ward, custody, guard-station, 
gurrison, sentinels, G., mpos. The 


J 


idat 


Greeks usu. divided the night into 
three watches, as the Romans into 
foun tod6 67 424241. 4.0763" 6.. 20s 
Wy. Ded: 21, 29. ¥. Sok vil. G. 22. 

todidak, axos, 67, a guard (the in- 
dividual, as gvAaxy the company), 
watcher, sentinel, custodian; pl. a 
guard (collectively), body-quard, gar- 
vison, &c.; 1.2.12: iv. 2.58: vi. 4.27; 
5.4: Ndxos pUNaE (as adj.) a company 
on the watch or of reserve, vi. 5. 9. 

pvratTw, déw, repiaxa, to guard, 
watch, garrison, keep, keep guard or 
watch, A. D., AE., él: gvdakas pu- 
Adrrew to keep, maintain, or stand 
guard ; 1.2.1, 21s; 4. 4s: ii. 6. 10: 
v.1.2; 3.4:— IL to guard one’s self 
against another, be or keep on one’s 
guard against, beware of, guard 
against, keep watch upon, guard or keep 
guard for one’s own safety, take care, 
A. (of object guarded against), AE., 
pn, ws, wore, 1.6.9: 1.2.16; 5.3, 37: 
vil. 3.35; . madcav, sc. pudaxjy, to 
take every precaution, to be on the 
strictest guard, vil. 6.22. Der. PHY- 
LACTERY. 

Todo, How, a. p. epvanOny, (pica 

a blast, bellows) to inflate, blow up, 
NS rude gi 

Pvoxos, ov, 6, the Physcus, a stream 
by Opis, ii. 4. 25. || The canal Katur, 
or Nahr-Awan ; acc. to some, the river 
Adhem. 

thvuteva, eiow, trepvrevxa l., (puTdv 
a plant) to plant, A., v. 3. 12. 

dvw (v),* diow, répixa, 2a. epuy, 
to bring into being, produce, A., 1. 4. 
10: but in pf. and 2 a., to come into 
being, cf. fui. Der. PHYSICS, PHY- 
SICIAN, PHYSIO-LOGY. 

Pwxaits, tos, 7, a Phoceean woman, 
from Pwxaa, Phoccea (now Foggia or 
Fokia), an Jonian city of great com- 
mercial enterprise and great prosperi- 
ty until its capture by the army of 
the elder Cyrus, when a large part of 
its inhabitants, embarking in their 
vessels, sought new homes in the dis- 
tant west (among others, Marseilles). 
The Phocean mentioned in i. 10. 2 
was named Milto froin her brilliancy 
of complexion, but by Cyrus Aspasia 
after the favorite of Pericles. She 
had been brought up by her father 
Hermotimus in poverty and without 
a mother’s care; and when brought 


146 








Xaderds 


by force to Cyrus, won his affection 
by her wisdom and virtue, even more 
than by her remarkable beauty. Af- 
ter his death, she became also a fa- 
vorite of Artaxerxes, who, it is stated, 
had specially ordered her capture ; 
but when he had associated with him- 
self upon the throne his son Darius, 
the latter asked that he would also 
grant him Aspasia. Artaxerxes prom- 
ised to do this, since, according to 
usage, the first request of a successor 
elect could not be denied; but, in- 
stead of fulfilling his promise, made 
her a priestess (acc. to Plutarch, of 
Anitis, the Persian Diana). This so 
enraged the disappointed son that he 
joined with Tiribazus in seeking his 
father’s life, but lost his own. 1.10. 2. 
gov, Hs, (pa-) vox, a sound of the 
voice, voice, speech, language, ii. 6.9: 
iv. 8. 4. Der. PHONETIC, EU-PHONY. 
das, pwrds, TO, (pa-) light of day, 
a fire, &c., ili. 1.12: vii. 4.18: das 
éyévero daylight came, it became light, 
vi. 8. 2. Der. PHOTO-GRAPH. 


X. 


xalpw,* yaipjow, Kexdpnka, to re- 
joice, P., vil. 2.4: to take leave, depart 

(from the common expression in leave- 
taking, yxatpe farewell); hence, éav 
xalpey to let go, bid farewell to, vii. 3. 
23: xalpwr rejoicing, with impunity, 
v. 6. 32. 

. KadSator,wy, oi, theChaldwi,or-ccans, 
a warlike and independent people of 
Armenia, perhaps the remains in their 
early seat of the powerful tribe that 
conquered Babylonia, and becoming 
effeminate were themselves conquered 
by the Medes and Persians. They 
seem to have been also called Xadv- 
Bes ; and Xenophon uses both names, 
apparently for the same tribe. _ iv. 3. 
4: v. 5.172 Vile 

txadreralve, avd, to be severe, angry, 
indignant, displeased, provoked, in- 
censed, or enraged, D. G., 8rt, i. 4.12; 
5.11, 14: vil. 6.32: so @. p. as m. 
éxaderdvOnv, iv. 6. 2. 

XaXetds, 77, dv, c., s., HARD to do, 
bear, take, &c.; difficult, irksome, 


troublesome ; grievous, severe, stern, 
cross, fierce, 


harsh, violent, bitter, 





See XdAuy. — 


- 





XaXctras 


cruel, dangerous: Td xaderdv the se- 
verity, harshness, fierceness: 1.: 1. 3. 
mee 6-G.9,11s: ii.1.13; 4.35:.v.1.7. 
lxaeras hardly, with difficulty, 
grievously, severely: x. exew to be 
grievously affected, deeply concerned, 
or greatly distressed : see dépw: 1. 3. 
So: mi. 3.13; 4.47: v.7.2: vi. 4.16. 

Xadivoa, ‘bo, Kexadivwxa l., (xa- 
Aids a bridle) to bridle, A., ili. 4. 35. 

TxaAkeos, éa, cov, contr. xadkois, 7, 
odv, brazen or rather bronze, of brass 
or bronze, 1. 2.16: v. 2. 29. 

t{Xarxndovia, or Karxndovia, as, 
Chalcedonia, the territory about the 
city of Chalcédon and belonging to it, 
vi. 6. 38. 

{XadkySav, or KadynSav «(167 b), 
évos, 7, Chalczdon, a city in Bithynia, 
founded by the Megarians, B. c. 674, 
on the Propontis at the entrance of 
the Thracian Bosphorus. Though it 
became a considerable city, it was 
sometimes called the ‘‘City of the 
Blind,” because its founders over- 
looked the superior advantages of the 
nearly opposite site of Byzantium. 
vii. 1. 20; 2. 24, 26. || Kadi-Keni. 

X@Akds, 09, 6, es, copper ; but more 
commonly bronze, an alloy of copper 
and tin (usu. about % copper to 3 tin) 
greatly used by the ancients, and ad- 
mitting a harder temper than the 
more modern brass, an alloy of copper 
and zine. The latter term-is, how- 
ever, common in translation. Xadxés 
Tis HaTpamre [some bronze glistened] 
there was a gleaining of brass or brazen 
armor, 1. 8. 8. 

LydAxopa, aros, Td, @ brazen (or 
bronze) utensi!, iv. 1. 8. 

XadXos, ov, 6, the Chalus, a river in 
Syria. i. 4.9. ||The Koweik, the 
river of Aleppo. 

Xahuy, vBos, 6, a Chalybian, or one 
of the Chalybes, a people so skilled in 
workingiron that they either gave their 
name to steel (yadvy, as if Chalybian 
tron), or were themselves named from 
it: cf. of odno07Téxroves XdduPes, Asch. 
Prom. 714. Some of the Chalybes (also 
called Xaddato., v. 5.17) were the 
bravest people found by the Cyreans; 


while others, west of Trebizond, were | 
few in number and subject to the| 


Mossyneci. iv. 4.18; 6.5; 7.15: 
v. 5.1: vii. 8.25. Der. CHALYBEATE. 


147 











Xerpicoos 


Xapaspa, as, (xaparrw to cut, fur- 
row, whence CHARACTER) @ ravine, 
gorge, usu. furrowed by water, iii. 4.1. 

Xapakopa, aros, 7d, (xdpaé stake, 
fr. xaparrw to cut) a paling, palisad- 
ing, line of palisades, v. 2. 26. 

Txapiets, fecoa, iev, g. levros, téoons, 
gratiosus, graceful, agreeable, pleasing, 
clever, ingenious, lil. 5. 12 (v. 1. xaprev). 

Txapt{opat, icouar coduat, Kexdpiouat, 
gratificor, to grant one a favor, grati- 
Ty, favor, oblige, please, indulge, D. 
AE., 1.9. 24: 1.1.10; 3.19: vil.1.25. 

Xdpts, * Tos, 7, (xaipw) gratia, grace, 
Savor; obligation for a favor, gratitude, 
thanks: xdapww eidévar (see dpaw) to rec- 
ognize a favor or obligation, esteem it a 
Savor, be grateful: xapw éxew to have 
gratitude, feel grateful: D. G.: i. 4. 
15:11..5.14: 11.3.14: vi. 1. 26: vil. 4. 
9; 6.32. Der. EU-CHARIST. 

Xaopavdy, ys, Charmande, a large 
city on the Arabian side of the Eu- 
phrates, thought by most to be the 
city called by Hdt. “Is, now Hit, re- 
markable for its bitumen springs, 
which furnished cement for the walls 
of Babylon, and which still seem in- 
exhaustible, i. 5.10. The Euphrates 
and Tigris are still crossed in the man- 
ner here stated by Xenophon. 

Xeppivos, ov, Charminus, an en- 
voy from the "Spa: ‘tan commander 
Thibron to the Cyreans, vii. 6. 1, 39. 

Xetpaov, Gvos, 6, (xéw to pour, cf. 
xewv) hiems, winter, wintry weather, 
storm, cold, 1.7.6: iv.1.15: vii. 3.13. 

xelo,* xeupds, d. pl. xepai, 7, the 
hand : eis xetpas tévac or épxecOar to 
come to [hands] blows or to close en- 
counter or combat, but w. dat., [to 
come into hands to any one] to put 
one’s self in the hands or power of any 
one: mepi Tats xepoiv about the [hands] 
wrists: €k xe.pos BaddXew to throw 
[from] with the hand merely, as darts 
(but éx x., v. 4. 25, hand to hand, in 
close combat) :-1. 2.26; 5:8,15: 11.3. 
15: iv. 7.15: vi. 3.4: see déxomas. 
Der. CHIRO-GRAPHY, SURGEON. 

LXeapt-copos, ov, Chirisophus, a 
general sent from Sparta to Cyrus 


\with auxiliary troops, in return for 


the zealous and liberal aid which he 
had rendered in the Peloponnesian 
War. He was the chief leader of the 
van in the retreat, and was at one 


XetpoTrAn OAs 148 


time chosen sole commander of the 
Cyreans. After the death of Clear- 
chus, he was considered the first of 
the generals in dignity, as Xenophon 
was first in influence; and the two 
worked together with great harmony 
for the salvation of the army. 1. 4. 3. 
LXeipo-mANOAs, és, (wAHOw) filling the 
hand, as larye as can be held in the 
hand, iu. 3. 17. 

xetpo-trolntos, ov, (mroréw) ‘made by 
hand, iv. 3. 

lxepda, wow, A. and oftener M., to 
hundle, master, overpower, subdue, Vil. 
Ovlube 

1xelpwv,* ov, (c. referred to kaxés- 
S. xelptoros) worse, inferior: 
éotw avt@ it is worse with him, he is 
less to be prized or worth less, tpés : 
Ve Qo vilnO. 4,209. 

XepAd-vycos, ov, 7, later Att. for 
xXEpod-vnoos (xépaos vnoos a shore- 
islund), a peninsula, vi. 2. 2. — 2. In 
a special sense, the Chersonese, a long, 
fertile peninsula on the Thracian side 
of the Hellespont. This was early 
colonized by the Greeks (especially 
the Athenians), who were often at war 
with the Thracians or with each other 
for its protection or possession. It 
was at length defended by a wall built 
across its isthmus. 1.1.9: 11.6.2: vil. 
1. 13. || Peninsula of the Dardanelles. 

X74, 7s, @ hoof ; hence, from some 
resemblance, a sloping structure of 
stone to protect a wall from the vio- 
lence of waves, a breakwater, mole, or 
Piers vil. 87. 

XY, xnvds, 6 7, anser, 
a@ goose, 1. 9. 26. 

xs adv., vEsTER-day, vi. 4. 18 ? 

XtAtor, ac, a, @ thousand, i. 2. 3, 6, 
Ds G20: i. 26, Wer. CHILLAST: 

XiAés, ov, 0, grass cut for feeding 
animals, fodder, Bis ene dry 
grass, hay : 1D: Seas . 33. 

LXTAd@, wow, to “feed with a grass, 
to fodder, A., Vii. 2, 21. 

Xipatpa, se (xiuapos a goat of the 
Jirst year ; fr. xejua winter, as if a 
winter’s kid 2) @ she-goat of ‘the first 
year, female kid, iii. 2.12. Der. 
CHIMERA. 

Xios, ov, 6, @ Chian, a man_ of 
Chios (Xlos, now Scio), one of the 
larger islands of the Agean, near the 
coast of Ionia. It was colonized by 


Germ. Gans, 


Xpae 


the Ionians, and formed a powerful 
maritime state, until its conquest and 
cruel devastation by the Persians, 
B. c. 493. On recovering its liberty 
through the battle of Mycale, B.c. 479, 
it became for a long period one of the 
closest allies of Athens. It has since 
repeatedly suffered the evils of war, 
and most severely from its brutal 
desolation by the Turks in 1822 A. p. 
Of the many places that claimed the 
birth of Homer, Chios, except perhaps 
Smyrna, seems best entitled to the 
honor: 
rocky isle” (Byron). 


XtTav, vos, 0, 


iv. 1. 28: 
tunica, a tunic, 


xetpév | frock, the common under- or working- 


garment of the Greeks and Romans, 
ch. of wool, and often short or drawn 
up by the girdle; hence, in general, 
a garment worn next the skin; 1. 2. 
16; 5.8: v.2.15: vii. 4.4 (where the 
term is extended to the Thracian 
breeches or trousers). 

lxtteviokos, ov, 6, dim., @ small or 
short tunic, v. 4. 18. 

Xtav, dvos, 7, (xéw to pour) snow, 
iv. 4.8,11; 5.3s. Cf. yequar; and 
Hima-laya, the abode of snow. 

XAapvs, vdos, 7, a short cloak or 
mantle, esp. worn by horsemen, Vii. 
4, 4, 

Xotwé, cxos, 7 (v. Z. 9) a chenix, or 
a quart very nearly, 7g of a pédiuros. 
This was a common “daily allowance 
of corn toa soldier i. 5.6. Some re- 
duce the xoimé to Jy of the pediuvos. 

TXotperos, a, ov, of swine: Kpéa xol- 
pera swine’s flesh, pork, iv. 5. 31. 

Xotpos, ov, 67, porcus, a tame swine, 
esp. young, @ pig, vil. 8. 5. 

TXopevw, evow, Kexdpevka, to dance, 
esp. In a choir, iv. 7. 16: v. 4. 17. 

Xopés, of, 6, a CHOIR, band, troop, 
or row of dancers, v. 4.12. Der. 
CHORUS, CHORAL. 

XdptTos, ov, 6, fodder, forage, grass, 
herbage, i. 5.5: ii. 4. 11: see xotv@os. 

Xpaw* (des ys, &e., 1208), How, 
xéxpynxa, to supply need: hence, — 
(a) WZ. xpdopat, yoouar, Kéxpnuat, a 
expnoduny, itor, to supply one’s own 
need by using what is required, fo wse, 
employ, make use of, make useful or 
of use, have the use or service of ; to 
experience, enjoy, find ; to treat, man- 


age, practise upon, take advantage of ; 


‘““The blind old man of Scio’s - 





=" 


—_— 


: 
\ ‘ 


xprto 


D. (and appositive or adj., w. or with- 
out Ws or @omep) AE., eis, dvri: 1.3.5; 
Regen Oo 5-9. ob, 17st. 1. 6,12; 
6.25: iv. 4.13: xpjobai re to make 
any use of, use or employ for any ser- 
wice, use or treat in any way, 1.3.18: 
li. 1.14: vi. 6.20: modeuia éxphro 
experienced [as hostile] the hostility of, 
li. 5.11; so melouévors (risroratw) 
éxpiiro received obedience (the most 
fuithful service) from, ii. 6.13: iv 
6.3: paxaipa x. to flourish a sword, 
vi. 1.5: dyopa x. to subsist by a 
market, vii. 6.24. — (b) impers. xen” 

(xen, xpein, xpivat, xpedy), f. xpnoer, 

ipf. éxpHv or xp7v, it supplies need, 7 
as useful or necessary, i must or ought 
to be, one must, should, or ought, 1. 
ejedesr tts 4.14: 41. 1.7 5; 2.24, 36. 
Der. CHRESTO-MATHY. 

XeALe, yow not Att., (xpela usus, 
use, need, akin to xpaw) to need, want, 
wish, desire, I.,1. 3. 20: ili. 4. 41. 

Txpipa, aros, 76, a thing used (cf. 
mpayua); usu. pl. things of value, 
goods, possessions, effects, booty, spoil, 
property, wealth, esp. money; 1.1. 9; 
pete 6-10. 3:11. 4. 2756. 5s. 

txpypatictikds, 7, dv, (xpnuarifoua 
to make money) money-making, prom- 
ising wealth, indicative of gain, vi. 1. 
23. 

XPhvar, xpqTVat, see xpdw,i. 4. 14s. 

lxpqoipsos, 7, ov, s., useful, of use 
or value, serviceable, D., 1.6.1: 1.5.23. 

Txpipo or xpiopa, aros, 76, otntment, 
unguent, jv. 4.13. Der. CHRISM. 

Xpiw, iow, KéxpiKa. l., to anoint : 
M. to anoint one’s self, iv. 4.12. Der. 
CHRISTIAN. 

XpPOvos, ov, 0, time, 1.3.2; 8.8: 
mood xpévou [within] for a long time, 
1.9.25: nuioce xpdvw (with, by means 
of] in half the time, i. 8. 22: xpivw 
by time, by protracted siege, ili. 4. 12. 
See viv. Der. CHRONIC, CHRONICLE, 
CHRONO-LOGY. 

Txpuceos, éa, cov, contr. xpirots, 7, 
ov, of gold, golden, covered or plated 
with gold, gilded, i. 2.10,27; 10. 12. 

Txpuclov, ov, dim., gold in small 
pieces for money, gold money, amount 
on gold, vs 1. 93° 7. 18 > vu. 8. 1. 

tXpicd-modus, ews, 7, Chrysopolis, 
a town of Chalcedonia, on the Thra- 
cian Bosphorus, opposite Byzantium ; 
said to have been so named, because 


149 


. | land ; 


X@pos 


the Persians made it a place of deposit 
for gold collected from Europe as trib- 
ute or booty. vi. 3.16. || Scutari. 

Xpuads, ov, 6, gold, ili. 1.19. Der. 
CHRYSO-LITE, CHRYSALIS. 

lxptcoo-xdXtvos, ov, (xadwis bridle) 
with gold-studded bridle, i. 2. 27. 

XPOpat, -pevos, see xpdw, i. 4. 8. 

TxXapa, as, a place, esp. a country, 
region, “province, district, territory, 
a place, position, or post, in 
military disposition (see card); i. 1 
1 Se Oe Sei: Tied Sas pld. o> 
14: iv. 8.15: see pidos : — so of po- 
sition in respect to rank, influence, 
&c., as €v avdpotddwy xwpa in the con- 
dition of slaves, v. 6.13; &v ovbema 
xupa Ecovrat will be nowhere or of no 
account, v. 7.28. A country some- 
times borrows the name of its inhabi- 
tants: Tiv xwpay eivat XdduBas that 
the country was, 1. e. belonged to the 
Chalybes, iv. 5. 34. Xwpa and rézros 
are related to each other much as, in 
Eng., place and spot; but their uses 
blend, since there is no dividing line 
between the larger and the narrower 
sense. 

u KMpEW, How OF Hoouat, Kexwonxa, to 
give room, make room for others ; hence, 
to move on, advance, march, proceed, go, 
pierce, dud, éri : to give room for the re- 
ception of, contain, hold, A.: 1.5.6: 10. 
13: iv. 2.15, 28. Der. AN-CHORET. 

Txapi{a, iow 16, (xwpis) to separate, 
detach, A. 1., vi. 5.11: xexwpirpévos 
separated, removed, differing, G., v. 4. 
34. 

Tx@ptov, ov, dim., a limited space, 
extent, or distance ; esp. a particular 
place or spot, as a stronghold (so often), 
hold, town, height, pass, military po- 
sition, tract of land (pl. lands, sur- 
rounding country, region), landed estate, 
domain 51225 24) AG He 5, 18 eon. 
oO tb, AL As rat <8V 2.00 lbs ges, 
O20 VieannS 2) Vie Las: Jie 

Ttxwpts adv., apart (so as to leave 
room), separately, singly, by one’s self; 
CPOreey foi, Gus Iede 1d? Mes. 17 : 
vi. 6, 2, 

X@pos, ov, 6, room, space, open 
ground, field ; place, esp. country 
place or estate, country in distinction 
from city; rare in Att. prose, exc. 
Xen.; v. 3. 11, 18: vii. 2.3: see card. 
Der. CHORO-GRAPHY. 


Wdpos 


W, 


Wapos, ov, 6, the Psarus, one of the! 
chief rivers of Cilicia, rising north of 
Mt. Taurus, breaking through this 
range, and entering the sea southeast 
of Tarsus, i. 4.1: v. l. Zdpos, Pdpos. 
|| Seihan. 

eyo, egw, to blame, censure, re- 
proach, A., vii. 7. 43. 

Wédvov or WedAvoy, ov, (Waw to rub) 
a bracelet, armlet, a favorite ornament 
among the Persians, worn even by 
men, 1.2. 27 55:8; 8: 29. 

Tev8-evédpa, as, a false or pretended 
ambush or ambuscade, v. 2. 28. 

tievdhs, és, false: wWevdy subst., 
falsehoods, lies: ii. 4. 24; 6. 26. 

Wetda, Yevou, pf. p. & m. Epevoma, 
a. p. ewetoOnv, a. m. eevoduny, to 
cheat, deceive, disappoint, A. AE., 1.8. 
11: ii. 2.31:—W. to be or prove 
false, speak or act falsely, misstate, 
falsify, deceive, lie, promise falsely, 
break one’s word, disappoint, A. AE., 
mpos, wepi,i. 3.5,10; 9.7: il. 6. 22, 28: 
v. 6.35. Der. PSEUD-ONYM. 

Ty Hite, iow 10, éWjdixa, to reckon : 
— M. to vote (by casting a pebble into 
the urn, raising the hand, &c.), and 
thus to resolve, decide, determine, de- 
Gree, A., I: (A.), ef, i. 4.15: ii. 2; 31; 
Soe wvels 4s vil! 6. 4-27. 18: 

Wijdos, ov, 7, (Yaw to rub) a worn 
stone, pebble, often used as a counter 
or ballot ; hence, a ballot, vote, sen- 
tence, decree, v. 8. 21: vii. 7. 57. 

Wirds, 7, dv, (akin to Wdw to rub, 
as if rubbed bare) bare, not covered 
by armor, vegetation, &c.; hence, wn- 
protected or little protected by armor 
(as the head withowt a helmet, but 
merely covered with the tiara), light- 
armed ; without or bare of vegetation ; 
1.5.5; 8.6: iil. 3.7. Der. E-PSILON. 

{pirdw, wow, to make bare, strip, 
clear, separate from, A. G., 1.10.18: 
ive Os 27. 

thodéw, jow, evodnxa, to resound, 
ring, iv. 3. 29 

dos, ov, 6, @ noise, sound, iv. 2. 4. 
tXH, Hs, (YIxw to breathe) anima, 
spiritus, the breath, life, soul, spirit, 
heart; til. 1. 23,-429'; 2. 20: vii. 7. 48. 
Der. PsycHO-LoGy. 
Woxos, cos, 74, (Wexw to blow and 








150 


apa 
thus cool) the see pl. frigora, froste, 
cold ; iii. 1. 23: iv. 5. 12: vil. 4. 3. 


mez 

® O, the familiar interjection of ad- 
dress, used far more in Greek than in 
Eng., and hence often untranslated, 
i, 4. 16): 6278 — & subj. of eful, 1.3.6. 

& dat. sing. of os, i. 3. 12. 

aSe adv., “(6 -de q. v.) thus, so, as 
follows, in this or the following man- 
ner, usu. referring to what follows, i. 
1,6; 5.10; 6.5: 9 Se Ub seem 

05, 7s, (dw) a song, chant, iv.3.27. 
Der. ODE, MEL-ODY, PROS-ODY. 

@eTo, wHOnY, see olouar, i. 4. 5. 

o0éw,* Gow, Ewxa l., to push, shove, 
thrust, trans. — M. to push or thrust 
another, in order to take his place, 
A. €&: to force one’s way, push, intrans.; 
i. 4. 48: v. 2. 18 (v. 1. eiowOéw). 

La0topds, od, 0, (a0ifo = wOéw) & 
pushing, crowding, pressing, vo 207. 

gKodop Any, see ofko-douew, iii. 4.7. 

BKovv, wkotpny, see oiKéw, ill. 4. 7. 

@KTELPOY, see oixreipw, 1. ri 

Gpev, see eiui to be, iv. 8. 11. 

Tapo-Bdetos, a, ov, or ap0-Bdivos, 7, 
ov, (Bots) of raw or untanned ox-hides: 
dépuata w. raw ox-hides: iv. 7.22, 26. 

Opes, 7, ov, raw, as uncooked or 
untanned ; hence, unsoftened in char- 
acter, wnfeeling, harsh, cruel; ii. 6. 
12: iv. 8/14 

@pos, ov, 6, humerus, the shoulder 
with the upper arm, vi. 5. 25. 

dpora, see OuvULL to swear, 21,2. 8s. 

av, see etul, 1.1.8.— av, see 6s, 1.1.8. 

@veowar,* HoouaL, e€wynuat, (@vos 
price) 2a. émpiduny (akin to wempacKw), — 
to buy, purchase: wvovpmevos buying, by 
purchase: A. D., G. of price, €&, bré: 
i. 5.6: ii: 3. 26s 5 ii 202 eee 

avyoa, see dvivnut, Vi. 1. 32. 

@vLosS, a, ov, (Gvos price) to be bought, 
for sale: Ta via the articles for sale, 
goods, wares, vendibles, i. 2. 18. 

@op nV Or Oyyv, see olouar, iv. 2. 4. 

*Qiarus, cdos, 7, Opis, a large city of 
Assyria, on the Physcus, not far from 
the Tigris, 11. 4. 25. || Near Eski- 
Bagdad (i. e. Old Bagdad) or, ace. to 
some, Kaim. 

wpa, as, hora, season, proper or fit- 
ting time, time (of year, day, &c.), 








apaios 


HOUR, D. I. (w. éori often om.): qvixa 
or ornvixa THs Mpas at what or what- 
ever point of [the] time: 1. 8. 11s; 4. 
Wren. 5.13; mi. 4.34, 40; 5.18: 
iv. 8. 21. Der. HORO-SCOPE. 
ldpaios, a, ov, at the proper season 

(of life, the year, &c.), in the prime or 
bloom of youth, ripe, 1.6.28: v.3.12: 
Tx wpaia the produce of the season, 
ripe fruits, v. 3. 9. 

OpPHPAL, -Noa, -dpnv, see dpudw. 

as * proclitic, (és) ut, quam, quod, 
&e., as, how, that, so that, &c.: — I. 


Rev. Apv. (a) expressing MANNER, | 


and hence circumstance, degree, occa- 
sion, time, cause, &c., AS, like as, 
as if, as it were, as much as, as far 
as, when, as soon as, since, inasmuch 
wom eA. 5) 7 : iv. 7.8, 12: in 
some of these uses, regarded by some 
as a temporal or causal conj. ‘Qs, like 
our as, is used in many elliptical forms 
of expression, 711, 1.2.4; 5.8; often 
performing the office of — (b) an ap-| 
PROXIMATE ADV., W. expressions of| 


151 





quantity, esp. numerals, as i were, 
mon FIT bs 1.2. 3s: vi. 5. 11:— 
(c) an ADV. OF DEGREE, w. the su- 


dA 
aQoTrep 


the design of, since, inasmuch as, that, 
&c.; while the pt. is often translated 
by an inf. or finite verb ; e. g. ws dzo- 
xtevay [as about to put] with the intent 
to put hin to death, 598 b, i. 1. 33; ws 
érBoudevovTos T. onthe ground that T. 
was plotting, ws Bovdpuevos [as if wish- 
ing] on pretence that he wished, ws mro- 
Neuntwv pretending that he was about 
to make war,i.1.6,11; ws adrnddaz- 
pévoe inasmuch as they were delivered, 
iv. 3. 2 (cf. 1.2.19); ws édtyou Gvres 
[as they were’ few] being so few, vi. 5. 
28 ; ws éuod idvros that I shall go, i. 3. 
6 (ef. ii. 1.21); see 680. — (f) Hence, 
also, the use of @s bef. the INFINI- 
TIVE, with an office like that of a final 
or consecutive conjunction bef. a finite 
verb, in order to or that, so that, so as 
to (yet sometimes not translated), 
671; e. g. ws ouvavrijca in order to 
meet or that he might meet, so as to 
meet, to meet, 1. 8.15, cf. 10; os wy 
dvvacbat so that they could not, ii. 3. 
10; Bpaxvrepa 7) ws €&txveto ac [shorter 
than so as to reach] oo short a distance 
to reach, 513d, iil. 3.73 .as dvarav- 
eoOat for or as if for resting, ii. 2. 4 ; 


perl., as. . as (the comparison being|see cuvaipéw. — (g) This rel. adv. is 
made with possibility, if not other-|also used as COMPLEM. (563), how, in 
wise stated, and as thus becoming in-| what manner or degrce, 1.6.5: ii.1.1; 
fenetve, cf. Guam), 553 b;.c,d; e. g.\3: 11: i. 1. 40: vi. 6. 32. 

ws TaxLoTa Ews brépawev as soon as| I]. Cons. (h) Complem., that, less 
the daun began to appear, iv. 3. 9| positive, direct, or actual than 671, 
(ef. 1.3.15); ws éd¥varo TaxXLoTa as|702a,1.1.3; 3.5: vii. 5.8 (bef. inf.? 
rapidly as he could, iii. 4. 48; ws rd-| 659 e):— (i) Final, in order that, so 
xXuoTa as quickly or soon as possible, | that, that, 1.3.14; 6.9: 1.5.16; ws 
1.3.14; ws ay dvvntat mrelorovs as| uy that not, lest, ili. 1.47: vii. 6. 23: 
many as he could, i. 6.3; ws mretoro.| cf. f: — (j) Causal, as, since, inas- 
as many as possible, iii. 2. 28 : — (d)| much as, ii. 4.17: v. 8.10: cf. a:— 
a PREP. = mpés, to, w. acc. of person, |(k) Consecutive, so that, ws éddxet, Vi. 
_ ile, ws Baordéa i. 2. 4: cf. vii. 7.552) 1. 5 (v. 0. inf.); cf. f. 

—or (e) a MODAL SIGN, as, as if, as| os definitive adv., (6) = otrws, thus, 

though, for, considering (but not al-| so, in this way or case, in these circum- 
ways translated), bef. a modifier, 65d ;| stances, then ; used after ovdé not even, 
gael. an appositive or adj.; 1. 1..25/1..8. 21: in. 2.23 7 vi. 4.22: 
6.3; bef. a prepositional phrase, 1. 2.| |a@o-atrws (6 airés the same) in the 
1; 8.1, 23: v. 4. 2: ws év rots dpecw| same or like manner, like-wise, just 
[considering it was among the moun?|so, ili. 2.23: iv.7.13: v.6.9 (also, by 
tains] as or for mountaineers, iv.3.31.|tmesis, ws 0 atrws): vii. 3. 22. 


This modal use of @s is esp. frequent 
before the PARTICIPLE (even if abs.), 


ao-cl as if, about, ii. 4.3: v.1. door. 
ao8’ for erre, by apostr. bef. an 


to express appearance, pretence, opin-| aspirated vowel, ii. 3. 25. 


ion, purpose (w. pt. fut.), cause, &c.; 
and here is also translated apparently, 


a@ov(v), see efui. — aot(v), see obs. 
ao-tep * rel. adv., (ws strengthened, 


on pretence of or that, on the ground|in its more direct rel. uses) just as, 
that, in view of, for the purpose of, with |\ even as, as tndecd, as, much used in 


Za 
QC TE 


comparisons ; just as if, as if, as 
though, esp. w. a pt. (sometimes abs. ; 
domep e&lv as Uf it were permitted, 111. 1. 
14); as it were, like, apparently ; 1. 3. 
9,16; 5.1,3,8; 8.8, 29: iv.3. Lil. 
Go-Te* con]. & rel. adv., (as re and 
so), by apostr. éor’ or bo’ , (a) w. the 
IND. (r. OpT.), so that, that, and so, 
consequently, usu. of an actual con- 
sequence, 1.1.8: 1.4.58; 5.15: m 
4, 37: — (b) w. the INF. (often trans- 
lated by the ind. or potential), so as 
to, so that, that, as, of a consequence 
that, from the nature of the leading 
action, would, should, or might fol- 
low, whether actually following or 
not, 671, 1.1.5; 4. 8 (@oTe éhew so as 
to take, so that I can take, or for tak- 
ig) 5. Ad: i. 2.17. (ce) Wore as 
sometimes used w. the inf. where it 
seems not to be required, and is not 
always translated ; as éroinoa wore 
dséar I made [so that it should seem] 
at scem best, 1. 6. 6, cf. 2, & 7.4; wore 
pen éducbdvew oxo will keep [so 
that you ae not slip] you from 
slipping, ii. 5.11. (d) As used w. 
the inf. in ee anticipated re- 
sult, it sometimes marks a purpose or 
condition ; movety Wate Todene vy to toil 
[so as to be] for the sake of being in 
war, li. 6.6; dare éxadew [so that 
they should or would sail out] to secure 
or on condition of their departure, v. 
6.26. (e) “Qore éxew Kkadds [so as to 
have itself well] favorably, satisfac- 


POSTSCRIPT. 


152 


face, countenance. 





ay 


torily, v. 8.26: evmopa wore dmoxw-— 
pe casy for retreat, Vi. D. 1S. 

ara, aot, see ots eur, ii, dovede 

@te (also written @ te, dat. sing. 
neut. of the relative é bo-Te who, which) 
in the phrase é @te (= én ToUrw 
ware, 557a) on this condition or Jor 
this purpose that, in order to, and 
hence taking an inf., 671 a, vi. 6. 22: 
see ézrib. 

aren, 7s, (obrdw to wound; w- 
Dor. for ov-, see Noxayds) a wound, 
mark from a wound, scar, i. 9. 6. 

@- “TUL, see bo-7ts, 11. 5. 32. 

atts, Soe. n, (o8s ear) a kind of 
bustard with long ear-feathers, prob. 
the Great Bustard, Otis Tarda, Fr. 
outarde, a large bird, far better in 
running than flying, and still hunted 
for its meat, 1. 5. 2s. 

abede O that! see épethw, il. 1. 4. 

OadcEw, Yow, wPHéAnKa, (épedos) to 
benefit, be of service or advantage to, 
aid, assist, help, A. AE., dvrt, 1. 1. 9; 
3. 4, 6::v. I. 125 62605 Site amene 

lapéduos, ov, r. os, 7, ov, advanta- 
geous, useful, serviceable, expedient, i. 
6. 2a. lee. 

apOyv a. p., see dpdw to see, vi. 5. 10. 

aphoy, see phiokdve, Vi Gylke 

OXOHTY, see otxopat, li. 6. 3. 

[@p, wirds, o or 7, (dm-, see opdw) the 
Hence perhaps d- - 
Opwiros, as one who has avdpés Ora, 
the outward form of a man, though 
he may not be a true av7p. | 


Katortpov (i. 2.11) may be the name of a small stream 


(-os, ov, 6, the Cayster, now perhaps the Akkars-Su), on or near which was 
Kavorpov TleSiov, i. e. Cui/ster-jicld. — Kepapey (i. 2. 10) may be the name 
of a people (-o1, wy, ol, the Cerami or -ians), unless with some we read by 


conjecture Kepdpov ’ Ayopév (Képaptos, ov, 0, clay, a tile), Tile-market : 


ef, 


New-market. — For avéwyov, look under dvoiyw; and for Ste, in the place 
belonging to d¥vw and dvouar.— To the words cited from various readings 


may be added émi-{evyvipe = fevyrie, 1.2.5: 


petfovas (fr. welfwr) with 


greater fame, vi. 1. 20: vatorabwes, ov, 6, or -ov, ov, a naval station, or here 


vaidov, V. 1,12: oradis, idos, 7, or ctapidiov, ov, = a-otadis, iv. 4. 9. 


THE END. 














PREFACE. 


=——>—— 


THE present volume is issued under somewhat peculiar 
circumstances. The distinguished and lamented scholar, 
whose name appears on the title-page, had, for several 
years past, been purposing to publish an edition of the 
Anabasis, with Notes, Lexicon, and whatever else might 
be desired to illustrate a favorite classic. He was spared 
_ long enough to complete the Lexicon to the Anabasis, and 
to bring his Greek Grammar and other works to the 
highest point of the advanced scholarship of the present 
day; but he was removed from the scene of all earthly 
labors ere he could complete his plans and purposes in 
respect to the edition of the Anabasis, which was an- 
nounced last year as nearly ready for the press. 

On Professor Crosby’s death, in the spring of the present, 
year, the undersigned was asked by Mrs. Crosby to under- 
take the putting into shape for the printers, and seeing 
through the press, the work as left by the deceased. All 
the manuscripts and material for the purpose were placed 
in the undersigned’s hands; and although the task has been 
a delicate as well as difficult ome, he has endeavored to 
discharge the duty of an Editor, under these circum- 
stances; with a conscientious regard to what is due to the 


as PREFACE. 


reputation of one of the foremost of American scholars as 
well as to a warm-hearted and most estimable friend. 

It was found on examination that the notes on the 
first four books were in a tolerable state of completeness, 
although not yet quite fitted for publication. The fifth 
and sixth books had also been annotated to a considerable 
extent.* In a number of instances Professor Crosby 
seems not to have determined finally upon critical’ points, 
whether as to readings or interpretation, but to have held 
in reserve various matters for a last revision of his manu- 
script, before sending it to the printers. It became conse- 
quently the duty of the undersigned to exercise his best 
judgment, and to use whatever discretion he possesses, in 
dealing with all matters of the kind. He has scrupulously 
refrained from altering or attempting to improve upon 
Professor Crosby’s notes and criticisms; only here and 
there, as need required, a palpable oversight or mistake has — 
been corrected; and he has felt more and more deeply, the 
more he has looked into the work of the departed, how 
profoundly to be regretted by all lovers of ancient lore is 
the loss of one who was so thorough and accomplished a 
student and so enthusiastic an admirer of Xenophon’s 
writings. 

In getting the volume ready for the press, the additions 
made have been simply in accordance with what is known 


* It seems proper to state here, in regard to the edition containing notes 
on all the books of the Anabasis, that the undersigned is to be held respon- 
sible for those on the last three books. He has added to the matter con- 
tained in Professor Crosby’s manuscript on the fifth and sixth books, and 
has supplied the accompanying notes on the seventh book. He trusts that 
what he has done will be found to be in harmony with, and similar in char- 
acter to, Professor Crosby’s own work in the notes on the first four books. 








PREFACE. Vv 


to have been Professor Crosby’s wish, namely, to make it as 
useful as possible in every respect, and such material as he 
had prepared for this part of his work has been here intro- 
duced. These additions are, a Map (taken from Macmi- 
chael’s Anabasis); an enlarged Introduction; a Record of 
the Marches, etc., during the Anabasis and Katabasis of 
the Greeks; together with headings to the books and 
chapters, and some valuable geographical matter in the 
Appendix. It would hardly be worth while to make this 
statement here, were it not that evident propriety demands 
that Professor Crosby be not held responsible for matter 
which has been supplied by another hand. 

In concluding this Preface, the undersigned may be 
allowed to express the conviction, arising from an exami- 
nation of the notes and papers of Professor Crosby, that 
the present work will be found to be a real and posi- 
tive addition to the several excellent editions of the Anab- 
asis already in -print. The notes are full (especially on 
the first four books), as the author held that they ought 
to be, in a work such as the Anabasis is; they are, too, 
thoroughly analytical, and continually refer to the gram- 
mar for exact and complete information on philological 
points; they are also very instructive, particularly in the 
occasional paragraphs of enlarged comment and criticism, 
such as young students need and appreciate, as well 
towards rendering the authors meaning more clear as 
towards impressing the valuable lessons taught by this, 
and in fact all history, ancient and modern. 

It deserves further to be stated, that the Lexicon to 
the Anabasis by Professor Crosby is by far the most full 
and complete of any in the English language, and evi- 
dences the patient care, thorough scholarship, and supe- 


vi PREFACE. 


rior judgment and skill of the lamented author. The 
Lexicon for the first four books was prepared by the 
author, and is the same in all respects with the full Lexi- 
con, except in the omission of words and names which 
occur only in the last three books. The Table of Citations 
from the Anabasis, contained in Crosby’s Greek Grammar, 
was prepared expressly for this edition, and will be found — 
to be of great service to the student who possesses and 


uses that admirable work. 
J. A. SPENCER, 
College of the City of New Vork. 


November 25th, 1874. 








mNTRODUCTION. 


. Ten Si 

XENOPHON was the son of Gryllus, an Athenian of the tribe 
fégeis, the demus or subdivision Erchea, and the order of 
Knights. The date of his birth is unsettled. Some place it as 
early as B. c. 444. The probabilities are, however, that he was 
born some fourteen or fifteen years later, i.e., about B. c. 430. 
He lived to a very advanced age, being, it is said, ninety years 
old when he died. 

He was remarkable for the singular attractiveness of his per- 
sonal appearance ; and one day in early life, as he was meeting 
Socrates in a narrow lane of the city, the philosopher, who had 
a keen eye for natural as well as intellectual and moral beauty, 
was so much struck with his fine form and expressive features, 
that he put out his staff across the pass and stopped him for 
conversation. He began, after his peculiar method, by asking 
the youth where he would purchase the various articles required 
for the sustenance of the body. The questions were answered 
with intelligence and promptness. ‘And where,” continued the 
sage, turning the conversation, as he was wont to do, from the 
natural to the moral, — “‘where do men become honorable and 
virtuous ? (IIod d¢ xadot kayabot yiyvovra avOpora;)” The youth 
hesitated. It was a new question to him. “Follow me, then,” 
said the philosopher, “and learn ("Emov roivwy kat pdvOave).” 
From that hour, Xenophon became the companion, disciple, and 
bosom friend of Socrates. 

An anecdote is related by Strabo and Diogenes Laértius which 
I would fain believe to be essentially true, although I am one of 


Vill INTRODUCTION. 


those who cannot admit that Xenophon was born early enough 
for the occurrence of the incident where they place it, at the 
battle of Delium (B. c. 424). No one, it seems to me, can read 
carefully the history of the Expedition of Cyrus, without the 
conviction that the author was at that time in the bloom of 
early manhood. The anecdote is this. The youthful Xenophon 
fought in the battle on horseback. His teacher, poorer in ~ 
worldly goods, served among the footmen, where he showed 
himself no less a hero than a philosopher. The Athenians are 
defeated ; and, as they are flying, Socrates sees his young friend, 
thrown from his horse, and lying disabled upon the ground. 
He snatches him up, and, heroically protecting him from all 
pursuers, bears him upon his shoulders from the battle-field.* 
From the society of Socrates, and the refined leisure of Athens, 
Xenophon was called away by a letter from an intimate friend 
(Eévos dpxaios), Proxenus the Beeotian, who had attached himself 
to the fortunes of the younger Cyrus. He urged Xenophon to 
come and join him, assuring him that he would make him a 
friend of Cyrus, whose friendship he regarded as worth more to 
himself than anything he could obtain in his native land. Xeno- 
phon, having read the letter, conferred with Socrates respecting 
its contents. The prudent philosopher, apprehensive that he 
would incur the displeasure of his fellow-citizens by joining a 
prince who had so zealously assisted the Spartans against them, 
and yet, as it would seem, not wishing to oppose directly the — 
adventurous ardor of his young friend, advised him to consult 
the oracle at Delphi in regard to the measure. Xenophon went 
to the prophetic shrine, but simply asked to which of the gods 
he should sacrifice and pray, in order that he might accomplish 
most honorably and successfully the enterprise which he was 
proposing, and return safe with the acquisition of glory. He 


* Plutarch (Alcibiades 7) tells the story of Socrates having saved the life of 
Alcibiades at Potidea. He also relates that Alcibiades on his part protected 
Socrates in the retreat after the defeat at Delium. If Plutarch is to be relied 
on, the strongest argument in favor of B. c. 444 for Xenophon’s birth is taken 
away. Curtius, Hist. of Greece, v. 156, adopts B. c. 431 as the date of 
Xenophon’s birth. 








XENOPHON. a 


received an answer to his inquiry, being directed to sacrifice 
especially to ‘‘Zeus the King.” On returning to Socrates, he 
was blamed by his teacher for deciding himself the great ques- 
tion whether he should go or remain at home, and merely refer- 


ring a minor point to the wisdom of Apollo. “But since,” said 
he, “you so inquired, you must follow the directions of the 
god.” Having sacrificed accordingly, he set sail, and found 


Proxenus and Cyrus at Sardis, on the point of setting forth upon 
their fatal expedition. Cyrus himself united with Proxenus in 
urging him to accompany them, informing him that the expe- 
dition was against the Pisidians, and assuring him that, as soon 
as 1b was over, he would send him home. Xenophon was per- 
suaded, and joined the army rather as the friend of Proxenus 
than as holding any definite military rank. 

Of the Expedition itself and the Retreat of the Ten Thousand 
it 1s not necessary here to speak. The Anabasis will probably 
always retain the high estimate which both the ancients and 
succeeding generations have placed upon it as a memorial of 
Xenophon’s skill and ability as a soldier and a writer. His 
subsequent history may be briefly told. After handing over the 
army to the Spartan general Thibron, B.°c. 399 (Anab. vii. 6. 1; 
8. 24), it is supposed by some that he returned to Athens for a 
short period ; by others it is stated, with more probability, that, 
as he was about to return home, a decree of banishment was 
passed against him at Athens because of his having joined Cyrus 
and fought against Artaxerxes, who was at that date considered 
_ to be a friend of Xenophon’s native city. However this may be, 
as to his visiting Athens at this time, he seems not long after to 
have entered the army again, and to have served under Dercylli- 
das (B. c. 398), and then under Agesilaus, whom he greatly ad- 
mired (xz. c. 396). Two years later he returned with Agesilaus 
from Asia, and was present (though probably not a combatant) at 
the battle of Coronea. Xenophon next settled himself at Scillus, 
in Elis, near Olympia (B.c. 393 or 392), and for some twenty years 
or more occupied himself in literary and congenial pursuits. He 


X INTRODUCTION. 


was compelled to leave his pleasant home at Scillus after the 
battle of Leuctra (s. c. 371), and took up his residence in Corinth. 
The decree of banishment against him was, about the-year B.c. 369, 
repealed, and it is supposed by Grote and others that he returned 
to Athens, and spent some of the remaining years of his life in the 
home of his youth. This is certainly not improbable; at the 
same time it is every way likely that Diogenes Laértius is correct 
in his statement that Xenophon died at Corinth. 


Beside the Anabasis, which, according to the view here main- _ 


tained, was written out and published during his residence at 
Scillus, Xenophon wrote numerous other works. Among these 
may be mentioned, (1) “ The Memorabilia of Socrates,” in four 
books, a defence of his revered master and friend against the 
wicked charges under which he was compelled to drink the cup 
of hemlock ; (2) “The Cyropedia,” in eight books, which pro- 
fesses to give an account of the education and training of Cyrus 
the Elder, but is in reality little more than a political and moral 
romance ; (3) “The Hellenica,” or “ Historia Greeca,” in seven 
books, covering a space of forty-eight years, from the time when 
the history of Thucydides ends to the battle of Mantinea, B. c. 
362. It is not, howevér, regarded by critics as a work of much 
merit. Passing by, for the present, his minor works, a word 
or two deserves to be said as to Xenophon’s style as a writer. 
It has uniformly been praised by critics, ancient and modern, 
Diogenes Laértius, in speaking of him, says, ékadeiro 8¢ kat "ArriKy 
Movoa, yAvkvryre THs Epunvetas, and more recent judges have been 
equally lavish in commendation. So that, without claiming for 
him the lofty genius of Plato, or the keen, critical insight of 
Thucydides, it may safely be affirmed that, among the writings of 


antiquity which have come down to us, there are none which are — 


more valuable, all things considered, than those of Xenophon.* 


The Persians were raised to the dominion of Western Asia, by 
the military and political talents of the great Cyrus (B. c. 559), 


* See under ZevopGv, Lexicon at the end of the volume. 


PERSIAN HISTORY. XI 


seconded by their native valor and hereditary discipline. Cre- 
sus, the rich and powerful monarch of Lydia, was defeated and 
taken prisoner, according to the chronology of Clinton, 546 years 
before Christ ; Babylon, the magnificent capital of the luxurious 
Labynetus, in sacred history Belshazzar, was taken, notwith- 
standing its impregnable walls, by a diversion of the Euphrates, 
B. c. 5388; and in the year 536 Cyrus succeeded his uncle 
Cyaxares, in sacred history Darius the Mede, upon the throne 
of the Medo-Persian empire, the sovereignty thus passing from 
the more refined Medes to the more energetic Persians. 

Cyrus, who was slain in Scythia, was succeeded, B. c. 529, by 
his son CamBysEs, who added Egypt and Libya to his before 
vast empire. After his death by an accident, B. o. 522, the 
Magian usurper who claimed to be Smurpis, the younger son of 
Cyrus, reigned for seven months. He was detected in his im- 
posture, and was slain by a conspiracy of seven Persian noble- 
men, one of whom, Darius, the son of Hystaspes, was raised to 
the throne, according to an agreement among themselves, by the 
first neighing of his horse, B. c. 521. This able monarch, not- 
withstanding his want of success against the Greeks and the 
Scythians, both greatly extended and strengthened the empire 
during his long reign, and left it at the acme of its power and 
prosperity to his son XERxEs, who was probably the Ahasuerus 
of the Book of Esther, z. c. 485. 

The accession of Xerxes to the throne formed a precedent in 
regard to the law of descent, which served as a pretext for the 
ambitious claims and enterprise of the younger Cyrus. Two 
sons of Darius had preferred claims to their father to be ap- 
pointed his successor: Artabazanes, his oldest son, born while 
the father was yet in a private station ; and Xerxes, the first- 
porn after his accession to the throne, and the son of Atossa, the 
daughter of Cyrus. Through the entire influence which this 
princess exercised over her husband, Xerxes was appointed suc- 
cessor, upon the pretext, that, although Artabazanes was the 
first-born of Darius the man, yet Xerxes was the first-born of 


Xil INTRODUCTION. 


Darius the king, and that sovereignty could not be transmitted 
by birth before it was possessed. 

The disastrous expedition of Xerxes against Greece was the — 
chief event in the reign of this effeminate monarch. He was 
assassinated, B. c. 465, by Artabanus, the commander of the 
royal guard, who for his own ambitious purposes raised to the 
throne a younger son of the murdered king, ARTAXERXES, sur- 
named Longimanus (Gr. Maxpéxerp), from the unusual length of 
one or both arms. ‘This prince secured himself upon the throne 
by putting Artabanus to death, and during his long reign dis- 
played many good qualities, but was not able to prevent the in- 
cipient decline of the empire. Upon his death, B. c. 425, he left — 
the sceptre to his only legitimate son, XurxEs the Second, who 
was murdered, after reigning forty-five days, by his bastard 
brother SoepraNnus. / 

He, in turn, after a reign of six months, was slain by Ocuus, 
another illegitimate son of Artaxerxes, who ascended the throne, 
B. C. 424, under the name of Darius, to which historians add, 
for distinction, the surname Nothus (vd6os, bastard). Darius the 
Second married his half-sister, the artful, ambitious, and cruel 
Parysatis, by whom he had two sons conspicuous in history, 
ARTAXERXES, the eldest, who succeeded him, and Cyrus, the 
second, but the first-born after the accession of his father to the 
throne. Plutarch mentions two other sons, Ostanes and Oxa- 
thres. Artaxerxes was a prince of mild and amiable disposition, 
but of no great strength either of intellect or of character. He 
was chiefly remarkable for his great memory, on account of which 
he has been surnamed, by historians, Mnemon (prqpor, having 
a good memory). His mother’s favorite was the active, spirited, 
ambitious Cyrus, who, with her encouragement, early conceived 
hopes that, as the first-born of Darius the king, he might, after 
the example of Xerxes, succeed his father upon the throne. 


At the early age of sixteen, B. c. 407, Cyrus was appointed, 
through his mother’s influence, to the command, both civil and 











LIFE OF CYRUS. Xl 


military, of the richest and most important provinces of Asia 
Minor (cf. i. 1. 2, Note), and intrusted with the charge of co- 
operating with the Lacedemonians against the Athenians. In 
this co-operation, he deserted the astute and prudent policy of 
his predecessors in command, who had aimed to hold the balance 
of power, and so to assist either party as to sustain the protracted 
strife which was weakening both. His object was not so much 
to protect the interests of Persia as to bring the Lacedemonians, 
whose assistance would be the most valuable to him, under the 
greatest possible obligation to aid him in his ambitious designs. 
He assured Lysander and the Spartan ambassadors, that he 
would leave nothing undone in their behalf; that he had brought 
with him five hundred talents for their aid; that if this sum 
should prove insufficient, he would add his own private revenue ; 
and that, if that should fail, he would cut up the very throne 
upon which he was sitting, and which was of massive gold and 
silver. 

At the same time he assumed the state which belonged to the 
heir of the throne; and even put to death two of his cousins, 
sons of his father’s sister, because upon meeting him they did 
not observe a point of etiquette in regard to the covering of the 
hand with the sleeve, which was enforced only in the presence 
of the king. Upon the complaint of their parents, Darius 
recalled him, after two years’ absence, the rather that the state 
of his own health warned him that he must make preparation 
for leaving his kingdom to a successor. Before his departure, 
Cyrus sent for Lysander, the Spartan admiral, gave him all the 
money which he had above the sum required for his journey, 
and placed at his disposal all the revenue of the province which 
belonged to himself personally ; charging him to remember how 
deep a friendship he had borne, both to the Spartan state and to 
_ Lysander individually. 

During his residence in Asia Minor, Cyrus held his court 
chiefly at Sardis; and an anecdote is related by Xenophon in 
his (Economicus (iv. 20), upon the authority of Lysander, which 


X1V INTRODUCTION. 


gives so pleasing a view of his habits of life while there, and 
such a relief in the midst of scenes of blood and projects of erim- 
inal ambition, that I cannot withhold it. Cyrus was showing 
Lysander his park ; and the Spartan, admiring the beauty of the 
trees, the symmetry of the plan, the exactness of the lines and 
angles, and the rich combinations of odors which met the de- 
lighted sense, said to his host, ‘ Much as I admire these beau- 
ties, I admire yet more the artist that devised and arranged 
them for you.” ‘ But,” replied Cyrus, gratified with the com- 
pliment unintentionally paid him, “I have been my own gar 
dener ; the plan is all mine; and I can show you some of the 
trees which I planted with my own hands.” Lysander gazed 
upon the beauty of his perfumed robes, upon the magnificence 
of his jewelled wreaths and bracelets, and upon his other 
princely ornaments, and exclaimed with astonishment, ‘‘ What 
do you say, Cyrus? Did you really plant any of these trees 
with your own hands?” “Does this excite your surprise, Ly- 
sander?” replied the prince; “I protest to you, by Mithras, 
that, when in health, I never dine till I-have drawn forth the 
sweat by some military or gymnastic exercise, or by some work 
of husbandry. *” The Spartan grasped his hand, and warmly 
congratulated him upon the possession of habits so favorable to. 
virtue and true happiness. 

Cyrus returned to be present at his father’s death, s. c. 405, 
and to witness the sceptre, which had glittered before his young 
imaginings, transferred to the hand of his elder brother. The 
last words of Darius deserve to be remembered. Artaxerxes, 
having received the sceptre, approached the bedside of his dying 
father, that he might obtain from his quivering lips the great 
secret upon which the stability of the throne depended. “ By 
what observance,” was his question, “have you maintained 
through life your power and prosperity? Tell me, that I may 
follow your example.” ‘By observing the dictates of justice 
and religion,” was the reply of the expiring monarch, whose 
reign had not been greatly inconsistent with these words, except 





LIFE OF CYRUS. XV 


as he had been misled by his unprincipled queen and by in- 
triguing favorites. 

Cyrus was simply appointed satrap of Lydia and of the ad- 
jacent provinces which he had before governed. Disappointed 
that his mother’s influence, and his own superiority to his brother 
in every kingly attribute, had not won for him the crown, it was 
with no cordial feelings that he accompanied his brother to Pa- 
sargade, the royal city and the burial-place of the great Cyrus, 
for the coronation. Among the peculiar ceremonies of the coro- 
nation, Plutarch, in his life of Artaxerxes, mentions the new 
monarch’s putting off his own robe and putting on that of the 
great Cyrus, and his partaking of figs, turpentine, and sour milk, 
— rites designed perhaps to teach him that he must put on the 
virtues of the founder of the empire, and that sovereignty blends 
with the sweet, the bitter, and the sour. 

These ceremonies were on the point of commencing, when 
Tissaphernes, the wily and unscrupulous satrap of Caria, whose 
ambitious plans Cyrus stood in the way of, and whom Cyrus 
had taken with him-upon his journey to his father, more, as it 
would seem, because he was unwilling to leave him behind, than 
because there was any real friendship between them, brought to 
Artaxerxes a Magian who had been a teacher of Cyrus. This 
man accused the young prince of designing to assassinate his 
brother at the moment when he was taking off his own robe and 
putting on that of the founder of the empire. The ambition of 
Cyrus, although excessive, appears to have been of too elevated 
and open a character to allow us to give much credit to the 
charge. Yet his well-known disappointment, the utterly unprin- 
cipled character of his mother, and the past history of the Per- 
sian court, gave so much color to it, that Artaxerxes apprehended 
him with the design of putting him to death. As the sentence 
was on the point of being executed, Parysatis rushed frantic to 
her favorite, clasped him in her arms, threw about him her long 
tresses, and so entwined his neck with her own, that the same 
blow must sever both. She then, by her prayers and tears, pre- 


xvl INTRODUCTION. 


vailed upon her elder son to spare his life, and to send him back 
to his remote government in Asia Minor. 

Cyrus returned, feeling that he owed his life to his mother’s 
tears, and not to his brother's confidence ; and stimulated by a 
sense of danger, as well as of disappointment and disgrace, he 
determined to wrest, if possible, the sceptre from his brother’s 
hands. The expedition which he undertook for this purpose, — 
after three years of preparation, B. c. 401, and the return of the 
Greeks who served in his army, form the subjects of the his- 
tory before us, which was written by an eye-witness and an im- 
portant actor in the scenes which he describes. _ “This expedi- 
tion, taken in all its parts,” says Major Rennell, “is perhaps the 
most splendid of all the military events that have been recorded 
in ancient history ; and it has been rendered no less interesting 
and impressive, in the description, by the happy mode of relat- 
ing it.” 

What would have been the effect upon the subsequent history 
of Greece and Persia, and indirectly, though in an important 
degree of the civilized world, had Cyrus been successful in de- 
throning and killing his brother, must of course be a matter of 
pure conjecture. However much our natural sympathies might 
incline us to lean towards the high-spirited and able prince, we 
can hardly think that the effect of his success would have been 
for good; and we agree in general with the summing up of 
Grote, “that Hellas, as a whole, had no cause to regret the fall 
of Cyrus at Cunaxa. Had he dethroned his brother and become 
king, the Persian empire would have acquired under his hand 
such a degree of strength as might probably have enabled him 
to forestall the work afterwards performed by the Macedonian 
kings, and to make the Greeks in Europe as well as those in 
Asia his dependants. He would have employed Grecian mili- 
tary organization against Grecian independence, as Philip and 
Alexander did after him. His money would have enabled him 
to hire an overwhelming force of Grecian officers and soldiers, 
who would (to use the expression of Proxenus, as recorded by 








CHARACTER OF CYRUS. XV 


Xenophon, Azaé. iii. 1. 5) have thought him a better friend to 
them than their own country. It would have enabled him also 
to take advantage of dissension and venality in the interior of 
each Grecian city, and thus to weaken their means of defence 
while he strengthened his own means of attack. This was a 
policy which none of the Persian kings, from Darius, son of 
Hystapes, down to Darius Codomannus, had ability or perse- 
verance enough to follow out: none of them knew either the | 
true value of Grecian instruments, or how to employ them with 
effect. The whole conduct of Cyrus, in reference to this memo- 
rable expedition, manifests a superior intelligence, competent to 
use the resources which victory would have put in his hands; 
and an ambition likely to use them against the Greeks, in aven- 
ging the humiliations of Marathon, Salamis, and the peace of 
Kallias,.” * © 


* Grote’s ‘‘ History of Greece,” Chap. LXIX. Part IT. 


ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THE NOTES. 


Grammatical references, by numerals, are to Crosby's Greek Grammar, 


revised edition (1871). 


abs., absolute. 

acc., accus., accusative. 

acc. to, according to. 

act., active. 

adj., adjective. 

adv., adverb, adverbial. 

Atsch., Aischylus. 

Ainsw., Ainsworth. 

Anab., Anabasis. 

aor., aorist. 

apost., apostrophe. 

appos., apposition. 

Ar., Aristophanes. 

Arr., Arrian; An., Anabasis 
of Alexander. 

art., article. 

asynd., asyndeton. 

attr., attraction, attracted. 

aug., augment. 


bef. , before. 
Born., Bornemann. 
Breit., Breitenbach. 


Ces., Cesar; B. C., Bellum 
Civile; B. G., Bellum Gal- 
licum., 

ef., confer, compare, consult. 

cog., cognate. 

comm., common, -ly. 

complem,., complementary. 

compos, , composition. 

cond., conditional. 

conj., conjunction. 

const. preg., constructio 
preegnans, 

contr., contracted. 

corresp., corresponding. 

Ctes., Ctesias. 

Curt., Curtius (Quintus). 

Cyr., Cyropeedia. 


dat., dative. 

dec., declension. 

dep., deponent. 

der., derivative. 

Dind., Dindorf. 

Diod., Diodorus Siculus. 
dir. , direct. 


e. g.,exempli gratia, for ex- 
ample. 

ell., ellipsis. 

emph., emphatic. 

esp., especially. 

\te., et czetera, and so forth. 








eth., ethical. 

Eur., Euripides. 

exc., except, -ion. 

foll., following. 

fut., future; fut. pf., future 
perfect. 

fr., from. 


gen., genitive. 
gend., gender. 
gov., governed. 


Hat., Herodotus. 

Hel., Hellenica of Xenophon. 

Hom., Homer; Il., Wiad; 
Od., Odyssey. 

Hor., Horace. 


impers., impersonal. 
i. e., id est, that ts. 
impf., imperfect. 
imy., imperative. 
ind., indicative. 
inf., infinitive. 

Ion., Ionic. 

ipf., imperfect. 


Kiih., Kiihner. 
Kriig., Kruger. 


Lex., Lexicon to Anabasis 
(Crosby’s). 

Liv., Livy. 

Luer., Lucretius. 


Matt., Matthize. 
MecMich., McMichael, 
MSS., manuscripts. 


N., note. 

neg., negative. 
nom., nominative. 
numb., number. 


obj., object. 

obs., observe. 

(con., @conomicus. 
om., omitted, omission, 
opp-, opposed. 

opt., optative. 

orig., originally. 

Oy., Ovid. 


paron., paronomasia. 
part., participle. 
pass., passive. 
periph., periphrasis. 





Pers., Persian, Persic. 

pers., person, -al, -ally. 

pf., perf., perfect. 

pl., plur., plural. 

pleon., pleonastically. 

plp., plup., pluperfect. 

Plut., Plutarch ; Artax., Ar- 
taxerxes; Apoph., Apoph- 
thegms: Lyc., Lycurgus. 

Polyb., Polybius. 

Pop., Poppo. 

pos., position. 

poss., possessive. 

pred., predicate. 

pres., present. 

prep., preposition. 

pret., preteritive, -ly. 

prob., probably. 

pron., pronoun. 


prop., proper, -ly. 
q. V., quod vide, which see. 


refl., reflexive. 
Rehdz., Rehdantz. 
rel., relative. 


s., sequens, and the following. 

Sans., Sanskrit. 

sup., superlative. 

sc., scilicet, namely, wnder- 
stand. 

Schn., Schneider. 

Soph., Sophocles. 

Stob., Stobzeus. 

subj., subjunctive. 

subj. acc., subject accusative. 

sync., syncopated. 


Tac. , Tacitus: Ann., Annals; 
Hist., History. 

Thuc., Thucydides. 

trans., transitive, -ly. 


usu., usually. 


v. 1., varia lectio, various 
reading. 


| Virg., Virgil; Ain., /ineid ; 


Ecl.,Eclogue; G.,Georgics. 
voc., vocative. 
Voil., Vollbrecht. 


w., with. 
wt., without. 


Xen., Xenophon. 


IN OVE TS: 


Eevopavros Kvpov ’AvaBacews (434 c) A’ (= Adyos patos, or 
BiBdiov Iparov, 91 a). Xenophon’s Expedition of Cyrus (into the inte- 
rior of Asia; see Lex. dvaBaive, avaBacrs). The whole work takes 
its name from the leading event, though six books of the seven are 
occupied with the return (karaBaors, see Lex.) of the Greeks who 
took part in the Expedition.— The division of the Anabasis into 
books, and the summaries prefixed to most of them (see Book IL., 
IIL., etc.), are so old that they are referred to by Diogenes Laértius, 
about 200 a. D.; yet they are not believed to have been the work of 
Xenophon himself, but of some scholar who saw the need of such a 
division. 


BOOK. .f. 


EXPEDITION OF CYRUS AGAINST HIS BROTHER ARTAXERXES. 
— BATTLE OF CUNAXA.— DEATH OF CYRUS. 


CEVA Ba ikoe 5 
CYRUS SECRETLY RAISES AN ARMY FOR THE EXPEDITION. 


Pace 1.—1. Aapetov: for the case see 412; for the position, 719 c. 
— ylyvovrat (719 §). historic present, esp. frequent in Greek, 609 a. Ob- 
serve the frequent interchange, in the narrative, of past tenses and the 
historic present: dvaBaiver...dvéBn, § 2, etc. — aides S¥0, dual and plural, 
494. Only two of the children are here mentioned, as no others were 
related to the following history. According to Ctesias (Persica 49), who 
derived his information from Parysatis herself, there were in all thirteen, 
of whom only five survived infancy. — mperButepos [sc. wats], the older 
[child], partitive apposition, 393 d. The article is omitted in the com- 
parison of the two, 533 f, g; yet we might translate, an older. — yoPéva, 


4 NOTES. 


pos. 719 ¢; tense 592 s. —Tedevrhy (art. om. 533 c) Tod Biov, the termina- 
tion of his (530 e) life. — Ta matde, the two children, or sons, case 666. 

2. pév ody, pos. 720 a. — wapdv érvyxave, 573 b, 658. 1, 677. — Kipoy, 
pos. 719 6; art. om. 533 a, cf. 6 Kipos below, 522 g. — peraméwaerat, 
voice 579. — js, sc. apxfs, 505 a, 551 c; pos. of rel. clause 523 g.—oa- 
Tpamny, predicate appos. 393 b, 480 a. For the extent of his satrapy, see 
i. 9, 7. — étrolyoe, améSerge, tense 605. 3, c. — Kat otpatnyov (Lex. = xd- 
pavov) 8€ (adv. 703 c), 480 a; in continuation of a rel. clause, 561 d, 562. 
Observe here, as below and elsewhere, the esp. emphatic word placed be- 
tween kai and 8é. So between kal and at, i. 1. 7. — wavtev deo, of all 
[as many as] who, 550 d, f. — eis, inasmuch as the mustering ia a plain 
implies the coming into it, 704 a.—Kacrwdot: The Plain of Castolus 
appears to have been the muster-ground of the imperial (as distinguished 
from the mere provincial) troops in the western part of Asia Minor (Xen. 
Hel. i. 4. 3). The command of these troops gave the youthful Cyrus pre- 
cedence over the neighboring satraps, and that general management of 
affairs along the Agean and with Greece, which had before been committed 
to Tissaphernes (called orparnyos tov karw, in Thuc., viii. 5). Discon~’ 
tent with this change has been supposed to have been the motive which 
incited the latter, while professing friendship to Cyrus, to seek his destruc- 
tion (§ 3). —a@polfovrar, for annual review, before inspectors appointed 
by the king (Xen. eon. 4. 6). —daPov...éxov, tense 592. — as oirov, 
modal appos. 393 c. — trav “EdAjvev, of Greeks, art. 522 a (or of the Greeks 
in his service, 530); case 418. —omAltas: these were doubtless before in 
the service of Cyrus, and were now taken by him as a special guard for his 
person; since he had well learned the vast superiority of the Greeks to the 
Persians in valor, prowess, and integrity. —davéBy : observe the change of 
tense, and the chiastic arrangement (71 a) ; both of which are so common 
in Greek. —atrav, case 407. 

3. éteXevtyHo*, in Babylon acc. to Ctesias (Pers. 57), had- died (tense 
605 c). —Karéoryn (577 b) eis (704 a) thy (530 c) Baordctay, was estab- 
lished in the kingdom, or on the throne. —Ticcadépyys StaBaddAe (Lex.) 
Tov (522 g) Kipov mpds rov (530 e) adeAdov, ws (702 a) émtBovdedvor (opt., 
as following the historic pres., 643 a) atr@ (505 a, 540 g). Tiss. mali- 
ciously accuses Cyrus to his brother [that he was plotting against him] of 
a design upon his life. Acc. to Plutarch (Artax. 3) the Persian rites of 
coronation were not complete till the new monarch had repaired to the 
ancient capital Pasargade, and had there learned the lesson of primitive 
simplicity by putting off in the temple of the goddess of war his own rich 
vesture and putting on the plain dress which the elder Cyrus wore before 
he became king, and by an humble repast of dried figs, turpentine, and 
sour milk. Tissaphernes here brought to Artaxerxes a priest who had 
been a tutor of Cyrus, and who accused the young prince of designing to 
hide himself in the temple and assassinate his brother during the exchange 
of garments. — aire, case 455 f. —‘O 8€ (518 a).. Kipo order 718 n, 
720. — as arokrevav, apparent intention, 598 b, 680 a. — éfairnoapevy 





BOOK I. CHAP. I. 5 


(Lex.), acc. to Plut. (Artax. 3), by profuse tears and passionate entreaties, 
enfolding him in her arms, wrapping her tresses around him, and holding 
his neck to her own. — avrov, double relation, 399 g. 

4. ‘O, the common subject of dae and Povdeverar. — as are, 
tense 605 c. — Bovdeverar Strws pytore (686 b) tora (624 b) emt (691) TO 
GdeAbo, [considers how] resolves that he will never in future be in the power 

of his brother. — iv Sivynrar, Baotdevoe (631 c, 633 a). — dvt’ (696) 

2 éxelvov (536 e), in his stead. —pqrnp, direct appos. 393 a. — Kvpa, 
case 453. — pidotoa, expressing cause, 674. — paddov 7 (511) Tov Bacr- 
Aevovra (525). Cyrus had evidently much more of his mother’s intellect, 
energy, and ambition, than the mild but weak Artaxerxes. 

5. “Oorts s, order 718 0. — aduxvetro, mode 641 e; tense of repeated 
action, 592. — tev mapa Bacthéws (533 b), [of those from the king, 527] 
Srom the king’s court, referring esp. to the king’s envoys (ot époda, Cyr. viii. 
6. 16), sent annually, acc. to custom, to inspect the satrapies and report 
upon their condition and upon the spirit and conduct of the satraps. — 
mavTas, number 501. — dere...civar, [as to be] that they were, 671 a, e. — 
aite, case 456. —BapBapwv, case 474 c, 432 d.—einoav, mode 624 c. 
Both etyjoay and ciev are freely used ; otherwise, this long form in -tycayr is 
rare, 293 a. — evvotkas ¢xovey (Lex.) 577 d. For so young a prince Cyrus 
certainly showed great tact and shrewdness in making his preparations. 

6. ws...emuxpuTTopevos, 553 c, 674 b.— Sr atrapackevarrétartoy, Ms wW10- 
prepared as possible, 8r wAelorovs, 553 c. — érrovetro (Lex.) tiv cvddoyny, 
he made [the levy for himself] his levy. — omécas, whatever, complem. or 
rel. with an antecedent understood in the gen. governed by Ppovpdpyos. — 
modeou : it appears from what follows that the Ionian cities were here esp. 
intended. So i. 2. 1.— dpovpadpxots, case 452 a. — as emPovdevovTos 
Ticcad., 680 b. — Kal yap (Lex.), [and he would naturally so plot, for] 
Sor indeed, 709. 2. —'Ticcadépvovs, case 443 a. — 7d apxatoy, adv. 483 a. 
— é€k, w. agent of pass. 586d. é£ is not common in this use, but may be 
employed with verbs of giving, from the conception of the gift as passing 
Jrom the giver. This gift to Tissaph. deprived Cyrus of his former ready 
access to the sea and communication with the Greeks. — Mwunrov, case 
. 406 a; cf. 8.6. A glance at the map will show that it was far more im- 
portant to this commercial city to be on good terms with the satrap of 
Caria than with that of Lydia; and that it was under the easy control of 
the former. 

7. “Ev Mufte: with this immediate emphatic repetition of the name 
after wAyv M., compare i. 8. 6. —Ta atta tatra (489 d) PovAevopévous 
[sc. twas, or avrovs with general reference to the citizens, 472 b], that 
some (or they) were meditating this same course (namely, dmroorjvat mpos K., 
though many regard this explanation as the marginal note of a gramma- 
rian, which at length crept into the text), 658. 1, 677. — rots...e£éBadev, 
419 a, 518 d. —K. trodaPeyv (674 a, d) tods hevyovras (678), ovAdéEas 
(605 a) orpdrevpa, (Lat. exercitu collecto, 658 b) émodudpKe (595 a). — 
M. kai xara yiv (689 m)...kardyev, order 7181, m. Observe the parti- 





6 NOTES. 


ciples drrokaBav, cvddéEas, without an intervening conjunction, a frequent 
construction in Greek. Cf.i. 2.17; 3. 5. —For gevyw and éxrimrw used 
as passives to éxBd\Aw, see 575 a. —avTy...mpdpacts (524 c) Hv aire (459) 
rod (664 a) aOpoltev (444 b), this again was another pretext with him 
(or he had as another pretext) for assembling. id, 

8. réurov Aflov, as not a single act. — ay &deXdds (without art.), since 
he was a brother of his, 674. — abrov Sobfjvat ot (586 c, 537. 2, b, 788 c) 
ravtas Tas (524 b) mddes (666). —atre@, case 699 a, f. — mpos, 696. — 
éavrov, 505 a; dir. refl. 537 a. —émPovdfjs, case 482 b. —yoOavero, Hx Gero, 
mode 671 d. —Trooadépver, case 455 f. — modepotvra, because at war, 674. 

— ov8év, stronger than od (adv. acc. 483 a, 471). — avtTav tTrokequovy- 

3 row (case 661 b), he was [as to nothing] not at all displeased [they 
being] with their being at war.—Kal yap (Lex.), and the rather because, ’ 
709. 2. — Sacpots: Hat. states (iii. 90, s) the tax which, ace. to the 
assignment of Darius Hystaspis, the imperial treasury drew from each 
province. The satrap also collected other sums for himself and for the 
provincial expenses. — Bactdet, case 450 b. —ék...@xv, a deferred detail, 
modifying yryvopévous, 719 d. — av (Attic attr. 554 a) T. érvyxavev exav, 
which T. [happened previously having] had previously possessed, the ipf. 
rather than the plf., to express continuance, 604 a. The idea of chance is 
expressed far oftener in Greek than in Eng. 

9. “Addo, without art. 523 f.—avr@ (case 460). — ovvehéyero (tense 
592), was collecting for him. — Kep. rH (523 a, 3) karavrumépas (526) “ABv- 
Sov (445 c) rovde Tov (524 b) tpdaoy (adv. acc. 483). — KXéapxos, Tovrea. 
Asyndeton is less frequent in Greek than in Eng. In Xen., it occurs 
chiefly in connection with a demonstrative pron. or adv. — TovTw, avrov, 
536 d, e; order 719 6, 718 k. —hyaoOn (as mid. 576 b, a), conceived an 
admiration for, came to admire him (592 da), esp. for his military talents 
and passion, which might be made so serviceable. — kal 8l8wo.v: the 
change, in a sentence, from a past tense to the hist. pres. is more frequent 
than the reverse (as in i. 1. 2). — ovvéAcfev...é€mrokeuer, tense 592. — ard, 
695. — Tots Opaél (accent 778 c) Tots, 523 a, 2). —exovoat, voluntarily, 
509 c. —édavOavev, 677 f. —1d orpdrevpa, supplied after its logical place, 
(Ke 

10. oikou, 469 b, 526. —atrov, case 480 c. —elis B1o-xAlous Eévous, as 
object of aire?, 706. —pnvev, case 445 a). — as...dv, 658 a. —Tav aytt- 
oTraciwtev, case 407. The history of rude Thessaly was strongly marked 
by such contests of aristocratic families. —Seirat avrot, requests [of] him, 
434 a. —airet avrdv (480 c) eis Sto xLAlous Eévous (706, cf. 8. 5) Kal TpLay 
pyvev (445 a) proOov: the readiest version here seems to be, asks him for 
two thousand mercenaries and three months’ pay for them, making els durxe- 
Niouvs Eévovs an object of aire, and translating in like manner the next 
sentence. But Cyrus, who was straining every nerve to increase his Greek 
force, could not have been willing to send back so large a force already 
levied into Greece and risk them in a Thessalian civil war. If then we 
thus translate, we must understand, by giving Aristippus four thousand 





BOOK I. CHAP. II. v7 


troops, little more than granting him the privilege and means of levying 
them. That, indeed, he levied this number seems doubtful; for Cyrus 
does not appear to have received more than fifteen hundred troops from 
this source (i. 2. 6). Some therefore prefer to connect eis...gévovs with 
pucOdv, and to translate, asks of him pay for two thousand mercenaries and 
for three months. — ph mpdo%ev katadioat...mptv, not to [previously] make 
peace, before, 703 d, § Cf. i. 2. 2. — Av...cupBovdevontar, subj. after 
pres. Setrar, 641 d, 619. 2, d. 

11. cis Tlacidas...ctparever Oat, to make an expedition [into the land 
of the Pisidians (Lex. eis, xapa)| against the Pisidians. — Tlactdas, upon 
whom Cyrus had before warred (i. 9. 14). — @s Bovddop., stating that he 
wished. — as mpdypata twapexovtov IT. (680 b) ty EavTot (538 f) xapa, 
on the ground that the P. were giving trouble to his own country. Cf. nego- 
tium facessere. — rotvtovs, 505b, 393 h. — mwodepqowv: observe with 4 
this verb the difference between the simple dative and the dative 
with ovv. — ovtws ovtot, 719 e, 544, 547. 


CLAP TRA rT: 
MARCH OF CYRUS AND HIS ARMY FROM SARDIS TO TARSUS IN CILICIA. 


1. é86xe, subject 571 f. —adr@ (case 454), Ave, position 719 d. — pév: 
the corresponding clause with 8é, stating the real object of the expedition, 
is not expressed, though it is implied in § 4 (Lex.). — as...BovAdmevos, [as 
if wishing], that he wished, 680 c. — ék, 689 a. — ds éml Tovrous, ellipsis 
of verb, 711.— 76 BapBapikdy, sc. orparevua, his barbarian force, 506 ec. 
The 76 is repeated before ‘EAAyrKdv, because this refers to different persons 
from BapBapixdv, 534. 4. ws is often used before a prep. to express view or 
purpose, either real or pretended. Cf. 9. 23; iv. 3. 11, 21. — évrad0a 
kat, then...also, or thither...also (i. e. to the place of rendezvous). The 7é 
‘EdAnuixdy preceding refers to the Greek force in the dominions of Cyrus ; 
and Kiihner and many other editors express this by reading thus: kal 76 
"EAA nvixdy évraiba orpdrevpa: Kal mapayyédX\er. —K. AaBovre (having taken 
= with, 674 b), A. cvvaddayévtt, constructed acc. to 667 b; while Aa- 
Bévra below, removed from Bevia, agrees with a pronoun understood, ace. 
to 667 e. — Sc00v qv atte otpdtevxpa = Ttocotrov otTpaTevpa Soov iv 
avTo, [as large a force as he had], whatever troops he had, or his whole 
Jorce, 551 ¢, f. — amrorépabar...otpatevpa, 551 c, 661 a. Aristippus sent, 
under the command of Menon, as many troops as he chose to spare, § 6: 
li. 6. 28. — attra, case 460. — év tats moAeot, position 523 a, 1. — EeviKod, 
case 407, 699 f. — wdhv [TocovTwv] Omdeot, 551 f, 406. 

2. *Exddeoe...€xeevoe, AaBdvra, chiasma 71 a. — bvyddas...ctpareve- 
o6a, 666 b. — éf’ & Eotparedero, (sc. TA mpayuara, or Tafra), the objects 
Jor which he was making war, taking the ficld. — wavoacbar (some 


4 


8 NOTES. 


prefer the reading mavcecOa, 659 g, 660 d; but ravcacOa is the com- 
mon reading of the Mss.). — katayéyou, 641 b, d. —avrT@, case 456. For 
the grounds of this confidence, see i. 9. 7, s. — wapijorav ets Zdpdes, 
[were present, having come to, arrived at], came to S., const. preg., 
704 a. 

3. Tovs éx Tav Todcwv AaBdv = Tots ev Tats ToAETLY EK TOY TOEWV 
AaBav, const. preg. 704 a.— dmAlras, position 719 d. — eis terpaxtoxi- 
Alovs, adj. 706. — yupvijras, mostly, without doubt, targeteers (see Lex.). 

— 6s mevrax., 711 b. — qv 5é, 163 b; zeugma, 495, 497 b. — tov. 
3) .. oTpatevop.evoy, of those who were serving, 678 ; gen. partitive as 
an appositive 422. 

4. Otro pév: while others joined him at Colosse, etc., § 6, 9. Cf. 1. ’ 
9 N. as to K\éapxos. —avra, case 450 a. — Tisoadépyys: according to a 
less likely account by Ephorus (Diod. xiv. 11), the informant was Pharna- 
bazus, who had learned the design of Cyrus from Alcibiades, and, lest the 
latter should himself inform the king, put him to death. Cf. ii. 3. 19. — 
pettova...4) ws emi IL., greater than as [it would be] if against the P. (a 
small, though warlike tribe), i. e. too great to be aimed at the P. merely, 
513 d.—@s Baortéa, 711 c. —7...tTdXLtoTa (Lex. 6s), 553 c. —trméas 
éxav (= with, 674 b) es mevraxoctovus, order 719 d. 

5. ev ods eipyxa, 551 c.— wpparo amd &., 688: dad, rather than ék, 
since the army was doubtless mainly encamped about the city, 689 a, b. 
Cf. vi. 1. 23. — é€eXavver, he [moves forth his army] advances or marches : 
cf. €&j\auve Thy orpariay, Hdt. vii. 38, 577 c. Some supply tor or a&pua: 
see Lex. éAatvw. — 8d, 689 a. — él, Lex. — orabpovs, mapacdyyas, case 
482 d. — eikoor kal Sto, 242 a. — Tov Matavdpov torapov, 393, 522 i. — 
Tovrov...7é0pa, 395 c. Observe how common asyndeton is in the itine- 
rary, esp. with évratda and évredOev, § 6, 7. — eLevypévn mdolots errad, 
formed by the union of seven boats, 466 ; a pontoon-bridge. For éfevyuévn 
applied to the stream itself, see ii. 4. 13. _So, in Lat. pontem jungere, and 
amnem jungere. 

6. StaBds, 605 a, 674 e.—Kodooeds. Cyrus commenced his march east- 
ward from Sardis, by the southern route through Colosse and Celene, the 
same which Xerxes took in his march against Greece (Hat. vii. 26 s) eighty 
years before. An especial motive to this was doubtless the desire to keep 
up as long as possible the pretence that he was proceeding against the Pi- 
sidians. It is also probable that he had on this route, as against those 
troublesome neighbors, troops stationed and supplies deposited, which he 
may have wished to take with him or put to present use. Such supplies 
and his princely residence at Celenz would also make that a convenient 
place for his long delay in waiting for essential reinforcements. — woAw s, 
(Lex.) 504 a. — &peuvev, the aor. because a simple view is taken of the stay 
as a whole, 591. — #pépas, 482 a. The halt of so many days was probably 
to await the ‘arrival of Menon, who came, we may suppose, by the direct 
route from Ephesus to Colossee. — kal (= év ais, § 10) te (for aor., which 
was only late, not then in use as aor. 603, c, 8). —Mévav (§ 1 nN) 6 (525) 





BOOK I. CHAP. II. 9 


©. om. ov (674 b). — Addotras kal Aiviavas, mentioned by Hom., J/. 
ix. 484; ii. 749. 

7. tHS &., 522 g. — évtat0a...wrypys, 459, 504 a; order 719 @, X, uw. 
— Bacirea, pl. 489 a.— qv, sing. 569. — Onptwv, case 414 a. — &, not 
attr., because not limiting or defining the antecedent, 554 a; cf. ods, 4. 9. 
— €Ofpevev...BovAotro, sometimes called the iterative opt. See 5. 2; 641 
b. —ao tov (Lex.), his attacks being made from his position on the 
horse. Cf. ex equo pugnabat, Liv. i. 12. — 8a pécov 5 tod trapadelcov, 
and through the midst of the park, 508 a. — €x tav Bacirelwv, within the 
palace (flowing out of it), const. preg. 704 a. This situation of the palace 
secured a supply of water. — Kedawav, 395 c, 446 N. Apposition seems 
the harder of the two constructions, on account of 77s, though the other is 
rather poetical. 

8. peyddov Bacothéws (Lex.), 533 b: the Persian empire was far greater 
in extent. than any before presented in history. — ovtos, position, 6 
719 6. — épBaddrea, sc. éavrdv (Lex.), 577 c. — elkoor...modav, sc. 
evpos, [a breadth of ] twenty-five feet, 395 c, 440. —Néyerat (573 a)...0t, 537. 
2, b, 539 a; case 455 f. See the account of Hdt. (vii. 26), who names the 
stream Karappaxrns (clashing stream, cf. CATARACT) ; and also Diod. iii. 59; 
Liv. xxxviii. 13. — 60ev (550 e) at mnyat, sc. eiow, 572. 

9. tH paxy, the famous battle of Salamis, B. c. 480, at which Xerxes 
was present, 530 a. —@pewe: Cyrus may have been detained not only by 
waiting for his right arm, Clearchus, and others, but also by preparations 
required before leaving his Phrygian capital, esp. to check the incursions 
of the Pisidians. —@paxas, Kpfras, adj. 506 f. — Zaors (gen. -cos, or, 
later, -cdos, 218. 1). Sosis is not again mentioned, and seems, therefore, 
not to have commanded as a general; and Sophenetus has been before 
mentioned as joining Cyrus with his one thousand hoplites at Sardis (§ 3). 
The most probable explanation here is perhaps this: It was essential to 
Cyrus to keep the landing at Ephesus secure, and the way through Colossz 
open for his reinforcements, and therefore to prevent the seizure of these 
cities by his dangerous neighbor Tissaphernes. Hence Xenias left Sosis at 
Ephesus with three hundred hoplites ; and Cyrus on his march left at Co- 
losse the old and trusted Sophenetus. But when Cyrus learned of the de- 
parture of Tissaphernes, and the arrival at Ephesus of the last force expected 
there, he directed Sosis to accompany Clearchus to Colosse, and that So- 
phenetus should there join them. The second mention of the arrival of 
Sophenetus led some copyist, who did not observe the repetition, to insert 
kal xidoe below, so that all the numbers mentioned might be included in 
the total. The removal of these words makes it easier to reconcile the 
numbers here with those in 7. 10, and elsewhere. The troops brought 
by Sosis would fall naturally into the division of Xenias. — Kipos...érotn- 
oev, 475 a. — weAtactal: Greek light-armed troops were sometimes in 
general called weAracrai, from the predominant class. Yet the total here 
stated is made out without including the archers of Clearchus, or all the 
yuurires of Proxenus. The summary stands thus :— 


10 NOTES. 


Xenias, 4000 omAtrat, = 4000 
Proxenus, 1500 es 500 yumrytess = 2000 
Sophenetus, 1000 . = 1000 
Socrates, 500 oe = 900 
Pasion, 300 es 300 meATacrTat, = 600 
Menon, 1000 ne 500 Ge = 1500 
Clearchus, 1000 bs 800 s 200 rogorar, = 2000 
Sosis, 300 300 
Totals, 9600 omAtrat, 2100 weAT., etc., 200 tofoTar, = 11900 


As the enumeration is only given in round numbers, we cannot wonder 
that the sums do not agree precisely with the totals in thousands, as stated 
in the text. For a small body of cavalry in the division of Clearchus, see 
5. 18. — dpodi (692. 5) rods (531 d) Surxlovs, 706 a. 

10. Ilé\ras. Having accomplished the objects of his visits to Celene, 
Cyrus turns back to the common, easier, and better supplied route from 
Sardis to Cilicia. Along this route he had doubtless stationed portions of 
his barbarian force, and deposited supplies, in part perhaps under the 
pretext that they were designed for action or protection against his ene- 
mies, the Mysians. This would explain the necessity of his visit to the 
Market of the Ceramians, the nearest city on the route to the Mysian ter- 
ritory, and hence an important military post. On his way thither he 
stopped three days at Peltz, probably to gratify the many Arcadians in 
his army through the celebration, on the neighboring plain, of their na- 
tional festival and games in honor of Lycean Jove. — ra Avkata tuce 
(Lex.), 478, 507 c. This was an especial festival of the Arcadians, celebrated 
annually with sacrifices and games in honor of Lycean Zeus and Pan, 
whom some regard as essentially the same deity, claimed as a native of 
Arcadia (born or reared on Mt. Lyczus). According to Plutarch, it was 
related to the Roman Lupercalia, the introduction of which into Italy has 
been ascribed to the Arcadian Evander. — oteyylSes, pred. appos., 393 b ; 
on account of which joar is the rather plur. 569 a, 500. — kal Kipos, pos. 
7196. The especial antipathy of the Persians to idol-worship rendered this 
a greater compliment. — Kepapav “Ayopav: Bornemann and others have 
conjectured Kepduwy (the mss. all accenting on the ultima), which might 
be translated TZile-market. (Cf. New-market.- See postscript to Lex.) 
Cyrus here reached the great eastern imperial road; and, instead of remain- 
ing at this frontier place to make in person any arrangements that might 
be necessary during his absence, pushed forward with a rapidity nowhere 
else equalled on the march. So much of the army as could not keep up 
with him (perhaps all the heavy-armed troops and most of the baggage) 
had time for rejoining him during the five days’ halt at Caystri Campus. 
The motive to this extraordinary haste was probably the hope of meeting 
Epyaxa and receiving the supply of money expected from Cilicia before the 
Greek troops should be clamorous for their quarter’s pay. 

ll. orpatidtais, case 454 d. — wréov (= TAadvev)...nvav, for more 
than three months, 507 e. — ém\ tas Oipas, to his door or quarters. — 








BOOK I. CHAP. II. 11 


édmlSas (Lex. 479) Méyov (677) Sraye (Lex.), 577c, passed the time 7 
expressing hopes, was constantly feeding them on hope. — 8#Aos fv 
Gvidpevos, 573c, 677 g. — mpds (Lex.), 696. — exovra, sc. a’rév, 667e, 
when he had the means. 

12. ’Evraiéa...Kipov, 719 d, 393 h. — Xivevvéortos, Ion. gen. 218. 2. 
Why hereditary king here, see Voll., note. — Kipw Sotvat xpqparta, or- 
der 718i. This money, we may suppose, had been promised by the politic 
Syennesis ; as Cyrus would have been insane to start on such an expedition 
with so little money, unless he had expected a supply by the way. His 
long detention at Celenz appears to have prevented his meeting the queen 
as early and as near Cilicia as he had expected. — 8’ otv, and accordingly, 
or, but at any rate, however that might be. 4° ody, often used as here in 
passing from the questionable to the unquestionable (as to fact, in distinc- 
tion from mere report or supposition), cf. § 22, 25; 3. 5. — erpatia, Greek 
army. — 4 Kiduooa, sc. yuv7 or Bacidea, 506 b. — ovyyevéo Oar : refer- 
ence here to ilicit intercourse is mere camp-scandal, we may hope. If not 
so, it shows to what an extreme of complaisance the Cilician king and 
queen were ready to go to secure the favor of Cyrus. It was the policy of 
the Persians, in the extension of their empire, not to dethrone native 
princes, if they readily submitted and faithfully performed the duties of 
vassals. In this class were the kings of Cilicia; and the present king was 
determined not to lose his throne, whichever of the rival brothers prevailed. 
He therefore sent his queen to meet Cyrus, from whom the danger was 
the nearest, with the large sum of money which this prince needed so 
much, and apparently with the charge to secure his favor, no matter by 
what means, and to learn his plans and resources. According to Diodorus 
(xiv. 20), he promised to assist Cyrus in the war, and sent one son and an 
armed force to serve with him; but secretly sent another son to the king 
with pledges of unswerving fidelity, information respecting the hostile 
forces, protestations that whatever he had himself done for Cyrus had 
been done through compulsion, and assurances that he should seize the 
first opportunity of deserting Cyrus and fighting on the side of the king. 
13. ’Evretev. At Ca¥stri Campus several important roads met; and 
Cyrus here took the great thoroughfare from the Propontis to Cilicia, 
Henceforth he pressed on towards Babylon, without turning aside or vol- 
untary delay. — jwapa tov o86v, the acc. rather than dat. from the foun- 
tain’s flowing along the way, or the movement of the army by the foun- 
tain. — koqvn 4 Midov kadovpévn, a fountain [that called Midas’s] which 
was called the fountain of Midas, 523 1.— tov Yatvpov, THE (well-known) 
Satyr, Silenus, 530 a. — otv@, case 550 a. Compare Virg. Hel. vi. (Eng. 
idiom, wine with it.) Kepavvuys implies closer union than the more gen- 
eral pityvupe. 

14. SenOfvat (576 b)...Kupov, case 434 a: not merely for the spectacle, 
we must suppose, but also to display the strength of the army; while 
Cyrus was, of course, glad to send a vivid impression of this strength to 
the Cilician king. There is a plain near Ilghun adapted to the review 
of an army. — Tév “EDXX...cav BapB., 534. 4. 


12 NOTES. 


15. ws vopos avrois [sc. Fv, or éorw, since this is far oftener omitted 
than #v, 572] eis paxny [tdrrecOar|, as their custom was for battle: 572, 
459. — tkacrov [orparnyov] tovs éavtod, 506 a. — émi (Lex.) TerTdapay, 
692. 5. <A line eight deep was more common; cf. vii. 1. 23. —Segdv, 
evovupov, péoov, 506 c. In this mere parade the first place was given to 
the ambitious Menon ; afterwards, in real service, to the older and abler 
Clearchus. The wings were more exposed than the centre; hence, the 
more reliable commanders and troops were placed upon them, and they 
were accounted posts of honor. So, from the place of the shield, the right 
was more exposed, and consequently more honorable, than the left. — 
éxeivov, for distinction from atr@ above. 

16. "Eedpet, proceeded to survey. — Kat thas kal kata tages, by troops 
(of horse) and battalions (of foot) ; cf. turmatim et centuriatim. — mapeAav- 
voy. In this way their firm front of glistening metal was better shown ; 
and the small depth, which enabled them to make a greater display, was 
less exposed. It is possible also that a compliment to the Greeks was 

designed. — kal tas domldas exxexalappéevas (v. 1. exkexahuumevas, 

8 see Lex.), and their shields burnished. 

17. éxédevce s, to show their manner of advancing upon a foe. — émyo- 
pica = érévar. — BAnv Thv Padayya, 523 e. —émel éoadmyfe, 571 b. 
— €k...mpoidytwv, and upon this [they advancing] as they kept advancing 
more rapidly, 592. For the gen. abs. agreeing with atra@y understood 
(675, 676 a, b; cf. 6. 1) the dat. agreeing with otparwra:s could have been 
used. — Giro trot attop., 507 d. — Spdpos...ctpatidrais, 459. — érl tas 
ocKynvas, upon the camp (mostly occupied by barbarians), as if for attack 
and plunder. Within or close by was the camp-market. 

18. BapBapwv, case 415. — ddBos, sc. éyevero or Hv. —Upvyev ex Tis 
app., fled from her carriage, as this slow vehicle, drawn by mules or oxen, 
would not take her quickly enough out of the reach of danger. — ot ék... 
epvyov, const. preg. 704 a. — tiv Tdkv Tod oTpatedparos, 523 c. — ék 
Tavs, €« less common than dé, Cf. vii. 2. 37, where the more frequent 
d7é is used, and ex duce metus, Tac. Ann. i. 29. — bdBov (Lex.). 


19. xépay, the object of both émérpeve and Saprdca, or of the latter 


only. 
20. tiv Kidtxlay, cf. § 21, 522 g, 533 a. — 68év, 482 d, or 479. —atrh, 
case 699 a. It suited the plans both of the queen and of Cyrus that she 


should carry her report to the king before the arrival of Cyrus. By send- | 


ing the division of Menon as an escort, he not only provided for her safety 
and honor, but secured the introduction into Cilicia of a considerable 
force, which might act, if necessary, in his favor. The shorter mountain 
route taken by Menon would have been very difficult for the whole army 
encumbered by its baggage. Cyrus seems to have made the way from Ico- 
nium to Dana (or Tyana) longer than necessary, in order that he might 
himself accompany the Cilician queen to the foot of the mountain pass, 
and perhaps that he might also give the army a better opportunity of 
plundering Lycaonia. The delay:at Dana allowed time for Menon to reach 








a i ee!) ele ee, Bale. 


773.6 = 


es 


BOOK I. CHAP. IL. 13 


the Cilician plain, and also for making the necessary preparations before 
attempting the Cilician pass. — otpatidtas ovs, agreeing with 554 c in 
respect to the omission of the art. — kal aitov, and Menon himself, 540 f. 
— pera, see 2. 4. —év @, se. xpdvy, in which (time), 506 a. — amréxrevev, 
as a man is said to do that which he causes others to do. Cyrus was un- 
hesitating in the infliction of punishment. Cf. 9. 13. — atruacd- 
: : ; : aah 9 

pevos émtBovreverv, having charged [that they were plotting] them 

with plotting, 658. 1. 

21. cioBédXeww eis, 699 c. — cio BdAn, the Tauri Pyle of Cicero, Ad Att. 
v. 20. 1. See Lex. IvAa. —Gpagirds. In some places the width for a 
carriage has only been gained by cutting into the rock. — toxvupa@s, 685, 
emph. position. — aphxavos cine Geiv (663 g) oTpatredparte (453), imprac- 
ticable for an army to enter = which it was impracticable to enter (jv dun- 
xavov jy eicehOeiv), the adj. agreeing with eixBody by attraction instead of 
being in the neut. with eiceOetv. Cf. 573. — év to wediw. This spot di- 
rectly in front of the pass is termed by Arrian, 76 Kupov rot Ev Zevopavre 
atparoredov, An. ii. 4. Alexander marvelled at his good fortune in mak- 
ing the passage here with like freedom from opposition. — éxadAvev, tried 
to hinder. — AeAoutras etn, mode 643; form 317 a. We cannot sup- 
pose that Syennesis had any real design of defending the entrance ; but 
he wished to be able to claim, if necessary, that he had made the at- 
tempt. The arrival of Menon in his rear gave him the excuse which 
he desired for leaving the pass. — yoQero...ijv, 657 a. °Hy is used rather 
than ety, as expressing a perceived fact, 644 s. — dpéwv, case 445 c, — 
Kal Sti, and because. “Or, like the Lat. quod, is both a complementary 
and a causal conjunction, 701 i, j. —tpinpers, the obj. of éxovra, as Taywry 
of jKove. For the order see 719d. Cf. éreuwe déxa Tpijpers 2xovra “Hred- 
vixov, Hel. ii. 5. — Hxove...Tapav ¢xovra, he heard [of T. having] that 
T. had, 617 b. This use of the part. w. dxodw here implies certainty that 
the report heard was true, which the inf. would not; 657 k; cf. 3. 20. 
For the arrival of this fleet see 4. 2. Some prefer to regard rpejpers epe- 
mheovoas as immediately depending upon fxove, and Taucw éxovra as a 
parenthesis similarly depending: he heard [of triremes sailing round, of 
Tamos having such] that triremes were sailing round under the charge of 
Tamos. — tas Aax., sc. Tpinpers. —avrod, cf. vi. 3. 5. 

22. ovdevds KwAvovTos, 675. —Tas oxnvas: these may have been rather 
huts than movable tents; or the term may be a general one for a camp 
or post. This was probably over the pass, in a convenient place for crush- 
ing invaders with stones. The conjectural substitution of cide for cide by 
Muretus and others seems, therefore, groundless. — od ot Kfduxes epvAart- 
tov, where the Cilicians were previously keeping guard, or had been keeping 
guard, 604 a. Of. érivxavey éxwv, 1. 8. — cis meStov, 689 a. — dévdpor, 
case 414 a. The plain of Cilicia is still remarkable for its fertility and 
beauty. —”Opos s: for the order see 719 d. This mountain defence con- 
sists of the united chains of the Taurus and the Amanus. _ See Map. 

23. KaraBads...Tapoots, and having descended he advanced through 


14 NOTES. 


this plain to Tarsus four stations, twenty-five parasangs (from. the last 
stopping-place). This explanation is required, since, acc. to Ainsworth, 
the march on the plain itself would occupy only one day. — qeay, plur. 
569 a. —péons St THs médews, 508 a, 523 b, 4. — dvopa, etpos, case 481 ; 
art. om. 533 c. — 8vo, 240 c. —aé0pwv, modifying worapos, 440 a. 

24. Tadrny ri (524 b) wodw é€éAurrov, 605. — eis [to go to], for. — xo- 
piov, identified by some with the Castle of Nimrud in the adjacent moun- 
tains. — dpn, accus. on account of the preceding verb of motion. — mAjv 
...€xovres, these remaining for the profits of trade, and to take from the 
Cyreans the excuse of necessity for further plundering; doubtless by the 
command or with the consent of Syennesis. So the inhabitants of Issus; 
and (with reference to the fleet) those of Soli. 

25. wpotépa Kiupov, 509 a, 408. — trav eis TO medlov, sc. Kaf7- 
10 xovrwy (cf. 4. 4), reaching, or descending te the plain. Reiske and 
some others conjecture 77 agreeing with dmepBodn. — trodebevras, for 
plunder, probably. — kat ov...ov8é (Lex.). — Td GAAO oTpdrevpa, 508 a, 
523 f.--aoav 8’ odv...omdrar, but, however (they perished), these were 
one hundred hoplites lost to the army (these Aoxo being smaller than 
usual, or, as Kiih. thinks, not wholly destroyed). 

26. Oi 8° dAAot (721 b), the rest of Menon’s force. — &tqAptacay, seizing 
eagerly this pretext for plundering so wealthy a city before the arrival 
of their comrades ; and Menon, doubtless, encouraging and profiting most 
by the crime. See li. 6. 27. — dpytfopevor, infuriated, in pretence. — ta 
€v avty, sc. dvra, 523 a, 2, 526, 678 c. — pereméwrero (as introductory, 
595 a) rov &. [sc. févar, 668 b] mpds éavtov, sent for S. to come to him, 583: 
ef. 579. — 6 8 ovre (od joined with @y, though prop. modifying é\éety) 
ampotepov ovdevi (713 a) mw Kpelrtove éavTod (408) eis xelpas eNOety en, 
ovre TOTE Kupw iévar H8ede, Dut he both replied that he had never yet [afore- 
time] put himself into the hands of any one stronger than himself, and 
refused then to go to Cyrus [sc. els xetpas, to put himself into his hands]. 
“Epxouac and ei are comm. construed with prepositions, but with such 
expressions as els xetpas, els Noyous, may take a personal modifier in the 
dat., 450 b (or the phrases taking the dat. acc. to 455, 452 a, or perhaps 
464). — €daPe, sc. Duevvecis, as the leading subject. 

27. dddnAots, 583. — a voplferar (sing. 569) mapa Bacorre? tia, which 
are [accounted honorable] special marks of honor at the king’s court, where 
the three gifts first mentioned were allowed to no one, unless presented 
by the king, Cyr. viii. 8. 8. Cyrus thus assumed royal state. — kal ..Kal, 
707 j. —akwwaknv xpvooty, a gilt poniard, as one simply of gold would be 
of very little service. —orodtv Ilepoukyy, the candys (i. 5. 8), borrowed 
by the Persians from the Medes ; and, as a royal robe, of purple and em- 
broidered with gold. Compare the modern caftan. — tiv xépav pyKéte 
adapmafer Oat, that the country should no longer (more) be pillaged, an 
object of 25wxe. —av8SpdrroSa, iv tov évtruyxdvecwy (for opt., 653 a, 633 a), 
atrokapBavew, that they (the Cilicians) should recover their slaves, if they 
- should anywhere find any. These inf. clauses are direct objects of dwxe, 
understood with Képos. ~ 





BOOK CHAP. If. 15 


CHAPTER 111. 


THE GREEK TROOPS, SUSPECTING THE REAL OBJECT OF THE EXPE- 
DITION, REFUSE TO ADVANCE; BUT ARE PERSUADED BY CYRUS, 
THROUGH CLEARCHUS, TO MARCH AS IF AGAINST ABROCAMAS ON 
THE EUPHRATES. 


1. seve, zeugma 497 b.—ovx éhacay i¢var (as fut. Lex.) tod mpdca, 
they said that they would not go any farther [for that which is farther on, 
430 a], or they refused to go forward, 662 b, 686 1. —eml, 689 g. — pric Ow8F- 
vat, 588. From Tarsus Cyrus would of course march westward, if his 
expedition were against the Pisidians, as pretended. An attempt to march 
farther eastward would therefore naturally alarm the Greeks. The Greeks 
were familiar with the sea and seacoast ; but before this expedition, had a 
natural dread of the long and untried march into the interior of the great 
Asiatic continent and the mighty Persian empire. — mpa@ros, first or fore- 
most of the generals, since § 7 seems to imply that Xenias and Pasion dis- 
pleased their soldiers by a similar urgency. The v. J. tp@rov would signify 
Jirst or at first, in distinction from afterwards. See 509 f. — éprdtero, etc., 
tenses 594. This prompt resort to compulsion suited well the harsh nature 
of Clearchus (ii. 6. 9 s) ; while his subsequent tears might well have excited 
wonder. — airoy Te, both himself, re throwing distinctive emphasis upon 
airév, 540 f. ) 

2. pixpov, [a short distance only] narrowly, the accus. of extent 
here passing into the adv. acc., 483a. — éévye, etc., tense 594.— ph, 11 
713 d.—8vvicerar, 607 a, 643 h. —éxx«Anotav, an assembly duly called, in 
distinction from spontaneous gatherings (ct\oyo: v. 7. 2). — Xpdvov, case 
482 a. —@Sdxpve...éotas [standing 46,320 d], he stood and wept (674 d) tears, 
we may suppose, even more of policy than of chagrin. —rowdde [such things 
as the following], as follows, 547. Todde and roaira, talia, do not claim 
as much exactness for the report as rade and raira, hec; yet they are 
sometimes interchanged with these: cf. § 7, 9, 12. Clearchus speaks 
throughout with great art. Discourses, like his, in which the real was 
opposite to the apparent purport, were termed by the Greek rhetoricians 
hoyor Eoxnuariocuevor, orationes figurate. Cf. Agamemnon’s speech, J7. ii. 
110s; Antony’s oration over the body of Cesar in Shakespeare. 

3. “Avdpes orpatiarat, 393 e, 484 g.— pr) Oaupatere, 628 c, e, 686 a. — 
Xareras hépw (Lex.) Tots mapoter (Lex.) mpaypaciv, Tam deeply afflicted 
at the present state of affairs, 456. —pe...rad te GAXa (480 b) Eripnoe, kal, 
both favored me in all else, and in particular, or as an especial favor, Té... 
kat giving more emphasis to the second part than ré...ré (Lex.). — épol, 
537 a; emph. in contrast with buds. — katePépny...eSamdvev, the aor. ex- 
pressing the simple and absolute denial of the action as a whole, the ipf. 
presenting it as continued or as a course of conduct, 591 s. 


16 NOTES. 


4, érodéunoa, I engaged in war, inceptive aor. 592 d. — rijs ‘EAAd8os, 
522 g.—is Xeppovqrov, 522 h. — ped’ tpov, with you as partakers in 
the work, with your co-operation, more complimentary than ody byw (ov 
simply denoting connection, while werd with the gen. goes further, and 
implies participation). —"HAAnvas Thy yfjv, 485 d.— emredy s, order 718 0, 
p> q. — ekdAet, tense 595 a. — et rv (478 a) S€orro, wpedoiny, 633 a. — av’ 
wy (elliptic attr. 554 aN.) eb traGov (Lex.) tm (since éaGoy is akin to a 
pass. Lex.) éxelvou, in return for the favors which I had received from WIM. 
The student will observe the distinctive emphasis of éxeivov, while airov 
is unemphatic, 536 d, e, 540 g. 

5. avaykn 84 pot, 459, 572. —ampoddvra, 667 e. — rAlg, case 466 b. — 
ped’ tpav elvar, to remain associated with you, see § 4.— aiphoropar... 
me(oowat, emphasized by the chiastic order, which is so frequent in Greek, 
71 a. —ovv dpiv, remaining with you, in your company: pel’ Ypav would 
have signified that they would likewise suffer, which he more delicately 
leaves them to infer. —6 tt dv 8€y, sc. racxew, whatever [it] may be neces- 
sary [to suffer], 551 a, 641 a. — otmore s, 713 a, 719 a. — os, rather than 
drt, inasmuch as, since, to express the idea that he spurns the thought, 
702 a. —"EdAnvas, not definite,...rots “EAAnvas, definite from previous 
mention, 530 a. 

6. pol, case 455 g. — épol, éyo, emphatic, strongly distinctive, 536 a, e. 
— melOerOar ode ererOar, ‘‘illud animi, hoc corporis est.” Kihn. — 
civ tpiv epopat, J will [follow with, as a companion] accompany you. 
To follow a guide or leader is expressed by €rouac without ovy, § 17, 
i. 1. 36. — vopife, a stronger word than ofpa:, (Lex.). —etvat, 480 a, N. — 
matpida, since he was an exile. Compare JJ. vi. 429s; Eur. Hec. 281. — 
kal...Kal...xai, making the three accusatives all emphatic (Lex.), 701, 1. 
— dv otpar elvar tiptos, 621 e, f, 657 f, 658 a. — dpav, case 414 b. —ovK 

12 av ikavds s, 714. 2, 622 a. — as epod ody idvros, 680 c. — tpets, se. 
inte, 572 a. e 

7. ot (accent 787) te avtod éxelvov, 540 d. — Sti s, appos. 58 h. —ov 
gain, 662 b or 686 i; mode 643.— mapa, 689 d. apd denoting to or 
towards with the accus. here derives from the connection the idea against. 
In this sense ézi and mpés are more common. 

8. tovrots, case 456; cf. 5. 18. — pereméwmero, 595. The idea of repe- 
tition does not here suit the person or the narrative. — otpatiwtay, case 
418. — avr@, case 450 b. — eye, bade, i. e. through the messenger ; see 
659 h. — @s katacTnoopéevov Tovtwy [on the ground that], since these 
things would result, 680 b, c. —peraméwrec Oar, to keep sending, or send 
again for him, 592. — avrds 8 ov« ey iévar, but for himself he said (in 
the message sent to Cyrus) that he should not go; aités emphatic subject 
of iévat, in appos. with subject of épn, 667 b. The.course pursued by 
Clearchus manifested great adroitness, though he loved better to employ 
force where this was possible. 

9. tav dddwv (case 419 d) Tov Bovddpevov, 678 a. — Td piv 8} Kipov 
(528) 8H Aov Ste (717 b) ottws exer pds pas, Somep Td Hpétepa (506 c) s, 








BOOK ra TeHAP. IT. 1 


certainly the relation of Cyrus to us is manifestly the same [has itself so] 
as ours to him, obligation and friendship having ceased on both sides, so 
that no favor is to be expected. — odte yap s, 719 e, f. — émel ye, of course 
since. — Hptv, case 454 e. 

10. ddtkeioOar vopiter, he thinks that he is wronged, the subject of the 
inf. being the same with that of the governing verb, 667 b. — kal pera- 
Tepmropevou avTod, cven though he is sending for me again and again, con- 
cessive, 674 f. — ov éBéhw éAOeiv, 598 a. — Td piv peyoroyv, aicxuvspevos, 
as the chief reason, ashamed, or chiefly from shame. 716 péyorov is in 
appos. with the incorporated clause following, 396 a, or it may be explained 
as an acc. of specif. or adv. acc. — cbvoida epavte (699) wavra (478 or 
481) epeuopevos (657 j, 677 a) aitdév, I am conscious [with or to myself] 
of having |or that I have] disappointed him in everything. —érara (Lex.) 
pév. — Seas ph, fearing lest, or that, 625 a. —Stkynv...dv [= rovrwv 4, 
554 a, N.] vopite...7duxfodar (586 c, 480 b), the penalty of those wrongs 
which he thinks he has received. 

11. apa, subject of Soxet: [the time seems not to be] it seems to be no 
time. — Gpeheiv Fav attay, 432 d, 537.— xpi trovetv (598 a) ék tetTev 
(Lex. €&, cf. €x rovrov). — tws...pévopev, while we are remaining here. “Kws 
signifies while before a verb implying continuance, but otherwise until ; 
hence comm. while before a definite tense, but until before the aor. Mé- 
vouev is in the ind. as denoting that which was actually going on. — 
oxerrtéoy por Soxet elvat, Strws, it seems to me that we must consider, 
how, 682. — &mpev (Lex. eiuc), 603 c, 609 c. — TovTwy, case 405 a. — 
otpatyyot, 412. 

12. ‘O...avip [sc. éorw], the man, not an expression indicative of 13 

friendship, cf. 8. 26. — moddod...diftos, worth much, of great value, 
431 b. —@ dv diros F, fo whomsoever he may be a friend, 456, 641 a. — 
xaXerdrares 8’ éxOpds (Lex.), @ dv woheptos 7, but a most bitter hater to 
whomsoever he may be @ foc. —Soxotpév por, for courtesy (Lex. doxéw), 
654. —atrod, case 405 a, the close vicinity implying danger. — apa Aéyetv, 
se. éorly, 572. — érateato, voice 582 b. 

13. Ex totrov, (Lex. é£). — oi pév...of 8é, (Lex. 6), 518 d.—AeEovres, to 
say, purpose, 598 b. — ota (Lex.), how great. — etn, mode 643. 

14. Eis 8& 8% etme, and one [indeed] in particular, so proposing means of 
return, as to suggest throughout difficulties and dangers; etmov, signifying 
to command, bid, advise, is followed by the inf., 659 h. —as taxtora (Lex.), 
553 c. — édéo Oar, dyopdteoGat (a more continued act), voice 579. — Bovhe- 
Tat, tense 607 a, 645. — 4 8’ ayopa...ctpatedpart, a note of the historian, 
showing the dependence of the Greeks upon Cyrus for supplies. — atretv 
(of course through deputies), w. 2 acc. 480 c. — as dtroméotey, mode 624 
ce. — éav...pr, 8180, if he [do nothing towards giving, stronger than aor. 80, 
594 a] refuse these. 880, amd£e, etc., the modes appropriate to the pres- 
ent rather than the past time, and to direct rather than indirect discourse, 
645, 653; blending of forms; greater vivacity, animation by this. — 


oirlas (Lex.), 523 b, 4. —ovvrarrer Oar, more continued than réupar. — 
2 


i] 
? 


in. NOTES. 


—rhv taxlorny, 483 d. — mpoxaradnopévous [sc. Twas or dvdpas], pur- 
pose, 598 b. —Ta dpa, the heights of Mt. Taurus, which they must cross 
in return by jand, as they had done in advance. — d0acwor, 677 f; 
syllepsis 496 e. —@v, partitive with 7odXous, but possessive with xpjuara, 
from whom we have seized and still hold many captives and much prop- 
erty, 679 b; even the person of direct discourse being here used, 644. 1. 
The position of dvypraxéres gives special emphasis to the pillage by which 
they had so incurred the enmity of the Cilicians. — rowotrov, emphatic, 
only so much, simply this much, and no more, here prospective. . 

15. ‘Qs piv orparnyqrovra s, 659 c, 675 e, 680 c. — eTparnyqrovTa... 
otpatnyiav (Lex.), 477. 1. — pot (458) toto ov tTointéov, sc. eoriv, I 
must not do this, 572. —&, attr. 554 a. — metropar, observe the double 
form of const. after \eyérw. The Aeyérw understood agrees with a pronoun 
implied in pydeis, let him say ; “so often in Eng. and other languages. — 7 
(Lex. és) 8tvarov padtora, 553 c. —tva eidfjre, 624 a. —Kal dipxer Oar 
érlorapat, ds Tis Kal dAdos padtcta avOpdtev, J know also how to sub-. 
mut to authority {no less than to exercise it] quite as well as any other man 
in the world, 553 a. But see 8. 12s, ii. 6. McMich. compares “non ut 
magis alter,” Hor. Sat. i. 5. 33. The expression tis dAos is emphasized 
by the position of cat (even, also) between the pronouns. 

4 16. &ddos: Halbkart thinks that this was Xenophon himself. 

1 But Xen. accompanied the expedition as the friend of Proxenus, 
and would not have taken part in the deliberation of the soldiers of Clear- 
chus. — @omep Tay Toy oTddAov Kupov pt) trovoupévoy, as though Cyrus 
{were not for making again, pres. for fut.] would not resume his march ; 
for whether this were westward against the Pisidians, the pretended aim, 
or eastward, as they feared, in either case he would require his vessels as 
tenders to his army ; 680 b. — émuBexvis S&, ds etnOes (emphatic repeti- 
tion) ein, Tryepova airety mapa (693. 6) TovTov, @ (464) Avparvopeba, 644 b. 
— tmirtevoopev, fut. as subj. —@ (attr. 554 a) @v Kipos 880, whom C. 
may offer, or be disposed to give, 594. —rt kodvea kal Ta Gxpa piv {rather 
than judy governed by mpd in compos. 463, cf. iii. 4. 39) Kedkevay Kupov 
mpokaTrahapBave ; what hinders Cyrus [also to command men to preoc- 
cupy the heights for us] from also issuing orders for the occupation of the 
heights in advance of us? Some make the question ironical, ‘‘ What hin- 
ders our also asking Cyrus to preoccupy the heights in our behalf ?” 

17. *Eya (emph. 536. 1) yap éxvolyv...dv, for I should be reluctant, 636. 
— Soin, mode 641 b, 661 a. — ph FpGs adrais tais tprhpert KaTradioy 
(650 a, 624): Most mss. have this reading, which gives the sense, lest he 
should sink us triremes and ali (see Lex. tpufpns), pursuing with his swift 
galleys our slow transports; ef. 4. 7s. Others omit av’rais, and render, 
lest he should sink us with his triremes. — &yéyy, 650 a; redupl. 284 g. 
— 8Oev, sc. éxeice or els xwpiov, to a place from which, 551 ¢, f. — &xovros 
amidy Kipov, departing [C. being unwilling, 676 a] against the will of 
C.; ef. ii. 1.19. This ellipsis of the part. with éxdy and dxwy is common, 


because they so resemble participles themselves. — Aabeiy avtov aredOav, 
677 f, 444 a. 





BOOK I. CHAP. IV. 19 


18. With Soxet are construed several infinitives with dvdépas or juds as 
subject : épwrav, érecOa, akiotv, avayyethat, etc. — ottives (sc. eiciv), who- 
ever are, or such as are. —émTySaor, civ KrXedpxa, deferred details, 719 d. 
— tt (complementary 563, 564; case 478) BotAerar jpiv (case 466 d) xpq- 
o8a, what use he wishes to make of us. — wagatAnola olamep (= Toadry 
olavmep, such as, 554, a N., 560)...€xpfro, similar to [such as] that for 
which he employed. xpio@ac rpaév, like xpjoGat xpjow, but bolder (as x. 
mpos or eis 7. would be more common), 477, 479. For the service referred 
to, see 1. 2. — Eévots, case 466 b.—tovtw, with this same man, stronger 
than atr@, 536 e. 

19. pet{wv, in the pos. of emphasis, from contrast with rapamAyzia, 
719 aa.—Tis tpdc bev, sc. mpdéews, the previous undertaking or service, 
526 ; cf. 4. 8. — metoavra, esp. by larger pay. Cf. § 21. — prAtav (Lex.). 
— émopevor = ci Evoiuefa, 635. — dv...érroipeba, 631 d, 621 b. — aura, a 
common object of Pidot and eoiueba, 399 g. 

20. of (Lex. 2). Such asyndeton, with the verb leading, is frequent 
in expressing a decision ; cf. iii. 2. 33, 38: iv. 2. 19. — Apdétev s, 595. — 
7a Sdfavta Ty otpatia, [the things which had seemed best to the army] 
the questions’ approved (or voted) by the army, 528 a; 2 acc. 480 ce. — 
axovet, tense 612; mode 644 a. For dxovw with eivar, see note to 2. 21, 
not implying certainty, 657 k. — d&vdpa, Lex. —éml T@...7oTtape, 689 g. 
— 868exa orabpots, case 482; made by Cyrus sixteen to Dardas. Why 
may the distance have been designedly understated ?— pos totrov, to 
him, i. e. against him, mpos implying here hostility, but less decidedly 
than ézi would have done; cf. below, § 21, 2. 4. Abrocomas appears to 
have been both satrap of Phcenicia and commander (orparzyés or kdpavos) 
of the army in the southwest part of the Persian Empire. It was his espe- 
cial duty, unless otherwise ordered, to interpose his great army for arrest- 
ing the onward march of Cyrus. — BovAer Oar, 659 d. — kav (= kai éav) 
pev 7, 631 c. —Thv Sixnv (Lex.), the punishment due; 530 d; 15 
cf. § 10. — qpets...Bovdevedpefa, expressed with winning courtesy. 

21. trois Sé, 459. — &ya, 645 a; cf. d&yor below. — mpds Bactdéa, 689 1. 
— mpocattotor, they ask additional: some read mpoca:totct d€ miobor 6 
Kipos, making mpoc. a participle. — hprddtov, 242 e, «, 416 b. —ov = rov- 
tov 6, or TOO pucbod bv, 554 a. — hpidapeKd (242 e) Tod (522 b) pyves, 
433 f. — dt 8€ s, order 721 a.—& ye to havepw, 507 d. The Greeks could 
now have had no doubt of the nature of the enterprise ; but they saw as 
much danger in going back as forward, besides the loss of pay. 


CHAP TRE bv: 
MARCH FROM TARSUS TO THE EUPHRATES. — CROSSING THE RIVER. 
1. ob 1d ebpos ordbdiov, 572. —éoxdrnv (sc. rHv 533 e) wodw éml TH 


Bararry (689 g) oikoupévny, the last inhabited city by the sea, or upon the 
sea-coast. 


20 NOTES. 


2. at é« II. vijes, see 2. 21. Double dealing of Lacedemonians (Diodo- 
rus, xiv. 21). —Tpidkovta kal tévre, 242 a. — é’ avrais (dat.), over them 
in command, while éri ray vey (gen. § 3) is simply local, on board the 
vessels ; cf. iv. 3. 8. N. — fyetro 8’ avrav: some read av’rais (463), which 
would mean that Tamos led the way for them, conducted them, not imply- 
ing command, as the gen. here implies (407). — Kvpov, which belonged to 
Cyrus, without implying that those before mentioned so belonged, 567 e. 
— émoAvdépket, ipf. see érvyxavev, 1. 8; il. 1. 6. — wvvetrohéwer, connected 
by xai to ézro\cdpxet, both referring to Tamos: 1. 7. To whom does 
avrov reter ? 

3. wv (case 407) éotpariyer, which he henceforth commanded, 604 b. 
Observe in this section the varied use of mapd: mapa Kupy, [at the side of] 
with C.; mapa Kipor, [to the side of] to C.; rapa riv...cxnviy, [through the 
space beside] alongside of the tent ; map ’ABpoxdua, [from beside] from A., 
gen. for dat. by const. preg.: the Greek mercenaries with A. having revolted 
from him, 704. Yet some have rap ’ ABpoxdua. 

16 4. mvdas, as prop. name, without art., 533 a. —*Heav (569 a) 
S€ ratTa, 500. According to Ains., remains of these walls are still 
found. —0...ecwbev mpo tis Kiduxlas, the inner one in front of Cilicia 
(to protect this country from invasion), 523 k, 526. The mss. here 
omit 76 after éowGerv, but almost all insert it after é&w below. — %. etxe 
kal Kidikov duran, S. held [and] with a guard of the Cilicians, not in’ 
person. — 81a péeoov (Lex.) art. om. 533 d...rovr@v, [through the midst of ] 
between these. — dvopa, edpos (481) wA€Opov, 440; cf. 2. 23. N. — TO péroy 
Tay texav (445 b; cf. iii. 4. 20) qoav, 500. — wapehOetv ovk iv Bla 
(466. 1), it was not possible to pass them by force (Lex. eiui), ef. 571 f. — 
émt tois telxerwv, [resting against, 689 g] im the walls. — éheothKeray, 
Teepe Gece stood, plp. as ipf., 268, 46 d. — mwiAa, gates in 
mpd THs Weaue the literal sense. So Thermopyle had anciently 
we ee a wall and gates, Hdt. vil. 176. The marginal 
figure illustrates the general topography of the 
pass. There was another pass. Why Cyrus 
chose this? He could descend to the mouth of 
the Orontes, if necessary. Other objects: to 
bring and protect transports in conveying sup- 
plies, and to act upon Syennesis. 

5. Tairns évexa tis mapddov, case 436 d; or- 
der 721 c. — droBiBaceev, mode 624 c. —1v- 
hav, case 445 c; i. e. between and beyond the 
walls, so as to attack Abrocomas from different 
points. — mapéd@orev, i.e. Cyrus and his troops. 

To &&w Tetxos See a like change of number in § 19. — @vAdr- 

Hight a ck Tovey, mode 633 a. —éxovra, [having] as he had, 

674. — dvta, 677 b. See 3. 20, N. eivar.—tpidkovra pupiddas oTparias 
(Lex.), thirty myriads of soldiers, 418. 

6. éuropuov 8° qv s, 534. 3. That which was observed in the past, even 


TivAat 


Kadpoos. 


@ddAarta. 
Ieérpat nAiBaror. 


IlvAa. 











BOOK He OB AP. IV. 21 


though it may continue to the present, is often expressed narratively in 
the Greek, as in other languages, by a past tense, 611. Cf. évougov, etwr, 
-§ 9. — oAKxddes, more oval than ships of war, and (except as sometimes 
towed) chiefly propelled by sails. 

7. tyewayv, doubtless to land and dispose of the supplies brought by the 
fleet, which was now to return, and to procure in this mart other necessa- 
ries for the long inland march through the interior. — ta mielorov déva, 
[the things worth most, 431 b] their most valuable effects. — amétheve ay, 
availing themselves of their last opportunity to desert safely. Cyrus was 
probably well content that the forces of so efficient a comiiander as Clear- 
chus should be increased ; and even if he intended to compel the return of 
those who had left, Xenias and Pasion, he may not have thought it safe to 
make the attempt till he had left the sea-coast, where desertion was so 
easy. This freedom in passing from one commander to another is spoken 
of, ii. 6. 11s, as if not unusual with mercenaries. Cleanor and Agias, 
who have not been heretofore mentioned, but are hereafter introduced as 
generals (ii. 1. 9s; 5. 31), appear to have succeeded the deserting com- 
manders. — @s pév Tots mAelotous éSdxovv (personal for impers. const., 
573 d), as indeed [they] it seemed to most. As the opinions of others are 
not mentioned, the uév is not followed by its corresponding 6é€. — erpa- 
tTiotas, éxelv, both positions emph. See 3. 7. — as amdvras, [as 17 
going to return] so that they might return, 598 b, 680. — Kal od 
mpos Bacthéa, sc. ddvras, drawn from da-évras ; an example of rhetorical 
zeugma, 68 g, 572 b. Cf. vii. 4. 20. Why is KdXéapxov repeated ? — 
Aoav adaveis, were gone (from sight), or had disappeared. —8.adke, was 
pursuing, 645 a. — as SoXlous dvtas aitots AnPOsvat, that they might be 
taken [as being treacherous], since they were traitors. Some have decdovs, 
since they were cowards. —a@ktepov s, 633 c, 643 e; from C.’s usual sever- 
ity in punishment, 9.13; 2.20. But clemency was here more politic. 

8. amohchoiracw (Lex. dd) ; numb. 496 a.—édN’ ed ye (strengthening 
ed) pevto. (a more general confirmative, certainly or however) émoracbo- 
cav, but, however, let them at least know full well. — otre drroSeSpdxaciy 
+, OUTE Gromepevyacwy, they have neither escaped by stealth (as a fugitive 
slave)..., nor have they escaped through speed (as a flying enemy) ; they have 
neither got beyond my knowledge, nor beyond my reach. — 89 otyovrat, 
which way they have gone, 612. — dere édeiv, [so as to take, i. e.] so that 
I can take, 671 a. — Qeous, case 476 d. — odk eywye avrois Sidfw, I for my 
part will not pursue them, Nor I, whatever others have done; so éyw 
emph. .below. — apf, mode 641 a. — Kal adrovs (540 f; numb. 501) Ka- 
KMS Tou, kal Td (530 e) xphpara (480 c) a&troovAe, both maltreat them 
personally, and despoil them of their property. —édda idvTwv, eSdres, let 
them go, conscious. —Kal téxva Kal yuvaikas, art. om. 533 f. — dpovpod- 
Keva, zeugma, the Persian, from the natural influence of polygamy, placing 
children. before wives, unless, indeed, both wives and children are here 
regarded as things, articles of property. — orephoovrat = pass. 576 a. — 
arrodnpovTar, sc. a’rovs, 536c. In Greek, if two closely connected verbs 


29 NOTES. 


have a common object, this is more comm. expressed but once, and in 
the case required by the nearer verb ; cf. 399 g. — tijs mpdaGev (cf. 3. 18) 
éveka, pos. 721 c. 

9. el tis Kal, even if any one. — abupotepos, 514.— otabpods, doubtless 
by the pass of Beilaw, over Mt. Amanus. The passage, though not unpict- 
uresque, presented no difficulties or incidents which Xen. doomed worthy 
of mention. The Iva: Apuavides, by which Darius 111. crossed this moun- 
tain into Cilicia before his disastrous defeat at Issus, were farther north. 
— éOpov, case 440 a. — ixOvwv (Lex.): This river is said still to abound. 
in fish, ace. to Ainsw. — ovs (not limiting antecedent, 554 a; cf. a, 2. 7)... 
Beovs, 2 acc. 480 a. — dBuxetv, sc. rad, 667 h. (Lex.)— Tas (522 a) aepi- 
orTepds, sc. ddcxeiv...etwv. — IlapvoariBos (case 443) Hoav; hence prob. 
spared from ravage. — {evynv (Lex.). The mss. have chiefly eis (wv, for 
her subsistence. The vast empire of the Persian kings made this an easy 
mode of providing for their pensioners or favorites. So Artaxerxes I. 
(Thuc. i. 138) gave Themistocles Lampsacus to supply him with wine; 
Magnesia, with bread ; and Myus, with accompanying dishes. 

10. Aapdyros (Lex.). Xenophon writes as if he supposed the Dardas to 
have been a river with springs so copious that it began as a broad stream. 
— foav, numb. 569 a. — tod Yvplas dpEavros, who had ruled over Syria 

as satrap, but had now, it would seem, retired before the approach 

18 of Cyrus,— perhaps with the army of Abrocomas. The prince 

therefore treated his palace and park as those of an enemy. —6oa, numb. 

550 f. — @pat, without art., 533 d. — avrov (referring to mapddewov) éf€- 
koe, by the hands of others, 581. 

11. éri tov Evdparny, to the ford of the Euphrates ; since, according to 
the common opinion, the preceding three stations were all in the valley of 
this river. Kiepert says oradiwy should be 7\éOpwv ; but see Ainsw. — 
évopatt, case 467 b, 485 e, y: one of the mss. has dvoua, the more common 
form. — hpépas évre: the longer, doubtless, from the necessity of nego- 
tiating anew with the Greeks, since it was no longer possible to conceal the 
object of the expedition, and a conference had been promised here; ef. 3. 20. 
— roto, 643 h. Concealment was, of course, now no longer possible. — 
mpos, with name of person, but e/s with name of place (see Lex. Explan. 6). 
— Bacrréa péyav, see 2. 8. 

12. éxadératvov, the anger feigned, doubtless, in part, to draw forth 
larger bounties. — kptmrev, had been concealing, 604 a; in truth, only 
Clearchus, ace. to iii. 1. 10. — ovK %hacav. See 3. 1. — Ts, some one, 1. e. 
Cyrus, whom it was less delicate to name, 548 ¢. —xphpara, a largess of 
money in addition to their pay. — 880, what reg. mode ?— @o-rep, se. do- 
Ojvat, or €660y, even as had been given. — amporépots, 509 a. See 1. 2. — 
kal tata, wd this too, sc. was given or done, 544 a. —ovx...i6vrev, [the 
not going, 676 a, sc. éxelvwy, cf. 2. 17] though they did not go. One of the 
Mss. has dofow agreeing with rots dvaBao., an admissible but weaker con- 
struction, 676 b. — iédvrwy, dAAG Kadodvros, chiastic order. 

13. Sdécev, tense 659 g. — mwévre...pvas = about $100, but in purchas- 








BOOKS CHAP. IV. 23 


ing value at that time nearer $1000. — dpyvuplov, case 435, 446 e.—Fkwor, 
KatacTHon, mode 641, 645, 650.— Tov pio boy evredy, without reduction 
on account of the donative, or reducing to the original terms of engage- 
ment, 3. 21. See 523. —‘1d...modv, 523 f. — Mévav, ever ready to gain 
advantage for himself, ii. 6. 21 s. —mptv...elvat, 703 d, 6.— tl, complem. 
563. — moijrovotv, mode 650, 645. —mérepov, 701 i, n. — &Adwy, case 
405 a; pos. 718 h. 

14. pot, case 455 g. — otte s, without incurring either danger or toil. — 
Tav dddov...ctpatiwtav, pos. 719 d, v. — mhéov mpo-, emph. pleonasm ; 
ef. 511 a. Kiihn. weakens the sentence by regarding m)éov as also modi- 
fying xwévvevoavres and rovjcavres. — tpoTipnoerbe (= pass. 576 a). — 
tt ovv s, rhetorical question ; cf. vil. 6. 20. —_Ntv, emph. pos. —upas 
Xphvat SiaBAvar, that [it is proper that you cross] you ought to 19 
cross. —6 tt, complem. 563, ef. ri § 13. 

15. dpEavres (674) tot SiaBalveay, having commenced the crossing, or 

by being the first to cross, 663 f, 425. — tptv, case 454 d. —émiotarat, 
se. xdpw dmodovvac [knows how to do this], he understands this ; i. e. the 
requital of favors. —et tis kal &AXos, if [even] any other manein the world ; 
ef. 3. 15 N. —ndlowvrat, shall have voted (617 d), more idiomatically, 
vote or shall vote. — &mwpev, as fut. —morotatros xpyoerar, he will em- 
ploy most [trust] confidentially, cf. 509. — &ddov (for which we might 
have G\Xo as an obj. of revere) odtivos, whatever else = anything else 
which, @\dov falling into the relative construction, 553. — as ptdou te- 
Eeo Qe Kvpov (case 434 a), you will obtain it as friends from (so generous a 
man as) Cyrus. There is an emphasis in the repetition of the name, in- 
stead of employing a pronoun, while the position is also emphatic. Others 
have ¢idov in apposition with Kvpov, and some regard &\Xov as depending 
directly on revéecGe, acc. to 427, less probably, but cf. v. 7, 33. 
16. érelOovro Kal SuéByoav, tense 595. — qobero StaBeBykoTas, per- 
ceived that they had crossed, 677. — To oTpaTevpart, Zo the division of Me- 
non, comm. obj. of réuyas and elev. — éy® pév (685 b) s, 536. — drras... 
ératvécere, 624 b. — Why éué, but we below ?— épol, case 457. — pykéte 
pe Kipov vopttere, no longer think me Cyrus, 393 b, 480 a; it was his 
especial principle, pride, and policy to reward most liberally faithful ser- 
vice, 9. 11, 14, 18. Kriiger cites the parallel from Cic.: ‘‘ Noh oblivisci 
te Ciceronem esse.” 

17. orpati@rat, of Menon. — evxovro avrov evrux frat, prayed [that he 
might succeed] for his success, or wished him success. —Mevovt, peyadormpe- 
mas, emphatic positions. — SéBawve, began to cross, 594. — dveBarve and 
ovvelrero, brought together by chiastic arrangement, from their close rela- 
tion, while éray is also made emphatic by its pos. —Tav SiaBatvovtov, 
gen. partitive w. ovdels. — pacrrtay, case 408. 

18. Zcyov (repeated), with oriental flattery, even more regardless of 
truth than occidental. — yévouro, mode 648. — adda, but only, sc. povors, 
ef. iii. 2. 18. —@ rére s, language of the historian. — katréxavorey, tense 
605. — Stag, mode 650. —tmoxwpira, made way for, or submitted to. 


24 NOTES. 


— Kya, case 455 g. — ds Baothevoovtt, as [about to reign] the future 
king. 

19. Sia THs Luptas (Lex.); through the region afterwards more com- 
monly called Mesopotamia, from its situation between the Euphrates and 
Tigris, — in Hebrew, Aram-Naharaim, the Syria of the two rivers, Judg. — 

20 iii. 8. — évrad0a qoav s, order 719 b, § 718 f, g.— olrov, case 4144; 

of especial value, when such a desert lay before them. The abun- 
dance of provisions here is one of the proofs that Abrocomas, who did not 
care to arrive till the question of sovereignty was settled, took a different. 
route from that of Cyrus, doubtless farther north and less direct, but 
furnishing more subsistence. The route of Alexander from Thapsacus was 
also much farther north. Cyrus took the more direct desert route from 
his haste, his confidence in his supplies (which yet proved inadequate, § 6), 
and perhaps the fear that he might find yet greater scarcity if he followed 
in the track of Abrocomas. 


CHAPTER V. 
MARCH THROUGH A DESERT REGION, NEAR THE EUPHRATES. 


L. ’ApaBlas (Lex.). On the left bank of the Euphrates, Xen. makes the 
Araxes the dividing line between Syria and Arabia (so called because oc- 
cupied of old, as now, by tribes of roving Arabs, the “ApaBes Zxnvirac of 
Strabo). — év Sefta (Lex.), 506 b; art. om. 533d. — épqwous (Lex.). The 
eighteen desert marches between the Araxes and Pyle were greatly forced, 
being much beyond the general average and without any intermission. 
Had they been otherwise, the army would have been much reduced in men 
and animals from lack of supplies. See § 5s, 7s, 9. — fv pev H yh Te- 
Sfov dav, the land or ground was an entire or unbroken plain. For dmav 
> agreeing with rediov, draca agreeing with yj might have been expected : 
the country was all a plain. See 500; and cf. iv. 4.1. To make, with 
some, dav an adv. modifying 6éuadés would give a false sense. — dfrvOlov : 
McMich. cites ‘‘ Tristia per vacuos horrent absinthia campos.” Ov. Pont. 
ill. 1. 23. — et (Lex. 639 a) 8€ te kal GAO éeviy Ans, and if there was 
there [anything else also] any other kind of bush or shrub, cf. et re do, 6. 1. 
— G@mravra (numb. 501) qoav eddy: ‘‘ Arabia, oddrum fertilitate nobilis 
elena e |  Oinbcleae aes 

2. Onpla, sc. év7. — dvor d&ypror, the wild ass was noted in Western Asia 
as a free, swift ranger of dry and rocky pasture-ground. See Job xxxix. 
5-8. It is now rare in this region. — orpov@ot: from orpovids, through 
the Lat. avis struthio, come from the Fr. autruche, the Eng. ostrich, ete. 
A later name, from its camel-like neck, was orpov@oxduydos, Diod. ii. 50. 
— S.eKor, TANTaLovev, mode 641 b. Sometimes termed the iterative opt. 
Kriig. —éoracav (plp. pret.), érpexov, érolovy, habitual, 592. — odd... 
Garrov, much swifter, —so placed for emph.—mrrov, case 408. —tabrd(y), 








BOOK I. CHAP. V. 25 


by crasis for-ré ai7é, 199 a. — ovk fv (571 f.) AaPetv, there was no taking 
them, et p...Onpaev (634, b, d), unless the horsemen, stationed at intervals, 
pursued the chase [succeeding each other with their horses] with relays of 
Sresh horses. 

3. amertato peiyoura, it outstripped them in its flight. — tots pev Toor 
(466 b) Spdpe (467), tats St rrépvéiv (aipovea) womep iotiw (393 c) Xpo- 
péevn, using tts feet in (or for) running, and its wings (lifting them up) as a 
sail. — dv Tis TAXY adviery (631 c), if one start them suddenly. — €or, ac- 
cent 788 f. What example of chiastic arrangement ? 

4. Madoxay, dec. 227 b. — mAcOpraiov, 440 a. — dvopa 8’ airy 2] 

(459) Kopewrh, sc. fv, and [there was to it as a name C.] tts name 

was Corsote. — mepreppetto, pass. 586 a. — kdkdo (469 b, or 467), strength- 
ening zepteppetro. The Mascas, with the Euphrates, made the circuit 
complete. — émeoirloavto: How can it be explained that Corsote was de- 
serted, and yet had provisions for the great army of Cyrus? By supposing 
that its governor pursued a crafty policy like that of Syennesis and Abro- 
comas ; that, as if loyal to Artaxerxes, and perhaps by his command, he 
withdrew the inhabitants upon the approach of the king’s enemy ; and yet, 
as if friendly to Cyrus, left a supply of provisions for his army. In this 
way, he may also have best secured the people and the city from injury by 
the invading army. But whence had the city such greatness and abun- 
dance in the midst of this desert region? It was situated at the bend of 
the Euphrates, where the great route through the desert to Tyre, Palestine, 
and Egypt left the river. Hence it became a great depot of supplies and 
place of exchanges (like ‘‘ Tadmor in the wilderness” farther west, 2 Chron. 
viii. 4) for the merchant caravans upon this route. 

5S. tpeis Kal Séxa, 240 e, v. 1. rpicxaldexa. — IIlddas (Lex.). — trrotu- 
ylwv, case 419 b. — timed (Lex.), with diwXero, as pass. in force. — &AXo, 
besides (Lex. a), 567 e; cf. 7. 11. —évovs. The name of the ass passed to 
the millstone which he so often turned. Compare, in Eng., the extension 
of the word Jack. ins. says that in this region there is found ‘‘a gritty 
silicious rock alternating with iron-stone, and intercalated among the 
marles, gypsum, and limestones of the country, capable of being used as a 
millstone.” 

6. 6 ciros, art. 522 a. — Avdia (Lex.). The Lydians, forbidden the 
use of arms, devoted their attention to trade, which the Persians_ despised. 
See 3. 14. —thv kamlOnv, obj. of mpiacGac understood, the capithe, as a 
common measure, 530 a. — adevpwv, case 446 e. —otlyhwv, case 431 a. — 
Sivarat, is equivalent to, (Lex.) 472 f. —’Artrtucovs, zeugma 497. When 
Archelaus invited Socrates to come to his court and be rich, the philos- 
opher replied that four chenices of barley-meal cost only an obolus at 
Athens (Stob. 97. 28). The famine price in the army of Cyrus was sixty” 
times as great. At this rate, how many times his whole pay would a 
Greek soldier expend for bread, his allowance being a cheenix of corn a 
day ?—xKpéa...€o Gloves... Steylyvovto, subsisted by eating flesh, obtained on 
the march to supplement the deficiency of bread. 


26 NOTES. 


7. °Hy (570) 8 rovtwv tav orabpev (521 a), sc. tus, there were some of 
these marches ; cf. 559 a, oftener Hoar ol, (as) erant qui. — ovs (477) tévu 
pakpovs (509 d) HAavvev, which he [marched] made very long, or, pushed 
very far. —S8vatedéoar (sc. TH 6d6v), to complete the distance, 476. 2. This 
region, according to Ains., is ‘‘full of hills and narrow valleys, and pre- 
sents many difficulties to the movement of an army.” He himself, he 
says, ‘‘had to walk a day and a night across these inhospitable regions, so 
that he can speak feelingly of the difficulties which the Greeks had to en- 


counter.” — kal 84 torte, and on one occasion in particular. — erevoxa- 
pias, abs., sc. pavelons, 497, 675, when there presented itself a narrow pass. 
— apdgats, case 458. — orparod, case 423. 


8. aomep spy, as in anger, real or feigned, case 467 a; ell. 711. — 
cvvertomedoat : observe the difference in force between this aor. and the 
pres. cuvexBiBdgew, 594.— pipavres s: observe the animation of the narra- 
tive. — tevro, [sent themselves as one would send a dart] darted, or rushed 
forward. — aomep dv Spap.or tis mept (694) viens, 635, in the foot-race. — 
Kal pada Kata mpavods s, and even down a very steep hill. pada (as wond, 
etc., cf. lil, 1. 22) is often separated from the word which it modifies, and 

99, ven by a preposition, becoming thus more emphatic. — tovrous, 
542 b. It may refer also, by zeugma, to dvatupidas, 497. — avatv- 
pidas, ‘‘ols Karoo. Bpdxxas” (Tzetzes, Lat. brace, A. Sax. breec, Scott. 
brecks, Eng. breeches). Such coverings, now an essential part of civilized 
costumes, were accounted by the Greeks and Romans barbarian, inasmuch 
as they distinguished the dress of most other nations from their own. 
Euripides ridicules them as 6vAdKous touxidous, party-colored bags. —®arrov 
q &s, 711. — dv wero, would think (believe, suppose), if he did not see it, 
636, 631 b. — petedpovs (Lex.) eexdprcrayv, they lifted up and brought out. 

9. Td 8 ocvpray, and [as to the whole together] 7 general, 483 a. — 
SHAos Av Kipos ds (680, though not comm. after d7\os) orevdev, C. [was 
manifest as hastening] was evidently hastening. — wacay tiv ody, order 
523 e; case 482 d, or 472. — 8o@...ro~ovTe, 468, 485 e, B, quanto...tanto, 
the...the. —8ow piv Oarrov s, the more rapidly he [should advance, 641 b, 
643 e] advanced [he would fight with the king so much the more unpre- 
pared], the less prepared he would find the king for battle. — cxodarérepov : 
so Mss.; Dind. -airepov ; 258 d, 259 a. —ovvayelpec Oat, the pres. rather than 
the fut., because the assembling was now in progress. — kal cvvidety (663 g) 
5° tv to mpocéxovtt (678) Tov vodv % Bactdéws apxt (573),...toxupa 
otea (677), and indeed to the [person applying his mind] attentive observer, 
the empire of the king was [to behold being] manifestly strong, or, the atten- 
tive observer might perceive that the empire, etc. —wdAnGe, in (its) abun- 
dance, 467. —t@ Sivermdcbar tas Svvdpes, in [that its forces were dis- 
persed] the dispersion of its forces. — 8a taxéwv, 695, 507 d. —rovotro, 
634a,b; v. Ll. érouetro. History however shows that the military weak- 
ness of the Persian Empire did not lie in the difficulty of promptly assem- 
bling troops, but in the inferiority of those troops in comparison with the 
Greeks. Despite the great effort of Cyrus to take his brother by surprise, 











ee le ee. | 


BOOK I. CHAP. V. 27 


the latter had, acc. to Xen., 900000 men assembled to meet the attack. 
But these 900000 could not withstand the 10000 Greeks. The last Da- 
rius found it easy to gather hosts against Alexander ; but these hosts were 
powerless before the Macedonian phalanx. 

10. rorapod, case 445 c. — ék, const. preg. 704 a.—o xedlars (case 466) 
SiaBaivovtes a5 (place 719 x).— orteyaopata, modal appos. 394 b. — xop- 
Tov, case 414a.— as pr (686 c) Grex Oar (mode 671) tis Kapdns (case 
426) Td dSwp (subj. acc. of drrecGar). Skins stuffed or inflated are still so 
used on the Euphrates and Tigris, either singly to support individual 
swimmers, or collectively under wooden platforms. Layard even used 600 
in a raft for transporting heavy monuments. -— oivov, a wine still used in 
the East. Cf. ii. 3. 14.—tis...tis, 523a2. Observe the distinction 
between éx, from the inside or contents of, and amo, from the outside of, 
689 a, b. — peXivys, case 412.— todro, referring to cirov or wedivys, as a 
thing without life, 502b. Some would supply Bpaua, food, or gurdv, plant. 
Cf. ii. 3. 16. How many days the army halted opposite Charmande to ob- 
tain supplies is not stated. 

11. “Apourrddvrav...ti, having [disputed somewhat] had some quarrel, 
478. — aBuxeiv, to have done wrong, be in the wrong, 612. — tov tot M., 
the particular soldier chiefly concerned. The incident here related illus- 
trates well the character of Clearchus and Proxenus. — évéBadev, in Spartan 
fashion, — arbitrary and severe; prob. on the spot, with his own truncheon. 
Cf. ii. 3. 11. — KXedpyxa, case 456. 

12. Ty 8 airy, 540b; case 469 a. — dyopdv, where the provis- 23 
ions brought from Charmande were sold. — éavrov, 537 a. — viv 
OAlyots Tois trepl avTov, with [those about him few] few attendants, 523 b, 4. 
— 7kev, tense 612 (observe the different force in rpoondavve). For an aor- 
ist force, see i. 2. 6; 5. 15. —Yynou rq a€lvy, [lets fly, throws at him with 
his axe] throws, or, aims at him with his axe, 466 ; where ino riv déivny, 
hurls his axe at him, might have been rather expected. — airov, case 405 a. 
—i®w, sc. igor. Observe the elliptic vivacity of the narrative. — ¢ira, 
703c; cf. cira dé, i. 3. 2, 703 ¢. 

13. mapayyédAe [sc. févar, 668 b] eis Ta Stda, swmmons to arms, cf. 
keNevoavTes Eni Ta Orda, Hel. ii. 3. 20; conclamatur ad arma, Ces. B. C. 
i. 69. — avrov, there, on the spot. — domiSas (Lex.). Cf. obnixo genu 
scuto. Nepos, Chab. 1. 2. — Opdxas, i. 2. 9. — tmméas: this small body 
was not specified in 2. 9. — ot qoav atte, qui ci erant, of whom he had, 
459. — dor éxelvous exremARXPar, 599b (pret. 268), so that they were 
amazed, or alarmed, in the condition of those who have been struck out of 
their self-possession ; cf. ii. 4. 26.— avtov M., 540 c. — tpéxev, more 
pictorial than dpayety. — ot 8 kal toracay, and they also stood, after tak- 
ing their arms, as well as the hoplites of Clearchus. — ot 8€, but others, as 
if of wév had preceded. Others translate, and others also. Cf. vii. 4. 17. 
— aropovvtes TO TPGYpaTL, being perplexed at the affair, or at a loss what 
to do in the case, 456; cf. 3. 8. } 

14, vorepos, 5094; cf. mporepa, 2. 25. — evOis odv, immediately then, 


28 NOTES. 


ow referring to the state of things stated in the parenthesis, and being 
used here, as not unfrequently in resuming a discourse so interrupted. 
Cf. Lat. igitur. — avr@, case 450 a. — péoov (Lex.). — apdotépwy, case 
445 b. — ero, Lex. ridnur. — KXedpxov, case 434 a. — pr movety Tata, 
not to [be doing] do this, which, as the pres. implies, he was then doing ; 
not to persist in doing this. — édtyov (414 b) Seqoavtos, 573 e. —Té: Xen. 
chiefly uses 7é in correspondence with cai; not often ré...ré, or ré alone. 
*Ev (Lex.). —aadta (Lex.). The Persian horsemen usually carried 


two: madra dv0, wore TO pev adetvat, THO, Av Sen, Ex XErpos xpHcOa. Cyr. 


i. 2. 9. — ov Tois mapovot Tav mortoy (Lex.), 419, 678. 
16. Kyéapxe s, 484 b. — kal [sc. duets] ot &AAo, 401. 3, 485 a. — 


24. done, 545. — katakxexoerOar, tense 601 b. — pov, case 408. — 
éxovtwy (Lex.). — odtor ovs opare, 523 g, 544. —modepimrepor, for the 
sake of restoration to the king’s favor, to prevent the weight of the king’s 
displeasure from falling upon themselves, or from envy towards the spe- 
cially favored Greeks. The weak faith which Cyrus had in the fidelity of 
his Persian adherents appears again in 6. 4. 

17. év, const. preg. 704 d. — eyévero (Lex. yiyvouac) ; cf. év caura ceva 
Soph. Phil. 950. This figure is common to many languages. So in Eng., 
he was beside himself aie passion, he came to ine ian ad se rediit ; 
Germ. er ging in sich. — xara (Lex.). 


CHAP Tia Wie 
TREACHERY OF ORONTES. — TRIAL AND CONDEMNATION. 


L. *Evrev0ev, from their halting-place opposite Charmande. —potovtav, 
sc. abTa@v, as they were advancing, 676 a. — épatvero, there appeared (con- 
tinuously). — tatrev, place, 719 d, uw. — as Stext Aton, 711 b. — odrou, re- 
ferring to lreis implied in trmwy. Cf. vii. 3. 39. —e mT, 639 a. Cf. 5. 1. 
— Ilépons, as adj., 506f; cf. 8. 1. — yéva, cf. yévos, v. 2. 29, 485. — Ta 
tohéura, case 481. — ieee case 419 ¢, 511. 

2. Kipa, case 452 a.—8oln, kataxdvor, 643 c. How in dir. discourse ?— 
Stu, pos. 719 b, 7: ef. ii. 2. 20.—kKatakdvor (50, xaivw) dv, 622 b. Observe 
the varied position of xaraxdvo., €or, KkwAvoee, etc. — TOU Kaley, case 
405a; art. 663f, 664a; pres. because the burning goes on. Cf. i. 5. 14. — 
Tonoeev wore, [effect that] bring about such a result that ; cf. § 6. The 
inf. is thus expressed as the result of the action denoted by roceiy ; while 
in the more frequent construction without dare (7. 4; v. 7. 27), it is ex- 
pressed simply as the direct object or effect. — éxéAevorev : a decisive order 
seems best expressed by the aor., as in § 3 a simple request by the ipf. éxé- 
Aevev. — tyesover, case 419 a. 

3. vouloas, nearly = voulfwr, but strictly, having come to the belief, 
592d. — rapa [= mpéds] Bactdéa, [to send] to the king. — tito, 649d. —as 





Tyd¢ brings the danger more vividly near than ravry would have 


a 





BOOK I. CHAP. VI. 29 


dv s, 553c. —8tvnrat, mode 645 b, 650. — GAA, expression of opposition 
to the natural apprehension that his approach might be hostile. — taev- 
ov, whom he would naturally first meet, as they were scouring the region 
between the two armies. — tis mpooev, cf. 3.19; 4. 8. — tropvypara, 
pos. 719d, yp. 

4. Ilepoav s, order 719 d, v, 523k. — ewrd, seven in number, a 25 
deferred detail made prominent by its pos. The Persian king had 
seven chief counsellors (Esth. i. 14; Ezra vii. 14), either from the dignity 
and sacredness of this number, or, as some think, from the number of the 
noblemen who slew the usurper Smerdis. — 0éo ar, 579. — tiv avrod (v. 7. 
avtod) sxnvyyv, 538 g. Cyrus reposed but weak faith in the fidelity of his 
Persian adherents ; cf. 5. 16; and on this occasion the rank and popu- 
larity of Orontes may have demanded especial caution. 

5. cipBovdrov, 394 b. — bs (558 a) ye kal s, since indeed he seemed both 
to him and to the rest (the seven counsellors) to [be the most honored be- 
fore others, 69] hold the first position among the Greeks. And hence, as so 
esteemed by the Greeks themselves, it seemed to them that he might be 
called in from the generals around the tent without exciting dissatis- 
faction or envy among the rest. The change by some editors of atr@ 
to air@ is needless, and, if this is referred to Clearchus, injures the sense. 
— tiv xptow, prolepsis 474b, 71 b. — amdppnrov Ay, sc. ws éyévero, 491 a. 
— tpxetv (Lex.), w. gen. 425: to open the conference. McMich. Cf. primus 
ibi ante omnes. Virg. An. ii. 40. 

6. Ilapexédeoa implies the superiority of Cyrus, and that the final de- 
cision would rest with him, as ovvexddeoa would not have implied. — 6 tt, 
acc. to some, rel. referring to toro (551 c) ; acc. to others, complem. con- 
necting éo7t to Bov\evduevos. —mrpos, before, in the sight of (Lex.). — mpdéo, 
subj. 624 a, the preceding aor. having the force of our perf., 605. — tov- 
tovt (Lex. 252c,d); pos. 719a.— 6 sos marip, 524 a. — trykoov, 
prob. as a military officer under Cyrus, who was then xdpavos in Western 
Asia, 1. 2 N. — époi, case 454e and 455 g. — taxOels, showing, if true, the 
unfriendly relations between Cyrus and his brother, and giving C., if he 
had not himself provoked this action, some excuse for revolt. But is 
it not quite possible that this order from Artaxerxes was a mere fiction 
of the mischief-making Tissaphernes ?— éwot, 455 f. — exov...axpdzroduy. 
It was the policy of the Persian monarchs to garrison some of the most 
important strongholds with royal troops under commanders of their own 
appointment, as a check upon the satraps. It is not strange that collis- 
ions sometimes took place. — avrov, regarded by some as the object of 
mpootro\cuav (instead of the more familiar dative), and by others as the 
obj. of éroinca by anticipation (474b), or with anacoluthon (Xen. having 
commenced as though he intended to write airév éroinca ravcoacba, I 
made him ceasc). The introduction of ware dd€ac represents it as a freer 
act, and thus more exposes the inconsistency and treachery of Orontes. — 
ore Sofa, 671b; cf. § 2. — mohépov, case 405 a. — SeEtav s, a pledge of 
esp. solemnity among the Persians: Ty deédy ebwxe [’Apratépéns] r@ Oer- 


30 NOTES. 


rariww: éor. & 4 riots allrn BeBacordrn mapa Tots Ilépoaus. Diod. xvi. 43. 


GE ai 3: 260k 

7. totw $ Tr, 549 b, 559 a; case 480 b. — Srv ov [= ovk orw or ovde 
éorw], ‘‘ No” or ‘‘ Nothing.” —avrds ov, 540 d, e. — ovdév, case 586 c. — 
Muoots (Lex.), cf. 9. 14.—8 tr dv (sc. moveiv), [whatever you were 
able to do] as far as you were able, to the extent of your ability. —“Egy o 
*Opovrns, 668 b. — Svvapuy, i. e. its inferiority, inadequacy to the contest. 
—’Aprépidos Bwowdsv, doubtless the world-renowned altar at Ephesus, a 


sanctuary for fugitives, which was respected by the Persians as well as the 


Greeks. “Aoudov pwéver 70 tepdv, Strab. xiv. 1. Tiudrar yap xai mapa Tots 
Ilépoats ) Oeds at'rn Siadepdvrws, Diod. v. 77. See Acts xix. 27. — pera- 
péde oot, te peenitere, [that it repented you] that you repented, 572d; 
case 457. : 
8. Ti, constructed like ovdév above and below. For its connec- 
26 tion with a part., see 566 a. The Eng. would prefer, ‘‘ What wrong 
have you suffered, that you now,” etc. — davepds yéyovas ; have you [be- 
come manifest] been found, or been manifestly ? 573. Cf. 2.11; 9. 11, 16. 
— dduxnOeis, sc. yéevove, or yéyova, etc. — wept, 697. —['Ouodoy&, 708 c], 
yap avaykn (Lex. sc. éorlv éuodoyeiv), [I do confess it] Yes, for indeed it is 
inevitable. Cf. 3. 5. —ém otv s, 636 b. — Otis, 644 a. — yevoiuny, S0- 
Eatpt, mode 631d. Why is coi so placed and followed by yé? The high- 
minded frankness of Orontes inclines us to regard him as perhaps a loyal 
servant of the king, whose chief fault lay in not observing enforced agree- 
ments made with Cyrus. The tribute of reverence which was boldly paid 
him on the way to death speaks loudly in his favor ; nor did Cyrus ven- 
ture on a public execution. 

9. IIpis tatra (Lex. wpéds), 697. — rountra (case 478) pev aemrotnKe 
(tense 599 a), rovatra Sé. Meév and 6éé often distinguish words so repeated. 
— tpov, gen. partitive, 418. —amddynvar yvduny, express fan, or see 533] 
your opinion ; voice 579. For the om. of the art. with youn, ef. v. 5.3; 
6. 387. What reasons may Cyrus have had for first applying to Clearchus ? 
—éyé, why expressed ?— tov d&vSpa rotrov, 524 b. — éxmoddy (Lex.) 
moveio Oar, rather mid. than pass. —8éy, 4, why subj.?— dvddrrec Oat, 
voice 579. — cxodx 7 jpiv, observe the repetition of sound, permitted by 
the Greek ear. — 1d kata tovrov elvat, 665 b. Observe the pointed and 
perhaps contemptuous repetition of rodrov. — tods echovrds (also accented 
€0édovras, as a part.)...ed qmovetv, to benefit these your willing Triends. — 


Tovrous appears to be emphatically added for an effect upon those present ; 


see 505 b. 

10. yvapyn, case 699 g. — mpooPérba. (Lex.). —%bn, who ? — ftavns, 
case 426 a. — éml Oavarw (Lex.). This was a sign among the Persians of a 
death-sentence, Diod. xvii. 30. (Cf. the Eng. custom of putting on the 
black cap.) This action on the part of Cyrus alone was enough; but he 
chose to require the others to join, perhaps as a test of their fidelity. — 
ois (551 f) mpooerdxOn (as impers., sc. dyew), those to whom it was ap- 
pointed, the executioners. — mpooexdvouv, tense 592. Often among the 








ee 


— ee ee ee ee 


7 





BOGK CHAP. VIE Sak 


Persians, as familiarly now in the East, by prostration to the earth, and 
touching this with the forehead, or even kissing it. — kattep eiSdres, 674 f, 
685 b. — &youro, why opt.? 

11. oxytrovxev. In Cyr. vii. 5, 59s, the reasons are stated which in- 
duced Cyrus the Elder to select eunuchs as his personal attendants and 
body-guards, a custom followed by his successors, and still so extensively 
retained in Oriental courts and harems. — eidas (Lex. dpdw), cf. 7. 4. — 
Zeyev, eikafov, épdvyn, double chiasma. — &AdAot &AAws (Lex. dAdos c), 
567 d. — tagos s. The execution and burial seem to have taken place 
within the tent. It is not unlikely he was buried alive, as the Persians 
had this mode of execution. See Hdt. vii. 114; Ilepocxdv 6€ 7d fwWovras 
KaTopvocely. 


CH Ek Ei. OW Es: 
MARCH THROUGH BABYLONIA. — REVIEW OF THE TROOPS. 


1. *"EvrevOev, 5. 5. The scene of the trial of Orontes seems to 
have been at or near Pyle. — orapw, sense ?—‘EAAjvev, case 27 
444 a. — péoas vixtas, 508a; pl. 489; cf. iii. 1. 33, art. om. 533 d. — 
éddxe, ie thought (Lex. 1). — paxotpevov, tense 598 b. — éxédeve, Stérake, 
tense 595.— Képws, wing of the Greeks; case 407. The whole Greek 
force was placed upon the right of the army. See 2.15 N. In the sense 
to command, 7ryéou.ce has regularly the gen.; but in the more literal sense, 
to lead or guide, often the dat.; cf. ii. 2. 8; iii. 2. 20. — rots éavrov, his 
own men, in distinction from the Greeks. 

2. hpépa, case 450 a. — Baotdéws: the Greek repeats the noun, instead 
of substituting a pronoun, more freely than the Eng. — Aoxayous, 386 c. 
In a mercenary Greek force, the lochagi had an especial independence and 
importance, as they commonly engaged the men primarily, and came with 
them to the standard of the general. Hence we shall find them often in 
councils of war, ii. 2. 3; iv. 1. 12. — ads (complem. 563 s) dv tiv paxny 
movotto, how he should fight the battle (if there should be one, 636 a). — 
aitds tapyvet Gappivey (674 b, d) rovdSe (478), he himself exhorted and 
encouraged them as follows. 

3. A brief speech, admirably adapted to produce the effect desired. — 
otk avOpdrrev (see case 414 b) dtropav BapBapev, order 719 a, 8. — apelvo- 
vas (Lex.) Kal kpetrrous, 211. Cf. Adov Kal duewor, vi. 2. 15. — 8trws s, 
626. — éevOepias 7s, case 431 b, 554.a. How sweet the sound upon the 
Greek ear! and with what flattering emphasis does Cyrus repeat it !— 
kextynoGe, 280 b; pret. (Lex. crdouar). — trép, here inserted, though not 
usual with evdacuovifw, to distinguish this use of #s from the preceding. — 
lore, mode ?— édoipynv dv, 636 a. How gratifying to the honest pride of 
the Greeks. The subjects of an absolute monarch are all slaves ; cf. 9. 29; 
ii. 5. 88. The aor. here makes the expression more decided ; that I would 
unhesitatingly choose, 594 s. — avtl ov txw wavtev, 554 aN., 553. 


39 NOTES. 


4. "Ors, connecting eldjre to diddéw, 624 a. —otov, complem. 563 (so 
olous); cf. vii. 4. 1.—Kpavyy, 698 a. —émlacy, as fut. (Lex. ejur), 603 ¢. — 
dv, if, 619 a. —avra, the throng and the outcry. —ta édAa, as to all else, 
481. -—— Kal aioyvverOal por (537) Sox@ (Lex.) otovs qpiv (eth. dat. 462 e) 
yvaoerQe Tos és TY X4pq svTas avOpdrovs, J [seem to myself even to 
be ashamed] may well be ashamed what sort of men for us you will 
find those in the country to be. “Ovras seems to be rather complem. after 
yvececbe (677 b), than definitive with rovs, as some consider it; and 
évOpwrous, though placed at the end for strong and contemptuous em- 
phasis, to be directly constructed with ofovs rather than with tovs. Atoxv- 
vecOar implies thinking or considering. — avOpamovs, avipav (Lex.), how 
differing ? cf. woddol wév dvOpwrror..., ddlyou Oé dvdpes, Hdt. vil. 210 (of the 
Medes at Thermopyle). — kal edtéApwv yevopévwov, and having proved 
yourselves heroes. Rehdz. has kai et trav éuav yevoudvwr, and my affairs 
having prospered. — éy® bpov, pos. 719 b, «. —tpov...amevar, any one of 
you that wishes to return home ; part. 678 a. — tots otkor (Lex. case 458) 

{yndAwrev (Lex.). — Ta tap’ ewol s, 528 a. 

28 5. eite, illustrating the freedom which Cyrus permitted in the 
Greeks, though Gaulites, who is spoken of as ‘‘in the confidence of Cyrus,” 
probably spoke simply to draw from him a stronger statement for the assur- 
ance of others. —8td...«.vSvvov (416 a) mpootovtos, on account of your being 
in such [an emergency of the danger approaching] imminent danger ; order 
719d, ». Most mss. have rod before rpociovros, which would then simply 
define the danger ; with its omission, the danger is affirmed as approach- 
ing; 523. 2, 5.— av ed yévynral rT, if [aught shall have resulted well, 617d} 
you gain any success. — ov pepvieOat, prophetic pres. for fut. 609b; v. 2. 
feuvjoecOar, 686 c. — pepv@o, 317 c. 

6. "AXN ore piv (Lex.) fptv, but there certainly is for us (extending 
afterwards implied). — mpos péev peonpBplav, mpos Sé dipKxrov, order 720 a; 
art. om. (so kadpa, dv@pwrot) 533 d, c. — péxpt ot, 557. — dia kavpa, 
694. —ta...mdvtTa, all the parts between these limits (or extremes); case 
Aj 2d chin. 4.73. 

7. pas (489 b) Set robs Hperépovs (538 a) hidovs TovTwyv (407) éykparets 
Torjoar, we must make our friends masters of these domains. — déo.Ka 
(671 d) pr (625 a) odk (686 h) exw. — 8 tm 80, what [I may give] fo give, 
642 a; cf. ii. 4. 19, 20. — tpav, pos.? — erépavov...xpurovv, a reward in 
Greece for eminent public services. Compare the lavish promises of Cyrus 
to the Spartans, Plut: Artaz. 6. 

8. “Oi 8€, and they, i. e. the generals and captains, who reported to their 
men. — Hicyecay, into his tent for more personal and private interviews, 
which Cyrus was not now in a condition to refuse them. — “EAAqVvey, case 
419 a, 418 b. —odrow, 539 a; case 459. — tora, kparyowoty: what the 
reg. mode ?— é€yyyeAAov, ciorerav, arémepme, Tapekedevovto: why the 
ipf.? What arrangement do you here observe ?— ‘O 8e s, 536 b, e. — 
yvopny, numb. 488 d; cf. éxmAfoar Tas yoaas avrGy, Hel. vi. 1. 15. 

9. paxeoGar, personally. — éavta@y, case 445 c. — ole (297 f) yap, 708 e. 





BOOK -I. CHAP. VII. 33 


— paxetoSar, i. e. prob., in person. ‘‘ Why should you so expose your- 
self, for do you think that your brother will come out to meet you?” Some 
think that giving battle in general is all that is here meant. — vi Ata, 
476 d. — épds adeAGds, 538 a. How does this differ from 6 éuds ddeddés, 
6. 82 — otk apaxel s, I shall not carry off this prize without fighting for 
it. — att, to what does this refer? In a military despotism the sover- 
eign must not be suspected of wanting personal valor. Plut. ascribes to 
Cyrus this reply to the prudent advice of Clearchus: ‘‘What do you 
mean, Clearchus? Do you bid me, in seeking the throne, to show myself 
unworthy of it?” Artaz. 8. 

10. ’Evraiéa 84, here indeed, or thereupon: 54, time past. — 29 
éfomAvo(a, either in the night (§ 1), or more prob. during the next 
day, when preparations for the expected battle could be made more com- 
pletely and more favorably than during a night alarm. — aptOpos éyévero, 
[a numbering took place] the number was taken, viz. —aormis (by meton. 
for the shield-bearers, Lex. 70h), weAtactal, etc., specifications in appos. 
w. apiOuss, 393d, 395. — pvpla, numb. 240a. The total of hoplites stated 
in the note to i. 2. 9 was 9600. If to this number we add the 700 brought 
by Chirisophus and the 400 who deserted Abrocomas (4. 3), and then sub- 
tract the 100 lost by Menon (2. 25), and 200 more for the various casual- 
ties of the march, we have the number here given, 10400. The total of 
lighter troops in the same note was 2300. This number is now increased 
to 2400, or, acc. to some Mss., to 2500. This increase, unless arising from 
a different mode of enumeration, may be accounted for by supposing that 
the hoplites of Chirisophus, according to Spartan usage, had lighter-armed 
attendants which it was not deemed important to mention (cf. 5. 13 N.), 
or that some of the baggage-men, as supplies diminished, and the hour of 
fighting approached, were enlisted into the lighter companies. — pupiddes, 
241, 111. — apol ta e’koor, 706, 531d. 

11. éxatdv Kal eikoor pupiddes, a reported and prob. exaggerated state- 
ment. Ctesias, the king’s surgeon, stated the number of his troops in the 
battle as 400000 (Plut. Artax. 13) ; and the historian Ephorus, as quoted 
in Diod. xiv. 22, as “‘not less than 40 myriads.” The inclusion of camp- 
followers in the larger and not in the smaller number would make the dis- 
crepancy less. —”AdAou, besides (Lex.), 567; cf. 5. 5. 

12. dpxovres kal otpaynyol Kal yepoves. Xen. may have used these 
different terms to show and emphasize the power of these great command- 
ers ; or some of them, as Weiske and others suppose, may have crept into 
the text from explanatory glosses. In general, Abrocomas seems to have 
commanded the troops of the southwestern part of the empire, Tissaphernes 
of the northwestern, Gobryas of the southeastern, and Arbaces of the north- 
eastern. — paxns, case 408. — tépats s, case 468. The tardiness of Abro- 
comas was perhaps simply caused by his longer route ; but was prob. inten- 
tional. The king may have himself suspected this, since he did not think 
it worth while to wait for him. A reinforcement from the east also came 


too late ; see ii. 4. 25. 
3 


34. NOTES. 


13. mpds Kipoy, this is prob. used with #yyeddov for the comm. dat. 
(ii. 3. 19), through the influence of av’rouodjoavres, which it also modifies 
in sense; cf. 399g; ii. 27. Some, by a harder const., regard it as a 
direct adjunct of at’rouorjcarres, notwithstanding its position. — ot avto- 
podnoavres, 678 a. — éx, mapa, how do these prepositions differ in force ? 
— mpd, pera, 690. — ot...rav modepiov, gen. partitive w. of, 553. — Differ- 
ence between ravrd and taira ?— What do you observe in the general 
arrangement of this section? Xen., differing from Ctesias, states his 
authority. 

14. é&chatve, perhaps on the second day after the night-review, as a 
single day would give scanty_time for the council of war, the private inter- 
views (§ 2, 8), and this march with the defiling of so great an army 
through a narrow pass (§ 14 s). — T@ oTpatedpare (case 467), why not 
with civ, asin § 1? The prep. is less needed on account of the participle 
ouvreTaypuevy. — péoov Tov, 508 a, 523b, 4. — edpos, case 481. —dpyuiat, 
395c. The dimensions of Plut. and Diod. are less probable. 

15. Mndias (Lex.). Fora description of this wall see ii. 4.12. The. 
trench seems to have been dug to this wall from the canal-system men- 
tioned below, and to have received its water from the latter. — 8tapuxes. 
The general statement, ancient and modern, represents the canal-system 
here connecting the two rivers as flowing from the Euphrates to the Tigris. 
There is reason for supposing that the canals may have been filled from 
the Euphrates at the time of its flood (see Appendix at end of vol.); and 
that, as the rivers sank, flood-gates were closed to retain the water for 
purposes of irrigation. Hence, the trench may have been connected with 
the canals rather than with the river, which was now too low to supply it 
with water. We may add that the flowing of the water from the west end 
of the canal-system into the trench would present to the eyes of Xen. the 
appearance of its flowing from the Tigris ; and hence, that statement of its 
direction, which has led so many to question the genuineness of the pas- 
sage, “EvOa 64 eiow...yépupar & érecow, is rather an evidence in its favor, 
since a student adding this would not have been likely to differ from the 
general account. Cf. the rivers of Babylon, Ps. exxxvii. See Owen, ii. 
4, 13. — rérrapes, the present number of the main canals from river to 

30 river in this region (Nahr-Malcha, or King’s Canal, ete.). — Sta- 

Aelrrovet Exdorry (393 d), and [leave each as an interval] are distant 
Srom each other. — mwapacayynv, 472 or 482. — mwdpodos, prob. left to pre- 
vent the escape of the water into the river, and perhaps with the intent to 
eccupy the space with a wall, which there was not time to construct. — 
TOTALOD, case ? — odeyv, case ? 

16. rove, ruvOaverar, use of tense ?— mpowedavvovra, 677. — wapyAe, 
éyévovto, 495. Cf. iv. 2. 22. — radpov, case ? 

17. Tairy pév: no dé corresp. before § 20. — nen emphat. 
pos. 719. — ficay, number 569 a. Cf. #yovro, § 20. 

18. ty éevdexary am (Lex.) exelvns Tis hpépas (524b), or da’ éxeivys 
n€pa, reckoning back. Most Mss. show the first ellipsis, but 8’ the second. 











BOOK i -CHAP. VIL. 35 


This sacrifice may have taken place during the halt at Charmande, where 
Cyrus was doubtless aware of the preparations which the king seemed to 
be making for a standat the trench. — paxetrar (mode?) Séka pepav, 
433 a. — Ovx, why first in the clause ?— et év tavtats od paxetrat (631 a) 
tTais Huépars. Many mss. have here the more regular ef uy év ravTas Tats 
nuepats waxetrat, 686 b. If ov uaxe?ra is genuine, it is an emphatic, per- 
haps contemptuous, repetition of the words of Silanus, 686k. ei ov also 
vii. 1. 28; vi. 6. 16. — ddnPevons, 617 d. — bmicxvotipar, a form of expres- 
sion referring to the future, 631 c. — Séka tadavra, a money of account, 
= how many darics ?= how many dollars? A most lavish gift for a suc- 
cessful prediction, even at the present value of money. 

19. éxddve, tense 594. — Tod payxerSar, case 699 f, 405 a (acc. also ad- 
missible). The conclusion of Cyrus was natural, as the king had made no 
opposition at Pyle, and then had relinquished a line of defence prepared 
with so much labor. Yet, in truth, a narrow pass, unless defended by a 
strong wall, was the very last place for Persians to risk an encounter with 
Greeks, as they could not there offset by their superiority of numbers the 
superior personal prowess of the Greeks. Their best chance for success 
was in an open plain, which they could scour with their cavalry, and 
where they could amass their hosts on all sides against the Greeks. — jpe- 
Anpévws, some read 7Auehnucvos. — padAoy, 685, 510. 

20. tropelav érovetro (Lex.), 475. —airo, for him, i. e. of his iy 
463. — oTpatitats, case 460, 463. 


CHAPTER VIII. 
BATTLE OF CUNAXA. — DEATH OF CYRUS. 


1. Av, 571 d. — dyopay, cf. ii. 1. 7. —@vOa (550 e) pdr, 598 a. 2] 

—«arahvew, for breakfast ; see 10. 19. —avp, without art., 525 a. 
He had been sent forward for observation or some preparation. — ava 
(Lex.), 695. — tSpotyri r@ tw, case 467 a; order 523 b, 4. — ots, numb. 
550 f. — évervyxavev, éBda, tense ?— as eis s, 711; cf. § 23; 9. 23. The 
battle here described was fought, acc. to Plut. (Artax. 8), at a place called 
Kovvaéa, 500 stadia from Babylon (but 360 stadia, ii. 2. 6). This may 
have been the name of the station at which the army of Cyrus was to halt, 
or of the village mentioned in 10. 11, or these may possibly have been the 
same place. 

2. aitlxa, pos.? what modifying ?— kal...8€ (Lex.), cf. 1. 2. — ediory, 
case 699 g. — émumercio Par, subject ? 

3. Why aorists, and afterwards imperfects ?— Tov, rév, Td, Tas, 530. 
— lirrov, according to Plut., a noble horse, but hard to manage and fierce, 
named Pasacas (yevvatov, doromov 6é Kai UBpiorny, Artax. 9). 

4. KvXéapxos: to whom was unfortunately given the chief command of 
the Greeks in the battle, — prob. the only general who would have there 


36 NOTES. 


disobeyed Cyrus, ii. 6. 15. — Se&é, numb. 4894. — tov Képaros, of the 
wing, since the whole Greek force formed only the right wing of Cyrus’s 
army. — IIpogevos 5 éxdpevos (Lex.), and next Proxenus, with whom doubt- 
~ Jess was Xenophon. —[kat Td orpatevpa], and his division, if the words 
are genuine. They are certainly not required. — evvupoy s, next to the 
Persian main body. 

5. BapBaptkov, pos.?—els xtAlovs, 692. 5, 706; cf. 1. 10.—év tw Se- 
fo, on the right of the Greeks, to join in the pursuit, after the enemy 
should have been routed. So apparently beyond them, the targeteers, who 
could operate closer to the river than the cavalry. — év To edwvipw, on the 
left of the Greeks, yet constituting the main body of the army. 

6. Kipos, imeis (sc. ornoav), here specially mentioned for the deserip- 
tion of their armature, which was rather Greek than Persian. Cyrus was 
doubtless in or near the centre of the barbarian host (§ 22); and some 
editors, without Mss. authority, insert xara 76 wéoor, citing the statement 
of Diod., Kipos éréraxro xara méony Thy pddayya, xiv. 22. — 8eov (Lex.), 
507 f. — Odpag., case 466. — pev adtol, indeed themselves, corresponding to 
oi Ob immo, in § 7; wév here preceding the contrasted word, that it may. 
come earlier in the sentence, 720 a.— Ktpov, case 406 a; cf. 1. 6. —WaAnv 
(523 b, 4), wnarmed, i. e. simply covered with the erect tiara, which he 
proudly wore as a sign of distinction and dignity, asserting in itself his 
claim to the throne. This, however, might be so thickly and so firmly 
fitted as to afford considerable protection. Cf. Awomimre: 0€ THs Kepadijs h 
Tidpa Tod Kvpov, Ctesias’s account of the battle in Plut. (Artax. 11). — 
[Aéyerar] (cf. 573) s, a general statement (corresponding to those in Hdt. 
v. 49 and vii. 61, and Strabo xv. 3) now thought by many to have crept 
into the text from a gloss. If genuine, Xen. writes as if from the infor- 
mation of others. 

39 7. ot perm Kupov, im Cyrus's body-guard. =e paxatpas, better 
shaped for striking, as the éigos for piercing. —‘EAAnvukds, pos. ? 

8. A description brief, but graphic. — pécov, Se(Ay, art. om.? — fpépas, 
case 416 a. — qvika S€ SefAn (533 d) éylyvero, but [when the afternoon was 
coming on, 594] early in the afternoon. —épavn, came into sight, incept. 
aor. 592 d. — Aevkh, peAavia, from the different manner in which the sun- 
light struck or was reflected from the long cloud of dust. — xpévw (case 
468) 8& cvxve vorrepov, and a considerable time after, the period of intent 
and excited watching doubtless seeming long. Some needlessly conjecture 
ov cuxv. — émt (Lex. c). — éyiyvovto, iotpamre, tense ?— xadkds (Lex.) 
ws, ‘‘etwas wie Erz.” Rehdz. 

9. AevKoBdpaxes, white-mailed (Lex.). — éxdpevor 8k TovTev, and next to 
these ; case 426. — yeppoddpor, the common Persian infantry, well armed 
for Oriental warfare, but not for a shock with the iron-clad Greeks, while 
from their political institutions and habits of life they were no less 
deficient in spirit, discipline, and physical training. Cf. Cyr. i. 2. 13; 
Hat. vii. 61. These were bowmen, acc. to Grote. —wo8hpen, 722 d. — 
Aiytrrvot (Lex.). — dddot s, and other horsemen and also bowmen, Or, 





BOOK I CHAP. VIII. oF 


and others, horsemen and bowmen, 567 e. The asyndeton renders the 
enumeration less formal, 68 d. — kara (Lex.), 692. 5. —€kawrov Td vos, 
@. 1. Exacrov @6vos, 522 b, as usual in armies composed of different nation- 
alities. Cf. Hdt. vii. 60. — érropevero, numb. 501 a. 

10. G&ppara, subject of éropevovro or joav understood, to which efxor is 
connected by dé. Numb. of verb? — &iadetrovra, cf. 7. 15. — am &ddAn- 
av, 689 b. — 8H, indeed, namely. — eis mAaYLOV (sc. uépos oY xwpiov), [to 
a side quarter] sideways (comm. with the idea of obliqueness), obliquely 
(oftener slanting or curving). —atrorerapéva, [extended] extending or pro- 
jecting (about two cubits in length acc. to Cyr. vi. 1. 30), to mow down 
standing troops, and sometimes attached to the wheel so as to revolve 
swiftly. — tio, 689 j. — Sidpots, these were high, to protect the driver, 
‘who was also defended by armor so that only his eyes were exposed. — eis 
yiiv PAérrovra, to mangle those who had been thrown down by the rush of 
the horses. Such a chariot had long axles, that it might be in less danger. 
of being overturned in passing over corpses ; and its driver was protected, 
as just stated. See Cyr. vi. 1. 29 s. — @s 8S:akomreww, expresses purpose, 
671 e. —8tw, 253.1; case 699f, 450a.— yuan Fv, as...€\avTa (sc. Taira), 
-the plan was [as though they were going to drive] that they should drive, 
680 c, 675d. — Staxoovta, sc. raira. Cf. 4. 8. 

11. “O, rel. referring to rotro, — etmev, i. 7. 4. —kadéoas, object? Cf. 
the fuller, but less frequent, form of expression in 7. 18. In Greek, if 
two closely connected verbs have a common object, this is usually expressed 
but once and in the case required by the nearer verb; cf. 399 g, 536 c. — 
épevoOn Totto (case 478 or 481, 586 c), in this he was mistaken. — kpavyn, 
case 467 a. — ds avuordv (sc. Fv 572), as far as [was] possible. — ev tow 
(sc. Byuart, step), (Lex.), 695; pos. 718 e. 

12. é& (Lex.), 690. —airds s, simply himself with P., without his 
body-guard, 540c, 541 a. — KnXedpxe, case 452. — éBoa, tense 595a. — 
Gyev...ein, 659 c, 643 c. — péoov Td, 523 a, 3. — Kav Totr’ s, 644 b. 33 
— vwikopev, mode ?— trav’ hyiv (case 461) memoinrar (tense 610 a) 
= our work is all done. 

13. “Opav, axotwv, éxwv, concessive, = though he saw, etc., 674. 1, f. 
—‘Opav, pos.?— 6 Knréapxos, the subj. of #Oedev, yet repeated after the 
parenthesis, and dN éuws used as if a finite verb had preceded ; cf. 70 t. 
— 76 pécov otidos, order 523 b. The king’s horse-guards would be esp. 
conspicuous, 7. 11. — Kupov, case 434 a; cf. 10. 5. — dvra, part.?— evo- 
vujov, case 445c. Some needlessly omit ‘EAAyuxob, as rendering the state- 
ment less strong than that below. The truth appears to be that Xen. was 
so absorbed in the contest between the Greeks and Persians, and esteemed 
so lightly the barbarian forces of Cyrus, that he leaves the latter mostly 
out of account in describing the battle, and sometimes seems to speak in 
general of the army of Cyrus as the Greek army, and of that of the king as 
the barbarian army ; see § 10, 14, 19, 24. rowotrov, 485, 8, 483; used 
rather than the dat., on account of rA7er, 487 b. — mwAAPe, case 467 b. — 
pécov Td éavTod, his own centre, i. e. the centre of his army. — Kupov, 


39 NOTES. 


gen. poss. — pi] KukAwbein, 625 a. — Sr attra pédor (v. 1. wéder, 645 a), 
Smws Kahas txou (Lex. 624 c), that he himself was taking care (even more 
arrogant than that he would take care) that [it should have itself well] ali 
should go well. The self-willed and insubordinate course pursued by 
Clearchus to secure himself and the Greeks, left Cyrus with his Persian 
force to contend with several times the number of similar troops, and 
made his destruction almost certain. “O 5 ait® pédew ciwav, Srws eke 
Kd\NoTa, TO way SiépOerpev, is the language-of Plutarch, who is esp. severe 
upon the selfish caution, the folly, and faithlessness of Clearchus. Artax. 8. 
Cyrus prob. understood the reply of Clearchus as expressing an intent to 
follow his direction, and supposed that all would be well. 

14. BapBapixdv otpdtevpa, the Persian host of the king. Born. and 
Dind. say ‘‘of Cyrus,” but it was very unlikely that he would lead his in- 
ferior Persian host to the encounter, before the Greeks, upon whom he 
placed his main reliance, were ready ; cf. § 13 N. See Grote’s remarks on 
Clearchus. — ait (Lex.). — ovverarreto s, was forming from those who 
were still coming up, and successively deploying into line. — wapehatvey, 
returning from the extreme right, where Clearchus was posted. — aps 
aitw s, 541 e, at a considerable distance even from his own army. — kare- 
Geato exatépwoe, took a survey on each side. What a season of observation, 
excitement, and suspense ! 

15. Eevodav ‘APnvaios, wt. art. 525; the first mention of the author. 
Whether he was with his friend Proxenus, or with Clearchus as a mounted 
aid, or with the few cavalry of the latter, is not stated. His horse, 
freedom of movement, and relations to Cyrus and the generals, made the 
service which he now rendered both convenient and fit for him. — tme\a- 
was as cvvavTioa, 671 a, e. —el TL mapayyéAdor, 7f [he would command 
anything] he had any commands to give, 648 a. — émtetyoas, McMich. 
compares “‘having pulled up.” Cf. orjoas 7d dpua, 2. 17. — Ste Kal 7a 
tepa KaAd (sc. ein) s, that both the sacrifices [esp. the omens from the en- 
trails] were auspicious, and all the attendant circumstances [esp. the move- 
ments of the victims]. For the generally accepted distinction between 
iepd and opdyia, see Lex. In such sacrifices, to which both the Greeks 
and the Romans attached a vital importance, every appearance of the vic- 
tim had its significance, the manner in which it approached and stood at 
the altar and received the fatal blow, its fall and dying groans and strug- 
gles, the burning of parts upon the altar, and esp. the forms and condition 
in which the entrails (eminently the vital organs) were found. — xadd, re- 
peated in emphatic confirmation. 

16. OopvBov, case 432 a, i; cf. 6 AdpuBos, 580 a. —tts, & m, complem. 
563. — etn, mode ?— [Blevodav.] If K\éapxos, the reading of some MSs., 
is correct, then this general must also have left the line for conversation 
with Cyrus ; but this seems quite improbable after the previous interview, 
§ 12s. — 7b cvvOnpa, the password for distinguishing friends from foes, in 
two parts: the sign Zev’s Dwryp, and the countersign Kat Niky. Cf. vi. 5. 
25; Lat. tessera, Virg. An. vii. 637. — wapépxerat, twapayyéAXe. (mode 2). 





SS ee ee ee 


is . 
— aa ee 





BOOK. I CHAP. VIIT. 39 


— Sevrepov: the password was repeated in a low tone by each soldier, 
from the commander to the end of the line, and then back again, to secure 
its correct transmission, from the end of the line to the commander ; see 
Cyr. iii. 3. 58. It was usually, as here, both religious and animating. — 
Kal 8s (518 f) @Oavpace, as it should not have been given out without 
his concurrence ; the tense denoting the momentary expression of surprise, 
rather than the continuous feeling of wonder; but Clearchus was auto- 
cratic. 

17. “Add (Lex.). — S€xopat, T accept it, I hail it as a good omen. Cf. 
accipio, Virg. An. xii. 260. — rotro tora, [let this be] so let it be, = may 
the result be in accordance with these auspicious words. — ovdkétv...cTadva 
(case 482) Sterxérnyv (568) Td (234 e, 492 c) haAayye s, the two lines [were 
no longer distant] were within three or four stadia of each other. About 
what part of a mile? ématdviov (Lex.). The Greeks were wont to sing 
the pean to one or more of the gods (Apollo, Mars, etc.), both before a 
battle, in anticipation of victory (radv éuBarnpcos), and after a successful 
battle, in thanksgiving (adv wexnrapios). — avtlo (Lex.), 509. — tode- 
plots, case 455 f. . 

18. topevopévey, sc. aitav, 676 a. — eexipatve, a metaphor, imitated 
and commended for its expressiveness and beauty by the ancients ; nearly 
expressed by our wndulated, more closely by billowed forth. — tr 34. 
(sc. mépos) tTHS pddayyos, some part of the line, 418 b. — Spdpo 
(Lex. case 467 a) Oetv, to run [with running] outright, to hasten upon the 
run, differing from the simple é0cov below, not so much in what it ex- 
presses, as by its fuller and more emphatic expression, partaking of pleo- 
nasm, 69. —ép0éyEavtTo, gave a shout. —oidvirep, case 468 (sc. pOéyua, cry) 
or 483. — éXeAlfovor, from édeded, one form of the war-cry, as d\addfw 
(iv. 2. 7) from another form ; cf. é\oAvsw, and our to whoop, huzza, etc. — 
€Gcov, tense and order? It was for the interest of the Greeks thus to 
shorten the period of exposure to missiles, and to come as soon as possible 
to close quarters. — Aéyovot, Xen. writes here, as elsewhere, as if he had 
not been present. — édovarnoayv, stem 344; cf. iv. 5. 18. So Alexander’s 
soldiers, Arr. i. 6 (where the expression seems to us more natural : rots 
dbpac. dovmrjoat mpos Tas aomidas). — éBov torodytes Tots tamors (460), 
[causing terror to] striking terror into the horses ; acc. to some, seeking to 
terrify the horses (598 c, 594); esp. those of the scythe-armed chariots. 

19. é&xvetoOar (Lex.), mode, 703 d, B; i. e. before they came within 
bow-shot. — éxxAlvovor, eiwKov, éBdwy, tense ?— kpdtos (Lex.). — ph, why 
rather than ov ?— év (rq) raéet, without art. 533 c.—@etv...¢reoOar, order ? 

20. 7a pév, appos. 393 d. — qRvidxev (case 414 b), such frightened cow- 
ards that they had deserted their chariots, and fled with the rest. Cf. Cyr. 
vill. 8. 25. — mpotSorev, mode ? cf. 5. 2. —8tlorayro. Alexander bade his 
soldiers do the same at Arbela, Curt. iv. 13. — dort (Lex.) 8’ Sorts (Fv é 
Tis és, 553, 559 a), but there was one at least who. This seems to express 
the force of this indefinite form of expression, which does not affirm of 
more than one, and yet does not confine the statement to one. — épacay, 


40 NOTES. 


subject 571 c. — ov8t...8€, neg. corresponding to xal...dé affirm. (Lex. 6é). 
— ovdels s, neg. tripled ?— tis, a certain one. The precision of statement 
here used seems to show that ris is used to denote a single person, and not 
vaguely for one or two, or a small number. 

21. 16, sc. wAHO0s, wepos, or oTparevpa. — 0v8’ ws (Lex.). — ovveote- 
papevyy, pos.? — moujoet, mode ? — kal yap (Lex.), 1. 6, 8. — airoy, case 
474b; cf. xplowy, 6. 5. 

22. pérov...ro abrav, their own centre (i. e. of their own army) ; gen. 
poss. 443 ; cf. 538 a. — q, xpygovev, mode ?— dv, 618 c, 658 a. — jploe 
Xpove, [by means of | in hap the time, 466, 469 e. 

23. 


auvte, case 455 f. — avriov (Lex.). —atrod, governed by éumpooder: . 


35 ef. méppw, iii. 4. 35. — as eis KUKA@oL, as if for surrounding the 
enemy, 115 ets Sala Zaks 

24, 81, force ?— 7d ‘EAAnvikdv: Xen. was intent upon the fortunes of 
the Greeks. Cyrus must have seen that the king’s manceuvre would place 
himself and his barbarian army between two vastly superior forces, and 
expose them to almost certain destruction. As the Greeks were too much 
occupied in their petty victory, and too far removed to render him the 
needed support, his only hope seemed to lie in a bold effort to arrest the 
king’s movement, and bring the battle to a decision by a direct charge 
upon him. Cyrus has been blamed for his rashness ; but his desertion by 
Clearchus and the Greeks left him no alternative. He must snatch the 
crown by his personal prowess, or atone for his ambition by death. He 
almost won. — éAavver avtlos (Lex.), 509; with a general advance, no 
doubt, of his barbarian troops. — ¢§axoctots, § 6. — éaxtoxiAlovs, 7. 11, 
emphatically added, as showing the great disparity of number. — érpee : 
after the vivid description by the hist. pres. (éAadve:, vux@), the aor. better 
represents the feat as accomplished. Observe in the graphic account be- 
low the repeated interchange of present and past tenses. — avrds...éavTod, 
541 h. —’Aptayépony, who, ace. to Plut., advanced against Cyrus with 
insulting and threatening words, and hurled his javelin against him with 
great force. The javelin which Cyrus sent in return pierced Artagerses 
through the neck. 

25. In the all-absorbing excitement of hand-to-hand fighting, it was 
natural for each soldier to press on as he could ; and a commander lost, in 
great measure, the power of directing and controlling the movements of his 
men. — opotpaefor, see Voll. and Rawlinson. 

26. Td apd’ exetvov oridos, the crowd about him ; i. e. his more imme- 
diate attendants, as duorpdmefo, etc., gathering close about him for his 
protection. — qvéoxero, aor., since all was here momentary (Lex. dvéxw). 
— Tov (530 a) &vbpa dpa, tense 603 a. — ero, not perhaps mere impulse 
in the heat of the engagement, since it was almost certain that he would 
be overwhelmed in the ocean of the opposing army, unless he could gain a 
personal victory over the king. (On aie, vii. 4. 9 w. 6.) — TuTpdoKet, 
with a spear two-fingers’-breadth deep, acc. to Ctesias (Plut. Artax. 11), 
the king having first hurled his javelin in vain at Cyrus. Ctesias adds 








BOOKGE,-“CHAP. IX. Al 


that the king fell from his horse, and that he himself, with others, attended 
him out of the fight. — kat, a loose connection by co-ordination, instead of 
a closer by subordination, which indeed Cobet gives by inserting és before 
kat. —taobar (660 c) avros (case 540 e, 667 b). — myer, order ? 

27. tis, Mithridates, a young Persian, acc. to Ctesias. Wounds added 
by others made it doubtful who slew Cyrus. Artaxerxes himself jealously 
asserted the honor, and when Mithridates and a Carian claimed it, grati- 
fied the vengeance of Parysatis by giving them up to a death of lingering 
tortures. A like fate befell Masabates (Bagapates in Ctes. Pers. 59), a 
faithful eunuch, who by order of the king cut off the head and right hand 
of Cyrus, and whom Parysatis artfully won from the king in a game of 
dice. See Plut. Artax.14s. This hand-to-hand fight of the two brothers 
has been compared to that of Eteocles and Polynices, the sons of Cdipus, 
for the crown of Thebes. — paxopevor (mode 580) BacrAeds, left without 
a finite verb, and independent, through anacoluthon, 402 a, 675 f. What 
case with the part. would have here given a regular construction? Some 
would rather refer the construction to 395. — amé@vyokoy (one after an- 
other), améPave, tense? Diod. states that more than 15000 of the king’s 
army were slain in this battle, mostly by the Greeks ; and that of the bar- 
barian force of Cyrus about 3000 fell ; but of the Greeks not one perished, 
and only a few were wounded. — ékew ro, i. e. in death; so often Ketuat, 
jaceo, lie, etc. 

28. 6 mortdtatos atte (453) s, the [attendant most faithful to him] most 
devoted attendant of his wand-bearers. — weprmereiv avTa@, case 450a; cf. 
699g. Cf. super amici corpus procubuit, Curt. viii. 11; Virg. 4n. ix. 444. 

29. Kiupw, 699 a. — éavrdv, 583 ; with the idea seemingly implied, here 
and before, of immolation to the dead (Lex. ofdfw). Cf. Cyr. vil. 38. 11s. — 
oTacdpevov, voice 579. — xpvrotv, a gilt poniard. — orpertov, etc. cf. 
2. 27. 


CH Agr Bh x, 
XENOPHON’S PANEGYRIC ON CYRUS. 


1. pév (Lex.). — mapé (Lex.), 586d, 694. 9; an acknowledgment 36 
being regarded as proceeding from the speaker ; cf. é« (ii. 6. 1). — 
Kipov...év metpa, [in the knowledge of Cyrus by experience] personally ac- 
quainted with Cyrus. Kuvpov is governed by zreipa (Lex.); observe the order. 

2. pév, corresp. to the first 6¢ in § 6 or in § 7. — mévra, case 481 ; order 
719b,e. Observe the use of the definite tenses in the description of char- 
acter in this chapter (and in il. 6. 25; 592 a), a description which seems 
in general correct of Cyrus, as he appeared in his ambition for the throne. 
How he would have shown himself in the actual possession of it, is, per- 
haps fortunately for his reputation, an unwritten chapter of history. — 
kpatioros, hence regarding himself as more worthy to reign than his 
brother. ; 


49 NOTES. 


3. émi tais Baorréws Bupats, at the King’s court, kept there largely as 
hostages for their fathers’ loyalty. — katapd0or dv, might learn, 636 a. — 
aicypov, tori, pos.?—otr’ dxotoar ott’ ideiy tor, {it is possible neither 
to] one can neither hear nor see anything base, or, there ts nothing base to 
be. cither heard or seen, 633 g, — a picture belonging, ace. to Xenophon’s 
own statement in Cyropedia (viii. 8. 12 s), to the early rather than the later 
Persian court, though we may hope that the gross corruptions of the later 
Persian court were in large measure hidden within from the youthful pages. 
Cf. the early system of Persian education in Cyr. 1. 2. 2s. 

4. dkotovor, hear of. — evOts (Lex.); cf. ii. 6. 16; iv. 6. 14. — pav@a- 
vovotv (mode 671d), in this atmosphere of absolute authority and unques- 
tioning obedience, so different from that which surreunded the Athenian 
boy. Abuse of freedom in Athens inclined Xen. to see the advantages of 
a more arbitrary government. 

5. aidnpovéoratos (pos.!)...ray jAuu@toy, [the most respectful of his 
equals] more respectful than any of his equals, 515. — pév, corresponds to 
what ? — tots te mpeoButépots (case 455 g) kal trav éavTod (case 408) s, and 
to be more obedient to his elders than those even who were lower ta rank 
than himself. — wots, case 466 b. —"Expivov, subject, 571 ¢.—es tov 
awédepov, [tending into war] preparatory to war, for war, 694. — épyev 
(Lex.); gen., obj. w. iAouabéorarov and wedeTnpdraroy, 444 a. — Tok tKkijs, 
art. om.? : 

6. “Ee 8% rH AArkla (case 453) epee, i. e. when he had passed from 
the class of ratdes, boys, into that of Z@nBo., youths, young men, which was 
usually, ace. to Cyr. i. 2. 8, at the age of 16 or 17, but must have been 
earlier in the case of the precocious Cyrus. — d&pkroy, not necessarily a she- 
bear, as the word is comm., epicene, 174 a. — émubepopévyny (Lex.), 578 a. 
— Ta pev (sc. rd07), some [injuries, or hurts], 478 ; not followed by ra 6é, 
as there is a change in the form of expression: 7é\os dé s. — mp@roy, adj. 
or adv.?— qodAois (case 458) paxapiotéy (Lex.) ; cf. revs ofkor &pdwrdv, 
7. 4..N. . 

37 7. Explain use of tenses in this section. — otparnyos...amedelx On, 
voice, 586 c; ef. 1. 2. — pév, to which the first 5¢ in § 11 may cor- 
respond. — atrdv, case 474b ; ef. i. 8. 21. — epi (Lex., 692. 4) ahelorov 
movotro (Lex.), voice 579. — moeiro, omeorouro, mode ? — ovvGoiro, 315 ¢ 
(v. l. cvvOetro) ; not implying, like ozeicorro, previous hostility. — Te = 
Tw, 253. 1:—pmd iv PpeiBeoOar, to [falsify nothing, 478] prove false in 
nothing. : 

8. Kal yap (Lex.) ody, introducing a consequence in confirmation of 
what has been before stated. — af aéXes (generic, 522 a; so the contrasted 
oi dvdpes) emitperépevar, cities, on being committed (or committing them- 
selves) to his charge, nearly = the cities which were committed (by the 
king, or committed themselves) to his charge. — émle-revov 8’ ot &vBpes 
(sc. émirperduevor), and individuals reposed Jull confidence in him. Observe 
the emphatic repetition of éricrevov. 

9. Tovyapoty and xal yap ofv have nearly the same force; though 








BOOK I. CHAP. IX. 43 


strictly the connective power is somewhat more prominent in the former, 
and the confirmative power in the latter. — éwodépynoe, had engaged in 
war, inceptive 592 d. —ai médes, the Greek cities in his neighborhood, 
those of Ionia; see 1. 6. — tots gevyovras, 1. 7; the partisans of Cyrus, 
who had been banished by Tissaphernes and his partisans. — époBotvro, 
582 8; apprehending the revenge which he might take in their behalf. 

10. Kai and kai may correspond as both, and: for he both showed by his 
conduct and expressly declared. —mpootro, form 315 c; mode?—émei &traE... 
éyévero, after he had once become, ind. as referring to a definite fact ; cf. 641. 
Observe the distinction between the definite daz, once for all, and the in- 
definite zoré, at any time. — petovs, fewer in number. — ért (emph. repeated) 
Sé Kakvov mpdtaav (Lex.), and should be still less fortunate. 

11. Pavepds (Lex., 573) 8’ jv, kal..., vikav weipmpevos, he [was appar- 
ent] showed himself...endeavoring to outdo. — iv, Torjoeev, modes 6344, b. 
— dyaldv, aitdv, case 480 b. — edxyy (pos.?) 5é tives adrod eédepov, as 
(702 a) evxouro (mode 643, tense ?), some indeed [brought out from his so- 
ciety | reporied a prayer of his, how he prayed. ‘‘Similes orationis redun- 
-dantias in deliciis habent Greci.” Kihn.—-tocotrov xpovov, emphati- 
cally pleonastic. — xpdvov, case ?— éore vixwy (form 293 ¢ ; mode 641 d; 
tense 612)...aXeEdpevos, wntil he [should have outdone, requiting] had out- 
done by requital ; ahespevos, properly of requiting evil, but here, by zeugma 
(68 g), of returning both evil and good. The returning of good for evil 
has found little place even in the theory of heathen morality. Would that 
it were not so limited in the practice even of Christians! How many, 
while they praise the Gospel rule, follow the worst part of the precept of 
Isocrates (1. 26): Opoiws aicxpov eivar voutfe, Tov éxOpGyv vuikacbat Tals Ka- 
Kotrotiais, kal Tov dirwy HrraoPa Tats evepyeciats. But Cyrus, from his am- 
bition, failed signally of making a due return for the mildness and for- 
giveness of his brother. 

12. mheioror (art. om. 533 e) 8} aire, evi ye dvBpl (512c, 393) rav ed’ 
(Lex. a, 690) fpav, éreOipnoav...cpoérGar, the greatest number certainly 
desired to intrust to him, at least for a single individual [of those] in our 
time ; cf. § 22. — 8%, often with superl. 

13. Od piv (Lex.) 54 o88é (713 c) rodr’ (544) dv Trg ettror (mode 636 a), 
not indeed surely could any one say even this. — tovs, not repeated, as the 
adjectives together describe a single class, 534. 4. — 1davrav, case 420 c. — 
av idetv, [it was possible to see (Lex. eiué), 5711] one might see; ef. 5. 2. 
The Persians were exceedingly rigid and severe in punishment; and a 
young ruler, with his limited knowledge of the springs of human conduct, 
is in danger of relying too exclusively upon the principle of rewarding the 
good and punishing the bad. Cf. Cas. B. G. vii. 4, at end. — rodav, of 
Jeet, one or both; rév roday, of their feet, would have implied both. — 
éyévero (Lex. yiyvouat), 571 f. —"EAAnu, case 459. — pyStv (686d) ab- 
Kovytt (Lex.), if he did no wrong, condition, 635, 674. — tts, [any one] 
he. In general reference the Greek often uses an indef. where the Eng. 
prefers a pers. pron.; cf. i. 9. 18.— mpoxwpoln, agreeing w. 6 7, or impers. 


AA NOTES. 


w. éyew understood (Lex.); mode 641 b; form 293c. There seems to be 
esp. reference here to valuable articles of traffic, the conveyance of which 
is attended with special risk. 

38 14. yé (Lex.) ; ef. vé nv, § 16, 20. — dyabous, pos.? — dpodd- 

nT, pers. const. for impers., 573; 7 [had been acknowledged and 
settled] was without dispute that he honored, 599 b, c, 268; cf. vi. 3. 9. — 
apatrov péev (Lex.), left without the regular sequence. If these directly 
modified ézoier, and fv ait mdeuos was changed to évros av’t@ mod€pou, 
the correspondence with émecra dé would be more regular. — kal avrtés, 
even in person. — ovs, as indef. 550a; the relative clause preceding, 551 ce. 
— éopa, augm. 279 b. —ijs, attr. 554 a. — xopas, 551 c. — 8dpots, case 466. 

15. wore s, so that (in the domain of Cyrus) the brave appeared the hap- 
piest of men, and the cowardly were deemed fit to be their slaves. — olorto, 
mode ?— Kipov, more emphatic than the pronoun. 

16. His (Lex.) ye (Lex.); cf. § 20, and ye pévro, § 14. — et tis atta 
(case 454 d) s, if any one appeared to him desirous of exhibiting it. —-yévorro, 
érroveiro, mode, etc., 634 b, d. — wept (Lex.). — rovrovus, [these] such per- 
sons, numb. 501; cf. avrovs 4. 8. — ék, denoting source, from or by means 
of (Lex. €&), cf. €« rot dixaiov, § 19. 

17. avt@, case 460. — te (Lex.)...Kal (Lex.), both...and especially. — 
Stcxerp(fero, pass., used of a series of measures, while éxypjoaro and ém)ev- 
cav have reference to a single expedition, viewed as a whole, 591s. — 
Kai yap otpatnyol s, for indeed (or both) generals and captains did not 
sail to him [for the sake of money] for their mere wages, but [since] because 
they (657 k) knew that to serve Cyrus well was more gainful than the pay 
by the month ; cf. § 20. 

18. ’AdAAG piv (Lex.) et rls yé (accent 787) tu (case 478), nay truly, if 
indeed any one rendered any good service [to him having commanded] wpon 
his command, he never left [to any one the zeal, 460; cf. § 13 N. Tus] his 
zeal unrewarded. — bwnpernoeev, mode ?— elace, aor. to deny a single 
instance, and not merely the habit; the more positive, because éy is not 
added, as in § 19 w. dgeldero. — Kpatioror 8H, the [best certainly] very 
best » of. § 12, retoror 54. — Smnpérat TavTds Epyou, supporters of, or, im 
every work, 444. — Kipw...yevéor@ar, to [have come to] belong to Cyrus, 459. 

19. dpdn, adelAero (616 c), mpooediSov, 634 b, d, e. — 8tkatov (Lex.). = 
pxou, mode 641 b (v. Z. dpxer 651. 1). —xepas, 551¢; cf. § 14 (se. Tip 
xdpav, 480c). — ov8éva av mdaore AdeldeTo, Le would aes take away 
from [any one, cf. § 18] him; ef. €cracay dy, 5. 2. — émdvouy, i. e. his vas- 
sals, local administrators. — kal...a8, and still further. — KvoTa, least of 
all, or, not at all. —&kputrev, sc. ratra, 480 c. __ qdovroverty, case 456. 
—éhalvero, he showed himself not envying, with impf., fact or not ?— 
GrokpuTTopnévev, tense? Observe the pairs of kindred words, Pavepas... 
épaivero, xphoOat...xpjuact. The Greek often seeks an echo of sound 
which in English would rather be avoided. We shall also find frequently 
that the near repetition of the same word, even if not specially emphatic, — 
was more agreeable to the Greek ear than it is to the English. 











- 


BOOK L CHAP. IX. Ad 


- 20. Plrovs, seems not so much the direct object of Oepamevew as 39 

the noun expressed in the relative clause (which here precedes, 551 ¢), 

and placed first for emphasis: [friends at least certainly as many as he might 
have made] and certainly whatever friends he made. The same noun, with 
Tosovrous or TovTous (cf. dca...TovTwy § 23), also belongs to the antecedent 
clause, where it is governed by Gepamevew. -— troujoaito, voice? mode ? — 
cuvépyous elvat (sc. Tovrou, cf. § 21). —6 ti Tvyxavor (Lex.) s, co-workers 
{of that whatsoever] ix whatever he [might happen to] desired to effect. 
— pos, w. pass., 586d (rare in Att. prose). — opodoyeirar, pers. 573. — 
Kpaticros...Sepameverv, the best [to cherish] for, or, in cherishing, 663 d or e. 

21. aird trotiro (481b), with respect to this very end, explained by the ap- 
positive clause, &s cuvepyovs éxor.—ovdmep airos tvexa oidav s, for the sake 
of which he thought that he himself needed friends, 719 a, 8. — €xor, mode 
624 c. —ovvepyds Tots hidots (451 b, 699 f)...rodTou (case 444 a), co-worker 
with his friends for that. — 8rov, case 432e; form ? 

22. Adpa. (pos.?) s, 512 c.—otpor, form 313 e. — 8a moddAd (Lex.); the 
oriental usage of approaching the great with presents, combining with the 
attractiveness. of his personal character the example of his own generos- 
ity, and the influence of his exalted prospects. — wévtwv, case 420 c. — 
SuediSov, tense ? form 315 b. — tpdtrovs (v. 1. rpdmov), 488 d. — kat (sc. mpds 
TovTo) Tov, case 414 b, c. 

23. T@ cadpatt (460, so dvdpi below) adrod (538 f) Kéopov (394 b), as 
an equipment for his person. —% ws eis modepov 7 as cis KaANwTLOLSY, 
either [as he would send for war] for use in war or for mere embellishment, 
ws marking the purpose of the giver. Cf. 2.1; iv. 3. 11. —rotray, as 
antecedent of éca, 550d. — ovK dv Svvatto, [would not be able, 636 a] 
could not. —KkoopnPivar, etc., see § 19 N. davepds...epaivero. — vopt{ou, 
w. 2 acc. 480 a. 

24. 70 pev s, that he surpassed his friends in conferring [the] great bene- 
Jjits is nothing wonderful. — émpedeta, case 467 b. — didwv, case 491 c¢, . 
699 f. — tatra, this, in appos. with 7d mepretyar, 505b; numb. 491c; 
perhaps the plur. rather on account of the two particulars mentioned, or 
the many examples in his life. 

25. eeprre, trreprpe, tense? Cf. dud@Oerpov, SuépOecpay, iii. 3. 5. —NdBor, 
mode ?— Aéywv, through the messenger, to whose own words the construc- 
tion changes in rodrov s. In Persia presents from the king’s table were 
esteemed great honors, and esp. if he had himself partaken of the same 
dish. See Cyr. viii. 2. 4; iv. 5. 4.— o¥mw 84, [not as yet certainly] cer- 
tainly not. — xpédvov, 433 a; ef. déxa huepGy, 7. 18.— otve, case 450, 699 g. 
— oot (sé § 26), the accent renders the message more courteous. — ov 
ois s, 551 f. 

26. tpioea, subst. (Lex.). — Totrots ijo0y, enjoyed these, case 456. — 
TOUTwY, Case ? 

27. éSivaro, force of ind. here ?— Sia thy érpédrcrav, through 40 
the care which he exercised, or, as some think, through their care for 
him. — és p} tevovtes...dywouv (mode 645 a, 650), [that they may not 


4G NOTES. 


being hungry] that hungry animals might not carry his friends. ‘* Love 
me, Tove my” horse. 

28. Ei...more, if at any aoe = ordre, whenever, 639 a. — whetoret, 
very many. Sonia (mode? form?) ovs (563) tuna, mode ?—‘EAAhveyr, 
from ovre naturally connected as part. gen. w. oddéva. Some connect with 
 NeLova. 

29. rovrov, Td8¢, 544. — mapa, 689 d. — Sovdov Svros, [being] though a 
slave, or subject, since in an absolute government all the subjects are sim- 
ply slaves; ef. 7. 3; ii. 5. 38. Ta BapBdpwy yap dotka wavra mdi Eves. 
Eur. Hel. See Gcon. iv. — arye, ct. dm7dOov, 603. ; and observe chiasma. 
—Kal otros 81, dv (pos. 551 c) @ero morrédy ol,...€auT@, 537 ; adrdv less 
emphatic than rotrov, the emphasis falling rather on raxv, 540¢; ef. of... 
avrovs, ii. 5. 27. — tAatrepov, form 26le; w. dat. 456. See 6. 3. — 
mapa Sé...amjOov, 699 c. — Kal otro (554 a) s, and these indeed men who 
were especially beloved by him (the king). — tupijs, case ? 

30. texprptov, pred. appos. 534. 3.— TH TeXevTyH Tod Blouv (523 c). — 
avtw (460, 464) yevopnevov, happened to him at the end of his life. — 8m, con- 
nects its clause to rexujpov: for arrangement see 719d. — tods mirrtois s, 
art. 534. 4. 

31. ‘Arrobviexovros, amréSavov, tense i— yap, for = namely (Lex. ), 705 b. 
—avtod, aitév, Kupov. Cf. 6. 11. — imép, 693. 7. — épvyev, to the camp 
(see 10. 1); having before fought bravely, Diod. xiv. 24. — gxav = with, 
674d, b. — Td orpdrevpa wav, 523e. The characteristics ascribed to 
Cyrus in this chapter are those of a young, talented, intelligent, energetic, 
generous, ardent, and ambitious prince, straining every nerve to win honor 
and popularity, and highly successful in gaining them. It is not wonder- 
ful that they were greatly fascinating to a knightly adventurer like Keno- 
phon, beginning already to conceive a disgust at democracy ; or that they 
should have obscured or palliated to his mind some faults, if not crimes, 
which Cyrus also pressed into the service of his ruling passion, ambition. 
To what lengths this passion would have carried him, had he reached the 
throne, we can only conjecture. He would, we must suppose, have been 
himself the ruler of his vast empire, governing it with an absolute sway, 
yet, in general, just and generous; he would have striven to enlarge its 
limits, and to put down all rebellion within them. He would have been a 
seducing and dangerous neighbor to the Greeks ; and might have thrown 
far into the future, if he could not prevent, the conquest of Persia by 
Greece. He might have been in reality, as in name, a second Cyrus on 
the throne. It is evident, at least, that Xenophon took him as a model 
for the ideal character presented in the Cyropedia (see Introduction). 





—_— 


BOOK I. CHAP. X. 47 


CHAPTER X. 
CONTINUANCE OF THE FIGHT.— THE GREEKS REPULSE THE PERSIANS. 


1. drorépverat, zeugma, 497 b ; acc. toa law of the Persians, says 
Plut. (Artax. 13), i. e. the head that had plotted treason, and the 41 
right hand that had executed it. For the fate of the eunuch who cut them 
off by the king’s order see 8. 27 N. The king is said to have seized the 
head by its abundant hair, and held it up to confirm his wavering followers 
and arrest those who were fleeing. The head and hand were afterwards 
exhibited on a pole, iii. 1.17. — xelp  Se&td, 523. a2, 3 (v. 1. 7 xEIp 7 Seka). 
—Bacrreis 8 kal of ody avTo dokev eiomlare, an unusual zeugma, in 
which xal oi cv avr@ seems parenthetic, unless, with some, we regard it as 
inserted by mistake from § 2, where the plur. follows ; 497. —Kvpeov = 
Kvpov, 443 c. — ot peta “Aptatov (those with A. =), A. and his troops, 
527 a. —ora@pov, the second night-station after passing the trench, §19s. 
— tértapes s, [there were said to be four parasangs of the way] the dis- 
tance was said to be four parasangs. 

2. ta Te GAKG. TOAAG Staptdfover, both plunder the other valuables to a 
large amount. — KapBdave, takes for his harem. Why the change of num- 
ber in the verbs ? 

3. 7 vewtépa, the younger of the two. Cyrus showed his preference for 
the Greeks, even in the selections for his harem, which, so far as appears, 
was very small for a Persian prince. Cf. Esth. il. —éxgevyer yupvy (Lex.), 
escapes out of their hands in her under-dress, leaving with them her robe. 
— pos Tav ‘HEAAjvev, Jon the side of, or in view of } towards the Greeks ; 
not to them, as mpdés w. the acc. would denote, for they seem, upon the 
sight, to have left the baggage which they were guarding, and to have 
rushed forward in battle line to repel the invaders, and save their em- 
ployer’s favorite. Many supply tovrous before rév “E\Ajvwv, making a 
hard ellipsis, and impairing the sense; (yet ef: Hdt.. i, 110. 2el.. v.. 3: 
11.) — dvtirayGévtes, formed (or as mid., forming themselves) in opposing 
line. —apratévrev (Lex.). —ot 8& kal avtav, and [others] some of them 
also. — phy (Lex.). — GAda orrdca évtds avtav s, whatever else was brought 
within their line, both property and persons. —%owoay, a natural and 
somewhat emphatic repetition. The part which the Milesian had in bring- 
ing about this result is playfully exaggerated in vi. 1. 13. 

4, Sécxov GAAnAwv, case 405a. How many miles? — te, not trans- 
lated into Eng., since the pred. applies only jointly to the subject. — ot 
“EdAqves, the main body. — of pév (518 d)...mdvtTas vkavrtes (Lex.), these 
(the Greeks) pursuing the opposite wing, as if victorious over all the king's 
troops ; by a mistake which cost Cyrus his life. In such cases, the sense 
must determine whether oi uéy refers to the nearer or more distant subject. 
—ot 8’ “apmétovres s, those (the king and those with him, §1s, 499 e) 


48 | SENOWES. 


plundering, as if they were now all victorious (viz. the whole army). See 
9. 19.N (at end). 

5. yor0ovto, became aware ; perhaps through a distant view of the tur- 
moil, perhaps through information from the nearer peltasts, § 7 s. —Tic- 
wadépvovs, case 434a; cf. 8.13. See § 8. — Td kad’ abrovs, sc. uépos or 
oTpdrevpa. — els TO mpdobev otxovrar (612, mode?) s, [are] were gone 
forward in pursuit. — wryovatraros, of the generals, 8. 4; form 257 d. — 
aéwtrovev, mode 648 a. — apHgovtes, purpose, 598 b. 

6. "Ev tovtw (Lex. év), 506 a. —8SfXos Hv mpocidy, was [evi- 

42 dent] seen approaching. — as @&oxer, dmc Oev, from behind (i. e. to 
take them in the rear), as 7¢ seemed. — wapeokevatovto, as TAVTYH TPOTLOYTOS 
(sc. Baotdéws, gen. abs., 676 a), as though he would come that way, Kar 
SeEdpevor, and they would receive him, 676 b, a strongly idiomatic passage, 
illustrating, as McMich. remarks, the power of ws with the part. ‘‘to ex- 
press complex ideas with elegance, brevity, and precision.” (See 1. 11.) 
Some have mpoo.dvres, prepared to advance this way and receive, ete. 
(Hickie.) — 0, to correspond better in form with of wév"EAnves, used from 
its familiar association w. 6¢ at the beginning of a clause ; see 533 b: easier 
than Bacide’s 6€. — yyev, voice 577 c. — yf (sc. 069, 467 a) 8 wapHAOev dEw 
TOU evwvipov Képatos (case 445 c), Ta’Ty Kal amhyayev, but by what route 
he passed beyond the left wing, by this he also [led back] returned ; cf. 8. 23. 
— avadraBov, at or near the camp. — Tods...xaTa Tovs “EXAnvas atromo- 
Afcavras, those who deserted [over against] to the Greeks, ii. 1. 6; regard- 
ing the battle, doubtless, as decided in favor of Cyrus. 

7. Suprace..."EAAnvas (adj. 506 f) meAtactas, [rode through] charged 
along the river against and through the Greek peltasts. — avtovs, them, i. e. 
Tissaphernes and his corps, 499 e; cf. § 4. — yevéo at, to have proved him- 
self. 

8. ds petov (Lex.) txav amndddyn, as he [withdrew having the worst] 
came off at disadvantage. Cf. iii. 4. 18. — ovK avacrpépe, which would 
have exposed him to further loss. See ii. 3. 19. — 70...76, 523 a, 2. 

9. kata s, near the left wing of the Greeks, beyond it, or by its side, § 6; 
the left wing as before named, strictly the right as the men now stood. — 
p) (Lex.) mpoodyouev s, that they might make an attack upon the wing, 
and infolding it on both sides cut them (the Greeks) to pieces. The Per- 
sians must have been already moving towards this, or their great army 
could not have been so soon in the position stated in § 10. — avarricoey 
To képas, to fold back the wing, by counter-marching or a quarter-wheel, so. 
that the line should be parallel to the river instead of being at right angles 
to it. — kal mroujoacbar dmurlev Tov TroTapdy, and bring the river in their 
rear, SO that they could no longer be enclosed. 

10. *Ev (Lex. 557 a) @ 8 ratra éBovdctovro, but while they were plan- 
ning these measures of safety, though they had not yet reached their in- 
tended position on the river’s bank. — wapapeufapevos, having changed to 
the same form, or, position, i. e. having brought his line parallel to the 
river. — katéotyoev avtiav...cuvryet, stationed his line opposite, just as at 








BOOK I. CHAP. X. =. q 


the first he came to the battle, i. e. the relative position of the two lines 
was the same, the direction of both having been similarly changed. Some 
connect eis T6 avTé oxjua With karéorncey and worep. — TO TE@TOY (529 a) 
paxotpevos (purpose 598 b). —évtus, sc. avrovs, referring to padayya, 
499 a. —mpoOvpdtepov 4 To mpoa bev (529 b), having proved their cow- 
ardice. 

Il. é«k méovos, sc. duacrjuaros (Lex. wodvs). See 8. 19. — keopys, not 
improbably the place which Plut. calls Cunaxa. The present identification 
of a mere village could not, of course, be expected. 

12. yhdodos: this ‘‘appears to have been one of the numerous 
artificial mounds, topes, or tels, sometimes sepulchral, sometimes 43 
heaps of ruins, which abound on the plain of Babylonia.” Ains. — mefol, 
in appos. w. oi. — trav Sé imméwv (case 586 c) ..éverAyjoOn, by change of 
const. for im7ets dé av, to strengthen the expression, 716 c; the infantry 
still fleeing, cf. § 15, while the array of cavalry hid from the Greeks the 
movements behind. — Td trotovpevov, what was doing. — BactrXeov, 443 c, 
ef. Kudpecov, § 1. — aerov (Lex.). The indef. twa, a certain, or kind of, 
seems to imply that the representation was not very artistic, or was indis- 
tinctly seen: nearly = what appeared to be a golden eagle. The royal 
standard of Persia is described in Cyr. vii. 1. 4, as derés xpucods Emi Sdparos 
paxpod avarerapuévos. — éwl médtys Et Evdov, on a target uplifted upon a 
pole. Some give to wé\rns the unusual sense of spear, regarding émi évdov 
as an explanatory gloss brought into the text. 

13. Aclrover, begin to leave ; &dotro, was gradually thinned ; amexa- 
pycav, had departed: beginning, progress, end, order, chiasma. — &dAov 
(Lex. &Aosc), 567d; &ddAoGev, in different directions (the Greek mode of 
conceiving direction was often the opposite of ours); or from different 
points of the hill, one here and another there. 

14. aveBiBatev, tense 594 a. — td adrdv, acc. on account of previous 
motion implied, 704 c. — Avxov, one of his few horsemen. — katiSdvtas 
va (prolepsis, 474 b) tmtp (Lex. a) tot Addo, ti éorriy (sc. Tadra, 502, cf. 
ii. 1. 22), having observed from above [the things beyond the hill, what they 
are] the condition of things beyond the hill. 

15. trace (Lex.), 476 2. — dmayyéAde, pres. more important. — ava 
(Lex.). — #Avos, without art. 533 a. 

16. dpa pév...Kat (§ 17) (for dua dé), 716 b. — daivorro, mode 643 a. — 
amd, not rapd. — katadnopevoy Ti, to seize some [thing] advantage, 598 b. 

17. avtol, belongs in force with dyowro and dzioev, rather than €Bov- 
Aevovro, and for themselves they consulted. —Ta& oKevodédpa évtat0a d&youTo, 

_ they should bring their baggage there by a detachment sent for it, or, should 
have their baggage brought there, 579, 581. — adrois, subject of dévar, as 
well as indirect obj. of @50fev, 667 b ; and so used emphatically. 

18. *pépas, a day so fatal to the ambitious hopes of Cyrus and his 
Greeks, and ultimately to the Persian Empire by exposing so decisively its 
weakness even at home. How the great lesson of this battle was applied 
by Alexander is familiar to all. It is wonderful that the Persian kings 

y 


50 NOTES. 


had not anticipated him by applying it themselves to a new armature and 
discipline of their troops after the Greek model. With their vastly inferior 
arms of both defence and offence it was impossible that these should stand, 
however brave, against an iron-clad and iron-tempered host. — kal et tt, 
and especially whatever, 639 a; cf. 5. 1.—oodpa, pred. adj. (v. 1. cpddpa), 

AA. in severe form. — é€éyovto, pers. const., 573 d. — kal ravras, even 

these, 505 b, c. 

19. What examples of chiasma ? — péy, corresp. to 6é, ii. 1. 2. —vu«ra, 

case 699 a. 


BOOK. Tt: 


FROM THE DEATH OF CYRUS TO THE BREAKING OF THE TRUCE 
BY THE PERSIANS, AND THE TREACHEROUS SEIZURE OF THE 
FIVE GENERALS. 


CHAP iw, tn 


THE GREEKS OFFER TO PLACE ARIAUS ON THE THRONE, — DEMANDS 
OF THE KING.— ANSWER OF THE GREEKS. 


A5 1. ‘Os...f%v, subject of ded7Awrar.—‘Os pev ody, how, or, a what 
way, then, since we have come to this point in the history (see 
page 3 of notes, as to divisions into books, summaries, etc.) ; “év intro- 
duced by the writer of this section as a new correlative to dé, § 2; see i. 10. 
19 n. — Kupa, for Cyrus, by various Greek commanders, 460. — éotpa- 
Tevero, was preparing an expedition, 594. —ra wavta, 478. — vucay (Lex.). 
— Kipov, case 666. — to tpmpooGev (v. 7. mpdabev), Lex. 526. 
2. "Awa (Lex.). — mépror, xp, mode? v. 2. wéeumrec: see Rehdz. — 
mpoabev, i. 10. 5. —tws, wntil. — ovpplEeav, mode 641 b; cf. 1. 10. 16. 
3. dvrwv, sc. adr&v, 676a; cf. i. 6.1; 2. 17. — IIpoxdfs, decl. 219 c. 
— dé, 693. 6. Compare simple gen. of father (i. 1. 1), and gen. w. ao 
of more remote ancestor. —Tapo (v. 7. Tawa), case 438 a ; form ?— @reyov, 
of course to the generals. — ré0vyxev, ‘‘the ind., as oratio recta, puts the 
fact in its sad actuality ; with the less important event the mood relaxes 
to the natural opt.” Kendrick. — 8@ev, 550. — déyou, Ste...ameévar daly 
(somewhat more positive than Aéyo.), 659 h. — &AAy (Lex. aos). 
AG 4. dxovocavres, [ruvOavdpevor], tense ?— Bapéws (Lex.). —“AAN 
...¢etl: How characteristic of the unyielding Clearchus: a@AX, [but 
this is our reply] well / spoken sadly, but not dejectedly. — were s, 611, 
638 g. — fmets ye (685 b) vikapev (Lex.), 612. —et pis, 615 a, c. — bpets, 
emphatic. — ka@vetv, 305a. — tav yap paxy viKdovrwv (443 a) s, for to 








BOOK Th’ CHAP. 1. 51 


those who conquer in battle it also belongs to rule. How large a part of his- 
tory is summed up in these few words ! 

5. Xapliorodov, his fellow-countryman, and from the leading state in 
Greece, i. 4. 3. —avrds, 540 c. — pldos ka Eévos, a friend and guest. 

6. Oi pév, see i. 1. 9 N. —Knyéapxos...aeptépeve, waited with the army 
for their return; cf. § 2s. — Kdémrovtes, numb. 449 a. — EvAors (394 b) 
5° éxpavro, puxpov (Lex. 482 d) mpoidvres dard tis padayyos (sc. excise, 
551f) ob (Lex. és) 4% paxn eyévero, Tots Te Giarois, and, going forth a short 
distance from their line to the place where the battle was fought, [as fuel they 
used] they gathered for firewood both the arrows. — ékBaddewv (Lex.), lest 
they should do mischief in their rear or at the camp. — avtopododvras, 
i. 10. 6. —arodAal 8 kal wéArar Kal dpatae (cf. i. 10. 18) Hoav héper Oar 
(depending on foav or epnuor) Epnpor, and there were also many deserted 
targets and wagons [to be carried off] which they could take, apparently left 
at the camp by the fleeing troops of Arizus, i. 10. 1. — xpéa, double rela- 
tion, 399 g. — éxetynv tHyv, 524 b. 

7. ayopuy (cf. i. 8.1) kal, 705: when it was now...there come ; cf. 1. 8. 8. 
— Tapa, as sent by them. —ot &AAot, in appos. w. Kypuxes, and then a 
distinct sentence, 716 c. — qv 8’ atrav s, but [of them P. was one] one 
of them was Phalinus, a Greek ; but among [of] them there was one Greek, 
Phalinus. If Ctesias was in the company, as he claimed, he did not make 
himself known ; Plut. Artax. 13. — éxv (Lex.). — tov, case 432, cf. 
444 a. — owopaxlayv, wt. art., 553 ¢. 

8. idvras (cf. i. 1. 7 N.) él Tas Baotdéws Oipas etplokerOar dv 47 
[= édv] tr B¥vavrar ayady, to go (as suppliants) to the king’s gate 
(his quarters or residence) and find (favor if they can find any) whatever 
javor they can. 

9. tocotrov, simply this (Lex.), 544, 547; assuming an air of superior- 
ity. —ov Tov vikdvTwv ein TA STAG Trapadiddvar : observe the emphatic 
arrangement of this brief and truly Spartan reply, one worthy of Leonidas: 
not for conquerors is it their arms to surrender. The following words were 
addressed aside to the other generals. — 8 tu KaAduorév Te Kal dpiotov 
éxere, (whatever you have to say that is both most honorable and best] 
as you can most honorably and advantageously. j 

10. Kvcdvop...mpeoBitaros, of the generals present. Sophenetus, said 
to be the oldest of the generals (vi. 5. 13; v. 3. 1), was probably absent. 
— ty, 622 b. — mapadolnoav, 293 a. —’AAN eye, & Padive, Cavpdtw, order 
718 a, b, c, d. — tl Set (Lex., yet see 571 h) atvroy airety (tense 595 a), kat 
ov AaPeitv. To the demand of Xerxes at Thermopyle, Iéupov ra dha, 
Leonidas replied, Monday \dBe, ‘‘ Come and take them.” Plut. Apoph. Lac. 
11; Wks. iii. 277, ed. Didot. —édv atte tatta xaptowvrat, if they grant 
him this favor. 

11. avre, case 455 f£; yet possibly 459. So placed for emphasis. — 
Gpx7As, case 430 a. — péon, 508a; cf. i. 2. 7 N. wéoov. —mAPos ... (sc. 
TocotTov) 8co0v s, a multitude so great [as] that you could not slay them, 
even uf he should bring them to you for that purpose. 


52 NOTES. 


12. Eevodar (v. 1. Gedrouros: see the Lex. to 7 Bks. of Anab.). Diod. 
ascribes these words to Proxenus, Xenophon’s friend, iy. 14. 25. — ow, 
‘slightly emphatic, in distinction from jut, 536. 1; ef. § 16. —otopeda av 
(621 a)...xpqo8ar, we think that we could use. —6tha, first em- 

48 phatic, then mapaddvres, making chiasma. — twapaSdvtes 8’ dv 
(621 b). — wapaSdcety, sc. juds om. after nuiv. —adX\a odv TovTots, nay, 
with these to sustain us ; cf. éxovres, § 20, iil. 3. 8. 

13. gtrooddw (case 451 a), in discoursing of 4 dpery and ra dyabd, said 
ironically and sneeringly. — ovK axdptora (Lex.), 478; cf. 686 i. —toOr 
(form 320 a) pévrot dvdntos oy, but know that you are senseless (or lacking 
in sense), 677 a. — over, form ? — dvvapews, case ? 

14. éyévovro, mode 645 a. — BaorAet (case 454 d) &v moddod (case 431 b) 
dEvor yévo.wro, mode 631 d. — et BovdorTo, 77 he chosc. — etre ENOL, whether 
he wished (Lex. é0é\w.). — GAXo TL xpFoOar, to employ them for any other 
service (Lex.), 478. — Atyurrov (Lex.). —ovyxatactpépawr dy aire, 
they would [subdue it with him] aid him in his plans of conquest ; used. 
with direct reference to the conquest of Egypt, cf. 68 g. 

15. dmoxexpipéevor elev, mode? form? — trodaBdv, breaking in, dis- 
courteously. — &Ados, appos. 393d. — A€yet, numb. 501 a. — hiv ete 
(accent, 781d), rl Aé€yets, tell us, what [you say] is your reply. 

16. &opevos (Lex.), 509 c. — ofpar, parenthetic. — ov te ydp s, 497 b. 
—Ttocotrot (547)...00 (1. 12 N.) pas, being [so many] so great a number 
as you see for yourself; said to impress him with the greater respect, cf. 
iii. 1. 36. — cuppeuheys Weds: cot, we [advise with you] ask you advice. — 
Tepl av = mrepl TovTwr a, 554 aN. 

17. cupPotvrevoov, tense 592 b. — avadeyopevov, Sti, [being] when zt zs 
recounted [namely], that ; dvadeyouevov and the sentence following (as an 
appositive) agree with 6, in place of a more independent construction ; ef. 
573, 676 b. — cupBovrevopévors cuveBovrAcvoev (cf. i. 9. 19 N.) avTots 
Ta8e (544), wpon their consulting him, advised them [the following] so and so 
(as the narrator would proceed to state): act., I counsel with another for 
his sake, advise him ; mid., I counsel with ene for my own sake, con- 
sult him.— Oie€a, form 297 b, 46a, e. —8é = ydp, cf. 705 a. — avayxy 
€yeo Oar s, whatever you may advise [it is a necessity that it should be 
reported] will of course be reported in Greece, which was all the ve to 
the honor-loving Greek. 

18. avrov tov mpecBevovra, the very person who was acting as envoy, 

49 540 c, 678 a. — avrov, pos, 538 f. 

19. ‘Ey, emphatic, and, as Voll. thinks, with perhaps a delay 
upon the word: as to my opinion. — tav prptov, 531d. — pla ms 
(strongly expressed, sc. éAis)...cw0fjvat (sc. duds, 667e) s, [any single] a 
single chance [to be saved] of escaping in a war with the king. — &kovTos 
Bacttéws, against the will of the king, 676 a, cf. i. 3. 17. — cvpBovdcva, 
p) wapadiSovar, pres. with pres., as in § 18 aor. w. aor. — ovpBovrdia od- 
teoOar vpiv Sry Suvardy (sc. éorw), I advise you to save yourselves [in what 
way it is possible] iz the only possible way. 





BOOK ah+: CHAP. ITI: 53 


20. tdde, in distinction from tatra, though explained by a dependent 
clause, 544 ; so § 21. — et pey Séou, 77 it should behvove us to be friends to the 
king, if we are to be friends. —didou, in appos. w. jets, the subject of 
eivat, 667 b. — mAetloves (case?) dv &Evor etvar pidor (case 667 b), that we 
should be [friends worth more] worth more as friends. —mwehepeiv, tense ? 

21. Ott pévover pev vpiv avTod orovdal elnoav, that [to you remaining 
here there is an armistice] remaining here you have an armistice. —mpotovor 
Kal (cf. 7 § 23) amovor, advancing [and] or retreating. — Hiware, see use 
of aorists, Lex. @nui. In what forms is this first aor. most common ?— 
@s Tohépwov SvTos, 680 c. 

22. Kal npiv Tavita Soxel, dep kal Bactde, [the same things seem best 
to us also, which also seem best to the king] we also are pleased with the 
same terms as the king, 714. 2. —'Ti oty tatra éotiy ; 502. — pn, ’Arre- 
kpivaro, the asyndeton suits the quick interchange of rapid dialogue. — 
otrovoatl, sc. eis, borrowed from Ti oy ratra éorw ; — Grover, sc. Hiv. 

23. Zrovbal...médeos, order ?— movjoor, mode 643 a. It is interest- 
ing in this specimen of ancient diplomacy to see how craft is met by craft. 
The first object on the king’s side was to frighten the Greeks into an un- 
conditional surrender ; the second, to induee them to remain where they 
were till the toils could be drawn around them ; the third, to learn their 
intentions. All these failed. On the other hand, Clearchus did not draw 
such advice as he wished, but could hardly have expected, from Phalinus. 


CHAPTER II. 
THE GREEKS JOIN ARIZUS TO RETURN TO IONIA. — NIGHT PANIC. 


1. Of mapa “Aptatov AKov, [the men from A. came] the envoys 50 
returned from A. —8é = yap, cf. 1. 17. — avrov (Lex.), adv. ex- 
plained by apa “Apraiw. —¢peve, prob. to concert with his intimate Arizus 
plans for their own private interest, 1. 5; 6. 28. — €avtov Bedrious, supe- 
rior to himself, esp. in rank. — dvacxéo8at, 659 b. —avrov Bactdetovtos, 
case 432f, 461 b. — GAN et BotdeoOe, 644 b. — vuxrds, case ?— et SE pa, 
but if you do not come, otherwise (Lex. 47), 717 ¢. 

2. “AXN ovrw (rather than de, 544, 547) xpr twovetv, well, so it is proper 
to do. —mpattete Strotov dv tr (Lex.) tpiv s, 537 b. There is hence a 
change in the form of construction. 

3. Alov, 675. — Tois otpatnyois kal Aoxayovs, viewed as belonging 
to the single class of commanders, 534. 4; cf. 5. 25. —"Hpol @vopéve iévat, 
[to me sacrificing for going] when I sacrificed in respect to marching. — 
ovK éylvero (Lex.). — éyd, see ov dpas, 1. 12. — viv muvOdvopar, J now 
learn = have learned, 612. He had been wrongly informed, or sup- 
posed a canal to be the Tigris. —év péow, between (Lex.). — Ov pév (Lex.); 
cf. i. 9. 13. — ovx tori exewv, [it is not possible to have] we cannot have. 
— tévar, for going. 


54 NOTES. 


4. movetv, Sevmvety, sc. duds or juds. — éredav St onprvy (sc. 6 cad- 
meyxTys, 571 b; mode 641a)..., as advataverOar, to deceive the enemy’s 
scouts, 671a.— Képate (Lex. xépas, oddrvyé). — Td Sevtepov, sc. onunry. 
— avariberGe, sc. ra oxevn. — tpltw (Lex.), 506e. The Romans, in like 
manner, used three signals in starting, Polyb. vi. 40. 2s. — émerOe to 
Hyoupevw, follow your leader, i. e. the one who precedes you in the ap- 
pointed order of the march. Some make 7r@ 7y. neut., see Lex. — mpds 
Tov ToTapov, for greater security. — Ta Sha (Lex.). — €&w, on the outside. 

5. Td Noumdv (Lex.), 485 e, €, 482 a. — o pev Apxev s, he (Clearchus) 

ol commanded, and the rest obeyed, 518d. — ea, sc. gpovety: some 
read dev. 

6. iv, case, 477. — tis “Iwvias, [of] in Tonia, 418 a. — tpets kal s, 
242 a. — ééyovro, pers. const. This section is thought by many to have 
crept into the text from a marginal note. The numbers correspond nearly, 
but not exactly, with the summary of those presented in the preceding book. 
—eis BaBvdAava, Plut. states the number as 500. 

7. Opaé (Lex.). — twiéas, the small body of cavalry in the division of 
Clearchus, all the Greeks had, and now esp. needed, i. 5. 18. — és, i. 1. 10. 
— as, i. 2. 3. 

8. tots &AXots Hyetro, led [the way for] the rest, marched at their head, 
463 ; cf.1. 7. 1 N. xépws. — mp@rtov, in returning ; see 1. 3. — ets, w. place, 
amapa, w. persons (Lex.). — éketvou otpatidv, his army, in distinction 
from the other, 542. — péoas vuxtas, i. 7.1. —év tager Oépevor s, resting 
arms in battle-urray, for security, i. e. ordering their men so to do (Lex. 
TLOnL). 

9. oddfavres, Barrovtes, terise ?— AvKov (Lex.) kal kampov: Some 
have objected to this statement the difficulty of procuring these wild ani- 
mals for the occasion. But in ancient military operations sacrifices held 
such a place that proper victims were deemed an essential part of an 
army’s outfit. It was a Greek usage to give special solemnity to an oath 
by a combined sacrifice of three animals (rpirrvs, ef. the Roman su-ove- 
taur-ilia); and the Persians seem here to have added a fourth, — which, 
however, did not secure their good faith. — eis ao-m(8a, [into] over a shield, 
so that the blood flowed into it (Lex. domis), 704a; cf. iv. 3. 18, and 
Aisch. Theb. 43. — &loos, Adyxnv, thus consecrating their weapons to that 
union and mutual defence which was symbolized by the mingled sacrifice 
and confirmed by their oaths. Among the Scythians, ace. to Hdt. iv. 70, 
contracting parties dipped their weapons into their own mingled blood, 
and then drank it. 

10. “Aye (Lex.), 577 c. — nal, 705 c. — elmé, tivd s, 564. — wérepov 
(Lex.), 685 c. — &arupev (as fut. 603 c), (sc. Thy 6ddy, case 2) vmep, shall we 
return by the sume route as we came ? — évvevonkévat Soxets ; do you think 
that you have devised ? — xpe(rtw, emph. 

11. “Hy, sc. 656, cf. § 10. — damidvtes, cond. 635. — imdpxe (Lex.) yap 
vov piv (case 459) ovStv s, for we have now [on hand to start with] none 
of the needed supplies. — rrapav ray, case 433e; art. 523a, 3; i.e. from 











BOOK 2h CHAP. II. 


Cr 
ant 


Corsote, i. 5. 4. — @v0a 8’ et te Hv, and even if there was anything 52 
there. Some adopt the needless conjecture of Schneider, év0a dé re 

fv, and where there was anything. — paxporépay, sc. dddv. — Tav 8’ értrn- 
Sefwv s, but (one in which) we shall not want supplies, cf. 705. 

12. Ilopevréoy 8° (sc. éoriv, 572) hpiv (case 478) Tobs mpdtous oTabpovs 
(case 482 d) ds dv Svvapeba paxpotarous (i. 2. 4), we must [march] make 
the first stages as long as we can. — as THetotov, as far as possible, 482 d. 
— 7 Tprav tpepav od0v, 445 a, 482d. — oveére pr Sivytan (v. J. duvjcerac) 
Bacreds, the king will certainly no longer be able [there is no danger that, 
etc. |, 627. — éywye, note triple emphasis. 

13. *Hv 8€ attn 4 otpatnyla ovdéev GAXo (case 472 f) Suvapévy (part. 
679 a), 4 (7011) arroSpavar 4 (701 d) atropvyetv s, now this mode of leader- 
ship [was equivalent to] meant nothing else than to escape by stealth or by 
speed ; but fortune [led them more honorably] proved a nobler general. For 
she led them not only on their way and to villages, but still farther (érz 6é) 
to the neighborhood of the king’s army, over which they obtained a new 
and bloodless triumph. — év Se&ta...4Avov, prob. in a northeasterly direc- 
tion, towards the Tigris, — for supplies, since the region of the Euphrates 
was exhausted. A simple northerly direction, which so many here under- 
stand, is not required by the text, and would not, in any probability, have 
brought them to the king’s army. — Gpa (Lex.) fAlw, cf. ro jriw § 16, 
533 a. — totro, cf. i. 8. 11 N. éWevoOn. 

14. "Er 8€, but moreover, but yet more, with reference to éorpariynce 
Kdéddov. — appr SetAnv (Lex.), cowards evening is about as precise as the 
Greek. — ofayv s, they thought they saw horsemen of the enemy. — tov Te 
“EdAjveyv, of ph ervxov...dvres, both [those] such of the Greeks as happened 
not to be. — yh, w. ind., in a conditional relative clause, 686 b, 641; cf. 
Vande, 2 

15. *Ev @, sc. xpévw, [during what time] while (Lex. ds), 557 a. — 
amd({ovTo, tense 593. — elo, vépowvto (numb. 569 a, i. 2. 23), mode 645 c. 
— éortpatotedevero, tense 646 b. — kal yap kal (not a frequent combina- 
tion ; v. 7. kal yap) s, and the rather because smoke also appeared, 709. 2. 

16. pév, emphasizing éri: what corresponds to this wev ?— aare- 53 
pykotas, cf. i. 10. 16. — dé (Lex.), 571d. — ov...ovS€é (Lex.), not at 
all, not even, 713c; cf. i. 9. 18. —T® Alo, cf. § 13. — eis, with KareoKy- 
vwoev, Which implies entrance into. — 8uyptacro, pos. 719 b, ¢& The 
king’s army, in its vast demand for supplies, had here quite anticipated 
the Cyreans. — avta ta s, 540 c.— amd, 704a. The Eng. from may be 
used with the same const. preg. 

17. tpdtrw tivl, in some fashion, or, with some method. — verepor oKo- 
Tator, 509 a. — as érdyxavoy (sc. avdrfouevor) Exacror, nvArAl{ovTo, lodged as 
they [each happened] severally chanced. —ékacrtou, plur., as referring to 
each company rather than each individual. — xpavyjv s, 671d: to show 
the distinctive force of the inf., dxovew might be trans. cowld hear. 

18. @édrwce (Lex.), Seanad itself. — ois...erpatte, by what he did, 
554aN., 466.. 


56 NOTES. 


19. ddBos, @ panic, so named from PAN, who was believed to send such 

terrors (e. g. into the Persians at Marathon). — (sc. rocotros, 495) otev eikds . 
. (se. éort, 572) s, such as [it is natural should arise] naturally arise upon the 
occurrence of a panic. sr . 

20. xypuKa s, the best herald of [the men or heralds of | his time. — rod- 
Tov, 505 c. — ovyijv Kataxnpvgavta, the usual introduction to a proclama- 
tion. — 6tt, needless, as the form of direct quotation follows, 644a.— és 
av Tov apcvta s: Some editors prefer the reading agévra as more pointed, 
and translate, that whoever will make known the man that is letting an ass_ 
loose among the heavy arms shall receive, etc. This joke of Clearchus 
has a keen double sense. It seems to refer to the presence of an ass among 
the deposited arms, but really to the presence of an ass’s spirit among the 
men at arms (7a 67A\a = of OwNirat, § 4). — Stt, pos. 719, b, y. Cf. i. 6. 2. 

21. Kevds, caor, 523 b: chiasma. — eis tafty Ta SAG Teo Oar, to stand 
to their arms in order (eis, as coming into order). — Amep (469 b or 469) 
etxov, just [where they had themselves] as they stood, in the same relative 
position, i. 8. 4. 


CHEAP Tite ie: 


NEGOTIATIONS BETWEEN THE PERSIANS AND GREEKS: TREATY 
CONCLUDED. 


54. 1. “O 8€ 8 ¢ypanpa...rade_ (case 466, v. 1. rn6e) SiAov avs and, now 
what I wrote (2.18) was evident [by] from this. — rade...yap s, 
705 b. — éxéXeve : which effected nothing, 595 a. 

2. tvxav (Lex.) TéTe...emurkoTrav, who was just then inspecting. — exo- 
Adon, mode 641 d, 645a: the tone of a superior, who was granting the 
interview as a favor. 

3. aore s, so that it was in a fine condition to be seen [as] a compact line 
throughout. — ve, te, correspondence of each ?— tots &AAots eTpatiatais 
raita thpacev, and directed [the same to the other generals] the other gen- 
erals to do the same. 

4. dvnpdra, force of the ipf.?— BotrAorwro, mode 643 a. — Hkotev, Exov- 
ra, mode 645 b. — &vBpes, oltives (550 b) s, men duly empowered both to 
report the communications from the king to the Greeks. 

5. "AmayyAdere tolvev, report then, roughly echoed to dmayyethat. — 
paxyns Set, 571 d.— dpiorov (pos.?) yap s, for we have no breakfast. — 
ovdé 6 TOARHOwY, nor is there [he] the man that will dare; a threat even 
for the king himself. — p} roploas s, [not having provided] watil he has 





provided a breakfast, 686 d. — dprorov...dptorov, pos.? A sentence So 
returning to its first word was termed by the Greek rhetoricians xUxAos, @ | 
circle. : 2 


6. @, cf. T@de, § 1. — SHAov, gend. 491 a. — @ éweréraxto s, to whom tt 
had been committed to make these negotiations. — &eyov : which of the fol- 





BOOK I. CHAP. IIL. 57 


lowing finite verbs have the form appropriate to indirect discourse, and 
which to direct ?— Soxotev...Bactdel, seemed to the king. — jrovey, i. e. the 
messengers. — avtods...douver (sc. éxetce) tvOev over, would conduct them 
to a place from which they would obtain. Cf. i. 3. 17, d0e. 

7. el avtois Tots dvdpact (450 a) omévdoiTo iotor Kal amiotoww, whether 
he [Clearchus| was making a truce simply with the men [who were] coming 
and going. A truce was sometimes simply so made for purposes of confer- 
ence between contending parties. Cf. Thucyd. iv. 118. 6. — rots oe 
GdAots toowto orrovdal, the truce should [be] extend to the rest. — 

Ta Tap dpav, cf. § 4. 

9. raxv, emphatically repeated (from § 8). — or’ av dxvqcacw, until 
they [shall have] become afraid ; tense 592d; mode ?— pr (625 a) aroddEy 
Tpiv...tomoacar, lest we decide not to make. How does rojoacbac differ 
from trovetc bar above ? 

10. oi pév, the Persian guides. —ortpdtrevpa txov év tage, to guard 
against treachery. —Tddpots kal atdaow (Lex.), see 4. 13 N. — ds ph, 
i. 5. 10.— qoav exretaxdres, 679 a, 8. — Tovds Sé, for dAXous dé: cf. i. 5. 13. 

11. évrat0a Av KXéapxov (474 b) s, i. 6. 5, there [it was to observe] was 
an opportunity of observing Clearchus, who had now come to the front. — 
émecrate, augm. 282c.— Td Sdpv, art. 530d. — Baxrnplay, often used for 
discipline by Spartan officers. Cf. i. 5. 11. — ei tus s, 634. Cf. i. 9. 19. 
—mpos Totto, to this work, viz. of bridging the streams. —émratcev dv, 
cf. i. 9. 19 N. — pi od, 713 Ff. 

12. mpds aitod, some read pds atré. — ot tptdkovta érn (Lex.) yeyovd- 
ves, a loose form of expression, if the text is correct, for the men who were 
not more than thirty years old, from whom the most active service was 
required. Cf. vii. 3. 46. 

13. pi del ovT@ TAApes...vdaTos, not always so full of water, 
especially at thi — ov yap Av ® ta Td trediov dpd , 96 

pecially at this season. — ov yap fv wpa, ofa Td mediov dpdey, /o7 
it was not [such a time as was for irrigating] a proper time to irrigate the 
plain ; the period of summer irrigation having now past. — Tovtov, refer- 
ring to the preceding clause, which is the motive of d@ecxévar. It was the 
pride and policy of Clearchus, throughout this adroitly managed trans- 
action, to act the conqueror, and to show the Greeks superior to any effort 
which the king could make. 

14. 80ev, 550 e. —ciros, food, of grain, dates, etc. —otvos dotvikev 
(case 412), palm wine; cf. i. 5. 10. 

15. tory ideiv, cf. i. 5. 2.— 7d KadAAOS Kal Td péyeBos, 481, 533f 
(v. 1. rod KadXovS Kal peyéOous), for beauty and size, 429 b. — HA€xtpov (case 
406 a) = ris HAExTpov Sews, 438 b. For the comparison of color it is in- 
different in which of its two senses the word is here used, amber or an 
amber-colored metal. — tas 8€ tivas (Lex.), and certain others ; v. 7. 16. 
— ametlberav, were storing. The Cyreans arrived at the time of the date 
harvest. — qv, for joay, on account. of rpayjuara, 500: these were also a 
pleasant [thing with, 502] accompaniment to drink, —in the symposium, 
which in ancient, as in modern times, so often followed a feast. 


58 NOTES. 


16. tov éyxépadov, see Lex.; medullam, Pliny, xiii. 9. — otro, 502; 
sc. Bpdua ; but cf. 1. 5. 10 N. — dev (cf. § 14) eEarpebetn, mode ? — é€nvat- 
vero, 606a; used with reference to the time of observation ; v. 7. avaivero., 

17. yKe, numb. 497)b; tense, cf. i. 2. 6. —o ris s, 523a 1, 442. — y- 
vatkds, Statira, daughter of Idernes, saved by the prayers and tears of her 
husband from the general execution of her family by Darius 11. on account 
of the crime of her brother Terituchmes. She had much influence over 
Artaxerxes, and often opposed the schemes of the wicked Parysatis, by 
whom she was at length poisoned while sitting at the same table, and par- 
taking of the same bird, — this having been divided by a knife smeared on 
one side (Ctes. Pers. 53 s, 61). — &eye mparos, 509f; and with consum- 
mate cunning. 

18. & dvbpes “EAAnves, 4849; cf. i. 3. 3. —“EAAAE&, case 450a, but 
gen. iii. 2. 4. — eis modAd (Lex. 702 c) kaka kal apnxava, into many and 
inextricable evils, or, difficulties. Some editors omit xaxd before cai. — 

57 evpypa s, 633d. — airnoacbar (cf. § 25, vii. 6. 30) Sotvar enol 
atrocaca. twas, obtain by entreaty [that he would grant me to 
restore] the privilege of restoring you safe. Compare aor. airjoacba with 
impf. § 19s— Otpar ydp av ovK dxaslorws por eeav, 620 b (v. 1. exew), s, 
for I think [it would not have itself ungratefully] there would be no lack of 
gratitude to me, both either from yourselves. 

19. én, dm, different force? how differing ?— Sikalws &v por xaptf{orro, 
sc. ef xapiforro, should he do this, 636 b. — #yyevka, mode? cf. i. 2. 4; 
rare with part. — duqAaca, kal cvvéwita, cf. i. 10. 7s. — aaréxrevve, tense ? 
— @iwta, cooperating with the king, cf. i. 10, 1, 5, 8. — rotede, deictic, 
545. Observe the compliment to his associates, who are most fully in his 
confidence, and may therefore be received as representing him. 

20. BovrtctoacPar, épéo Oar, order ?— tlvos évexev, orat. recta. — petplos, 
less haughtily than Clearchus had before answered, § 5; 1. 9, 20 s. — tva 
pou (case 458) evrpaxtétepov 7 (sc. duarpdéacbar, or impers.; mode 633 a), 
éay tL Sivapatr (mode ?) s, in order that my work may be easier, if I may 
possibly obtain for you any favor from him. — éav Tr = 6 Th. 

21. Bovdedovto, amexplvavTo, eyev, tense 595, 592 a. — ds...qoheun- 
covtes, cf. i. 1. 3. — ovr’ éropevopcba él Bactdéa, nor did we set forth 
{begin our march, 594] against the king. See iii. 1. 10. — evptoxey, tense ? 
Cf. i. 2.1; 3. 20. — ote 8a, knowing the professed intent of Cyrus, i. 2. 4. 

22. yoxivOnpev (Lex. alcxivw), 472f£; w. inf. or part., 657 k. — mapé- 
Xovtes (604 a) hpds avrors (reflex.) ed movety (663 2), [yielding, giving up 
ourselves for him to do well by] having permitted ourselves to be the recipients 
of his favors. v% 

23. avrimovotpeba, cf. ii. 1. 11. — ott’ otiv Srov tvexa Bovdrotpyed’ dv, 
nor is there any {thing on account of which] reason why we should wish Gf 
we could, 636 a). — ov8’...dv eéXounev, 636 a. — el tis, 7f one [more courte- 

58 ous than you, 548 g| should not molest us. — &8tkotvTa, sc. Tuva, 
cf. i. 1. 7; v. 4. 9. — odv (Lex.) tots Geots, 696. — éav pévTor tis 
Hpas kal ed trowy trapxy, but if any one shall take the lead by doing well 








BOOK II. CHAP. IV. 59 


to us also, 714. 2; cf. ii. 1. 22. — Kat rotrov (case 408) ... odX ATTHOS- 
peOa, we also will not [be worse than he] fall behind him. 

24. iKw, mode 641 d. — pevovtwv, imperative. 

25. éis, i. 7. 1. —éppovtif{ov, tense ? — @deyev, with the preliminary bun- 
combe (began by saying) ; but eire with the decisive proposition, § 26. — 
Starempaypevos...5007jvat avto, cadfev having obtained [that it should 
be granted to him to save, 663 b] the privilege of saving. — kattrep Tavu 
moAdov avtircyovTov (6741), as...Baotret (case 454d or 453), [even very 
many objecting] though very many objected that it was not befitting the king. 

26. Tédos, 483, 485 e, «. — eeoriv (Lex.), 571 f. — mora, i. 2. 26. — 
didfav, pred. adj.: render friendly, etc. — phy (Lex.): cf. vi. 1. 31. — 
mapécety, supply 7uds as subject (from judy). — 8rrov 8° dv pi A (impers. 
subj. of eiui) mplacbar, and wherever there may not be an opportunity of 
purchasing. 

27. mopever Oat, used as fut. Cf. 5. 18; vii. 3. 8. — Alas, sc. xdpas or 
vis, 506b. Cf. i. 3. 14, 19. — @voupévous, by purchase, 674d. It is not 
strange that, in other respects, the Greeks, in their difficult position, 
thought it best to accept the offer of Tissaphernes, who had such strong 
motives for keeping good faith with them ; but we must wonder that with 
their scanty means they bound themselves to purchase, if they had oppor- 
tunity, all their supplies during so long a march. The mistake was ex- 
posed by Xen., ili. 1. 20. There should have been also security against 
the delay of their march. 

29. rep, amidv, as fut. (Lex.), 603 c. — as Baordéa, i. 2. 4; ii. 6. 1. 
— @ Séopar (Lex.), 472b, d; i. 8. 4. — H€w s, J will come prepared to con- 
duct. — apxyv, Caria, and afterwards Lydia, etc., 5. 11. 


CHAPTER. LY. 


THE GREEKS, SUSPECTING THE DESIGNS OF TISSAPHERNES AND 
ARIZUS, BEGIN THEIR MARCH, PASS THE MEDIAN WALL, AND 


CROSS THE TIGRIS. 


1. ’Aptatos, who had accompanied the Greeks in the movements 59 

of the preceding chapter, but without mention, through the intent- 

ness of Xen. on the fortunes of the Greeks. — ddA HA@v, case ? — TpEpas s, 
during this time, which seemed to the Greeks so long, ace. to Diod. xiv. 26, 
the king returned to Babylon, where he awarded the highest prize of merit 
to Tissaphernes, adding to his satrapy the province of Cyrus and giving 
him his daughter in marriage. On the other hand Tissaphernes promised 
that if the king would furnish him with an army and become reconciled 
to Arizus, he would effect the destruction of the Greeks. Hence the 
negotiations mentioned below, into which Arizeus and his officers entered, 
regardless of their solemn oath to the Greeks, 2. 8 s. — SeElas,,.dbépovtes : 


60 NOTES. 


ef. dextras ferentem, Tac. Hist. ii. 8. Cf. 5. 3. —avrots, case 456. — 
émurtpatetas, case 429 a, that the king would not remember against them 
their service with Cyrus. — pndé s, nor anything else of the [things} past. — 

2. évinro. Aoav...ytrov s, [were evident paying] evidently paid less 
attention to the Greeks, 573.c. — ot wept Aptatov, 527a. — kal, also, besides 
the suspicious visits, etc. — Tots pév todos, corresponding to Kiéapyos dé, 
§ 5. — mpoordvtes edeyov, tense ? notice change of subject. 

3. Ti (Lex. ris), 483 b. — fpas amchéoa s, would deem wt of the utmost 
consequence to destroy us (if he could, 636 2). — hoBos ety (v. 1. 7), 66405 
mode 649 d. — péyav, here emphatic. — trayerat, ts craftily leading, or, 
inducing, is seducing. — To (663 f) StermapSar aito, 464. —adio On, chiefly 
poetic. — ov« tori b1rws (Lex.), iv. 5. 31. 

4, amooKarre ti, he is (trenching off something] digging some trench. 
— ely (v. 1. 7), mode 652. — Ov-yap wore s, he will never consent, at least 
willingly (if he can prevent it). — towot8e (Lex.), 545. — tov, perhaps in- 
serted for scornful emphasis. —émt tats Oupats avrod, at his palace-gates, 
in the immediate vicinity of his capital. — katayeAaoavtes, laughing him 
to scorn, in triumph. 

5. kal, i. 3.15. — éml wohépo, on the footing, or, terms of war. MeMich. 

— oS (rézrovs) d0ev s, nor [whence] places from which ; like the 

6O villages in which they then were, 3. 14. — 0 hynoopevos s, 678 a; 

So fp 2c c 2 ? 

i. 3. 9. — dpa tavTa rovovvtwv hpov, [we doing this, at the same time] as 

soon as we do this. —’Apratos adeoryge (319 b) ... NeAetperar, tense (Lex.) 

601c, mode 671d, Aricus will [stand off] withdraw, so that no friend 
will be left us. 

6. Ilorapos (emph. pos.) 8’ et pév tis kal GAXos dpa Huty (case 458) s, 
and whether indeed there is also any other river, as might be capected, for us 
to cross. Observe the force of each particle here ; &pa, according to proba- 
bility, as might be expected. — 8 otv, i. 2. 12. — Eivdparny, obj. of dia- 
Bivat, or of iowev by prolepsis. —iopev, form 320 a. — &8tvarov, sc. éori. — 
Ow pav (Lex.) 84 (see 2. 7) dv paxerOal ye Sén, nor yet indeed, if fight we 
must, have we cavalry to aid us; while the enemy have cavalry the most 
numerous (in the world) and serviceable. — aoe s, this consecutive clause, 
for livelier effect, has first an interrogative and then a negative form. — 
ViKOVTES, TTOPEVV, 635. —Tiva, i.e. in the rout, where, in ancient bat- 
tles, was the chief carnage. — oidy re, sc. éort or dv en. 

7. Baotdéa, prolepsis. — 8 tu Set (Lex.), what need there is. — mora 
dmora, from the Greek love of coin kindred but contrasted words, 719 € ; 
as if we should say, make his faith faithless, or his credit discredited. 

8. as cis otkov amy, as if setting out for home, i. e. Caria. —*Opédvras 
(Lex. 2), ef. iii. 4.13; 5.17; Plut. Artax. 27; Diod. xy 8 = tiene 
northern route to Asia Minor and that to Armenia were, for a considerable 
distance, the same. 

9. Trscadépver, case 450 a. 

10. airol (541 h) ép-(Lex. 695) éavtav éxdpovv, marched [themselves 
resting upon themselves] by themselves. — adddHAev, case 699 f. 





BOOK IL CHAP. IV. Git 


Ll. & rot atrot (Lex.), sc. xwpiov. 

12. rd Mndtas xcadotpevov tetxos, the wall [called the wall of 
Media] so-called of Media, 678 a. Seei. 7.15. Tissaphernes seems 61 
to have met the wishes both of the king and of the Greeks by commencing 
upon the direct route of the return-march, and to have passed beyond the 
line of the Median Wall, perhaps at a spot where it was so ruined that it 
was not recognized by Xen. ‘The most probable reason for coming again 
within this line (i. e. on the side towards Babylon) was to obtain additional 
supplies before crossing the Tigris. —*Hv 8 wxoSopnpévov, 679 a, B. — 
trivOos émrais, [with] of burnt brick, as far stronger for a wall of defence 
than those dried in the sand. — etpos, case? moSev, case 440a; sc. Tetxos. 
— améxet...7odv, thought by some a mere gloss, from the looseness of its 
statement. 

13. eevypévyny, junctum, spanned, or, bridged over. McMich. — éxerol, 
rivulets, or, channels. Acc. to Schn. these were probably equivalent to 
the at\Gves, 3. 10. — 7 Svopa Lirrakn, 459. 

14. trapadecloov, case 445c. —Sévipwv, case 414a. The dat. of means 
is more common with dacvs, iv. 7. 6; 8. 2. 

15. év wepiTate, upon a walk. — mpd tov Srov (Lex.); hence in front 
of the encampment, upon the ground traversed by the sentinels. — tts, 
548c. — Kal tatra s, and [did] that too, though he was from Aricus, 491c, 
544a; bringing, of course, suspicion upon Menon. 

16. dr Airés cipu, J am the very person, 540 e. —"Hreppe, dvtes, kedev- 
ovot, numb. 497 b. — morrol...edvor, order? — dvres, tense 604a. 
5 705. 62 

17. rapa tiv yédupay, along the bridge, to occupy or man it, as it was 
liable to be severed in any part, § 24; v. 1. émi ri yégupay, to or upon. — 
@s, as used before dsavoetrar, and before uy ? 

18. érapax6n Kal époPetro, tense ? 

19. Neavickos, not improbably Xen., who was modest in representing 
himself as wiser than the commander-in-chief. — as ov« s, that the [being 
about] scheme, both to attack and to break up the bridge, was inconsistent. — 
AfjXov yap, what change in the discourse ?— érOepévovus, [having attacked, 
it will be necessary that they either conquer] if they attack us, they must, 
of course, either conquer or be conquered. — vi Set, cf. § 7, 6 Te de?. — Zxorpev 
av (636.a, 637 c) Stross, should we have [whither] any place to which we 
might flee and be safe, 642 a. 

20. odx eovow s, 642a. — Aedupevys s, observe the emph. repetition. 

21. toon tis (Lex.). — xdpa %, art. 523 a, 3. — mwoddh, sc. éore. — 
modXal Kal, 3. 18. 

22. troméuaceyv. Compare the like means used by Themistocles to 
hurry Xerxes out of Greece, Hdt. viii. 110. — kal trav épyacopévev, abs. 
w. évivrwy: while there were peasants there who would cultivate it for them. 
— arootpoph, « place to turn back to, suited to a marauding enemy, a retreat. 
MeMich. How remarkably is the weakness of the Persian Empire, even at 
home, shown by this eagerness to hurry a mere handful of Greeks out of 


62 NOTES. 


Babylonia; and the apprehension that remaining they might form an 

independent state and hold out to a disaffected population a standard of 

rebellion against the king! Indeed in the Persian, as now in the Ottoman 

Empire, most of the nationalities simply submitted to the force of arms. — 
23. ovdels, 713 a. 

63 24. éws, art. 533 d. — as ofdv te padtora, i. 2.4; 7.19: vii. 7. 
15. —wapa, const. preg., cf. i. 1. 5, with Tiss. — os (rather than 67: 2) 
SiaBarvovrwy (sc. airav), while they were crossing. For the gen. abs. here 
and below the dat. might be used: diaBaivovew avdrots, 676b. Cf. iii. 4. 1. 
— pédr\drorev emOqoerOar, 598 a, sc. the Persians. — S:aBatvorevy, mode ? — 
@XETO aTedadvev, [riding off he was gone] he forthwith rode away, 679 d. 

25. 1s, cf. § 18.—ampos fv, near which; accus., as he was moving 
towards it. 

26. cis (Lex.): e/s and éwi in such connections comm. refer to the nar- 
rower dimension, whether depth or width. — &ddore (Lex.), 567 ¢. — 
“Ocov 8 xpdvov To Hyotpevov...€mortycee, and as long a time as he halted 
the van, 641 b. — extrem 7X San, 1. 5. 13. 

27. Mndtas, that part oftener called Assyria (Lex.). — épqpovs, i. 5. 5. 

64 — Ilapvoatidos, cf. i. 4. 9. — Kipo érreyyehav, [insulting C. ] as an 

insult to the memory of C., to whom Parysatis had been so partial. 
— thi dvipatddswyv, with the exception of slaves. The inhabitants were 
not to be so taken. Cf. i. 2. 27. 

28. oxediars SupOeplvars, still used here. Cf. i. 5. 10 (Lex. Xapudvdy). 

— dptous s, asyndeton, 707 g, j. 


CHAPPRER SY: 


CRAFT AND TREACHERY OF TISSAPHERNES. —- CLEARCHUS AND FOUR 
OTHER GENERALS ENTRAPPED AND MADE AWAY WITH. 


1. Zarartav, see Lex. — davepa, pos.? 

2. Sivarto, mode ?— mptv: why may the inf. here follow? 703d, B. — 
yevéo Oar, mode ?— épotyra, dicturum, fut. part., 598 b, 674 c. 

3. Ticcagépwn, form, 225d, i. 4. 2; 2. 4. — Hptv, case ? by whom ?— 
pvratTopevov...dvTipvrartoweda, order ?— hpas, case 472 f. 

4. ovre Sivapar ct aicbérbar, would have been more regular, but less 


emphatic. -—— o€ (case 472b) mwepdpevov, part. 657d. —Adyous (Lex.). — 


mot, case 450b; see also 452 a. — SuvalyeOa, eE€Aousev, mode 633 a. — 
GAAHAwv, case 699 a, f ; yet see 523 c (4). 
G5 5. é StaBod ‘js, é trrowplas, 694. These causes are more promi- 
nent from their insertion, by a species of prolepsis, in the ante- 
cedent, rather than the relative clause where they properly belong. Some 
explain thus, that Xen. began the sentence as if the part. rovjoayras was 
to follow, and then avoided the aggregation of participles by changing this 





in 





BOOK II. CHAP. V. 63 


into the rel. and finite verb. — p@doat (Lex.). — kaka Tovs, case ? — ped- 
Aovras, sc. mrovety. 

7. IIparov...péyorov, for [the] first and greatest [thing], 396 a. — ot beav 
(made more emphatic by the insertion of hpas, 719, 8) SpKor, the oaths to 
the gods, 444 b. —8otts 8 TotTwv (432d) cbvoidev attw mapypcdykds, and 
whoever is conscious [with himself ] of having disregarded these, the gods, as 
more emph. — Tov yap s, for the hostility of the gods I know not [either] 
through what speed any one could escape it by flight, nor into what darkness 
he could run for concealment. — Qeots, case 455g. — mavtwv, case 407. 
Cf. ace. v. 6. 9; iii. 2.19. This address, which has been greatly praised 
by ancients and moderns, is more in the style of the philosopher Xen. than 
of the rude soldier Clearchus. Indeed it is well known that the ancient 
historians, who had no short-hand reporters to aid and fetter them, exer- 
cised much freedom in shaping the speeches of their personages, especially 
when, as here, there was no one who had been present to correct them. 
Cf. with this fine passage, Psalm cxxxix. 

8. pev 54, office here ?— Oedv, Spkwv, hendiadys, 69e.— map’ ois s 
(v. L. ots, motion toward being implied), with whom (the gods) having con- 
tracted friendship, we have made tt a sacred deposit, i. e. to whose keeping we 
have intrusted the friendship we have contracted, as written contracts com- 
mitted to a powerful third person for safe keeping and enforcement. — oé 
¢ywye, pos.? — trapdvtt (Lex. mapecuc). — vowl{w, formal and weighty. 

9. aca piv odds, 523 e. — pév, pév, pév, correspondence ? — jaca peév 
Sia oKdTovs 7 O8ds, the way is all [through darkness] in the dark, 523b, 
4, e. — ovdtv yap airijs, nothing [no part] of it. — airis gen. partit., or 
of theme. — doBepdtarov, gend. 502; pos.?— peor? yap s, for it is [full 
of much helplessness] a most helpless condition. 

10. Hi 8s, but even if we [having become insane should slay] should be 
so insane as to slay you. — &dXo Tt (sc. yévorro) Av 4)...ayovifotweba, [would 
anything else result than that we should have to contend] showld we not 
then of necessity have to contend? 567 g. — Tov péyrorov ebedpov (Lex.); 
a very impressive metaphor from the Greek games. The combatants in 
wrestling or boxing were usually paired by lot, and if an odd combatant 
remained, he was to si¢ by (an @f-edpos) till one was defeated, whose place 
he could take. Of course he engaged with great advantage against one 
who had already exhausted much of his strength. Some good mss., in- 
stead of épedpov, sitier by, have @popov, looker on, but with reference to the 
same custom. — olwv dv édmldev, case 414 b. — tatra, this, 491 c. 66 

Ll. ed rovetv (sc. twd), dv Boddotto, 551 f. — Thy ceavTod apxiv 
caHtovta, retaining your own province. — tj Kipos trodeula éxpiro (Lex.), 
qua Cyrus hostili utebatur, which was hostile to C. — ravtyv, 2. 20. 

12. Totitev 8 rovottwv dvtwv, cf. que quum ita sint. — tls ovTw pal- 
vetat, doris s, 558. Cf. vil. 1. 28. —ép@ ydp: in regular construction, 
either this ydp, or that in § 13, should be omitted. Cf. iii. 2. 11. 

13. ovs vopl{e dv...rapacyetv, whom I believe I could render, 667 b. — 
TlactSas, sc. Aurypods dvras. —@vyn moda: in the lax administration of 





64 NOTES. 


the Persian Empire there were not a few independent and predatory tribes. 
See iii. 2. 23; 5.16: vii. 8. 25. — etvat, how diff. from part.?— @ otpor av 
Tatcat évoxdotyra, which I think I should stop from continually disturb- 
ing, 677 b. — padtora, pos.? — trofg Suvape...coddoerGe (v. 1. kohdoacGe), 
620 b: xod\d{w, seldom in mid. except in future, ckoXdcouar ; yet see Dind. 
— Tis, sc. duvduews, than (by using) the force, 511b. 

14. & ye tots méptE oixotor, among those dwelling around. — te = Tm. 
— as péyroros dv (applying also to dvacrpépoo, 622 b) ens, you would be 
the most powerful friend possible, 553¢; very strong language. — 7s (v. l. Hv), 
554a.— ood col, pos.? you at least, thus suggesting the idea of the king 
himself, whom Re would not venture to mention. 

15. ottw is often yee by 1 being separated from the word which it 
most directly modifies ; cf. § 21. — 6 gives greater prominence and actu- 
ality to o€. — hpiv (case 456) aarowew the subj. of doxe?, 663 f, 664 b, your 
distrust of us.— Hover Av akovoaipt (636 a) Td Gvoma, tls, LT should be 
most glad to hear the name, who there is of such power in speaking ; i. e. the 
name of one who is, 566a: Menon was the person suspected, § 28. — 
TroratTa, aS¢, 547. — amnpetdOn, ‘perhaps used as a high-flown word in 
irony,” Boise. The answer of Tissaphernes is marked by consummate 
duplicity and affectation of virtue : but cf. § 7. 

67 16. cov, from you, 434a.— dv (620c, 621) por Soxets (573)...etvan, 
Ly 


be, or, you would seem to mre to be. —‘Os 8 Av pabys, 624 a. 

17. éBovdAdpeba, 631 b. — wdrepd wor s, [whether] do we seem to you to 
want either. —omdloews, ev y, warlike equipment, weapons, or, armature 
in which, i. e. with which, referring to the missiles in which the Greeks 
were so deficient and with which they might be picked off with little 
power of retaliation. — klv8uvos, sc. éoriv, or, av ein. 

18. émirlOeor Par, tense ?— arropetv &v wor SoKxodpev, do we seem to you 
[that we should want] likely to want. Why dy here, and not with dzropetp 
above ?— O48 (687 b) tocatra. — tyiv dvra (= eivar) wopevréa, prob. point- 
ing to the great mountain range along the north. — tapreverOar (Lex.), 
582d; by attacking a portion on one side, while the others are crossing. 
— eiol 8’ aitav s, 421 a, 418 b. 

19. *rrdpeba, (present indicative) we are worsted. — bv, object of KaTa- 
kavoavres. — tpiv (case 455) avrirdtar, fo array against you, a bold 
metaphor. 

20. dv...dv, 622a, 621c¢, d. — €xovtes, if we have, hence undéva, 686d. 
— tera, i. 2. 25. — ds pdvos s, order 719 e, f. 

21. amdpwv éotl...ottives, 558. — éxonévwv (Lex.). — kal rovtray rovn- 
pav, and [those wicked] wicked men too, 544a. — AdlO.on, a stronger term 
added for emphasis ; ad\éyuocror denying the fact of consideration, but #A- 
cor even the capacity for it. 

22. é€ov (Lex. @&euur), 675 b, c. — odk ert todTo HABopev, did we not [g0] 

68 proceed to this? cf. iii. 1. 18.— 6 épds epws (sc. Hv or éorl) TovToU 

(case 444f) atrios Td (664 c) tots “HAAnow ene muorrov yevéo Oat, 





you seem to me that you would be] zt seems to me that you would. 


§ ge aE tsi 





BOOK IL CHAP. V. 65 


Kal @ aveBn Eevixea (551 c, 466. 1) s, the cause of this was my ardent desire 
[in respect to this] that I might [become trusted by] secure the confidence 
of the Greeks, and that with the foreign troops with which Cyrus made his 
ascent, trusting them [on account of payments] from his payment of wages, 
with this I might descend [go back to my satrapy] strong in their attachment 
through my kindness. 

23. “Ooa Sé por ipets xproipor toeoGe, and [as to how many things, 
481] in what respects you will be capable of serving me (v. l. éoré, you 
are, etc.).—tidpav (Lex.). — op6qv, Cyr. villi. 3. 13. — tiv 8’ énl...exor 
(sc. ép0jv), but that upon the heart, perhaps with your presence another also 
might easily so wear; i.e. might have equally erectness of spirit and 
independence of feeling. Some see in this boldly figurative expression 
an intimation from Tissaphernes (the better to blind Clearchus), that he 
might himself wish with the aid of the Greeks to aspire to that sovereignty 
which Clearchus had already offered Arizus. 

24. py, 574.— torvovtev fpiv s, when we have such inducements to 
friendship. — ta trxata waeiv, extrema pati. 

25. Kai éyo pév ye, [and I for my part certainly] yes, and I for my part ; 
kat...ye, aS not infrequently in dialogue, implying assent, and peéy cor- 
responding to 6é in § 26. — orpatnyot and Aoxayot, in appos. with vpyels 
understood. 

26. 8Gev, [whence] from what source, i. e. from whom. 

27. pév, after rére, as corresponding with 77 torepaig, while its more 
regular place would be before Ticoagépyns. — S4Ads T Av wavy dirtkas 
oidpevos s, both {was evident thinking, 573 b] showed that he thought [that 
he was related in a very friendly way to T.] himself on very friendly terms 
with Tissaphernes. — xpivar iévar s, that [it was proper that those should 
go] those ought to go to T. whom he had invited. — &edeyyx8aor, mode ? — 
tav ‘EAjnvev, case ?— as mpoddtas adtods, as [being] themselves traitors. 

28. airta, i. e. Clearchus. — 9, mode? § 36: 1. 4. 18. 69 

29. dav Td otparevpa (523 e, observe the different emphasis in 
TO oTpdtevua dmav, § 28) s, that the whole army should [have its mind 
towards himself] be devoted to him. — pydt mortevev, indef. subject. 

30. katéravey : with the temper of Clearchus, the opposition of others 
only made him more vehement, while perhaps he regarded it as proof of 
machinations against him of which their authors feared the exposure. — 
Siempagtato s, he had so far succeeded that five generals (including himself) 
went, i. e. all except Chirisophus, Cleanor, and Sophenetus. — as eis ayo- 
pav, as for the market, which they were in the habit of visiting for sup- 
plies (4. 9), and consequently unarmed and without apprehension. 

Sl. émi tais Gvpats, without art., vii. 3. 16. — IIpégevos s: Menon 
feeling doubtless that at all events he was safe among the Persians, while 
it might endanger him among the Greeks to refuse to go ; and the others 
being misled or overpersuaded. Ctesias, prob. from Menon’s own false 
claim at the court, represents the fatal visit of the generals as a plot of 
Menon’s, against the better judgment of Clearchus, Pers. 60. The whole 

5 


66. NOTES. 


number of lochagi in the army was not far from a hundred. —*Aylas, not 
before mentioned (Lex.). 

32. modXa, case 468, 485 e, B. — dard, iv. 1. 5. — onpetov, ace. to Diod. 
xiv. 26, a red flag, the sign of blood, raised above the tent of Tissaphernes. 
— f£uvedapBavovro, katexdrynoav, tense 595. — tivés, pos. 548 b, 719d, v. 
— rit, numb. 550 f. — evtvyxavouev, mode ?— éxretvoy: Xen. uses the 
simple verb here only. Hence Hertlein proposes améxrewov. 

33. Hpdryvdouy (v. 2. qupeyviovr), 282 b. — mpiv...ijke, 703 d, a, indic. 
denoting fact. — Nlxapxos, one of the soldiers who visited the market, 
ace. to Diodorus. 

34. airots, the cavalry mentioned in § 32. The extreme dread which 
the Persians had of the Greeks is strikingly shown by the fact that they 
did not avail themselves of this opportunity of making a general attack. 

35. Kips, while he was living. 

70 36. arayyelhoot, mode 2— Ta Tapa Bacdéas, 3. 4. 
37. dvdatrépevor, with a body-guard, or simply, with due pre- 
caution. — ra ep IIpofévov, 528 a. 

38. éornoay cis (const. preg. ).— émqkoov (Lex.).— tpas, Sada, case 480 c. 
— 6 Baotreds : 6 expressing more formality. Hence fitting in this place : 
noster rex. — Gtraure?, how diff. fr. aire? ? — éavtot, Kupov, case 433, 487 a. 
— eivat, i. e. Ta dda. — SovdAov, pos.? cf. i. 9. 29. 

39. damexplvayro, eye, expressing his honest indignation with great 
plainness and straightforwardness ; cf. 1. 10.—°Q kakote, 484d. — ot 
Gov, sc.- tucis. — Beovs, 3. 22. — oltives (550 b), Spooavrtes...arpodovtes 
Fpas...amTokwhékate, you who, after giving us your oaths, ...then betraying 
us,...have destroyed. — hpiv, comm. obj. of dudcavres and Tovs atrovs. — 
Tovs dddovs Huds mpodedaxdtes, having given up [us the rest] the rest of 
as to destruction ; observe the passionate repetition. Most Mss. also intro- 
duce ws before daodwhéxare, as though the speaker in his infenseness of 
feeling had forgotten the previous connective ofruves. 

40. yap, connecting this sentence to what ? 

7] 41. rovtows, tade, 544. Contrast the cool, shrewd logic of Xeno- 
phon with the vehement outburst of Cleanor. — Ipégevos, Méveyv, 
emph. pos. before ézeizep. 

42. addndots, case 452. 


CHAP AT diepvyale 
XENOPHON’S ESTIMATE OF THE CHARACTER OF THE FIVE GENERALS. 


1. avixOnoav, in chains: Ctes. Pers. 60; Diod. xiv. 27. There was 
especial curiosity at Babylon, says Ctesias, to see the Spartan prisoner ; 
and he was himself, as court-physician, an instrument of Parysatis in doing 
much to relieve the imprisonment of the favorite general of her favorite son. 
Ace. to Ctesias, the weak Artaxerxes first promised Parysatis with an oath 





ea a 





BOOK. BeeCHAP.. V1. 67 


that he would spare Clearchus ; but was afterwards influenced by Statira 
to execute all except Menon. This same writer adds the marvellous story 
that when their bodies were thrown out to the birds and dogs, a whirlwind 
covered the body of Clearchus with a great mound which was speedily over- 
grown with palm-trees so that the king repented his execution as that of 
an evident favorite of the gods. - Plut. Artax. 18. — as (Lex. d). — dare- 
TpnOéytes (587. 2) Tas Kepadas (481), [cut off as to their heads] having 
their heads cut off, beheaded ; except Menon, § 29. — eis (395 a). — pév, cor- 
responding to 6é, § 16. — dpodoyoupévws (Lex.). — éurrelpws (Lex.) adrod, 
432 b. — Sdtas yevér Oar, esteemed to have been. — éoxatws, pos. ? 

2. médepnos, the so-called Peloponnesian War. — éyévero, B. c. 404. — 
GSikoto1, mode ? — tots ”"EdAnvas, i. 3. 4; 1. 9, colonized on the coast of 
Thrace. — Stampafdpevos as ebtvaro, having obtained [as he could] leave 
and supplies by what means he could. — tots, with dat. and with zpés, after 
moNeuéew. See McMich. 

3. t&w, without, abroad ; i. e. here, at sea. — évrtos, for dvra, i. 2. 17 N. 
—*Io6pod, so common a place of call in the coasting voyages along the 
eastern shore of Greece. — @xeto méwv, 4. 24. See Diod. xxiv. 12; Poly- 
zenus, li. 2. 

4. pxerat, having been defeated by a Spartan force and shut up in 
Selybria, from which he made his escape by night, Diod. xiv. 12. — érace 
Kipoy, persuaded Cyrus to aid him. — &dXn, elsewhere. Whether 72 
Xen. referred to another work, or SETS! he had written more 
fully in this, does not appear. 

5. ad tovtav, i. 1. 9. — epepe kal Hye (Lex. dyw). — modepav Steyévero, 
continued at war, 677. 

6. idoToAepov: brought out into greater prominence by the insertion 
of por doxet before dvdpés (719 a, B) epya, acts, ways, procedure, behavior. — 
Sotis...aipetrat todepuetv, [who prefers] that he should prefer, i. e. to prefer; 
ef. 5. 21. — e€ov (Lex.) peév eipqynv txav, when he might live in peace 
(v. 1. eipyynv dye, see Lex.). — BovAerar trovety dore s (Lex. Ware d), 671 a. 

7. tavry, in this, or, in these respects, herein. — hpépas kal vuxrds (433) 
tiyov, day and night alike [leading] ready to lead. — maytaxod tavtes, 
order ? 

8. as Suvarov ek, as far as was possible |from] with such a temper, which 
forbade his obtaining the affections of his men, § 12 s. — otov kal éxetvos 
elxev, as indeed HE had, however strange it might seem in others. —“Ikavdés 
pev...5é i. 3. 16. — ds tis Kal Aho i. 8. 15. — adrot, some read aid, 
ethical dat. — ds meortéov ein KXeapx (emphatic), that Clearchus. must be 
obeyed, 682a, 455g. 

9. xaderds, case 667 ¢: Diod. xiii. 66. — dpav orvyvis Fv, Kal TH dovy 
Tpaxus, 663e, 467 b. — éxdAate...€xddafev * akoddorov, order, etc.? — arte 
kal atta (457) perapéderv, so that there were times when [it even repented 
him] he even himself repented, 457; évlore and %r 0’ Ste here implying rarer 
occurrence than éviore (see Lex. efui, 559 a). — akoAdorov...jyetro s, for he 
thought there was no profit from [of] an unchastised army, 472. 


68 | NOTES. 


10. ci pedo 4 pudrakds pudrdgew, if he were either to keep guard, 
73 or, maintain his guard. 

11, #Ocdkov attod axoverw opddpa, were willing to obey him im- 
plicitly, 432g; order, 719 b, §& —71d otvyyov (507 a) ToTE hardpoy s, they 
said that the gloom in his countenance then appeared lustrous. Some good 
mss. have év rots &é\ors mpocwras, that his gloom appeared lustrous among 
the other countenances. — Td yxaretrov s, and his harshness seemed to be 
energy against the foe. ; 

12. Kai éein mpds GAAovs apXopevous (v. 1. dpxovras, Lex.) amevar, and 
[it was permitted] they were free to go to (others to be commanded) other 
commanders, their engagement with him having expired. — 76 yap émtxapt 
ovk elxev, for [the winning he had not] he had nothing attractive. — aomep 
maises mpos SiSdcKadov: ‘it is to be hoped that boys nowadays will not 
understand this comparison.” Boise. 

13. edvola, 466. 1. — reraypévor, i. 6. 6. — td tod SetoOar, through 
want. — oodspa meOopévots Expito (Lex.), from these he received implicit 
obedience. Cf. iv. 6. 3. 

14. péyata Fv Ta...1oLvotyTa, [great were the things making] there were 
powerful influences which made. — ro txeav, subject of Taphv. — Sappadéws 
(Lex.). ; 

15. ov pada (Lex.) ééXev (litotes, 6861), of which his disobedience to 
the Eiphor, and his conduct at Cunaxa, presented striking examples. — ta 
mevTnkovTa, 531 d. 

16. ciOds (Lex. 662) pev pepdxrov av, from his very youth. — Boxe 
Topyia apyiptov, ie [gave money] paid tuition to Gorgias. NDiod. xii. 53, 
mentions 100 mine (= about $2000) as his price, — perhaps an extreme 
case, but enough to make Kriiger exclaim, ‘‘ The Greeks were — well, not 
Germans !” 

74 17. pi Arracban evepyerav, not to be outdone in conferring favors, 
even by those of high rank, 677. 

18. ovSév dv dou, if he must obtain it unjustly, 635. — ctv T@ dSikalwo 
kal Kado, [with that which-is justice and honor] justly and honorably, 695, 
507 a; dixavos referring more to the essential character, and xaXés more to 
the impression made i kadés). So below, kad@y kal ayaa, honorable 
or estimable and good, a frequent combination to express the Greek ideal 
of internal virtue united with external propriety. — pq, sc. Tuyxavew, by no 
means, emph. from pos. 

19. ai8a...gavTod, respect for himself. — ot apxdpevor, even those who 
were under his command, emphasizing the unnatural state of things. — fv 
avepds (Lex. ), ef. § 21, 23. —orpatidrais, case 457. — éxelve, ae rather 
than aura ? 

20. ery, case 437 a. 

21. SiAos (Lex.). — émOvpdv, observe the emphatic repetition. — 
peyora Suvapévors (Lex.). — Stkqy (Lex. 1). 

22. Sia Tod émvopkeiv, 663f: Tod not repeated ?— 7d 8’ amAoty s, 507a, 
451. — tT mAvOle, case 451. 








BOOK II. CHAP. VI. 69 


23. Yrépywv (stronger than ¢AGv, Lex.) 8€s, he evidently had no real 
love for any one. — avepds, evdndos (Lex.), 573 c. — Urépywv...émBov- 
Aevov, order ?— Srw, form 253. 1. — rotte s, against him it became evident 
that he was plotting. — twodeptov, case 699 a. 

24. ta St trav ditov povos (677 b) ... bv (677) advAakta (pred. 75 
adj., 523 b, 5), he thought that he alone understood that it was most 
easy to take the property of friends as being unguarded ; at least he so acted. 

26. 1o...8¥vacGat, case ?— Tov pr} (sc. dyra, 686 d) mavovpyov, the man 
who was not a villain, or, knave. — tev atradevtav, one of the ignorant, 
a mere simpleton. —StaBdddov (674 d)...xktHoOac8ar (agreeing in subject 
with ero, notwithstanding the intervention of the impers. dev, 667 ¢), he 
thought he must win these by maligning those who held the first place. 

27. Tod S& reBopévous Tots otTpatidtas...eunxavato, he contrived [the 
renering] to render his soldiers obedient. — ovvadikeiv, so that they hoped 
for gain in pleasing him, and feared exposure if they displeased him. — 
Tipacbar S€ s, and he thought himself entitled to be honored and courted, if 
he showed that he was able, and would be ready (if there was occasion) to 
inflict the greatest injuries. — Buepyeriav 5 katédeyev, and he charged it as 
a favor. — avtov adictato, was leaving him. — ait3, aitdv, repeated for 
stronger expression : one of these would have been sufficient in unemphatic 
language. 

28. ta pév 87 adavi s, doubtful matters of course one might misstate ; 
with allusion probably to the-charges of treachery made against him. 
Diod. is less reserved, and says that he was spared when the other generals 
were put to death : see § 29 nN. —@ 88 s, but the following is what all know. 
— ttt apaios dv, otparnyeiv Stempdtaro, while yet in the bloom of youth, 
he obtained [to command] the command of ; his youth leading to the belief 
that this was through dishonorable favoritism. — d&yéveros Sv yeverdvra, 
a bearded man, while himself beardless, 719b, e. Reference is here made 
to the vice which the apostle exposes in Rom. i. 27. The age of Menon is 
not stated ; but he is represented as remarkably precocious in command, 
corruption, and villany. Kriig. regards this section as not by Xenophon. 

29. ovx améBave, for this reason, says Diod. xiv. 27, éddxec yap movos 
ovUTos GTacidfwv mpos Tovs cuUpdxoUS Tpodwscew "EXAnvas. — Tov Tav &Aov 
Oavatoy otparnyov, order 7194, v, 523k. — tinwpnGets s, he died [punished 
by] as a punishment from the king ; cf. below. — tav aixicOels, hav- 
ing been tortured alive ; prob. because, through the weakness of the 76 
king, he fell into the hands of the vengeful Parysatis (Lex. Mévwy); cf. i. 9. 
13; 10. 1. —Aéyerar ris teXeuras (case 427) Tvxetv, added instead of con- 
tinuing the construction with dréavev. 

30. tovtTw, 505 b. — Tovtev...xareyéda, 699 a. — és didlay, 697. 


“0 NOTES. 


BOOK ria: 


HOSTILITIES BETWEEN THE PERSIANS AND GREEKS, AFTER 
THE BREAKING OF THE TREATY BY THE FORMER. — MARCH 
OF THE TEN THOUSAND TO THE CARDUCHIAN MOUNTAINS. 


CHAPTER 


GREAT DEJECTION AMONG THE TROOPS. — XENOPHON AROUSES THEM 
TO ACTION. — NEW GENERALS CHOSEN. 


1. “Oca piv 87s, see p. 3, Notes, statement as to division into 

77 books, summaries, etc. — éreActrynoe, tense 605 c. 

2. of otpatnyot, the (five) generals. — pév, anticipated, as often, from 
its strictly regular place after émi. Observe the nine clauses introduced by ~ 
évvoovmevor O71, to make up the gloomy and disheartening picture so graph- 
ically and impressively drawn ; and also the position of their prominent 
words. — jorav, mpovdedaxerav, tense, etc., 646 b. — emi tats Bacthéws 
Ovpats, i.e. in the heart of his dominions. Cf. ii. 2. 4. — moAAa (496 ¢), 
toképtat (497), belong to both vy and 7édecs, each taking the gender of 
the nearest noun. — od petoy (cf. 507 e) 4 pipta oraéia: ii. 2. 6. — viKev- 
wes s: cf. il. 4. 6. 

78 3. abupws exovtes, 577 d; sc. of "HAAnves. — 6A you, few, ...7oddol, 

395 a, — els tiv éorépay, [into the] at evening. — etrov, case 432 a. 
—éml ta S%ha (Lex.), to the place of arms, which marked the men’s quar- 
ters. — averavovto, ériyxavev (Lex., sc. dy or dvarauduevos) numb. 501 a ; 
ii. 2. 17. — watpl8ev s, asynd. 707 g. — ovs (mase. with reference to the 
persons), odmot’ évdpitov ere dperOar, whom they never expected to see [more] 
again, 662b; observe the same idiom in Eng. Muretus compares Virg. 
Aim. ii. 137 s. 

4. tis...cevohav “AOnvaios, a certain Xenophon, an Athenian ; what 
a modest introduction of the leading spirit of the subsequent retreat ! — 
GAA TI pdEevos atrdy, instead of bv, 562. — ards, emphasizing the subject 
of vouigew, cf. 662. — kpeitrw éavta, worth more to himself, 453. 

5. dvaxowvotrat, mid. of mutual conference, as by equals, 580; but act. 
below, of simple reference to a higher intelligence, as v. 9. 22. — Zwxpéret : 
Diogenes Laértius gives an interesting account of the first meeting of 
teacher and pupil. (See Introduction to the present volume.) — t@ ’A0y- 
vatw, why art. here, and not with ’A@yvaios, § 4?— tromretoas Bn, appre- 
hensive [lest] that, 625 a, — 1, as adv. or with émalriov. — ampés, i. 9. 20.— 
Kiupe plrov, 456.— cvprodrepijorat, in the Peloponnesian War (B. c. 408-4), 





BOOK WE’ CHAP. - Tt 


chiefly by giving the Spartans, through Lysander, liberal supplies of money. 
Cf. Lex. Kipos. — é\@ovta, case 667e: 1. 2. 1. 

6. "AmcdddXw, 211 a. — 086v, case 477. —émivoei, mode 645)b; i. 9. 28. 
— Qeots ois, inverse attr., 554; reference esp. to Zevs Bactdevs, vi. 1. 22. 

7. iréov civat, i. 3. 11. — tatra...80a, 550 d. 

8. dveidev, sc. PvecPar or Ave. 79 

9. Stv...amoméppev, 659 e. —”EXéyero, position ? 

10. ot woddoi : a few may have sailed with Xenias and Pasion (i. 4. 7), 
or have deserted in some other way. — aicytvnv (Lex.) kat ad\Anrov 
(case 444, cf. ii. 6. 19), lest they should seem cowardly in deserting their 
comrades, and ungrateful towards Cyrus ; nearly = a sense of honor towards 
each other. 

11. pixpsv, adv. — tmvov, case 416 a. — dvap, form 228 a. —”ESokev, 
573b, asynd. As often happens, the waking apprehension of danger in 
one form induced in sleep a vivid image of another form. For another im- 
pressive dream of Xen. cf. iv. 3. 8. 

12. aya8dv, from the familiar association in all ages of light and good. 
Cf. Cyr. iv. 2. 15. — Atés...Baothkéws, Jupiter (or Zeus), as king, was 
regarded as the special patron of kings (Acotpedéwy Bacirjwv, Il. i. 176) ; 
and, as the Greek representative of Ormuzd, he was claimed by the Per- 
sian monarchs as their paternal deity, the founder and upholder of their 
dynasty: Zevs tarpaos, Cyr. 1. 6. 1.— KvKdXw: one encircling might be 
regarded as the sign of another. Upon such doubtful and equivocal 
analogies the doctrine of omens has rested in all ages. 

13. ‘Orroiov m (Lex.). It is easy to interpret an omen after the result. 
— TO ToLotTov, 531 c. — mpartov peév, followed by é« rovrov, § 15; cf. 2.1N. 
—% 5é vit, 705, cf. a. — ixds, se. éori, it is probable, 572. — emt 80 
Baotdcti, cf. i. 1. 4. — ri eurodav, ph odyl,...amo8avetv, what [is in 
the way that we should not die] prevents our dying (713g) [outraged] 
miserably, after looking upon all that is most grievous. —raSdvtas, bBpr{o- 
pévous, cf. i. 1. 7. 

14. “Orrws 8’ apvvovpeba, and [how we shall defend ourselves, 624 b] 
for defending ourselves. —kataxelpeba, aomep é&dv, 680 b. — “Eya ody s, 
[the general from what state then, am I looking for] from what state, then 
(rather than my own) do I look for u general to do this? I, who aman 
Athenian, while no leading general survives? His pride of country is 
well expressed by zofas. — qAtkiav: Xenophon’s age at this time is a 
matter of great uncertainty. Kriig. makes him to have been 44; other 
authorities, with more probability, give his age as about or under 30. — 
ov yap s, for I shall never be any older. —thpepov, the Greek civil day 
beginning at sunset. 

15. *Ex tovrov, i. 3. 11; 2. 17. —IIpotévov, his intimate friend whom 
he had accompanied. — @o-rep, oipar, oS’ (Lex.) tpets, as neither you, 
methinks. — év olots, sc. mpdypuacw, in what circwmstances. 

16. SHAov Sti, 717 b. Cf. § 35. — eépnvav (Lex.), show forth what was 
before in the heart. — mporepov...mpiv, 703 d, ¢; cf. 1. 10. — kadas ta 


"2 NOTES. 


éavtav rapacKkevdcacat, that they had well arranged their [affairs] plans. 
— ovSév, 478, or 483. — as (Lex. c). 

17. kai teOvynkdtos 45 : the Greeks regarded the mutilation of the dead 
with horror. — hpas 8€ s, but we who have no intercessor (while Cyrus had 
the queen-mother to plead for him) made war. — jpas: cf. vil. 1. 30. — 
éorparevoapey S€ = of dé éorpar., 562. — Sovdov, i. 7. 3; 9. 29. — as 
moinoovres, i. 1. 3. — Th dv (662 b) oidpeba mabetv, what [do we think we 
should] might we expect to suffer, if we should fall into his hands? ef. ti 
oldueba teicecbar above, 637 c. 

18. *Ap’ ovx dv émt (Lex.) s, would he not resort to every means ?— jas 
Ta toxaTa aikirdpevos, having outraged us to the uttermost, 480 b. — rod 
otpatrevoat, 664 a. — dtras...yevnoopeba, 624 b. — wavtTa rointéov, 682 a. 

19. ’Hyo pév (Lex.): use of each wév in this section? Cf. 1.9.28; 
81 3. 17; vii. 6. 10. — aitav, case 413. Some supply rodro or rdde. 
— 80a, supply the ellipsis of this pron. with xpuodv and éc@ fra. 

20. Ta...tav otpatiwtav, the condition of owr soldiers. — év@vpoluny, 
mode ? — 6m Tav piv dya0av mavTwv (gen. part. w. ovdevds) ovSevos (421 a, 
418 b) fpiv (459) peretn s, that in all good things (for the body) we had no 
share, except by purchase. Cf. ii. 3. 27 N. — 8rov (case 431 a) 8° a@vnco- 
pela, WServ (mode ?) and knew that few still had [that for which] the means 
of buying, or, wherewith to buy. — &ddAws (Lex.). — troptterOar...dpKous s, 
that oaths now forbade us to obtain, etc. — tavt’ odv Aoyt{Lopevos, as repeti- 
tion of preceding part of section. | 

21. éxelvwv, qperépa, pos. 538 f. —*Hv péow, as the prizes for athletes 
were displayed in the midst of the assembled crowds. The Greeks were 
esp. animated by allusions to their games. — d@Xa (rovrors or TovTwy) om6- 
tepot, prizes [of whoever of us] for those of us who may be the better men. — 
Td eikds, sc. éoriv, 572. 

22. avTovs, il. 4. 7. — tods Tav Vewv Spkous, ii. 5. 3, 7 s. — wore éEetvar 
(sc. juiv), so that methinks [it is allowed us] we may go. — roXd...petfovt, 
emphatically placed, as often; so wdda, i. 5. 8. Cf. 1. 5, 2; i. 2. 19. 

23. tovtwv, than [they] theirs, 488 b, 511b; ii. 3. 15. — oxy, numb. 
489 a.—ovv tots ects, reverently inserted, since the gods might send 
a panic upon the bravest. — ot dvSpes: cf. 4. 40; dvOpwiot, iv. 2. 7. — 
tpwtol: The Greeks had greater physical vigor and hardihood from their 
gymnastic exercises and mode of dress ; they had stouter hearts from their 
civil freedom ; and they were also better armed. 

24. *AXX’, marking the transition from argument to earnest exhortation. 
—tatr évOvpotvrar, and may get the start of us; which would rouse Greek 
ambition (Townsend reads raira for raira).—ampos Tav Seay: Tv om. else- 
where in Anab., Rehdz., Kriig. — py advapévapev s, 628 a. — rapaxadoty- 
tas, fut. or pres. — Tot éEoppqoa, 425, 664 a. — etparnyav, paron. 70 n. 

82 25. axpdtery Hyoupar, éovxerv, J esteem myself at the very acme of 

life for warding off. See § 14 .N. on HAckiav. 

26. wavtes, so placed for immediate connection with rAjv. — Bowwrid- 
{wv, the Beeotians spoke a coarse, broad variety of the Molic, 82. — etros 














BOOK Ill. CHAP. I. 73 


3’ = ds, 705. — d€you, some read déyet, v. 6. 36. — dANws tras...7}, see § 20. 
— héyewv, the inf. used rather because he attempted in vain. — 

27. °Q. Oavpacidrare, 484d, 514. — o¥8€...008€ s, not even ..., nor yet, 
familiar proverbial expression. —’*Ey tait@...rovrots, in [the same place] 
company with these. See ii. 1. 8. — péya hpovjcas (Lex.), 478. 

28. rapecknvyacapey, ii. 3. 16 s. — tl ovK érolnee, cf. § 18. 

29. eis Adyous avtois: see ii. 5. 4. — ov...ovdé, 713i; unable as so 
bound and guarded. Was not this the result that they are now, etc. — 
Kevrovpevor, Hdt. ili. 130; Thuc. iv. 47. 3. — ot tAjpoves, in appos. w. 
€xetvot ; observe its emph. pos. — kal (674 f, cf. i. 6. 10) pad’, ofuars, 313e, 
432e.—“A ot tavta eidas,...prs; and knowing all this, do you say? 561b. 
— me(Oev, tense 594; cf. reicas, § 26. 

30. Compare d&vdpes and d&vOpwrrov. — pare... Te, Wise De Oe 1 Broce eaBus 
(Lex.). — adeAopévous, avabévras : see i. 1. 7. — ds TovotTw xpiobat, that 
we should use him [as such] in that capacity, i.e. as a mere baggage- 
carrier. 

S31. tottw...tis s, fo this fellow there appertains nothing of Beo- 
tia. — Ta wta TetTpvTHpéevov, having his ears bored, 587. 2; 481; 83 
a barbarian custom, which the Greeks scorned, as befitting slaves. This 
man had doubtless resided in Beeotia, but whether as a slave or a metic 
does not appear. — elxev (Lex.) ovrws, as an examination proved. 

32. aos (v. 1. Hs), 236 d. — etn, mode 641 b, 634b, d: ef. i. 2. 7. — 
titortpatnyov, comm. a lochage who acted as first officer under the general, 
or supplied his place. 

33. cis (const. preg.). — Td mpd Sev (Lex.); an open place convenient 
and often used for this purpose, cf. § 3; ii. 4. 15. — éyévovro, amounted to. 
=—ous, bal d; ef. i. 2. 9; ii. 6. 15. 

34. Bovrevoaipeba, Suvaiuefa, mode 633 a. — G&arep kal, i. 3. 16. 

35. ovs s, have seized of us whom they could, 551f, 553. — as, hv Sivav- 
TO, aTohkécwsrt, 633 a. —‘Huiv...mdvra mountéa (sc. eivar or éariv), 458, 
682 a. — éml...qv Suvdpeba, cf. i. 1. 4, if [we can effect it] possible. 

36. tocovror s, [being so many] so great a number as have now assembled, 
there being here a source of encouragement. Cf. ii. 1. 16. — péytorov 
Katipsv, grandest opportunity of exerting an influence for good or 84. 
evil: — tpiv, case 450 a. 

37. ipas, bpets, dets (turning, with asyndeton, to the other officers), 
etc. Observe the repetition in this emph. appeal. — tt (Lex.) tovrwyv, case ? 
— taflapxor, lochagi who took the command when their lochi were com- 
bined with others. — ypqpaot (Lex. \oxayés and orparyyés) ; cf. vii. 2. 36; 
6. 7. — TovTwv émdeovexteite, 408. — vov tolvuyv, 2. 39; vii. 2. 29. — dEovv 
Set twas avrovs, you ought to deem yourselves [fit persons] bound to be. 
Compare the precept of Cyrus the Elder: dpxew dé undevi Mpoo ace, ds ov 
kpeirrwy éotl T&v dpxouevwy : Plut. Apophth. — wrAPovs...rovTtev, 499 a. 

38. clowar dv s, 621 a. — drodwddtwv, amodmdexev, 577 b. — ds pev 
cwuvehovtt eimeiy (Lex. cuvaipéw), 671c. Some refer this expression to 
462 c, d. — wavratacty, sc. otddy, nothing at all. — cdtew Soxet, [seems to 


v4 NOTES. 


save] tends to safety > odfee Ta Toa THpual’ H reOapxia: avapxlas dé petfov 
ovk éarw xaxov, Soph. Ant. 676, 672. 

40. as (Lex. g), how, modifying each. — ovta y éxdvtwv, while they are 
in such a state (or, affairs stand thus), at least, 676 a, b. — 8 ti &v Tis xp7- 
Talro avtois, what use one can make of them, or, what service one can obtain 
Srom them.— 8éor tT, sc. xpjoOa or xpHoagBar. 

41. avtov, gen. w. yvwuas: pos. 538 f. 

42. otte TAROSs Eotiy ode ioxdts 7...1TOLoOvTa (= 7d...7o0L0dv). — civ 

85 Tots Gcots, § 23; 2. 8. 11, 14. — as éml Td ToAV (Lex.). — Séxovran, 
receive to an encounter, withstand (Lex.). 

43. mao, case 460. — aepl 8 Tov kahas drobvqoKev, [about the dying 
honorably] for an honorable death. Cf. Hor. Odes, iii. 2. 13. Effugit mor- 
tem, quisquis contemserit; timidissimum quemque consequitur, Curt. iv. 14. 
25.— TOVTOUS OPO PAAASY Tus. ..ddikvoupevous : ofrol...dgixvoovra, would 
have corresponded to the construction above. — padAdv mas, in some way 
the rather. 

44, wapakadely, sc. dvdpas dyabous elvat, cf. iv. 3. 17. 

45. tocovtov povov oe...00v [= dcov Totro, drt, 560] Heovoy (612) 
*AOnvatov evar (657 k), I knew you only so far as this, that I had heard 
that you were an Athenian. The adv. use of rocodrov udvoy and écov may 
be referred to 478 or 482; cf. v. 8. 8. — éd’ ots = én rovros &, 554a N. — 
Povdolpny dv, 636 a. — Stu wrelorous, i. 1.6; 2. 4. 

46. pt péddopev, § 24. — ot Sedpevor, you who need them (apxévTwv). — 
ovykahovpey, cf. § 24. 

47. dpa trait citmv, 662a.— pédAdAovTo, mid. or pass. linger, or, be 
delayed. — Kdedvwp, the troops of Agias joining the force which Cleanor 
before commanded; ii. 5. 37. —’Opxopeévos, some read ‘Apxas. 


CHAPTER If. 


SPEECHES TO THE TROOPS BY THE NEW GENERALS, ESPECIALLY 
XENOPHON. — ORDER OF MARCH ADOPTED. r 


86 i Hpéepa tes, 2 was [both] nearly daybreak. — Kal els (705) 7d 
pérov, 1. 46. — katactyioavtas, sc. opds, 667e; voice 577 b. — 
mpatov pev, followed by émi rovTw, § 4; cf. 1. 13 N. 

2. dvdpes oTpaTLaTaL, avdpav otpatnyev (Lex. dvjp), 506 f.—orepo- — 
peGa, i. 9. 13; 6. 2. —Aoxayav, order 719 d, v. — mpds (Lex. 703 b) 8’ éru 
kal, observe the pleonasm, 69 b. Some here recognize a tmesis of mpocért, 
yet further, 388 c, 699 i. — ot appl “Aptatoy, ii. 4. 2. 

3. mapacar, Srrws...ca{dpeba, to strive [so that we may save] fo save 
ourselves; ‘‘gravius dictum pro meipacbar owfecOa,” Kiihn.; ef. § 5. — 
arobvqrKwpeyv, let ws dic, 628 a. Some regard it as constructed like cwf- 
Hea. — ola s, as may the gods bring upon owr enemies ! cf. § 6. 








BOOK Mi. -CHAP. II: 75 


4. émi rovtw, upon this, or, after him, 690; deinceps, Kiihn. — & dy- 
Spes, 484 ¢. — doris, 550 b, ii. 3. 4. — Aéywv.. d6pdoas, tense ?— etn, mode ? 
—‘“EdAdSos, case 4424: see ii. 8. 18, where dat. — mept (Lex.) wAelorov 
av tmoijoatto, mode, and force of év?— émi rovrots, [upon these declara- 
tions] in accordance with, or, in addition to this. — atts, 540c; observe the 
emphatic repetition (with asyndeton); and above, of opare. — adros é€a- 
matyocas cuvéehae s, then did himself [having deceived] seize the generals 
whom he had deceived. —Kyedpxw, case 451b. See ii. 5. 27. — avrois 
Tovtots, by this very means. 

5. kal (sc. @) &dxapev, 562; for the more comm. édouev, 306 b, c. — kat 
ovTos, 685 b. — Kipov...tavros, order ?— éxelvov, case 442 a. 87 

6. aroticatvro, mode 638d; cf. rounoeav, § 3. — os...KpaTiora, 

i. 6.3; 2. 4.—Totro...maoxev (Lex.), meet that fortune (whether good or 
evil) which the gods may assign. 

7. *Ex (Lex. é&). — ndAdtora, Xen. was eminently fond of the beautiful 
(piddxados, Alian. Varie Historie, iii. 24). — rTov...r@ vikav mpémey, that 
the most beautiful attire befitted victory. — dp0as txev, that it was well. — 
tav KaANotwv (431 b) éavtdy dfiaoavta, since he had deemed himself 
worthy of the most beautiful equipments. — hoyov, case 425. : 

8. Tv pév, the regular sequence having been interrupted by the sneez- 
ing. — déye, tense 612. — 81a piAtas, Sta mavrds aodkgpov (Lex. did). — 
otpatnyous, prolepsis, 474, 657: cf. i. 8. 21. — 8a micrews, 694. — ov 
Tots SémAots: cf. ii. 1. 12. — dv...8lknv = dixnv rovTwy & memojxact, [the 
penalty of those things which they have done] vengeance for their deeds. — 
mohAat kal, ii. 3. 18. Cf. order in § 10. 

9. mrdpvuTat, a sudden, involuntary outburst of this kind was referred 
by the Greeks, as by so many other nations, to a divine interposition, 
indicating good or evil according to the circumstances (rrapudv 7 dpviOa 
kaXetre, Ar. Av. 720). As the sign here fell upon cwrnpias, Xen. inter- 
preted it as promising safety, and proceeding from Zev’s Zwr7p. — tov Geov, 
the deity from whom the sign proceeded. Zed, cdcov, Jupiter (Zeus), be 
propitious, was a common Greek exclamation when one in a company 
sneezed, as in Germ., ‘‘ Gott helf,” and in Eng., ‘‘God bless you.” — tw _ 
...dvarewatw tiv Xéipa, a very common mode of voting among 88 
the Greeks, as with us. The Greeks naturally carried the usages, 
as well as the spirit, of their popular institutions into the field ; and of 
this army in particular Kriig. says, that it was ‘‘civitatem perigrinantem,” 
a travelling commonwealth. — ta Tav Peav Kadas elxev, the [things of the 
gods were well] religious rites had been duly performed. 

10. ’Eriyxavoy (Lex.) Aéywv, i. e. when this omen came. — @eay, ii. 7. 5. 
— otTw 8’ éxdvrav, 676a; que cum ita sint. — oltep ixavol s. Cf. ‘O deds 
dé, ws Eoixe, moAdKis xalper Tovs pév puKpovs meydAous Tomy, Tovs dé peya- 
ous puxpovs, Hel. vi. 4. 23. bs 

1l. ydp, yap, in reg. const. one of these should be omitted. Cf. ii. 5.12; 
716 a. — tpas, kivSuvous, 473 a. — ayaQois...ayalol, order ?— tpiv, cf. 15, 
661 b. — wrapmdnPet ordro, in a vast array; acc. to Nepos, 100000 infan- 


"6 NOTES. 


7 


try, and 10000 cavalry. Others increase this number, and Justin even to 
600000 (of whom 200000 perished). — as dpaviovytwy s, that they might 
bring Athens to nothing again, 598 b. — trootivar, at Marathon, B. c. 490; 
acc. to the comm. statement, 10000 in number, and aided only by 1000 
Plateans. 

12. cidédpuevor, as if its subject followed in the nom., instead of the dat. 
avrois w. @dotev, 402 a. — Wokev avtroits = éyndicarvro, [it seemed best to 
them] they determined ; the dat. being used, by a change of const., for the 


nom. with which the sentence commences, cf. 402 a.—kart’ éyviavtov (692.5) — 


mevtakootas Ove, upon her altar at Ayre upon the Ilissus; an annual 
sacrifice of 500, without limit of time, being substituted for an immediate 
payment of the whole number (6400 barbarians having fallen in the battle, 
ace. to Hdt. vi. 117). Plutarch mentions the thank-offering as existing 
even in his time, some 600 years after the battle. 

13. thy dvapibunrov otpatiay, that innumerable army, so celebrated, 
530a. Hdt. (vii. 186) sets the entire host at 5283220 men, one half of 
whom were combatants. — évixwy (tense? cf. évixnoav, § 11), at Salamis, 
B. c. 480, at Platee and Mycale, on the same day, B. c. 479, etc. —*Qy 
tote (788 f) pev texpnpta (394b) s, [as proofs of which one may see the 
trophies] of which exploits we may behold proofs in the trophies then 
erected. — adda, i. 4. 18. — mpoyovev, case 412. 

14. *pépar, sc. eiciv, a comm. ellipsis in such expressions. — ad’ 

89 od (Lex. dm), 557 a (= dd Tod xpdvou bre). — tov atta 

‘ ; = xeovov bre). — tpav avrav, case 409. 
— évikarte (tense ?), were conquering. 

15. wept tis Kupov s, [about] in behalf of the sovereignty of Cyrus ; 
i.e. to make Cyrus king. —édyalol, rou, pos.?— tpas, case 661b; ef. $11. 

16. aitav, case ?— 76 Te AOS Gperpov (sc. dv) 6pavres, and seeing the 
multitude [to be] immense, 523 b, 5. — tévar ets adrovs, to go against then 
[1nTo them, stronger than ézi adrovs UPON them]. — @éAovct...n Séxer Oar 
tpas, they are not willing to receive you [will or choose not to receive, 
stronger than ov 0édover déxecOar, do not will to receive]. 

17. Mn8é...86&nre, as imv. 628 c. — petov (Lex.). —et, if, = O71, that, 
639 a. — Kvpetou, cf. vii. 2. 7. — adbeorqxacry, ii. 4. 2, 9s. —@r, pos.?— 
epevyov, they [were fleeing] fled. The impf. presents more vividly than the 
aor. the scene when the army under Arizus showed its cowardice by run- 
ning away and leaving the Greeks to their fate, i. 10. 1. The mss. have 
pds before éxeivous, but there does not appear to be any occasion on which 
the army of Arizus actually fled to the king’s troops. The insertion came 
possibly from a copyist, who did not distinguish between ddecrjxacw and 
epevyov. — vyijs, case 425. — rod kpeirroy, sc. éort. 

18. ts...evOupyOnre, numb. 501. On value of cavalry, see ii. 4. 6. — 
ot puptot immeis, 531 d, 534. 3: so in Eng. “your ten thousand horse.” — 
dvOpwirot, pos. ? 

19. imméwv, case ?— xpépavrat, [hang] are placed aloft. — paddov...rev- 

90 Eopeba, shall better hit, from our steadier aim. —‘Ev\ péve, in one 

respect alone, 467 b. — twas, case 472 b. — hedyavs, 663a. The 





——.s ee 





BOOK IIL CHAP. IL ot 


sportive and somewhat sarcastic tone of parts of this address was admirably 
adapted to raise the spirits of the soldiers. 

20. paxas, case 472 f. — iptv, ii. 2. 8; i. 7. 1. — rotro, 483 b. — Hf ods 
...dvipas, or (to have as guides) whatsoever men (553), such men as. — tv 
wt (478) mepl Has apaptavect (631¢c), if in aught they sin against us ; 
some read tuds, you. —Tas éavTav Wuxds Kal copara, their own lives 
(which may be taken) and persons (which may be beaten), 534. 4. Cf. 
‘life and limb”; Germ., ‘ Leib und Leben.” 

21. pixpa...aodXod, in a kind of sarcastic antithesis. — pérpa, in appos. 
Ww. émirqoea, 395 a. — dpyuptov, case ?— pydé...¢xovtas, as we no longer 
receive pay ; as they had been so long without pay. — pétpw...6mdc, as 
large measure as. 

22. taira, prolepsis. — xpelrrova, sc. éoriv. — d&aropoy, ii. 5.9; iv. 4.11. 
— biaBavres, when you crossed them, referring esp. to the passage of the 
Tigris, which was planned for the destruction of the Greeks, ii. 4. 24. — 
ei (complem.) dpa s, whether indeed (or, after all) the barbarians [have not 
done this even a most foolish thing} have not here done a most foolish thing, 
as they simply constrain us to make a longer march through the heart of 
their country. — mnyav, case ?— mpototer, to [persons proceeding] those 
who proceed, or, if we ascend ; case 458. 

23. Stoicoverv, some read dujcovow (diinut, allow to pass). — od8’ as 
(Lex.). — patypev Bedtiovs, [say are better] admit to be better. — Bacrdéws, 
contemptuously repeated, to emphasize the king’s inefficiency. Yet it 
seems quite possible that the first BaovAéws has crept into the text from 
a grammatical gloss, and that the true reading is of dxovros (so placed for 
emphasis) €v 77 BaciNéws xwpa. Hence in Ms. Eton. of év Bacihéws ywpe 
&xovros. — Avxdovas...<ciSopev, in passing through Lycaonia, i. 2. 19: 
cf. § 8, 29. — rovtrwv, the Persians or subjects of the king; v. 7. rovrov. 

24. av ébyv, I might say, were it not for the reason mentioned in 91 
§ 25. — xpijvav...dppnpevors, ought not to appear to have set out for 
home. — dunpovs Tov adddrws extrépaperv, hostages [of his being about to 
send] that he would send them away faithfully. — ot8° &r, [I know that he 
would] Z am well asswred, thrown in parenthetically, 717 b. 

25. ’AdAa yap, but [I do not so say] for, 709. 2.— ph, repeated after 
the conditional clause, 714. 2. Cf. eé...e/, § 35. — peyaAaus, tall or stately. 
Physical prowess was so indispensable among the Greeks, that good size 
became an important element of female attractiveness. — @omep ot AwrTo- 
payout, as those who taste the lotus ; wh Tw Tis AwTolo paywr voatoto AdO7nTaL, 
Od. ix. 102. The poems of Homer were most familiar sources of illustra- 
tion to the Greeks. 

26. édv (Lex.) aitois (459) ...noproapévous (667 e) s, [it being in their 
power, having brought, etc.] when, if they will bring hither the citizens that 
now live in want at home (as being without estate) they may behold them 
rich: rovs woditevovras is the comm. object of kouicapévous and opay. 

27. iva ph Ta Levyn jpav (407) orparnyn, that our teams may not con- 
trol [us] our march, obliging us to go only by carriage routes. Cf. ii. 2. 18. 


Com NOTES. 


— dxAov piv rapéxovow yew, [give trouble] are troublesome to carry, 
663 d, e. — ovBév, case 478. 

28. trav dAdov...7wARV Soa, of our other effects let us dispense with the 

superfluous, [all except what we carry] whatever we do not carry, ete. Cf. 
i. 2. 17. — Kparovpévav (sc. tiav, 676), if, or, when men are con- 

92 quered ; Xen. would not here use the humbling and ill-omened 
juov. — wavrTa (sc. yiyverat) dANOTpia, everything becomes another's. 

29. Aourdy (Lex.) pot, case 460. —‘Opare yap, so v. 1. 8; 8. 11. — 
ampooGev...mpiv, cf. 1..16; i. 1. 10. —&v...amodéoOar, 621 d. — araéla, cf. 
A ore 

30. rois viv tav mpdoGev, order 719 b, €; cf. viv 7) rpécbev. 

31. “Hv 8€ tis areOy, Fv Wydionobe, and in case any one is disobedient, 
af you would vote. In the logical order the latter clause would precede the 
former, but the other is placed first in distinction from recOopuévovs in § 30. 
— Tov...évrvyxavovTa, any one of you who may be present at the time. — 
del, see Lex. — wtv To Upxovte koAdfev, should join with the commander 
in punishing him ; a measure more likely to be voted than well executed ; 
cf. v. 8. 21 s. — mietorov...grovtrar, will be most completely disappointed. 
— Knycdpxovs (Lex.), 227. 1; i.e. rigid disciplinarians, ii. 6. 9 s. — ov8° 
évi, not a single man (Lex. ov6é): v. 1. ovdert. — kako, [bad as a soldier} 
remiss in duty. 

32. "AAG yap (Lex.), 709. 2. — 4 tatry [for ratra], than [that things 
should be in this way] this. — 6 téudtys, art. 522 a. 

33. bydlcacba dpioroy etvat, to be best to vote. — avétevay, asynd. 
Cf. 2. 9. 

93 34. (sc. éxeice) Strov, 551 f; cf. od, ii. 1. 6. — whéov, case 482d. 

36. Trornoapévous, cf. i. 2.1.—Tav Stdov, ii. 2.4 N. — etn, ii. 4. 5. 
— Ta mpdaGev (Lex.). — éxatépoy, cf. i. 8. 27. — xpuipeba...reraypevots, we 
could immediately put our marshalled men in action. 

37. dddos éxétTa, let it be otherwise. — Xeptcopos: Chirisophus had be- 
fore been kept in the shade by his older and abler countryman, Clearchus. 
— Aaxedatpdvios : the Spartans, now sovereign through Greece, were very 
jealous for their precedence ; cf. vi. 1. 26, 32; 6. 12. — wAevpoyv, case ? — 
ampecPuTatwv, 418 c. — Td viv etvar, 665 b. 

38. treipmpevor s, 432b; but with any changes that may seem expedient 
from time to time; e. g. 4. 19s. —"Hbote tatra, asyndeton. 

39. eivar, inf. 657k. — totrov tuxetv, to obtain this sight, 427. — Trav 

94. peév...vukdvrov, 448 a.— Kal et tis St xpnpatev (case 432 e) émbv- 

pet, and even if any one ts desirous of wealth ; a lower motive pre- 
sented thus conditionally. This peroration, though not observing strictly 
the law of climax, was admirably adapted to impress the hearers. Observe 
the emphatic repetitions, chiasms, etc. 











BOOK III. CHAP. III. "9 


CHAPTER III. 


THE GREEKS CROSS THE ZAPATAS AND ADVANCE.——- ANNOYED BY 
THE PERSIANS. 


1. Totrov s, 675. — avéornoayv, the assembly having been before this 
seated. Of. 1. 33; vi. 2. 5. — katékatov, engaged in burning. Observe 
the imperfects to depict the scene, 592a; cf. 2. 27s. 

2. mors, ii. 5. 35. — edvous, sc. elu. — mpds pe, accent, 788 e. — rf év 
ve, 564. 2. 

3. edeye, cf. ii. 3. 21. — Hv pévs; observe the close correspondence in 
form of the contrasted clauses. — tis, one (much like Fr. on, and Germ. 
man) = if we are permitted, with esp. but not sole reference to the king and 
Tissaphernes, whom he does not care to name ; cf. i. 4. 12. — é4@, in what 
mode after #v?— thv xapayv, his country, or, territory, 530 e.— hpas tis 
0500 (405) amroxwAvn, obstructs [us from the way] our passage. 

4. éytyvéoxero, [he] it was perceived, pers. or impers., 573; cf. ii. 4. 22. 
—1s, pos.? Cf. ii. 5. 832 N. — mlorews Evexa, [for the sake of assurance] 
to secure his fidelity to the king ; cf. ii. 5. 35. 

5. BéArvoy etvar, to be [better] advisable. Observe the succession 95 
of infinitives. — tot’, as long as, whilst. — BrépSapov, SrépPepay, 
se. the enemy, fr. T7 modeuia : tense ?— Nixapxov (Lex.). — @xero amy, 
679 d. — vuxrés, prob. the preceding night, which afforded such opportu- 
nity for intrigue and desertion, 1. 3. 

6. SiaBdvres : the Greeks were encamped upon the southeast bank of 
the Great Zab, prob. by one of its lowest fords, ii. 5. 1. This is identified 
by Layard with the principal ford in this part of the river, about twenty- 
five miles from its junction with the Tigris. The xyapdépa mentioned 
4. 1, 3s, would then correspond with the dry bed of the torrent Bumadus, 
now Gazir-su ; and the second day’s march would bring the army to the 
Tigris at Larissa. The Greeks had made such preparations during the 
night that they were ready to cross at once, before the Persians, little 
suspecting such an efficient and rapid movement, were prepared to interfere. 
The final battle between Alexander and Darius I1I., commonly called the 
battle of Arbela, was fought on the plain. — Zamdray, some read ZaBaror: 
see Lex. — Od todd, sc. xwpiov, expressed § 15. Cf. Bpaxd, i. 5. 3, etc. 

7. éritpwokoy, both archers and slingers. — Kpfjres, i. 2. 9. — trav Ilep- 
_ o@v, who had not only esp. skill in archery, but very large and strong 
bows, 4. 17. — St@d\ov = érdirGv. — axovrioral: the Greek peltasts were 
trained not only to use their light spears in the hand, but also to throw 
them (v. 2. 12); and were then specially called dxovricrai. — Bpaxvrepa 
HKovtifoy, 4 as s, 513d. — odevdovnrav, case ? 

8. Siwxtéov elvar, 682. — éSlwxov, sc. ofrou: ii. 2. 14. 

9. ot meLol Tots meLovs, order ?— ék mrodAod (Lex.) ; cf. é« wdéovos, i, 10. 


80 NOTES. 


11. — ody oidv re Hv, 556; lest they should be surrounded and destroyed 
by the cavalry. 

10. cis rodmobey (Lex. dmicbev), 125 a, 526 b, tokevovtes, shooting back- . 
wards, or, behind; ‘‘a dexterity which the Parthians exhibited afterwards 
still more signally, and which the Persian horsemen of the present day 
parallel with their carbines.” Grote. 

11. *pépas, SelAns, case 433 a. — kedpas, mentioned above, 2. 34. 
96 _ Tohepious ovdév, two accus., 480. 2 b. 

12. yriavTo, paptupoin, mode 651 a. — év T@ péverv, while keeping our 
places in the appointed order. 

13. adnGf...d€yere, you speak the truth, briefly and forcibly, for the fact 
Was as you say. — KaK@s...xadeTras, order ? 

14. Qcots xadpts, sc. éorw, thanks [be] to the gods. — peyada, ii. 3. 23. 

15. [sc. rocoirov] ’vov ovte, as far as neither, i. e. farther than either. 
— oi ék xepos BaddAovtes = of dxovriorai, § 7. — étxveto Oar, hit, send. — 
TOAD...Xwptov, pos. 719 a, v. — mweLos me{dv, cf. § 9. — SidKev...é« TéEoU 
piparos (Lex.); if he had a bow-shot the start, as an archer would be 
likely to have. 

16. “Hpets (emph. pos.) otv et péANopev s, if then we are to check these 
men. — péd\dAopev, some read m“éAdouuev. — odevdovntayv, case 414 b. — Thy 
taxiornyv, 483d; cf. i. 3.14, 20.— @v...aitav, 562. — edevdovav, 2.14; 
case 409. 

97 17. xepotAnbéor, pos. 523 b, 4. 

18. aitav...tives, who of them, or see 413, and ef. 1. 19. — weé- 
TavTat (rdouar), i. 9. 19.— rotrw, as if tis had preceded, 501. — adrav, 
for them, i.e. the slings, 429a. — év to Teraypév@, in the place assigned 
him: pro in loco constituto, assignato. Poppo. — atedetav (Lex.). 

' 19. rots név tiwas, 530 b. — robs 8¢ to Kreapxa, those that belonged to 
Clearchus (v. l. rods 5é Tév KvX\edpxov). — cxevodcpa (Lex.), i. e. mules, 
asses, or oxen. — eis tarméas, for [horsemen] cavalry use. 

20. éyévovto, [came to be] were provided. — oxpacOnoav, a term for 
the annual examination and approval of the Athenian cavalry. — erodddes, 
v. 1. omodddes (see Lex.). — Odpakes attots s, 587 a, 454e. 


CHAPTER IV. 


MARCH ALONG THE TIGRIS FROM THE VICINITY OF NINEVEH TO THE 
REGION OF THE CARDUCHIAN MOUNTAINS. 


1. ty GAAn, 567 a. — mpwialrepov (Lex. rpwt, v. 1. rpwirepov). — xapa- 
| Spav, see 3. 6 N. — ph émOoivro, 624¢; form 315. 

2. to~ovrous s, 2 accus. 480, 2c. — daPev, trocyxdpevos, had received 
them [having promised] on the promise. Having been an adherent of Cyrus, 
Mithridates must, forsooth, commend himself to the confidence and favor 





BOOK III. CHAP. IV. 8] 


of the king by an excess of zeal. —A&By, mode 645 a, — modobev 98 
(vw. 1. &umpocbev, 706 »). 

3. 8cov, about (Lex.), 556d, 507 e. — IIaphyyeAto s, instructions had 
been given, both who of the peltasts were to pursue. — eipynto (Lex. nui). — 
as epayouevns Ss, as (or, assured that) a competent force would follow in their 
support. 

4. é&uxvotvro, [were reaching their aim] could take effect. Observe the 
force of each tense in this section. —éonpyve, i. 2. 17; ii. 2. 4. — of 8€ 
often of enemy, iv. 3. 31; v. 2. 5. 

5. BapBapots, case 464. — yKicavto: this, though provoked by the 
repeated treachery of the enemy, was so contrary to Greek usage that Xen. 
takes pains to say that it was done without orders ; cf. 1. 17 x. — épav, 
6632; 1. 23; ii. 3. 3. 

6. otte mpatavtes, having fared thus. — 7 doumdy, 482 a. 

7. dvopa 8’, see Lex. Adpicoa, Méortdha. — 70 tradardv, 529 a: 7d dpxaiov, 
i. 1. 6; ii. 2. 5. —xKdKdov 4 teplobos, order 523 c. 

8. Bactrets, i. e. Cyrus the Elder. — fAvov 8 vehélyn tpoKadtaca 
Apavice, pexpt s, but a cloud veiling the sun hid rt from sight, until the in- 
habitants abandoned the city through superstitious terror from the unusual 
gloom. Some suppose that this tradition originated in an eclipse. Such - 
is the common but conjectural text. The Mss., with great unanimity, read 
HAtos 6€ vepédnv mpoxadtwWas Apavice, which seems to be a figurative account 
of the final effort and success of Cyrus: and the Sun (Cyrus, whose name 
has this meaning) having brought a cloud as a veil (a cloud of troops) hid 
the city from sight, until the inhabitants left it (coming forth to surrender). 
— ottws éddw, voice 575a. Lven if the Greeks had been aware that they 
were passing by the remains of one of the mightiest cities in the world’s 
history, they had no time to stop for their examination, or even to gather 
up carefully the traditions respecting them. But certainly Xenophon’s 
slight notices are a striking illustration how complete was the desolation 
of ‘‘ great Nineveh” to the mind as well as to the eye. 

9. Ilapa, beside: cf. i. 2.13; 3.7: wapd with things regularly takes 
the accusative, sometimes the dative, vii. 2. 25. See Lex. — mpa- 

ts (Lex.). 29 
pts 

10. tetxos épnpov péya, a desolate wall (or, castle) of great extent.— mpds 
TH Toe Kelwevov, ying (in ruins) before its city. This seems much like 
gloss, and is omitted by some editors. — Méo-mda, see Lex. 

11. xixdov: if, as some suppose, refyos, in § 10, signifies an outlying 
fortress or castle, rod xixdov here must still refer to the enclosure of the city 
also. — katadvyetv, 660 b. 

12. éuBpovthtous Trotet, strikes with madness, or, with a panic, perhaps 
through a terrific thunder-storm. Compare the word ‘‘ Dunder-head.” 
(Anthon.) 

13. His rotrov...cradusy, in this day's march, intruding into or upon 
it, 704 a.— ovs Te avros triméas AAVev Cxov = exw Tos Te imméas ods ards 
HO Exwv, having both the cavalry which he [himself came having] brought 

6 


89 NOTES. 


with him from his own satrapy ; i. 2. 4. —’Opdvrov (v. 7. Opévra), ii. 4. 8. 
— ots Kipos ¢xwv avéBn BapBapous, [what barbarians Cyrus having went 
up] the barbarians with whom Cyrus made his ascent. — adeddes, ii. 4. 25. 
— éBona, tense ? 

14. The following diagram may perhaps sufficiently illustrate the rela- 
tive position of the Greeks and Persians : 


Greeks. 


Persians. 





Observe the order of the four infinitives in this section, éuBdddew, etc. 
15. XxvOa ro—star (v. J. UZevdoroéd7a): this term, not ex- 
100 plained by Xen., appears to distinguish those of the archers who 
had obtained large bows (such as the Scythians carried), chiefly, we may 
suppose, by despoiling those who fell in the battle of the ravine, § 5 (since 
in the previous attacks the bows of the Greeks were inferior in power to 
those of their assailants). — od8€ yap, et mavu mpobupotro (v. 1. mpovdu- 
tro) Ss, 632: in such a dense mass did the enemy stand. — amexapet, atre- 
Xopynoav, tense ? 

16. kal tov trAcCloTwy TofoTav, and than most of the archers could send 
their arrows. 

17. Meydda s: yet the bows of the Persians were also large, so that the 
Cretans found their captured arrows of great use with the larger bows which 
they themselves now carried. Cf. Hdt. vii. 61. — Kpnot, case 453. — 
Steréhouy (Lex.) xpwpevor, were constantly using, 677. — &vw, into the air, 
so that they might recover the arrows, as they could not afford to waste 
their small supply in the needed practice with new weapons. — péAvpdos, 
Sc. onus ? 

18. peitov (Lex.), i. 10. 8. 

19. Képata, the wings, flanks, or, sides; = wevpal, § 22. — éxOAlBeo Ban s, 
that the hoplites should be pushed out of their places, or, ranks. — &ua pev 
TueLopévous, Epa St kal, being at the same time crowded, and [at the same 
time] not only crowded, but also, etc. Of. iv. 1. 4; vi. 2. 14, for this 
doubling of gua, which the Eng. does not imitate. — dere Svoxphorous 
elvat dvayky (v. 1. dvdyKy), so that it is unavoidable that they should be, or, 
they are necessarily, useless. 

20. kevov ylyverOar...xepatev, that the interval between the flanks should 
be open ; as in their confusion they could not at once take their places so 

101 * to fill up the ranks. Cf. i. 4. 4; 445 b. —ratra macyovras, 
[suffering this] so affected. — SidBacry, ii. 3. 10. — pacar (Lex.). 
— everriBerov (Lex.) ...trodeptous, case 458 ; cf. iv. 8. 12. 

21. érowjocavro (v. 1. éolncav), by the selection of the most valiant, 
active, and reliable, for special service wherever they might be needed. — 
ava exardy, 240 f, 692. 5. — Ovdror 88 ropevdpevor, 402a. To avoid or soften 
the anacoluthon some needlessly conjecture the gen. for the nom., and 





BOOK, Mir; CHAP: IY. 83 


others otrw for obror. — tmépevov vorrepor s, the captains remained behind 

with their companies ; i. e. when stationed in the rear, as they seem at first 

to have been because the danger was from behind. Afterwards, when the 

danger was divided, half the companies were in front with Chirisophus, 

§ 43. — rére 8¢ trapiyov tEwdev Tav Kepdtwv, and then led on their com- 

panies outside of the line between the two wings, i. e. here, behind it, or 
apart from it. 

Oo 22. kata Adxous, by companies: in this way the companies were 

O arrayed side by side, one enomoty in width and four in depth- 

O —karta revtynkooris: the width was now doubled by bring- QO 

O ing each pentecostys (or fifty) of the company into the line; 00 
while in the arrangement kara évwyorias it was quadrupled 

by bringing each enomoty forward to the line. When each enomoty formed 

a square, the first arrangement would make of the six lochi a 

body 30 men wide and 20 men deep; the second, 60 wide QO00 

and 10 deep; and the third, 120 wide and 5 deep. 

23. ot Aoxayol, the captains of the army in general, who crossed in 
order under the protection of the six select companies. — et tov 8éot tt Tis 
badayyos (gen. w. zou, 420 a), émumapiioav (v. 1. émurappoar), if there was 
any need in any part of the phalanx, these (the select companies) were at 
hand for support. — éropevOnoayv, éropevovto § 24, tense 593. 

24. Bacidaov, a (satrap’s) palace, § 31; cf. iv. 4. 2.— 8d, [through] 
over. —% Kopn, the chief village, containing the palace ; or perhaps the 
first appearance was that of a single village only, though the Greeks found 
that there were many. 

25. avéBynoav, katéBatvov, tense ?— dvaBalvev, mode 671 d.— eis rd 
mpaves (Lex.), down the hill, giving them a great advantage over the Greek 
missiles sent up the hill. — €Baddov s, asyndeton. — i176 paotlywy, 695. 
The Persian troops, even in battle, were treated as slaves. So at Thermo- 
pyle, Hdt. vii. 223: cf. Ctes. Pers. 23. 

26. kxatetitpwoKov, éxpatnoay, tense 595 a. — yupvatey, case ? 102 
ciow tav StrAwv, § 17; 2. 36; 8. 7. 

27. Observe the tenses. — amerfSwv, some read dver7jdwy. 

28. otpatidétas, see iv. 3.22, and orparia, vi. 3. 19. — ply, conj. 703d, a. 
— 7d dpos, rising above the hills, § 24. 

29. arotpnleinoav, 293a; cf. § 35. aitov, case? Observe the dif- 
ferent reference of the second of modéucoe from the first. 

30. oi 8€, the targeteers, § 28 ; they passed along the mountain above 
the main army, and in a parallel direction. — tatpois, i.e. soldiers who had 
most experience and skill in dressing wounds. A Greek army had not the 
fully and carefully appointed ‘staff of modern times ; and the wounds from 
which they suffered were in general less difficult of treatment than those. 
made by fire-arms. 

31. cixov, for éxovres, 716 c. — &devpa s, asynd. 707 j. —té carparred- 
ovtt, case 460 (or 461 ?), chiefly for the support of the troops which he must 
maintain. Cf. Xen. Gcon. iv. 5s. 


BA NOTES. 


103 33. airots, case ?— Srédepov (Lex.). 

34. moheptors, case 460. — émvOavrat, mode? i. 8. 24. 

35. Tlovnpdy, ii. 5.9; 4. 85: ili. 2. 22. Cf. Cyrop. iii. 3. 26 s. — av- 
rots, case 464. — ds él rd wodd (Lex.). —Tod pi hevyev evexa (436 d, 
664 d) et AvOeiqoay, that they might not escape if they should be loosed, or, 
get loose. — Set, Set, observe the emph. repetition and order. — avdpt, dat. 
after de?, for the more comm. acc. (subject of the inf., Lex. déw), 453; 
yet below Owpaxicbévra, cf. i. 2. 1. — ‘Edhivoy, case 405 ; ef. (699) 

36. éxipvée (Lex.), 571 b. — érécxov tijs topetas, delaned their march, 
405 (Lex. éréxw). 

37. avatedgavres, having [yoked] harnessed wp, or, decamped. They had 
beasts of burden, but had burned their wagons, 3. 1.— TH torepalg, vux- 

104 wés, case 469a, 433. — 4 (Lex. és). — td’ Hv, implying motion 

towards and under; ef. i¢ @, of rest beneath, § 24. 

38. ovdpas, cf. crdua, § 425. 

39. "Eéeoriy dpav, you can see for yourself. — hpiv, for us, 1. e. to pre- 
vent our passage, 462e. Cf. i. 3. 16. — ov dort taped Octv, there is no get- 
ting by. ; 

40. Zonpa, [without defenders] unguarded, or, exposed. —tIs...a7meXG, 
[one] we shall drive off, 548 g. 

41. rod dpovs, pos. 523 c. — trép airod Tot cavTay (i. e. the Greeks im- 
plied in KevopGv, 499 e) s, directly above their own army, 541e, or, even 
above, cf. i. 8. 14. — BotAe, form ?— éy@ 8’, expressed in distinction from 
ov wév, understood with the preceding imperative, but which it was more 
courteous to omit. 

42. cimav, asynd. Cf. iv. 1. 20; 8. 6. — Kedeve, requests Chirisophus. — 
ot, dat. w. cuuréupat, 539a.— ordpartos, cf. odpd, § 38. — paKkpov...7Vv, 
longum erat, ‘‘ 2 was too far to get them from.”’ McMich. 

105 43. “dae, took himself in their place. — émtAéxtov, § 21. 
44,45. Observe emph. repetitions. — StakeAevopévav, numb. ? 

46. BY (Lex.), 506 b; case ? 

47, icov (Lex.), 691. 

48. Kal s, i. 8. 16. — dxotoas, kararndqoas, i. 8. 3. — obetrat kal 
...€mopevero, tense ?— yaw é émropevero, marched on with it, 674 b. — Sdapaka 
(Lex. Owpaé, immets). — waprévar s, to pass, though following with difficulty, 
or, while they followed with difficulty. 

49. ‘O &é, i. e. Xenophon. — Bdéowma Fv [impers. 571e, or sc. T& xwpia], 
sc. T@ lary, the ground was passable (fit for riding); cf. iv. 6. 17. — @€a- 
vouotv...modeplous, outstrip the enemy in reaching the summnut. 





BOOK III. CHAP. V. 5 


CHAP hE ie Vv". 


THE GREEKS RESOLVE TO FIGHT THEIR WAY ACROSS THE MOUNTAINS 
AND THROUGH THE CARDUCHIAN COUNTRY. 


1. Of 8 dpoi, 5274; cf. § 3; ii. 4. 2. — Oddy, case? il. 2. 16; 106 
iii. 4. 26; i. 2. 20. — peory moddav ayalay, full of various sup- 
plies, unless the expression is pleonastic. 

2. SraBrBazopevar, in the act of being removed, for security. — 7d trépay, 
527. ; 

3S. Ta émiTHSera, pos. ?— pa (625 a)... odK exouev, lest they should have no 
source from which they could obtain. Observe the change of subject. 

4, amzyjecav é& tris Bonbelas, were returning from the rescue of the men 
who were dispersed for supplies, § 2.—karéBy, i.e. from the summit, 
height, 4. 49. 

5. ‘Opate...isrévtas, do you see them conceding ?— & yap...dverparrov- 

70, for as to what they stipulated, ii. 3. 27. Cf. Cyrop. i. 4. 6. — pay Kate, 
sc. quads, appositive of @; more logically of its antecedent. The sentence 
closes as if it had commenced riv yap Bacthéws xwpar, jv. 

6. Playful remarks by the generals, to cheer the desponding. 

7. oxnvas, a general term for quarters, camp, the tents proper 107 
having been burned, 3. 1.— etparnyot S€ Kai Aoxayot, art. om. 
533f£; cf. § 14. —dp7y s, cf. iv. 1. 2. — bmepéxew, sc. Tot tdaros. — Twepo- 
pevots, [for them testing] when they tested. The length of the common 
spear (say about 8 feet) much exceeded a man’s height. — BaGous, case ? 

8. xara (Lex.), 240f. 

9. tatra [v. 1. raira om.] mpdBara, 509 b. — &, gend. 496 c. — kal dv- 
onlévra, and (their skins) inflated, that being referred in general to the 
animal, which belongs specially to its skin ; see 70]. 

10. Observe multiplication of participles. — épploas s, having anchored 
each bag (or, skin) by attaching stones and dropping them. — Siayayav s, 
having extended them across the stream and fastened them at each end to the 
bank, —thus making a floating bridge, suggested by the floats made of 
skins, i. 5. 10 N. 

11. &e tod pi (713d) xcaradivar, case 405a. Cf. the different mode 
of expression below, ore St pt dAvcOdverv...cxAoret (the comm. fut. in this 
sense, Lex. éxw), will keep you [that you should not slip] from slipping. 

12. tois mpdtous, the pioneers, who were to cross and fasten the opposite 
end of this bridge. 

13. 4% mpos BaBvAava, or towards Babylon, apparently a gloss which 
crept into the text. — od mpoonAavvoy, as they were quite at a loss what 
the Greeks were intending, whether to submit to the king, or in their 
desperation to make offensive war. — Spovo. Hoav, 657 j.— Siow woré 
(Lex.). — tpépovrat, 643 h, 645 c. 


86 NOTES. 


14. Hreyxov s, inquired in respect to the whole country round, 

108 474 b. — tis éxd “ in, w 

.— Ths €xdory (sc. xwpa) etn, what each region was. 

15. Ta pév, sc. uepn or xwpia. — Tis él B. (sc. 6500) ety, [belonged to, 
443] lay upon the route. — h St mpds €w (sc. odds) ... b€por, the route to the 
east led. — Oeptte.v kai éapifeyv, obviously, from the climate of the two 
capitals, in chiastic order (the spring spent at Susa, etc.). Cf. Cyr. viii. 
6. 22. — # 8 StaBavre s, the route [for one crossing the river, 462 c] across 
the river. — 6t1, repeated (though not in its proper place before 7 dé dia, 
719 7), giving prominence to this final statement of the route which was 
taken. 

16. ava ra spy, 689 1. — Bactd€ws, case 432 g. — épBadeiv (Lex.), hav- 
ing orparidy as its subject ; an expedition of which nothing more is known. 
—odav, sc. Twas (421 b), some of [themselves] their own people, i. e. the 
inhabitants of the plain, this statement coming from them. — apds éxetyous, 
with them (the Carduchi). 

17. rovs...ciSévar, sc. rhv 66d, those who professed to know the way to 
each quarter. — ovdév SfXov Toinoavtes, giving no intimation. — rotrovs, 
gov. by dia. — &pacay, sc. of Eadwxdres, § 14. — wodAfjs, for rodAjy, 553. 

18. “Emi tovrous, in respect to this proceeding or course ; cf. i. 6. 10. — 
omyvixa (v. 1. qvixa) ... TiS @pas (Lex.), 420 a. — trepBodny s, they feared 
lest the pass over the mountains should be preoccupied, 474 b. — Semvacarey, 
mapayyéAAy, mode ? order ? 


BOOK, TNe 


FROM THE ENTRANCE OF THE GREEKS AMONG THE CARDUCHI 
TO THEIR ARRIVAL AT THE PONTUS EUXINUS. 


CHA. PME Road. 


MARCH THROUGH THE MOUNTAIN REGION. —-SUFFERING FROM AT- 
TACKS OF THE ENEMY AND THE COLD. 


1. "Oca pév, etc. The first four sections, which are chiefly 
109 rei 

recapitulations, are regarded by some as not from the pen of 
Xenophon. Sections 2-4 are wanting in mss. b, ¢, e (see p. 3, as to divi- 
sion into books, summaries, etc.). — 8oa...émrodepnOn, [how many things 
were performed in war] what war was made. — rod Tlepoixotd otparedpa- 
tos. This did not venture to follow the Greeks among the Carduchian 
mountains ; and ceased the pursuit, as if now certain of their destruction, 

Tissaphernes proceeding to Asia Minor, Orontas to Armenia, etc. 
2. eddxer SH, v. 1. eddxer Sé. Some editors bracket as doubtful §§ 2, 3, 4. 








BOOK IV. CHAP. I. 87 


3. Tav aGdiocKopévey, case? tense? — et SréXOorev...ijv pev PovAovrat, 
SiaBycovrar...meptiace (as fut.), 633 b.— rod Tlypyros, for ray rob T., 
438b; ii. 3. 15. — Kal tori ovtw otevdv, sc. TO diudornua or xwplov, and 
[it is so narrow] so small is really the distance here between the two rivers, 
the Tigris flowing from the southern side of Mt. Niphates, and the Eastern 
Euphrates from the northern side. Such is the text of the mss. Most 
editions have now the conjectural reading of Abresch, kal éorw otrws éxor, 
and so tt is. 

4, eis tots Kapdovxous (Lex. eis, xwpa); cf. i. 1. 11. — dpa 110 
pév s, endeavoring both to steal away (from the Persians), and at 
the same time to [anticipate before, etc.] gain the heights, before the enemy 
(the Carduchians) should seize them. 

5. api tiv tedcvtaiav dvdakyv (Lex.), i.e. about 3 o’clock in the 
morning. — édelteto s, 556 d. — oxotaiovs, § 10; ii. 2. 17. — amd Twapay- 
yeAoews, summons, or, word of command, quietly passed from man to man. 
A trumpet-signal might have defeated their plan. — &pa (Lex.), 450 a. 

6. otparedparos, case 407. — mopevopévoyv, i. 4.12; 2. 7: il. 4. 24. 

7. édeltero St del Td tmepBaddXov s, and [continually the crossing part 
of the army] cach part of the army, as it crossed (the height), followed on. 

8. 7a 8... AapBavey, and then was an opportunity of taking provisions 
in abundance. — xadkdpacr: ‘‘The Kurds at the present day take great 
pride in their copper (not brass) utensils.” Ainsworth. — troeadopevor, 
sparing them somewhat, or [covertly], from policy. — et twas s, (to see) if 
perchance the Carduchi would consent, i. e. to ascertain whether, etc. (Lex. 
ei). — as 81a pidlas Tis xdpas, [as through the country friendly] through 
the country as a friendly one, 553; cf. i. 3. 14. 

9. Kadotytoy, sc. airay, case 432 g (or, as some prefer, 676 a). 

10. crotaio, 509; §5: ii. 2. 17. — SAnv tiv Fpépay (482) ... adrois 
eyévero, [took place for them through the whole day] occupied for them the 
whole day. — 6dtyou tives, 548 d. lll 

11. todd, wt. art. 523 f. — otrws, so, as has been stated, § 8. 

— cvvedpwv addAAous, watched cach other for their contmon safety. 

13. Zxodalav, wodAd, roddol, etc., pos.? — érrotovv, pl., the subject in- 
cluding persons, 569 a. — wodAol 8é of éml...dvtes, and [those who were 
over these, many in number] many having charge of these. — Adtav 8é 
Tavta (sc. moveiv, or see 502), and this resolved on, 675 c. 

14. év oteva, sc. xwpiw, in a narrow pass. — why él tls Te ExAeev, ex- 
cept [they did not comply, if] perchance one smuggled something by. — otov 
..eTUupnoas, as, for instance, from attachment to. — yuvatKkds (432 e) Tov 
edtrperrav (418 c). — Ta pév...ta Sé, 483a, 518d. 

15. His s, i. 7.1; iii. 4. 18. —xepov: ‘A great storm arose in the 
-very place to expect it, on the ascent of the highlands of Finduk.”’ Ains- 
worth. 

16 maphyyedAev, sent along word to the van. — émtkéowTo, 112 
mode ? 

17. 8te Tapeyyvaro, whenever the word was passed. — rote 8é, but [this 


88 | NOTES. 


time, of which an account is to be now given] on one occasion. — TpGypa. TI, 
something important. — dmvoBoptdaét, case ? 

18. crodddos, v. J. crodddos (see Lex.). — Stapmepts eis THY Kehadhy, 
i. e. through the helmet, znto, etc. Some omit eis: if so, dtauzepés is fol- 
lowed by the acc., like simple d:d, 699 a (or refer kepadny to 481). 

19. cradpdv, a stopping-place. — aomep etxev (Lex.). — hedyovrtes &pa 
paxer Oat, [fleeing] to fice and fight at the same time. —8vo Kade Te s, ‘‘ two 
Jine brave fellows,” McMich.; cf. i. 6. 19. — avedéobar, Oarpar, the Greeks 
regarded it as a sacred duty to take up and bury the dead. 

20. Brdbov, tense 592b; see Lex. dpdw. — épy, 574. — Mla (pos.) 8 
atrn (deictic, 524 c) 680s, Rv Opes, opOla (pos.), there is that one steep path, 
which you see; or, as some prefer, that which you see is the only path 
(and) steep enough: see 7. 4. — dxAov tocotrtov (deictic), [so great a] that 
multitude. — tiv &Bacw, the egress (from the valley in which the Greeks 
then were) by a mountain pass ; hence ri trepBord7y, § 21. 

21. taira, case 483 b. — et mas: § 8. — od macy, cf. § 24; 1. 3. 1. 

22. Step, 491 b. — Lavras, sc. twas. 

113 23. iAeyxov, sc. Chirisophus and Xenophon, with the co- 
operation, doubtless, of other generals. — ov« én, sc. eidévar. — 
kal pada, i. 5. 8. — ddPov, ii. 5. 1. — ereyev, eregev, § 24, tense, 594a. 

24, aito tvyxave (sc. ofca) s, he happened to have a daughter there, 
settled with a husband. — Svvarhy, i. 2. 21; iii. 1. 21. 

25. 6 et (561 a) ph tts (of the Greeks) mpoxaradhwpouro s, which [unless 
one should preoccupy] must be first occupied, or it would be impossible to 
pass. 

26. Noxayots kal meATacTas [= Tv mehragr Gy | s, the captains both 
targeteers and [some of the] heavy-armed, we\taoras in appos. w. Aoxayous, 
while a different form of expression follows. — é@édou dv, v. 1. €0é\er. — 
btortas, having offered himself. 

27. ‘Yodlorata., v. 1. ipicravrar, numb.? explain as punctuated. — Me- 
Ovdpreds “Apkas, an Arcadian from Methydrium (with this name compare 
Lat. Interamna). Some suppose the triple “Apxds to have stolen into the 
text from marginal notes. If genuine, it emphasizes the bravery of the 
Arcadians. — avtiotaciafeyv, cf. 7. 9; vi. 2. 11. — épy eBéAav s, 659 d, 
503 a. 

28. €0é\o1, mode ? — troAAo?, case 431 b. — orpatia, case ? 


CHAPTER Le: 
SEVERE FIGHTING AND LOSS IN STRUGGLING FORWARD. 
1. oi, they, sc. the generals. — adrovs, i. e. the volunteers. — onpatvey, 


Ww = Twa, that a signal should be given. — Thy davepav tkBacry, 
i, 20, 23. — avrof, i.e. the generals, with the main army, — 


BOOK av: CHAP. TE 89 


oupBonSycey éxBatvovtes, v. 1. cuuBodis évexev Balvovres: cvuBod = con- 
jlict. See McMichael. ; 

2. ovpavod, without article, 533 a. : 

3. xapddpa...ijv ta SiaBdvras (674d) s, a ravine (or torrent bed) which 
they must [having crossed go forth] cross before climbing the steep ascent. — 
epopevor...rralovres, dashing in their course against the rocks. — TH cio dd 
(case 450 a), the entrance to the mountain path. ; 

4. ci pi) Tatry Sivawro, sc. éxBaivew, mode 634), by this (i.e. one) way. 
— €treipavro, érrotovv, tense ?— rexpalperOar 8° (705) Av, for this [it was 
easy to infer] we could tell: v. l. rexunpacbat. 

5. tovs pidaxas, the guards of the height mentioned § 1; 3. 25; who 
were not, however, upon the summit. — ds...karéxovres, as holding, or, 
supposing they held, 680. 

6. Oi 8’, exception to 518 e. — 4 orevi atirn 84s, order 524b. Cf. v. 7. 
29; vii. 3. 20. 

7. eabov (Lex. havPdvw). — drlyou, but few (ol érLyou, the jeu, 

523 f) of them, 395 a, c, 417 a. 115 

8. tis cddmyyos, i. e. the signal expected from the volunteers, § 1. 

9. tois mpoxatahaBotor, § 7.—Tovis tices (= 7d Hucv), sc. dvdpas, 
419e, 418b; taking the gend. and numb. of the persons constituting the 
half. —[r7 660] yep, referred to in the next clause. 

10. dy eropetOnoav, 636a. Cf. iii. 2. 24. oi AAdou, 523f, as stated 
in § 8. 

11. dpSiors (Lex., cf. dédayé) Tots Adxots, with their companies in col- 
umns (five in front, if the enomoty was square). — &oSov..., ei BovdowTo, 
702 b. 

12. éivavto ékacrtos, 501 a. 
passed by this, they see another. 

13. *Evvoqeas pi, ili. 5. 3. — kal, even. — kal wédwv, with this 116 
adv. use of radu, Kriig. compares “Avip 6 pevywv cai wédw pax7- 
cerat: Menander, Fray., yv@uar wovds. 45. — émiBotvro, form ?— én (Lex.) 
TOAD 8 Av, formed a long train, were greatly extended. — &re, quippe que. 
— bia orevijs Tis 0800: crevijs, predicative, was narrow. — Kyndurddoav- 
Tos, case ? why father’s name mentioned? Kriig. 

14, pactis...pvdaxijs, § 5 s. — Tis vuKros id Tav edovrav, deferred 
details ; note difference between é0edXovray and €GedbvTwr. 

15. mac, case 458. — kal iramrevov, observe change to an independent 
constr. — troAtopKotytTo : a compound sometimes becomes so familiar that it 
is treated as a simple, losing the distinct force of one of its elements. 
Hence zro\vopxéw may even take wéAw as an obj., vi. 1. 28. — pa, in truth, 
or, as it proved. * 

16. imdyev, to lead forward, and not halt in the narrow path for Xen. 
to join them, since this would stop all behind them. — mpocpléaav, might 
march on to join them, which could only be through their issuing upon 
a broader spot. Observe force of rpds. —tT@ opadro, the level ground to 
which the different passes through the heights led, § 22. Voll. refers 66av 


to § 8. 





Kal rotrov s, and when the Greeks had 





90 NOTES. 


e 
17. webevyds, having escaped by flight. — ds...87, 7020. — rebvacr, 
form 50, Ovjoxw, 320. — 8eor ph, [as many as did not] all except those who. 

— Kata, 689 m. : 
117 18. dvrlropov, over against: trajection, emph. — vekpous, 
1. 19 N (dau). 

19. é & s, 557, 671a. —’Ev @ (Lex. év). —7b UAdo otparevpa, the 
rest of the division under Xenophon. — ot ék, constr. preg., i. 2. 18. — 
Yoravro, were {stationing themselves] taking their position. Note graphic 
effect of the imperfect. 

20. %ptavro, sc. Xenophon and those with him, § 16. —év0a ta Saha 
evo (as pass. of PécOa, § 16), where the arms were grounded, i. e. where 


_ they were resting under arms. MeMich. — 0 tracmorhs, an officer who 


was often mounted and required a servant to carry the shield which he might 
need when fighting on foot (Lex. immevs). In the hurry of the descent and 
avoidance of the stones Xenophon’s shield-bearer was separated from him. 

21. mpds Tovs ovyTeTaypevous : see § 16. 

23. Serpdtavro: the exchange seems to have involved an armistice 
during the funeral obsequies, which, with the time occupied in the nego- 
tiation and in the collection of the bodies, appear from the statement of 
time (in 3. 1 s) to have occupied two days. The Greeks, from their favor- ~ 
able situation and need of rest, were probably in no haste. — hyepova, § 1; 
1. 24; 2. 1. — Tots aroPavotcw, for the slain, in honor of them. — Suva- 
tov (Lex.). 

24. Ty torepala, on the day following the funeral obsequies. — éx@Avov | 
tas tapddous, [hindered the passing] obstructed the passages. But acc. of 
person, § 25. 

25. Tots mparots, case !— Tov KwAvdyTwy, case ? Observe the parallelism 
in § 25 and 26. 

118 27. *Hy...6mdre (Lex.), ii. 6. 9; i. 5. 7. — dvaBaer, § 25 s. — 

wad KataBalvouoiy, when descending again. — éyyv8ev, opp. to 

éx ToNdoi, ili. 3. 9. They could approach very near the Greeks and still 
escape. 

28. "Apiorror tofdtat, excellent bowmen: jaculo bonus, Ain. ix. 572. — 
TplTHXy, SiryXy, form 213d.— méov, 507 e, f. —ampbs 7d Kato... rpocPat- 
vovres (v. 1. mpoBaivorres), stepping with the left foot against the lower part 
of the bow. It is easy to understand how a bow of remarkable size and 
strength might be thus strained by the use of foot and hands. The ques- 
tion is how it was kept strained till it could be brought into position, 
aimed, and discharged. Some think, with Schn., that the bow was a kind 
of cross-bow ; Rehdz. is of opinion that the archer shot sitting, still using © 
his left foot to keep the bow strained and guide the arrow. It is perhaps 
more natural to suppose, with Anthon, that when the bow had been bent 
with one end resting upon the ground, and the arrow adjusted, the strength 
of the arms (aided perhaps by the arrow) sufficed during the moment in 
which the bow was raised and discharged. — &xovtlots, in apposition with 
avrots, 394 b. ‘ 





BOOK IV. CHAP. III. 91 


CHAPTER Tit. 
SUCCESSFUL CROSSING OF THE RIVER CENTRITES INTO ARMENIA. 


1. Tairny 8° at tiv qpépav nidicOncay s, and [through] this day 
again they lodged at quarters in the villages: huépav, acc., as the time of 
the march which led to these quarters, 482; aé, as their last quarters were 
in villages, 2. 22. Tats, Tov, 523.a, 2. — Tav dpéwv...rav KapSotxov, the 
latter governed by 6 bores deferred detail. 

2. TOhKAG Tov...Tévav pvnpovetovtes, [much remembering] dwelling 
much upon their past toils. Suavis laborum est preteritorum memoria ; 
Cic. De Fin. ii. 32. — bocacmep, 550d. Acc. to chapters 1 and 2, they 
were strictly but five days on the march. For the other two days of the 
seven, see 2. 23 N. — paxdpevor SteréXeoav, were constantly fight- 
ing: with the exception of the time taken for burial of the dead. 119 
— boa ov8é Ta obprayra (in appos. with doa), sc. éraGov, [as many as they 
had not suffered] more than they had suffered all together. Yet these Car- 
duchian mountains, as they turned back the Persian army, must be regarded 
as having saved the Greeks. 

3. mov, [somewhere] in some places, here and there, as not fully discerned. 
— él tais dx@ats, [upon] in command of the upper banks (the higher sec- 
ondary banks); while é¢¢ ay (§ 5), upon which, denotes simply local posi- 
tion, as the idea of military occupation did not need to be repeated. 

4. °Heay, belonged to, or, were troops of. —’Opdvrov, Orontas (see Lex. 2). 
— ptocPoddpor : from the sentence following this appears to be connected 
with Xadéatoc only. 

5. ametxov: higher up however, it would seem, forming rocky bluffs 
directly over the river, § 11, 23. — ods 8€...dva, there was only one way 
which was visible leading up. — ratty, here, i. e. over against this road. 

6. reipwpévots, [for them attempting] on their making the attempt, 462c. 
— ovr’ év To VSarTt, corresponding to éwi re THs Kepadfs. — Ta Sha, esp. 
their shields. — et 8€ pH, otherwise, or, else (Lex. ef), 717¢. Cf. vii. 1. 8. 
— TIs, yupvol, number ? 

7. "Eva, where, 550e. —modXots, in great number. — épacr, obs. the 
emphatic repetition: i. 9. 10. — émuketropévous, ready to fall upon. 

8. év wéSais, [in] with fetters, 695. — adro, [for him] from 120 
around him ; weptppvitjvat, beautifully expressive of ease. — 8.a- 

Batvev, to stride, seemed to promise diaBaivew, to cross, § 12, 15. 

9. ds taxtora, 553 b. — wpdrov (Lex.). Some supply lepetou (expressed 
vi. 5. 2), which rather weakens the sense. 

10. Eevodavr, atte, case 699 g. — mpowérpexov Sto veavioxw, numb. 
494. — éreyelpavra, sc. Td. — exo, sc. elreiv. — TOV Tpds Tov TdAEHOV, Of 
matters relating to the war, 526 a, b. 

11. as éwi wip, [as] for a fire: see i. 2. 1. — ev mérpats, upon rocks 





92 NOTES. 


extending down to the very river ; belonging, it would seem, to a bluff con- 
nected with the heights mentioned in § 3, 5. See § 23.N. 

12. ott yap (stronger than ov ydp, and the negative of kat yap) rots 
aroNeplors tmareto (case ?) tpoo Baroy (v. 1. rpdcBarov) evar kata TodTO, for 


ae 


indeed [it was not accessible] there was no access for the enemy's cavalry to 


this point ; though footmen, it would seem, could climb over the rocks. — 


as vevoovpevot, in order to swim, if necessary: (v. l. vevodmevor). — SvaBat- 
ve, StaPijver, tense ? 

13. rots veaviokots éyxetv exédeve, Kal edxer Oar, he commanded [to pour 
in wine] the cup to be filled for the young men (to offer a libation), and [to 
pray] prayer to be made. éyxew and evxeoOa: refer for their subject to the 
attendants or persons about Xen. If expressed, it would have been reg- 
_ ularly in the ace. after éxéXeve: cf. 17. — Tots myvacr Qeots (case 455, sub- 
ject of émiredéoa) Ta Te dvetpara, order 523k, 719d, v. — dvelpara, the 
night-visions, referring to the single dream of Xen., § 8. — a dowd ayaba, 
the remaining benefits, the favors still needed ; or dyad may be the adj. of 


effect (509 d), — that they would also bring 5) remained to an issue [as © 


good] of good. 
121 14. crrovdds érrole. = @orevic. Cf. ii. 3. 8. 
16. é& dpiortepg s, of course ascending the river, about half 
a mile from their former position. 

17. tas dx8as, the steep rocky banks close to the river, §11; mentioned 
again § 23. — otepavwodpevos, a Spartan custom before battle, as if this 
were a festivity, Xen. De Repub. Lac. xiii. 8; Plut. Lyc. 22. The material 
was prob. taken from the bank on which they stood. See 5. 33. — darodts, 
having stript off his outer garment, for easier passage through the water 
(not, as Grote and others think, his wreath, which would have been very 
un-Spartan). 

18. éodaydgovro s, to propitiate the divinity of the stream. So Alex- 
ander in crossing the Hellespont, and to Indian rivers. Arr. An. i. 11; 
vi. 3. Cf. Hat. vi. 76; vii. 118: 72. xxi. 181. — eis tov ToTapev, so that 
the blood and entrails fell into the stream ; cf. il. 2. 9. 

ile cvveadehvéay : éd\ohvgw being esp. applied to the loud cries of 
women (chiefly in worship, oftener joyous), as CaS to those of war- 
riors. Observe the parataxis. 

12 20. évéBatve, into what ?— aépov, § 5 s. — Tovs...tarets, § 17; 
2 to induce these to return and thus leave the way open for Chiri- 
sophus. 

21. Oi St wodepror, referring to rTovs inmeis, § 20. — pr atroxderobeln- 
cay, opt. with hist. pres., 624c, 625a. — as mpds, [as to] that they might 
reach, or, aiming at. — tiv amd Tod TwoTapod &Pacw dive, the pass from 
the river upward. dvw (which some omit) modifies the verbal idea in éx- 
Bacw, 685a. Some read ri Toh woramod dv (526) éxBaow, the pass above 
the river. Rehdz. compares Thy “AXvos totamod dvw “Acinv, Hdt. i. 103 ; 
and the place of ééw in 8. 12, 15 s.— kata...eyévovto, arrived at, or, Reuched 
the road. 





BOOK IV. CHAP. III. eS 


22. ot 8 orpatiwtat s, and the soldiers (esp. the main body under 
Chirisophus) shouted to them not to be left behind by the enemy, but to come 
out with them upon the mountain. But the enemy with their good horse 
were too far in advance for this, § 25. 

23. xatatas s, went forth by the heights extending to the river (§ 17 N.), 
i. e. climbing the rocky steep above the river so as to be at once, in an 
unlooked-for way, upon the range of hills occupied by the enemy’s foot, 
§ 3,5. The Greek horse and targeteers appear to have emerged upon the 
plain to the left of this rocky steep. 

24. The narrative would be more symmetrical, if § 24 and § 25 changed 
places. 

25. Ta diva = Ta dxpa, § 23. — Tav cxevohdpov Ta boda Trdépeva, those 
of the baggage-animals that fell behind. 

26. avtia ta Stra ero, [placed arms opposite] took position in arms 
over against them; the lochi being in columns, thus (the front being 

marked by a star, the rear by R): 


pO EiSd fcr oo 


FO O O Ol 


—kar évopotias tojracbar exacrov Tov eavTod Adxov, that each one 
‘should form his company by enomoties, i. e. each enomoty brought to the 
front. A long and continuous line was thus made to prevent the Carduchi 
from anywhere molesting those who were crossing the river. — &aorov, 
appos. mapayayévras, 501. — rap domidas tapayaydvtas (501) s, bringing 
the enomoty {so that it should stand in, 704] into line of battle by a move- 
ment to the left (wap domidas, the shield-side, viz. the left), i. e. into the 
following position (the foremost enomoty, of course, keeping its place) : 


* 


pees El Eb Ee Eire +2 

= 

_—Tovs évopotdpyxas...iévar, that the enomotarchs should [go] 123 
take their positions towards the Carduchi. — oipayots s, and that 

they should station rear-leaders towards the river ; for the sudden reverse 
movement, § 32. : 

27. tod dxXov, case? The Carduchi, at their distance, did not perceive 
that this separation rendered the rear-guard freer for action. — @Sevtes, 
ef. 7. 16. — ta wap’ aite adodadas elxe, his own condition was secure. 
Cf. § 24. 

28. SiaBaivovtas, beginning to cross (v. 1. karaBaivovras). — pr SiaPdv- 
Tas, [not having crossed] without crossing. As this forms part of the com- 
mand and involves an inf. idea (and not to cross), wn is used, 686 e. — 
aitot, they themselves, Xenophon’s party or division. — évavtlous évOev kat 


94 NOTES. 


tvbev odav (539a; case 445c) epPalvey, that they (the peltasts, etc.) should 
enter from the opposite bank on each side of [themselves (Xenophon’s men)] 
their own track. — wotapo, case 420 a. 

29. émeadav s, whenever, as soon as, a sling (stone) should reach them, 
and a shield ring (struck by a missile). —76 trodeutkov, the signal for 
charge and not for retreat, to deceive the enemy and hasten their flight, 
§ 32. — avaotpéavtas, belonging to both ovpayovs and mdvras. — 7 ka- 
oros eixev, where each one had his place, each enomoty through its proper 
part of the river. —ér (animated asynd. ) s, saying that he would be the 
best fellow who should be first across. — yevyrat, mode ? 

124. S31. as (Lex. ec). —tkavas... tkavas, order ? 

32. éehevyov, ehevyov, Varrov, Taxtora, vivid picture of the two 
armies running away from each other. —orpépavres, voice 5774: vi. 6. 38. 

33. ot peév tives, 530 b: v. 7. 16. 

34. Oi 8é the targeteers, etc. The passage of this rapid stream with an 
army in front, and another in their rear, was an admirable example of 
strategy. 


CHAPTER IV. 


MARCH THROUGH ARMENIA. — REACH THE TELEBOAS. — TRUCE WITH 
TIRIBAZUS. 


1. cvvtagdpevor, to guard against sudden attack ; ii. 5. 18. — éropedOn- 
cay Sia Tis “Appevias mediov dtrav s, they pursued their way through Ar- 
menia, — entire plain and gentle (or, smooth) hills: wediov and yndogous 
follow éopevOnoay, defining the journey, 479. The expression is con- 
densed, and aay seems to agree by attraction with mediov (applying no 
less to yn\dgous) instead of agreeing with a word like oddv: by a route 
[which was all] consisting entirely of a plain and smooth hills. 

2. His 8 hy ddixovTo kounv = 7 6é Kwun, els jv adixovto, but the village 
to which they came by this long march, 551¢.— Baotdeov, cf. Bacirera, 
§ 7, 489 a. — watpaty, i. e. Orontas. — tipwas, form 218. 2; as defences 
probably against the neighboring Carduchi. 

3. amepl (Lex.) tov morapeéyv, [about] on. 

125 4. 4 mods éorrépauy, 526 a. — uTapxos, as Orontas was satrap of 

all Armenia. — 6 kal...yevdpevos, who had also won the friendship 
of the king. He showed his desert of this by the manly counsel which he 
gave the king on the approach of Cyrus (Lex. TipiGagos); Plut. Artax. 7. 
— Baorréa ert tov tamov davéBaddev (constr. changed from part. to finite 
verb, 716c). Cf. regem in equum subjecit; Liv. xxxi. 37. This was 
accounted a high honor. 

5. eitrev, i. e. through the interpreter. — &pxovort, case ?— eis émnKooy, 
il. 5. 38. — Hpotev (tense ?), tl GéXor, 643 a. ; 

6. éd’ &, on these terms that. — abtés, 667 c. — whre...Te, ii. 2. 8. 


BOOK IV. CHAP. IV. 95 


7. Bacidea, perhaps of Tiribazus: cf. § 2. — wodAav...peords, supplied 
with provisions in abundance. 

8, and foll. For the sufferings during this march in Armenia from storm 
and cold, cf. Diod. xiv. 28; Curt. vii. 3. 

9. mwavTa Ta emitySera...dya6a, [all provisions as many as are good] .alZ 
kinds of good provisions. 

10. StacKnvoiv, to quarter (their men) apart. — S.aOprdafeyv, this would 
expose them more to attack in the villages, while it would remove an ob- 
jection to their bivouacking together. 

11. Katakepévov yap, adcavov (gend. 502), ... &rw (460 or 126 
699 a) pi, Tapappvetn (mode 2), for, as they lay, the snow having 
fallen was a warm covering [to every one by whose side it did not run 
down] on whom it rested without melting. — émimerrraxvia, having fallen, 
predicate. 

12. yupvés, in his tunic, prob. (Lex.); cf. i. 10. 3. — rts kal GAdos, an- 
other one also. — &cpedopevos, sc. THY akivny, or Ta Eda. — éxplovTo, to take 
the stiffness from their limbs, and for some protection against the cold. 

13. xpiopa, pupov, difference ?— ék tay mukpav, 506 ec. —’Ek...tav ai- 
Tav tobTwv, from these same substances. 

14. cis oréyas, [into] under shelter. — rd mpdrepov, 529 a (Lex.); for the 
time, see § 10. — to ris atOplas, in the open air, 509b: Dind. and others 
read v6 dracOadias (connecting with évérpnoav), out of recklessness. 

15. pi dvta...odK dvra, if things were not so and so, he represented 
them as not so. Obs. use of uj and o¥. McMich. — ra pi bvta ds, 686 d. 

16. IlopevOels, closely connected in sense with ideiv. — dvbpa s, but he 
[came leading] brought with him a man whom he had taken, armed with. 
Obs. the sequence of verbal forms. — ai "Apafoves, as represented in works 
of art. | 

17. %y, tense 603 c.— Td orpdrevpa, case? —éml tim, for what pur- 
pose: cf. ért rovry, i. 3. 1. 

18. 81 TiplBatos ein txav, that it was Tiribazus with, 679 a. 127 
— maperkevaobar...as...emuOnadpevov, that he was prepared to 
attack. —iwep povaxy, by which way only. 

19. él: cf. i. 4. 2, é adrais. 

20. 1d otpardémeSov x Td oTpardreBov, § 22. (For the sign x see 797.) 

21. imépavay x tpevav, § 20. — Hrwcay, éddw (279 b, more Attic ; ef. 
Hw, 5. 24), voice 575 a. —ot...pdoxovtes elvan, those who said they were. 
The state and luxury with which Persian commanders went to war are 
illustrated by Hdt. ix. 80s. 

22. émideots...rois KaTaAeActppévors (case 2), the enemy wheeling back 
for this purpose. 





96 NOTES. 


CEH AP TE Rive 


GREAT SUFFERING OF THE GREEKS IN THEIR ONWARD MARCH, FROM 
DEEP SNOWS, COLD, AND SCARCITY OF PROVISIONS. 


1. émy s (Lex. raxéws). — mplv 4, 703d, 6. — To orparevpa, what army ? 
— Ta oreva, quedrev, cf. 4. 18. 

2. Evpparnyv, the eastern branch, now the Murad: see Lex. — 
128 SéBatvov, tense ? 

3. Sua xtdvos Todds Kal meSlov, through a plain of deep snow: hendia- 
dys, 69 e. — wevrexaiScxa, this rate of marching seems incredible. Some 
editors read wévre (for mevrexaidexa), which would be quite miles enough of 
travelling under such circumstances. — atoxalwy, parching, spoken of 
severe cold ; see vii. 4.3: Lat. urere, adurere, torrere. (Virg. Georg. i. 92.) 
— Tavraracw...7ravtTa, obs. the strength of expression. 

4, cime ohaydcacbat, bade them sacrifice, 659h: i. 3.14, 8. — chaya- 
terat, the sacrifice is immediately offered, impers.; while some supply 6 pdv- 
tis. — Soke, note difference between this and éddxec (as in i. 4. 18). — To 
Xaderdv, 507 a. — Tod wvedparos : in their adoration of the great forces of 
nature the Greeks not only worshipped Aolus, the god of the winds in gen- 
eral, but also special winds. Boreas was honored at Athens with a temple 
and festival, cf. Hdt. vii. 189 ; and the Thurians adopted him as a citizen, 
Ailian, xii. 61. — épyvid, doubtless in places only. The wind forbids our 
believing the depth uniform. 

5. & TO oradpa, at the station, or, halting place. This region has since 
been so stripped of its wood that dried dung is used for fuel. — avpots 
(dv, § 6), case 472 b, 424. The acc. of that which is given; the gen. of 
the whole of which a part is given. 

e ékacrou, cach party. 

7. Poudiplacay, became [ox- hungr a Saint with hunger.—eiy, mode 643 a. 
129 8. aiTo Tov éurrelpav, pos. ? — Bovdtpracr, daywo.v, mode ?— 
Su8dvras, to give, with a verb of motion, 598 c. 

9. Ilopevopévav, i. 2. 17. — iSpohopotoas, pos.? Cf. Gen. xxiv. 11s; 
Hdt. vi. 137. — ek tijs kopys, connected with yuvaixas and xépas. —TH 
Kpnvy, the spring of the village. 

LO. ein, améxor (v. 1. daéyer). — 8rov, 507e; i. 8. 6. — cvvacépxov- 
tats: observe the chiastic order in the explanatory repetition of the prep- 
ositions. 

12. Ta pi Svvdpeva, those which were not strong, or sc. mopeverOax or dia- 
Tehécat Ti Oddy, from § 11. — éHSadpots, SaxtTvdovs, case ? 

13. dpGadrpots (case 453) érikovpynpa Tis xudvos (case 405 a) ... Tov 88 
today (case 444 b), a protection to the eyes from the snow ... but of the feet. 
In 6@@adpois, the dat. is used rather than the gen., to distinguish its office 
from that of xudvos, 487 b, 464 c. — mopetorro, v. 7. éopevero. 


BOOK ta= CHAP... V. O7 


14. "Ocot, antecedent rocovrwv, understood with rédas. — jjorav 130 
_xapBérwvat (accent, as properly an adj., 777. 2). 

15. rerjxe (v. 1. éreryjxer), 284c: see v. 2. 15; vi. 4. 11. 

16. redevtav, finally, at last, 509a, 674b, d. eee tas sc. pacar, 


17. dui, with gen. rare in Attic prose ; Redhz. says, only in Xenophon. 

18. dcov (Lex.). 

19. ovdé, loose constr. — aviotracav, endeavored to rouse them, were for 
rousing them. 

20. ovx troxwpoiev, § 11. — &mqyyedAov, Sdov (pos.?). They 131 
seem not to have ascertained that the van was more comfortably 
quartered, § 11. 

22. mépme (sc. Tewds) TOv (423) ... cKabopévous, sends some of his men 
from the village to see. —Kopltev, ili. 4. 42. — nddAlfero x nidAtcOncay, 
§ 21. 

23. éxactot, i. e. each set of officers belonging to each orparnyia. 
MeMichael. — tovs éauvtayv, cf. i. 2. 15, rods éaurod. 

24. éxédevoev Adrévar Eavtov, requested [his commander to send him off] 
leave to go forth. — eis 8acpdv : acc. to Strabo, xi. 14, the satrap of Arme- 
nia sent an annual tribute of 20000 horses. — émraxaiSexa, a number far 
too small for the distribution stated in § 35. A careless copyist may have 
changed it from éwrd xai éxarov, which Bornemann suggests, p. xxiv.; 
less prob. from the numeral letter =’ (200) to IZ’ (17), as suggested by 
Kriiger. — évatny (article omitted, 533 e) qpépav, case 482 c. 

25. To pev oTdpo (in partitive appos. with oéfxiar, 393d, 395 a [sc. dv]) 
Gotep bpéatos, (the mouth being] with the mouth like that of a 132 
well, — érpédoyro, i. e. during the winter. 

26. kai, kai, cf. asynd. in § 25. — otvos xp{@.vos, [barley wine] deer, in- 
vented, according to the Eeyptians, who made much use of it, by their god 
Osiris, Diod. i. 20, 34; Hdt. ii. 77. It has been a favorite beverage with 
the Germans from the days of Tacitus (Germ. 23). — at xpt@al, some of the 
barley not strained out, but floating on the surface, which would be 
avoided, as well as the need of drinking-cups, by the use of reeds (the 
tubes between the joints). 

27. cuppabdvtt, sc. rwi, to one accustomed to it. 

28. orepyooto, as pass. 576a. — atlaciy, § 10. — fv...€€nynodpevos 
(Lex.), if he should appear to have rendered a faithful service to the army. 
— év, const. preg. 

29. didrodpovoipevos (Lex.), to show his good-will. — otvov, case 474 b: 
cf. § 34; 2. 22. — ovtws, modifies what ?—év vdaxqg...év dOarpois, 
order ? 

30. adleray, referring to rods év rats xwuats, their comrades. — adtots 
(v. 7. avrg), Xen. and his companions. 

Sl. Ov fv 8’ Sirov od Twaperiberav, and there was no place where they 
did not set forth, i. e. everywhere, etc., nusquam non; cf. ii. 4. 3. — dip- 
vera s, form 375 a: asyndeton. 

7 


98 NOTES. 


133 (32. pododtyra, sucking through the reed. — Sorrep Boiy, sc. be? 
mivew, or rather by attraction for Bods mive, 715. Capital sport 
for the soldiers after their severe sufferings ! 

33. Kdakelvous oKyvotvtTas, in their quarters, feasting implied. — xthoi, 
their only material, while its use might add to their merriment. Cf.3.17N. 
— &elkvucav, why ? 

34. Sacpds, appos. — xdpav...elvat XdAvPas, metonymy (70h), the 
people for the country, vii. 2. 32. — x@pav (Lex.). — o86y, case 474); 
of. § 29. — 

35. tmrov...madkatrepov (514), a horse somewhat old, which Xen. had 
taken on the route from necessity, though informed that it had been con- 
secrated to the Sun ; and which he now feared might die on his hands to 
the displeasure of the deity. The religious character of Xenophon makes 
it probable that he was here acting sincerely and not deceptively. (The 
ind. #xovcey expresses fact, not pretence.) For the sacrifice by the Persians 
of horses to the sun, see Cyr. vill. 3. 12. Some refer airév to genus (horses 
in general), but this interpretation is doubtful. —“HXlov, case 437 b. — 
Tav Tadev, some of the young horses, 423. 

36. mod, case 485e,8; pos.?—oaxla: these appear to have been 
slender bags of leather stuffed and then bent and made fast around the 
feet so as to enlarge the surface pressing upon the snow and answer the 
purpose of our snow-shoes. 


CHART Ei Wor 


MARCH THROUGH THE COUNTRY OF THE PHASIANI. 


1. dy8éq (wt. art.). The comfort and abundance found in the 
134 |. : ee 
ages had tempted the army to prolong their stay. — Tov *ye- 
pova, the village-chief, i. e. roy kwudpxnv. — Tod viod tot dpt. TBacKov- 
Tos, the son who was now approaching manhood, in distinction from other 
sons, 523 a. — eis tiv oiklav s, § 28. — udarrev, as koulfew, 5. 22. 

2. avtois, case 463. — 48y Te Hv s, 705. — atta, case 456. — od, accent 
786 b. The pause here forbids the change to ovx. 

3. °Ex...totrov (Lex. é&). — dtrodpas dyero, 679 d. — h dpedela, appos. 
cf. ince 5° ot, § 2. — ApdoOn, became attached to, inceptive aor., 592d. — 
qTa.dds, case ?— murtoTatw éxpiro, found him very faithful: see ii. 6. 13. 

4. ava (Lex.). — Tis pépas, 522b. — mapa, along (Lex. c). — Pacry, 
see Lex. 

5. *Evreiev, thence, leaving the river which they found was carrying 
them too far east. — 7 teSlov, the plain of the next river perhaps. * 

6. eis, 692. 5. — kata képas (Lex.), as was common on a march. — én 
oadayyos, opposed to xépas, the one meaning in column, the other in line: 
see 2. 11. — mapdyev Tovs Adxous, to bring up their companies alongside, 
i. e. to the front. 





BOOK IV. CHAP. VI. eG 


7. aywovrovpea, 624 b. 135 

9. émdv (Lex.), iii. 1. 9.— thpepov (Lex.), 526.— &dAdovus eixds 
(se. éori), ... whelous mpocryevér Pan, [it is natural for others to join] we must 
expect that others, still more in number, will join them. 

10. *Eya 8’, 708 e. — rotro Sei...paxotpeda, we must provide for this, 
how we shall fight. — as éXaxrora, as few as possible. 

11. Td...dpos...7d dpadpevov, the mountain [that seen] in sight, or, so far 
as we see it. —KpetTTov...waddov 4, bettcr ...[rather] than, 510a. Observe 
in §§ 11, 12, the artistic antitheses. — rod épqpov dpovus...tt, some wnoccu- 
pied part of the mountain. — Krdébar...kabdvtTas s, 677 f, 674b; for order, 
see 719 d, v. —reapacOat, subject of xpetrrov éorw, and governing KkéWas 
and apmaca. 

12. dp8ov (sc. xwpiov) tévat, to traverse steep ground, case 477 s. — pO’ 
Hpépav (Lex. werd), 690. — q tpaxeta (sc. odds) tots mociv s, the path that 
is rough to the feet is kinder to those that march without fighting. 136 
— Kepadds, in antithesis to rociy: case ? 

13. edv Sé (sc. juiv) ame Oeiv Trorotrov, and when we may go so far off 
from the post of the enemy. — Aoxodpev (573) 8° &v (621 a, 6224) pov... 
Xp7ocAa, and it seems to me that we should find. Cf. 2. 2. — pévorev, the 
force of dy continued, 622 b. 

14. ti; why? since any such suggestion to a Spartan is so needless. 
This lively sparring of the generals may have been simply playful to keep 
up the spirits of the army ; or it may have had a tinge of bitterness from 
their recent variance, § 3. — t@v épolwy (Lex. Zwrdpry), case 422. — kdér- 
tev pcdetav, to practise [to steal] theft. The Spartan youths were thus 
trained, under their peculiar system of education, to stratagem in war. 

15. tpa = actually, as if the statement were an extraordinary one in the 
speaker’s judgment. McMichael. — tot dpovs, case 423; § 11. 

16. Savoits...«dértey, terrible fellows to steal, or, at stealing. — Sevod, 
adj. emphatically repeated. The penalties for this peculation were the 
restitution of double the amount, loss of citizenship, and sometimes even 
death. — tois kpatiorovs, to match rdv duoiwy, § 14. — tpiv...dpxewv, to 
{rule for you] hold your offices. Observe here the sarcasm upon the worth- 
lessness of many of the Athenian office-holders, which was such an object 
for the keen satire of Aristophanes. 

17. Xen. wisely proceeds to the practical, since he could neither deny 
nor outdo the sharp retort of Chirisophus. — todtrev, case? Cf. ii. 5. 16. 
— véperar (Lex.) ai€t, case ?— Bard (sc. xwpia) s, the ground will be feasi- 
ble: see ili. 4. 49. 

18. jpivs, to a level with us, 451. 137 

19. kal, 708 e. — adda, on the contrary, nay rather; 4. 10; 

Sata yet 7. : 

21. étws...tpocdtay, that he might [seem as much as possible to be 
about to advance] excite the strongest possible expectation of his advance in 
that direction. , 

22. éypnydpecay, plup. used as impf., kept watch. 


100. NOTES. 


24, trois kara Ta Uxpa, § 23. — IIply 88 dpod...rovs odors, but before 

the main bodies had come together ; cf. modXol, § 26, 523 f. | 

25. é« rod mediov, const. preg., i. 2.18; 1.5. — ot weXracral, partitive 

appos. of éx Tod mediov. — Badyv Ges ) taxv, pleno gradu, Liv. iv. 32. | 

138 26. To dv, sc. HEpos, § 24 : 1.8.18. — yéppa, which they threw 
away, for the more rapid flight. 


CHA Pil hit= WV iL. 


ADVANCE THROUGH THE COUNTRY OF THE TAOCHI, CHALYBES, AND 
SCYTHINI. — FIRST VIEW OF THE SHA. 


1. ’Ex 8 rotteyv, sc. kway, 6. 27. — etxov s, 679 b. 

2. ovvednrvOdtes 8” Hoav, 679. — a’tooe, rather than of or eis 6, 561 d, 
562. — mpooéBadXev, tense ?— evOds Kav, immediately upon his arrival. 
— GAG trotapds: v. 1. dXN drdrouoy, which would seem to have been also 
true, § 13 s. — xv (Lex.), leaving only a narrow access. 

3. His xaddv, ‘‘in the nick of time.” — tere, tense 612. — tom, An ss- 
pea, tense 604 b, mode 653 c. — xwptov, repeated and positive, iii. 2. 5. 

4, pla airy mapodds éotiv s, there is one passage there, or, this which you 
sce is the only entrance, 524 c. — trép, 689 j. 

5. dAdo Tt 4 8, 567 g (Lex. b), may we not be sure that nothing 
39s sa) pal ereeiny 
forbids ? — éXtyous TovTous avOpatrovs, a few men there. 

6. Baddopevous, exposed to their missiles: cf. ‘under fire.” — év@* (Lex. 
689 h) dv...mdoyxovev, [against, as viewed from the position of Greeks] 
behind which if men should stand, what would they suffer ?— depopéevev, 
[borne on, here, through the air] flying, in distinction from xu\wdoumevwr, 
while in § 7, 10, one verb seems to be used to express both ideas. 

7. twoddXot, 523 b, 5 mode 637 b. — ropevopeba, mode? (sc. éxetee). 
— évev, [thither whence] to a spot from which: eo unde, cf. ii. 8. 6. 

8. fyepovia, acc. to Greek custom, taken by the captains in turn each. 
day. — xa’ éva, iii. 5. 8. 

9. éhioraray, éordvat, form 46 d, 320. 

10. In the lively and graphic narrative following observe the inter- 

140 Boe modes. — ampoérpexev, asynd. of explanation. — &pagat, 
i. 2. 20. 

11. Observe each clause preliminary to ywpe?. — KadAlpaxov, 474 b. — 
mpartos, 509 f. — odre...mapakadéoas, without even calling. — airds, 541. 

12. avroi, pos. 538f.—irvos, case 426.— otro, all Arcadians; ef. 1. 27; 
v. 2. 11. — dperfis, case 430 a. 

14. todo, pos., cf. vi. 3. 22. 

15. dy, case 554a, N. — mrepbyov (Lex.); cf. Xen. De Re Equest. xii. 4; 


v. 1. wrepvy.ov. — ora pTa TUKVG SoTRGELSN ES cords [platted compact] frndy 
interwoven for protection. 








BOOK IV. CHAP. VIII. 101 


\ 


16. paxalproy (cf. xpdvy, 488 d, i. 7.8; 5. 25) 8oov EvqdAnv [= Tocodrov 
bon €oTt Evjhy, 556 a), a knife as large as a dagger. — &v...gxovtes 
€mopevovTo, they would march with them. Some extend the force 141 
of dy to 7dov and éxdpevoy: but see 616 d. — ™xev, form 220 f. — play 
Asyxyy, while the Greek had also the cavpwrip (Lex. S3pv). 

17. paxspevor, fighting ; v. 1. waxovuevor, for battle. — év, const. preg., 
§ 2. —AapBavev, Sietpapynoav, obs. change of structure ; cf. 671d. — &, 
exc. to 594a. — é« tav Tasxwv (Lex. é&, xdpa). 

18. “Apzacov, the northern and chief branch of the Araxes. Ains- 
worth. 

19. mpds mod s, order ? — olkoupévny, well inhabited, populous. Some 
omit «ai before ofkouuévyy. — 81a. THs éautay (cf. iii. 4. 41, case 442 or 436 ; 
cf. eaurois, § 20, 455) s, through the country of their own enemies. — &you, 
after historic present. 

20. tpepav, i. 7. 18. — bev, 550 e. — rebvdvar (Lex. Ov joxw). — ‘EAAn- 
vey, case 444 d. 

21. 1d dpos, i. e. xwpiov, § 20. Why article? 

22. tddovs (Lex. b) 567 b. — wodeptous, cf. v. 4. 12. —B8acedav 
Boay apoBoaa [= aud, by pleonasm] of shaggy ox-hides un- 142 
tanned ; Boy gen. of material, or in appos. with Body contained in dmofo. 
394 c. — apol Ta, i. 2. 9. 

23. (sc. rocotT~) do@, just as. Observe the repetition of 67 in § 23-25. 
— petfov, [greater than usual, 514] of unusual moment. 

24. ep tmmov, 689 g.— otpaetiwray, case? i. 8. 16. — @ddAatra, case 
401 b. Cf. Virg. Zn. iii. 523. There were so many Greek cities on the 
shores of the Euxine that they now felt almost at home. — rapeyyvavroy, 
urging others to hasten (make haste). — qAatvero, numb. 569 a. 

25. otparnyots, without article. — drov 84 s, 551 h. 

26. Seppdtev s, articles which they had obtained from the region to 
make a kind of trophy for their victory over it. — karérepve, that there 
might be no temptation to take them away for use. 

27. aid Kotvod, sc. xpjuaTos or Tameiov, from the common stock, property, 
or, store, booty which had not been divided ; cf. v. 3.4; or, at common cost. 
— éotrépa, wt. art. 583 d. — vuxtds, as his way lay through a hostile region. 


CHAP THE VEE. 


MARCH THROUGH THE COUNTRY OF THE MACRONES TO TRAPEZUS ON 
THE PONTUS EUXINUS. 


1. tpeis, the first occupied in part in reaching the Macrones. 143 
— aptfe, tense? cf. dpife. 3. 1. 

2. otov (Lex.), 556 a. — 8’ od, manifestly referring to 6 dpifwy rorapds. 
— dévdpecr, cf. Sévdpos, 7. 9, 225 f. —ekomrov, in order to clear a way 


102 NOTES. 


through the thicket to the stream. This mountain branch could not need 
bridging, while the trees are not represented as suitable for this. 

3. cis Thy woTapdy éppirrovv, in the direction of the Greeks, to deter 
them from crossing. — 0%, ov, pos. emphatic and chiastic. 

4, Bevohavtr, case 699 g. — mwekracray, case 418. — dackov (Lex.), 
changed to yw to avoid repetition ; see 659 h. — épyy TavTyV Ss, With- 
out article 524c = ravrnp civar éunv marpida, 524 c¢. 

5. Siadéyou Kal pade, tense 592. — abrav, case ?— épwrngraytos, sc. av- 
Tov, 676a. — avtiTeraxarat, form 300c. 

6. Aéyev, asynd. in dialogue, iii. 4. 42. — mwouhoovtes, sc. epxoueda or 
epxovrat. 

7. ci Sotev div x ei Soetv. See 4. 20 N.; cf. i. 6. 2.— Ta mora, 
144 the proper pledges. Of.i. 6. 7.— Sad Woacw, presented, or, handed 
over. Cf. Il. vi. 2380. 

8. 48dv SSorovody, cf. ré\w Todcopxéw, 2. 15 N. — 686v, the road through 
the river, and down and up its banks through the thickets. — SvaBiBacoy- 
ves: for the difference between this verb and Baivw see Lex. — pérots, 
508 a. 

9. péya, wt. wév. Cf. 7d edpos, iii. 4. 7; iv. 6. 2. — a@s...dfovres, as in- 
tending to.advance in this way, i. e. kara pddayya, in phalanx form. See 
McMichael. — dywvrotvrar, fut. indic. 

10. rovfoa (Lex.). Observe carefully Xenophon’s various reasons for 
preferring the arrangement by columns. —rTq pév...rq Sé (Lex. 6), 518d. — 
opacty, mode ? 

11. éqi (Lex.). — éml trodXots, accus. to show that a change would be 
required for this order, since they were now arranged én’ é\tywv. — hpav, 
case ?— xphoovrat, & tu (case 478) av Bovdwvrar (sc. xpjoPat), they will 
make whatever use they may please. — t7d &0pdwv (pos.?) ...éumerdvtov, by 
many missiles and men falling thick wpon us. 

12. dpOlovs, pos.? cf. § 14, 15. —tocotrov...Adxots, that standing apart 
we should occupy so much space with the companies. — cov = dare, [as 
that] that the outside companies should reach beyond, etc. — Kepatoy, case ? 

145° Adxot, appos. to meets subject of éoducba, 393 di 395a; the 

rather from Xenophon’s own position, § 16. — ép@tovs d&yovres, 

leading our troops va columns ; related alike to mpociacw and der, which 

are joined by re. — ot kpatioror s, the best of us will be foremost in the ad- 

vance (not being confined to a uniform line of advance); while each com- 
pany would have some freedom to choose the best place of ascent. 

13. 6 wAyGCIov, sc. Adxos. — oddels pyKeTL pelvy, 627. 

14, emi 76 edadvupov, i. e. to his own position, as in the order of battle 
the van regularly took the right, and the rear the left. — ftw (case 2) ép- 
TOOoV TOD pt (713 d) HSy etvar, in the way [to us of the now being] of our 
now being. Cf. ili. 1.13. Some read 76 wip eivar. — éoredSopev, tense ?— 
apovs Set katadayetv, we must cat up raw, or, devour alive, a hyperbole to 


express fierceness of attack, apparently from J/. iv. 35, wudv BeBpwbacs 
II piapov. 





BOOK We CHAP. VIIT. 103 


15. %kacrot, i. e. the soldiers of each company. Cf. 5. 23 N. 

16. cdxerOar, cf. § 25. — éwopevovro, more rapidly than the heavier 
troops, as if to take the enemy in the flank. 

18. xara Td “Apkadikdv, (in the centre) beside the Arcadian 146 
division, a body more purely of Arcadians, while there were also 
many Arcadians in other parts of the army. — ov, numb. 499 a. — ava- 
Kpayovtes, v. 1. ava Kxpdros. 

19. HpEavto, sc. of reXracTai. — dvyy &AdAos GAA Erparrero, [turned in 
flight] fled one this way and another that. 

20. Ta pév GAda, otdév, 417a. Some regard adda as acc. of specif. 481. 
—8tiKals, which [also] excited their wonder, as much as what follows, 
viz. the honey and its effects. —Knplwv, case 423. —atrots, for them. — 
€dnSoKdTes, ewxerav, form 280c, 279d. — mond, sc. €dndoKdres. — &mroOvt- 
oKovory, dat. pl. part. 

22. éml adatrav, [upon the sea] to the seaside, 689 g (Lex. émi): cf. eis 
Tpamrefovvra. — oikoupévyv év, denoting not only situation, but also that 
the city was inhabited. — éy to Hvgelvw II6vtw (Lex.), in the Luxine Pon- 
tus, the basin of the Black Sea. 

24. padvora oixovvtav, especially those dwelling, or, who chiefly 147 
dwelt. — i\ov, of things : ef. § 25. 

25. amoCicats: the expression would have been more complete, if cw- 
thpia had been expressed with Zwrfpz (ili. 2. 9), and T@ Hyeudue (vi. 2.15; 
5. 25) with tryeudovva. — tpvye, went into exile (cf. i. 1. 7). Among the 
Greeks even involuntary homicide was thought to bring pollution requir- 
ing exile, at least for a time, and purification. See Smith’s Dict. of Antiq. 
Banishment (Greek). 

26. +a Séppara s, to be distributed as prizes; cf. 77. xxii. 160; Hdt. ii. 
91. — Hyeto Oar (sc. Exeice) ... Stov, to lead to the place where. — werovn- 
K@s etn, form 317 a; mode 641 b, or 643 c. — SelEas, obmep, pointing to the 
very spot where ; with Spartan disdain of ease and comfort. — tpéxewv, for 
running, 663 d. — ovtws, emph. pos. — MaddAdv ti avidoetrar, will suffer 
somewhat more, a stimulus to make greater exertion. 

27. orddvov (Lex.), case 479. — mai8es...ot mretrrot, boys [of those taken 
captive the most] chiefly captives. — repo, sc. Hyywvifovro. — katéByoay, 
ef. descendat in campum: Hor. Od. iii. 1. 11. — &te, quippe; 2.13; v. 2.1. 
—ératpwv: some few prefer érarpav, but not well (see Lex. ératpos, éraipa). 

28. airods, i.e. the riders implied in tor. — mpos 7d...dpQvov, [against] 
up the exccedingly steep ground. — wapakédevors...adtav, cheering of them 
on. 


104 NOTES. 


BOOK V. 


FROM TRAPEZUS ALONG THE COAST TO COTYORA. 


Ci A Per teks ah 
PREPARATIONS FOR LEAVING TRAPEZUS AND FOR FURTHER ADVANCE. 


1. “Oca piv 84s. See p. 3, Notes, as to division into books, 

148 . ,  ady yee ae 

ummaries, ete. — péxpr, v. J. wéxpis. — tiv ev t@ HVE. Idvta, 
iv. 8. 22. n. —etéavro, iii. 2. 9; iv. 8. 16. — owrnpta, 551 ¢ ; iv. 8. 25 N. 
— adixoivto, v. 1. ddixovro. — Se6qrAwTar, the sentences beginning with 
doa and ws form the subject of this verb. 

2. *Hy® pév totyuv, I for my part then, since this subject is proposed. — 
%bn, 574. — atretpnwa (Lex. under dmayopedw). — Kkal...nal.. kal, ete. Ob- 
serve how the wearisomeness is enhanced by the repetition. — @vAaKas 
ovrattoy, ii. 6. 10. — domep ’OdSveceis, who was carried asleep by a Phza- 
cian vessel to his native Ithaca; Od. xiii. 748; cf. lil. 2. 25 N. 

149 4. mépyré pe, to Byzantium, where Anaxibius then was ; ef. 

vii. 1. 3. — Qv @&Oetv, aor. for fut. after the subjunc. réupyre, 
but somewhat less positive, 631 ¢, 649 c. 

5. éni, cf. ii. 3. 8; vi. 2. 2. — katpds (Lex.). 

6. Stov (431 a) avnodpela, [of that for which we shall agi of the 
means of purchase, or, the wherewithal to purchase. 

7. "ANNA, in opposition to what is conveyed in dued@s s; ef. iv. 6. 19. 
—- ctv tpovopats, v. J. cuumpovouety: ef. Cyr. vi. 1. 24; Hel. iv. 1. 16. — 
diddws, at random. — hpas, we, the generals. — eoke raed asyndeton. 

8. yap, 705b; ef. iit. 2. 29; vi. 4. 8: — Kal Son, se. wédArAer e&cévar, — 
Gmepotépwv, 514. — éyxapy mou, make an attempt [to go] in any direction, 
the idea of going implied; v. U. éyxeupy Te mroveitv. — etdévar, to keep our- 
selves acquainted with, i. e., to aid him through knowledge of the strength, 
etc. — Sivapiv [sc. rovrwy] ép’ ovs, 551 f. — tworv, number ? 

9. Antter Oar [sc. quads], to prey wpon us: cf. Onpav epi, 689 f. — Av B0- 

SO cf. dv édOetv, § 4.N. 

10. AmordpcCa...dv ge, 631 b; mrola ixavd, emph. pos. in 
participial clause. — viv 8€, but as zt is. — avrdbev, from this very region. 
— On, trapxdvtev [sc. troiwy], shall come, bringing vessels, while we 
have others here. — aSovwrépars (Lex.). — wKevootpecba, v. 1. weveducda. 

11. airnodpevor, having [asked for use] borrowed. — paxpd, Jong in pro- 
portion to the width, for greater swiftness. — rapadvopevor, [loosening 
from beside] wnshipping, to prevent the secret escape of the crews. — tas 





BOOK V. CHAP. IL 105 


dv s, wntil [those about to convey become sufficient] there should be enough 
to convey rs. 

12. ci cixds, whether it is not reasonable ; cf. lil. 2. 22 N. — ard Kowvod, 
lv. 7. 27. — apedodivres kal dheA@vTat, parataxis. 

13. iv dpa, if [perhaps, or] after all; cf. iii. 2. 22. — 680%s, obj. of 
ddorotety : pos.?— Tats Tapa s, to enjoin upon the states which [dwell beside 
the sea] occupy the sea-shore. 

14. erapndice pév ovdév, he put nothing to the vote ; cf. vii. 3. 14. 

15. aevtnKdévtopoy, a long war-vessel, having 25 oarsmen on each side 
in a single row (the rpraxdvropos having 15; § 16). — 9, 699 g. — 151 
Adxova teploxov (Lex. Zrdprn). The Periceci appear to have 
descended in part from the old Achzan inhabitants who made terms with 
the Doric conquerors, and in part from inferiors who accompanied these 
or later immigrants, etc. See Smith’s Dictionary, [lepiocxor. — dxero, to 
Byzantium, to Anaxibus and Cleander, whom he endeavored to set against 
the Cyreans, especially Xenophon ; see vi. 1. 32; 6. 5s.—améBavev td 
Nuxavipov (575 a), died at the hands of Nicander. 

16. vdakas : these were afterwards brought to account for some loss, 
ef. 8. 1. — cis rapaywyfv, in their plundering excursions, cf. 7. 15. 

17. ot 5é kal od, cf. i. 8. 13N ; Diod. xiv. 31. 


CHAPTER IL. 
EXPEDITION AGAINST THE DRILA. 


Ll. fv AapBdvev, 571 f, h. — orparevpa, v.70. orpardmedov. — eayet, 
histor. pres. — Aptdas, the Drile were, according to Arrian, the same as 
the Sanni: Kiihner holds rather that the Macrones (iv. 8. 1) and the Sanni 
were the same people. — &te, iv. 2. 13; 8. 27. 

2. [sc. éxetoe] omdQev, to places from which. —adrois, to the inhabitants, 
implied in é67d0ev ; cf. Hdt. ix. 1. 

3. Aptdats, case 454 c. — eis totro, asyndeton. 

4. mpodpapdvtes, obs. participles, and see i. 1. 7; 3. 5, 10. — 152 
omAtTay, case ? — eis Stoe-xAlous s, as nom. 706 a. 

5. avaBeBAnpevn, [thrown up] with the carth thrown up.— ot 8é, i. e. the 
Drile. 

6. éb’ évds (Lex eri), ii. 4. 26 N. — } katdBaots éx, art. omitted, 523 d. 

7. ‘O 8 é\Odv, and [he that came] the messenger. — 8th, i. 6. 7. 

8. amayetv, to lead back. Some editors, following a few mss., have here 
dvayayeiv, in the same sense. But, in such a connection as this, that use 
of the term would seem inappropriate: see kardBaows, § 6, amdyew, § 9. 
MS. C. has dvayayetv, corrected by dmayayeiv. — wal, also, so that they 
should be beyond the ravine as well as the hoplites. — @s addvtos s, as if 
the place might thus be taken, 680 b. 

5* 





106 NOTES. 


9. yap, introduces the reasons for the latter of the two courses. — ovK 
elvar, not to be possible. — &rodeSaypévor oav, plup. mid. —éorat (for 

153 éco.ro), cf. i. 8, 14 .N. 

Ll. éxédevoe s, he bade each of the captains to form his com- 
pany in that way, etc. — avremovotyTo (cf. iv. 1. 27). The minutic of the 
arrangement, for the general order was determined by the nature of the 
place, might very safely be left to such men. 

12. as akovriftey, that they might shoot. If the absolute impers. defjoov 
(which is bracketed by some editors) is retained, translate, since they must 
shoot ; 675 (Lex. déw). —onpivy, i. 2.17; ili. 4. 14. — yopvijras (Lex.). 
The slingers, from the great freedom and energy of motion which they 
required, were even less encumbered than the peltasts and bowmen. Still, 
the term may here apply in general to any lightly clad men who had 
peuches (d.p8épas) to hold stones and slings or hands to throw them ; see 
§ 4, 14. 

13. raperketarto, were ready, 599 a.—ot agroivres s, s, those who claimed 
that they were not inferior to these. — maperkevac To, Tapareraypevot ray, 
Evvedpoy, érratavioay (§ 14), distinguish force of the tenses; cf. iii. 4. 4; 
vi. 2. 8. — kal...pév 8H, and so, etc., et vero, et profecto, Kiihner. ; 

14. émel, repeated after the parenthesis. ‘The apodosis begins with dua 
Te. — odevddvat, observe the asynd. and the polysyndeton in § 15; 707j. 
— joav 8€ ot, and there were those who ; cf. 559 a. 

15. ‘Ym6 (Lex.), i. 5. 5. — &Ados aBe etX\ke, 567 c. — kal &AAos ava- 

154. BeByker, and another had already climbed up of himself ; ; the sing. ‘ 

as before, for the plural, to render the description more graphic, 
488. — kal foxes, and the place [had been] was now taken, 599. 

16. Katexddve, v. 1. xarexddvoe. — ow, proleptic = wore &&w (Tod xw- 
plov) wévew: Kiih., ef. iv. 2. 12. ; 

17. taxa 8€ Tis, and presently one ; or, and perhaps one or two, Tis not 
used as strictly singular, 548 c. — ot éxwlatovtes, those that were rushing 
out. — cory, oratio dir. 

18. vixwor...e0ovpevor, those (of the hoplites, § 16) who were pressing 
in prevail over and force back those (the lighter troops) that were rushing 
out. 

19. €exopicavro, sc. 7a addvra, predam. 

20. éoxdtrovy, refers rather to the examination, oxomouudvos to what 
was subsequent on consideration, 582 y. 

2l. Exao-rot, each company, iv. 5.23 N; 8. 15.— 8ujpovy, for freer egress. 
— axpelous, camp-followers, calones. 

22. edo0ev, from within the citadel. —kpavn, of leather thongs ee 

155 4,13; Hdt. vii. 72. — 0808, case? iv. 3: 28. 

23, kata Tas TvAas, along the passage, or, to [the vicinity of ] 
the gates. 

24, Maxopevev, i. 4.12; 2.17; ii. 4. 24. — Ocdv...cwrnpias: these 
words form an undesigned “inne trimeter. — 8Tov 54, s, 551 bj) -¢hay. 
7. 25, — ot aad, const. preg., i. 1.5; 2. 3. 





BOOK V. CHAP. IIL. 107 


25. mapa (Lex. a), Fortune regarded as a person, cf. Hdt. i. 126. — 
évamrety, pos.? — ékédeve, tense, 595 a. — taxv exalovro, were quickly on 
Jire. 

26. Ot...xatd Td oTdpa, those in front towards the citadel. McM. says 
that this rendering is inconsistent with the narrative, and translates, 
“* only those about the entrance (into the fort) were still giving trouble.” — 
SiAor Woav, 573 a. — wapayyéeAAe [sc. wavras or wa&or]...dco1, 550 f. 

27. Kal oi olxlar, both the houses ; cf. Ces. B. G. viii. 15. 

29. rotvopa totro: he may have been a slave, since slaves were often 
so named from their native lands: cf. oixérns. —Séka, v. 1. rérrapas 7} 
TévTE. — TOUS TrOAELLoUS Ss, to scek concealment from the enemy. — 156 
X@Akai, i.e. in front: see Lex. réAr7. 

30. éhoBodvro (sc. aira] as évédpav otcav (500), feared [them] as [be- 
ing] as if there were a real ambuscade ; cf. 675 e. —tTa Mvoe éonpnve, a 
signal was given to Mysus (Lex.). Some place the comma after Mysus, 
omitting it after bre\ndvdévar. — kal Ss, 518 f, i. 8. 16. 

Sl. ot pév GAAor Kpjtes, the others, the Cretans (567), 1. 5. 5. — 
adioker Gat, that [they were being caught] the enemy were overtaking them. 
— thacay, vii. 4. 15. — éxmeodvres, iv. 5. 15. —Kvdtwdotpevon, v. 1. kadw- 
dovevor, Kiihner. 

32. éBda, i. 8. 12. — BonOctv: Kal eBonOnoav, order ?— éml moda ave- 
Xpovv, they retreated backwards, facing the enemy. Cf. Cyr. vii. 5. 6. 


CHAPTER III. 


MARCH TO CERASUS. — DIVISION OF THE SPOIL. — XENOPHON’S DE- 
SCRIPTION OF THE TEMPLE OF ARTEMIS AT SCILLUS IN ELIS. 


1. Xeipicodos, 1. 4. According to Diodorus (xiv. 30) the Greeks waited 
for him 30 days. — fv AapBavev, 2. 1. —aidas Kal yuvaixas, children 
and women, not, however, without exception, 4. 33. — émopevovro, sc. 
kata ynv, cf. 4. 1. — ddomerounpévy (form 283 a) qv, was now repaired. 

2. Kepacotvra (Lex.). —tpttaior, on the third day, 509a. Cf. i. 2.11; 
Ragen tt. 17. 

3. Séxa, as still expecting Chirisophus. — apt TOUS pace 157 
as gen. 706a. Cf. v. 7. 9. —amddovro bd, voice 575 c. — et tis 
véow, [if any one perished] except as any one may have eae by dis- 
ease, or now and then one by disease or sickness. 

4. tiv Sexarny, a frequent portion for religious consecration. Compare 
the tithes among Jews and Christians. — pvAartrew, to keep, infin. of pur- 
pose, after giving, going, sending, etc. 

5. ’Améddovos ava0npa, [Apollo’s gift] the votive gift to Apollo. Some 
work of art, statues, tripods, vases, were common gifts. — Tron dpevos, 
procuring to be made (581), possibly upon his return to Athens directly 








108 NOTES. 


after the enlistment of the army under Thibron, while he had still the 
privileges of an Athenian (see INTRODUCTION, p. ix). — @noaupov, the 
Grecian states had each a treasury at Delphi for the reception of their 
offerings. Cf. Hdt. 1. 14, 51. 

6. Td 8% tis “Aprépidos (sc. dvd@nua), but that (portion or offering) for 
Artemis. — amryer...tiv...085v (case 477), departed upon the expedition [into 
the country of | against the Beotians. — kvdvvebowv...iévat, he seemed to be 
going [to incur danger] on a perilous adventure. — od0y, mode ?— Hv S€ te 
awa0n (Lex.), but if [ke should suffer anything] aught should befall him ; 
the usual Greek euphemism. 

7. epevyev, when he was in exile ; v. l. épvyer. This latter, as McM. 
says, would imply that he was banished after serving against his country 
under Agesilaus at Coronea, B. c. 394. — Tq Geo = 77H “Apréuds, § 4. — 0 
@eds, doubtless Apollo at Delphi. 

8. "Ervxe, as the river had this name at the time of the purchase. — 
veov, vadv, § 9, 12s. Observe use of both forms. —Tt@ év ZKddodtyte 

158 Xwplw, the estate at Scillus. — rdvtev, sc. Onpiwy. — d&ypevopeva 

Onpla, beasts of the chase. 

9. “Exoinoe x émrote? cf. ili. 3. 5. — Tlapetxe: through of course Xeno- 
phon her steward, whose security and popularity were thereby promoted, 
no less than the honor of the goddess. — rots oxynvacv, to those who were 
tented for the feast ; v. l. oxnvotow. 

10. Ta pév, sc. Onpia. 

Il. y &« Aaxedalpovos...opetovrar, [where they travel] on the road 
Srom Lacedemon or Sparta. — as elkoor orddro1, in appos. with xwpa, 
395 c. — eve (Lex.), there are in. 

12. ws pixpds [sc. vads etkacrat] peyddo. — xpvow, covered with gold. 
Statements differ in respect to the material so covered. 

13. ypdppara: the inscription was in capital letters, and hence is here 
so printed. An almost exact duplicate of this inscription was found on 
the island of Ithaca in 1758. —-APTEMIAO3S, case 437 b. —TON AE 
*"EXONTA...[sc. de? or xo] KATAOYEIN, and whoever occupies it must 
offer, 670 a. —IIOIHI = roiy. — THI OHOQI MEAHZET (Lex.), 457. 


CHA PT Han se Ve 
MARCH THROUGH THE COUNTRY OF THE MOSSYNGCI. 


159 1. otmep kal modoOev, 3. 1. 
2. Mocovvoikwy (Lex.), cf. Strabo xii. 3; also, udcoun, § 26. 
— as 81a didias...ris xdpas [= did ris xwpas ws gpidlas, as through the 
country friendly], through the country as friendly. 
3. et (Lex.) BovAowTo, to see if they would be willing, iv. 1. 8. 
4. Mocovvolkwv, “EAAjvev, order ?— eye, Hppyveve, tense? v. 1. eeke. 


BOOK V. CHAP. IV. ~ 109 


5. Starwiivat, to go through safe: cf. Hdt. vii. 208. — pds, with accus. 
of place, for the more common éis, vi. 4. 8; Cyr. v. 4. 16. — ovs d&kotopey, 
BE Ti.) 5. 13. 7 

6. AdiKqKacr, v. 1. 7dixnoav. — tpav, dat. vii. 7. 29. —etvat, with impers. 
éfeort, though éxew would here give a more systematic construction. 

7. adjoere, if you shall let us go (without availing yourselves of our 
help), Kriig. 

&. © &pxewv, who spoke for the rest, or, the head-chief. —S€xowvro, they 
accepted. 

9. “Ayere 84, come now, or, well then. — th hpav Sehoerbe xphoacbar, 
[what shall you want of us to employ us in] what service shall you wish 
Jrom us? 661d. Cf. Cyr. v. 2. 23: see also vii. 2. 31. — tpets, pos.? — 
ti oiof te s, what [will you be able to do in co-operation with us] assistance 
will you be able to render us ? 

10. dt ixavol éopev, 644a, 714, 3. — ek Tod él Odrepa, from the other, 
or, farther side. 160 

11, *Em\ tovrots, hereupon, or, on these terms, 695. — av of piv 
Svo...6 Sé cis, of whom [the] two...but the third, 530 b. —¢is taf s, [put 
their arms into military position] stood to their arms in order. 

12. ot pév, these, who remained in the canoes. — pévovres, to assist the 
Greeks. —"Hotyncav ava éexatdv, they stood in two lines, or companies, of a 
hundred each. —aomep padiora xopot s, very much [as] like rows of dancers 
Jronting each other. Some read éxarov padiora Sorep, making pdduoTa 
qualify éxarév = in round numbers, pretty nearly. — démic€ev s, having a 
ball of the wood itself, in place of the Greek cavpwrp: see ddpu, iv. 7. 14. 

13. médxos ds Atvod oTpweparodécper (412), [as of a linen bed-sack as to 
thickness] about the thickness of a linen bed-sack. — xpévy, cf. 2. 22. — 
KpéBvdrov, a tuft, prob. of the ends of leathern thongs used in making the 
helmet. Cf. Tacitus, Germ. 38. 

14. tdtewv, troops of peltasts and light armed, McM. — 8&4 tav Stev, 
the place in the camp where the arms were deposited. Others (Matt., 
Vollb., etc.) make rdéewy...d6r7\wv a hendiadys = through the [ranks and 
arms] armed ranks; expecting, doubtless, in their simplicity, that the 
Greeks would at once follow them. 

15. *Quxeiro, iv. 8. 22; v. 1. &xerro. — adrots [to or for them] their ; 
others translate by them, making it the dat. of the simple agent after pas- 
sive verbs. McM.—tav Mocovvolkev, of the country of the Mossyneci. 
— mepl tovrov, referring to 76 dxpérarov. — éykpareis...ravrwv Mooc., case 
407. —épacay, those of the Mossyneci with the Greeks. — todrovs, those 
in possession. — kowvdyv dv, [being] though common property. 

16. péxpe od, 557. 161 

17. vépw til gdovres, singing a kind of tune; cf. &v prdud, 

§ 14; Thucyd. v. 69. 

18. Sri émerouqkeray, their allies ; see avrots below. — 8, antecedent ? 

19. pdtv abupqonte, do not become at all dejected ; the pres. imperat. 
would imply that they were now dejected, 628c, e.—tore, be assured 
(Lex. opdw), 


110 NOTES. 


20. jpiv, case? —+@ dyr (Lex. eiul). — otomep...avayKn, to whom [it 
is unavoidable that we also should be enemies] we also must be enemies. 
— tav “EAAjver, pos.? see 523 c. — ot appovtirrycavtes s, those who have 
made light of their orderly arrangement with us. —tabta, v.l. Tadra. — 
Garep Etv fpiv (g’v omitted by some, 707 b), sc. érpagay, as with us. — 
Sikyny (Lex. 1). 

21. dpolois avSpdaor...viv te Kal Ste, with the same kind of men [both 
now and when] now as when, 705 ¢. 

22. Observe the series of participles ; @vcavres preceding in action dpz- 
oTnoavres: this preceding rornoduevoc and ragduevor: and these, émopevovro. 

162 ~ KAT TavTa, in the same way (Lex. xara). — trokamropévos... 

oToparos (case 406 b), as they were not well protected from the 
missiles of the enemy, § 23. 

23. *Hoay ol, ii. 2. 14. Rehdz. — dvéoredAdXov, endeavored to keep in 
check, — wpatov peév, cf. ézel dé, § 25. —ot BapBapor x ot BapBapor, § 24. 

24. Observe the tenses, the interchange of impfs. and aorists, 592. 

25. 87...0n00 8, i. 8. 8; 1. 4. — dAAa, as ini. 5. 5, unless the mdaAra 
are regarded as a kind of ddpara. —waxéa paxpa, an unusual asynd. — av 
dépor, could carry, cf. 7. 7. — é« xeapds (Lex.). . 

26. aitod pévovra: the king lived in a seclusion, of which Oriental 
courts have presented many examples ; and, after the defeat of his forces, 
chose rather to die than to submit to the indignity of leaving it. The sub- 
ordinate ruler in the place first taken (6 év r@ mpérepov s) made the same 
heroic, or stolid, choice ; cf. Diod. xiv. 30.—gvAdrrovoty, v. 1. puddTTov- 
Tal. — pooowvvors, form 225 f. 

27. ws tbacav ot Mocs., referring to the usage stated in rarplous. — 
joav S& Laat ai wretorar, the most of it was spelt (conforming to feat 
rather than regularly to otros, 500 a); cf. i. 4. 4. 

163 29. kapva s. These were afterwards distinguished as xdpva 

kaoravata, the large chestnut of the Old World, nuces castanee, 
from, it is said, Kaorava, a town of Pontus, or, according to others, of 
Thessaly. Ainsworth represents them as still abundant along this coast. 
— Ta wharéa, of the broad kind, 523 i.—rottw (conforming to cir@ rather 
than xdpuva) kal wrelotw s, this they used even as their chief food ; rodTy, 
v. 1. rovtwy. — olvos: grapes are still found wild in this region, the Koran 
not allowing their culture for wine. 

30. civ trois rodepiots, [with] on the side of the enemy. — ot pév...ot 8é, 
some...others of the enemy. 

31. érépav...érépas ; not unusual with the Greeks; compare with the 
natural order in English ; cf. vii. 4. 18, els 7d Pas éx Tod cKxdrous. — ihbyndn, 
even with these advantages for the transmission of sound, a long distance 
for the combined shout of many men to reach. 

32. ob moddod Séovtas imous...etvat, [not lacking much to be] not far 
From being equal. —-roukldovs ta vata, having their backs party-colored 
(case 48] ; so rd umpoobev). In arude state of society the natural love of 
distinction and ornament has led to this embellishment of the body itself. 








BOOK V. CHAP. V. 111 


This has the advantage over the civilized passion for dress, of being cheap 
and permanent. For this custom among the Thracians, see Hdt. v. 6. — 
éotiypévous avOéprov (case 479), tattooed in flower patterns ; Mossyni notis 
corpus omne persignant, Pomp. Mela, i. 19. 

33. oicr, as reflexive, implies that they stated this. 

34. Totrous...BapBapwrdrous SieXGetv, that [they passed through these 
the most barbarous] these were the most barbarous of the tribes through which 
they passed. —tv@pwrot, i. e. men in general. —Spoa...dmep dv 164. 
(se. moijoeav or mpdéecav, or &vOpwirot rorjoecav from above), such 
things as they (or, men) would do, 560. —8vedéyovrTd te éavtots, 583, asynd. 
of explanation. —é’ éavrois, at (or by) themselves; v.l. ef éavrav, by 
themselves. 


CE Ask TiN: 
ARRIVAL AT COTYORA.— PLUNDER OF THE NEIGHBORING COUNTRY. 


1. dxt® cTabpots: as to the time here noted, McM. suggests that ‘‘ by 
oTa0pous is probably meant the whole time spent in fighting and negotiat- 
ing, as well as marching.” See i. 2. 23 n. — XadvBas: Strabo (xii. 3) 
regards the Chalybes as those referred to by Homer (Z/. ii. 857), who calls 
them Alizonians, originally Alybians, from their metropolis Alyba. Cf. 
§ 17 n. — Mocowvolkev, case 432 g. — TiBapynvods, ‘‘quibus in risu 
lusuque summum bonum est,’’ Pomp. Mela, i. 19. 

2. éxprtov, eSexovro, order ? — mpooPaddev...dvnOAvat, change from 
act. to pass. construction ; cf. vii. 3, 3; dvnOjvat, rare for dvacOar: TL, case ? 
— Bovdctoaivro, mode 641 d. 

3. amedeiEavto, thereby preventing a great crime. —mpoctovto, form ? 
ef. i. 9. 7. — &trolkous oixotvras, [colonists] a colony dwelling, 394c; v. Ll. 
dto.kiav, dvras 6, 499e; ii. 1. 6. 

4. % otpatid, the greater part, 3. 1. — II\A8es tis kataBacews Tis 
600 : the latter word in appos. w. kataBdoews, the total of the descent of 
the march; but Rehdz. & Kriig. govern xaraB. by 6600. — év BaBvAove 
(Lex. év), iv. 8. 22. 

5. euewwav, still expecting Chirisophus, and uncertain about their future 
movements. —kata ¢@vos exaoto. Tav ‘EAAnvev, [each body of 165 
the Greeks] all the Greeks by tribes, each tribe having its special 
religious rites. 

6. Iladdayovlas, bounded, in Hdt. i. 6, 72, on the east by the Halys ; 
but here regarded as extending under the powerful king Corylas, to the 
vicinity of Cotyora. 

7. Kotvwpitav, modifying both mé\ews and xwpas, 523 c. — hoBotpevor, 
apprehensive with the rest of the Sinopeans ; PoBovpuevor, éxelvwy, 7jKovov, 
referring in sense to the Sinopeans in general, whom the ambassadors 
represented. — éepov, sc. Koruwpirat: Greek colonies were always under 





112 NOTES. 


some obligations to the parent states in respect to precedence, alliance, etc. ; 
but Sinope kept her colonies in more than usual subjection, cf. § 19. — 
Sevds...Aéyerv: his reputed skill certainly failed him here. 

8. té...émeita 8é (giving more distinctness and thus emphasis to the 
clause), 716 b. — vukare, are victors over, or, have conquered, 612.— modhav 
te kal, ii. 3. 18, Vollb. — ds Hpets akovopev, tense 612; ii. 1. 12; 2. 3. 

9. “HAAnves... EAAHvev, hwets bpas, order ?— od8€ yap, iii. 1. 16, Rehdz. 
— trnpéaperv, i. 3. 23. 

10. pév, see dé, § 11. —GgeAdpevor: for the cases with this verb, see 
485 d. —é tvs, order 718 o. . 

11. ipds...évlovs, 417 a. — od melOovtas, not [persuading the owners] by 
their consent. 

12. Tair’... dgvotpev, these proceedings we think not right, i. e. we protest 
against, i. 1. 8, McM. — rouqoere, (stronger than the subjunc.) will persist 
in doing. — &ddov bytwa, i. 10. 8; 4. 15. ; 

166 13. ‘Hyeis 8é, iv. 6. 10. — ayaravres, thankful, well con- 

tent. Cf. Thucyd. vi. 36. — yew Kal dhépeay, ii. 6. 5 N. 

14. év Tpar. peév, cf. Koruwpiras 6é, § 19. — &v0’ wv (= dvti Tovrwr &, 
554 a, N.) s, in return for the honors which they showed us, and [they also 
bestowed gifts] the gifts which they bestowed. — tis, Tobtwv, 501, i. 4. 8. — 
qyotvro, mode ? 

15. émotwy twev (Lex.), 548 d. 

16. dv te (Lex. édv) eis BapBapov yijv, sc. €\Owper. 

17. XadSalovs, also called XdAvfes, iv. 7.15; of viv Kaddator, KdduBes 7d 
Tadaoy woudfovro, Strabo xii. 3. — katwep, kal pada, in concession, 674 f. 

18. trav éxelvav, sc. xpnudtwr, of their property ; see 524 b. 

19. Kotvwpitas, inverse attr. to ots, 554¢; or to be explained by ana- 
coluthon (e. g. as if dgypjueOa were to follow instead of airay eihjpaper) 
or synecdoche, 481 b. — tv attav, anything of theirs. — cppoorhy (Lex.), 
Ge vat 2. 1374818 Thueyd: waneros 

20. “O 8 Aéyets, quod autem dicis, as to what you say; so & dé jrethy- 

167 7% § 22. ee is explained by Bia Taped Odvras [se. Tuas or vious, 

§ 11] oxyvoty. — 7 hpas s, where the place itself admitted us with- 
out force, it was so ill fortified. —S8amavavres (Lex.). —ép’ Hpiv y s, a 
may be in our power to remove them. 

21. imaiGpror, 509 b. 

22. woijoer bc, Tornooperv, Voice 585. — hpets 8, we on the other hand, 
or, for owr part. — tpev, case ?— tov IladAaydva, the Paphlagonian king. 

24. 7@ ‘Exatovipw yxadetalvovtes tots cipnuevors, displeased [with 
Hecat., with what he had said] with what Hecat..had said. Some govern 
‘Exar. by otv in compos. —apeA@dv, used of public speakers. Cf. vi. 
1. 31, 32. — §evlors, pos. ? 

25. woddd Te kal (702 c) émirySaa...ra Te GAA [sc. SueAéyorTo]...€8€ovro, 
they conversed on many suitable topics [both the others and] and especially 
they made such careful inquiries as cach party desired respecting, ete.: 
€mitjoera, Vv. 1. pidikd. 





BOOK V. CHAP. VI. 113 


CAPT Vv i. 


THE GREEKS RESOLVE TO PROCEED BY SEA.— XENOPHON’S PLAN TO 
FOUND A CITY IN PONTUS. 


1. avrtois...rapaxedéoavras, cf. i. 2. 1 N. — Livetéas, with 168 
whom the generals had already conferred. — &v, &v, pos. 621 d, f. 

— xpyouor, it seemed that the Sinopeans would be useful as guides. — 
Tmpooodeiv éddKe, there scemed to be still more need. 

2. “EdXAnvas dvtas”EdAnot, being Greeks to Greeks, i. e. being to them 
as Greeks should be to Greeks. Some regard “EdAyae as displaced by a 
violent parataxis, and as the object of evvovs and cupBovdevew. 

3. amehoyqoato, a clumsy lie. — edav, the Sinopeans. 

4. wohhd...yévoito, may many blessings betide me, 688d. How would 
the addition of dé to yévorro affect the sense? 638 f. — Atrn (509 b) yép 
...wapetvat, for [that which is said to be sacred counsel] Sacred Counsel so 
called seems to me to be here present, as a goddess forbidding all falsehood 
on penalty of infamy. There seems to be here a reference to the proverb 
iepov 4 oupBovhy, with rhetorical personification. — viv yap, refers to an 
omitted clause ; and I have more than ordinary reason to give faithful 
counsel, for, etc. McM. —-oddol...mé, there will be many to praise me, 
both you and others. 

5S. KopignoGe, pass. — hpas, dpas, in emphatic antithesis. — er&\Ano Oe, 
mid. (or, pass.?). ——tpas...etvar, you will have [to be the fighters] the fight- 
ing to do. ‘ 

6. Aextéa, sc. Tatra éorw. 

7. pév, see dé, § 8.—ed0us, protinus, gives emphasis to mp&ror. 169 
—ov yap érriv &AAy, 7 2 (observe the repetition of sound), for 
it cannot be in any other place than where. — 680%, governed by éxarepa 
(Lex.). —d, the comm. obj. of xpareiy and xaréxovres, 899 ¢; which a very 
few [occupying] occupants could hold. — ot8’ &v...dv, 622 a. — ot mwavres 
&vOpwrot, all the men in the world, 523 e. 

8. media dvra (677), that there are plains, specially favorable to cavalry 
for harassing infantry. — pettov dpovet, thinks too much of himself, or, is 
too proud for this, 5144; cf. iil. 1. 27; vi. 3. 18, 6 dpxwv, Corylas. 

9. Krahar, 4 POdcat AaBdvres, to seize by stealth or surprise. — wheiov, 
petov, 507 e. — &Adws Te kal, especially, 717 a. —"Advv, cf. Strabo xii. 3 
for derivation of name. — @s 8’ attws (Lex. woatrws). 

LO. 02, not merely. 

Ll. didlas évexa tis KoptAa (object. gen.), order 721 c, 523 a, 170 
3. —@s Sapa AnWdpevov, in expectation of receiving presents. — 

TiVv Livwtréwv Xopav Kakdv TL, xépay belonging, but not essentially, with | 
Thy Zwwréwy, and xaxéy with 71, 719 d. — ot 8’ oty, i. 8.5; 2. 12. 
H 





114 NOTES. 


12. otrw eye (Lex.), ita se res habet, voice 577 c. — péeAXe...dv méor- 
ev, mode ? — éva py, stronger than uydéva, and made still more emphatic 
by dpi0uQ; not [one in number] a single individual. Some editors, aceord- 
ing to the conjecture of Weiske, place dpi0u@ after ws ; but see Kiih. in loc. 

13. xparapev, Suvvaiped” dv, mode ? — év...xopa, in loco et numero. 
Cf 7.82 Kruger, 

15. Bevodayte...atira, 505 b. — maperxevas On, mode 631 b, 636a, iv. 
2. 10. —xe@pav kal dvvapiv, an object not unworthy of the ambition of 
Xenophon. — tpockryAcacbar, sc. avrous. 

16. airay, v. 1. airéy; cf. iv. 7. 19, Kiih. — rods aeproixotytas, suc- 
cessful in trade, but otherwise having no eminence. — éml trodrots, force of, 

171 cf. § 22, 27, 28 (wepi). — eiretv, mode 703 d, B. . 

17. éavto...mepitornocacbar, referring, by a change of subject, 
to Xenophon. 

18. Aafe, see i. 7. 8. —Kipo, indir. obj. of #AjGevce or Ovdpevos, or 
both. 

19. 8T1, Sri, cf. vii. 4. 5. — éxmdéovTas, numb.? — Boudederar yap, 
change ? 

20. as...dvioat, [so that you might benefit] to benefit: ws is omitted 
before éyew, and in some mss. here also. — rfjs..:x@pas...éxeEdpevor, hav- 
ing sclected from (or, of) the country, 699 f, or 423. — tov pév s, that who- 
ever wishes may return. — hota 9° ipiv, then you have vessels, & intro- 

172 ducing the apodosis, while the preceding infinitives depend on 

Bovreo@e. 

22. otpatiwtav dytwy, 675. —<apocéxey...troreio Par, pos. ? —"E\Aasdos, 
pos. ? — tivas, preferring not to name Xenophon ; cf. i. 4. 12. 

23. vovpyvias, the most frequent time of commencing service and of 
payment. — kv{ucnydv, a standard gold coin among the colonies about the 
Euxine, corresponding in general use to the daric, though somewhat more 
valuable ; cf. i. 3. 21; vii. 6: 1. — €xovres, numb. and gend.? 

24. Ppvyias (Lex. 2). 

25. aiQts, v. 1. evOds. — otpatnylas éudxero, thinking perhaps that, as 
a Beotian, he ought to have succeeded Proxenus. — @ote T@ PovAopéeva 
évoucety, so that whoever wished might settle there. The dat. is here used 
for the accus. to agree with avrois, 667 ¢, ef. ii. 6. 9; or, is governed by 
&cecOa, supplied from above. 

26. tore, change ?— wore (Lex. d). 

173 . 27. vnép, differs from epi, which Xen. uses § 28, in implying 

inclination ; cf. § 16, 22. — js} Kowvotdpevov. This forms part of a 
case here assumed upon the statement of others, and not affirmed, 686 ; ef. 
ov teicas, § 29. —¢is, with reference to the introduction of the subject ; so, 
eis buds, § 28, cf. § 37. —7d Kotdy, se. rA7Gos, the general council of offi- 
Cersjefe: Lie 

28. tatra...omota, 550 d. — Kai viv, cf. iv. 3. 11. —dpxeorOar, fo [be- 
gin] undertake at all ; an ingenious defence against the charge. — epl, cf. 
§ 27, 16. 


BOOK Y. CHAP. VII. 115 


29. To pev peytorrov, as to the most important, i. 3. 10. —épol, governed 
by émweBovhy, 455 f, or pdvorro, 460. Cf. insidiz consuli, Sallust. — od 
meioas : ov, not u7 (§ 27): ow represents weicas as part of the fact alleged, 
viz. that ‘‘ without having persuaded you I was purposing...,” — yj would 
represent meioas as part of the speaker’s thought, —‘‘I was purposing to do 
this without persuading you.” ov weicas is an adjunct of ‘‘I” as the subj. 
of dtavooiuny: uy meio. of ‘‘1” as the subj. of zpdrrew: cf. Cyr. ii. 3. 5, 
diavoetrat...undev kahov Kayabdy troiay...icouoipetv. McM. 

30. cépav...éokdrovy, 631 b. —totr’ dv éoxdrovv, ad’ od av yévorto, 
aore, I should be looking out for [that from which it would result so that] 
a measure which would so result that: Sore, marking result, is not uncom- 
mon after yiyvouat. — tpas...rov pev Bovddpevov, 417 a. — Tov ph Bovdd- 
P-Evov, SC. dzomelv 767. 

Sl. wéprovtas, tense 594. The vessels had begun to come. — kaddv 
pol...7Hs Topetas (v. 1. cwrnpias) hapRévev, it scems to me [to be] an adini- 
rable thing to be safely conveyed to the point we wish to reach, and then to 
receive [the wages of the journey] pay for our journey ; spoken with quiet 
sarcasm. Cf. vil. 6. 30. 

32. ev yap, cf. ili. 2. 28. — Kata pixpd yevouevns, resolved into 174 
Jragments ; xara distributive, as ini. 8. 9. 

33. darep ipav, sc. doxe?. —’Avéravay, asynd., ef. iii. 2. 33. 

34. An bovTar...émOAoovev, mode 645 b ; so perauédor...éo7e, § 36. 

35. ta S€ Xprpara...abevopéver fjcav Tis picodopas (pos. 719 d), 
but the money [of the wages] for the payment of wages they [had falsified 
about] withheld ; cf. évevoro riv cuyyaxiav, Thucyd. v. 838. 

S36. éexremAnypévor Foav, were [having been struck with surprise] con- 
Sounded, 599 c, 600 a, b. — Paow (Lex. 2). 

37. Ainrov, mentioned as a king that was known. — airav, case 442 a, 
407. — error eis, cf. § 27. — ipets S€, change ?— ph exkAnoratery, 175 
686 c; v. 1. ove éxxAnowd few, a stronger expression in contrast to 
ara s, 686 k. — attot &kactov, parataxis, 719, b, e. 


CHAPTER Vi. 


CHARGES AGAINST XENOPHON. — ELOQUENT AND EFFECTIVE DEFENCE 
OF HIMSELF. 


1. dveriPovro = got to know. — wadw, back, i. e. towards the quarter 
from which they had just come; used perhaps the rather from the con- 
founding of two rivers (see Lex. ®aous). 

2. EvAAoYyot, meetings (i. e. for seditious purposes). — kdKXot, cf. vi. 4. 20. 
— para poBepol Foav, pi) jwoijoeayv, they were greatly to be feared, lest 
they should do: see 573. — Tovs Tav KhpuKas, § 17 s.— d&yopavdpous, § 21 s. 

3. ayopav = éxxAnolav, a use more Homeric than Attic. 





116 NOTES. 


4. tav piv otparnyev (case 699 a)...adrdv, did not charge the generals 
with coming to him. 

5. StaBdAdew...as, cf. i. 1. 3. — dkotoare, tense 592 b. — Gedy, Atos — 
§ 6, Bepéas and vdtos § 7, without art. 533¢, a. 

6. Todiro...tpas (480 b) Eararioa, cheat you into this belief. 

176 _ as iAtos...évTed0ev, that [whence] where the sun actually rises, 
there on the contrary he sets ; and where he sets, there on the contrary rises ; 
i. e. sets in the east, and rises in the west. Observe that dé is used here 
twice as an adv. and onee asaconj. Cf. Hdt. ii. 42. 

7. Bopécs, Bopsgas, so the Mss. — @s kaAol mot etovy, [there are favor- 
able voyages] it is fine weather for sailing. —'Totto (pos.? for constr. 
see § 6)...€€amrathoay, is there then [how] any way in which one could cheat 
you in this ? 

8. “AAG yap (709, 2), but, you say perhaps, this will not secure you, 
for I shall make you embark, etc. — epBiBo = éuBiBdgw. — Ile@s dy s, 
order 621 ¢. 

9. Ilo 8’ tpas...fxew (612), J [make] will suppose you to have come. 
— Kal $1) kal aroPaivopev, and now indeed we are even landing, in suppo- 
sition. —éyyvs puplov, 445c ; for a different constr. see iv. 2. 8; vil. 8. 18. 
— Ids dv otv...diknv, how then could a man more surely bring punishment 
upon himself. 

10. Sivarar, sc. A\éyew. — Ti yap; 564c. — tw, case 453. — Ilaptnp, 

177 a&pxéTw: pdvov s, obs. the effect of the asynd. Thorax was a dis- 

appointed aspirant for the generalship, 6. 25, and perhaps Neon. 

11. enol, pos.?— H adres (677 b) arrarynOAvar av (622 b) olerar tadTa 
(586 c) s, thinks that he either could himself be deceived in these matters, or 
could deceive another in these, viz. the points mentioned in § 6 s. 

12. rodtwv, case 414 a. — &Xts, as subst. in ace. 706 a. — pa aredOnte, 
tmp dv axotonte, 641d, 619 b.—6 et &raon, [if which proceeds] for if 
this proceeds, 561 a. — trodelkvucw, sc. éoecOar. — Kal katadpovnPaper, 
omitted by some editors, bracketed by Rehdz. and others. 

13. av etxov, of what they had. —S8oxotor...rives, and I think that some 
of you. : 

14. Totro (pos.?) katapalov...uuxpody etn, observing, or, learning [this 
that it was] that this was small. — 8a 7d pfdrov voptfeyv etvar, from the 
belief that it was on friendly terms with us. — avtots, numb. ? 

15. Avevevonro, he [had formed the plan] had intended. — édOety, ii. 1. 1. 
—tapat\éovtes, some of the coasting party, 1. 16. —eé tt AaBor, whatever 
plunder he might have taken, 639 a. — é«. Tot molov, const. preeg. ef. § 17. 

16. Ilopevopevov...yevopevy, but the dawning of the day surprises him 

178 in his march, 677 f. Cf. ili. 4. 49. — ot Sé reves, ii. 3. 15. 

17. év TH hppa, [sc. ev] 4, 707 b; see 4. 1. —avnypeévor, hav- 
ing put out to sea. — ék, const. preg. § 15. — tpets dvSpes, 418 c. 

18. ti qpiv Sdgeev, [why it seemed best to us] what induced us. —*Ere 
pévTor odeis (v. 1. opas) Néyerv (mode 659 b, bué the Cerasuntians said, 
that, when they themselves told them that the affair was not by public 





BOOK V. CHAP. VII. ET. 


authority, they (the barbarians) were both gratified: cgets is here used (if it 
be the true reading) as having a kind of reflexive reference to the subject 
of épacav, 667 b: v. 1. “Emel pévrou pacay Sri, xk. T. XK. — OS Hpiv AeEar s, 
that they might tell us what had taken place, and invite those who desired, 
themselves to take and bury the dead. 

19. Tav 8’ arodvysvtwv, § 16.— tives, pos. 548 b, ef. ii. 5. 82. — Bap- 
Bapous, § 14.— ois Alors, the stones at hand. —ot mpéoBas, katadev- 
o@éyres, thus added to emphasize the enormity of the outrage, both from 
_ its manner and from the sacredness of the persons against whom it was 
committed. 

20. mpos *pas, 1. e. to Cotyora. — Stes, how. — tapelnoay, iii. 4. 29. 
Kihner. 

21. tEw0ev tav Strrwv, outside of the place of arms, a common place for 
consultation and for receiving visitors. 

22. as dv [sc. droxwpoiev] kal Ewpaxdrtes, [as they would naturally do 
having even seen] as well they might having scen. 

23s. Observe interchange of tenses. — pév, to which dé corre- 179 
sponding ? 

25. xad’ atrovs, in their direction, adversum ; ézl, expresses hostility, 
in se. — émrvtyero, was in danger of drowning, 594. 

26. Soxeite (Lex.). Some here supply mrojoat, or dpaoar, or detoa. 
Cf. quid illum censes. Ter. Andrian, v. 2. 12. —’H8ikovv, tense 612. — 
éptrentaxot, form 317 b. 

27. ot wavtes, the whole body, collectively; iSta, [by one’s self] indi- 
vidually. — ovk...ovTe, 713 b. — avehéo Bar trokeov = modeufjoa, govern- 
ing the dat. 455 f. — ép’ 8 tT dv edgy, against whatever place, people, ete.; 
or, to whatever enterprise. — Tav Adyev, partit. gen. — Tav...idvTev, gov. 
by Adyev. 

28. x%pa (Lex.), 6. 13. 

29. of avOalperor od Tor oTparnyol, more emphatic order ; see 180 
524 b. — G8uxe?, olxerat, 612. — drromdéwv, 679 d. — hedyer, he is 
a fugitive. 

30. Sterpdéavro...u aodadés etvar, have [brought it about that it 
should not be safe] rendered it unsafe. — év ph, unless. — knprxlo, often 
marked by wreaths, or figures of serpents (as on the caduceus of Mercury). 

31. Softw ipiv, Jet it [seem good to you] be so voted. — as TovovTtav 
éxopévav, in the expectation of such acts. — ovvakhy...tis, cach one may 
keep guard on his own account. — bmepSéEva, doubtless looking or pointing 
to them. 

32. 7Séws, cheerfully, with confidence. 

33. dirlc, predicatively, [as friendly] or, to its friendship. —wep\ ra 
peyiora...cEapaprdvovtes, committing such sins [in respect to the greatest 
matters, as the treatment of heralds] against the highest obligations. Some 
connect Toadra with 7a péyeora. — O86, where, i.e. in Greece, cf. vi. 6. 16, 
Kriig., Kiih., etc. — wavrwv (governed by éraivov), from all, 434a, or, 
join 08 with ézaivov, [what praise] the praise which. 





118 NOTES. 


34. mavres Aeyov: this statement must not be pressed. All concurred 
in this view, several speaking as their representatives. — rovs...rottwy dp- 
Eavras, those who had led in these things. —Sotvar, éeetvar, etc., infin. after 
édeyov = éxédevov. — Tov ovmod [sc. xpdvov], Lex. 433 a. — tts...dyer@ar 

181 airovs (numb.?) él Oavatw, that they should be led out for death, 

or, punished with death. — Stas... katartiAcat, cf. dixny brocxew, 
8. 1. — tt &AXo, case 586 c, 480 b. — é ob (Lex. €€), 557 a. 

35. Ilapatvotvros...cupPovdevdvrev, order ?— Kka8fpar (sacrifices, wash- 
ings, etc.), especially to remove the stain incurred by the murder of the 
heralds, and thus, by these religious ceremonies, to avert the displeasure 
of the gods. (See Dictionary of Antiquities, xd@apo.s, lustratio.) The 
effect upon the discipline of the army may have been also considered. 


CHAPTER “Vit 


INVESTIGATION INTO THE CONDUCT OF THE GENERALS. —XENOPHON 
FULLY JUSTIFIES HIS COURSE. 


1. The army, in the spirit of Greek institutions, proceeded as a little 
republic, entitled to cal] its rulers to account. ®wryotos pev Opde kal 
BlavOukdjs, 497 b. — ris budAakis, for their negligent charge, 429a, 431c. 
— tpxov aipeels, a commander of the transports, to take charge of the 
persons and property conveyed, 3. 1. — tBpttovros, as guilty of wanton 
abuse. Among the graver suits under the Attic law was the UBpews dixn, 
an indictment for wanton outrage to the person, where the penalty was 
often death. (See Dictionary of Antiquities.) 

2. rod kal, where indeed. — Tw plye, iv. 5. 3s. 

3. [sc. rocodrov] otov, 554a. — émtNeAouTroTos, tapdy, 675. — otvov (case 
432.a) 8 py8’ dogpalver Bar mapov (675), and where it was not possible even 
to catch the scent of wine, we were so destitute of it. tad tis UBpews, 
through their wanton spirit. ‘*‘ Every one knows,” says Spelman, ‘‘that 
asses, and mules, their offspring, have such an inbred viciousness that no 
fatigue can subdue it.” Cf. eSévar dvov amrdvrov tBpietotatov ce ovta, 
Lucian. Pseudologista, 3. 

4. & rivos, on what account. —’AXN aryrovv, well then (after a silence 
which implied a negative), did I make a demand ? — paxopevos, sc. ézardv 
Ge. — trapévyra (Lex. mapouwéw). 

182 5. otk ebn, sc. drdirevew, he said NO, 662 b. — ov8é totr epn, 

he did not even say this. 

6. pa Al’, case 476 a. — 8ré6puas, a harsh term for the act; ef. d:é- 
dwxa, § 7. 

7. rovavTy tus (Lex.). —cov...cd esol, 536. — od enol amedSerEas s, you 
had shown me the man [back] again, i. e. produced him at the end of the 
day’s march. Here dé seems to have the same force as in dmodaBwy and 
amédwxa (Lex. dd). — d&vov, sc. dxovcat. 


z 





BOOK We -CHAP. VIII. 119 


8. xatedelrero, was being left behind. —8t. = bev Tobro, drt, 560; cf. 
ili. 1. 45. — éya, cf. cv, ii. 1. 12. — &vOpwrros, why rather than dvijp ? 

9. dpitrovta as Kkatopitovta, parataxis, chiastic. — émords, adstans, 
Perio. 1, 5.7. 

10. ‘Oréoa ye Bovderat, jast as [much as} he pleases, for aught I care 
about it. —etddTe éovxévat, to [be] act like one who knew. 

11. Ti ody; 564 c. —rrov ts (Lex. ris), 584d. — Kat ydp, the nega- 
tion, ‘‘no,” is here left to be implied. 

12. Totrov, pos.?— drlyas, too few (Lex.), 515, case? Cf. Luke xii. 47; 
Aristoph. Wubes, 968. — &ddXovs, kasros, numb. 501. 183 

13. Scots s, as many as [it contented] were content. —8v hpas 
...Loytov, 676 b. —aitot 8é, 562. —rotTo érovotpev, had behaved thus, 
tense 604a; mode? 

14. "H8y 8é kal, [and now also] then also, so also, #5y referring rather 
to the time of the acknowledgment, than to that of the action. — padax- 
{opevev tiva, a man yielding to sloth, not referrmg to a particular indi- 
vidual, 548 c. — mpotépevov atrév, 583; see iv. 5. 15s. — karépalov ava- 
otis, found that I rose, 677 a, i. 3. 10. — ports, pos. 719d, wu. 

15. *Ev épavra, in my own case. 

16. “Addov 8é ye tows, [and indeed] yes, and another one perhaps. — 
qpas, as Xenophon commanded the rear. —7v§...AdyxXy, order ? 

17. Xen. acutely shows that they owe their very ability to call him to 
account to the services which he had rendered them. — 8lxatov, 8{xnv, 
parataxis, or parachesis, Vollb. — émt, cf. i. 1. 4; 11. 1.—7l péya...Aap- 
Bavev, what outrage could they have suffered so great [of which they would 
now be claiming to receive the penalty] that they could now be claiming 
to receive satisfaction. 

18. éw ayada...ém’ ayaa, cf. ii. 4.5 N. — atta s, I deem myself bound 
to render such an account as, 7. 34.—Kak yap, and so of others, for. 184. 

19. Cappo...parrov, LT have higher spirits. —viy i Tote, order? 

— evdia = 7 dvev dvéuwv nuépa, i. e. security. 

20. Gadarra (Lex.). Some regard weyddy as a pred. adj.; the sea runs 
high. See Rehdz. — xaderatver, obs. the parallelism of the two clauses. 
— mpwpevs, ‘‘the command in the prow of a vessel was exercised by an 
officer called mpwpevs, who seems to have been next in rank to the steers- 
man, and to have had the care of the gear, and the command over the 
rowers.” (Dict. of Antiq.) 

21. odre...ématere, as was recommended and voted, iii. 2. 31, 33. 

22. avtav, [of] among them. — Otpar yap, prefixed without influencing 
the construction. 

23. Svepaxeto...domlSa pi pépev, [fought through not to carry] con- 
tended persistently for the privilege of not carrying his shield. — viv 8é s, he 
is well enough to plunder by night, and carry off his booty. — amrodéSuxev, 
(vestibus) spoliavit, Kriig. 

24, totrov tavavria...movotor (571 ¢), [you will treat this man contrary 
than, etc.] your treatment of this man will be the reverse of that given to 


120 NOTES. 


dogs. —Tovs pév, v. 8. 24.— Tas Hpépas, THY Huepay, through the day [days], 
or, by day. — 8.béaor (Lex. didyur): if we have here an extract from an 
old rhyming proverb, the use of this very rare poetic word might seem ex- 
plained. Cf. ili. 4. 35. 

25. "AAG yap, but, one word more, for. — pénvynoe, obs. how often 
Xen. repeats this word, in impressing his hearers with their faults of mem- 
ory. —et 8€ tw (cf. rx above) 4...€mexoipynoa, but if I either [relieved for 
any one a storm] protected any one from a storm, or the cold, wintry weather. 

195°. Toitwy ovdels s, 432 c. — oddev, asi. 1. 8; v. 1. ovdé, emphati- 

cally repeated from ov’ el. 

26. davepipvnoKov, made mention of his (Xenophon’s) services. — arepte- 
yévero, [it came about so as to be well] and all at length resulted well or 


happily. 


BOOK NE 


FROM COTYORA BY SEA TO CALPE.—THENCE TO CHRYSOPOLIS 
ON THE BOSPORUS OPPOSITE BYZANTIUM. 


CHAPTER af. 


TREATY WITH THE PAPHLAGONIANS. — VOYAGE TO SINOPE. — XENO- 
PHON OFFERED THE CHIEF COMMAND. 


186 1. As the usual recapitulation is here wanting, some editors (as 

Schneider, Kriig., ete.) attach this and the next chapter to Book 

V., and make Book VI. to begin at what is here numbered as Chapter III., 

which has a brief recapitulation. — SvatpiBy, at Cotyora. —’ Exdétevoy, 

i.e. to keep or sell them as slaves. — ed pada (Lex.), quite easily or 
adroitly, scite admodum, Dind. 

2. Umtrovs kal orodds, for presents. — tots” EAAnvas s, i. e. to agree to 
these terms. 

3. Suxarotarous (Lex.), cf. § 22, Thucyd. i. 41. 

4. Bots ray, 418 c. — kataxelpevot, according to custom, supported by ~ 
the left arm and taking food with the right. — oxlrocwy, v. 1. cr:Bdow. 

5. oovdai, the Greek dinner of luxury consisted regularly of two parts, 
the substantial meal and the symposium. The latter, in which came the 
wine and the dessert, was the part especially devoted to conversation, mu- 
sic, spectacles, and in general to pleasure and amusement. This part was 
always introduced, as for a blessing, by sacred libations, with the common 
addition of the singing of a pean. (For a vivid picture of such an enter- 
tainment, see Becker’s Charicles, Scene vi.) Both Plato and Xen. intro- 











BOO, VE; CHAP. I. 128 


duce Socrates at a symposium. — mp@rov pév, corresponding to 187 
pera ToUTO, § 7, 9, etc. — mpos avddy, Zo [a flute] the music of the 

flute, 695. — apxqoavto, HAAovTo tnda (Lex. 477 b), éxpavro, tense 
592a. — tats paxatpats éxpavto (Lex.), [used] flowrished, or, played with 
their swords. — 6 €repos tov Erepov, 567 c. — wemAnyévat, transitive, acc. 
to MecM. 

6. tov 2itédxav, the Sitalce-song, in honor of a Thracian king of this 
name. See Dind., Thucyd. ii. 29, Diod. xii. 50. — jjv...memovOds, but he 
was not at all harmed, 679 a, B. 

7. xaptaiay, the carpean or farm dance (from xapzés, fruits or crops, 
Lex.) ; MecM. calls it the wrist dance (from xapzés, wrist). See Dind., 
who quotes Max. Tyr. Diss. xxviii. 4. 

8. mapalésevos Ta STAG, as our forefathers did with the guns which 
they carried to the field for protection against Indian attacks. Cf. Thucyd. 
i. 6.—mpotdytar, as soon as he sees him coming ; rpo-, ‘‘in front,” often 
implies distance. Cf. Cyr. iv. 3. 21. So “‘ prospexi Italiam,” Virg. in. 
vi. 357, 385, McM. — érotovv, in pantomime. — tov d&vbpa, the common 
obj. of djcas and drdyer. — tT Xetpe, case 481, 485 e. 

9. pipotpevos, in pantomime. 

10. Ilepoxdy, sc. Sexiest, case 477 b (see Lex.). 

11. ’Eni 8 toitw éemdvrtes, and following him. — atdodpevor, with the 
a. playing to the warlike movement. Cf. vii. 2. 30. — 188 
mpocéoots, solemn processions. Cf. Schneider. 

12. “Emi rotrots, perhaps best connected with éxrer\nyuévous. — Tvp- 
pixay éhadpas, the Pyrrhic dance was practised with such rapidity as to 
give its name to the quickest foot in prosody, 77, 740 c. It was especially 
used as a preparation for war; to give strength, and to train to ease and 
lightness of movement in arms. Byron taunted the modern Greeks with 
retaining it as a mere entertainment : — 


“You have the Pyrrhic dance as yet ;. 
Where is the Pyrrhice phalanx gone? 
Of two such lessons, why forget 
The nobler and the manlier one?” 
Don Juan, iii. 86. © 


13. attra kal ai tpebdpevat, obs. the repetition of final a, and how the 
influence of a woman (i. 10. 3) is exaggerated into the direct action of the 
whole sex. The Greeks were intent upon astonishing the credulous and 
simple-minded Paphlagonians. 

14. pire aduxeiv s, cf. § 2. 

15. Xivdéqns, [of] belonging to Sinope. Some regard the word as here 
used to inelude the whole adjacent territory belonging to the city. 

16. Xapicodos, Avatifuos, v. i. 4; cf. Diod. xiv. 31. — ératvoin, 
numb. ? 

17. ciove aitots, Strws, [it entered] the question occupied their 189 
thoughts, how, etc. 

18. paddov dv.. otpatedpart, that the one could manage the army better 

6 . 


122 NOTES. 


than of there were a multiplicity of command. —é tr Séor KavOavewv...xpvrr- 
reoOar...toreplfev, if it were necessary that any measure should (lie hid] 
be kept secret, that tt could better be concealed ; and, on the other hand, if % 
were necessary that any measure should [anticipate] be carried by surprise, 
it would be in less danger of being too late ; or, more personally, if there 
were any need that they should act in secrecy, they could more surely be 
hidden, etc. — 71d S0€av tro évl, quod uni visum esset id perficiendum. — 
viKdorns, Sc. yvwuns, i. e. the opinion of the majority. 

20. wi pév, corresp. to ordre dé, § 21. Cf. ili. 1. 12. — thy tTipgy... 
yiyverOar, that so [the honor would be greater to him] he would be in higher 
honor. Some omit xai before mpés ro’s didovs, and translate, would be in 
higher estimation with his friends. — wettov, [greater] with greater distinc- 
tion. — tuxdv (Lex.), 483 a. — aya8ot, case 444 f. — aittos, case ? 

21. dée, ety: it is only through the opt. in Greek, as through the poten- 
tial in English, that the future tense can be carried back into the past ; 
and it is only in indirect discourse, and in clauses partaking of its nature, 
that the fut. opt. is used. Yet even here the fut. indic. is very often pre- 
ferred, and even though associate tenses may take the opt., 643 h. 

22. Acatropoupéva...Staxpivar, being at a loss how to decide ; v. 1. dro- 
pouévw. — Svo tepeta, as was common, in order that a second sacrifice 
might be forthwith tried, if the first was unsatisfactory. —avra, case 452 a: 
pavrevros Fv, for dep (Ovew)...uavrevrov Fv: cf. i. 2.21 N; iv. 1.17. MeM. 
—é« Aed\dayv, by the response of Apollo, iii. 1. 6. — 70 évap, iii. 1. 11. — 
Grd ToUTOV Tod Oeod, for dg obmep, 562.— Hpxero s, he began to [set him- 
self to] undertake the joint charge of the army. 

190 23. Kupw s, iii. 1. 8. — éavrw...p0eyydpevov, screaming [for or 

to him on the right] on his right. — Se€vdv, i.e. in the east, or the 
lucky quarter. The Greek augur faced the north, and had the east on his 
right hand ; the Roman faced the south, and had the lucky omens on the 
left. Cf. 17. xxiv. 320; Cicero De Divin. ii. 89. See Dict. of Antiq. — 
womep (v.1. dvmep) s, as (or, of whom) the seer said. Obs. how minute 
analogies were caught up in the ancient system of divination. — péyas s, as 
king of birds and favorite of Zeus: so to Tarquinius Priscus, Vollb. Of. J. 
1. 279; Odyss. xv. 160 —178. — erdpevoy, v. 1. mepirerouevor, i. e. by flying 
about. McM. says that there is a prospective reference here to the narra- 
tive at vile 7. 545° 82,3: 

24. Ovrw Ovopévw, § 22.—-mpoadcic bar s, to desire additional command. 

25. aipyoovrat, mode 643h; cf. § 21 N. 

26. aitvov...[sc. we] yéverOar, 677 e. — AaxeSaipovlov, sc. Chirisophus. 
— ipiv...cupcépov, case? pos. of duty and éuoi ?— aN [se. pou doxe?] Fr- 
Tov. — div...rvyxavev, supply duds as the subj. and rovrov or rovrwy (from 
ef rt) as the obj. of the verb. Breitenbach. — et tu Séore Oe, case 478 a; ef. 
i. 3. 4. — ov travv te (Lex.), i. e. not at all. 

27. mpdoGev, mplv, cf. i. 1.10 N; iv. 3. 12. —ématoavro modepotvres, 
part. 677a. The great struggle between Athens and Sparta, the Pelopon- 
nesian war, lasted 27 years (B. c. 481-404), and resulted in the Athenians 








BOOK Yi. CHAP. IL 123 


making a complete submission to the Spartans as their masters, sacrificing 
their famous long walls and their naval power, and promising roy adrov 
€xOpov Kal Pidrov vouigovras, Aaxedamoviows ErecOar kal Kata yiv Kai KaTa 
Oddarrav bro av HyGvrat, Hellen. ii. 2. 20. — airav, numb.? 

28. érodidpxynoay, iv. 2.15 N. Cf. o80v dSoroiovy, iv. 8. 8. — éxeivo 
(472 or 481) évvoa, pt) (625 a) Atay dy s, in respect to that, I apprehend that 
I should be very quickly brought to my senses: &yv is here retained without 
regard to the dependence of the clause on éwvo® uj, 631d, 633a. Some 
editors reject it : éxetvo seems to be used for the sake of more marked con- 
trast with 6 dé duets évvoetre, but as to this which you have in mind (§ 29). 
Some regard uy as here complem., J consider whether I should not, etc. 

29. Anode, SCavpdoarpr, evporre, mode 633 b. — et tia, sc. 191 
Chirisophus. 

30. Stt...aipavrat, that it were ridiculous, if it were so, if the Lacede- 
monians would be angry should even banqueters coming together not elect, 
etc.; i.e. if they insisted on supremacy in everything. Some mss. have 
ws opyobvrat, as then (to carry out the principle) the Lacedemonians will 
be angry, etc. — épyrotvtrar, mode ?— oupmociapxov (Lex.). Cf. Dict. of 


Antiq. 
31. evdéov (Lex.) 677 c. — dpviw (form 315 a) tpiv Ocods (case 472 f) 
mavTas Kal macas [sc. d7c]...é6vdynv et (Lex.). — yobavepny, tense ?— 


idtarny, a ae person, not a wavris: cf. Thucyd. vi. 72. 

32. 008’ dv tywye, neither would I, more than Xenophon, § 29. solitX, 
ehopevor, in not choosing him; ov, as fact is denoted, 686 n.—‘O 8’...éavra, 
sc. Dexippus, who ascribed the preference of Clearchus’s troops for Tima- 
sion (ill. 1. 47 ; 2. 37) above himself to the influence of Xen. The conse- 
quence attached to such a charge shows how jealous the Lacedemonians 
were for their dignity. —‘O 8’ éy s, this part of the section seems not to 
have been spoken by Chirisophus, but to be an explanation by the author, 
and hence thrown into a parenthesis: Townsend takes this view; but most 
editors regard the words as part of Chirisophus’s speech. 

33. katacxety, sc. vais, est appellere. Cf. Hdt. vii. 188, Kriig. 192 
See Kiih. a Joc. 


CHAPTER. ir. 


THE GREEKS SAIL TO HERACLEA. — SERIOUS DISSENSIONS IN THE 
ARMY, AND DIVISION INTO THREE PARTIES. 


1. rapamhéovtes, in sailing along the coast, referring to the whole voy- 
age of the army from Cotyora to Heraclea. They had already passed all 
the places here mentioned as seen, except the mouth of the Parthenius. 
‘Hence some needlessly suppose that Xen. forgot the situation of the places, 
or that there is here an interpolation. Mien AL poetic form, see Lex. — 
"Ipvos, form 218, 2. 


yon. NOTES. 


2. émi rov KépRepov, to fetch Cerberus. Cf. v. 1. 5, éml mola. Thucyd. 
i. 117. -McM. 4 

4. wopeiav...mopevOfvar, case 477: some join mopetay with éBovdevovro, 
474 b. — tav otparnyav, case 432f; 474c. —od pi yévntar, 597, ef. ii. 

193 2.12; iv. 8. 13 N. — omdbev...ov« éotuy, there is [not whence] no 

source from which we can obtain provisions for our journey ; ef. 
di. 4s Ss . 

5. puplous, cf. v. 6. 35: the Heracleotes had broken their promise of a 
month’s pay. — jRpov kaOnpévev, note the transition to oratio directa: ef. 
i. 3. 14.N; vii. 1. 33; Odyss. i. 372. 

6. tori 8’ ol, 559 a. — avayxagey, sc. duddvar. — 8 tu pa, nisi quod. 

7. éwamedetv, 632 c. — roijoorey, v. 1. mojoasev. 

8. averxevacav, ékékNetvTo, tense 599c, f. McM. calls attention to 
Donaldson’s Greek Grammar for this particular usage of the pluperfect to 
denote ‘‘the establishment of a state of condition in past time.” Cf. apo- 
AGyyTO, 1. 9. 14.N. 

9. ot tapdtavres Tatra, those who had made this trouble, 478. 

10. Oi...airois, and their language was. —’A®nvaiov (éva rejected by 
some), sc. Xenophon, whom they regarded as the actual leader, notwith- 


standing 1. 32. — Kal Aakedapoviev, and even Lacedemonians. — od8év, 
+ F e X e lA i t 
194. nothing, or, of no account. —trép tpiov, as nom. 706 a; v. 1. trep7- 
pov. 


11. éavrayv, Kad’ éavtots, order? cf. 6. 18. 

12. Xeupirdda, case 464 ; cf. 3. 1. — ad’ tis = ard ravrns 7 (or, Fs). 

13. per airav, sc. the Arcadians and Achzans. — Kad’ atrov ropete- 
o8ar, but with the agreement, it would seem, that the two forces should 
meet at Calpe. — Xeuproddov, case ? 

14. pnSels, i.e. of the rest of the army. — avrol, viz. Neon, Chirisophus, 
and Xenophon. — atrav, pos. 538 g. — Tots yeyevnpévors, case ?— avra, 
i. e. Neon, to whom, as his lieutenant, Chirisophus in disgust left the con- 
duct of affairs. Some, with less reason, refer ai7@to Xenophon, or the army. 

15. éru pév, has been explained in two ways, still further indeed (a sense 
belonging to v. J. wév érv) and as yet indeed, referring to a time continuing 
till what is afterwards stated with 6é. In this last sense, which is now 
generally preferred, it may be translated at first, or, for a while. Cf. Heil. 
ii. 4. 11; Plato Protag. 310 c. —Ag@ov kal &peivov, a frequent pleonasm in 
consulting the gods ; cf. vii. 6. 44. 

16. ylyverav...rptxq, [comes to be in] és divided into three parts. 
KdSes, appos. 393 d. — Keapioddw, for Chirisophus, or supply eict. — eis 
Tetpakooiovs, as nom. 706 a. — Opaxes, cf. i. 2.9. It is not surprising 
that Chirisophus and Xenophon felt deeply this breaking up of the army 
which they had guided safely through so many perils ; the more because 
the movement was directed so personally against themselves. The small 
forces which they had rallied about them were mixed, including many in- 
ferior troops, and consisting only in part of their own soldiers, many of the 
best of whom had deserted them. Chirisophus, sick at heart and enfeebled 








*Ap- ¥ 





i — 





BOOK Wi) “CHAP. IIT. x, 125 


in health, gave up the conduct of affairs to his lieutenant, Neon; and Xeno- 
phon, who had incurred no responsibility by enlisting troops for the army, 
and yet had done more than any other one to save the whole, saw now an 
opportunity, the great perils past, of honorable return to his native city 
Athens. He perhaps thought that the best measure for his present force 
was to unite it with that of Chirisophus: Timasion was the only other 
general who was not an Arcadian or Achean ; cf. 3. 14. 

"Apkddes, sc. kai Axasoi, the chief tribe only mentioned. — kara 
pécov mas, [somehow at] about the middle of [Thrace] the Thracian coast. 
—ris Opaxns, Asiatic Thrace, i.e. Bithynia, 4. 1. 

18. kai yap 75n qoéva, 709, 2. He therefore took the easiest and 
safest route, 3. 10. He died on the march, 4. 11. 
19. peroyaias, where supplies could be more abundantly obtained. 


Cer Tih Tri. 


THE ARCADIANS ATTACK THE BITHYNIANS. — RESCUED FROM GREAT 
DANGER BY XENOPHON AND HIS COMPANY. — ARRIVAL AT CALPE. 


1. The first section is rejected by many: cf. 1. 1 N. — tpdaov, case ?— 
Keaproidov, 447 b. 

2. "Expatav...rdde, fared as follows ; case 478. — pév, corresp. to dé, 
§ 10.—’Apxades, 2. 17. —ddxos, v. 1. Noxov. —érrota Se pel{wv, but [what- 
ever, cf. 641] if any one seemed lar ger than usual, or, too large for a single 
division, 514. — wvvdvo, 240 f. oe iieys sc. é€ml tavryp. 

3. Séor, mode 643 e. 

4. Gipelievro, tense ? — 8révyov...d6mditas s, escaped from 196 
heavy armed troops, out of their very hands. 

5. dpa (Lex.). — tpémovrat, sc. of Opaxes: cf. vii. 3. 8. 

6. mpdypacy, trouble or difficulty (Lex.), cf. iv. 1. 17. — edrdxynpa, case 
Ans eke 1.3. 17 -N. 

7. TosST Hy, sing. x plur.? — ot 8é, i. e. the enemy. — érlotev, sc. of "EN- 
Aqves: ef. iv. 2. 15. — Gddou 88 GAAy s, while others made an attack in an- 
other quarter. Some explain according to 567 d. 

8. tedevta@yres, cf. iv. 5. 16N. 

9. otk iSo0cav, would not give, 594, cf. i. 3.15 vii. 1. 7. — 197 
év ToUT@ toxeto (Lex.), [on this] here the matier stuck or hung. 

10. Eevodavre...tropevopeva, [for Xen. marching] as Xen. was march- 
ing ; cf. iii. 2. 22N. —qoOnvrar, v. 1. qoPovro. — dvtos “EAAnviKod, con- 
sisting of Grecks. . 

11. viv dr, order 719b, 7. What word thus becomes more emphatic ? 
— Todtopkotvrat, elev, mode ? 

12. ovd’, in indirect discourse, 686 c.—ovdSeplav: after verbs of ‘‘think- 


bed 


ing,” ov often takes the place of uj in an infinitive clause, when it is in- 


126 ot NOTES. 
tended to give to the negative an emphasis which «7 appears too weak to 
bear. MecM. — ovtw...ovT, anaphora, Vollb. 

13. povor...povot, obs. emphasis of the repetition. 

14. Rehdz. perceived that § 16-18 ought to precede § 14 ; and Schenkel 
so places them. Whether a copyist misplaced them accidentally, or in 
order that the words of Xen. might immediately precede tabr’ eladp ipyetro 
(§ 19), we can only conjecture. Rehdz. and Schenkel, from more regard 
to form than thought, place tad7 eiray 7yeiro between § 14 and 15. — 
dcov dv Soxq, [so far that, 557 a]s, wntil it may seem to be time, or, as far 
as it may seem proper to advance before supper; so as to make rapid pro- 
gress. — Tipaciev, 2. 16 N. — éhopav, keeping us in sight. 

15. ékéXeve, and so also others, § 19. —katev G&travta, Ste, 550f., cf. 
§ 19. For the purpose had in view, see § 19s, 25. 

198 16. ovdapod, § 23; v. J. ovdauot. — woddH, sc. 666s éort. — 

otte...5€, 716 b, v. 2. ré.—pévovery, sc. jutv. —avtod, se. at Calpe. 

17. SvaxwSvvevev, [to risk ourselves through] ¢o meet all perils of a 
march through the country. —tijs cwrnplas ¢xer@ar (Lex.), case 426. — 

_ €orwy, it is owrs, or, in our power, we have now an opportunity. 

18. 6 eds (Lex.)...0vTws, perhaps the deity thus directs; cf. Hdt. vii. 
8, 1. — as mréov dpovotvras (Lex.), cf. 2.11; x metfov ppovel, v. 6. 8; 
ef. Hdt. vii. 10, 5. — ad Oeav apxopévous (Lex.), who began with the gods, 
i.e. by consulting them. See 2.15; cf. Cyrop. i. 5. 6. — as dy, final ws 
(or dws) is sometimes followed by dv, chiefly after a command (here im- 
plied in xp%), ‘‘ you must apply your mind to this, in order that you may 
be able (or, how you may be able).” See ii. 5.16; vii. 4.2. In such 
cases, Donaldson says, dv expresses an eventwal conclusion, i.e. one in 
which an additional hypothesis is virtually contained ; i. e. “‘7f you do, — 
you will...”” See McM. 

19. ép’ Scov (Lex.). — émvmaptovtes (Lex.), marching by the side of the 
main army, § 15; cf. ili. 4. 30. — mdavra, 80a, 550 f, cf. § 15. —% orpa- 

-7id (Lex.), the main army ; of émXirat, sc. éxacov. Cf. Cesar B. G. ii. 11. 
— mwapadetropeva, by the cavalry who preceded, § 14s. 
199 21. dvdakds x hidAakas ?— ds eis, iv. 3. 11; i. 8.1; i, 2. 21. 
22. Tots wyepovas, § 10s. — eAdvOavov (Lex.). — érodtop- 
Kodvto, [were previously] had been besieged ; cf. i. 2. 22 N. — ypat&.a Se 
Kal yepsvtia, probably captives whom they did not think worth taking 
with them. 

23. rl, cf. ii. 1. 10, Rehdz. — tev KaradeX., case ?— evOis ad’ Eotrépas, 
immediately [from evening] after nightfall ; cf. wher, iv. 4. 8; v. 6. 23.— 
Sirov, repeat olyerOar: dou is for dou (signif. preg.) the notion of arrival 
and rest being included in the verb of motion (ofxec@ar) ‘‘ where they were 
foto, Ch aya. 17. sMeM: 

24. cis, [having come to, 704 a] at. 

25. oxeddv apdl, nearly [about] at, or just about. 

26. 6 xpdvos, the time requisite for such a: march. — td tap’ hptv, [the 
state of things with us] our situation. — tpav, case ? 

















BOOK VI. CHAP. IV. 127 


CHAPTER LV. 


THE GREEKS AT CALPE.— ANOTHER EXPEDITION UNDER NEON. — 
XENOPHON AGAIN COMES TO THE RESCUE. 


1. aptapevn...éoriv ard Tot oroparos...péxpt“Hpaxdelas, com- 
mencing at the mouth...[is] extends to Heraclea (i. e. its territory, 200 
2. 19). .Obs. the two limits placed side by side, 719 b, ¢. — etomdéovtt, 
462 ¢. 

2. tpijper...kamrats ; from the uniformity of this motion in calm weather, - 
a convenient mode of denoting distance by sea. See Hdt. iv. 86, where 
the voyage for a long day is set at 700 stadia (= about 80 miles), and for 
the night -at 600 (= about 68 miles). Arrian’s Periplus, in which the voy- 
age from Byzantium to Calpe is reckoned at 870 stadia (= about 98 miles). 
— adda, cf. iii. 2. 13 N. — Opaxes BrOvvol, cf. McM. in loc. — tots” EAAn- 
vas, for stronger expression rather than adrovs. 

3. & péow...Bufavtiov, lies [in the middle] midway of [persons sailing 
from each place, from H. and B.] the voyage between Heraclea and Byzan- 
tium. Some regard m\edvrwy as gen. absol. 676 a. — To pév, adxyy, TO Sé€, 
393 d. — 6 aixyv: Kriig. quotes Pliny, iv. 5, as applying the term cerviz 
to the Isthmus of Corinth. — paduera, cf. v. 4. 12 N. 

4. im airy TH Tétpa, beneath the very rock, i. e. close beneath the rock. 
— 76 mpos éorépay, 529 c. —AdBovos péovera, cf. wodds pee. = mudtus fluit, 
Virg. Georg. iii. 28. 

6. xépa, naturally connected with the harbor. — kat kpi@ds 901 
Kal tupots s, cf. 6. 1; 707). 

7. 76 Todo dv yevopevoy = Td xuplov 6 ToALcpa dy yévorTo, the spot 
which might have been made a city. — Bovdopévev : such a desire on Xeno- 
phon’s part certainly shines through his description. He wishes, however, 
to show that he himself took no steps in that direction ; while the omens 
pointed very strongly that way, and seemed almost to forbid any other 
course. . 

8. Obs. the chiastic order of the participles. — ajoav...éxmemeukores, 
had sailed forth. — od orrdve Biov...ddda s, not from the want of subsist- 
ence, but [having heard] from the report which they had received of the virtue 
of Cyrus. —ot piv xal dvSpas dyovres, especially the lochagi. — kal rov- 
tov erepor, and [others than these, 406 a] yet others. — atrodeSpakores, KaTa- 
Aurdvres, tense 605 b: dzodidpdcxew is here used as a transitive verb, tak- 
ing the syntax of the equivalent notion gevyew. Cf. Thucyd.-viii. 102, 
éxadeiv modeuious: egredi urbem, Livy xxii. 55: see vii. 8.12. McM. — 
és...éAwv, [as to come again] in the hope of returning with wealth acquired 
for them. —rtovis rapa Kipa, cf. i. 4. 12. —moddd Kal dyaba mparrey, 
were making [for themselyes many and good things, 702 c] their fortunes, 
or, had done exceedingly well, 604 a. 


128 NOTES. 


9. cvvddov, depends on tarépa, 408; cf. i. 7. 12. — meparator (Lex.) ; 
ef. rerapratos...éo71, St. John xi. 89. — kevotadvov, 722a; cf. tumulum 
inanem, Virg. 4n. vi. 505. —aitrois, 460. — orebavovs, for funeral crowns 
the Greeks commonly used parsley, if within reach. 

202 10. *Ayacias te Zruppartos, v. 1. “Ayao. 6 Zruug. See Kid. 

for other readings. 

11. 8txa (Lex.). — kard (Lex.): the old arrangement of the army, 
recently broken up, was now restored: cf. 2. 12. — a@mévat, depart for 
home. — reredeutHKe, v. 1. ErereeuT7jKxer, 284; cf. § 13, 20. — ddppaxoy 
aiay, Xenophon seems to mention this as the cause of his death: ef. 2. 18. 
— Ta ékeivou...mapéAaBe, succeeded to his command, 428a; cf. v. 6. 36. 

12. SHAov Stv...rointéov, sc. éoriv, impers. 572, 682 a. —%4Sy, pos. ? — 
“Hpsis x tps ? 

13. What examples of chiasma?— 6 2tAaves, that Silanus, who had 
been the chief soothsayer of the army, 523h; cf. v. 6. 18, 33s. — pir8e- 
owdpevos, voice 581. — éylyvero, (Lex.) cf. i. 2. 3. 

14. eye, mode 666 b. 

15. kypdtéas, some editions read ZevodGy after this word. — tapetvat émt 
tiv Overlay, const. preg. cf. i. 2. 2. — pavris, pos.? — ve...Ovopévav 
(§ 16), he proceeded to sacrifice: @vouévwy expresses the subjective notion of 
consulting the gods by sacrifice, the matter on which they were consulted 
being expressed by émi r7 dbidw. See v. 5. 3, vii. 2. 14, 15, where é6vero 
follows @6ve ru (held a sacrifice), vii. 1. 37 N. MeM. 

203 16. a exovtes HAVOV, which they had brought with them. 

18. as...8T1, anacoluthon, 716 a. — tives, case ? — éx, for év, 
const. preg. 

19. cxynviv...tiv Bevopevtos, art. 523 a 3, c. — ph, 686 d. 

20. oxedov te (Lex.). —8ud 7d pedetv, from its concerning all. —o¥,pos. ? 

21. To épupve yaoi, cf. § 3, 7. 

22. as oddev Séov, [as though there were] that there was no need, 680 c. 
nehdz. supplies*éori, and Kendrick ef, with déov. — id (Lex.) 689 k. — 
mpodupetoOar...eln, to observe closely whether there was [anything in this] 
here anything favorable. Xen. seems to have so requested Cleanor, on ac- 
count of the suspicion with which his own movements were regarded. — 
éyévero, v. 1. éyévovro. 

204 . 23. avepdrrovs, case = Tryepovos, sc. the Heracleot. —— dorkois s. 

The doxés was rather for liquids, and the @vAaxos for dry provis- 
ions, as meal, etc. 

24. as émi, iv. 3. 11 N. —mp@rot, cf. § 26. — BeBonOyKdres Foray, § 8 N. 
— Bibvvois, cf. Hdt. iii. 89, and Xen. Held. iii. 2. 2. — Spvylav, which 
Phrygia ?— pry éd@etv, 713 d. — od petov mevraxocious, 507 e, 511 c. —d 
pos, cf. § 5s. 

25. “Hi tovrov s, obs. order, 719 d.— od« éyeyévyro, the sacrifice had 
not been offered owing to the want of victims, § 20. — iad, § 22. 

26. trois Actitods, i. e. those who had escaped. — kal éeEamlyns, when 
suddenly, 705. — péxpr, v. 1. wéxpes. 

27. év 8 Tots StAo1s, cf. ili. 1. 3.N. 





— er ee ae 


BOOK VI. CHAP. V. | 129 


CHAPTER V. 


THE GREEKS ENCAMP AT CALPE. — SUCCESSFUL ATTACK UPON THE 
BITHYNIANS. 


1. etrovro, having learned, however reluctantly, the necessity 205 
of this, from the incident in 4. 26s. — &trav, a distance of 400 
feet, 4. 3. 

2. él Tov mparov tepetov, [upon] i the case of the first victim, or, upon 
the first sacrifice: see éwi with gen. iv. 7. 10. 

3. SuaBdvres, sc. the generals. 

4. tovrov, i. e. Neon with his division. — ém\ tot, cf. i. 4. 3; iv. 3. 3N. 
—ot hoxayol kal orpatiatat améAetrov (v. 1. dé\urov) ators, the captains 
and soldiers were leaving them (i. e. the camp-followers with Neon); v. J. 
aitov, him, i.e. Neon. — xatéAurov, sc. the generals, substituting for 
Neon’s division, which was unwilling to remain, the older soldiers from 
the army in general. 

5. tiv otipayv...trornordpevor s, bringing the rear of the column (in which 
they marched) beside (or into line.with) the first, etc. — omécovs...képas, 
i. e. all on either side of the column from front to rear. The men simply 
stepped sidewise for their work, ready to fall into line upon any summons. 

G. tpdtrov, case 483, 485, e,a. They repeated this method as often as 
Was necessary. — TOv Kopov, 4. 23, 24. 

7. tpépas, case? adayyos: the army was now stretched out 206 
in line of battle, beyond the villages, to cover those that were 
gathering supplies. — Sivapuy, v. 2. ryv divayw. 

8. chaydterat, kal éyévero, order ?— érl tod mpdrov (Lex.) ; some sup- 
ply tepetov, cf. § 2.— ehaya, not iepd, as above § 2; the two are distin- 
eoished § 21: seei. 8. 15 N; iv. 3. 18, 19. 

9. hidaxas (Lex.). — ot rrodépuor s, the enemy in a state of disorder may 
encounter men in good order and fresh. McM. 

10. thy, sc. 6d6v. — ds ph EothKopev (form 317 b), that we may not be 
standing, as if afraid to proceed. — trodeptous, case 432 h. 

ll. fovxo, v. 1. joixws. — adedav, having detached. — ava, cf. iii. 
4. 21N; v. 4. 12.—aodurdvras, numb. and gender ?— thy 8€ plav, and 
one other. 

12. +d Hyovpevoy, cf. il. 2. 4 N. 207 

13. 8 tT Td toxov etn, cf. iv. 5. 20; 7. 4. Rehdz. — Bovdjs 
ovK d£étov ein el, it was not worth consideration whether, implying that the 
attempt would be hopeless. 

14. €edovcrov, with we, 509c. Some join it with kivduvoy, a [voluntary] 
danger, i. e. one which could be avoided. — 8d&ns...cis advipaoryta, repu- 
tation for valor. 

16. Order ?— peraBaddAopévous, reversing them: cf. i. 2. 17. 

6* I 


130 NOTES. 


17. ovdevi kado, neuter as ii. 6. 18. Born., following Sturtz, gives to 
€orxe the Homeric sense of decere: ‘‘honestum decet neminem.” Cf. Plato 
Legg. ix. 16. McM. — rovrovs, obj. of ofda, 474, or subj. of dé&acOa: and 
repeated in adrovs. — éAtifere, expect. 

18. To 8¢ StaBavras s, to cross and bring a difficult ravine in our rear. 
— Gp’ odxl kal dpracat dfvov ; is not this an advantage even worth snatch- 
ing at? as obliging us to fight desperately. — fpds...det Si8doKerOar, it is 

well that we should be taught. — ph vikaor, unless we conquer, 

208 686 d 

19. 1d vartros, position } 2 

20. wécov ti vatros 6 Ilovtos; what sort of a valley is Pontus (to cross) ? 
vamos, properly a hollow between hills, glen, ravine, etc. (Lex. ) is here the 
basin of the sea lying between its opposite coasts. Cf. McM.— iy Odrrov, 
[if ] the sooner. 

21. ra icpd, § 2. —_opaya, § 5. Cf. i. 8.15 N. — wdvros, v. 1. rdvras. 

22. Kai és, 518f. Cf. i. 8. 16 N. —q...r0t vasous, [where, 420 a] at 
whatever part of the ravine. — dv, modifies yévec Oa, 621 e, f. —éEeunpvovro, 

(Lex. éxunpvouar). 

/ 23. éml tats Ovpats Tis “EAAdBos, cf. ii. 4. 4.N. 

24, trec0e s, follow Hercules as leader, 523 b. — évopacrt, cf. Homer, 
Ii. x. 68.—avbpetov v1, v. 1. dvdpi dv7.. —ettrovra...mapéxerv, sc. Twa, 667 h. 
— pvnpyy [sc. €v rovros, 551 f], ev ots €0€Xet [sc. mapéxew, etc. ], to secure 
a remembrance of himself among those he wishes. 

20 25. ToT dpevor, sce. the Greeks, especially the officers. — ér, 

const. preg. i. 2. 2. —onpatvor, cf. ii. 1. 2; iv. 3. 29. — oty- 
Ona mapryet, cf. Virgil, Ain. vii. 637 ; alsoi. 8. 16 N. 

26. kaddv exev Td xwplov, had [their position favorable, 523 b] a pee 
able position. 

27. Obs. the polysynd. and change of number. — tanvriatev, note use 
of iré with words denoting rapid movement. — €mravavifoy, v. 1. érardvigov 
(lexs)s eh 1. 85175 ai. 25-9: 

28. as dAlyou dvres, [as being few] with so small a number, 2. 16. — 
Gige iy, 62a: 

29. 7d immoy...rd Tav Todeuiwy, 523 a, 2; 719d. 

30. cvverrnkés, consistere, Dind., a compact, unbroken force. — arre- 
pyKkeray...€8dxer, 705. — ovtws Strws, in such manner as; dmws when used 
thus instead of ws or &omep implies distress or difficulty, as in @r)evo’ dws 
érdevoa. Cf. ii. 1.6. McM. — ds piq...dvaravcavro, ne hostes fiducia 
sumpta vires suas reficerent. 

S31. vatros...aitovs imedSéxeTo, a ravine received them beneath, or, more 
freely, lay in their way. This prevented their retreat in order, while they 
hastened to effect their escape through or across it. — 6 (comm. referred to 
the preceding sentence rather than to vdmos)..”"EAnves s, which the Greeks 
were not aware of, but had turned back from the pursuit too soon to observe : 
fortunately, perhaps, as otherwise they might have been tempted, late as it 
was, to follow on to the ravine, in the hope of harassing the enemy there. 

32. évOa, v. 1. tvOa 57, cf. iv. 1. 2. 








BOOK VI. CHAP. VI. 13] 


CHAPTER Vi. 


MUCH SPOIL OBTAINED. — CLEANDER ARRIVES, BUT DECLINES THE 
COMMAND. — MARCH TO CHRYSOPOLIS. 


1. apdi (Lex.). — rpocwrdtw (Lex.).—Knyéav8pov, 4. 18.— as tEovra, 
[as about to come] i expectation of their coming; jéovra agreeing with 
K\éavdpov as most prominent, or with wdota as nearest, 497. — éxdorns 
hpépas, [in each day] every day, 433a. ddeds, v. 1. ddeGs in. — wupois, 
KptOas, etc., asynd., cf. ii. 4. 28. . 

2. env, there was leave for individuals. — &hapBavov, took for themselves. 
— oi é&vdvres, v. J. omit of: cf. McM. 

3. Katiyov, put in, or touched at the place. Cf. v. 1. 11. 

4. wodite, mode? — 6tr Séor, 674 b.—émedelkvvev...cTparid- 211 
tats, showed them to the soldiers, to avoid all suspicion of secret 
practice, and also, perhaps, hoping for an influence in favor of coloniza- 
tion. Some even translate, perhaps too strongly, introduced or presented. 
Cf. 1. 14. 

5. ovdév, pos.? — otxdpevor, by themselves. — &AAot GAXAy, v. 2. omit 
&é\hky: Born. conjectures d&\doce. — &charpebetev, acc. to the rule adopted 
by the army, § 2, 8. —Ae&iamw, who had come with Cleander, see v. 1. 15; 
vi. 1. 32. — atrots, edict, 537. 

6. apmatey, to rob him. 

7. qv aita...doxityns, was a soldier of his company. — ayopevos, the 
man that was being carried off, etc. — dvaxadotvrtes, 530 a, cf. dvaxaoiv- 
TES Tov evEepyeTnY, Tov GvOpa Tov ayabdy, Cyr. iil. 3. 4. 

8. Katek@Avov, endeavored to stop them (according to some, this). — 
ovdev ein mpaypa, it was nothing serious. —aitov...tatta yevér Oar, the 
cause {that these things should be] of this affair. airvos is often followed 
by rod, 444 f. 

10. é...€xdeaoe, cf. i. 3. 14; v. 6. 7. 212 

11. 8a (Lex.). — € ot, on which account, wherefore. — Trap 
(Lex.) oAtyov erovotvro, they put Cleander beside a trifle, by way of com- 
parison : they made small account of Cleander, parvi faciebant. rovet Par 
= estimare, occurs in various forms: év éhadp@ troteiobar, wept moddod 
mo.eic Oat, dewa mo.eio., év dTopp7nTw mot., vii. 6. 48. McM. 

12. pol 8¢, cf. iv. 6. 10; v. 5. 13. — piv, connect with drew, 453 N; 
1. 7. 20. — els xacros, in appos. with subj. of efo., 393d, 501. 

13. appoordis, cf. v. 5. 19 N. 

14. ai modes Hpov, Sev éopév: Kriig. compares ex twis literis quas mihi 
misisti, Cicero Epist. ad Diver. x. 13. 

15. dkotw, tense ?— odk dv erolnoev, 631 b. — éya pév odv, repeated 
after the parenthesis. — airfas, case 699 f. — éwavrod, case 699 a. 213 

16. aitarar, sc. Cleander ?— kpivat, voice? cf. § 18. — ei... 


132 NOTES. 


odd, cf. i. 7. 18 N; Kiih. vii. 1. 29. — dvti 8€ totrwyv, on the contrary, in 
place of this. — eip§ope0a, we shall shut ourselves out from, or (as pass. 
excludemur) we shall be excluded from, 576 a. 

17. Geos, case 472 f. — } pay (Lex.). — apetddpny, 7071; cf. v. 8. 10. 

18. pi exSore, v. 1. wi) ExddTe. — TotTov Evexa pyTE TWodkemette, on this 
account, or, so far as this is concerned, have no war. — catocbe axpadas, 

may you be, etc., 638, d, e.— tpav attav, part. gen., of your own number. 

19. Wexev s, granted [that he should go having selected] him the privi- 
lege of selecting as attendants. — 6 adarpeGeis, order, cf. iv. 2. 18. 

20. exédevos, v. 1. éxéheve: cf. i. 7. 16 N. — oe, ce adrdv, emphat. repe- 

214 tition ; v. 1. ceavrov. — xpio8at [sc. quty or avrots] & te dv BovAn, 

to treat us as you may please ; cf. i. 83, 18 N, ii. 1. 40.— a£totor 
(numb.?) deem it proper, or require. 

21. Acéimov, case 485d, 661 b. Obs. the antithetic and sarcastic repe- 
tition here and in § 22. 

22. ép wre, 557, 671a; cf. iv. 2. 19. 

23. Kat, ré, kai, ré, the office of each ?— Tpamefouvtious...mevtyKdvto- 
pov, case ? — ameorephkapev : azocrepev follows the syntax of dpatpetoar 
(i. 3. 4). whereas orepetv more usually takes a genitivus ret (i. 4. 8). MeM. 
— 70 éml TovTe, [as to that resting] so far as rested on him. —”"Hove... 
@otrep Hpets, doubtless at Trapezus, as again at Cotyora, v. 6. 9. — Todrov 
ovv...adperopny, sc. Tov dvdpa, from him, therefore, I rescued the man. 
See § 21, where the genit. is used after d@edduevos. 

24. jyyes, tense ?— Tav mapa cod, const. preg., cf. i. 1. 5 N. — vopite 
..atmoKtetvev (though infin. with vouigw oftener), 657 f, 677 a. — dv8pa 
Sedov...dvdpa ayaov, note antithesis. 

25. éraivoin x ératvoin dv. — agiotre, claim for yourselves, 644 b. 

26. tottov, sc. Agasias. 

215 28. 7d pZpos, [the part given to him] his part or share. — trois 

Anorais, § 5.— pATpav, this term is applied to Lycurgus’s unwrit- 
ten laws; Plutarch, Lyc. 13. — Tovottos, such @ person, so concerned in 
the affair, yet claiming innocence. Cleander reserves his judgment, neither 
censuring nor acquitting. 

29. tav dvSpav, TH dvSpe, § 30, etc., 494. 

30. airots, numb. and gend.?— Apaxdyriov, why selected ? — kata 
tTavTa tpdToy, cf. iv. 5. 16. 

31. cou ideiro, § te €BovAov (conforming in time to Udetro) Torqoat, 
submitted itself to you that you might do whatever you pleased. — airotyrar 
kat Séovrat, what is expressed by doubling the verb ?— éuox8noarny: we 
have repeatedly remarked the eminent services of Agasias. 

32. cov (also § 33), case, 434a. — kal as txavol s, and, while submis- 

216 sive to their commander, how capable they are, with the favor of 

the gods, of meeting the enemy fearlessly. 

33. cov... mapayevopevoy, cf. i. 2. 1 N. 

34. val To Bid, i. e. by Castor and Pollux ; He/l. iv. 4.10. The Attic 
oath, v}) rw Gew, meant Demeter and Persephone. MceM. — aodv...avrior 








BOOK VII. CHAP. I. 13s 


...4 ous, [very different than] quite the reverse of what. — rep tpav éviov, 
concerniny some of you. Kuh. regards éviwy as governing tua, Kriig. as 
in appos. with it. Cf. v. 5. 11. 

36. ov« eBéda, refuse. — eEayerv, like éévac (ii. 2. 3 N.) [favorable] for 
me to lead forth. — éxetee, i. e. to Byzantium. 

S37. Siabépevor, having disposed of, by sale, to traders touching at the 
port. — Bibvvev (Lex.). 

38. otSevi, no booty.— thy prrtav, sc. xwpav, where they aT 217 
be on expense, and could not plunder. — tmootpépavras = hav- 
ing turned sharp round, they fell upon the Bithynians. — Xpuodmodwy, 
AadkydSovias (Lex.). Some editors use the form Kadxndovia, Kadtynduv, 
wherever this word occurs. Cf. 167 b. 


BOOK -V-LI. 


MOVEMENTS OF THE GREEKS IN THRACE.— MARCH TO PER- 
GAMUS IN MYSIA. 


CHAPTER 1 


THE GREEKS INDUCED TO CROSS TO BYZANTIUM.— DISTURBANCES 
THERE. — XENOPHON’S COURSE. 


1. "Oca piv 84s, see p. 38, Notes, statement as to division into 218 
books, summaries, etc. — émrpagav x émolovv? (Lex. mpdrrw) : 
the more definite term is here used with reference to the more recent 
events. — tw tot ordéparos, i. e. Ew Boomdpou Opexiov. Kiih. 

2. xdpay, v. 1. dpxjv. —otpatedntar, mode 653. — dea, Séou, sc. roreiv 
PaovaBafov. 

3. peremépWaro...cis, 579, cf. i. 1. 2. — tev otpatiwrtav, om. by some 
editors. 

4. St amadddkouro...amd, that he was about to take his leave of. — 
cuvSia8dvra, having crossed over with (the army). — trata ourws (so used 
separately after a partic iple, rarely both together), then, in this 219 
condition of afairs, i. e. having crossed with them into Europe. 

5. DebOns, (Lex.) cf. 2. 32; v. 1. 15. — cuvprpobupeto Sar, iii. 1. 9. — 
Kal %bn...87u (rare after pyu!, 659h ; pos. 719 7, ef. § 11), and promised 
him, if he would add his influence for this, that he should not repent of t. 
a ee v. Ll. peTameNjoev. 

6. pydév...pqre, on emphatic use of negatives, 713 b. — tedelta, sc. 
TevOns. — mpordepéclw ds dv...aapandés, let him make such application as 


134 NOTES. 


may scem to him safe, or (acc. to some) sure of effect ; v. 1. ds dv atr@ Soxy, 
as may seem to hinz best. 

7. as atroméspov...mowujowv, 598 b. — émorriterOar...cropelay, fo pro- 
cure provisions for the journey. 

8. Eévos, vi. 6. 35. — Homdfero, vale dicebat, was bidding him farewell. 
— pr) twoujoys, 628 c. — et 5€ pH, 717 c; iv. 3. 6 N. —ov tax efépmea, és 
creeping forth [not quickly] so slowly. Acc. to some, ééépmex is taken from 
the mouth of Cleander in its more Doric sense, = é&épxerat. 

9. of orpariarat airol, supply aioli iow. 

10. wopevedpevov, as if about to march with them. — é\Bovres...d1a- 

220 mpagopeda, (sc. the generals) we will go and setile with Anaz- 

abius. 

11. cvverxevacpévors, v. d. cucxevacauévous. — mpomavertrety, v. 1. mpo- 
caveimev. — bt, pos. 719 7. 

12. wparoy, v. 1. rpSror. —dpSnyv (Lex.) = wavrehds. — Eredvucos (Lex.), 
Cf. Thue. viii. 23.— os, with fut. part. § 7 N.—poxAoy, a strong bar 
placed across the double gate, and secured within a socket on each side. 

13. tdd\Aa ta émiTHSaa = other supplies. Kiih. omits ra. 

14. *“Emaxotcavres, having overheard. —% kat, or [even] perhaps. — 
“Iepov, v. 1. icpod: the road into the Chersonese lay through this mountain : 
ef. 3. 3. A fortress ‘Iepév épos is mentioned by Demosthenes, De Halon. 
§ 17; De Falsa Leg. § 156. —kvKda, round about, or, taking a sweep. — 
Sid péons, 508 a. 

15. ciovovres, as fut. part. See Lex. ef. 

16. éxomrov, force of the impf.? 594. — e...avoi—overy, cf. i. 3. 14 N. 

17. xndjv (Lex.), the breakwater or mole, meaning here the projecting 
stone-work which protected the walls next the sea from the violence of the 
waves. See scholiast on Thuc. i. 63, quoted by Kiih. — trepBatvoucw, 

29) rush over, — avatetavviovct, v. 1. dvareravytacr. — kretOpa = 

poxrdv, § 12. See Dictionary of Antiquities. 

18. ea Kai cvverominra, see § 20, where, in the same way, the impf. 
and histor. pres. are joined together. 

19. Sov, within, i.e. their houses or abodes. — &w @eov, Kiih. and 
others omit éeor and supply as understood gevyouow. 

20. tiv dxpay, i.e. Ti dxpoTohuw, in next sentence. Kriig. compares 
Hell. vi. 1. 2, where the acropolis is mentioned, which in § 3 is called 
dxpa. — Xadxndovos, cf. vi. 6. 38 N. — oyxetv Tots dvdpas, fo sustain the 
expected onset of the soldiers. 

21. wodAdol, in great numbers. — Niv, cf. v. 6. 15 x. — ert, 459. — 
Gvopl yevéo Car, virum te prestare, to become a (uéyav, famous or eminent) 
man, 667 b. — éxes, note repetition and asynd. 

22. Oéo de ta 8trAa s, range yourselves under arms. Xenophon’s readi- 
ness and promptitude in so critical a case deserve to be noted. 

2929 23. cis OxTad EyévovTo, fell in cight deep; v. 1. wevrjKovra. — 

To Képas ExaTEpov, 523 b. 
24. oiov, 556 a. — 1d Opaxioy, an open space within the walls, near the 





BOOK VII. CHAP. I. - 135 


gates, called Thracian ; cf. Hell. i. 3.20. MeM. — txero ra 8mda, iv. 
2. 20 N; cf. ridecOat Ta Stra, § 22. — ovyKxarei, called round him. 

25. Tipwpynodpeba, 579, 432 a. — ovdév (acc. of specification, 481), in no 
respect. 

26. éwpaxdtas, sc. 7uds. — Ta viv H5y yeyevnpeva, cf. vi. 1. 32. KXeno- 
phon refers to the Peloponnesian war (B. c. 431-404), the result of which 
was that the Spartans gained the supremacy. 

27. cio Soper, v. 1. AAouev. — tTprakociav, v. 1. Terpaxociwy. — ev rH 
moAe, i. e. dxpomdde, see Thue. ii. 13. 24. — trav évdqpev, the home reve- 
ues. — ttepopias, sc. y7s or xwpas. — TOV vAGeV: concerning the allies 
and tributaries of the Athenians in the great struggle with the Lacedemo- 
nians, see Thue. ii. 9. Also, for full and accurate information respecting 
the financial condition and management, the sources of revenue, etc., of 
Athens, the student must consult the work of Aug. Boeckh, ‘‘Staatshaus- 
haltung der Athener,” translated into English by Mr. A. Lamb (1857) un- 
der the title ‘‘ The Public Economy of the Athenians.” 

28. dy, pos. 621 a. — 8eot, v. 1. of. — Tot dvw Bacidéws, i. e. the king 
of Persia: dvw, up the country, the interior region back from the 223 
sea-coast. — dots, ii. 5. 12; 558. 

29. Tois Hperépors [= udv] aitav, our own friends, 498. — mwdvres s, 
all (these friends and relatives) are in those cities which, etc. — Stxatas, sc. 
oTparetcovrar ed uds. — BapBapov, rather an exaggeration, since Trape- 
zus, Sinope, and Heraclea are called “EA\nvidas modes, v. 5. 14. MeM. ex- 
plains by saying, ‘‘they are styled Barbarian here, when compared with 
Byzantium, probably as being in Asia and under barbarian rule ;— the 
Persian king’s authority over the Asiatic Greeks having been repeatedly 
acknowledged (during the Peloponn. War), as, for instance, in the treaties 
B. c. 411 (Thue. viii. 58), and B. c. 387.” — otdeplav, for undeuiay. Kiih. 
—kat tatra, cf. i. 4. 12 nN. — &aramdgopev, Homeric word fpr éxrop67- 
gouev, 

SO. evxopar, tueye, yevér Oar, J pray that I may be: cf. iii. 1. 17 x. — 
émdetv, look wpon, or, behold. — kata, down below, or, under. — Sixalov 
TvyXavev, 427. — hpas Set...oréper Oar, we ought not, wronged though we 
be, to deprive ourselves of the Grecian soil at least. 

Sl. ci 5é ph, [but if not] but if we obtain none, 710, 717 c. — wreOdpevor, 
sc. dul. 

32. ot pév, asynd. Cf. i. 1. 9N. 

33. xabnpévev, seated, i. e. in council, ef. vi. 2. 5 N. — Kowpardons, see 


Lex. — od dedyav, though not an exile. — otparnyrav, an army-secking 
fellow, ambitious to be a general. — AéAra (Lex.). — porto, 294. 
poetic word, used only here by Xen. — otrta, v. 1. otra. 


34. dkotover (asynd.)...rois orpatidrats, anacoluthon. Kriig. remarks, 
the writer began the clause as if é60é déxecAar were about to follow. — 
tédeot, i.e. the authorities or magistrates: cf. ii. 6. 4. — a&mayyedci, Bov- 
Aetootro, for change of mood and tense, see ii. 1. 3 N. 

36. Sorts dv, v. 1. ds dv. — mempdoerat, 601b; cf. i. 5. 16; ii. 4. 5. 


136 NOTES. 


37. cis, omitted by some before dvijp.— ds ént, cf. iv. 3. 11 n. — et- 
eto, was proceeding to take the auspices, but was stopped before the act of 
immolation (ws @¥cwv), § 40, where the narrative is resumed, §$§ 38 and 39 
being a parenthesis, stating what Xen. was doing meantime. MeM. 

38. éxéAcve (i. 6. 2 N) Stampagar, v. 1. éxédevév of dvampacac. 

39. ijxa, héyatv, péAXOtS, obs. abrupt change of construction to oratio 
obliqua, and then to oratio directa. — én, sc. Cleander. — éxéXevey (v. 1. 
925 éxéXeugev), sc. Anaxibius. 

40. domacdpevos, cf. § 8 N. —ovK éxahAtépeat, had no favorable 

sacrifice. — éorepavepéves, having on the garland or chaplet worn by one 
about to offer sacrifice. Cf. Cyrop. lii. 3. 34. — Kotparady, qynodpevov, 
ef. i. 2. 1N; 667¢.-— pH (Lex.), 686. —et pi Sooe, for the more usual 
dwoor: cf. i. 3. 14. 
' 41. woddav sg, literally, when there was wanting much to him, so that a 
day's food was not the lot of each of the soldiers, i. e. his supply of provis- 
ions fell far short of one day’s subsistence for each of, etc. — evéda, v. 7. 
éder. —atrertrav, throwing wp, in disgust. 


CHA Pa TR. seas 


OUTRAGEOUS CONDUCT OF ARISTARCHUS. — NEGOTIATIONS WITH 
SEUTHES, A THRACIAN PRINCE. 


1. PpvvicKxes, named as one of the generals, § 29. Cf. iii. 1. 47. — 
Kata, over against, near. - 

2. éreQe, persuadere studebat, was trying to persuade. — Bee (as plupf.), 
had given. — tavra, v.l. radra: ef. 6. 12. 

296 3. drodStSdpevor, [giving for one’s profit] selling. — Kata Tods 

Xepous, through the districts or fields. — katepryviovro, v. 1. KaTe- 
LityvovTo. 

4. Stadepomevov (explanatory of raira), was being dispersed or broken up. 

5. Kvutixw (Lex.). — Scov ov, tantum non, prope, all but. — wapety eis, 
CRAIN: 

6. cipy, v. 1. etipo., or, etporey. — dvayKafev s, compelling (the inhabi- 
tants) to receive them into their houses. —’Aptorapxos...améd5oTo, inexcus- 
able cruelty on his part. 

7. Kata Ta ovykeipeva, according to the aarecement, cf. 1.2. He now 
calls on Pharnabazus to keep the agreement made between them. The 


satrap, however, thinking Anaxibius to be of no further value to him, ' 


treats his proposal with contempt, which stirs up Anaxibius to vindictive 
fury. —’Aplorapyoyv, “AvatiBuov : “AvatiBlov, “Apiorapxov, chiastic pos. 
—~ Sterpdtteto Ta ara, effected the same arrangement. 

8. Eevodavta, he seems to have been at the time with Anaxibius, 1. 39. 
— ovvéxev auto, to keep it together. — mpomépar, to send forward, or, 


BOOK Vit CHAP. IL tse 


escort. —tois tarmois, with the horses requisite or necessary for this 297 
purpose. — éml rd otpdrevpa, at or near Selybria, § 28. 

9. Stamdevoas, having sailed across the Propontis.. 

10. tmoxvotpevos s, promising to him that which he thought by men- 
tioning (it), he would persuade him. 

il. aroomécas, sc. rods éavTod, or, éavtdv. — év TO aitG (sc. TdT), OD 
the same ground, i. e. together. 

12. éxparre tepi, was bargaining or negotiating for. — mwemacpévos, 
urged on. — aaretrre 2) Sudyerv, [said that they should not transport] for- 
bade the shipmasters to transport, 713 d. 

13. é7, cf. i. 6. 7 N. — Kal épé, obs. change to oratio directa. — rotvuv, 
ef. v. 1. 2N. — THSe, i this place, in Perinthus as well as Byzantium, 
6. 24. 


14. dvtwy, sc. airav. — meloerar (Lex. rdoxw), euphemistic 228 
expression for dose his life. — tots pév = TovTous mév. — TpoTrép- 
amerat, force of mid.? cf. mpoméume:, § 19. — adds, take with Bovdocro. 


15. é§vero, for force of mid. see Lex. @vw. — wapetev, v. 1. mpoetev. — 
rod KadicovTos, i. e. Aristarchus. — év8a 5%, v. 1. évOa dé. — avay«n, sc. 
ip. — TO éxet, i. e. Cyniscus, 1. 13. 

16. 6 pév...ctxev, he was occupied in these matters. — eoxer, sc. eivac. 

17. aita, v. 1. aitw.—iévar, cf. ii. 2. 3 N.—Tapa...exdorov, from cach. 

18. éprpors, i. e. without sentinels or guards stationed at them. — pera- 
Kexopynkévar, had changed his encampment to some other place. — trav repi, 
527 a.—t@ DevOy, dat. as in 4. 19; cf. i. 7. 20; ii. 6. 8; ii. 4. 31. Its 
effect is to make Seuthes virtually the subject of the sentence: that Seuthes 
had fires lit in front, etc. See Arnold at Thucyd. ili. 97. McM. — pare 
omdoot pyre Strov elev, v. 7. yd rou elev: prjre Gov eit, pire Soe toev. 
Kiih. 

19. mpotéprrea, cf. § 14 N.—6 dd Tod oTpaTedparos, i.e. 6 év 299 
TQ oTpaTrevpaTe wy Kal éexeiOev €hOdv, Kiih.; qui preest exercitui. 

Born. 

20. dvarndjoavtes eSiwxov, having Icaped up (i. e. mounted their 
horses, probably) they galloped away. — écov, circiter, 507 f. 

21. eyxexad. ébudartreto, he was keeping quard (for himself) with these 
ready bridied for use. Born. reads, for éyxexaXiwwpévors, eyKexahwwuevow, 
sc. aurav. Cf. i. 4.12 N. 

22. Tapys (Lex.), cf. Thucyd. ii. 29; Hdt. iv. 80; vii. 137. — tw, 
after dmo\éoat, denoting the agent. — adatpebfvat, 485 d. — padtora 
vuxTos, especially at night, these, the Thyni, being most distinguished for 
carrying on successful warfare during the night. 

24. *Exeppas, cf. 1. 5. — tmoyvotpeves...rroujoey, after verbs of 
promising, ete., the infin. is oftener in the fut. acc. to the rule for indir. 
dise., promising that you would do, 659 g. 

25. &y, assented, or, said yes. — avis, § 10. — Ta xwpla, cf. 5. 8. — 
oé...xpqoerPar (v. 1. xpjoacdar), that I should experience you (find 230 
you) as a friend. — mapa oo, cf. iii. 4. 9 N. 


138 NOTES. 


26. "Ib viv, v. 7. vuv, enclit. Kiih. — én, sc. Xenophon. — apyynoas 
Tour, cf. 452 a. 

27. ovdév, governed by TeXeiv. — abtds...ameévat, 667 f. 

28. tl yap, quid igitur ? 708 b. — kara, éo or at, i. e. near to, in vicin- 
ity of. — SraBalverv, sc. xpqvar, from ovx oldv re preceding. Cf. Thucyd. 
i, 142. 

29. e€w eiolv...6 mordtatos, sing. nom. for plur. orpart@rac or Pidor. 

30. mororepav...mpatiy, the transaction or negotiation to be more bind- 
ing. — Kaderat, call in these also. — 7a 8trda, obj. of karahurety. 

SL. ovdevi dv..." AOnvaiwrv, he would distrust no Athenian. — ovyyevets, 
Kriig. rejects the claim of lineage or kinship, but Kiih. holds that the 
traditions authorize the pretensions of Seuthes. — 6 te xpqoOa, Cf. i. 
3..18 N. i 

32. iv, for joav, agrees in numb. with dpy7 the predicate. — ra mpdy- 
para, 506, c. — évoonoey, this word, by an easy metaphor, is often applied 
to disorders in the state; cf. Demosth. Phil. ili. 12, vocotct Kai oracid- 
gover. — extreo ov, expulsus, banished. — Bacrdrei, i. e. of the Odryse. 

33. évdigpros = cuorpdmesos. — ikérns Sotvar por, as a sup- 

743) Gia are ‘ oe ; 

pliant (begging him) to give to me. — tots éxPadovras...trovoiny, 
I should inflict evil upon those who had expelled us (my family). — pr 
aroPétrev, cf. v. 6. 27 N. — aorep k¥ov, these words are rejected by Kith. 
and others. 

34. civ Tots Oeots, with the help of the gods. 

36. Kvitknvoy, i. e. per month. — BotAwvrat, 607 a; 667. 

37. amd, Kiih. reads td, cf. i. 2.18 N. — darévar...crapa oé, to take 
refuge with you. ‘ 

38. Yol...dvyarnp, this passage is quoted as in favor of Xen.’s being 
older than is advocated in the present edition of the Anab. (see Introduc- 
tion), cf. 6. 34 N. — Opaxiw vopo, cf. Hdt. v. 6; Tacit. Germania, § 18. 
So too the ancient Greeks, Aristot. Polit. ii. 8. — BurdvOny, cf. 5. 8. 


CE AGr Ry lear ie 
OPERATIONS OF THE GREEKS IN THE SERVICE OF SEUTHES. 


239 1. Sefvds, ef. il. 4. 1 N. — &kaorou, i. e. each deputation from 
the several divisions of the army, 2. 29; cf. iv. 5. 23; v. 5. 5. 

2. o0fe, force of aor.? — thv Oddy éacar, to decline going. 

3. ovtos 8 6 avtos, and this same person, 540. —‘Iepod dpovus, cf. 1. 14. 
— iv Kparnoavres TovTov, if having gained (i. e. crossed) this mountain. 
—modnoey, i.e. Aristarchus, 2. 6. — é€arrarqoec Oa, fut. mid. in pass. 
sense, with duds, cf. v. 5. 2 N. — meprdeoOar, i.e. Aristarchus, overlook 
or neglect you. Note the change of subj. with infin. in this section. 

4. exeivov, i. e. Seuthes. —ed morqoeyv tyas, he will do well for you. — 








BOOK Vil. CHAP. IIT. 139 


Toto, about this, i. e. whether to obey Aristarchus or to go to Seuthes, — 
émravehOovres, i. e. to the villages named in next section and 2. 1. 

5. é€wor, sc. the Lacedemonians. — ot #rrovs, i. e. the Thracian villagers, 
weaker than ourselves. —8 tt tis Upav Strat, what service each of these (i.e. 
Aristarchus and Seuthes) desires of you. 

6. “Avéravay, cf. iii. 2. 9 N. — tO Hyoupéva, ii. 2. 4 .N. 

7. éraGov, tried to persuade ; force of imp.? 594. — ard, i. e. 233 
Xenophon. 

8. tav tot Aaxwvixot = those with Aristarchus, the envoys of the 
Lacedemonian. Kriig. regards 7éy as neuter, referring to things offered 
by the Lacedemonian. — é€evic Oar, v. 1. Eevifecbar. 

9. cimev, v. 1. épn. —’*ADAG, 708 ce. — dtrexotcas...bcov, distant only 
so far as that. 

10. Kvfiknvov, 2. 36. — Ta vopifdpeva, that which is customary, i. e. 
double to the captains, and fourfold to the generals, 2. 36. — Star.Oépevos, 
by the sale of. 

11. amodiSpdcKovra, cf. i. 4. 8 N. — dvOlornra, v. 7. avOirrirar. — 
XerpovoGar, fo subdue or overcome. 

12. Qadarrys, i. e. the Propontis. 

13. to Bovdopéva, leave was granted to any one that wished to 934 
speak, 678 a. — €\eyov...ein, said to the same effect that the pro- 
posal of Seuthes was worth everything, for it was winter, 643 c.— Baye- 
veoOat, to remain. — evovpévors Liv, to live by purchasing food. — eipypa, 
a god-send, an unlooked-for piece of good fortune, 633d. Cf. ii. 3. 18. 

14. emubydrtéra, ct him (i. e. the proper officer) put it to vote. Kriig. 
and others read éripygiferbe, do you vote for these measures. The mid. — 
voice denotes ‘‘to decree by vote” (6. 14). Xenophon, in bidding them 
let the officer put the matter to the vote, instead of doing so himself (as at 
y. 1. 14), assumes the attitude of an indifferent party, lest hereafter (if 
matters went ill) he should be blamed for having influenced their choice. 
Cf. 6. 12, and foll. McM. — érrabadice, v. 7. érepigicav. — ovoetparted- 
coro, acc. to Rennell’s calculation, it was now about the beginning of 
December, B. c. 400. 

15. éoxqvycay, cf. iv. 5. 15 N. 

16. Mapovetrns, cf. Lex. — evi éxdotw (rovTwr) otorwas. — txav Te 
Sotvat, cf. Thucyd. ii. 97. — mparov pév, correlative clause, Aiés dé, § 18. 
— &yovtes atta, 450 b, 540 f. — dva, up the country. 

17. Staxeloeror = eer Ta rpdypyara, melius vobis erit. Kih. 

18. vopitorro...Swpeio bar, it was usual...to make presents. — 235 
katayayeiv, Timasion was in exile at the time. — mpoupvaro, 
sued or pleaded for. — éxdortw, take with wpocrdy, as in § 16. 

19. &ddou, reference especially to Alcibiades (5. 8), Hell. ii. 1. 25; 
Corn. Nepos, Ale. vii. 4. 

20. Hivous, see 444 d. — rovta, v. 1. rovrwv. — ov...2xov...el ph, not 
having (anything) except. — wat6a, Wheeler renders here son; the ordinary 
Ineaning, servant or attendant, seems better. — 8crov épddiov, money just 
enough for the journey’s expenses. 


\ 


140 NOTES. 


21. tplodes, mense tripedes (cf. Lex.). — tupirar, v. 7. fuufres. 

22. tpdzme{ar, Kiih. says these are the same as the rpizodes, § 21; Hutch- 
inson and others understand the word to mean the dishes of food on the 
tables. — kata tovs £Eévous, i.e. before the guests. — cov peévov, only 
enough, 556 b. 

938 23. gayetv Saves, a terrible fellow at eating. — Td peév... 

xaipev, [bid farewell to] let the distributing take care of itself. — 
Tptxolvikov, a single choenix was the usual daily allowance. 

24. teprédhepov, they (i. e. the attendants) carried round. 

25. deyou, v. 1. Néver. pclae cane (émicrapat). 

26. mporiva cot, 460. — od py, 627, cf. 11. 2. 12 N. 

28. tva kal ey, {I say this to you] in order that J also, — TUpay, sc. €. 

29. wohoo, v. 1. roijoe. — dpeear, 450 b. — tromeToKads éeTbyXavev, 
he happened to have drunk somewhat freely, was pretty well warmed up 
with wine. 

937 30. pahAov eT Enod, even more than I myself. 

S31. mpotéuevor, entrusting themselves, eager. — tiv S€ kTHoH, 
and shall acquire territory in addition. — dytter Oar, to obiain by plun- 
dering. 

32. cvykxaterkedddcato...képas, and then sprinkled what was left in the 
horn on himself, or on his companions. Plato, De Legg. i. 9, says that the 
Thracians think this ‘‘an honorable and excellent custom”: to us cer- 
tainly it seems barbarous enough. — payddr, 218 (Lex.). 

33. avéxpaye wokeurkdv, he shouted the war-cry, 478. 

34. civOnpa, cf. i. 8, 16 N. — 8tras...eloaor, 624b: dws with fut, 
indic. after a past tense is unusual. — of re ydap...didor, for both those who 
are enemtes to you are Thracians, and so also are those who are friends to 
us Thracians. 

35. aitots, i. e. by themselves, 541 a. 

238 36. cvapevere, v. 1. dvayeveire, fut. for imperat. — omértav... 

ko, when rt is the proper time, I will come, 641 a. 

37. et...exe, whether the Greek custom is not preferable, cf. iii. 2. 22 nN. 
— Bpaddraroy, cf. Cyr. v. 3. 37. 

38. ixuora...dAAfAovs, are least likely unconsciously to straggle away 
from one another. — wepinitrovery, fall foul of, cf. Thue. ii. 65. —a&yvootv- 
TES, SC. SO 

39. To vopw, 524 a. — elroy, i.e. the Thracians. — Abnvatee, He. 
"AOnvator, making it the subject of efrov. — cvyyéveav, 2. 31. 

41. airds...cropevspevos, that he himself when marching with even a few. 


939 — womep Sei, just as we require. 
42. atp.Bq, wnirodden. 
43. kahds...torat, 571d. — tots avOpmrovs ...émumeodvtes, we shall 


fall upon the men unperceived by them. — tots wmots, with the cavalry. 
45. odk épod pdvov Séy, you do not need me alone or especially. 
46. tpidxovra, Schneider adduces this passage as evidence that Xeno- 
phon was a young man comparatively, about 30 years old. (See Introduc- 
tion.) Some inferior Mss. have the reading TEVT HKOVTO. 





BOOK “Vil CHAP. TV. 141 


47. Tade 54s, this is just as you said (§ 38), the fellows are 
caught ; but then I have lost my cavalry who are gone away with- 
out supports (cf. ili. 4. 40). McM. 

48. civ [rotors] ots éxw, 554a N.— wrapareivar tiv dddayya, to extend 
his line. dda pvpia, on the use of &dXa, as here, see 567 e. 


240 


Caer tel, LV, 
FURTHER OPERATIONS AGAINST THE ENEMIES OF SEUTHES. 


1. Gddots (sc. Aoy:fomevors) ota, reloovTar (racxw, Lex.), cf. i. 7. 4 N. — 
aweloovTat, tense, 607 a, 645. 

2. Aelay...drariber Oar, cf. vi. 6. 37 N. — yévouTo, v. 1. yévnrat. — dy, af- 
ter é7ws, with optat. denotes condition of attainment, cf. vi. 3. 18 N. — 
-éxAumrévtes, sc. TO ediov. 

3. amexatovto, cf. iv. 5. 3.N. 

4. ddotrexidas, fox-skin caps: cf. Hdt. vii. 75; Ovid. Trist. iii. 10. 19. 
—epds, long overcoats or wrappers, reaching to the feet, and 241 
buckled round the loins. Cf. Hdt. vii. 69. The Greek chlamys 
was a short cloak or mantle. 

5S. tav aixpaherev (part. gen.), some of the captives, 423. — 8tv...8t1, 
714; v. 6. 19. — tm, with acc. under, close under, with the idea of mo- 
tion. 

6. cuvertotécbar (Lex. cuvepérouat), v. 1. cvvéresOar. — rapioay, cf. 
i 2. 2 N. 

7. Emofévns (Lex.). — tawSeparrhs, a lover of boys, a word mostly 
used in a vile sense. 

8. Kai ds, 518 f. — Setrar, v. 1. déerar. —ovvehéEaro, aor. in plpf. sense. 
— tpdtrov, character. 

9. péAdAer xapuv cidévar, zs likely to esteem it a favor. 

10. ci ratceev, whether he should strike, cf. i. 9. 19 N. — éxelvov, i. e. 
the boy. —"Opa, sc. éori. — por StapdyxerOan, to fight it out with me. 

“11. taira pév cla, [allowed these things] acquiesced in this, and spared 
the boy’s life. — ph, v. Ul. und’. —év TH...Kdpy, in the village high- 249 
est wp (of all those) under the mountain. — kadovpévors, cf. i. 

2. ke NN: 

12. adore atrodéo bar (671 a, b), so as to be destroyed, i. e. where they ran 
the risk of perishing. 

13. evGopévous, so long as they were obedient. — pa, cf. iv. 2. 15 N. 

14. cis, 704a, cf. i. 2, 3; 7. 1. — wepveotaipwvto, were fenced about. 

15. épacay, i.e. the Thynian captives so said afterwards; or, it may 
be, they uttered these things as threats; see Kiih. — as, 680. — avrod, 
there, where he was, within. 

16. éhatvero, was appearing. —ot wept, 527. —@v6ov, cf. 1. 19 N. 243 
— Maxéorios (Lex.), a town not far-from Scillus, Xenophon’s resi- 


142 NOTES. 


dence for many years. For this reason probably he makes mention of Sila- 
nus by name. — éxtwxalSexa, some conjecture 6x7@ kal mevrjKxovra, on the 
ground that a youth of this age (about 18) could hardly blow a trumpet, 
as here stated. — éomacpévor ta Eiby, with drawn swords, cf. i. 8. 29 N. 

17. dmoOev = wore dricbev civar, cf. v. 2. 16. — meptBaddAcpevor, throw- 
ing round from front to back, to protect the rear ; slinging their bucklers 
(ras wéAras) behind. McM. — évexopévarv, being caught in or entangled. — 
ot 8é kal, cf. i. 10. 3.N. 

18. wap’ oixlay, [beside] past a house, 689 d. — qKévtitov, kept hurling 
javelins out of the dark, etc. — eis TO has ek TOD oKdToUs, cf. v. 4. 31 N. 
— trpwcay (TitpwoKxw). — Hiobéa (Lex.). 

19. trois mpwrtors, the first that he met; others were on the way. — 
émeimep, as soon as he perceived how matters stood. —Td képas épGéyyero 
avta, his trumpet was kept sounding or blowing. — eeftotro, [gave the 
right hand] congratulated. 

20. ci BovdAcrar, cf. i. 3. 14 N. — €toan, sc. orpareverOat. 

21. tpitdaclay, three times as large as before the arrival of the 

244 Greeks j i 

.— parrot, v. 1. mparrer. 

23. omeloacbar, Kiih. reads oreicecOar, and omits dv before ¢g7n. — 
TinwpyoacGar, cf. 1. 25 N. : 

24. “ANN eywye (708 e), well, I for my part. — dikny exe, I have satis- 
faction, I am sufficiently avenged. Cf. Hdt. i. 45. — oupBovdeverv, note 
sudden change to indir. discourse. — Tatty, sc. TH Xwpg. 


CHA PP ERAVE 


SEUTHES FAILS TO PAY THE GREEKS.— THE TROOPS BLAME XENO- 
PHON. — EXPEDITION TO SALMYDESSUS. 


1. ‘YmepBdddover (histor. pres.), they now crossed over. Kiih. follow- 
ing Kriig. by a change of punctuation, makes trepBaddovor the dat. of the 
participle, depending on apy, § 2. — Aédra (Lex.), ef. 1. 33. — Matora- 
Sov: fv ovxére is not applicable to Mesades, the father of Seuthes. He 
was dead (2. 32), and the Delta had never belonged to him, as appears 
from the context, but to the hereditary dominions of this family. The 
sense seems to be, ‘now this (Delta), though belonging to Teres, the Odry- 
sian, an ancient prince of the family, had formed no part of the kingdom 
in the reign of Mesades.” The remark is made as showing that the 
Greeks had already accomplished Seuthes’s object, the recovery of his 
father’s territory. McM. 

2. ‘HpaxdelSns...mapiv, cf. 4. 2 N. — Sravetpat, 454 e. 

3. tolvuv, cf. v. 1. 2N. — Kal adOts, at another time (on kal, see MeM. ). 
— rovrois...Swpod, bestow your gifts upon these, the generals and captains, 
who have, etc. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. V. 143 


4. ov wreiov eurrodycat, he had not sold any more of the booty 945 
than would suffice for twenty days’ pay : éuroAjoa, v. 1. éumrod7- 
gal, €uTwr7joa. 

5. axOeorOels, being vexed or annoyed. —Kal mpocdayv....xal aroddp., 
either by borrowing...or selling. — cavtot, v. 1. éavrot, pron. of 3d pers. 
sometimes used for Ist or 2d. 

6. 6 te eSivaro, in whatever way he could. — SéBadXc, calumniated, 
labored to bring into disgrace. 

7. évexddovv, were finding fault with. — HxPero atta, 661 b. — tov 
pio Odv, i.e. the full pay for the month. 

8. téws, up to that time. — del Epépvnto, he had been continually men- 
tioning or saying. — as.. Tapaddcot, v. l. mapadwoew (659 e), cf. iii. 1. 9. 
— BuoavOnv (2. 38) s, see Lex. — €pépnvnTo, 432 c. — Kal...SueBeBAHKeL, 
had maiiciously stated this also. 

9. én dive, further up the country. —héyav tes, on the one hand bade 
them say that they could lead the army [no less than] guite as well as Xen. 
(if he refused), and on the other he promised, etc. See McM. — odes, on 
this use of the pron. cf. 539 b. — tmuryxvetro, v. 1. iricxvetrar. — evtos, 
om. by Kiih. and others. 

10. otpatevcaipny dv, cf. v. 1. 4.N. 

11. rapexdde, v. 1. tapaxadet. — wavoupyiav, craftiness or knavery. — 
Sti BovdAorto, in that he wished. 

12. énet...éreicOnoav, 605 c. — Medtvod. (see Lex.). The coast in the 
vicinity of Salmydessus was noted for shipwrecks and the barbarous prac- 
tice of plundering the wrecked vessels, and enslaving all who were caught 
in them. — 6xéAdovort kal exrrlatrover, are grounded and cast on shore. 

13. txacrot Anttovtar, each (tribe) plunders. — réws, up to that time. — 
€keyov, apmrafovtas, moAdots, v. 7. éhéyovro, apmdfovres, moddol: subj. of 
é\eyorv, the adherents of Seuthes, who made these statements about the 
people in the vicinity of Salmydessus. 

14. BiBdor yeypappévar, written books, i.e. manuscripts. Some under- 
stand by BiBdo here rolls of bark ; others say that the word is used for 
sails, ropes, coverlets, etc. Kriig. remarks that, ‘‘as so many books were 
written and read in Greece, it is not at all surprising that some of them 
should have been transported to the Greek colonies.” —tatra, these regions, 
as § 13, xara Tatra (xwpia). 

15. del, successively, from time to time (see Lex.); ef. ili. 2. 31; iv. 1. 7. 

16. tayxadérws clxov, were very hard in their feelings. — 24.7 
ovkéTt...dteKerto, was no longer on familiar terms with Xen. — 
omete...€APou (i. e. Xen.), 641 b. — aoxoAlar, engagements, or pressure of 
business. — épaivovto, were pretended. 


144 NOTES. 


CHAPTER, Vi. 


THE GREEKS INVITED TO MARCH AGAINST TISSAPHERNES. — XENO- 
PHON’S DEFENCE OF HIMSELF AGAINST ACCUSATION. 


1. OiBpevos, v. 7. OiuBpwvos. — Soxet otpateveo Oat, had resolved to take 
the field. —Trecadépvynv. This wily satrap had returned to Asia Minor, 
invested with all Cyrus’s former authority, and eager to obtain vengeance. 
The Ionian cities sought help from the Lacedemonians against Tissa- 
phernes ; accordingly Thibron had been sent out with the title of harmost, 
and troops to the number of 4500. Cf. Xen. Hell. ili. 1. 3. — Sapekds, 
cf. v. 6. 23 N. 

2. émt, for, i. e. for the purpose of taking away with them the army. — 
xapret (v. 2. xapep), will confer a favor. — amaityoover, i. e. of oTpa- 
TLOT AL. 

3. mwapayev, to bring in, or introduce the Lacedemonian envoys. — 
elrrov Stv...jkovow : eeyev Sri...a7odlSwor, 607 ; cf. i. 3. 14 N. — Té, con- 
nects dmodidwor with Bovd\eTar. — Eevig, v. 1. E€via, ef. vi. 1. 3. 

4. rls avnp, what sort of a man. — xéeipov éotiy aita, it is the worse for 
him, 453. — Kat ot, 518 f. —’AAN, 708 e. 
948 . 5. °Ap’ otv...uy, why, he will not OHBOSe Us, (will he 2) respect- 
ing the removal of the army? dpa uy indicates doubt and mis- 
giving as to the reply. — roy proQov, the pay, cf. § 1.— mpooyxovtes (rpoc- 
éxW) SC. TOV voUY. 

7. Sri, 644. — Soxet, cf. § 1 N. 

8. év érynkow, see Lex., cf. ii. 5. 38. — épnvéa, see § 43, rév éavrod 
Epunvea. 

9. *AXN’, 708 e. — kal radar, jampridem, long ago. — ot8tv weradpeba, 
we have had no rest. Kriig. reads (after Stephens) rerduceOa (rdopar), we 
possess nothing. —6 8é€...%xe, he has our labors, i. e. the fruit or results of 
our labors and privations. — i8(q (Lex.). — hpds...prrOdv, 480 c. 

10. & ye patos Aéywv éyo pev, J, at least, who am the first one to speak 
out the truth in this matter. — Slknv (Lex.. d:ddvac dixnv). — mepretdke (see 

249 Lex.), has dragged us around. — tov prodov...gxav, J would, I 

think, deem that I had my pay. 

Ll. *AdAG twavta s, well, really (after this), a@ man may expect any kind 
of fate. — év @ (with viv) s, at a time when [to myself at least I seem to be] 
I am conscious, etc. —raperynpévos, of having shown. —’ Amerparopny, 
cf. 1.4; 2. 8.— od pd...otror, no, by Zeus, not from learning, etc. — 
GKovov...etvat, 657 k. 

12. S0ev = éxeice S0ev, cf. 2. 10, etc.; i. 8.17 N. 

13. 8Hrov, of course, perhaps a little ironical. 


14. pév, 5é, on the one hand, on the other. — wavres...taira ; did you 


(or did you not) all say ? etc. Dind. and others omit the interrogation. 


ee 


BOOK VII. CHAP. VI. 145 


15. *Emet, since. — et érratva aitov, if I were to commend him (649 c); 
i. e. supposing that J do really praise-him, in that case, you may fairly 
accuse me, etc. McM. — 8tagopataros, most at variance. —mep\ av = 
mTept ToUTwy a, concerning matters about which I am at variance 250 
with him. 

16. &eon, it is possible. —*xovra, sc. éué. — texvatev, am trying to 
trick you out of it (your money) by feigning enmity towards him. — etrep 
...2evOys, if Scuthes paid me anything, 454 e. — odx ovtws s, he did not, 
assuredly, pay it with any idea that he should be both deprived of, etc. — 
emt TovTw, with this purpose or intention. 

17. mpatryte, tpdtTew, with 2 accus. to exact from, 480. — éav ph Be- 
Baro tiv mpage, if I do not complete the business. 

18. “AdA4...gxav, but [I am conscious of wanting much of having your 
money] J am far enough from having any of your property, cf. v. 4. 82.N. 
— dpvtw...Geovs, 472 f, cf. vi. 6. 17. — ovvordé pou, [knows with me] knows 
as well as I, whether, etc. 

19. cuverdspvupt, I swear further or in addition. — pi tolvuv pmdé, no, 
indeed, not even, 713 b. 

20. dow paddov, TorovTw paddoyv, the more I, so much the more he, ete. 
— ovuphépoipt, J shared with. — adtot tiv yvepnv, his disposition, un- 
grateful as it is. 

21. Nat pa Ala, 476 d. — yoxuvdpny pévron, et...e€Eqrarnonv, I should 
be ashamed indeed, if I had been deceived; dv omitted gives emphasis, 
cf. 632. 

22. et ye...pvraxy, if indeed precaution is (necessary) towards friends. 
— Tacay, sc. purtaxjv. — HouKAcapev TotTov odidév, 480 b. 251 

23. Kiihner and others omit av radra after édtvaro. — as = 
ore. —&.. etrov, what I would never have spoken. —rovrov, i. e. Seuthes. 
— éyavtlov, in the presence of. Their lack of sense (ayvapoves) and ingrati- 
tude (dxdpicror) forced him to the humiliating acknowledgment of the dis- 
tressed condition in which the Greeks were when they entered the service 
of Seuthes. 

24. mpooyjre médw; v. 1. ef mpoojre modu, “Apiorap. — ovK ela, forbid 
or prevent. — tralOpia, in the open air. — péoos Xepov, midwinter. — 
épavres, xovtes, while you saw, while you had. — 8twv (253) gen. of price. 
— dvijcecbe, Kiih. and others make all these clauses interrogative, did not 
Aristarchus ? was it not midwinter ? etc., so also, § 25. 

25. éxl Opdxns, ad fines Thracie. — éhoppotoa, stationed outside, 
blockading the coast. — etvar, sc. avdyKn jv. 

26. ovdév Tr UbOovoy, in no great abundance certainly. — 8tTq...0vK iy, 
but we had no force whereby, etc. — cvverrynKds, in a body or organized. 

27. wnS’...cpocaiticas, without having asked any pay whatever in ad- 
dition, 551 g. —Av &dxovv, should I seen? —pd ipav ; in your behalf? 693. 

28. Tovrav...xowwvicavtes, for, surcly, while you shared in 252 
these advantages, in having the aid of these troops. —Kata orov- 

S4v, 696. Kiih. and others read wa@dAov repeated before weréoxere. 
: 7 J 


146 7 NOTES. 


29. Kwdvovres pndSapq, 713 d. — Kat’ ddrlyous, in small parties. 

30. pirbdv...rijs dodpadelas, cf. v. 6. 31 N. — rotro...waOnpa, zs this 
the dreadful calamity you are complaining of ?— f{avra ewe éav elvar; to 
suffer me to live? 679: v. 1. fGvTa eué dveivar (Kriig.), to let me go alive ? 
cf. Hell. ii. 3. 51. 

S31. Ov, sc. drépxerbe. — et tL = S71, 639 a; cf. i. 6. 1. — Tatra mpar- 
rovtes, while faring thus. — ovre...ameBadete, nor did you lose any alive, 
i.e. by their being made captives. 

32. Hi 8€ te...dpiv, if any honor had been gained by you, 461; i. 8. 12. 
— pos éxelvors, in addition to those things, i.e. the reputation or glory 
acquired in Asia. — dv enol xaderatvere, for which you. are angry with me, 
456. — xapuv eidévar, be grateful (Lex. xdprs). 

33. mpos Seav, 697. — amijpa (araipw), I weighed anchor or set sail: 

253 vl. admrqa (dareumt). — dv pe erewtrov, (otherwise) they would never 

have sent me, impf. as of repeated acts, 2. 8, 1. 8; or of animus, 
“‘‘would not have been disposed to send.” McM. 

34. mpds Aakcdatpoviovs, join with SaPeBAnpévos, calumniated to, i. e. 
in the eyes of the Lacedemonians. — to’ tpov, brép tpov, emphatic, indi- 
eating their ingratitude. — a&tootpopny, ii. 4. 22 N. — et yévouvTo, i. e. if 
I should have any. These words bear on the question of Xenophon’s age 
at the time, and clearly imply that he had neither wife nor children as 
yet. Subsequently he had two sons, Gryllus and Diodorus (by a wife 
named Philesia), the former of whom fell at Mantinea, B. c. 362: Plut. 
Ages. 20: cf. 2. 88 N. 

35. éyo amrnxOnpatl (drexPdvouat) Te wAetora, I have incurred very great 
hatred. — kal tatra, 544 a. -— xpeirtoow, dat. of agent, after passive verb, 
461. — mpayparevopevos...ipiv = cal ois rpayuar. in ordinary construc- 
tion. 

36. otre amrodiSpackovta, nor running away stealthily. — katakavev- 
tes, Kiih. reads xaraxexavdres, but it may be doubted whether there is any 
such perf. of xaivw to be found in use. See Veitch’s ‘‘Greek Verbs.” Cf. 
679. —év T@ péper s, 2n his (proper) share and beside (beyond) his share; in 
his turn as well as out of his turn. — tpdtata BapB., trophies over the bar- 
barians. — mpos tpas, contra vos, or apud vos, i. e. against your caprices, 
or for you, for your sake. 

37. Kal yap ody, cf. i. 9. 8 nN. —‘Ypeis 8€...viv Si) Kapds pty Soxet 
elvat ; You, then...does it now seem to you to be just the time? anacoluthon, 
402. — 8re, v. 1. drt. —Wheire, you are sailing, i.e. you are at liberty to 
sail. 

38. Od piy, sc. obrws eddxer tuiv. —6...pvnpovikdraror, O ye, of all 
men (I have ever known) possessing most admirable memories! ironical, of 
course. — ovtot, i. e. Charminus and Polynicus. 

254. 39. mpds hpov, with us, cf. § 4. 

40. ém\ tovte, next afier him. —tovro, depends on otparn- 
‘yijrar as cognate acc. (rary orparnyiay, i. 3. 15), that you should first 
lead us as our generals for this, viz. to exact, etc. 





bee war 


4, Wied 
ae ed “) 


BOOK Vil CHAP. VI. 14a 


41. taita droddépevos s, having sold these things, he has neither paid 
over the proceeds to Seuthes, nor to us, 579. — é&dpe0a aitod, we shall keep 
hold of him, 582. 

42. pada, v. 1. waddov, i. e. still more affrighted than at anything he 
had as yet heard. — jv paar ak repeating the very words of Poly- 
crates. 

43. ra xwpla, cf. 5. 8. —eév auTOppAT! Tonordwevos, having comnuni- 
cated it as a secret ; cf. vi. 6.11; Hdt. ix. 94. — IloAvvixoy, § 1. 

— tora, sc. Xenophon. — aeregevarcd (v. 1. dmoOdvo), change of 255 
mood. — 

44, ‘EéorteAdoy, i. e. by letters or messengers, or both. — évero, ». 1. 
Ove, 455 g. — A@ov kal dpervoy, the usual form in consulting the gods, cf. 
vi. 2. 15 N. —é¢’ ois = émi rovros &, on the conditions Scuthes proposed. 
—‘Avaipet, sc. Zevs, Zeus replies: the word is commonly used of responses 
by oracles, etc., ef. ili. 1. 6; vi. 1. 22. 


CHAP TER. VIL: 


EFFORTS TO INDUCE SEUTHES TO PAY WHAT IS DUE.—— XENOPHON’S 
STRONG REMONSTRANCE SUCCESSFUL. 


Ll. éoxqvycav eis kdpas, const. preg., marched into the villages and 
took up their quarters there. — to, cf. i. 1. 6, where é« is used, 586. 

2. dvobev, from the upper country. — Kal bs, 518 f. 

3. Ilpodéyowev, we warn you, etc. — tmép DevGov, in behalf of Seuthes, 
693. — 6S 6 dvhp, Kiih. reads dd avjp. — MnSéxov, king of the Odrysz, 
ef. 3. 16. — et 8 ph, 710. — éwttpélbopey, sc. ras nuerépas Kamas mopletv. 
— drdeEqodpcBa, v. 1. ddeFipeda. 

4, "AAG col...xaderdyv, well, even to give an answer to you, speaking vir 
such terms, is disagreeable or annoying ; however, etc. 256 

6. ordre tAOcts, 641 b, iterative optat. Some read 7dGes, but 
ef. 1.5; 2. 10. — éyxexadtvopévors, cf. 2. 21. 

7. Sv tpds, 694. — ory Qcois, with the help of the gods, 533 c. — viv 8%, 
v.1. viv 6é. — eedatvere, you are (threatening us with) driving us out, 
somewhat sarcastic. 

8. ody Strws Sapa Sods, not only not bestowing any gifis: on the use of 
phrases like ody dzws, etc., see 717 g. Compare Lat. non dico. — avd’ dv 
ev érabes, cf. i. 3. 4 N. Bees ereraercis but, as far as lies in your power, 
‘you do not allow us, just going away, even to encamp here (note force of 
aor. é€vav\cO fvar). 

9. amd Anorelas, [from] by means of robbery, 695. — fxovra., sc. éwpa. 
— tphyoba, 2. 34. 

10. tt kal, cf. 564. — pn, Xenophon asked. — wapedHxare, 306 b. — 
ovdtv end s, in no wise calling me in (to your counsels), cf. 6. 3. —Savpa- 


148 NOTES. 


ordérator (ironical), most wonderful men that you are ! — étas, 624, 701 e. 
— Xapioainny, I might gratify them, and thereby secure their good-will. 

Ll. Kard...karadvopat, Jam ready to sink under the earth. — tmwd ris 
aigxdivys, with the shame which I feel: see Kiih. on the force of art. here. 

ony ovdé yap dv...ématvoin, et éeAatvoup Tots evepyéras, for Medo- 

cus, my king, would not approve of my conduct, if I should drive 
out our benefactors, 631 d. 

12. drei, distressed or vexed. — } Xepa wopCoupevn, the devastation of 
the country. 

13. Kal ds, 518 f. — kade?, 607 a, 645. — tpoepcy (Lex. mpoep@), edic- 
turus, intending to warn (them) as he had warned hin, i. e. Xenophon. -— 
Giudvar, (viz.) to depart. 

14. dv arodaGetv, you might recover. — elarovte, v. 1. elmnre. — Se8éqtar, 
v.l. dédexrat, omitting 671, and reading duds instead of budy. — ovvava- 
mpagar, to join in exacting. — roitwv Tuxovres, tf they obtain [these things] 
this, 1. e. their pay. — dact, i. e. the troops. — 7ét«, then, and only then. 

15. Svvevtar, cf. i. 3. 14 N. — émtkatptous, cf. 1. 6. — éyerv, sc. Adve 
574: et 8€ py, sc. execs: €xopev, sc. Advyerv, 710, cf. 1. 81 N. 

16. para 8} dpapevas, very submissively indeed. — XetOns, sc. Kéyer. — 
G£votpev...yeyevnpevovs, we request that those who have become friends to us, 
i. e. in the villages where the Greeks were now quartered, § 1. —%8n, forth- 
with, then and there. 

17. Kal viv, even now, after all that you have said. — év@évSe, [from 

258: hence] from you, to obtain, ete. 

18. éemtpéar s, to leave it to these men [whatever decision they 
should make] to decide whether it is fitting that you should quit the country, 
or we ? 

19. ovx en, sc. érirpévar dv. —oter Oat, supply é¢7n. —méwrewy, depends 
on €xé\eve. 

21. yxGéo Ons, cf. 5. 6, 7. — &arfrovy, é&mrodotvat, dtodaPety, Kiih. calls 
attention to the force of dé, in composition, viz. back, where something 
is due; to demand back, to give back, to take back. — imécxou, aor. in 
plup. sense, you had promised. 

22. peta Tots Oeods, next to the gods. — eis TO havepdv, in a conspicwous 
position ; Xen. Cyr. viii. 7. 23; Agesilaus, 5. 6. — Bactdéa oe érrotnoay, 
480 a. —AavOdvev, supply TOBY, from mocjoys following. 

23. eoxer, v. 1. doer. —  dkovew...advOpamwy, [to hear agreeably, act. 
for pass. 575 a to be well spoken of by 6000 men. — wavroy, déyors, change 
of construction from 38d to 2d person. 

259 . 24. Tay amiorov, emph. pos. iene wandering about, 

i.e. failing in accomplishing their object. — cwdpovigev (Lex.) 
to bring to reason or obedience. — Td %Sy KoAatev, v. 1. Tas 707 Kodacers. 

25. ti mpotedéoas...édaPes, what it was that you paid us beforehand (or 
in advance) when you received us as allies. — Otc’, v. 1. Od. 

26. Oixoty toito s, ts not, then, this, their confidence in you, that also 
which obtained your kingdom for you, bartered away by you for this sum of 








BOOK VII. CHAP. VIL 149 


money ? — xpnparav, gen. of price. — mumpacKerat ; some omit the inter- 
rogation-mark. 

27. Tas péya yot, how you considered it (to be) a great thing. —&... 
éxets, which you now hold by conquest, 679 b. — evée, v. 1. niéw, cf. 278 d. 
— Xpnpateyv, referring to the money due to the soldiers. 

28. bcwrep, inasmuch as, in the same degree as. — épx Hy, [in the first 
place] at all, with negatives, 483. — mdovtica, davivat, Paotdcdoat, 
incept. aor., to become rich, etc.; cf. movretv, to be rich, etc. 

29. ériotacat pév, naturally there ought to follow, émicracac 6é, dre 
émtxerpotey dy : a like construction is found in Sophocles, Philocietes, 1056, 
mapeore wev Tedxpos...€ya Te. — ptdia, rH oF (object. use of pron.), friend- 
ship for you ; cf. iv. 5. 13. — karéxot ; some omit interrogation. 

30. cwdpoveiy ta Tpbs oé, would perform their duties towards 60 
you more discreetly. — mpos o€, 697. — &ddovs...7apayevér Gar, 
supply ef vousgotev, implied in ef opav, above. — TotTwv akovovtas, hearing 
From these, 432. — ei xatadofaceay, 7f they should form a bad opinion of 
you (and judge) that no others, etc. —rodvtovs, the Greeks. — aitois, i. e. 
the present subjects of Seuthes. 

Sl. wANGe.. AaOevres, [left behind us] inferior to us in numbers, 406 b. 
— tovto (for oiros) ktvbuvos, is not this a danger ? is it not a matter of 
apprehension to you ?— tovrtav, i. e. the Greeks. — imoyavtat...cve7pa- 
Tever Gan, cf. 659 g. — dv...dvampdtwory, on condition that they should now 
(at once) exact what is due from you. — cvvawirwcw...TavTa ; may con- 
cede these things to them (the soldiers)? Some place the interrogation after 
Aakedamovious ; others omit it altogether. 

32. ye phy, porro. —imd cor, under your power, 691. —émt ce...co, 
788 e. 

33. mpovocioBar...Set, sc. cé. — arabia Kaxev (object. gen.) padAov, more 
Sree from suffering evils, less exposed to harm. — éyxadovorv, demand in 
payment. This verb is used of a creditor summoning a debtor into court, 
in order to obtain judgment against him. See Kiih., note. 

34. rodrors, v. 1. roiro. — ddeldotto, v. 1. ddeihowTo. 

35. “Adda yap ‘HpaxdelSn, But (you may object to all this), 281 
Sor to Heracleides, etc., cf. iii. 2. 25. —*H piv todd s, assuredly, 
it is a much smaller matter now for you to get and pay this money. 

36. 6 opif{wv, which determines. — mpdcodos, revenue ; your present 
revenue or income will be (v. 7. éoriv, is) greater than, etc. 

37. tavrTa...tpoevootpnv, I have been considering these things before- 
hand, as your friend, and in your interests. — @v...dya0av, cf. 554a. — 
StadGapetny, be utterly rwined in reputation. 

38. ott’ tv...ikavds dv yevotuny, cf. i. 3. 2 N. 

39. civ Oeois, cf. iii. 1. 23; 2. 8, 11. — éml tots otparimrats, for the 
soldiers, i. e. for the sake of conciliating the troops and securing their ser- 
vices. — 7Tyoa, anyiTHOa, cf. v. 8. 4 N. 

40. pySt aobiSdvtos (sc. cot) SéEarbat dv, I would not have received 
anything even if you had offered it. —Aicxpév, on omission of dy cf. 6. 21 N. 
— tepridetv, cf. 3. 3 N. — GAdos Te kal, 717 a. 


150 ‘NOTES. 


41. Nijpos...mpds Td6...TpdTov, a trifle, in comparison with the holding on 
to the money by every means in his power. — ovd€év...KTipa, 20 possession. 
Cf. Xen. Ages. 3. 5. 

42. wdovtet...pitov, is rich in friends, 414 a. — cvvyrOycopévous, 

262 will share his joy or pleasure. 

43. “AdAa yap, But (I need not dwell upon this), for. — may- 
Tas, at any rate: v. l. wavtas. 

44, aitol, they themselves, on their part. — évexddovv...port, brought 
against me the charge (which I do not admit) that I cared more, 702 a. 

45. ta Sapa, obj. of éxew. — éviddytas, because they saw; KaTavonray- 
tas, because they observed. 

46. dmoxeioOan, v. J. drodeixvvcbar: see Kiih. note. —6oa...éveripmvacd, 
you could not be satisfied with promising what great rewards should be mine. 
— 8oov...éuvapny, § 8 N. — vdv...rodpas, have you the hardihood (despite 
all that I have urged upon you) fo see with indifference that Iam now thus 
dishonored among the soldiers ? ) 

47. 8tv...dmodovvat, depend on divddéew. — adrov yé we s, that you your- 
self will not bear to see those reproaching you who freely laid out their ser- 
vices in your behalf, and trusted to your honor to compensate them. The 
critics note that Xen. indulges in a little exaggeration here. 

263 48. 76 aitlw, 444 f. — otte...mdtote, never at any time. 

49. dvopoiws txovra...8T«, that I am differently esteemed in the 
army now, from what I was when, etc. 

50. dv te pévys, and if you will remain. — ta xwpla, 2. 38; 5. 8. 

51. gxew ovrws, 577 c. — Kal pay, atqui, and yet in reality. 

52. “Ad\AG = well. — ématva, I thank you for, a polite mode of declin- 
ing a proffered kindness or favor. Cf. Lat. laudo, benigne. — vomufe, be 
assured. 

53. “Apyvptov...pixpdov ti, [have no money [other than] except a Little. 
— tddavrov = 300 darics, i. 7. 18 = about $1200. — dphpous, cf. 4. 13, 
20, 21. — mpocdaPav, taking in addition. 

54, é&uxvatar, come wp to or amount to = é&apxn. Cf. Hdt. ii. 135. — 
tlvos Tadavtov s, whose talent shall I say that I have ? among which of the 
Greeks, when their number is so great, shall I divide this talent, which is 
so very small a sum? —*Ap’ ovk, éredy s, 7s it not betier, since danger also 
(as you say, § 51) threatens me, in going back at least (to the army) to 
guard against the stones? cf. 6.10. Born. and others give the sense of 
dmudvra, going back to my own country and thus escape danger of losing 
my life. See Kiih. note. — épeway, v. 7. Euewe. _ 

55. é\dwovtas, 305 c. — éXeyov, were saying or were under the impres- 
sion. — @ tréoyeto, what he had promised him, 646 d. 

264 56. Su twas, v. 1. de quds. ae ToAAijy elxov airlav, were much 

censured, on the ground of having acted fraudulently. 

57. ob mpooye, did not go near Charminus and Polynicus, i. e. took no 
part in the proceeding. — od ydp...mep\ huyfjs, for not yet had a decree of 
banishment been passed against him at Athens. See INTRODUCTION, p. ix. 
Cf. Thucyd. i. 119, 125. — amayayou, Kiih. reads drayayy. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. VIIL 151 


CHAPTER VIII. 


THE GREEKS CROSS TO LAMPSACUS. — ARRIVAL AT PERGAMUS. — 
XENOPHON ATTACKS ASIDATES, A PERSIAN, AND GAINS MUCH 
BOOTY.— ARMY HANDED OVER TO THIBRON., 


1. Adpipakov, see Lex. — aravTa to Bev. 450 a. — rov...yeypadéros, 
who wrote the (work upon) Dreams in the Lyceum: McM. translates, ‘‘ who 
painted the Dreams in the Lyceum” (a gymnasium at Athens, eastward 
of the city). The verb ypd@w means either to write or to paint, but, if 
évimma be the true reading, the former meaning seems most appropriate 
here: v. 1. évoixia, and évwmia. Kiih. reads yeypagyxdros for yeypadéros, 
but that form is used only in later writers. — gxou, v. 1. dyer. 

2. 7 pry, ii. 3. 26. — atrov, Kiih. reads avrév. — épodtov, viaticum, 
travelling expenses. 

3. Wve, i.e. Xen. was sacrificing. —waperthorato tov Hix. = got Lu- 
clides to stand by him, cf. vi. 1. 22. —tepeta, v. J. iepd. Euclides conjec- 
tured Xenophon’s present lack of means from the poor quality of the 
victims. — péAAn, sc. xpjuata. — od cavta, you will be a hindrance to 
yourself, i. e. you will allow your disinterestedness and neglect of your own 
interests to stand in the way, as heretofore. 

4. yap, 708 c. — MeXixios, gracious to those who propitiate him by 
offerings. Zeus was worshipped under this name at the Acdova at Athens, 
when all the people offered sacrifices to this god. Cf. Thucyd. i. 126. — 
@orep olkor ciabay éya ipiv Over Sar, as J was accustomed at home 265 
(i. e. at Athens) to offer sacrifice, kal (= namely, that is) odhoKav- 
reiv, to burn whole victims for you. From this it may be inferred that 
Euclides and Xen. were on intimate terms at Athens. — é& 6rov, since, 
557. — wad, v.l. xal &. —ovvoioceayv s, it would result to his advan- 
tage. : 

5. odoxatre, except in sacrifices offered to Zeus Meilichios it was not 
usual to burn the whole victim. —7T@ twatplw (v. 1. rarpaw) vow, sc. TO 
O\oxauTeiv. — éxadAépa (Lex. xadcep€éw). 

6. EvxAc(Sys, another person of this name (not the same as in § 1), or 
perhaps the text is corrupt, as Kiih. thinks (see Lex.).—fevovvrat, are hos- 
pitably entertained (in § 8 rapa goes with this verb). — twaov...dapeKay, 
the horse which he had sold in Lampsacus for fifty darics (= about $200), 
431 a. — tiv tity, the price paid for the horse. 

7. mwapd, along, cf. iv. 6. 4. — Av8las (partit. gen.)...medlov, sc. dge- 
kvoovrat, they came to the plain of Thebe (in, or belonging to) Lydia: v. l. 
Mvuoias. 

8. tis Mvctas, 522 h. —fevoiran, cf. § 6 N. —Toyytdov, cf. Thucyd. 
i. 128. 

9. airdy (after 2¢7), i. e. Xenophon. — KkaOyynropévous, cf. 598 b. 


toz NOTES. 


26 11. te (after rovs) connects Samvqras and AaBdv. —étras eb 
TORTa avTous, that he might do them a service, viz. by giving them 
a share of the expected plunder. — Bracdpevor, having forced themselves 
into the company of Xen. and his chosen band. — amqAavvov, were for 
driving them off, or tried to drive them back, in order that they might 
not be called upon to share the booty with these pertinacious volunteers, 
just as if, forsooth (67), Xen. dryly remarks, the plunder was already in 
their hands. 

12. tiporos (218. 2), depends on wéprg. — xphpara, valuables, i. e. here 
cattle and such like. — dréSpa aitrots dpedotvtas, as, escaped (ran away 
from) them, inasmuch as they neglected these in order that. 

14. él, with gen. i. 2. 15 nN. —ynlvov, = drray, cf. i. 4. 12; iil. 4. 7. 
— Btwpadpuxto, cf. 281 d. —Srehdvy, impers., as soon as ever light shone 
through, i.e. as soon as an opening was made. — Povmépe éPedioke, with 
an ox-spit, cf. Hdt. ti. 135. — Svapaepés, cf. iv. 1. 18 N. — éxtofevovtes 
érroiovv, by shooting arrows continually, they made it unsafe any longer 
even to approach. 

15. awupoevdvtwv (Lex.). — Kopavias, a castle or town not far from Per- 
gamus. — dddou, ef. i. 5. 5; 7. 11 N. — GAdor...dddov...taraets, cavalry, 
some from...others from. 

16. was éorat, dir. for indir. disc. drws coro, ef. i. 3. 14 N. —AaPov- 
Tes [Sc. ToooUTous Bods] door joav Bees, 551 c. — wornodpevon, cf. 1.10. 9N. 
— ov7a, v. 1. ért. — ph vy ety 7H &dosos, lest the departure should (seem 
to) be a flight, 534. 3. — e& amiorev, cf. iii. 4. 35 N. — viv 8€ s, but, as it 
was (in fact), they retreated as if intending to fight, etc. 

17. Bia tis pytpds, in spite of his mother, who perhaps apprehended 
future retaliation on the part of the Persians. — IIpox\fjs...0 amo, cf. ii. 
£3. Ne 

18. Ot wept ev. 527 a. —kvKdo, in the form of a circle. — dha, i. e. 
shields. — 1pd tov tofeuvpatov, as a defence against the missiles. The cir- 
cular form would cause the missiles to strike the shield obliquely and 
glance off. 

19. ’Ayaolas (Lex.). —mpdBata...@upara (507 f), cattle enough for sacri- 
Jices, but not enough for provisions or profit ; ef. § 21. 

20. paxpotarny, sc. 6ddv. — Avdflas, gen. depending on superl. 419 c. 
His plan was to throw Asidates off his guard by marching as far as possi- 
ble on the road into Lydia, etc. — eis Td ph = wore wu, to the end that © 
(Asidates) might not be in fear, etc. Cf. Xen. Mem. iii. 6. 2. 

21. é airtdy, i. e. éri 7@ lévar em’ atrév, with a view to another expedi- 
tion against him. — t1d...€xoveas, pertinentes, [having themselves under] 
lying close under, i. e. very near to and under the protection of, ete. Cf. — 
Hdt. iv. 42. 

22. cuvtvyxavoverty (hist. pres.), fell in with. — yovaixa, Kiih. reads 
yuvaixas. — &mréBn, [came off] were fulfilled, § 10. 

23. otk ATideato, did not blame the god any longer: the whole story is 
a curious mixture of piety and a free seizing upon other people’s property ! 





BOOK Vil; CHAP. VIII. tes 


v. 1. nomwdcaro, hailed the god as his benefactor. — ovvérpattov...acre, 
[worked together...that] joined together in bringing it about that, 

etc. — éfalpera, select or choice portions of the booty: cf. Homer, 268 
Il. i. 334-367 ; Virg. An. vill. 552. 

24, *Ex rovrov, v. 1. €v ror, i.e. in the spring of B. c. 399 (see 
“‘ Record of Marches,” etc. after the Appendix, p. 26). 

25, 26. These sections are bracketed, as being of very doubtful authen- 
ticity. Kriig. regards them as a mere interpolation, and gives abundant 
and cogent reasons for his opinion. Dindorf, in his fourth edition (1867), 
and Schenkl (1869), print the paragraph in smaller type, as forming no 
part of the text of Xenophon. Cobet (1859) extrudes the sections entirely 
from his edition. Kih. brackets § 25, but gives § 26 as genuine. 

26. “ApiOpss, the numbering or computation. — kaTaBdoews, i. e. to 
Cotyora, ef. v. 5. 4; il. 2. 6 N. —8taxdoror s, on the order of numerals in 
Greek, cf. 242a. As to the numbers, however, as Kih. justly remarks, 
the Mss. vary to a large extent. — 


GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 


[From MacMicuaet’s ‘‘Anabasis.’’] 


WALL OF MEDIA (i. 7. 15; ii. 4. 12). —PYL& (5. 5). — THE 
TRENCH (. 7. 15). — CANALS (i. 7. 15; ii. 4. 18). 


§ 1. Not the least remarkable of the discoveries which of late years have 
marked the progress of geographical inquiry in this most interesting region 
is the actual existence at the present time of an ancient wall stretching 
across Mesopotamia at the head of the Babylonian plain. Dr. Ross, who 
first examined it at its eastern terminus, in 1836, describes it, under the 
name Khali (or Sidd) Nimriud (Wall or Embankment of Nimrod), as a 
straight wall 25 long paces thick, and from 35 to 40 feet high, running 
S.S. W. 4 W. as far as the eye could reach, to two mounds called Ramelah 
(Siffeirah, Ainsworth, pp. 81, 82), on the Phrat, some hours above Felujah. 
The eastern extremity was built of the small pebbles of the country, cemented 
with lime of great tenacity, but farther inland, his Bedwin guide told him, 
“it was built of brick, and in some places worn down level with the desert, 
— and was built by Nimrod to keep off the people of Nineveh, with whom 
he had an implacable feud” (Journal of Royal Geogr. Society, ix. pp. 446, 
472; xi. p. 130). That it was constructed for purposes of defence, and 
not as a mere embankment? for purposes of irrigation, is indicated by its 
having on its northwestern face ‘‘@ glacis, and bastions at intervals of 
55 paces, with a deep ditch 27 paces broad.” It was further.examined by 
een 00 Pps Tn) te ea 


1 Captain Jones, cited by Grote (Greece, ch. lxx.), represents it as ‘‘no wall at all, 
but a mere embankment, extending seven or eight miles from the Tigris, designed to 
arrest the winter torrents and drain off the rain-water of the desert into a large reser- 
voir,” ete. An embankment of the dimensions given above by Dr. Ross should hardly be 
required to arrest the winter torrents of a country remarkable for its drought () yq Tov 
Agovpiwy erat dAtyw, Hdt. i. 193). Its true character as a line of defence is affirmed 
both by Layard, p. 578, and by General Chesney, i. pp. 29, 30, 118. The enormous breadth 
of the wall, “25 long paces,” corresponds with that of the walls of Babylon (Hat. i. 178). 
The preservation of the Sidd Nimrid at its eastern extremity must be attributed to its 
material there (pebble, etc.) being useless for building purposes, so that it escaped the 
common fate of brickwork structures in having their materials used to build other cities. 
Rennell, Geogr., i. pp. 496, 497. 


2 GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 


Captain Lynch in 1844, and its eastern extremity determined to be in 
lat. 34° 3’ 30”, and long. 21’ 50” W. of Baghdad. He galloped along it for 
more than an hour without finding any sign of its terminating. (Jowrnal 
of Royal Geogr. Society, ix. pp. 472, 473.) 

§ 2. The identity of this wall with Xenophon’s Wall of Media was 
assumed by the explorers tacitly, but with every ground of probability. 
In the first place it is hard to imagine a ‘‘ Wall of Media” in any other 
position than this, if its use was to protect from northern invasion the 
rich culture of Babylonia, with the entire canal area and system of irriga- 
tion, to which the plain owed its rare fertility. Hdt. i. 193. Then, too, 
of the great antiquity of Sidd Nimrud there can be no question ; record 
of its origin there is none, except local tradition assigning it to Nimrod. 
On the other hand, the continwed existence of a wall (corresponding to the 
Median) from Xenophon’s age down to comparatively recent times is 
attested by a chain of scattered notices in later writers. Such a wall is 
mentioned by Eratosthenes (in the third century B. c., quoted by Strabo 
li. 1 and xi. 14), as 76 ris Deutpdusdos dcarelxioua, having its eastern ter- 
minus near Opis. Again, its western terminus was noticed in ruins by 
Ammianus Marcellinus (863 A. D.) at AMacepracta on the Euphrates, near 
the head of a canal [which he distinguishes from the Naha-Malchu (Nahr 
Melik)], the Saklawiyeh apparently, a few miles north of which is the 
S. W. extremity of the Sidd Nimrid. (See Ammian. Marcell. xxiv. 2.) 

§ 3. Their identity is further attested by their occupying the same gen- 
eral position as a partition line between the rocky desert of Arabia and the 
fertile alluvial plain of Babylonia: ‘‘the Sidd Nimrid, for all practical 
purposes, distinguishes the Babylonian plain from the hilly and rocky 
country.” (Ainsworth, p. 82, note 2.) 

Layard (Nineveh and Babylon, p. 577) found the country N. of the 
Bridge of Herbah (N. E. of Babylonia). ‘‘a perfect maze of ancient canals 
now dry;...eight miles beyond the bridge the embankments suddenly 
ceased ; a high rampart of earth (the Sidd Nimrid) then stretched as far as 
the eye could reach to the right and to the left ; ... to the north of it there are 
no canals nor watercourses except the Dijeil, which passes through the 
mound ; beyond the Median Wall we entered upon gravelly downs fur- 
rowed by deep ravines...” Now that a like position, between desert and 
cultivated plain, must be assigned to the Median Wall? is indicated by the 
name it bears ; for the Afedes under Cyaxares had conquered all Assyria up 
to Babylonia,® a tract which Hdt. describes as one entire canal district 





2 “The wall of defence against the Medes,” as ‘‘ The Picts’ Wall” means “‘ against the 
LHIGIS 

3 rAnv THs BaBvAwvins moipys, Hdt. i. 806. This was after the overthrow of Nineveh 
by the Medes (8. c. 6067), and the extinction of the Assyrian monarchy, when Media and 
Babylonia became independent, and ultimately, if Herodotus’ authority was good, an- 
tagonistic powers. He represents a jealous fear of Median encroachment prevailing at 
Babylon until both monarchies merged in the Medo-Persian (B. ¢. 538). The testimony, 
however, of Berosus (a Babylonian priest, who wrote a history of Babylonia, B. c. 260, 


APPENDIX. 3 


(7 BaBur\wrin xopn maca Katarérunrar és Suwpvyas, Hdt. i. 193), so that 
the ‘‘Wall of Media” as a barrier against Medish incursion would follow 
the northern. outline of the old canal district; and that outline, as we 
have seen, is the line taken by the Sidd Nimrud so far as it has been 
examined. 

But, further, Xenophon represents the Desert of Arabia as terminating 
at a place called Pyle (i. 5. 5). Now as the next marches given in his 
itinerary are said to be through Babylonia (7. 1), we conclude that Pyle 
must have lain on the confines of Babylonia, and may be looked for at or 
near the western end of Sidd Nimrud. This general conclusion is remark- 
ably confirmed by comparing the distance of Sidd Nimrid at its W. end, 
from Babylon with that of Pyle from Babylon. General Chesney, in his 
great work on the Euphrates (vol. i. pp. 48 et seq.), gives us the distance 
by river from Thapsacus to Hillah (Babylon) as 6134 geographical miles, 
as obtained by the steamer in her course down the river. Now Xenophon 
gives the road distance from Thapsacus to Babylon as 210 parasangs, and 
of Pyle from Babylon as 35 parasangs. If then 210 parasangs by road 
correspond to 6134 geographical miles by river, proportionally 35 para- 
sangs by road will correspond to 102 geographical miles by river. We 
should look therefore for Pyle at a point whose river-distance from Baby- 
lon is 102 geographical miles. Felujah is given as 91 geographical miles 
(Chesney), and 10 or 12 miles measured from Felujah up the river in 
Chesney’s map brings us to the W. end of the Sidd Nimrud, with which, 
therefore, Pyle may be fairly identified. The result has all the more 
claim to our confidence that the route by land follows the course by river 
so closely as to make distance by one almost a measure of distance by the 
other ; it is independent also of any arbitrary assumption respecting the 
value of a parasang. 

§ 4. This coincidence, and the name itself of Pyle (gates or fortified pass), 
suggest the conclusion that Pyle was neither city (as Larcher surmised) 


and whose authority is good) is that Media and Babylonia were friendly, and even allied 
powers, so long as the Median monarchy lasted (i. e. till B. c. 559), and that the real 
object of fear at Babylon was the Medo-Persian power founded by Cyrus, who, after 
conquering Lydia and all Asia Minor, finally turned his arms against Babylon and sub- 
dued it (B. c. 538). Probably this is the true account (see Rawlinson, vol. i. P. 428). 
If so, we must assign the construction of the wall to the interval between B. c. 559 and 
B. c. 538. It is probably a monument of the reign of Queen Nitocris (B. Cc. 558), whose 
great works are described by Hat. as being purely defensive against Media (i. 185). oe. 
represents her as the mother of Labynetus, the last of the Babylonian kings ; but eer 
right place in history is not yet ascertained (see Rawlinson’s Herodotus, vol. i. p. aay. 
At any rate, the vast dimensions of the wall (ii. 4. 12) point clearly to a period near to 
that at which Nebuchadnezzar could boast that he “built this great Babylon (Daniel 
iv. 30), and among other structures a palace (the Kasr), whose vast ruins still exist, of 
which he declares, ‘‘in fifteen days I completed and made it the high place of my kingdom 
(Standard Inscription, Rawlinson, ii. p. 487). The ‘‘Median Wall” caine in later yee 
to be called “the wall of Semiramis ” (super § 2), the fashion in the East being to assign 
all great works of unknown origin to Semiramis (see Strabo, xvi.), as in our day to 
Nimrod. 


4 GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 


nor mountain defile,* but the ancient pass into Babylonia through the 
wall® itself, at a. time when it extended —as when entire it must have 
done —to the Euphrates. It certainly excites surprise that Xenophon 
makes no mention of their passing the wall at its west extremity, either at 
Pyle or wherever else he passed it on the upward route. But it appears 
(Ainsw. p. 108) that all trace of the wall is lost between Siffeirah and the 
river (a distance apparently of some miles); and we may safely conclude 
that the wall at its western end was demolished when the Greeks passed 
it ; for, assuredly, had it been entire, or capable of defence, the king would 
have defended it, if only to keep the enemy in check® till he could bring up 
his distant forees. In this view, therefore, there would be little trace of 
its existence presented to the Greeks beyond the name of ‘‘ The Gates” 
still retained in the locality, and the ruins which Ammianus M. saw; 
but it was not the time to take note of ruins, or inquire about them ; for 
when the Greeks were at Pyle a battle seemed imminent. It was in the 
middle of the eleven days (i. 7. 18), when they had just come upon tracks 
of the enemy (6. 1), and were in almost hourly expectation of meeting him. 
It need excite no surprise, therefore, that at this juncture Xenophon 
remarked nothing of which he could afterwards give an account; and Pyle 
is, in fact, the only place in the route that he is content to name and dis- 
miss without comment or description of any kind ; all we gather about it 
is, that it was at the end of the desert marches. 

§ 5. If this assumption be admitted, that Xenophon was ignorant of 
the western terminus, and at the time he wrote (probably at Scillus) con- 
fused about the true direction of the wall, we have then some clew to 
explain his statement, améxyet BaBuvdGvos od ond (ii. 4. 12). He knew that 
he had been within 36 miles of Babylon without falling in with the western 
end of the wall, and may have had a notion that it lay farther south than 
Cunaxa, which was 12 parasangs from Babylon. Himself laboring under 
some such misconception, it is not surprising that he should have both 
misled and perplexed his best geographical commentators, previous to the 
actual discovery of the wall. Rennell adopts his statement about the 











¢ There is none such in this quarter (Renn. pp. 83, 84), who conjectures that the term 
‘refers to the shutting up of the river itself between the mountains, which terminate 
at the same place on both sides of the river.” See also pp. 300, 301. 

5 See the description of the Syro-Cilician gates (i. 4. 4); something similar at the 
en end of the Sidd Nimrud seems to be described by Dr. Ross (Journ. R. G.S., ix. 
p. 446). 

6 The barrier actually employed was the trench (i. 7. 14-16), commencing at the 
Median Wall (doubtless where its continuity began), and terminating at twenty feet from 
the Euphrates. This interval was left (according to Kriiger) to prevent the water filling 
the trench. But why a dry trench should be preferred, and what would be the use of it, 
requiring to be defended for an extent of thirty-six miles, is not easy to conceive. It 
was probably tilled with water from the canals, which are mentioned in connection with 
it ; in which ease, to have continued it on to the Euphrates would, in the low state of 
the river at that time (i. 4. 18), have only had the effect of emptying the water of the 
canals into the river (see inf. § 6); a narrow pass, therefore, was left to be defended. 





APPENDIX. | 5 


proximity of the wall to Babylon, and represents it as crossing the isth- 
mus, and touching the Tigris, between Baghdad and Ctesiphon ; but —as 
this is a distance of only 20 miles —he is obliged to give up Xenophon's 
other statement respecting the length of the wall, that ‘‘it was said to be 
20 parasangs (about 50 geographical miles) long” (ii. 4. 12). Some dif- 
ficulties there are which time and a better knowledge of the country may 
clear up; but others we must expect to meet with that are simply mistakes 
of the writer, inevitable under the circumstances ; and few cases can be 
imagined more liable to mistake than this of the Greeks: they were 
moving about in the hands of those whose aim and main strategy was to 
mystify and mislead them; their own observation of the country must have 
been both limited and imperfect; and they could have little, if any, 
previous knowledge of it whereby to correct mistakes, whether of bad in- 
formation, simple misunderstanding, hasty observation, lapse of memory, 
or whatever else goes to make up the sum of human error. Clearchus 
himself speaks as if he had no previous knowledge even of the Tigris (ii. 2. 
3; 4.6); and Xenias, who might have known something of Babylonia, had 
deserted (i. 1. 2; 4. 7).. But further, there is always a doubt about inter- 
preting such indefinite terms as 7¢ 1s not far from Babylon ; for they are in 
their nature relative terms, and we do not know what Xenophon had in 
his mind when he used them. When Plutarch (Artaz., 7), speaking of 
Cyrus passing the trench, used the equivalent term 77s BaBvAGvos od paxpay 
yevouevoyv, he could not mean less than 70 miles ; for he thought Cunaxa 
was 50 (inf. § 7), and the trench was more than 20 miles farther north ; 
and it is possible that Xenophon, writing in Greece, may, like Plutarch, 
be speaking? with reference to the whole length of the journey up, when 
he says of the wall, it is no great distance from Babylon. The use of the 
present tense (déxe) lends support to this view; compare efoiv ai duw- 
puxes (i. 7. 15) with afrac (ai Secdpvxes) Hoar... (ii. 4. 13), the present tense 
in each case intimating that the statement must be referred to the place 
where and the time when the narrative was written. I can only submit 
this, or the view given above, as possible solutions of an admitted dif- 
ficulty. 


THE CANALS AND TRENCH. 


§ 6. Xenophon’s account of the canals has been discredited on various 
grounds, physical and historical (see Rennell, p. 79 ; Ainsw. pp. 89, 90): 
1st, because four canals, each of them 100 feet broad, and ‘ extremely 
deep,” must have entirely drained the river from which they were drawn, 
whether the Tigris, as Xenophon says, or (as some affirm he ought to have 





7 Exactly as Sir H. Rawlinson himself (who conceives the Median Wall to have been 
“the enceinte of Babylon,” Hat. i. p. 261, note 5) speaks of Hit and its bitumen pits as 
being “near to Babylon” (Hat. i. p. 495). Hit was an ‘‘eight days’ journey” from Baby- 
lon (Hat. i. 179). 


6 GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 


said) the Euphrates, which is only 450 feet wide at Hillah (Rich.). 2dly, 
because it is the concurrent testimony of other ancient authors (Herodotus, 
i. 193; Ptolemy, v. 18. 8, 10; Arrian, vii. 7 ; Pliny, WV. #., vul. 26 ; Strabo, - 
xvi. 1. 9), that the canals in the north of Babylonia flowed not from the 
Tigris into the Phrat, but from the Phrat into the Tigris; and that in fact 
the old canals still traceable in North Babylonia confirm their testimony, 
the Saklawiyeh (or Isa), Sersar, Nahr Melik, and Cuthiyeh being all 
derived from the Phrat. 3dly, that the slope of land north of Babylon 
favors the same conclusion, the bed of the Phrat being slightly (five feet) 
higher at Felujah than that of the Tigris at the opposite point. (Ains- 
worth’s Researches in Assyria, etc., p. 145.) 

In reply to these objections it may be urged in the outset that it is not 
easy to conceive how a careful intelligent observer, like Xenophon, could 
be mistaken on such matters of fact as the number and size of the canals. 
As to objection (1st), it has no force, except on supposition that a constant 
stream ran through all of them at all seasons. But there is no evidence® 
of this. The statements of Strabo and Arrian lead to the conclusion that 
they were open only during the season of flood, being afterwards converted 
by dams or flood-gates into reservoirs of water to be distributed over the 
plains during the dry season ; when they became dry, or when the water in 
them fell below the level of the river, then the river would be drained to 
supply them.? They were filled during the season of flood, high embank- 
ments (constructed of old for this purpose, Herod. i. 184) lining the course 
of the river, and forcing its pent-up waters into the canals. On the flood 
receding, the communication with the rivers was cut off, and the canals left 
full of water to be applied (by hand-labor, Herod. i. 193) to the purposes 
of irrigation. For these a high level would be chosen, and embankments 
raised, so as to give the water elevation enough to be distributed at will by 
means of trenches and ducts all over the plain. ‘‘It is remarkable,” says 
B. Fraser (Mesopot., p. 31), ‘‘ that all these canals, instead of having been 
sunk below the surface of the ground like those of the present day, were. 
entirely constructed on the surface”; from these primary derivatives sec- 
ondary irrigants were given off in all directions, having lofty ‘‘embank- 
ments from twenty to thirty feet in height”; these ‘‘lofty embank- 
ments stretching on every side in long lines till they are lost in the hazy 
distance, or magnified by the mirage into mountains, still defy the hand of 





8 Hdt., who visited this country fifty or sixty years before, speaks as if only one 
flowed into the Tigris : 7 peyiotn Tov Stwpdxwv éoTi vnvotmépyTos, mMpos HALOY TeTPaLMEVH 
Tov XElmepivov, evexer OE... Es TOY TLypty (i. 193). 

9 Strabo (xvi. 1) alludes distinctly to some such provision as this, and the effect upon 
the river when the canals are dried up in summer. Speaking, apparently, of the diffi- 
culty, from the nature of the soil, of damming up the mouths of the canals expeditiously 
or securely enough to prevent reflux, he says, Kal yap Kat tayous Set mpos TO TaXEws 
* cero Ojvat * Tas Sudpvxas, kal wy Tav exmecety €£ avTaY 70 dwp. ZypavOcioat yap TOU 
O€pous Enpatvover Kal Tov moTauov, K. T.A. They served, he remarks, three distinct pur- 
poses: (1) they saved the crops from destruction by the floods ; (2) from perishing by 
drought in summer ; and (3) they were serviceable for navigation. 


APPENDIX. Fi 


time, and seem rather the work of nature than of man.” (Layard, Nin. 
and Bab., p. 479.) From these canals the trenches were filled (ii. 3. 10-13) 
in the dry season when the river was lower than had ever been known 
(i. 4. 18). Hence also we may explain why the trench (note 6) was con- 
ducted 12 leagues along the plain to the canals, instead of a few miles to 
the Phrat, doubtless because in its low state at that time, filling the trench 
from the river was impracticable. 

2dly. As to the concurrent testimony of other authors that the canals 
of Northern Babylonia flowed from the Phrat into the Tigris, Herodotus is 
the only one whose testimony is really pertinent to this inquiry, he being 
the only one who saw and wrote of Babylonia under anything like the same 
conditions as Xenophon himself. Both wrote when the seat of government 
was on the Phrat at Babylon. The other historians speak of a wholly dif- 
ferent state of things, when Seleucus, by building Seleucia on the Tigris, 
and making it his capital, had transferred the seat of government to the 
Tigris. From this era canals, one or more, from the Phrat to the Tigris, 
became a dynastic necessity, to place the new capital in communication with 
the Western Provinces and Europe. 

It is these canals of communication, from their size and importance at- 
tracting the attention of later historians, that are alluded to by name from 
Polybius (B. c. 181) to Ammianus Marcellinus (A. D. 363). At the same 
time it is not denied that ‘‘ canals of irrigation” also drawn from the Phrat 
did exist in their day in Northern Babylonia. The removal by Alexander 
the Great of the dikes on the Tigris (ro’s xarapjdxras) (Arrian, Anab., vii. 
7. 7; Strabo, xvi. 1. 9), would necessarily break up the system of irrigation 
previously carried on from the Tigris (Anad., ii. 4. 13) and transfer it mainly 
to the Phrat. These high dikes characterized the irrigation of the Tigris ; 
from the height of its banks above its channel they would be far more of 
a necessity on the Tigris than on the Phrat, which, according to Arrian 
(vil. 7. 3), ‘‘ flows everywhere level with the land (pet icoxethns mavraxod TH 
yn), whereas the banks of the Tigris are high above its stream” (uerewporépa 
q TavTH Yq TOU Udaros). Kinneir (Journey, p. 472) noticed this below Samar- 
ra, and remarked, ‘‘ consequently irrigation must always have been attended 
with difficulty.” In fact, the dikes alone made it possible ; remains of them 
are to be seen near Nineveh below Mésul and at the Band el Adhem ; pos- 
sibly also they may be found at the point where the waters of the Tigris 
are thrown into the two canals, — the Ishaki on the right, and the Burech 
on the left, — where the river forces its way through the Hamrin hiils. 

In Xenophon’s day, the conditions of the case being reversed, that is to 
say, the seat of government being on the Phrat, and the dikes of the Tigris 
entire, the presumption is that the canal communication north of Babylon 
would be, as Xenophon says it was, from the Tigris to the Phrat. As 
regards Herodotus, his statements about the canals go a very little way to 
invalidate Xenophon’s account, if indeed they do not confirm it ; certainly, 
his remark that ‘‘the greatest of the canals” goes into the Tigris (note 8), 
implies that some of the others did not, that they either went into the Phrat 


8 GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 


(as the Shat el Hye does), or into the Persian Gulf, as the Nahr Sada did, 
or, as at present, that they were chiefly exhausted in the process of irriga- 
tion. Whether Herodotus knew anything at all about Northern Babylonia 
and the upper canal system (with which alone we are concerned) is more 
than questionable. That he did not come! to Babylon by the Phrat seems 
clear from his singular remark (i. 185), that ‘‘those who go from our sea 
to Babylon when sailing down into the Phrat™ touch three times in three 
consecutive days at the same village (Ardericca).”” His ‘‘ Greatest Canal,” 
the one which he describes circumstantially (sup. note 8), would be one 
which he saw — perhaps traversed himself —in the vicinity of Babylon, 
either the Nahr Nil or the Cuthiyeh (Cutha Canal); either would answer 
to his description ; but we have the testimony of Captain Bewsher that 
there are many ruins of the Babylonian era lining the banks of the Abu 
Dibbis and the Cuthiyeh,!? so that we may assume the Cuthiyeh at any 
rate to have existed before Herodotus’ day. Indeed, from the abundance 
of ruins on the Abu Dibbis and their rarity on the western branch (the 
present bed) of the Euphrates, Captain Bewsher surmises, with good reason, 
that the ancient bed of the river lay in the Abu Dibbis and its continua- 
tion the El Mutn ; and this conclusion I have adopted in the present edi- 
tion, so far as to place Cunaxa on this, rather than on the western branch 
of the river. 


SAKLAWIYEH. SERSAR. NAHR MELIK. CUTHIYEH. 


It has been supposed, not unnaturally, that the four old canals in North- 
ern Babylonia, still traceable and still partially in use, the Nahr Saklawi- 
yeh, the Sersar, Nahr Melik, and Abu Dibbis or Cuthiyeh, are the identical 
four canals of Xenophon ; and this conclusion has influenced commenta- 
tors in placing Pyle (which was 15 parasangs above the canals) consider- 
ably higher up the river than accords with Xenophon’s distances, Rennell 
(p. 85) placing it 20 geographical miles below Hit, and Chesney 5 miles 





10 He would go either by the regular route, the royal road between Sardis, Nineveh, 
and Susa (which we know that he reached), or possibly by the caravan route over the 
Arabian desert from Egypt. 

ll KatamAéovtes és Tov Evdpatnv. All this is a clear impossibility. Doubtless the 
whole account is given by Herodotus as a matter of hearsay, which he accepted 
simply as one wonder in a region of wonders, whatever the explanation of so strange a 
tale may be. There may have been three Ardericcas on the river a day’s journey apart. 
There was certainly a second Ardericca near Susa, which Hdt. saw (vi. 119). Mr. Lof- 
tus’ suggestion (T'ravels, p. 160) that the name is a corruption of A’ra de Erek (“ Land of 
Erech ”) may give a clew to the right explanation. Erech—the modern Irka or Workha, 
in Chaldza Proper -—— was one of Nimrod’s four primeval cities (Gen. x. 10), and may be 
supposed to have planted colonies bearing its name. 

12 Notably Tel Ibrahim, ‘‘ by far the largest mound in this part of Mesopotamia, 1,000 
yards long and 60 high.”” (Bewsher, p. 178.) 

13 Ainsworth alone, in his later work, ‘‘ Commentary” (p. 294), suggests that Xeno-. 
phon’s canals may really have been derived from the Tigris or from the marsh of Accad. 


APPENDIX. 9 


lower down, opposite Jarrah. But there is no trace of four in ancient his- 
tory before the Christian era; one, or perhaps two, having a continuous 
existence, though with some variety of name, figure in history subsequent 
to the Seleucian era. Almost conclusive evidence is supplied by the his- 
_torians of Julian’s campaign, in 363 A. D., that the four modern canals did 
not exist, as we have them, at that period. Julian, in order to get his fleet 
from the Phrat into the Tigris to co-operate with his army in the attack on 
Ctesiphon, had to open an old canal of Trajan’s, from the Nahr Melik into 
the Tigris north of Ctesiphon. The account will be found in Gibbon 
(ch. xxiv.). It is plain that this operation could never have been neces- 
sary if Julian could have brought his fleet into the Tigris direct by either 
of the upper canals, the Saklawiyeh or the Sersar (Abu Ghurraib) Canal. 
The Sersar does not seem to have existed at all, and the Saklawiyeh did 
not debouch into the Tigris, being originally (as Amm. Marcell. describes 
it) a canal of irrigation merely, carried into the interior of Babylonia. 

When we turn to Xenophon’s narrative we find nothing whatever, beyond 
the number ‘‘ four” common to both, to favor the idea that they were the 
same as the four we have been considering ; not only are the two systems 
represented as derived from different rivers, but their distance apart is itself 
an insuperable difficulty in the way of identifying the one with the other ; 
for on the supposition that they were the same, Xenophon’s error in saying 
they were three miles apart is inexplicable ; if they were so, then they must 
have been distinctly in his mind as having occurred at intervals of an 
hour’s ordinary journey, and as having all fallen within the compass of 
one day’s march ; whereas the four existing ones cover ground that he took 
three or four days to traverse ; a discrepancy far too great to be attributable 
to ordinary errors of narration. Moreover, if we are to place any reliance 
on the distances given in Xenophon’s itinerary, and modern investigation 
tends only to corroborate them, there was no canal in his day where the 
Saklawiyeh is now, nor any indication of a canal-system for twenty-five 
miles farther south. All that is stated in the Anabasis goes to show that 
the first four marches in Babylonia were through a district neither populous 
nor cultivated ; there is no mention of either cultivation or population, of 
cities or villages, either deserted or otherwise, between Pyle and Cunaxa ; 
the canals themselves are not met with until the invaders had marched 
more than 30 geographical miles through Babylonia, at a point within 
22, parasangs — 55 geographical miles— of Babylon. Even between the 
canals and Cunaxa there is still no mention of cultivation, nor yet on the 
retreat, though the second day’s march, in company with Arizus, would 
be into the interior of Babylonia, — not until the end of that day had 
brought the Greeks back again into the neighborhood of the canals where 
were trenches and date groves (ii. 8. 10); and we hear no more of canals or 
trenches till they passed within the Median Wall, where we find two canals 
of irrigation drawn from the Tigris (ii. 4. 13) serving the northeastern dis- 
trict of Babylonia. 

The impression which the entire narrative leaves on the mind is, that the 


10 GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 


cultivation of Babylonia, north of Cunaxa, started from and was mainly 
confined to the northeastern quarter, being carried on by means of two 
canals drawn from the Tigris, of which the Ishaki!* Canal probably was 
one, and the Dijeil® the other ; that the cultivation, by means of irrigants, 
was carried as far westward as the slope of land allowed the water to go, 
and that the trench (i. 8. 15) was designed by Artaxerxes to cut off the in- 
vaders as long as possible from the cultivated lands on their left ; in short, 
to starve the enemy that he was afraid to fight. 

The third objection, that the slope of the land is against the notion of 
water getting into the Phrat from the Tigris, has no weight, if the water be 
drawn from the Tigris high enough up. This is the case with the Ishaki 
Canal, which we must conceive ae therefore as a great trunk irrigant run- 
ning down Northern Babylonja, distributing its waters right and left as far 
as the slope of the land would allow fhe to go, the eter marking the. 
limit. In this view the four canals seen and described by Xenophon would 
only be the last of the series belonging to this system, the extent of which 
lying behind the trench would be unknown to him. 

There is one natural feature of the Tigris that must always have given it 
an especial value, as compared with the Phrat, for purposes of irrigation ; 
it is this, —that the Tigris is in flood!® a month earlier than the Phrat, 
and yet seems to continue at flood three weeks longer. If the Tigris, com- 
pared with the Phrat, starts vegetation a month earlier, and supports it 
some weeks longer, there can be little doubt that the Tigris would be the 
chief agent employed in irrigating the Babylonian plain, before Alexander 
removed the dikes on which the irrigation depended. 

Moreover, if the great Sada Canal existed then, as the Inscriptions lead 
us to believe it did, the Phrat would be largely drained to supply the canal 
before entering Babylonia. The Sada Canal must have been to the Phrat 
what the Nahr Wan was to the Tigris (see infra, § 10), the recipient of its 
overflow and the fertilizer of the deserts that skirt its western bank, — with 
this difference, however, that as the Nahr Wan, by intercepting the waters 
of such rivers as the Diyalah and the Adhem, must always have been a 








14 There is evidence that the Ishaki passes through the Median Wall, as the Dijeil is 
known to do (see Layard, sup. § 3). 

15 “ Dijeil, ‘the little Tigris,’ is the diminutive of Dijla, anciently pronounced Diglah, 
Digl, Digr, or Tigr” (Journ. of R. G. S., ix. pp. 472-474). Itis the “‘ Diglito” of Pliny 
(N. H., vi. 27 [31]), who says of the Tigris, ‘‘Ipsi (nomen) qua tardior fluit Diglito.” A 
derivative of the Tigris is evidently meant. The Tigris itself has its name from Tigra, 
old Persian for arrow, being so called from the rapidity of its stream (cf. Strabo, xi. 
14. 8). 

16 The Tigris rises before the Phrat, being swelled by the snows lying on the southern 
slope of Mount Niphates, which melt sooner and run a shorter course than those on the 
northern slope, which flood the Phrat. Ainsworth (Journ. R. G.S., xi. p. 72, note) states 
that the Tigris is in flood in April and May, the Zab in June and early in July. There 
being very little difference in respect of volume of water between the Tigris and Zab 
(the Zab, though narrower, being much deeper), it follows from Ainsworth’s account 
that the later flood of the Zab must keep the Tigris high till the end of June. The 
Phrat is at its height from the end of May to the beginning of June. 


APPENDIX. it 


goodly stream independently of the Tigris, Nahr Sada, on the contrary, must 
have been always dependent on the Phrat for its entire supply of water, 
there being no river in the Desert of Arabia to feed it, so that flowing as 
the Sada is known to have done for about 400 miles into the Persian Gulf, 
the drainage of the Phrat through this canal must have been so great and 
probably continuous, as to make it difficult to conceive of it as having any 
water to spare for the irrigation of Northern Babylonia, particularly if 
“<the Great Canal” of Heredotus, drawn from the Phrat, be it the Nahr 
Cuthiyeh or the Shat el Nil, was a running stream, as Herodotus’ account 
seems to.imply. 

There is, indeed, one incident in Xenophon’s narrative which goes far to 
show that the waters of the Phrat were really thus employed in fertilizing 
the land on its right or southern bank at the date of the Anabasis. In the 
course of the desert marches before reaching ‘Pylx, the Greeks crossed the 
river to Charmande for provisions, and found them in abundance. The 
geological character of the country being the same on both sides of the 
river, the fact that we find a desert tract on the one side, and a fertile dis- 
trict on the other, argues artificial irrigation present in the one case, and 
absent in the other. 


THE TRENCH. 


Xenophon states (i. 7. 15) that the Trench stretched up through the 
plain, a distance of twelve parasangs to the Wall of Media. When Xeno- 
phon gives figures or information from hearsay merely, he is so careful to 
tell us so (see ii. 2. 6, ii. 4. 12, and iv. 1. 3) by the use of é\éyero or édé- 
yovro, that where, as in this case, he makes an absolute statement, there is 
strong presumption that he writes from personal knowledge, that in fact 
the route lay along the western side of the Trench up to the Median Wall, 
the Satrap’s object being to get the invaders away from the rich cultivation 
of Babylonia as quickly as possible. 

The direction of the Trench, as indicated by raperéraro 4 rddpos dvw bid 
Tov 7ediov, is by no means clear; dyw meaning ‘‘up from the level of the 
river on to higher ground” (as at iv. 4. 3), would agree very well with da 
Tov mediov (‘‘across the plain”), but not so well with waperéraro, — for 
mapa- implies that when the Greeks came in sight of the Trench, it seemed 
to run nearly parallel to their line of march along the river. Now this 
would be the case if we suppose that the Trench started from the wall at 
no great distance from the western end, for then, if we take into account 
the length of the Trench (30 geographical miles), it would approach the 


7 Charmande (i. 5. 10) was near the close of the Desert ; for we read of herbage burnt 
by the enemy (6. 1; compare 5. 5). — Ramadi corresponds in position with Charmande, 
and seems to retain the name: for Charmande = Harmande (just as Xappav = Harran ; 
Xe8paév = Hebron, etc.); — and Harmande = Ramande by the same transposition of 
letters as take place in Gr. ¢pw = Lat. rep = creep; and in apm-agew = rap-ere, 


12 GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 


river at a small angle, and would be in sight running along the Greek left 
some time before it reached the narrow pass; in short, zapa- is in itself 
evidence that the Trench did not start far from the western end of the wall. 
évw meaning “‘up,” in a direction contrary to that of the stream, accords 
better with the Greek than dvw ‘‘up from the level of the river”; it was 
suggested to me by Mr. Long, and is, I believe, the true meaning, unless we 
suppose that a direction including both notions of ‘‘up” was in the writer’s 
mind. dw might also mean ‘‘up” towards Babylon (as in dv-7xOycar, 
ii. 4. 1), and this appears to be the view on which Grote’s Map is con- 
structed (ch. Ixx.) ; a map, it is said, ‘‘ accommodated to the narrative, and 
not depending on any positive evidence of remains now existing.” Grote places 
Cunaxa north of the Median Wall, which he represents as starting from the 
Nahr Melik, and running northeast to a point north of Baghdad ; its length 
is under 30 miles, and its shortest distance from Babylon 60 or 70. The 
canals are all south of the wall. The objections to this arrangement are : 
1. It fails to account for the trenches full of water which the Greeks found 
north of Cunaxa before reaching the provision villages (C in Grote’s Map), 
a defect inseparable from any arrangement that places Cunaxa north of the 
wall, and the canals south of it. 2. That Ammianus connects the wall at 
its western end, not with the Nahr Melik, but with another canal higher up 
the river (see § 2). 3. It does violence to the text in representing the 
three marches mentioned (ii. 4. 12) as reckoning from the station where 
the Greeks joined Arizus, instead of that at which Tissaphernes took charge 
of them. By inadvertence apparently, the retreat in the map begins from 
A, the first station after passing the Trench, instead of B, the station before 
the battle, to which Arizus had retreated. This correction being made, 
would (on the same east-by-south course) bring them nearly to the wall at 
the end of the first day of the retreat. Xenophon says they reached it on 
the fifth. 

Captain Bewsher, it is true, describes a wall of bricks on the north side 
of Nahr Melik, called Hubl es Sukhr, which would correspond in position 
with Grote’s wall. Its extent does not appear to have been ascertained, 
nor whether in this respect or in its construction it corresponds with Xeno- 
phon’s wall, which was made ‘‘ of bricks laid in bitwmen’’; but apart from 
the difficulty of reconciling such a position with the distance travelled 
between Cunaxa and the wall, it is perfectly clear that the Hubl es Sukhr 
cannot be the wall that Ammianus saw north of his upper canal, there 
being from his account a distance of at least 14 miles (xxiv. 3. 10) between 
that canal and the Nahr Melik. The wall in question has been long known 
to geographers. ‘‘Its remains, with the ruins of buildings,” says Dr. Vin- 
cent (i. p. 536), ‘‘are seen by every traveller who comes by land from 
Hillah to Baghdad ; they are noticed by Tavernier and Ives, and are rep- 
resented in De Lisle’s Map. What they are, whether the extension of old 
Baghdad, or of a wall built by Zobeida, wife of Haroun al Raschid, which 
extended across the desert to Mecca, is difficult to say (see Abd-ul-Khurren, 
p. 129).” 


APPENDIX. 13 


CUNAXA. 


§ 7. The name given by Plutarch (Artaz., 8) to the battle-field. There 
was a village with a hill above it (i. 10. 11, n.), and Ainsworth is very prob- 
ably correct in thinking that the Greeks received the name ‘‘froma Persian 
compound, of which Kuh, ‘a hill,’ formed the base, as in Kuhistan, ‘the 
country of hills.’” Xenophon (ii. 2. 6) places Cunaxa at 360 stadia from 
Babylon ; Plutarch, at 500 stadia. By the side of Xenophon’s definite 
statement, Plutarch’s looks like a round number. Captain Bewsher, how- 
ever, following Grote (Greece, ch. lxix., note 2), adopts it, placing Cunaxa 
at Kunecsha, 50 miles by air-line from Babylon. No reasons are given for 
preferring Plutarch’s authority to Xenophon’s in such a matter, and I am 
unable to find any. Xenophon’s intimate connection with Proxenus, one 
of the generals, would give him access to the best information on the point, 
and he would know how to use it. The distance, occurring among road 
distances, must be a road distance and no air-line. It would no doubt be 
given to Xenophon by the Persian authorities in the national standard, 
i. e. as 12 parasangs, which he would reduce (at the usual rate of 30 stadia 
to the parasang) to 360 stadia. Twelve parasangs give a road distance of 
about 30 geographical miles, or 27 by air-line, — little more than a two 
days’ march, — from Babylon. With great significance, therefore, might 
the Greeks say, ‘‘We have conquered the king’s forces at his gates, and hav- 
ing laughed him to scorn, came away” (ii. 4. 4). 

For the (probable) position of Cunaxa on the Abu Dibbis branch, see 


sup. p. 8. 


THE RETREAT. 


§ 8. “Eel qucpa éyévero, éxopevovro év deéia exovres rdv HLov (Anab. ii. 
2. 13). 

The direction in which the retreat commenced has been called in ques- 
tion : whether, in fact, the Greek means, ‘‘ When it was day they started, - 
having the sun on their right,” i. e. in a northerly direction ; or ‘‘... they 
proceeded, keeping the sun on their right,” i. e. as Grote represents it (Hist. 
Gr. ch. lxx.) in an easterly direction, ‘‘as referring to the sun’s diurnal 
path through the heavens”; and in his map, constructed on this view, the 
course laid down is south of east, in order that it may strike the wall of. 
Media, which he conceives to have lain south of Cunaxa. 

I do not know an instance of direction being either regulated or indicated 
by the sun’s diurnal course ; referred to his place of rising it is common 
enough. Thus, when Herodotus means to tell us that the Great Canal (see 
sup. note 8) runs south of east, he describes it as mpds cov TerTpauudvy Tov 
xeyuepwvsv. Grote cites indeed Herod. iv. 42; but surely the two cases are 
wholly distinct. Herodotus, speaking of the exploring party that cireum- 
navigated Africa, and of their westward course along the south coast, says, 


14 GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 


é\eyov enol wey ov micTa ws TOV HrALov ~oxov és Ta OeEcd. Herodotus is 
treating of a natural phenomenon, which he was told of, but could not 
credit, as at variance with all that he, in north latitude, had ever seen or 
heard of a westerly course. Whether a soldier was likely to use the ex- 
pression to describe (by a curious curve) the direction of a day’s march, is 
another and a very different question. 

On the other hand, the remark, They started, having the (rising) sun on 
their right, falls from Xenophon easily and naturally enough, if we suppose 
him speaking of an incident which he had in his mind when he wrote, 
enabling him to fix the direction taken through a country in which he 
hardly knew the bearing of one point from another. This northerly direc- 
tion is, in fact, confirmed by Diod. Sic. (xiv. 25, ad jin.), who tells us that 
the generals in council with Arieus decided to start off towards Paphia- 
gonia; and for Paphlagonia they started, indicating a more northerly aim 
than éri Iwvias did in Arius’ message (Anab., ii. 1. 3). The same expres- 
sion ‘‘towards Paphlagonia” occurs again in Diodorus (xiv. 27) to describe 
the northerly route along the Tigris.® 

We conclude, then, that they commenced the retreat (after joining Ari- 
wus, ii. 2. 8) in a northerly direction, and continued it with Tissaphernes 
— who was journeying homewards (ws eis otkov amy, 4. 8) — far enough 
in this direction to pass out of Babylonia ; for on the sixth day of the 
retreat ‘‘they passed within the Median Wall (aap\@ov eiow airod, 
4, 12), an expression which can only signify an entry through it into 
Babylonia. The line of route suggested by, Ainsworth, viz. somewhere to 
the north ®? side of the wall, but not, I think, by Pyle, which is not men- 
tioned in the retreat, is apparently the only one consistent with the data, 
geographical and historical, of the problem. General Chesney considers 
that this movement to the northwest was made ‘‘in order to round the 
marshes and inundations of Akker Kuf.” It may have been so, if the 
marsh (Khor) existed then. I am inclined, however, to think that the 





18 Tn fact, the direction that a Greek would understand by it would be almost due 
north; for not only did the Paphlagonia of the Anabasis extend considerably farther 
eastward (i. e. east of the Thermodon, v. 6. 6, 9) than in Herodotus’ time, who places 
it west of the Halys, but the ancient geographers, from Herodotus to Strabo, labored 
under an error as to the relative positions of the Persian Gulf and the Euxine, which 
threw the Euxine too far to the east, in fact placed the mouth of the river Phasis a little 
east of Babylon, though it is really three degrees west. ‘‘This derangement,” says Ren- 
nell, “‘was the probable cause of Xenophon’s keeping too far to the east in his way 
through Armenia, towards Trebizond. He would adhere to the geographical system then 
in vogue through Greece (as given by Herodotus), and expected to find Trebizond nearly 
in the same meridian with Babylon and Nineveh, though it bore about north thirty de- 
grees west from the latter.” — Rennell, Geogr., i. pp. 247-249. 

19 The adverb has here its common proleptic usage: so as to get within it. Cf. i. 6. 5; 
iv. 2. 12; v. 2. 16. Thus Xenophon and Plutarch mean the same thing, when (speak- 
ing of Cyrus passing the trench) Plutarcéh says, tavtyns Kipov évtos mapeAOovTa 
mepvetde 6 Bac. ; and Xenophon, éyevovto ciow THs tadpov. See also Xen. Hell., v. 4. 41, 
and inf. vii. 1. 18. { 

20 This is implied in the remark that they accompanied Tissaphernes on the home- 
ward route. . 





APPENDIX. 15 


real object was to draw the Greeks out of the heart of Babylonia for the 
reason given below. It may well be, moreover, that the presence of an in- 
vading and victorious army would be a dangerous incentive to the slave 
population of Babylonia, alluded to probably in épyacouévwy évdvTwy (ii. 4. 
22). Many were the captive nations beside Jews that had wept beside the 
waters of Babylon, their ‘‘lives made bitter” by forced labor in building 
the palaces and walled cities, and in digging those canals and trenches of 
Babylonia, among which they and their children would find at once a fast 
prison, a merciless taskmaster, and an early grave. The pride, rapacity, 
and cruelty of the Chaldean towards the many nations that he had spoiled 
and gathered to himself are vividly portrayed in the prophecy of Habakkuk 
ii. 5-12. See also Psalm cxxxvii.; Josephus, Antig., x. 11; Eusebius, 
Prepar. Evang., ix. 39. Under Persian rule the Chaldcean himself joined 
the list of subjugated races in Babylonia, the whole forming a population 
ripe enough for insurrection, as history shows. See Rawlinson on Hdt., 
ili. 150. 

In taking the Greeks this circuit, we perceive Tissaphernes securing two 
objects distinctly alluded to in the course of the narrative: to withdraw 
them as much as possible from the heart of Babylonia, lest the value of the 
prize and ease of acquisition should tempt them either to immediate occupa- 
tion of this inviting province, or to future invasion (see li. 4. 22, and ili. 2. 
26); and also to gain time, by circuitous marching or protracted negotia- 
tion, for bringing up his distant forces, and maturing plans for cutting 
off in the retreat the enemy that had beaten him in the field (ii. 4. 3 and 25). 

Arieus’ plan, if he had any plan beyond that of providing for his own 
safety, was apparently to march along the Tigris, on a line where they 
could get provisions, till they should strike into one of the great western 
roads across Mesopotamia, either at Mosul, or higher up, near the Carduchi, 
where was a road ‘‘ carrying to Lydia and Ionia” (Anab., iii. 5. 15), by 
which in fact Tissaphernes returned to his satrapy, after he gave up pursuit 
of the Greeks (Diod. Sic., xiv. 27). 

§ 9. SITTAKE (ii. 4. 13) was 15 stadia (about 14 geographical miles) west 
of the Tigris, 8 parasangs from the Wall of Media, and 70 parasangs from 
the ford over the Zab. Ainsworth places Sittake at Akbara, the summer 
residence of the Caliphs of Baghdad, and this is probably very near the 
true position. [This Sittake is not to be confounded with the ‘‘Sittake 
Gracorum Ab Ortu” of Pliny (NV. H., vi. 27), which is placed by Ptolemy 
the geographer (vi. 1. 3 and 6) 2 degrees (about 80 geographical miles) east 
of Ctesiphon : Sittake Gracorwm was doubtless one of that cordon of Greek 
‘colonies built by Alexander’s orders round Media to keep the neighboring 
barbarians in check” (Polybius x. 17. 3).] 

§ 10. The river Puyscus (ii. 4. 25). After crossing the Tigris (Shat 
Eidha2! at Sittake, the route struck off from the river (ii. 4. 25), and did 





21 Both Chesney and Ainsworth identify the Shat Eidha with the Tigris of Xenophon. 
See Commentary, p. 300. 


16 GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 





not rettirn to it for the next 10 marches, 6 of which lay through a desert 
tract, the desert of Media (ii. 4. 27, 28). How did these two large armies 
get their supply of water all this time? We have no difficulty in answer- 
ing the question, if we suppose Xenophon’s river Physcus to be represented 
by the Bureich and Resas Canal, and that the route lay along its course. 
This identification of Canal with River was originally suggested as possible 
by Sir H. Rawlinson, and though subsequently abandoned by him from a 
misconception apparently respecting the site of Sittake, appears to be the 
true solution of the question. Compare the case of the Daradax (i. 4. 10), 
and Masca (5. 4), and Pallacopas Canals called worauoi (note McMichael’s 
Anab., 1. 4. 10). 

§ 11. Opis on the Physcus River (ii. 4. 25) was also on the Tigris (see 
Hat. i. 189, and Strabo xvi. 1. 9, who perhaps — not by any means cer- 
tainly — identified it with Seleucia; which is irreconcilable with its 
recorded distance from the river Zabatus). Opis was 10 marches, 50 para- 
sangs, from the ford over the Zab. Reckoning this distance back from 
that ford (see § 12), we are brought near to Eski (old) Baghdad for the site 
of Opis. [The following adds confirmation to this view: Alexander we 
know from Arrian (Azab., vii. 7. 6, 8) removed the dikes of the Tigris as 
far up as Opis. Now Dr. Ross (Journal of Royal Geogr. Soc., xi. p. 127) 
gives an account? of the canal that leaves the Tigris at Kaim, which 
shows, I believe, certainly that a dike has been removed at this point ; 
and if the age of this canal (which is said to be ‘‘ of remote antiquity long 
before the Mohammedan era,” Dr. Ross) goes back to Alexander's day, then 
Opis cannot have been lower than Kaim, and may have been higher. ] 

The reader will find the question touching the sites of Sittake and Opis 
discussed at length in the Cambridge Journal of Philology, vol. iv. no. 7, 
pp. 136-145. 

§ 12. Kawa (ii. 4. 28). There are no ruins on the right bank of the 
Tigris to represent Keenx, except those at Kalah Sherkat, or (as Sir H. Raw- 
linson writes the name) Kileh Sherghat. If the latter be the right spell- 
ing, we may recognize Xenophon’s Keene phonetically? in Kileh, the 
nasal liquid » being often replaced by J, as it is in Bologna = Bononia ; 
Labynetus = Nabonadius; and Zelebi = Zenobia, etc.  Kileh Sherghat 
was, under the name of Asshur, the original Assyrian capital from 1273 B. c. 
to about 930 B.c., before the seat of government was transferred to Nineveh 
by Asshur-idannipal, the warlike Sardanapalus of the Greeks. See Rawlin- 


= 





22 “Tt is dificult to imagine how the water ever entered this canal, its ancient bed being 
seen in section above fifteen feet above the surface of the Tigris, which now (i. e. in June) 
nearly at its highest level sweeps along the high perpendicular banks.” 

23 J. e. if Xenophon received the name ‘‘ Kineh ” orally (as he probably did under the 
circumstances of the march, see ii. 4. 10) he would be likely enough to give it in the 
form of a Greek word resembling it ; just as in the case of the next city Nimrud, which 
he calls Larissa, a name familiar to the Greek ear, supposed by Layard to be a corrup- 
tion of Al Assur, by Bochart, of Al Resen. Khi, found in the inscriptions as an epithet 
of Ashur, may have some connection with the name. Rawlinson, Hdt., i. p. 483. 


APPENDIX. 17 


son, Hdt., i. pp. 373-377. , Kene was passed somewhere “in the course 
of the first march” ** from the villages of Parysatis, i. e. on the fourth day 
before reaching the ford over the Zab. That ford was only two marches 
distant from the Tigris, at Larissa ; and of these the first was but 24 miles 
Gii. 8.11). Layard (pp. 60 and 226) identifies the ford with one 25 miles 
up the Zab, a little above the junction of the Gomar-sii (whose bed is the 
xapddpa of ili. 4. 1). Reckoning back from this ford as a point pretty well 
ascertained (the first that is so in the route beyond the Tigris), we are 
brought opposite Kileh Sherghat in the course of the 4th march from the 
ford. 

The fact of their leaving the Tigris and marching up the Zab before 
crossing it, though not expressly stated, is sufficiently indicated by the 
remark that ‘‘they arrived at the Tigris” near Lurissa (iii. 4. 6) after two 
marches from the ford. Nor is this the only instance in the narrative of 
mention of a river being reserved for the point where it was crossed. The 
Phrat itself, for instance, is first mentioned at Thapsacus, though both 
Chesney and Ainsworth are convineed that the three previous marches 
must have been along its banks (Ainsworth, Travels in the Track, p. 66). 
The same remark may be applicable te the march along the Physcus before 
crossing it, and also to the marches between the rivers Phasis and Harpa- 
sus, some of which lay along the banks probably of both rivers up to the 
point where they were found to be fordable (see iv. 6. 4, 5; 7. 1-15). 


ROUTE THROUGH ARMENIA. 


The Greek route after crossing the Kentritis — admitted to be the river 
of Sert (the Buhtan Chai) — is a point on which the judgment of geogra- 
phers is divided. The point really at issue is which of the head-waters of 
the Tigris represents the Tigris of Xenophon, of which he says (iv. 4. 3) 
that, the Greeks ‘‘came beyond its sources”’ after a three days’ march of 
15 parasangs from the banks of the Kentritis. 

We are to bear in mind that the Greeks were told on the frontiers of the 
Carduchi (iv. 1. 8) that ‘‘i Armenia they would either cross the head- 
waters (r7yas) of the Tigris, if they liked, or if they did not like, would go 
round them.” 

Now they entered Armenia after crossing the Kentritis ; and if it can be 
shown, as I think it may, that the Greeks crossed this stream before its 
junction with the Bitlis-su, then I apprehend that the Bitlis-su (the East- 
ern Tigris) will aptly represent the Tigris of Xenophon and satisfy the con- 
ditions of the narrative better than any other stream ; and the conclusion 





24 éy Te TpwTw OTAOKG: Cf. Ev ToOVTOLS TOIs GTaOmots (i. 5. 5). Dindorf, however, has 
‘ad castra prima,” “at the first station,” and so the English translators. But év could 
not apply to a place beyond the river: they did not even cross over to it; so that in no 
way could it be conceived of as part of the encampment: they stopped only for pro- 
visions ; the station was farther on. 


18 GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 


will be that the Greek route followed the direct caravan-road between Sert 
and Bitlis, and that the plain of Mush where it is watered by the Kara- 
su” (Black water) represents the plain of the Teleboas (iv. 4. 7) ‘‘ with its 
many villages on its banks” (iv. 4. 3). This view of the route is in the 
main that proposed by Major Rennell (Retreat, pp. 203 — 207). 

The first question is where the Kentritis was forded. Layard’s view 
(Babylon and Nineveh, pp. 49 and 638, 64) is, that the Greeks forded the 
Buhtan Chai (Kentritis) opposite Till or Tilleh, considerably befow its 
junction with the Biélis-su, at a point where he crossed it himself (with 
difficulty) at the end of September. But it is morally certain that the East- 
ern Tigris, the combined stream of the Bitlis-su and the Buhtan Chai, is 
not fordable two months later, the season at which the Greeks reached this 
quarter. 

The state of this stream, as indeed of the entire river-system of the Ni- 
phates, varies regularly with the time of the year. The rivers rise in March 
and April with the melting of the mountain snows, are at their height by 
the end of May, and ‘‘commence gradually falling from the beginning of 
June to the end of July” (Kinneir, Journey through Asia Minor, é&c., 
p. 489). They are then at their lowest pitch, and continue so till the 
winter rains swell them in November and December. Kinneir on his way 
from Sert to Ltedwan crossed the Bitlis-su by bridge, at a point 12 miles 
from Sert, just above its junction with the Buhtan Chai, and found it even. 
there ‘‘very rapid and certainly not fordable anywhere near where I erossed 
it” (p. 412). This was on the 12th of July, when the stream would be 
getting low ; but further, he tells us (p. 488 n.), ‘‘1 crossed the Euphrates 
and Tigris in December (1810), and they were at that time much fuller than 
when I crossed them afterwards in July.” Now it was at the end of No-. 
vember, or early in December, at any rate after the rains had set in (see 
iv. 1. 15), that the Greeks forded the Kentritis. Indeed, Layard himself, 
speaking of a period a week or 10 days earlier, when the Greeks crossed the 
Khabour, supposes them to have taken ‘the more difficult road over the 
pass in order to cross the Khabour by a bridge or ferry ; it must be remem- 
bered that it was winter, and that the rivers were consequently swollen” 
(p. Gi note): 

We conclude then that the Greeks crossed the Kentritis before its june- 
tion with the Bitlis-su. They forded it, we are told, at a point where the 


- 2 Layard (Babylon and Nineveh, p. 64) says, ‘‘} am convinced that the Teleboas can- 
not be identified with the Kara-su, which would he at least forty or fifty parasangs (eight 
to ten days’ march) from Tilleh” ; no doubt from Tilleh (or Till), supposing the Greeks 
to have crossed here, which, however, is more than questionable. Layard seems to have 
adopted this view from the belief that the river (Buhtan Chai) narrowed between rocky 
banks is not fordable higher up (than Till), p. 68. But this is an error, as Ainsworth 
has shown ; cf. Commentary, p. 316. Layard supposes that the Greeks, after fording 
the river at Till, and finding no road into Armenia through the Charzan mountains, fol- 
lowed the course of the Bitlis-su, which he identifies with the Teleboas, observing that 
Xenophon says “‘ they came to (éri), not that they crossed the Teleboas.” But émi is Xena- 
phon’s regular usage in speaking of rivers which certainly were crossed ; cf. i. 4. land 11. 





APPENDIX. 19 


Kurd mountains come down to within a mile of the river. The Greeks we 
presume came to the ford by a regular road, of which the made road (68ds 
| @omep XEtporroinros), which they saw leading over the hills beyond the river, 
was a continuation (iv. 3. 5). Now Ainsworth, who visited this district in 
1839 — 40, describes a ford (Commentary, p. 316) and ‘‘a road carried up 
the face of a limestone rock partly by steps cut out of the rock, and partly by 
a causeway pared with large blocks of stone. This is the highway to Sert, 
and appears to be of remote antiquity.” He adds that there may very well 
be other fords in this quarter. But assuming that the Greeks crossed here, 
the neighborhood of Sert agrees well with Xenophon’s description of the 
first day’s march beyond the Kentritis, “it was all plain and smooth hills, 
not less than 5 parasangs” (iv. 1. 2). Fraser (Mesopotamia, xii. p. 239) 
describes Sert as situated in ‘‘a large undulating plain without a single 
tree, surrounded at a considerable distance by mountains.” Nor is this the 
only coincidence in the case. The Greek march of 5 parasangs ended at a 
““large village where the Satrap had a palace, and most of the houses had 
towers upon them.” Now Kinneir (p. 403) describes Halisnu (a few miles 
‘north of Sert) as ‘‘a large village unlike anything we had yet seen, built of 
stone and mortar, and each house is a castle, consisting of a square tower 
surrounded with a wall to protect the inhabitants from cavalry or musket- 
shot.” Whether Halisnu represents Xenophon’s village or not, still, Kin- 
‘neir’s description shows this style of building to be peculiar to the district ; 
at the same time it seems to be not uncommon within it, for Ainsworth in- 
forms me that the same kind of structure is to be seen at Sert.2° We can 
hardly then be far from the Greek track at this point, whether we have hit 
upon the exact ford or not. 

From this plain (of Sert) there are four?’ roads leading to the plain of 
Mush, which it remains to show corresponds in distance and in other par- 
ticulars with the plain of the Teleboas. Of these roads, three go by Bitlis, 
this being, doubtless, with all its difficulties, the most practicable route ; 
one of them taken by Colonel Sheil and Ainsworth, goes by Bakia ; an- 
other diverging a little to the east of these, was travelled by Kinneir, who 
describes it in detail, almost mile by mile ; the passage over the mountain 
south of the Bakia River, he says, ‘‘is one of the worst roads he ever saw.” 





26 Sert will scarcely represent Xenophon’s village, for it is hardly two miles from the 
river (Buhtan Chai), and Xenophon’s remark that the Greeks were forced to make their 
long afternoon’s march of five parasangs, because there were no villages near the river, 
owing to the wars with the Kurds, intimates more than two miles. As Xenophon’s 
plain does not exclude ‘‘smooth hills ” (iv. 1), he may be supposed to mean any place 
before reaching the mountains, which embosom the plain ‘‘at a considerable distance” 
from Sert (Fraser sup.) This undulating country, favorable for the growth of the vine, 
extends as far as Tasil, where are ‘‘ extensive vineyards spread over the declivities of the 
neighboring hills ” (Kinneir, p. 403). 

27 “From Sert to Bitlis there are three roads of 16, 18, 22 hours respectively. We 
travelled the road said to be 18 hours. Beside these there is a road of 38 hours to Mush 
direct, which does not pass through Bitlis. This must be the road which Kinneir sup- 
posed the Greeks to have taken.” Col. Sheil, Journ. of R. G. S., vol. viii. p. 77. 


20 GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 


The third road crosses the Bitlis-su by one of the many bridges over this 
river, and strikes the road skirting the right bank of the Bitlis-su, by which 
Layard travelled from Bitlis to Tilleh, and where he saw the ancient cause- 
way which, he thinks, ‘‘has probably been always the great thoroughfare 
between Western Armenia and the Assyrian plains.” It is this last of the 
three roads that may very well have been meant by the captives when they 
told the Greeks ‘‘they might cross the head-waters of the Tigris if they 
liked.” 7 

Supposing Halisnu to represent the Satrap’s palace, two marches of 
10 parasangs along the first or second of these roads, the last march being 
by a rugged mountain pass, would bring them fairly over the river of Bakia 
(the Bakia-su), to near Eulak, 8 miles short of Bitlis. It is hereabouts 
that they are said to have ‘‘come beyond’ the sources of the Tigris.” 
Hence they made three days’ march, 15 parasangs, to the river Teleboas 
(the Kara-su), a ‘‘ beautiful river, though not large, having many villages 
about it.” 

It is true that they would come upon the head-waters of the Kara-su in 
less than three marches, but it would be wholly out of character with Xen- 
ophon’s brief lively narrative to take note of such an incident. Even in 
the case of large rivers, we have seen (see on the Zab, p. 17) that ‘‘ three 
marches to a river” is Xenophon’s ordinary form to express, not the point 
where the route first struck the river, but where it became a point of in- 
terest in the narrative, most commonly where it was crossed ; and, in this 
case, also for its ‘‘ beauty and many villages.” In the present instance 
they would come upon the Teleboas (Kara-su) within a few nviles of where 
they left the Bitlis River, the first two days’ march lying over the eastern 
extremity of the great watershed between the Tigris and the Phrat, and the 
Teleboas would be the first tributary of the Phrat seen by them. It is pos- 
sible that this narrow strip of land, within which they might observe their 


28 umepnAGov. The use of the aorist clearly, I think, implies some definite point at 
which Xenophon conceived that they “‘came beyond the sources.” That point, to all 
intents and purposes, would be when they had crossed the last tributary stream, the 
Bokia-su. : 

29 Kara-su is Turkish for “‘ Black River.” It may be a descriptive, but is certainly 
not a distinctive name ; for there is at least one other Kara-su in this quarter. It is 
much to be regretted that such intruders should have been allowed to displace the old 
Armenian names. Possibly it is not too late to recover these latter, and to trace Xeno- 
phon’s Teleboas in some local name containing the radical Telb. Teleboas is presum- 
ably, like Larissa and Keene (swp. n. 23), an adaptation of a Greek word to the local name 
sounding like it. Mr. Consul Brandt crossed the Kara-swu at Irishdir, where he found 
it ‘‘ knee-deep and fifteen yards wide” (Journal, p. 379). There is no part of Armenia 
that answers to Xenophon’s description of the Teleboas and the plain in connection with 
it (iv. 7), as does this part of the plain of Mush watered by the Kara-su. Lord Polling- 
ton (p. 445) describes it as “‘ studded with villages,” ‘‘ excellent wine made im it.” “It 
grows grapes, melons,” etc. (Brandt). ‘‘Corn, horses of excellent breed, cows and sheep, 
are numerous” (Knight’s Cyclopedia). Compare Xenophon’s account (iv. 4. 9), “‘ The 
Greeks found here all manner of good things, live-stock, corn, old wine of good flavor, 
raisins, and all sorts of pulse.” 


APPENDIX. 21 


Tigris the Bitlis-su — flowing one way, and the Teleboas flowing the 
other to join the Phrat, is the orevév alluded to at iv. 1. 3. 

This view of the six marches after crossing the Kentritis is, no doubt, 
like every other view that has been proposed, open to objections. In truth, 
the whole question resolves itself into a choice of difficulties. Layard and 
Ainsworth alike object to the badness of the road between Sert and Bitlis, 
carried as it is over steep and rugged mountains, and by a dangerous pass. 

This is no-doubt true. Still the fact remains that, bad as the road may be, 
it is the regular caravan route between Sert and Bitlis travelled by Kin- 
neir, Sheil, and Ainsworth, and therefore presumably not so bad as the 
other by the Kharzan mountains. Brandt, who travelled by the Kolb-su 
route, thought that ‘‘ the worst he ever saw”; but bad as it was, the Khar- 

_zan route, he was told, was still worse. If it be said that there is nothing 
in the narrative here that indicates the difficulties of a mountain pass, the 
answer is that it is not Xenophon’s way to give descriptions of country, 
except as illustrating the incidents of the march, and there is a dearth of 
incident in this part of the Retreat, which it is not difficult to account for. 
We should no doubt have learnt more about the country, had the Satrap 
thought fit to oppose the invaders at any of the passes along the route. 
But he had got to know his enemy too well for that. He had learnt on 
the banks of the Kentritis that he had no force wherewith to oppose an 
army that had fought its way through the mountain passes of Kurdistan ; 
and to try conclusions with them hopelessly in the heart of his Satrapy, 
would, in case of defeat, only place his province at the mercy of a victorious 
and reckless soldiery. Behind him was the plain of Mush, with its many 
villages and fertile soil. These he might hope to save by coming to terms 
with the invaders ; and this, as the narrative tells us, he was wise enough 
to do. 





ON THE GEOGRAPHY OF XENOPHON’S ANABASIS. 


‘‘This remarkable work has been read, and its geographical details 
have been either taken for granted, or referred to proximate delineations 
of territory and places, which communicated to the mind anything but a. 
sensible or positive satisfaction in tracing the progress of the armies. In 
many cases the reader was compelled, after much examination, to take for 
granted what the mind naturally required to be verified ; and, in others, 
to forego all inquiry as entirely hopeless. A reader of modern military 
history would regard as very imperfect a work which would be found defi- 
cient in the necessary details of geography. In books of travel the defect 
would be felt still more. The Anabasis, independent of its merits arising 
from the grandeur of the subject, the high reputation of its author, and the 
military exploits which it records, contains a great variety of incident to 
recommend it ; it combines with the character of a military history that of 
a book of travels likewise; and if military operations generally receive their 
character from the nature of the ground on which they are performed, 
how much more must they do so when combined with a lengthened jour- 
~ ney through hostile countries, and amid inclement seasons! Nor can the 
mind be satisfied except when such details are accompanied by representa- 
tions and descriptions, which at once serve to render manifest the several 
movements, and to develop the causes which led to them. — W. F. AIns- 
worTH, F.R.G.S., author of *‘ Travels in the Track of the Ten Thousand 
Greeks.” 


RECORD OF THE MARCHES, HALTS, ETC., DURING THE 
ANABASIS AND KATABASIS OF THE GREEKS. 


I. THE EXPEDITION OF CYRUS. 


"AvéBacts. Ephesus to Cunazxa. 


[February, B. c. 401, to September of the same year.] 





The march begun from the sea at Ephesus (ii. 2. 6), about ve] sales 

geese Wee I1.......252-..----- [ee eee Feb. B.c. 401. |S £e\23 
To Sardis. Cyrus musters his forces as for an expedition |—— ae 

against the Pisidians. Of the Greek generals, Xenias, 

Proxenus, Sophenetus, Socrates, and Pasion are present 

with their forces. Xenophon, having sailed from Athens, 

overtakes Cyrus and Proxenus at Sardis as they are about 

“) EL) VICE AS ne eae i te 
remmemiiesmter (i, 2. $)). 2. .s nceeneansceseeses March 6. 2 eS eee 
Reamealess it. 2. 6). . Menon alrives .................c20-0-00 1 a oi 
To Celene, to the palace of Cyrus (i. 2. 7). Clearchus ar- 

rives. Greeks reviewed and numbered ......... March 20. 3 | 20 | 30 
femeene C2, 10). Lycman games.................-scecceeeee0e 2/10] 3 
To Ceramorum Forum, Kepaudy ’Ayopd (i. 2. 10) ............ PA Go 
emma Campus (2. 11). 5:2. .......2 ences ete eeeees May 1. : 3/30) 5 
Soldiers demand pay, now due for more than three months. 

Epyaxa arrives with a large gift of money. Army paid 

RMIEMRMISM AY Ss ons nests wo oom cai sai wasanecestenivensdie ea tee 
ip MMTPEU ETON CE. 22 Es) oven sce cec onsen cneseissorensnsnenins Pn tis Cd mere 
To Tyrizum (i.2.14). Army reviewed by request of Epyaxa 2;10}| 3 
SMMNNNMS AE BLD) so oso pce nn cins te ananoh anevenns'sastacderases 3/20] 3 
Through Lycaonia (i. 2. 19). Menon sent to escort Epyaxa 

through the western pass of Mount Taurus.................. B | S0\2 <. 
I A oo is dian nn vn hasta Tannnieae anne dabwaneaeninen ead 4/25] 3 
To the plain before the pass, Cilician gates (i. 2. 21)....... ae Soe 


To Tarsus (i. 2. 23). Interview with Syennesis.....June 6. 4| 25 | 20 
The soldiers refuse to proceed, but are induced through the 
crafty management of Clearchus (1. 8) .........s2eceeeeeeeeees 


94 RECORD OF THE MARCHES, HALTS, ETC. 


Te the Psarus (i. 42 U). cock cbaeni coos s.cs0 seen hen eee 2| 10 
To ‘the Pryratnws. cc... 50e~ cose eciae= 0c Sec cbeu se ceeamgann anaes eee Lis 
To Issus. The fleet arrives, bringing Chirisophus and 

weinfercements. .. 22.5. °< Zeeesk -5 be + «. casks op hee ee 2)15/ 3 
To the Syro-Cilician gates, Pyle Syriez (i. 4. 4). Abroco- 

TAS YEtreabs.. 5 oi..< coo se souteasse ae ps oes ocee ses ene caveat eee : ie 
To Myriandrus (i. 4. 6). Xenias and Pasion desert, July 6. 1) aoe 
Te the Chalus (2 AS9)22.0.5 eee ee eee 4 | 20 
To the springs of the Dardes (i: 4. 10)....-.....-...<<. eee 5 | 30 
To Thapsacus on the Euphrates (i. 4. 11)............ July 30. 3,15) 5 
Cyrus discloses the object of his expedition. Menon art- 

fully induces his division to cross first..................cee08s 24 
To the Araxes 4n Sywia G4. 19) oi nna ond Gee. 9 50 Ve 
To Corsote (Arabia) on the Mascas (i. 5. 1-4). Animals 

POSIAG 5 oe v. 0a es axe enh ont Spence ptcgene tere ee 5135] 3 
To Pyle (i. 5.5). Hunger. Persian discipline...... Sept. 1. | 131 90 
Charmande. Danger and rage of Clearches. Orontes at- 

tempts to desert, is tried and executed (i. 6)................ 
Through Babylonia (i. 7. 1). Review and preparation for 

WRQD ELE oe os sienna Sede etn wen gos on sagan amen Genesee eee 3 | 12 
March in battle array (i. 7. 14). Trench passed.............. 1] 3 
Magch more: negligently (i. 7. 19). 2.5../.. 2 eee 1} 
To Cunaxa (i. 7. 20). Battle (i. 8). Success of the Greeks. 1; 4 
Death of Cyrus S45) eee Seer ree Sept. 7. 


Panegyric on Cyrus (i. 9). Later movements of the day 
(i. 10). The surrender of the Greeks demanded and in- 
dignantly refused (ii. 1)................-- avensenet eee eee 


89 543 96 
Il. RETREAT OF THE TEN THOUSAND. 


KaraBaots. Cunaxa to Cotyora. 
[Sept., B. c. 401, to May, B. c. 400.] 


Night march to last station to join Arizus (ii. 2. 8).......... 1| 4 
The Cyrean Greeks and barbarians swear mutual fidel- 

BEY Sc Sune Gb Ge eine cnchine ieee mae cance Reena eee ne Sept. 10. 
To Babylonian villages (ii. 2. 13). Truce with the king 

G1. 3. DSO) ssatee dor tetees cin noni ee oe ee ee 1 


To villages for obtaining supplies (ii. 3. 14). The dates 
now ripe and gathered or gathering. Treaty with the 
king through Tissaphernes.: £1, ::.ic<ises-.ceeaseaaceceeee eens 1} Ses 





RECORD OF THE MARCHES, HALTS, ETC. 


Waiting for Tissaphernes. More than 20 days’ halt......... 
To the Wall of Media, with Tissaphernes and Arizus (ii. 4. 
12). Entrance within it and passage of two canals ...... 
To the Tigris near Sittace (ii. 4. 13). Stratagem to hasten 
feovemasne of the Greeks .............2........-.5.- Oct. 11. 
To the Physcus at Opis (ii. 4. 25). The bastard brother of 
pwameexes mects the Greeks ..............<--002-<-.-+0.-seeese 
Through a desert region with Tissaphernes. To the vil- 


(228 7 ESS Oe 6 Rae 
Through a desert region passing by Cene (il. 4, 28)......... 
1 LE 22S (TEES 8 Dea ee Oct. 29. 


Five generals treacherously seized (ii. 5). Their characters 
(ii. 6): |General dejection (iii. 1. 2). Xenophon arouses 
and reinspirits the army. Other generals chosen (iii. 1. 47) 


es. CS) lk ee eee 
To the Tigris at Larissa, crossing a ravine, etc. (iil. 4. 6). 
0 DPS EE a 
1 SLES CS Ee) ee ee 
Through a plain, pursued by Tissaphernes (iii. 4. 18) ...... 
To villages around a palace (iii. 4. 24-31) ..................0e 


1 2 SLL EEE CN en 
Night march of 60 stadia (iii. 4. 37). Enemy dislodged 
ULL 2, ED Ta. ieee ae A Oe ra nan en ee De 
To villages (iii. 5. 1) beside the Tigris. Progress stopped 
8 RE SER COS 0 aha oe 
Towards Babylon (iii. 5.13). Consultation and inquiry ... 


Night march to the mountains (iv. 1. 5) ............ Nov. 20. 
To villages of the Carduchi (iv. 1. 10). Baggage lessened. 
Mountain march, with fighting (iv. 1. 14)..................006 


March in heavy storm. Carduchi occupy the road. A party 

Pee UNO UMET- paddled MIF DB) a) cnc cckenynncvenseeconandne 
Passage forced and villages reached (iv. 2. 22) ...........20. 
Marching without a guide. To the Centrites (iv. 3. 1) ... 
Through Armenia to villages and satrap’s palace (iv. 4. 2). 


Peene springsof the Vieris (iv. 4. 3). ...;..-..0...0.ssec0+000- : 
0 Bal ge CUT eh SES eae ieee oe Re eee ere 
Through a plain followed by Tiribazus (iv. 4. 7)............. 
Me MON ARIST AD MAING oa elo 5 oak ans capes nen tev ose da vdm on Dec. 6. 


To camp of Tiribazus ; but return to their own camp (iv. 4.22). 
OST ESU SatCh n |N DOS a ene ce ap See ae e 
To Euphrates (iv. 5. 2). Desert stages................ Dec. 13. 
Through a plain, deep snow, severe wind (iv. 5. 3) ......... 


> et ae a a 


4 


wow nH we Ee 


co Co eH et: 


20 


Seen |S 


26 RECORD OF THE MARCHES, HALTS, ETC. 


Toa village, water-carriers, ete. Gv. 5. 9) 2...) sawccaeoneeeeed 
With a/euide, through snow (iv. 6. 2) '2....2.0)e---teeeee 
To and along the Phasis (Gv.G.4) ......:¢..-s.cstu.daseseoseee eee 
To a mountain pass defended by the Chalybes (iv. 6. 5, 27). 
To-village ‘ra plain (v6.27 ieee. ocs cs scene ace cae eee 
Among the Tacchi (iv. 7.1). Capture of a stronghold 

stocked with) cattle (Giviedol4) ©..2.2.cc cane ee ee 
Through the Chalybes, the bravest tribe found (iv. 7. 15). 
lo the aiver Elarpasus: ees cesses nce seme Feb. 3, B. Cc. 400. 
Through the Scythini, to provision villages (iv. 7. 18) ...... 
To the large city Gymnias ; guide obtained for the moun- 

fam where the sea could: be Seet_~.2-...-. 08. see = 


To Mount Theches. The Euxine in sight (iv. 7. 21). Great 
JOYs CUCL Oar tae cass hat nae en tea eee ee ee 
Through the Macrones, who aided their passage (iv. 8. 1). 
To villages of the Colchi, forcing a passage (iv. 8. 9, 19)... 
To Trapezus (Trebisond), to the sea (iv. 8. 22). Sacrifices 
and samesi(ef. Diod: Sic. xiv. 30) 2... eases: Feb. 28. 
Chirisophus sails to Byzantium for vessels (v. 1. 4). Treach- 
ery of Dexippus. Expedition against the Drile (v. 2. 1). 
The older men, women, children, sick, and the baggage 
sent by vessels to Cerasus. The rest march (v. 3. 1)..... 
To Cerasus (v. 3. 2). Review and numbering ............... 
Division of the consecrated tenth (v. 3. 4). Xenophon’s 
disposition’ ‘of his’ share:tyc eo. see ee 
To the Mosyneci (v. 4. 2). Treaty with a part of the tribe. 
Storming the chief fortress. Through Mosyneci to the 
Chaly bes: Gv. 5.1) i225. 255 aed eae saan sce eee eee ee eee 
Through the Chalybes (v.51) 4eti125 cass ee oe eee 
Through the Tibareni, as friends, to Cotyora (v. 5. 3), May 7. 
Embassy from Sinope. Xenophon’s plan of a settlement 
frustrated (v. 6. 15). Defends himself before the army 
(v. 7. 4). Rebukes disorder. . Purification of the army. 
Trial of the generals (v. 7.1). Halt of 45 days at 
COLOR as say cs San Moda Whe tuden Sate ee enna 5 oct nee ee er 


The army thence proceeded to Sinope and Heraclea, July 1. 
to Calpe and Chrysopolis (vi. 1. 6), Aug. 7. Sale of the spoils. 


1) ees 
3| ? 
T ba 
2 | 10 |[15] 
1 ee 
5 | 80 
F150 
4°) 209 e8 
4] 20 
Diane 
3: | OEE 
1; 2] 4? 
2!) 7| 30 
3 eG 
Pee hae 
Soe eee 
1| ? 2 
2 tees 
118 92 
(107) 
Advanced 
Passed. 


into Thrace, and occupied there for several months. Returned to Asia, 
and reached Lampsacus early in the following year. Joined Thibron 


(vii. 8. 24), March 5, B. c. 399. 





IND) HX 


OF 


CITATIONS FROM XENOPHON’S ANABASIS. 


“ Accomplished XENoPHON ! thy truth hath shown 
A brother’s glory sacred as thy own. 
O rich in all the blended gifts that grace 
Minerva’s darling sons of Attic race! 
The Sage’s olive, the Historian’s palm, 
The Victor’s laurel, all thy name embalm ! 
Thy simple diction, free from glaring art, 
With sweet allurement steals upon the heart ; 
Pure as the rill, that Nature’s hand refines, 
A cloudless mirror of thy soul it shines. 
Thine was the praise, bright models to afford 
To C#SAR’s rival pen, and rival sword: 
Blest, had Ambition not destroyed his claim 
To the mild lustre of thy purer fame!” 





CITATIONS FROM THE ANABASIS. 


[The following Index was prepared specially to accompany the Revised Edition of 


the Grammar (1871). 


The numbers inclosed in parentheses denote the sections of the 


Anabasis which are cited ; those following them, the sections of the Grammar in which 


the citations are made.] 


BOOK I. 


Crap. I. (1) 412, 445 a, 472, 494, 
504, 568, 571, 700, 719, 720; (2) 
393, 480, 505, 522, 561, 573, 579, 
592, 658, 703, 719; (3) 444 b, 505, 
518, 530 c, 530 e, 533, 577, 598, 643, 
718 k, 718 n; (4) 393, 453, 511, 
525, 691, 696; (5) 474, 501, 527, 
577, 592, 641; (6) 406, 448, 483, 
533, 553, 586, 680; (7) 419, 444b, 
472, 533, 595, 658, 674, 689, 718; 
(8) 432 b, 505, 524, 586, 661, 666, 
696 ; (9) 460, 483, 509 c, 523 f, 524, 
536, 576, 718, 677 £; (10) 445 a, 
469, 533, 658, 703; (11) 393, 719. 

Cuap. II. (1) 551, 571, 689, 711; 
(2) 456, 659, 666, 704; (8) 674, 711; 
(4) 450, 689, 711, 719 ; (5) 395, 533, 
551, 688 ; (6) 482 a, 482 d, 522, 525, 
605, 674, 689; (7) 393, 414, 459, 
504, 522, 577, 641, 689, 719; (8) 
395, 455, 537, 573, 719; (9) 475, 
504, 531, 706; (10) 393, 478, 507 c, 
522, 719; (11) 454 d, 479, 573, 696 ; 
(12) 218, 393, 506 b, 718, 719; (13) 
450, 523 i; (14) 534,576 ; (15) 240f, 
506 a, 506 c, 692; (17) 459, 507 d, 
571, 641; (18) 704 ; (20) 482, 506 a, 


522, 533, 540, 554, 699; (21) 4385, 
533, 657, 685, 699, 719; (22) 675, 
689 ; (23) 395, 448, 481, 489, 508, 
569; (24) 504, 605 ; (25) 508, 509 a, 
523 f; (26) 408, 450, 583, 721; (27) 
583. 

Cuap. III. (1) 430, 588, 594, 
662, 689 ; (2) 320 a, 482, 483, 607 ; 
(38) 393, 484, 537, 571, 628 ; (4) 485, 
522, 633, 718 ; (5) 459, 523 ¢, 641, 
715, £195 (6) 455, 480, 551, 621, 
622, 680, 689, 714; (7) 540, 689; (8) 
444 a, 450; (9) 419, 506 c, 678, 717, 
719; (10) 598 ; (11) 432 d, 537, 598, 
682; (12) 405, 572, 582, 641; (14) 
480, 483, 549, 553, 579, 677, 679; 
(15) 558 a, 553 c, 554, 572, 624, 659 ; 
(16) 463, 644, 693; (17) 284 g, 467, 
650, 677; (18) 466, 560; (20) 595, 
659, 689; (21) 242 e, 416 b, 433 f, 
459, 507 d, 522, 645, 689, 721. 

Cuap. IV. (1) 538, 572, 689; 
(2) 242; (8) 689; (4) 445 b, 466, 
500, 569; (5) 418, 436, 677; (6) 
534; (7) 633; (8) 476 d, 496, 641, 
671, 721; (9) 440, 480; (10) 581; 
(11) 467; (13) 405, 523 f, 563, 701; 





4 CITATIONS FROM 


(14) 455, 563; (15) 414, 454 d, 568; 
(16) 457, 536, 595, 685; (17) 408; 
(18) 650; (19) 414, 718, 719. 

CHar. Vi> (@)a0erb= @y 408; 
523 1, 571, 641; (3) 788 f; (4) 440, 
469, 586, 227; (5) 240 e, 419; (6) 
446, 472 f, 497; (7) 423, 476 e, 559; 
(8) 418, 467, 542, 635, 694, 711; 
(9) 259, 468, 485, 507 d, 523 e, 695; 
(10) 394, 412, 414, 426, 466, 585, 
719; (12) 405, 537, 540, 612; (13) 
668 b; (14) 573, 643; (5) 419; 
(16) 401, 408, 484, 523 g, 601; (17) 
691. 

CHap. VI. (1) 419, 506 f, 639, 
676, 719; (2) 405, 419, 452, 622, 
"719; (8) 553, 649; 4) 523 k, 538, 
579, 719; (5) 394, 420; (6) 405, 524, 
671, 719; (7) 549, 668; (8) 636, 685, 
697; (9) 478, 524, 579, 599, 665, 
697; (10) 426, 592, 674; (11) 567. 

Cuap. VII. (1) 444 a, 508; (2) 
386 c; (8) 211, 280 b, 414, 431 b, 
626, 636, 719; (4) 458, 528, 537, 
698; (5) 317 c, 416 a, 686; (6) 557, 
694, 720; (7) 538, 642, 686; (8) 419, 
536; (9) 476 d, 538, 568, 708; (11) 
509 e; (12) 408; (13) 678, 690, 693; 
(14) 395; (16) 495; (17) 569; (18) 
433, 524; (19) 685; (20) 475. 


Cuap. VIII. (1) 467, 525, 550, 
598, 711; (3) 530; (4) 489, 506 c; 
(5) 692; (6) 466, 523 b; (7) 573; (8) 
416 a; (9) 522, 692, 722; (10) 680, 
689, 689 k; (11) 467, 695, 718; (12) 
452, 461, 540, 610; 690; (13) 485, 
523 b; (14) 541; (15) 525, 671; (16) 
432 a, 518, 530, 563; (17) 455, 568; 
(18) 344, 418, 467, 506 c; (20) 571; 
(21) 474; (23) 455, 609; (24) 541; 
(26) 530, 540, 603; (27) 402, 466, 
580; (29) 579, 583. 

Cuap. IX. () 523 hy 586253) 
481, 592; (5) 466, 694; (6) 453, 578; 
(7) 253, 815 c, 478, 579, 586, 692; 
(9) 482; (10) 315 c; (11) 480; (42) 
690; (13) 420, 459, 571, 713; (14) 
466, 550, 554; (15) 442; (16) 716; 
(19) 634; (21) 253, 624, 719; (22) 
512; (23) 460, 538; (24) 467; (25) 
433, 551; (26) 456; (28) 563; (29) 
261 e, 456, 537, 544, 603, 689, 699; 
(30) 523 c, 534; (31) 698. 

CHap. X. (1) 443 ce, 497, 497 b, 
527, 587; (4) 405, 499, 518; (5) 
648; (6) 506 a, 577, 676; (9) 694; 
(10) 529 a, 529 b, 550, 598; (12) 
443 c, 586, 716; (13) 567, 609; (14) 
594, 689; (15) 476 e, 695; (16) 643; 
(17) 483; (18) 573. 


BOOK Ii. 


CHap. I. (1) 526, 666; (8) 227, 
438, 645, 693; (4) 612, 615, 685; 
(5) 540, 611; (6) 482, 518; (7) 716, 
(10) 298 a, 484, 571, 595, 718; (11) 
430; (12) 568; (13) 320 a, 451, 478, 
677; (14) 454d; (15) 398; (16) 497, 
507 f; (19) 531, 676; (20) 708; (21) 
680; (22) 502, 714; (23) 648. 

' Cuap. II. () 482 f; @) 537; @) 


675; (4) 506 e, 671; (5) 518; (6) 
242; (10) 564, 577; (11) 483 e, 459, 
523 a; (12) 445 a; (18) 5388; (4) 
690; (15) 569, 645, 709; (16) 533, 
540, 547, 571; (0.420, 67120) 
394, 719; (21) 469, 523 b. 

Cuap. III. (1) 697, 705; (2) 641; 
(4) 648, 645, 689; (5) 571; (6) 491, 
571, 645; (10) 679; (11) 282 ¢, 530, 





THE ANABASIS. 5 


634, 713; (13) 556; (14) 412; (15) 
406, 481, 533; (17) 442, 695; (18) 
450, 484, 633, 663; (19) 545; (20) 
458; (21) 592, 595; (23) 472 f, 547, 
636, 696; (24) 641; (25) 663; (26) 
483, 571; (27) 506 b. 

Cuar. IV. (1)533; (3) 533, 649, 
664; (4) 533, 547; (5) 671, 678; (6) 
320 a, 458; (7) 505; (8) 523 ¢; (9) 
450; (10) 695, 699; (12) 440, 533, 
679; (13) 459; (14) 414, 445 c; (15) 
548; (16) 497, 540; (19) 572, 642; 
(20) 642; (24) 533, 676, 679; (26) 
567. 

Cuap. V. (2) 598; (8) 225 d, 





472 £; (4) 472 b, 657; (5) 485, 694; 
(7) 455, 641; (9) 502, 523 e; (10) 
414;*(12) 558, 716; (14) 622; (15) 
456, 547, 566, 636; (16) 624; (18) 
421, 582; (19) 455; (20) 719: (21) 
558; (22) 444 f; (23) 481; (32) 468, 
548; (37) 528; (89) 484, 550; (41) 
544; (42) 452. 

Cuap. VI. (1) 481, 587; (2) 592; 
(6) 671; (8) 682; (9) 467, 559, 663, 
667; (10) 477; (18) 466; (18) 507 a, 
695; (19) 457; (20) 437 a, 446; (22) 
451, 507 a, 663; (23) 253, 573, 699; 
(26) 698; (29) 481, 523 k; (30) 505, 
690, 697. 


BOOK Iil. 


 Cuap. I. (1) 690; (2) 526, 646; 
(3) 432 a, 501, 577, 690, 707; (4) 
453; (6) 211, 477, 554; (7) 544, 
550; (9) 659; (11) 416 a, 573; (12) 
693; (13) 531, 713; (14) 680; (15) 
563; (16) 419; (17) 562; (18) 664, 
682, 687; (19) 413; (20) 459; (21) 
538, 572; (23) 438 b, 489, 533; (24) 
533, 628; (27) 478, 484, 514; (29) 
313, 432 e, 450, 713; (31) 587; (32) 
641; (35) 458, 633, 657; (36) 450; 
(37) 408; (38) 577, 621; (40) 433; 
(42) 711; (43) 460; (45) 560; (47) 
662. 

Cuap. II. (1) 577, 667; (2) 564, 
703, 788 e; (4) 442, 484, 540, 550, 


690, 708; (5) 442, 562, 685; (6) | 


638; (7) 425; (8) 612, 694; (10) 
676; (11) 473, 661, 716; (12) 692; 
(13) 412, 530; (14). 409; (15) 661; 
(17) 425; (18) 534; (19) 467, 472 b, 


419, 553; (29) 460; (32) 709; (37) 
418, 665; (38) 432 b, 594; (39) 432 .e, 
443, 657. 

Cuap. III. (1) 675; (4) 645; 
(5) 679; (8) 682; (9) 556; (11) 433; 
(16) 414, 482, 514; (19) 530; (20) 
394, 454, 587. 

Cuap. IV." (1) 315 ec, 567, 624; 
(2) 706; (5) 464; (6) 419; (7) 523¢, 
529; (10) 533; (12) 575; (13) 692; 
(15) 682; (17) 453;.(19) 572; (21) 
240 f, 692; (23) 467, 593; (25) 609, 
671, 695; (26) 595; (28) 540; (30) 
467; (34) 460; (35) 464; (386) 571; 
(37) 469; (38) 609; (41) 541; (46) 
506 b; (47) 691; (49) 689. 

Cuap. V. ~(1) 527; 577; (2) 527; 
(3) 527; (5) 540; (7) 671; (8) 2401; 


(9) 509 b; (10) 522; (11) 405, 713; 
(13) 643, 645, 657; (14) 474; (15) 


460; (16) 421, 432 g, 689; (17) 553; 


663; (20) 472 f; (25) 657, 709; (28) | (18) 320 a, 420, 474. 


6 CITATIONS FROM 


BOOK IY. 


CuHap. I. (8) 633; (5) 450, 533, 
556; (6) 407; (9) 482 g; (10) 548; 
(11) 523 f; (18) 675; (14) 483, 518, 
710; (20) 574, 592; (21) 488; (22) 
491, 540; (23) 594: (27) 503, 659; 
(28) 431 b. 

Cuap. II. (2) 485; (8) 450, 674; 
(4) 703; (6) 524; (7) 523 f; (9) 419; 
(10) 523 f, 636; (11) 702; (12) 501; 
(13) 485; (15) 458; (16) 506 c, 689; 
(17) 506 a, 523 f, 689, 702; (19) 557; 
(20) 279 e; (28) 507 d; (28) 213 d. 

Cuap. III. (1) 523 a, 582; (2) 
509 a, 550; (5) 722; (8) 234 f; 695; 
(9) 553; (10) 494; (11) 548; (3) 
444 b, 455, 523 k; (28) 420, 689; 
(32) 571, 577. 

CHap: 1V. ~ (2) 218, 489; “551; 
(4) 526; (7) 489; (13) 506 e; (14) 
509 b, 529, 698; (15) 686; (17) 603; 
(18) 603, 679. 


Cuap. V. (4) 507 a; (5) 472d; 
(7) 320 a, 474, 643; (10) 507 f£; (11) 
474, 476 e; (16) 509 a, 669; (17) 
580, 582; (22) 423; (24) 482; (29) 
474; (31) 375 a; (86) 469, 485. 

Cuap. VI. (2) 463, 705; (9) 526; 
(10) 708; (11) 510, 677; (12) 510, 
689, 690; (18) 622; (14) 505; (21) 
690; (22) 690; (24) 523 f; (25) 643 ; 
(26) 523 f. 

Cuap. VII. (1)569; (8) 604, 612; 
(4) 527, 689; (5) 567; (6) 689; (7) 
637; (8) 692; (9) 225 f; (10) 609; 
(11) 541; (12) 426; (16) 220 f, 556; 
(17) 554; (20) 444 d, 550, 701; (24) 
401, 689; (25) 551, 569; (27) 533. 

Cuap. VIII. (1) 469; (2) 225 f; 
(4) 418, 699; (5) 592, 676; (6) 524; 
(8) 690; (10) 518; (11) 653; (13) 627; 
(14) 713; (18) 499; (20) 423; (22) 
394, 689; (25) 550; (27) 479, 507 f. 


BOOK V. 


Cuar. I. (1) 506 b; (2) 574; (8) 
514, 551, 694; (9) 689; (13) 522; 
(15) 575. 

Cuap. II. (5) 509 e; (14) 559; 


(15) 567; (20) 582; (24) 548; (26) 
573; (29) 522. 

Cuap. III. (1) 283; (2) 240. 3, 
394, 509 a; (3) 575, 706; (11) 395, 
699; (18) 437 a. 

Cuap. IV. (1) 689; (9) 556, 661; 
(10) 644; (11) 530, 695; (15) 407; 
(16) 557; (22) 507 d; (24) 592; (26) 
225 f; (29) 523 i; (34) 560, 583, 
635, 695. 

Cuap. V. (1) 482g; (8) 394; (4) 
242; (5) 242; (8) 612, 716; (11) 417; 


(12) 585; (15) 548; (20) 691; (21) 
509 b; (22) 585; (25) 702. 

Cuap. VI. (1) 621; @)S2ce3 ©) 
507 f; (12) 577; (16) 703; (17) 583; 
(20) 569; (21) 624; (27) 506; (29) 
455 ; (30) 631 ; (32) 663 ; (37) 442, 644. 

Cuap. VIL (5) 533, 592; (D 
533; (8) 621; (9) 445 ce; (10) 281, 
453, 564; (12) 414, 706; (17) 418; 
(20) 699; (21) 677; (26) 317 b; (28) 
480; (29) 612; (34) 694. 

Cuap. VIII. (8) 259, 432 a, 554, © 
675; (4) 282 c; (5) 662; (6) 476 d; 
(7) 536; (8) 560; (11) 548, 564; (12) 
501, 515; (13) 676; (22) 259; (24) 
523 a; (25) 432. 





THE ANABASIS, = 


BOOK VI. 


Cuap. I. (3) 695; (5) 567, 592, 
609, 695; (6) 679; (8) 234 e, 481; 
(10) 477; (14) 482; (18) 506 b; (20) 
483 ; (21) 454 c; (22) 452; (23) 509 b; 
(25) 643; (28) 677; (29) 633, 691; 
(30) 571; (81) 815 a, 504, 574, 658, 
677, 707. 

Cuap. II. (1) 218, 689; (2) 315a: 
(8) 599 ; (10) 415, 706; (12) 464; (14) 
538; (15) 261 a, 523 b; (18) 709. 

Cuap. III. (1) 464, 528; (2) 240f; 
(6) 477, 533; (11) 719; (14) 557; 
(15) 550; (16) 716; (19) 550; (25) 
483. 


BOOK 


Guar i (6) 713; (8) 628, 717; 
(11) 719; (18) 506 b; (21) 459, 667; 
(22) 282 e; (23) 523b; (25) 481; 
(27) 676; (29) 498; (30) 427, 482, 
689; (33) 378 d; (34) 643; (36) 601, 
719; (39) 659. 

Cuap. II. (1) 689; (2) 716; (3) 
315 a; (5) 450; (6) 553; (8) 553; 
(9) 509 c; (12) 713; (13) 469; (16) 
433; (17) 433; (18) 225 f, 461; (20) 
507 f; (24) 659; (25) 577; (26) 452; 
(29) 419; (32) 466, 506 c. 

Cuap. III. (3) 540; (13) 643; (16) 
450, 540; (20) 284c, 444; (22) 556; 
(26) 460; (27) 460; (29) 450; (32) 
918; (33) 478; (35) 541; (36) 641; 
(39) 524; (43) 571; (48) 554, 567. 

Cuap. IV. (4) 689 f; (5) 423, 
714; (16) 527; (18) 689; (19) 523 ¢. 

Cuap. V. (2) 454; (5) 482 d; (7) 
661; (8) 482 c; (9) 539. 


Cuap. IV. (1) 462; (4) 529; (8) 
605 ; (9) 240. 3, 460, 722; (11) 284 ¢; 
(13) 284 c, 523 h, 581; (14) 666; (18) 
716; (19) 523 c, 686; (22) 680, 689; 
(23) 577; (24) 507 f. 

Cuap. V. (5) 550; (6) 485; (10) 
317 b, 482 h; (24) 523 b; (80) 705. ~ 

Cuap. VI. (1) 433; (4) 674; (5) 
537; (7) 5380; (11) 692; (18) 526; 
(15) 631, 699; (16) 451, 576; (17) 
472 f, 707; (22) 557; (23) 691; (24) 
657; (29) 494; (82) 434, 696; (33) 
434; (34) 476 d; (388) 529. 


WAL 


Cuap. VI. (3) 607; (4) 453, 518; 
(9) 480; (11) 537, 577; (15) 649; 
(16) 454, 636; (19) 713; (21) 632; 
(22) 480; (23) 636; (24) 253; (27) 
551, 693; (28) 696; (29) 466, 713; 
(30) 679; (32) 456, 461; (33) 697; 
(36) 550, 596; (37) 402; (38) 480, 
659; (41) 579, 582; (44) 455. 

Cuar. VII. (3) 693; (7) 533, 
694; (8) 717; (9) 695; (10) 306; (11) 
631; (15) 710; (22) 480; (28) 575; 
(27) 679; (28) 483; (29) 538; (30) 
697 ; (31) 406, 659; (32) 691, 788 e; 
(33) 444 a; (41) 717; (42) 414; (44) 
702; (58) 701; (55) 305 c, 646; (57) 
225 i. 

Cuap. VIII. (1) 450; (4) 557; 
(6) 431 a; (8) 522; (11) 507 d, 510; 
(12) 218; (14) 281; (16) 534, 551; 
(19) 507 f; (26) 242. 





ON THE STUDY OF GREEK. 


“THE REASONS why we spend so long a time in acquiring a mastery 
over the GREEK LANGUAGE are manifold. We do so partly because 
it is one of the most delicate and perfect instruments for the expres- 
sion of thought which was ever elaborated by the mind of man, and be- 
cause it is therefore admirably adapted, both by its points of resemblance 
to our own and other modern languages, and by its points of difference 
from them, to give us the IDEA, or fundamental conception, of all Gram- 
mar ; i. e. of those laws which regulate the use of the forms by which we 
express our thoughts. 

** Again, Greek is the key to one of the most astonishing and splendid 
regions of LITERATURE which are open for the intellect to explore, —a 
literature which enshrines works not only of imperishable interest, but 
also of imperishable importance, both directly and historically, for the 
development of human thought. It is the language in which the New 
Testament was first written; and into which the Old Testament was first 
translated. It was the language spoken by the greatest poets, the greatest 
orators, the greatest historians, the profoundest philosophers, the world 
has ever seen. It was the language of the most ancient, the most elo- 
quent, and in some respects the most important of the Christian fathers. 
It contains the record of institutions and conceptions which lie at the base 
of modern civilization ; and at the same time it contains the record, and 
presents the spectacle, of precisely those virtues in which modern civiliza- 
tion is most deficient. 

** Nor is it an end only ; it is also a means. Even for those who never 
succeed in reaping all the advantages which it places within their reach, 
it has been found to be, in various nations and ages during many hundred 
years, one of the very best instruments for the EXERCISE AND TRAINING 
OF THE MIND. It may have been studied irrationally, pedantically, and 
too exclusively ; but though it is desirable that much should be super- 
added, yet with Latin it will probably ever continue to be — what the 
great German poet Goethe breathed a wish that it always should be — 
the BASIS OF ALL HIGHER CULTURE.” — Farrar’s Greek Syntax. 


INFLECTION. — ‘GREEK presents the MOST PERFECT SPECIMEN of 
an inflectional, or synthetic language. A language which gets rid of in- 
flections as far as possible, and substitutes separate words for each part 
of the conception, is called an analytic language ; and next to the Chi- 
nese, which has never attained to synthesis at all, few languages are more 
analytic than the English. A synthetic language will express in one word 
what requires many words for its expression in an analytic language : 
e. g. meprAHoopat, [ shall have been loved, Ich werde geliebt worden sein: 
@xeTO, abierat, i s’en était alle. 

“‘The advantage of a synthetic language lies in its compactness, pre- 
cision, and beauty of form. * * * 

“*It is most important to observe that no inflection is arbitrary. Among 
all the richly multitudinous forms assumed by the Greek and Latin verbs, 
there is not one which does not follow some definite and ascertainable law. 
Parsing loses its difficulty and repulsiveness, when it is once understood 
that there is a definite recurrence of the same forms in the same meaning, 
and that the distorted shape assumed by some words is not due to arbi- 
trary license, but to regular and well understood laws of phonetic corrup- 
pam = Yo. {rom § 7—14:of Pt. I.). 


METHOD FOR LEARNING GREEK. 


A. Let the student, with such aid as the teacher may supply or approve, 
so acquaint himself with a passage from a classic author that he can trans- 
late it into English, and aiso explain, illustrate, analyze, and parse it as 
fully as the teacher may wish, — learning such portions of the Grammar 
as are here needed. It is the order of nature, that the language im its 
actwal wse should be presented to the learner before its grammar, of 
which it is then the proper office to explain and generalize this use. 
If ‘‘THInes Berork Worps” is a sound maxim im education, ‘* Dis- 
COURSE BEFORE GRAMMAR” is no less so. Yet grammar, in its place, is 
not therefore any the less important. ‘‘ Facts before philosophy”; but 
facts want their chief value, unless they lead to philosophy. 

B. At the recitation, let new sentences based upon this passage (or upon 
previous attainment) be proposed to the student for immediate trans- 
lation ; and let this lead at length to exercises in trans_ating from some 
Greek book upon the first sight or hearing (‘‘ reading at sight,” &c.). 

c. For the next exercise, let the student make himself so familiar with 
the passage that, if the English is repeated to him, either word by word, 
clause by clause, or sentence by sentence, he can promptly return the 
corresponding Greek. Some change in the forms of the words or sentences 
will often render this exercise still more valuable ; and the words and con- 
structions which are learned should be early made the basis for freer and 
more varied translation from English into Greek. The habit, which has 
so much prevailed, of translating in one direction only, renders those 
associations upon which the acquisition of a language depends one-sided, 
— both incomplete and insecure. The nail is not clinched. 

p. Let a fourth exercise be a simple and easy form of GREEK DIALOGUE, 
consisting of questions and answers drawn from the passage. Freer ex- 
ercises in Greek conversation or composition should follow as the student 
acquires strength for them. To learn a language, we must use i. 

In what way these several exercises, all so important in the acquisi- 
tion of a language, may be best carried forward together, the teacher will 
judge. In most cases, the same recitation may usefully combine the trans- 
lation and analysis of the lesson of the day with retranslation into Greek 
from the previous lesson, and a brief dialogue upon the lesson still preced- 
ing, — thus maintaining, with the progress in advance, a double review, 
and fixing what is learned deeply in the mind, as a secure basis for rapid at- 
tainment. Other reviews at proper intervals will render the student’s ac- 
quisitions still more firm, till they become an inseparable part of himself. 

The translation into English or Greek, the analysis, &c., may be either 
brought to the instructor 1m writing ; or may be written before him on 
paper, slate, or blackboard ; or may be oral. Books should be open or 
closed, according to the nature of the exercise. The judicious teacher will 
give variety to the daily recitation, and as much active employment for 
each pupil as will consist with the needed instruction. Let the members 
of a class be accustomed to propose to each other the English to be re- 
transiated into Greek (thus reviewing their previous translation into Eng- 
lish) and new sentences for translation, to frame the Greek questions to be 
answered, and to correct each other’s written or oral work. In his private 
study, let the learner do all he can to render the teacher’s office needless ; 
and let him repeat again and again the Greek which he has learned, that 
the words may become directly associated with their ideas, without the 
intervention of another language ; and this often aloud, so that the voice 
and ear may codperate with the eye in impressing the memory ; while se- 
lect portions should be so learned as to be repeated without book. 

This fowrfold method evidently applies no less to other languages. 





PRECEPTS OF EMINENT EUROPEAN SCHOLARS. 


““If all the improvements in the mode of teaching languages which are 
already sanctioned by experience, were adopted in our classical schools, we 
should soon cease to hear of Latin and Greek as studies which must engross 
the school years, and render impossible any other acquirements; there would 
then be no need whatever for ejecting them from the schoo! course, in order to 
have sufficient time tor everything else that need be included therein.’? — 
JOHN STUART MILL. 


**To learn languages is not a difficult task in itself; it is made so, only bv 
the method in which they are studied. Adults are unwilling to imitate chil- 
dren in their mode of learning them. The latter, whose minds are unembar- 
rassed and free from any violence, by constantly hearing others speak, scon 
attempt to express their own ideas in a similar way. In like manner, adults 
who learn languages from books, with a similar freedom of mind, should daily 
read, repeat again and again the reading, hear others read, wiite out what 
they read, and peruse and reperuse it, and assiduously persevere in this exercise 
of repeating, until what is read be deeply engraven upon the memory.”? — JAN. 

“What I choose is this: that every day the task of the preceding day 
should be reviewed; at the end of every weck, the task of the week; at the 
end of every month, the studies of the month; in addition to which, this whole 
course should be gone over again during the vacations. I can truly say, that, 
if I have made any progress myself in Greek Jearning, I owe it to this practice 
of reviewing.’? — WYTTENBACH. 

** The precepts either of general or particular grammar should be tanght as 
opportunity occurs. So also the principles, as well as the application of them, 
must be inculcated: and at the same time, in connection with this, grammat- 
ical analyses should be made. Lectures wholly devoted to genera] or particular 
grammar can be given with profit, only after the student has attained consider- 
able skill and ability in translating.’’ — MIcHAELIs. 


‘“* Every reflecting teacher must know, from his own experience, how much 
familiarity with one particular elementary book, which unites fulness with 
precision, contributes to lead in the safest and shortest way to that established 
knowledge, which it is the object of all instruction to convey. On the other 
hand, he will easily see how much loss of time, and embarrassment to the 
student, are occasioned by a change of his elementary books of instruction. 
For this reason, I must protest against the teacher’s directing his pupil to the 
use of a skeleton-grammar, before he takes up this.’”” — Grsentus: Preface to 
a Hebrew Grammar. 

‘‘The best method of acquiring a foreign language, whether dead or living, 
will of course be that in which the greatest amount of HEARING, SPEAKING, 
READING, and WRITING can be compressed, in well graduated lessons, into a 
given amount of time. Some minds will profit more by one of these exercises, 
and others by another; but the greatest progress will unquestionably be mace 
by him who avails himself of the resources of all the four. Writing must be 
conducted by a well-calculated application of the materials presented by read- 
ing; so that whatever is read to-day will certainly be required to-inorrow, or 
next day. for the performance of the written exercise.’’ — PROF. BLACKIE, 

GREEK D1ALocuE. — “ There is nothing to hinder the teacher and his pupils 
from talking together every day on the matter and in the words read; an!, by 
_ judiciously mingling repetitions of the old with the new lessons, a pertect 

command may thus be acquired over a whole book. The Greek Janguage has 
been so taught for years in Dr. Hauschild’s Gesammt-Gymnasium, Leipsic. 
The language must live for him who would appreciate its beauty: but it cannot 
live for him, unless it live in him, i. e. unless he use it for the expression ot 
his own living thought. In this regard, SPEAKING is even a more important 
exercise than writing.’’ — Dr. CLYDE. 
[These extracts have been taken with some abridgment, but with none e7 inging th ; 
sense. Those from the distinguished philologians and teachers Gesenius, Ja 1, Michi 
‘lis, and Wyttenbach, were translated by Prof. Moses Stuart and Ifon. Joun Pi. t:criaz.] 


GREEK GENIUS AND CULTURE. 


[Testimony of Oriental Scholars and of Statesmen.] 


THe GREEK ProsieM. ‘‘ What the inhabitants of the small city of 
Athens achieved in philosophy, in poetry, in art, in science, in poli- 
tics, is known to all of us; and our admiration for them increases ten- 
fold if, by a study of other literatures, such as the literatures of India, 
Persia, and China, we are enabled to compare their achievements with 
those of other nations of antiquity. The rudiments of almost everything, 
with the exception of religion, we, the people of Europe, the heirs to a 
fortune accumulated during twenty or thirty centuries of intellectual toil, 
owe to the Greeks ; and, strange as it may sound, but few, I think, would 
gainsay it, that to the present day the achievements of these our distant 
ancestors and earliest masters, the songs of Homer, the dialogues of Piato, 
the speeches of Demosthenes, and the statues of Phidias, stand, if not un- 
rivalled, at least unsurpassed by anything that has been achieved by their 
descendants and pupils. 

‘* How the Greeks came to be what they were, and how, alone of all 
other nations, they opened almost every mine of thought that has since 
been worked by mankind ; how they invented and perfected almost every 
style of poetry and prose which has since been cultivated by the greatest 
minds of our race ; how they laid the lasting foundation of the principal 
arts and sciences, and in some of them achieved triumphs never since 
equalled, is a PROBLEM which neither historian nor philosopher has as yet 
been able to solve. Like their own goddess Athene, the people of Athens 
seem to spring full-armed into the arena of history ; and we look in vain 
to Egypt, Syria, or India for more than a few of the seeds that burst into 
such marvellous growth on the soil of Attica.” — Lectures on the Science 
of Language, by Max MUtixEr, Professor in the University of Oxford. 


‘GREECE [the real founder of Indo-European pre-eminence], enrich- 
ing itself with elements drawn from the decaying institutions of older 
races, assimilated them, and made them lively and life-giving, with an 
energy of genius unrivalled elsewhere in the annals of the world. The 
wider the range of our historical study, the more are we penetrated with 
the transcendent ability of the Greek race.” — Language and the Study 
of Language, by WM. D. Wuitney, Professor of Sanskrit in Yale Coll. 


‘‘ EUROPEAN civilization from the Middle Ages downwards is the com- 
pound of two great factors, the Christian religion for the spirit of man, 
the Greek (and in a secondary degree, the Roman) discipline for his mind 
and intellect.” — Wm. E. GLADSTONE, Prime Minister of England. 


‘‘Tr is impossible to contemplate the annals of Greek literature and art, 
without being struck with them as by far the most extraordinary and bril- 
liant phenomenon in the history of the human mind. The very language, 
even in its primitive simplicity as it came down from the rhapsodists who 
celebrated the exploits of Hercules and Theseus, was as great a wonder as 
any it records.” —H. S. Lecart, late Attorney Gen. of the United States. 


‘Ler me repeat, that so far from dissuading from the study of Greek as 
a branch of general education, I do but echo the universal opinion of all 
persons competent to pronounce on the subject, in expressing my own con- 
viction that the language and literature of ancient Greece constitute the most 
efficient instrument of mental training ever enjoyed by man ; and that a 
familiarity with that wonderful speech, its poetry, its philosophy, its elo- 
quence, and the history it embalms, is incomparably THE MOST VALUABLE 
OF INTELLECTUAL POSSESSIONS.” —Hon. GEoRGE P. MArsH : Lectures on 
the English Language.
Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "A lexicon to Xenophon's Anabasis .."

See other formats
